1 1 3-Syllabus
1 1 3-Syllabus
REWA(M.P.)
(ACCREDIATED GRADE “B” BY NAAC)
FACULTY OF SCIENCES
Syllabus for
M.Sc. (PHYSICS)
Choice Based Credit System
With Effect From 2020-21
Examination Scheme
Semester-I
Course code & Name of Paper Course Type Theory Internal Maximum Credits
paper Assessment Marks
C-1;Classical Mechanics Core 60 40 100 04
C-2;Quantum Mechanics-I Core 60 40 100 04
C-3;Electronic Devices Core 60 40 100 04
*GE-1; Mathematical Physics Generic 60 40 100 04
Elective
CV-1;Comprehensive Viva Voce 100 04
PL-1;Practicals-General 50 02
PL-2;Practicals-Electronics 50 02
Semester Total 600 24
Semester-II
Course code & Name of Paper Course Type Theory Internal Maximum Credits
paper Assessment Marks
C-4; Quantum Mechanics-II Core 60 40 100 04
C-5;Statistical Mechanics Core 60 40 100 04
C-6; Electrodynamics & Plasma Core 60 40 100 04
Physics
*GE-2;Atomic & Molecular Physics Generic 60 40 100 04
Elective
CV-2 ; Comprehensive Viva Voce 100 04
PL-3;Practicals-General 50 02
PL-4;Practicals-Electronics 50 02
Semester Total 600 24
Semester-III
Course code & Name of Paper Course Type Theory Internal Maximum Credits
paper Assessment Marks
C-7; Nuclear & Particle Physics Core 60 40 100 04
C-8;Condensed Matter Physics Core 60 40 100 04
^DCE-1; Digital Electronics Discipline 60 40 100 04
or Centric
^DCE-2;Energy Physics Elective
or
^DCE-3;Space Technology
Or
^DCE-4;Remote Sensing &
Applications
Course code & Name of Paper Course Type Theory Internal Maximum Credits
paper Assessment Marks
C-9; Laser Physics Core 60 40 100 04
C-10;Modern Experimental Core 60 40 100 04
Techniques
^DCE-5; Advance Electronics or Discipline 60 40 100 04
^DCE-6;Astrophysics or Centric
^DCE-7;Environmental Physics Or Elective
^DCE-8;Physics of Nanomaterials
*GE-4; Atmospheric Science Generic 60 40 100 04
Elective
CV-4; Comprehensive Viva Voce 100 04
PL-7;Practicals-General 50 02
PL-8;Practicals-Electronics 50 02
Semester Total 600 24
*Students may choose this course as Generic Elective or may choose a Generic Elective offered by other
UTD departments or may choose a course offered by MOOCs through SWAYAM.
^Students can offer atleast one Discipline Centric Elective Course with internal choice in each course.
M.Sc. Programme
Program Objectives
PO1: Development of Analytical, logical and problem solving skills making use of
different Mathematical/Computational tools and Observational skills.
PO4: Ability to build up Electronic circuits and create Programming skills through
laboratory practice.
Instruction to Examiners
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit I
Newtonian mechanics of one and many particle system: Conservation laws, Constraints and their
classification, Principle of virtual work: D'Almbert's principle in generalized coordinates,
Lagrange's equation from D'Almbert's principle. Configuration space, Hamilton's principle
deduction from D'Almberts principle, Generalized momenta and Lagrangian formulation of the
conservation theorems, Reduction to the equivalent one body problem: Equation of motion and
first integrals, differential equation for the orbit.
Unit II
The equations of canonical transformation and generating functions; The Hamilton Jacobi Action
and Angel variables. Poisson's brackets; simple algebraic properties of Poisson's brackets. The
equation of motion in Poisson's Brackets notation. Poisson theorem; principle of least action. The
Kepler problem, Inverse central force field, Rutherford scattering.
Unit III
Theory of small oscillations, Equations of motion, Eigen frequencies and general equation of
motion, normal modes and coordinates, Applications to coupled pendulum and linear bistable
molecule. Rotating co-ordinate systems. Acceleration in rotating frames. Coriolis force and its
terrestrial astronomical applications, Elementary treatment of Eulerian co-ordinates and
transformation matrices. Angular momentum inertia tensor. Eular equations of motion for a rigid
body. Torque free motion for a rigid body.
Unit IV
Symmetries of space and time. Invariance under galilion transformation, Covariant four
dimensional formulation, 4-Vectors and 4-scalers. Relativistic generalization of Newton's laws,
4-momentum and 4-force, variance under Lorentz transformation relativistic mechanics.
Covariant Lagrangian, covariant Hamiltonian, equations.
Unit V
The principle of equivalence, Relativistic theory of gravitation. Einstein's elevator, principle of
general covariance, nature of the gravitational field. Energy momentum tensor. Einstein's field
equations. The Schwarchild exterior solution of field equations, the experimental tests of the
general theory relativity: The advance of the perihelion of Mercury, the deflection of light in a
Schawarz child field, the gravitational shift of spectral lines.
Books Recommended:
1. H.Goldstein (Addison Wesley) Classical Mechanics
2. N.C.Rana & P.S.Jog Classical Mechanics
3. Landau & Lifshitz (Pergamon Press) Classical Mechanics
4. A.Sommarfield (Academic Press) Classical Mechanics
5. R.G.Takwale & P.S.Puranik Introduction to Classical Mechanics
Classical Mechanics
Course outcome:
Co1: This course will enable students to understand the concepts of classical theory with
references to Newtonian mechanics.
Co2: Ability achieved to apply canonical transformation and Hamilton Jacobi problems.
Co3: It shall developed the ability to use different classical mechanics concepts related to
astronomical and scattering applications.
Co4: In depth knowledge in pseudo forces and coriolis forces etc and their existence due to
rotation of earth and related phenomena observed on earth would be understood by
students.
M.Sc.(Physics) Semester-I
Choice Based Credit System
Instruction to Examiners
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit I
Basic Postulates of quantum Mechanics, equation of continuity, Normality, orthogonality and
closure properties of eigen functions, expectation values and Ethrentest theorems, solution of
Schrodinger equation for one dimensional (a) Potential well (b) Potential step and (c) Potential
barrier.
Unit II
Linear vector space, concept of Hibert space, bra and ket notation for state vector, representation
of state vectors and dynamical variables by matrices and unitary transformation (Translation and
rotation), creation and annihilation operators, matrices for x and p. Heisenberg uncertainty
relation through operator (Schwartz Inequality).
Unit III
Solution of Schrodinger equation for (a) linear harmonic oscillator (b) hydrogen - line atom (c)
square well potential and their respective application to atomic spectra, molecular spectra and
low energy nuclear states (deutorn).
Unit IV
Angular momentum in quantum mechanics, Eigen values and Eigen function of L2 and L in term
of spherical harmonics, commutation relation. Time independent perturbation theory. Non-
degenerate and degenerate cases.
Unit V
Space time symmetries : Displacement in space, conservation of Linear momentum,
Displacement in time : Conservation of energy, Rotation in space : conservation of angular
momentum, space inversion parity, Time reversal Invariance, change of wave function under a
gauge transformation, wave function in a field free region.
Books Recommended:
1. L.I.Schiff Quantum Mechanics
2. S.Gasiorovvicz Quantum Physics
3. B.Craseman and J.D. Powell Quantum Mechanics
4. A.P.Messiah Quantum Mechanics
5. J.J. Sakurai Modern Quantum Mechanics
6. Mathews and Venkatesan Quantum Mechanics
Quantum Mechanics – I
Course outcome:
CO1: Create ability to develop one and three dimensional harmonic oscillator differential
equations by power series method in understanding hydrogen spectrum.
CO2: Ability to derive angular momentum operators and spherical harmonics with polar
diagrams.
CO3: Ability to derive the time independent and time dependent perturbation equations and
apply to explain different phenomenon.
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit I
Unipolar Transistors : JFET,MOSFET and MESFET; structure derivations of the equations for I-
V characteristics under different conditions. Charge Transfer Devices;CCD-
structure,performance and applications. Unijunction Transistors & Programmable Unijunction
Transistors(PUT)-Operation and IV characteristics. pnpn diodes,Silicon Controlled
Rectifier(SCR),DIAC,TRIAC- structure, operation and characteristics.
Unit II
Photonic devices: radiative and non-radiative transitions, optical absorption, bulk and thin film
photo conductive device (LDR), diode Photo detectors, Solar cell (open circuit voltage and short
circuit current, fill actor), LED (high frequency limit, effect of surface and indirect
recombination current, operation of LED), semi-conductors; diode lasers (conditions for
population inversion in active region, light confinement factor, optical gain and threshold current
for lasing.
Unit III
Microwave Devices,Tunnel Diodes-operation mechanism and I-V characteristics.Transferred
Electron Devices: Gunn diodes-Structure ,formation and drift of space charge domains,operation
and I-V characteristics. Avalanche transits time devices :READ, IMPATT and TRAPATT
diodes-operation and characteristics.
Unit IV
Memory Devices: Read Only Memory (ROM) and Random Access Memory (RAM). Types of
ROM: PROM, EPROM, EEPROM and EAPROM, Static and dynamic RAMs (SRAM &
DRAM), characteristics of SRAM and DRAM. Hybrid Memories : CMOS and NMOS
memories, Nonvolatile RAM, ferro-electric memories, charge coupled devices (CCD), storage
devices : Geometry and organization of magnetic (FDD & HDD) and Optical (CD-ROM, CD-R,
CD-R/W, DVD) Storage devices.
Unit V
Electro-optics, Magneto-optic and Acousto-optic effects, materials properties related to get these
effect, important ferro electric, liquid crystal and polymeric materials for these devices,
piezoelectric, electrostrictive and magnetostrictive effects. Important materials for these
properties and their applicat6ions in sensors and actuator devices, acoustic delay lines,
piezoelectric resonators and filters, high frequency piezoelectric devices-surface, acoustic wave
devices.
Books Recommended:
Electronic Devices
Course outcome:
CO1: Detailed information regarding various electronic devices and their applications
shall enable students develop Electronic circuits for electronic applications.
CO2: Develop ability to understand different photonic and Microwave devices for
photonic and microwave applications.
CO3: Shall provide concepts of memory devices and electro- optics devices and their
Applications and thus enable students to understand electronic devices and computer
system.
M.Sc.(Physics) Semester-I
Choice Based Credit System
Instruction to Examiners
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit I
Differential equations : Recurrence relation, generating functions and orthogonality of Bessel
functions of first and second kind, Hermite, Legendre, Associate Legendre and Laguerre
Polynomials. Curvilinear co-ordinate system with specific cases of Cartesian, Cylinderical and
Spherical coordinate systems.
Unit II
Integral transforms. Fourier integral. Fourier transform and inverse Fourier transforms. Fourier
transform of derivatives. Convolution theorem. Elementary Laplace transforms. Laplace
transform of derivatives. Application to a damped harmonic oscillator.
Unit III
Green's functions : Non-homogenous boundary value problems, Green's function for one
dimensional problems, eigen function expansion of Green's function, Fourier transform method
of constructing Green's function, Green's function for electrostatic boundary value problems and
quantum-mechanical scattering problem.
Unit IV
Complex variables: Analyticity of complex functions. Cauchy Riemann equations. Cauchy
theorem. Cauchy integral formula. Taylors, Maclaurin, Laurent series & mapping. Theorem of
residues. Simple cases of contour integration. Jordan's lemma Integrals involving multiple valued
unctions (Branch points).
Unit V
Introduction to Tensors: n-dimensional space, coordinate transformations, Indicial and
summation conventions, Kronecker delta symbol, tensors of higher rank. Algebric operations on
tensors, Quotient law; symmetric and anti-symmetric tensors, line element, metric tensor,
covariant, contravariant and mixed, fundamental tensor. Christoffel symbols and their
transformation laws, geodesics and its equation, Riemann-Christoffel's tensor its properties,
covariant curvature tensor and its properties, contraction of Riemann Chrostoffel tensor, Bianchi
identities
Books Recommended:
1. L.A.Pipes Mathematics of Engineers and Physicists
2. Arfken Mathematical Methods for Physicists
3. P.K.Chattopadhyay Mathematical Physics
4. H.K.Das Mathematical Physics
5. Ghatak, Goyal & Guha Mathematical Physics
6. M.R.Spiegel (Schaum Series) Complex variable & Laplace Transform
Mathematical Physics
Course outcome:
CO1: Shall provide detailed information about various mathematical functions and thus
shall develop ability to understand various basic concepts of Physics.
CO2: Ability developed to solve integral and inverse Fourier and Laplace transforms.
Instruction to Examiners
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit I
Approximation method for bound states : Rayleigh-Schrodinger Perturbation theory of non-
degenerate and degenerate levels and their application to perturbation of an oscillator, normal
helium atom and first order stark effect in hydrogen. Variation method and its application to
ground state helium, W K B Approximation method, connection formulae ideas on potential
barrier with applications to theory of alpha decay.
Unit II
Time dependant perturbation theory : Methods of variation of constants and transition
probability, adiabatic and sudden approximation, wave equation for a system of charged particles
under the influence of external electromagnetic field, absorption and induced emission, Einstein's
A and B coefficients and transition probability.
Unit III
Theory of Scattering, Physical concepts, scattering amplitude, scattering cross section. Born
Approximation and partial waves, scattering by perfectly rigid sphere, complex potential and
absorption, scattering by spherically symmetric potential, identical particles with spin, Pauli's
spin matrices.
Unit IV
Schrodinger's relativistic equation (Klein-Gordon equation), Probability and current density,
Klein-Gordon equation in presence of electromagnetic field, hydrogen atom, short comings of
Klein-Gordon equation, Dirac's relativistic equation for free electron, Dirac's Matrices. Dirac's
relativistic equation in electromagnetic field, negative energy states and their interpretation
hydrogen atom, hyperfine splitting.
Unit V
Theory of Aharonov-Bohm experiment, variational methods; Variational principle, Helium atom,
Hydrogen molecule, Ion Scattering theory : Partial waves, Determination of phase - shifts, Hard
sphere scattering, Low energy scattering, Resonances.
Books Recommended:
1. LI Schiff Quantum Mechanics
2. S. Gasiorowicz Quantum Physics
3. B.Craseman and J J Powell Quantum Mechanics (Addison Wessley)
4. A.Messiah Quantum Mechanics
5. J.J. Sakurai Modern Quantum Mechanics
6. Mathews and Venkatesan Quantum Mechanics
7. A.K. Ghatak and Loknathan Quantum Mechanics
Quantum Mechanics – II
Course outcome:
CO1: Ability to apply Born approximation to different scattering problems, i.e., square well
potential and Yukawa Potentials, etc.
CO3: Ability to understand scattering by Born approximation, Partial Wave analysis and solve
problems.
M.Sc.(Physics) Semester-II
Choice Based Credit System
Core Paper C-5 : STATISTICAL MECHANICS
Paper VI
Max.Marks. 60
Time Duration - 3 Hours Min. Marks. 21
Instruction to Examiners
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit I
Foundation of statistical mechanics, specification of states of a system contact between statistics
and thermodynamics, classical ideal gas entropy of mixing and Gibb's paradox. Microcanonical
ensemble, phase space, trajectories and density of states, Liouville theorem, canonical and grand
canonical ensembles, partition function, calculation of statistical quantities, energy and density
fluctuations.
Unit II
Statistics of ensembles, statistics of indistinguishable particles, density matrix Maxwell -
Boltzmann, Fermi Dirac and Bose - Einstein statistics, properties of ideal Bose gases, Bose -
Einstein condensation, properties of ideal Fermi gas, electron gas in metals, Boltzman transport
equation.
Unit III
Cluster expansion for a classical gas, virial equation of state, mean field theory of lsing model in
3,2 and 1 dimension. Exact solution in one-dimension.
Unit IV
Thermodynamics fluctuation spatial correlation Brownian motion, Langevin theory, fluctuation
dissipation theorem, the Fokker-Planck equation, Onsager reciprocity relations.
Unit V
Phase transition: phase transition of first and second kind, critical exponent, Yang and Lee
theory, Production of low temperature, Approach to absolute zero by adiabatic demagnetization,
measurement of low temperature Landau’s theory Critical exponents.Order parameter
fluctuation in Gaussian approximation.Scale invariance.
Books Recommended
:
1. F.Reif Statistical and thermal Physics
2. K Huang Statistical Mechanics
3. R.K.Pathria Statistical Mechanics
4. R Kubo Statistical Mechanics
5. Tandan Statistical Physics
Statistical Mechanics
Course outcome:
CO1: Understanding the concepts of various ensembles in classical and quantum statistics and
applicability
CO2: Understanding the concepts of various ensembles in classical and quantum statistics and
applicability.
C03: Supper fluid nature of liquid helium and understanding of various phenomena.
M.Sc.(Physics) Semester-II
Choice Based Credit System
Core PaperC-6 : ELECTRODYNAMICS & PLASMA PHYSICS
Paper-VII
Max.Marks. 60
Time Duration - 3 Hours Min. Marks. 21
Instruction to Examiners
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit I
Field & potential due to quadrupole, Poisson and Laplace equations, field between two coaxial
cylinders, multipole expansion of a charge distribution, uniqueness theorem, method of images,
point source in front of infinite conducting plane, point source within two intersecting planes,
Inversion in a sphere (grounded sphere, sphere not grounded), Laplace in spherical coordinates,
Dielectric polarization, Gauss law in presence of dielectric, Clausius Mossotti equation.
Unit II
Biot-Savart's law, Ampere's circuital law and application to simple problems (circular loop and
straight parallel conductors) magnetic vector potential, field from a circular loop using vector
potential, concept of guage and gauge transformations, the magnetic dipole, Faradaya law of
electromagnetic induction, Maxwell displacement current, Maxwells equations (integral and
differential forms). Power/energy flow, plane waves, Helmholtz equation, Poynting vector, wave
propagation in free space dielectric and conducting media.
Unit III
Plane waves in a non-conducting medium, linear and circular polarization, reflection and
refraction of e.m.waves at the interface of a non-conducting media. Total internal reflection,
waves in conducting medium electric dipole field and radiation, magnetic dipole field. retarded
potential, Lenard Wiechert potential and field for a moving point charge, Larmor's radiation
formula.
Unit IV
Elementary concept of occurrence of plasma. Gaseous and solid state plasma. Production of
gaseous and solid state plasma. Plasma parameters. Plasma confinement pinch effect instability
in a pinched-plasma column. Electrical neutrality in a plasma. Debye screening distance. Plasma
oscillations: Transverse oscillations and longitudinal oscillations.
Unit V
Domain of Magnetohydrodynamics and plasma Physics : Magneto-nydrodynamic equations,
magnetic hydro-static pressure hydrodynamic waves : Magneto-sonic and Alfven waves, particle
orbits and drift motion in a plasmas, Experimental study of Plasma, the theory of single and
double probes.
Books Recommended:
1. Bitteneerort Plasma Physics
2. Chen Plasma Physics
3. Gupta, Kumar, Singh Electrodynamics
4. Sen Plasma State and matter
5. Jackson Classical electrodynamics
6. Pamolsky & Philips Classical electricity and Magnetism
Course outcome:
CO1: Electrodynamics and plasma physics belong to basic research disciplines that have many
different areas of applications; students will be well acquainted with fundamental and
applied aspects
CO2: A student shall be equipped with strong foundations of electrodynamics and plasma
physics which will help to understand theories of communication electronics, dielectrics,
radio wave propagation and various properties of plasma
M.Sc.(Physics) Semester-II
Choice Based Credit System
Generic Elective: Paper GE-2 : ATOMIC & MOLECULAR PHYSICS-I
Paper-VIII
Max.Marks. 60
Time Duration - 3 Hours Min. Marks. 21
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit I
Quantum states of one electron atom. Atomic orbital. Hydrogen spectrum, Paulis principle,
Spectra of alkali elements, Spin orbit interaction and line structure of alkali Spectra. Methods of
molecular quantum mechanics, Thomas Fermi statistical model, Hartree and Hartree fock
method, Two electron system. Interaction energy in L-S and J-J coupling, hyperfine structure
(qualitative), line broadening mechanisms (general ideas).
Unit II
Types of molecules. Diatomic linear. Symmetric top, asymmetric top and spherical top
molecules. Rotational spectra of diatomic molecules as a rigid rotator, Energy level and Spectra
of non-rigid rotator, intensity of rotational lines.
Unit III
Vibrational energy of diatomic molecule, diatomic molecule as a simple harmonic oscillator,
Energy levels and spectrum, Morse potential energy curve, Molecules as vibrating rotator,
Vibration spectrum of diatomic molecule PQR branches, IR spectrometer (qualitative).
Unit IV
Introduction to ultraviolet, visible and infra-red spectroscopy, Raman spectroscopy; Introduction,
pure rotational and vibrational spectra, Techniques and instrumentation, Photo electron
spectroscopy, elementary idea about photoacoustic spectroscopy and Mossbauer spectroscopy
(principle).
Unit V
Group Theory - concept of group, symmetry groups of square, multiplication table of C 4v
representation theory of finite groups. Properties of representation of a group, reducibility of a
representation, Theorem on representation. Irreducible representation. Schur's Lemma 1 & 2 and
orthogonality theorem, characters of a representation, orthogonality of characters, the character
table of C2V, C3V, & C4V Point groups, Application of group theory to molecular vibration.
Books Recommended:
1. H.E. White Introduction to atomic spectra
2. C.B. Banwell Fundamental of molecular spectroscopy
3. Walker and Strnghem Spectroscopy Vol. I, II and III
4. G.M. Barrow Introduction to molecular spectroscopy
5. Herzberg Spectra of diatomic molecules
6. Jeanne L and McHale Molecular Spectroscopy
7. J.M.Brown Molecular Spectroscopy
8. P.F. Bemath Spectra of atoms and molecules
9. J.M.Halian Modern Spectroscopy
Course outcome:
CO1: To understand the basic mechanism taking place inside the atom and molecule.
CO2: To understand the spectrum of Hydrogen like atoms, molecular structure and
Spectroscopy.
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit I
Nuclear Interaction and Nuclear reaction:
Nuclear forces, exchange and tensor forces, meson theory of nuclear forces, Low-energy n-p
scattering and spin dependence of n-p forces. Direct and compound nuclear reaction mechanism,
reciprocity theorem.
Unit II
Accelerators of charged particles:
Study of cyclotron, phase stability, frequency modulated cyclotron (synchorocyclotron) magnetic
induction accelerator (Betatron), Electron synchrotron and linear accelerator (Linac).
Unit III
Nuclear models:
Liquid drop model, Bohr-wheeler's theory of nuclear fission, shell model, spin orbit interaction,
magic number, spin and angular momenta of nuclear ground state, nuclear quadrupole moment.
Unit IV
Nuclear decay and elementary particles:
β Decay, general features of β ray spectrum, Fermi theory of β decay, selection rules, parity in β
decay, multipole radiation, internal conversion, nuclear isomerism.
Unit V
Elementary particles:
Classification of elementary particles, fundamental interaction, parameters of elementary
particles. Symmetry and conservation laws, symmetry schemes of elementary particles SU(3).
Books Recommended:
Course outcome:
CO4: Understand about the elementary particles and their quantum number.
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit I
Crystal Structure : Bravais lattice in two and three dimension. Simple crystal structures:
Hexagonal close packed structure, Diamond structure, zinc blende structure, chloride structure,
cesium chloride structure.
Unit II
Crystal diffraction by X-Ray:
Reciprocal lattice, Reciprocal lattice of bcc and fcc lattice. Relation between crystal lattice axes
and crystal reciprocal lattice axes. Bragg diffraction. Condition in term of reciprocal lattice
vector. Brillouin zones.
Unit III
Elastic properties of solids:
Stress and strain components, elastic compliance and stiffness constants, elastic energy density,
reduction of number of elastic constants, elastic stiffness constants for isotropic body, elastic
constant for cubic isotropic bodies, elastic waves, waves in (100) direction, experimental
determination of elastic constants.
Unit IV
Lattice vibration and phonons:
Lattice dynamic of a diatomic linear lattice. Lattice vibrational spectrum. The concept of
phonons momentum of phonons. Inelastic scattering of photons by phonons. Inelastic scattering
of neutrons by phonons. Inelastic scattering of X-Ray.
Unit V
Thermal properties and band theory of solids:
Anharmonicity, thermal expansion, thermal conductivity, equation of state of solids, gruneisen
constant. Band theory, classification of solids, concepts of effective mass. Fermi surfaces,
anomalous skin effect, De Hass van alphen, cyclotron resonance, magneto resistance.
Books Recommended:
1. Verma and Srivastava : Crystallography for solid State physics.
2. Azaroff: Elementary to Solids.
3. Omar: Introduction Solid State Physics
4. Kittle : Solids State Physics
5. Huang : Theoretical Solids State Physics
6. Weertman and weertman : Elementary Dislocation Theory
7. Buerger : Crystal Structure Physics.
8. Maudelung : Introduction to solid State Physics.
Course outcome:
CO1: Knowledge and understanding of solid state materials for their basic properties and
possible technological applications.
CO2: Shall enhance the knowledge of students regarding thermal properties and elastic
properties.
CO3: The use of fundamental properties and other well developed mechanisms /
theories of solid state materials for their better applications in various technological
fields.
M.Sc.(Physics) Semester-III
Choice Based Credit System
Discipline Centric
Elective Paper DCE-1 :DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
Paper-XI(I) Max.Marks. 60
Time Duration - 3 Hours Min. Marks. 21
Instruction to Examiners
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit I
Codes : BCD, Gray, ASCII, EBCDIC, Demorgans theorem, Gates:OR, AND, NOT, NOR, OR,
NAND, XOR, XNOR, Boolean algebra, Karnaugh map.
Unit II
Logic Family of gates, TTL circuits - TTL AND, OR, NOT, NAND AND NOR gates
Totempole, open collector and Tristate Configuration Adder and Subtractor circuit Design.
Multiplexers and Demultiplexers Encodes and decoders.
Unit III
Flip-Flops : R-S,D, J-k, J-k Master slave flip flop, race around condition registers, shift registers
(left and right shift)
Unit IV
Counters-asynchronous (ripple) counter, synchronous (parallel) counter, MOD-5 counter and
MOD-10 counter, BCE counter, Up-Down counter, Shift Register counter (Ring counter)
Unit V
Digital to analog conversion (Binary weighted register method, R-2R ladder network method,
single slope, equal slope, successive approximation ADC)
Books Recommended:
1. A.P.Malvino and Donald P.Leach. Digital principles and applications Tata Mcgraw-
Hill company, New Delhi, 1993
2. Ramesh S.Gaonkar Microprocessor Architecutre, Programming and Applications with
8085/8086 by, Wiley-Eastern Ltd. 1987.
3. Digital Electronics-S.N.Ali
4. Digital Electronics-Morris Mano
5. Microprocessor and Microcomputers-B.Ram-Dhanpat Rai publication V edition.
Digital electronic
Course Outcome:
CO1. This course shall will the capability the students to words the Hardware design and
Software application of computer system.
CO2. Shall give the concepts of logic gates and various combinational logic circuits.
CO3. Ability to understand various sequential logic circuits including register and counter
circuits among students.
CO4. It will give an idea of interfacing circuits of basic micro processing circuits.
M.Sc.(Physics) Semester-III
Choice Based Credit System
Discipline Centric
Elective Paper DCE-2 : Energy Physics
Paper-XI(II) Max.Marks. 60
Time Duration - 3 Hours Min. Marks. 21
Instruction to Examiners
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit I
Fossil fuels and Alternate Sources of Energy: Fossil fuels and nuclear energy, their
limitation, need of renewable energy, non-conventional energy sources. An over view of
developments in offshore wind energy, Tidal energy, Wave energy systems, Ocean Thermal
energy conservation, Solar energy, biomass, biochemical conservation, biogas generation,
geothermal energy, tidal energy, hydroelectricity.
Unit II
Biomass energy- classification-photosynthesis-biomass conversion process-gobar gas plants-
wood gasification-ethanol from wood- advantages and disadvantages of biomass as energy
source.
Geothermal energy, Geothermal sources, Geothermal techniques, wind energy fundamental of
wind energy, wind turbines and different electrical machines in wind turbines, Power electric
interfaces and grid connection topologies. Ocean thermal energy conversion (OTEC)-energy
from waves and tides (basic ideas, nature, applications, merits and demerits of these)., wave
energy devices
Unit III
Solar energy: Solar energy ,its importance, storage of Solar energy, solar pond, non convective
solar pond, application of solar pond and Solar energy, solar water heater, flat plate collector,
solar distillation, solar cooker, solar green houses, solar cell, working principle and
characterization, absorption air conditioning. Need and characteristics of photovoltaic (PV)
systems,PV models and equivalent circuits, and sun tracking system.Carbon captured
technologies, cell battries, power as consumption, environmental issues and Renewable sources
of enegy, sustainability.
Unit IV
Hydro energy: Hydropower resources, Hydropower technologies, environmental impact of
Hydropower sources.
Piezoelectric Energy harvesting: Introduction, Physics and characteristics of Piezoelectric
effect, materials and mathematical description of Piezoelectricity, Piezoelectric parameter and
modeling Piezoelectric generators, Piezoelectric energy harvesting applications, Human Power.
Unit V
Energy Storage and Impact of non-conventional energy: Conversion of energy-pattern of
energy consumption in domestic ,industrial,transpotation,agricultural sectors- conservation
principles in these sectors-energy crisis and possible solutions-energy options for the developing
countries-energy storage and hydrogen as a fuel(basics)-impact due to non -conventional energy
sources-global warming.
Books Recommended:
6. Renewable energy : Power for a sustainable future Godfery Boyle ,Alden Oess
Ltd.,Oxford ,1996
7. Energy Model for 2000 and beyond Jyoti Parikh, , Tata McGraw- Hill publishing
company , New Delhi,1997
Energy Physics
Course Outcome:
Co1: Provide knowledge of alternate sources of energy among students and enable their
capability in building energy systems using such sources.
Co3: This course shall make aware the students about solar energy and its application
in developments of photo voltaic system.
Unit 1
Unit 2
Solar Radiation and its Effects on the Atmosphere Solar radiation at the top of the atmosphere,
Attenuation of solar radiation in the atmosphere, radiative transfer, thermal effect of radiation,
photochemical effects of radiation, Airglow Structure and Variability of Earth’s Ionosphere
Introduction to ionosphere, photochemical processes, Chapman’s theory of photo ionization,
production of ionospheric layers, loss mechanisms and chemistry of ionospheric regions,
morphology of the ionosphere
Unit 3
Unit 4
Elements of Solar Physics Structure and composition of the Sun, sun as a source of radiation,
sunspots an solar cycles, solar flares, coronal mass ejection Magnetosphere of Earth Solar wind
and its characteristics, Interplanetary magnetic field and sector structure, Formation of
geomagnetic cavity, magnetopause, magnetosheath and bow shock, polar cusp and magnetotail,
Plasmasphere and Van Allen radiation belts
Unit 5
Concepts and Foundations of Remote Sensing Energy sources and Radiation principles, Energy
interactions in the atmosphere, energy interactions with earth surface features, Data acquisition
and Interpretations, Reference data, The Global Positioning System An ideal remote sensing
system, Characteristics of real remote sensing system, Practical applications of remote sensing,
Land and Geographic Information System
Books Recommended:
3. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation: T.M. Lillesand and R.L. Kiefer, (John Wiley &
Sons, 4th Edition)
Space Technology
Course Outcome:
CO1: Students will understand the basic laws of Physics governing the satellites in its
orbits with their Applications.
CO2: How the power is generated in space? Powers storage devices and deep space
requirements will be very interesting for them. Students will also learn about the
ground and space based observation techniques.
CO3: Students will understand about the space technology and its application in Earths and
space environments.
M.Sc.(Physics) Semester-III
Choice Based Credit System
Discipline Centric
Elective Paper DCE-4 : Remote Sensing & Applications
Paper-XI(IV) Max.Marks. 60
Time Duration - 3 Hours Min. Marks. 21
Instruction to Examiners
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit 1
Unit 2
Unit 3
Visual Image Interpretation Fundamentals of visual image interpretation, Basic visual image
interpretation equipment, Land use/land cover mapping, Geologic and soil mapping, Forestry
mapping, water resources and wetland mapping
Unit 4
Multispectral and Thermal Scanning Across tack and along track scanning, Operating principles
of multi spectral scanners, Across track thermal scanning, thermal radiation principles,
interpreting thermal scanner imagery, Radiometric calibration of thermal scanners. Temperature
mapping with thermal scanner data
Unit 5
Digital Image Processing Introduction, Image rectification and restoration, Image enhancement,
contrast manipulation, spatial feature manipulation, image classification, different classification
schemes, Classification accuracy assessment, Image transmission and compression Earth
Resources Satellites Early history of space imaging Landsat 1-4 system, Landsat image
interpretation, SPOT satellite program, IRS system, data and applications
Books Recommended:
1. Remote sensing and image interpretation. T.M. Lillesand and R.W. Kiefer (4th ed.) John
Wiley and Sons, 2002
Course Outcome:
CO1: Students will have thorough idea about the various types of camera and sensors used
in remote sensing.
CO2: They will also be able to understand the defects and its solutions in the space borne
images.
CO3: Students will be able to interpret the remote sensing images for different aspects.
M.Sc.(Physics) Semester-III
Choice Based Credit System
Generic
Elective PaperGE-3 : Informatics
Paper-XII Max.Marks. 60
Time Duration - 3 Hours Min. Marks. 21
Instruction to Examiners
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit I
Concept of information and its unit, difference between data and information, features of
information. Average Information and Information rate. Data transmission concept-
characteristics of data transmission circuits. Concept of analogue and digital signal in data
transmission. Coding to increase average information per bit/per word. Shannon's theorem and
channel capacity. Coding efficiency, Shannon Fano and Huffman coding procedures. Error
detecting and correcting codes-Block and convolution codes.
Unit II
The Sampling theorem, Pulse Code Modulation (PCM)-concept of quantisation, quantisation
error, companding, time division multiplexing, PCM system and its band width. Delta
Modulation, Phase shift keying, Differential phase shift keying, quadrature phase shift keying,
optimum modulation system based on information theory Modems.
Unit III
Organisation of Digital computer, Brief overview of input and output devices, CPU-evolution of
microprocessors, Semiconductor memories (RAM and ROM) : organisation and their
characteristics, Cache memory, CDROM, Magnetic disk, Software Concept : types of software
and their features. System utility software. Role of software in information technology.
Computer language : Features of low level and high level programming languages. Assemblers
& compilers, generation of computer languages.
Unit IV
Concept of OS : basic functions and types of OS, Salient features of batch processing, on line
processing, single use, multi user, time shared, multi tasking, multi programming and real time
systems. Overview of UNIX concept of windows and their basic commands, elements of
window NT, concept of booting, batch file, config, sys file, filtering, redirecting and piping.
Unit V
Introduction to communication network and their types, Elements of computer network and
advantages. Design features of computer network (Line capacity allocation, routing procedure,
flow control procedure). Classification of network-LAN, WAN and MAN. Network topologies-
basic features of Bus, Hierarchical, Star Ring and Mesh topologies, Network protocols : seven
layers of OSI reference model and its comparison with TCP/IP, History of internet and important
features, basic services of internet-www, email, telnet, chat and news.
References
1. Information Technology-Satish Jain (BPB Publication)
2. Information Technology-V.P. Singh & M. Singh (Asian Publication)
3. Principles of Data communication – R.W. Lucky, J. Salz & E.J. Weldon Jr. (McGraw
Hill Co.).
4. Principles of Communication Systems – H. Taub & D.L. Schilling (Tata McGraw Hill).
5. Communication Systems : Analog & Digital – R.P. Singh & S.D. Sapre (Tata McGraw
Hill).
6. Modern Digital & Analog Communication Systems-B.P. Lathi (Oxford Univ. Press, N.
Delhi).
7. Microprocessors and Microcomputers – B. Ram
8. Introduction to Microprocessors – A.P. Mathur
9. Computer Network : Protocol Standards and Interfaces – Uyless Black (PHI)
Informatics
Course Outcome:
Co1: Basic knowledge of various information systems and concepts of
information transfer through remote methods will be provided.
Co2: It will provide information about computer anatomy.
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit I
Basic principles of laser :
Introduction to laser, spontaneous and stimulated emission, Einstein coefficients. Idea of light
amplification. Population invertion, laser pumping schemes for two and three level system with
threshold condition for laser oscillation.
Unit II
Properties of Laser Beams and Resonators :
Properties of Laser Temporal coherence, spatial coherence, directionality and monochromatic of
laser beam, resonators, vibrational mode of resonators, laser amplification, open resonator.
Unit III
Types of lasers :
Solid state lasers i.e.Ruby Laser, Nd-Yag Laser, Semiconductor laser, Gas laser i.e. Carbon
dioxide Laser, He-Ne Laser, Basic idea about liquid laser, Dye laser and chemical laser i.e. HCL
and HF lasers.
Unit IV
Application of Lasers :
Holography and its principle, theory of holograms, reconstruction of image, characteristics of
Holographs, Application of lasers in chemistry and optics laser in Industry i.e.laser belding, Hole
drilling, laser cutting, application of lasers in medicine.
Unit V
Basic idea about non-linear optics :
Harmonic generation, second and third harmonic generation, phase matching, optical mixing,
parametric generation of light, self-focusing of light.
Books Recommended:
1. Laser-swelto
2. Optical electronics-Yarive
3. Laser spectra scopy-demtroder
4. Laser spectroscopy and Instrumentation Demotroder
5. Molecular spectra scopy - King
6. Non linear optics by B.B.Laud
LASER PHYSICS
Course Outcome:
Co1: Students shall understand through this course shall learn about concepts of
lasers and its application in development of lasing system.
Co2: Students shall learn about basic concepts of non-linear optics for laser
technology.
M.Sc.(Physics) Semester-IV
Choice Based Credit System
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit 1
Unit 2
Unit 3
Unit 4
Unit 5
1. Instrumentation Methods of analysis: VIIth Edition, Willard Meritt, Dean, Settle, CBS
publishers & distributors
Course Outcome:
Unit I
OP-AMP :
Differential amplifier circuit configurations : dual input balanced output dual input, single input
unbalanced output (ac analysis) only, block diagram of a typical op amp analysis, schematic
symbol of an op-amp.
Unit II
OP-AMP Parameters : Ideal op-amp.; Op-amp parameters; input offset voltage, input offset
current, input bias current, CMRR, SVRR, large signal voltage gain, Slew rate, Gain band width
product, output resistance supply currents power consumption, inverting and non-inverting
inputs.
Unit III
Application of OP-AMP :
Inverting and non-inverting amplifier, summing, scaling and averaging amplifier, integrator and
differentiator. Oscillator Principles: oscillator types, frequency, stability response, the phase shift
oscillator, Wein-bridge oscillator, L-C tunable oscillator, square wave generator.
Unit IV
Microprocessors and Micro Computers :
Microprocessor and Architecture : Intel 8086, Microprocessor architecture modes of memory
addressing, 8086/8088 Hardware specification : Pin-outs and pin functions, clock generator
(8284A) Bus buffering and latching, Bus timing, Ready and wait state, Minimum mode versus
maximum mode.
Unit V
Programming the Microprocessors :
Addressing modes : Data addressing modes, program memory addressing modes, stack memory-
addressing modes. Instruction set; data movement Instruction, Arithmetic and login instructions,
program control instruction.
Books Recommended:
Advanced Electronics
Course Outcome:
Co1: Students shall gain knowledge about linear integrated circuits with emphasis
to operational capabilities and their applications.
Co2: Micro processors concepts would be build among students.
Co3: Detailed H/W knowledge of 8086 ups and assembly language programming
shall lead students to design dedicated / general purpose circuits
M.Sc.(Physics) Semester-IV
Choice Based Credit System
Discipline Centric
Elective Paper DCE-6 : Astrophysics
Paper-XV(II) Max.Marks. 60
Time Duration - 3 Hours Min. Marks. 21
Instruction to Examiners
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit I
Observational data : Astronomical coordinates, determination of mass, rating, luminosity,
temperature and distance of a star, steller classification and its interpretation, H.R. diagram of
clusters, empirical mass luminosity relation.
Unit II
Physical characteristics of the sun, basic data, solar relation and solar magnetic field. Quiet Sun :
Photosphere, hydrogen convection zone and granulatin, chromosphere, spicules, corona. Active
sun : development of centre of activity, sunspots, prominences and lares. Theory of the general
solar magnetic field, sunspot and solar flares, solar wind, solar radiations, solar X – radiation.
Unit III
Stellar interior, Energy generation in stars, contraction hypothesis. Nuclear Processes, P-P and C-
N Cycles, reaction rates. Evolution of stars premain sequence, main sequence and post-main
sequence stages.
Unit IV
Dense stars, white dwarfs, internal structure, mass-radius relation, mass limit, sources of energy,
neutron stars. Variable stars, Pulsating stars, velocity and light curves, classification, dynamics
of steller pulsation, Novae and Super-Novae, Crab Nabula, optical, radio and X-ray emission.
Unit V
Galaxies, classification, Milky way, Rotation, Galactic cluster, Peculiar galaxies, Models of the
Universe, Radio astronomy, Pulsars, Quasars, Microwave background radiation, X-ray sources.
Books Recommended:
Astrophysics
Course Outcome:
Co1: To develop ideas about the evolution of with special emphasis on the sun & various
associated phenomena.
Co2: To develop basic concepts of astronomical observations & idea about Galaxies, Universe
& associated process.
M.Sc.(Physics) Semester-IV
Choice Based Credit System
Discipline Centric
Elective Paper DCE-7 : Environmental Physics
Paper-XV(III) Max.Marks. 60
Time Duration - 3 Hours Min. Marks. 21
Instruction to Examiners
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Solar and Terrestrial spectra. UV radiation. Ozone depletion problem. IR absorption energy
balance of the earth atmospheric system
Unit III - Environmental Pollution and Degradation
Elementary Fluid Dynamics .diffusion, Turbulence and turbulent diffusion. Factors governing
air, water and noise pollution. Air water quality standards. Waste disposal .heat and Island effect
.Land sea Breeze. Puffs and plumes. Gaseous and particulate matters .wet and dry deposition.
Unit IV – Environmental changes Remote sensing
Energy sources and combustion processes .Renewable sources of energy. Solar energy, wind
energy, bio-energy, hydropower, fuel cells, nuclear energy. Forestry and bioenergy.
Unit V Global and Regional Climate
Elements of weather and climate .Stability and vertical motion of air. Horizontal motion of air
and water .Pressure gradient forces .viscous forces .Reynold number .Enhance green house
effect. Energy balance -a -zero- dimensional Green house model .Global climate models.
Books Recommended:
Environmental Physics
Course Outcome:
Co1: To create awareness about the solar & terrestrial radiation & associated environmental
changes
Co2: To develop the concepts of weather & climate in relation to near earth & space weather
concept.
M.Sc.(Physics) Semester-IV
Choice Based Credit System
Discipline Centric
Elective Paper DCE-8 : Physics of Nano Mateials
Paper-XV(IV) Max.Marks. 60
Time Duration - 3 Hours Min. Marks. 21
Instruction to Examiners
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit I
Length scales in Physics, Nanostructures: 1D, 2D and 3D nanostructure (nanodots, thin films,
nanowires, nanorods), Band structure and density of states of materials at nanoscale, Size Effects
in nano systems, Quantum confinement: Applications of Schrodinger equation – Infinite
potential well, potential step potential box, quantum confinement of carries in 3D, 2D, 1D
nanostructures and its consequences.
Unit II
Unit III
X Ray Powder & Single Crystal Diffraction (XRD), X-Ray Fluorescence (XRF), X-Ray
Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS), Energy Dispersive X-Ray Analysis (EDAX), Nuclear
Magnetic Resonance (NMR) & Raman Spectroscopy, Auger Electron Spectroscopy (AES),
Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC)-Principle of operation, Instrumentation and application
of each.
Unit IV
Scanning Tunneling Microscopy (STM), Contact & Non-Contact Atomic Force Microscopy
(AFM), Magnetic Force Microscopy (MFM), Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM),
Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM), Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR),
Spectrophotometer, Photo Luminescence (PL), UV-visible Spectrophotometer, Electron Energy
Loss Spectroscopy (EELS), Electron Probe Micro Analyzer (EPMA) – Principle of operation,
Instrumentation and application of each.
Unit V
Quantum wells, Wires & Dots, Organic Semiconductors, Molecular Switches, Motor Molecules
& Biometric Components, nano Robots and NEMS, Sensors & Actuators, Biomotors, Gas
Sensors, Pollution Sensors, Biosensors, CNT based Fluid Velocity Sensors, Nanomaterials in
Drug Deliver: Targeting Ligands, Cancer Treatment, nanonephrology, Nanosurgery.
References
CO2: It is expected to train the students for synthesis of various nano-materials and various
characterization methods.
CO3: Students shall appreciate the importance of nano-materials in various technological
application like medical technology in treatment of various diseases.
M.Sc.(Physics) Semester-IV
Choice Based Credit System
Generic
Elective Paper GE-4: ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCE
Paper-XVI Max.Marks. 60
Time Duration 3 Hours Min. Marks. 21
Instruction to Examiners
Paper shall consist of Two sections A & B. Paper Setter is required to set ONE short answer type
question from each unit having internal choice in section A. Section B will consist of FIVE long
answer type questions with ONE from each unit and student will answer any THREE questions.
Each short answer questions shall be of 6 marks and long answer type question shall be of 10
marks.
Unit I
General features of Earth's atmosphere :
Thermal structure of the Earth's Atmosphere, Ionosphere, Composition of atmosphere,
Hydrostatic equation, Potential temperature, Atmospheric. Thermodynamics, Greenhouse effect
and effective temperature of Earth, Local winds, monsoons, fogs, clouds, precipitation,
Atmospheric boundary layer, Sea breeze and land breeze. Instruments for meteorological
observations, including RS/RW, meteorological processes and different systems, fronts,
Cyclones and anticyclones, thunderstorms.
Unit II
Atmospheric Dynamics :
Scale analysis, Fundamental forces, Basic conservation laws, The Vectorial form of the
momentum equation in rotating coordinate system, scale analysis of equation of motion,
Applications of the basic equations, Circulations and vorticity, Atmospheric oscillations, Quasi
biennial oscillation, annual and semi-annual oscillations, Mesoscale circulations, The general
circulations, Tropical dynamics.
Unit III
Atmospheric Waves :
Surface water waves, wave dispersion, acoustic waves, buoyancy waves, propagation of
atmospheric gravity waves (AGWs) in a nonhomogeneous medium, Lamb wave, Rossby waves
and its propagation in three dimensions and in shared flow, wave absorption, non-linear
consideration.
Unit IV
Atmospheric Radar and Lidar :
Radar equation and return signal, Signal processing and detection, Various type of atmospheric
radars, Application of radars to study atmospheric phenomena, Lidar and its applications,
Application of Lidar to study atmospheric phenomenon. Data analysis tools and techniques.
Unit V
Atmospheric Aerosols :
Spectral distribution of the solar radiation, Classification and properties of aerosols, Production
and removal mechanisms, Concentrations and size distribution, Radiative and health effects,
Observational techniques for aerosols, Absorption and scattering of solar radiation, Rayleigh
scattering and Mie scattering, Bouguert-Bambert law, Principles of radiometry, Optical
phenomena in atmosphere, Aerosol studies using Lidars.
Books Recommended:
1. Fundamental Atmospheric Physics : Murray L Salby; Academic Press, Vol. 61, 1996
2. The Physics of Atmosphere - John T. Houghton; Cambridge University Press. 3rd edition
2002.
3. An Introduction to dynamic meteorology-James R Holton; Academic Press, 2004
4. Radar for meteorological and atmospheric observations - S Fukao and K Hamazu, Springer
Japan, 2014
ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCE
Course outcome:
Co1: Students will be able to explain principle, characteristics and applications of different
types of Cyclones and anticyclones and thunderstorms.
Co2: Students will be able to explain the instrumentation of Atmospheric Dynamics, waves
and applications
Co3: Students will be able to explain different types of Atmospheric Radar and Lidar and
Atmospheric Aerosols with their applications
Programme – M.Sc. (Computer Science)
Programme Outcomes
POs.1 To understand both the theoretical and practical concepts of Computer Science.
POs.2 To gain programming skill to provide solutions for real world problems.
POs.3 To gather a better understanding to analyze, design and development of software
systems.
POs.4 To build a foundation for academics and research in Computer Science.
Course Outcomes
COs.1 Analyze Properties of Algebraic Structures Such as Groups, Rings and Fields.
COs.2 Apply the Operations of Sets and use Venn Diagrams to Solve Applied Problems;
COs.3 Use and Analyze Recursive Definitions
COs.4 Understand, Explain and Apply the Basic Principles of Sets and Operations in
Sets to Solve the Problems
COs.5 Analyze Modern Problems in Computer Science and solve them Using Graphs
and Trees.
COs.1 Describe the concepts of WWW including Browser and HTTP Protocol.
COs.2 ListtheVariousHTMLTagsandusethemtodeveloptheUserFriendlyWebPages.
COs.3 Define the CSS with its Types and use them to provide the Styles to the Web
Pages at Various Levels.
COs.4 DeveloptheModernWebPagesusingtheHTMLandCSSFeatureswithdifferentlayouts
as per Need of Applications.
COs.5 Use the Java script to develop the dynamic WebPages.
COs.6 Use Server Side Scripting with PHP to Generate the Web Pages dynamically
using the Database Connectivity.
COs.7 Develop the Modern Web Applications using the Client and Server Side
Technologies and the Web Design Fundamentals.
COs.1 Understand and analyze the real problems and formulate them into linear and non-
linear Equations.
COs.2 Gain the knowledge of various Optimization Techniques for finding the solutions
of Non-Linear and Linear Equations.
COs.3 Optimize the solutions by iteratively carrying out Error Analysis for Arithmetic
Operations.
COs.4 Understand and explain the Propagation of Errors with the help of Complex
Numerical Algorithms.
COs.5 Understand the usage of Interpolation techniques for Numerical Differentiation
and Integration.
COs.1 Explain and demonstrate E-Governance Initiatives at the National Level in India
COs.2 Make Classification of E-Commerce and E- Governance
COs.3 Students Able to Think Critically and Analytically to New Successful Business
Ideas.
COs.1 Understand and describe the basic concepts and terminology of Database
Management System.
COs.2 Analyze and Design the database of applications using ER modelling and
Normalization.
COs.3 Demonstrate the database schema data modelling and normalization process with
the help of example.
COs.4 Implement the database design using appropriate database tools.
COs.5 Describe the transaction processing system locking techniques and data recovery.
COs.1 Identify Analyze Review and Validate the Requirement of Software Components
and System and Also Prepare Software Requirement Specification (SRS)
Document Using Relevant Standards Tools and Methodologies.
COs.2 Manage a Software Project by Applying Project Management Concepts Such as
Planning
COs.3 Scheduling and Risk Management for Developing Qualitative and Economic
Software.
COs.4 Work Effectively in Various Profiles of Software Developing Team Such as
Software Analyst
COs.5 Architecture Programmer Tester Quality Assurance and Control officer Project
Manager and Leaders.
COs.6 Communicate and Coordinate Competently by Listening Speaking Reading and
Writing Software Documents
COs.7 Apply Coding Standards & Guidelines and Quality Norms in Coding of Software
Systems to Satisfy the Requirements and Quality.
COs.8 Design Test Cases and Optimize the Test Suite for Unit Integration and System-
Level Testing Using Various Techniques and Tools for Adequately Testing the
Software Components and Systems.
COs.1 Ability to identify the characteristics of datasets and compare the trivial data and
big data for various applications.
COs.2 Demonstrate an ability to use Hadoop framework to efficiently store retrieve and
process Big Data for Analytics.
COs.3 Implement several Data Intensive tasks using the Map Reduce Paradigm
COs.1 Student will be able to implement the basic concepts and learn the various
algorithms to scan, convert the basic geometrical primitives, transformations, area
filling, clipping, viewing,
COs.2 Develop Understanding of Technical Aspect of Multimedia Systems. Also To
Understand and explain the storage mechanism and applicability of Various File
Formats for Audio Video and Text Media.
COs.3 Develop the Various Multimedia Systems Applicable in Real Time.
COs.4 Create a Multimedia Component Using Various Tools and Techniques.
COs.5 Apply the Guidelines and Standards of Multimedia Systems and to analyze the
performance of Multimedia System.
COs.1 The student will be able to analyze and compare different computational models.
COs.2 Demonstrates Models, Turing Machine, Regular Expression, Push down
Automaton.
COs.3 Apply and Prove properties of Languages, Grammars and Automata.
COs.4 Apply Knowledge of Computing and Mathematics to Solve Problem
COs.5 Apply Mathematical Foundations, Algorithmic Principles and Computer Science
Theory to the Modelling.
COs.6 To identify the limitations of some computational models and possible methods of
proving them.
COs.1 Explain and apply the Object Oriented Concepts for Solving Real Problem.
COs.2 Use the Java SDK Environment to Create Debug and Run Simple Java Programs.
COs.3 Apply Java Technology to Develop the Small Applications Utilities and Web
Applications.
COs.4 Apply Event Management and Layout Managers Using AWT Swing JDBC and
Servlet for Developing the Software for Various Problems.
Programme Outcomes
POs.1 The Goal of Program to prepare for all computer Knowledge and Languages in
one year.
POs.2 Analyze the System and maintain the relationship.
POs.3 Different hardware & software specification which will be computer.
POs.4 Understanding application of Different software needed for rular areas
development.
POs.5 To identify , software engineering, networking, hardware knowledge,
POs.6 To utilize the techniques, skills &modern programming tools, software
development practice.
POs.7 Effective Computer Skills And development personality
PSOs.1 Understand Basic concept, and Programming language like procedure oriented
language, Object oriented programming, event driven programming.
PSOs.2 Different Hardware and software specification.
PSOs.3 Understanding application of different software. Needed for area development
like shakari sanstha online treading, institute
COs.1 Use and identify various art (input output devices) of computer system.
COs.2 Explain functions of various parts and function of computer.
COs.3 Use Linux operating system and create files and folders. Explain Software
Hardware Components of Computer system.
COs.1 Explain and demonstrate E-Governance Initiatives at the National Level in India
COs.2 Make Classification of E-Commerce and E-Governance
COs.3 Students Able to Think Critically and Analytically to New Successful Business
Ideas
COs.1 Creating Word Documents for office use Knowledge of Mail Merge
COs.2 Use of Formatting Techniques and Presentation Styles Provide Professional
Services to the Society
COs.3 Create Presentation Using Animation and Transition and other features.
COs.4 Construct Formulas Including the use of Built-in Functions and Relative and
Absolute
COs.5 References and Create and Modify Charts and Preview and Print Worksheets
COs.1 Explain and Apply the Object Oriented Concepts for Solving Real Problem. Use
the Java 5DK Environment to Create, Debug and Run Simple Java Programs.
COs.2 Apply Java Technology to Develop the Small Applications, Utilities, and Web
Applications
COs.3 Apply Events Management and Layout Managers Using AWT. Swing JDBC and
Servlet for Developing the Software for Various Problems.
COs.1 Describe the concepts of WWW including Browser and HTTP Protocol.
COs.2 List the Various HTML Tags and use them to develop the User Friendly
WebPages Define the CSS with its Types and use them to provide the Styles to
the Web Pages at Various Levels Develop the Modern Web Pages using the
HTML and CSS Features with different layouts as per Need of Applications Use
the Java script to develop the dynamic WebPages.
COs.3 Use Server Side Scripting with PHP to Generate the Web Pages dynamically
using the Database Connectivity
COs.4 Develop the Modern Web Applications using the Client and Server Side
Technologies and the Web Design Fundamentals
COs.1 Ability to identify the chances of datasets and compare the trivial data and big
data for various applications
COs.2 Demonstrate an ability to use Hadoop framework to efficiently store retrieve and
process Big Data for Analytics
COs.3 Implement several Data Intensive tasks are the Magi reduce Paradigm
COs.1 Understand and describe the basic concepts and terminology of Data Management
System Analyze and Design the database of applications using ER modelling and
Normalization.
COs.2 Evaluate business information problem and find out the data requirements of
organization.
COs.3 Demonstrate the database schema, data modelling and normalization process with
the help of example Implement the database designing appropriate database tools
AWADHESH PRATAP SINGH UNIVERSITY
REWA (M.P.) 486003
CBCS
CURRICULAM & SYLLABUS
(UGC Approved)
Course Code: 05
www.apsurewa.ac.in
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
A.P.S. UNIVERSITY, REWA (MP)
POST GRADUCATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER SCIENCE &
APPLICATION (PGDCA)
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION (w.e.f. session 2020-21)
PGDCA Semester -I
Paper Course Code Paper Name Course Credits Theory Internal Maximum
Code Type Paper Assessment Marks
1051 PGDCA -101 Computer Fundamentals CC 04 60 40 100
PGDCA -102 Elective I:: (Any one of the following DCE 04 60 40 100
considering departmental constraints)
10521 (A) Programming in C
10522 (B) Multimedia Application
PGDCA -103 Elective II:: (Any one of the following DCE 04 60 40 100
considering departmental constraints)
10531 (A) Analysis and Design of
Information System
10532 (B) E-Commerce and E-Governance
1054 PGDCA -104 Office Automation S/W Tools* GE 04 60 40 100
PGDCA Semester – II
Paper Course Code Paper Name Course Credits Theory Internal Maximu
Code Type Paper Assessment m Marks
PGDCA-201 Elective III:: (Any one of the following DEC 04 60 40 100
considering departmental constraints)
20511 (A) JAVA Programming
20512 (B) Web Technology
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
SEMESTER I
PGDCA101- COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS
Course Objectives:
Identify all the parts and main functions of computers.
Acquaint the students with the applications of computers and understanding latest trends in
information technology.
Learn Basics of software Systems and Linux operating systems
Course Outcomes:
Use and identify various art (input output devices) of computer system.
Explain functions of various parts and function of computer.
Use Linux operating system and create files and folders.
Explain Software Hardware Components of Computer system.
Unit-wise Syllabus :
Unit -I
Introduction to computers: Evolution, Characteristics & Capabilities: Classification: Analog, Hybrid, Digital,
Micro, Mini, Main and Super, Components of Computer System, Block Diagram, Input Devices, Output
Devices, CPU, Only preliminary concept of software, Hardware, Low level Language, High level Language,
Compiler and Interpreter, Preliminary idea of Multimedia computers and associated basic components.
Unit-II
Number System: Introduction to decimal, binary, Octal, Hexa Decimal Number Systems and their
interventions: Coding: (ASCII, EBCDIC, BCD), Introduction to Primary Memories (RAM, ROM,PROM and
EPROM), Preliminary concept of Extended, Expanded and virtual Memory, Registers, Counters, Storage
Devices: Hard Disks, Floppy disks (sector, cylinder, track, seek, time, latency and response time)
Unit -III
Introduction to Operating Systems: Definition, function, Evolution: (Only preliminary idea of terms: Batch
processing, multiprogramming, multiprocessing, multitasking, time sharing, on-line processing, real time and
some popular operating Systems for PC’s):Introduction to DOS: Internal Commands, external commands
(Tree, Diskcopy, Undelete, chkdsk, Fdisk, Backup, Restore, Format, Unformat, Attrib, Xcopy, Diskcomp):
Concept of wild cards, batch files, config files, filtering, piping and redirection.
Unit -IV
Unix: Structure of UNIX system, Kernel, Unix file system: Concept of files and directories : File Oriented
Commands like cat, cp, grep, pwd, chmod, mv, rm, pg, passwd, bc; File permissions, Directory oriented
commands like ls, mkdir, inter-user communication commands like write, mail, mesg, General utilities
commands like echo, cut, passwd, kill, date, we, sleep, who, ps, Introduction to vi editor.
Unit -V
Windows: Introduction, windows desktop, start button, taskbar, switching between programs and windows,
managing files, folders and objects, windows explorer, creating shortcuts, control panel, windows
accessories:-paintbrush, WordPad, customizing windows, sharing information among applications, network
neighborhood, sharing folders and printers, Internet Explorer.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1 Jain Satish: Introduction to Computer Science, BPB
2 Sinha, P.K.: Computer Fundamental, BPB
3 Thomas R: Dos 6 and 6.2 Instant reference, BPB
4 Koparker, P. K.: UNIX for you, TMH
5 Alan Simpson's: Easy Guide to Windows, BPB
6 Yashwant Kanetkar "Unix Shell Programming" BPB Publications
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
PGDCA102 (A) -PROGRAMMING IN C
Course Objectives:
To Make the Student Learna C Programming Language.
To Learn Problem Solving Techniques using C.
To Teach the Student to Write Programs in C and to Solve the Problems.
To Teach the Concepts of C Programming Like Control Structures Functions Learn About
Arrays Structures and Union etc.
Course Expected Outcome:
Explain the Basic Terminology Used in Computer Programming.
Explain the Process of Problem Solving Using C Programming Language.
Write Compile and Debug Programs in C Language.
Analyze and Solve Complex and Real Life Problems by Developing Application Programs using
C Programming Language.
Unit-wise Syllabus :
UNIT-I
C Language Programming: Principal of good programming (flowchart, algorithm), Introduction to C
language: The structure of a simple program: Simple I/O functions (Scanf, printf, gets, puts, getchar,
getche, getch). Use of semicolon, braces, parentheses, Comments and newline character: Data types in C,
Assignment statement, Arithmetic, Relational & Logical operators: Conditional operators, Precedence of
operators.
UNIT- II
Control Structure: The if-else statements, nesting of if-else, switch statement, Loops: while and do-while,
the for loop, Functions: User defined functions, Returning a value from a function, Local and Global
variables, Storage classes, Parameters, Type declaration of a function, Functions with more than one
parameters, Prototype of a function.
UNIT- III
Arrays: Declaration and Initialization, the break and continue statement, String and Character arrays,
operations with arrays, searching in array (linear and binary), Sorting an array (Bubble, Selection and
Insertion). String & String functions: sprint, strcpy, scanf, strcat, strlen, malloc, sizeof, strcmp.
UNIT- IV
Pointers: The concept of pointers, passing pointers as parameters, arrays of pointers, Pointer to pointers,
Array of pointers to string, Sorting an array, using pointers, Structure: The concept of structure, Initializing,
Arrays of structures, Arrays within structures, Structures within Structures. Passing structures to function,
unions, basic graphics functions in Turbo C.
UNIT- V
Files: Files in C, Modes for files; Functions used in files (getc, putc, fopen, fclose, fscanf, fread, fwrite,
fprintf, fseek, ftell, rewind). Text vs binary files, The C Preprocessor: Preliminaries of C Preprocessor
Directives (#define, #undef, #include, #ifdef, #ifndef, #endif, #else, #if), Bitwise Operators.
Reference Books:
1. Gottfried, Programming with C. TMH
2. Rajaraman, Introduction to C, PHI
3. Kerninghan & Ritchie “The C Programming Language” PHI
4. Schildt “C: the Complete Reference” 4th Ed. TMH.
5. Kanetkar Y. “Let Us C” BPB.
6. Kanetkar Y. "Exploring in C", BPB.
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
PGDCA102 (B) - MULTIMEDIA APPLICATION
Course Objectives:
To Provide Students with a Basic Understanding of Multimedia Systems and its Components. This
Course Focuses on Topics in Multimedia Information Representation and Multimedia Standards in
the Components of Multimedia – Text, Audio, Image, Video and Animation.
To Provide Information about the Standards Tools and Techniques Used in Development of
Multimedia Components for Productions
To Create Simple Multimedia Applications and Products for Using Standalone, Networked Or
Web Based Computers.
Course Outcomes:
Unit-wise Syllabus :
UNIT-I
Introduction to Multimedia, Needs and Areas of use, Development Platforms for Multimedia Identifying
Multimedia Elements Text, Images, Sound, Animation and Video, Making Simple Multimedia with
PowerPoint.
Concepts of Plain & Formatted Text, RTF& HTML Texts, Using Common Text Preparation Tools,
Conversion to and from of Various Text Formats, Using Standard Software, Object Linking and Embedding
Concept.
UNIT-II
Sound - Sound and its Attributes, Sound and its Effects in Multimedia, Frequency, Sound Depth, Channels
and its Effects on Quality and Storage, Size Estimation of Space of a Sound File, Sound Card Standard – FM
Synthesis Cards, Waves Table Cards, Midi and MP3 Files and Devices, 3D Sounds, Recording and Editing
Sound Using Sound Editors Like Audacity, Sound Forge etc.
Importance of Images Graphics in Multimedia, Vector and Raster Graphics, Regular Graphics Vs. Interlaced
Graphics, Image Capturing Methods - Scanner, Digital Camera etc. Color Models-RGB, CYMK, HUE,
Saturation, and Brightness, Various Attributes of Images Size, Color, Depth etc, Various Image File Format
BMP, DIB, CIF, PIC, and TIF Format Their Features and Limitations, Image Format Conversion, Various
Effects on Images. Create Images Using Photoshop, Corel draw and Apply Various Effects, Using Layers,
Channels and Masks in Images.
UNIT-III
Video- Basic of Video, Analog and Digital Video Type of Video, Digitization of Analog Video, Video
Standard – NTSC, PAL, HDTV, Video Capturing Media /Instruments Videodisk Camcorder Compression
Techniques, File Formats AVI, JPG, MPEG, Video Editing and Movie Making Tools, Converting Formats of
Videos, Recording and Editing Videos Using Video Editing Software Like Adobe Premiere or Sony Vegas.
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
UNIT-IV
Animation and its Basic – Principals of Animation and its use in Multimedia, Computer System
Configuration and Peripherals Requirements, Software for Animation, Effects of Resolution, Pixel Depth,
Image Size, on Quality and Storage, Types of Animation and Applications.
Authoring Tools for Multimedia – Introduction to Various Types of Multimedia Authoring Tools, CD/DVD
Based and Web Based Tools, Features and Limitations, Creating Multimedia Package Using All
Components.
UNIT-V
Introduction to Virtual Reality and its Applications, Virtual Reality Terminology Head Mounts Display
(HMD), Boom, Cave, Input Devices and Sensual Technology, Characteristic If Immersive vs. Shared,
Augmented and Mixed Reality
Reference Books:
1 Ramesh Bangia-Introduction to Multimedia-Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd.
2 Tay Vaughan-Multimedia: Making It Work,TataMc-Graw Hill.
3 Bhatnager G. Elsevie-,Introduction to Multimedia Systems,
4 Satish Jain O Level Introduction to Multimedia (M4.2-R4), BPB Publications.
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
PGDCA 103(A) ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF INFORMATION SYSTEM
Course Objectives:
Course Outcomes:
Unit-wise Syllabus:
UNIT-I
Organizational Foundation of IS: Historical Evolution of Information system. The completive Business
Environment. Advantages of Using Computerized information System (IS) Six major types of Information
System. The changing matter of Information Technology, Challenges of Information systems, Relationship
between Organisation and Information systems. Salient Features of Organization and management. Classical
Model. Behavioral Model and Decision Model. Levels and types of Decision Making. System Approach
Theory. Management Challenges. Ethical and Social Impact of Information System.
UNIT-II
Technical Foundation of Information System: Charting Techniques. Structured Analysis and Design. Decision
Tree. Decision Table. DFD. Data Dictionary. Information System Software Tools and Approaches:
Advantages and disadvantages of using IS Software tools. Idea of Object Oriented Programming. CASE tool,
PERT & CPM. Recent Database Management trends. Distributed Databases: Object Oriented and
Hypermedia Database, Telecommunications. The Internet.
UNIT-III
Building Information System Traditional Si stem Development Life Cycle (SDLC). Analysis: Problem
Identification. Fact Gathering, Fact Analysis, Feasibility Study, Feasibility report. Design, Physical and
Logical Design. File Design. I/o Design, Database Design. Limitation of traditional life cycle approach.
Prototyping, Outsourcing information system. A Typical Case Studs of Information System.
UNIT-IV
Implementation: Managing and Controlling of Information System. testing, training, conversion. Post
Implementation phase. Ensuring quality with IS. Traditional tool & methodology for quality assurance. New
approaches to quality assurance. Measuring Information System Success. Areas of Problem in Information
System. Causes of Information system Success and Failure. Controlling Risk Factor. Auditing Information
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
System.
UNIT-V
Management and Organizational Support Systems: Knowledge Work System. Decision Support System
(DSS). Group Decision Support System (GDSS). Executive Support System (ESS). Artificial Intelligence
(Al). Expert System. Neural Network. Growth of International Information System. Main Technological
Issues: Merger of International Technology and Infrastructure.
Reference Books:
1. Lauden C. Kennieth & Lauden P. Jane: Management Information System: Organization Technique.
PHI.
2. Awad E. M.: Systems Analysis and Design. Galgotia Pub.
3. Murdic. Ross. Clagett : Information Systems for Modern Management.
4. PHI Bhatnagar S. C.: Computer & Information Management. PHI.
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
PGDCA-103(B) E-COMMERCE AND E-GOVERNANCE
Course Objectives:
Course Outcome:
Unit-wise Syllabus :
UNIT-I
Introduction to E-Commerce: Definition, History of E-Commerce, E-Business Models B2B, B2C, C2C, C2B,
Environment of E-Commerce, Dimensions of E-Commerce, Ethical Issues, Electronic Data Interchange,
Value Chain and Supply Chain, E-Commerce Marketing, E-Commerce Strategy, E-Commerce Infrastructure,
Advantages and Disadvantages of E-Commerce.
UNIT- II
Electronic Payment Systems: Payment Gateways, Payment Cards, Credit Cards, Debit Cards, Smart Cards, E-
Credit Accounts, E-Money, Marketing on the Web, Categories of E-Commerce, Edi, Marketing Strategies,
Advertising on the Web, Customer Service and Support, Internet Banking, Introduction to M-Commerce,
Case Study: E-Commerce in Passenger Air Transport, Element of E-Commerce, Issues of E-Commerce
UNIT- III
E-Government, Theoretical Background of E-Governance, Issues in E -Governance Applications, Evolution
of E-Governance, its Scope and Content, Benefits and Reasons for the Introduction of E-Governance, E-
Governance Models - Broadcasting, Critical Flow, Comparative Analysis, Mobilization and Lobbying,
Interactive Services / G2C,C2G
UNIT- IV
E-Readiness, E-Government Readiness, E- Framework, Step & Issues, Application of Data Warehousing and
Data Mining in E-Government, Case Studies: NICNET-Role of Nationwide Networking in E-Governance, E-
Seva. Origins in India E-Governance Projects in India Measures to Be Considered Before Going for E-
Governance, Work plan and Infrastructure
UNIT- V
E-Government Systems Security: Challenges and Approach to Security of E-Government, Security Concern
in E-Commerce, Security for Server Computers, Communication Channel Security, Security for Client
Computers. E-Security Network and Web Site Risk for E-Business, Information Technology ACT 2000 and
its Highlights Related to E-Commerce, E-Security, Firewalls, Electronic Market / E- Shop, Introduction to
Security, Types of Securities, Security Tools, Network Security.
Reference Books
1. Gary P. Schneider, “E-Commerce”, Cengage Learning India.
2. C.S.R. Prabhu, “E-Governence: Concept and Case Study”, PHI Learning Private Limited.
3. P. Tjoseph, S.J.,“E-Commerce an Indian Perspective”, Prentice-Hall of India.
4. V. Rajaraamn, “Essentials of E-Commerce Technology”, PHI Learning Private Limited.
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
PGDCA-104 OFFICE AUTOMATION S/W TOOLS
Course Objectives:
Course Outcome:
Unit-wise Syllabus :
UNIT – I
Office Packages-Office activates and their software requirements, Word-processing, Spreadsheet,
Presentation graphics, Database, introduction and comparison of various office suites like MS Office,
Lotus Office, Star Office, Open Office etc. MS Word Basics: Introduction to MS Office; Introduction to
MSWord; Features & area of use. Working with MS word.; Menus & Commands; Toolbars & Buttons;
Shortcut Menus, Wizards & Templates; Creating a New Document; Different Page Views and layouts;
Applying various Text Enhancements; Working with – Styles, Text Attributes; Paragraph and Page
Formatting; Text Editing using various features ; Bullets, Numbering, Auto formatting, Printing & various
print options.
UNIT-II
Advanced Features of MS-Word: Spell Check, Thesaurus, Find & Replace; Headers & Footers ; Inserting –
Page Numbers, Pictures, Files, Auto texts, Symbols etc.; Working with Columns, Tabs & Indents; Creation
& Working with Tables including conversion to and from text; Margins & Space management in
Document; Adding references and Graphics; Mail Merge, Envelops & Mailing Labels. Importing and
exporting to and from various formats, an overview of Google Doc.
UNIT-III
MS Excel: Introduction and area of use; Working with MS Excel.; concepts of Workbook &
Worksheets; Using Wizards; Various Data Types; Using different features with Data, Cell and Texts;
Inserting, Removing & Resizing of Columns & Rows; Working with Data & Ranges; Different Views of
Worksheets; Column Freezing, Labels, Hiding, Splitting etc.; Using different features with Data and Text;
Use of Formulas, Calculations & Functions; Cell Formatting including Borders & Shading; Working with
Different Chart Types; Printing of Workbook & Worksheets with various options, an overview of Google
sheet.
UNIT-IV
MS PowerPoint: Introduction & area of use; Working with MS PowerPoint; Creating a New
Presentation; Working with Presentation; Using Wizards; Slides & its different views; Inserting, Deleting
and Copying of Slides; Working with Notes, Handouts, Columns & Lists; Adding Graphics, Sounds and
Movies to a Slide; Working with PowerPoint Objects; Designing & Presentation of a Slide Show; Printing
Presentations, Notes, Handouts with print options. Outlook Express: Features and uses, Configuring and
using Outlook Express for accessing e-mails in office, an overview of Google Slide.
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
UNIT-V
MS ACCESS: Creating of databases. tables, froms, reports & queries, use of macro & modules, creating of
relationships among tables, generating simple queries using databases. MS-Access with other applications
and Internet, sharing data between applications, Administering & securing a database. an overview of
Google Form.
Reference Books:
1. Mansfield R: The Compact Guide to MS-OFFICE, BPB
2. Murray: Mastering Poser Point 6.0 for Windows, BPB
3. Cowart: ABC's of MS-ACCESS, BPB
4. Ms Office XP Complete BPB Publication
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
PGDCA-105 Software LAB I (Problem based on Paper 102)
Course Objectives:
Course Outcome:
Analyze the Problem and Write, Compile and Execute the Program and Verify the Outcome
Explain and apply a Various features of IDE of C / C++ Compiler .
Read, Understand and Trace the Execution of Programs Written in C language.
Write the C Code for a Given Algorithm Using Coding Guidelines .
Implement Programs with Pointers and Arrays to Manage the Memory.
C Programming Lab:
1 Write a Program in C to Calculate Simple Interest When the Values of Principal, Rate and Time are
given.
2 Write a Program in C to Calculate Area of a Circle When its Radius is Input from Keyboard.
3 Write a Program in C to Calculate Temperature in Centigrade When Temperature in Fahrenheit is
Input from Keyboard.
4 Write a Program in C to Calculate Area of a Triangle When its Three Sides are Input from Keyboard
(by Hero’s Formula).
5 Write a Program in C to Determine Whether an Input Year is Leap Year Or Not.
6 Write a Program in C to Display the Table of a Number Input from Keyboard in the Following
Format:
NX1=N
Eg: 5X1=5
i. 5 X 2 = 10
7 Write a Program in C to Display the Table of Tables from 1 to 10.
8 Write a Program in C to Display the Following Patterns
9 Write a Program to Calculate the Factorial of a Number Input from Keyboard Using Recursive
Method.
10 Write a Program in C to Show How to Pass an Array to a User Defined Function.
11 Write a Program in C to Display Largest Element of an Array When the Elements of the Array are
Input from Keyboard.
12 Write a Program in C to Calculate Area of a Circle in a User Defined Function.
13 Write a Program in C to Swap Two Numbers Using Call By Value and Call By Address.
14 Write a Program in C to Show How to Pass an Structure to a User Defined Function.
15 Write a Program in C to Show How to Pass an Structure to a User Defined Function.
16 Write a Program to Calculate Total Marks, Percentage and Grade of a Student. Marks Obtained in
Each of the Five Subjects are to Be Input by the User. Assign Grades According to the Following
Criteria:
a. Grade a: Percentage >=80 Grade B: Percentage>=70 and <80
b. Grade C: Percentage>=60 and <70 Grade D: Percentage>=40 and <60
c. Grade E: Percentage<40
17 Write a Menu-Driven Program, Using User-Defined Functions to Find the Area of Rectangle,
Square, Circle and Triangle by Accepting Suitable Input Parameters from User.
18 Write a Program in C to Display the First N Terms of Fibonacci Series.
19 Write a Program in C to Calculate the Sum of Two Compatible Matrices.
20 Write a Program in C to Calculate the Product of Two Compatible Matrices.
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
PGDCA-106- Software LAB II (Problem based on Paper 101 & 104)
Course Objectives:
Course Objectives
Use Microsoft Office Programs to Create Personal, Academic and Business Documents Using
CurrentProfessional and/or Industry Standards.
Perform Calculations in Microsoft Excel Using Formulas and Built-in Functions.
Prepare Datasheet and Graphs to Describe and analyze the Data in MicrosoftExcel.
Create Effective Presentation Using Various Features of MsPowerPoint
Experiment on Windows
1 Starting the Windows, Starting a Program, Running a Program Running Multiple Programs and
Switching Between Windows, Customizing the Task BarRecycle Bin, Restoring the Deleted Files
2 Creating and Removing Folders, Making the Taskbar Wider, Arranging Icons on the Desktop
Displaying and Hiding the Taskbar Clock, Controlling the Size of Start Menu Options, Creating
Shortcuts.
3 Installing a Screen Saver, Assigning a Wallpaper to Desktop, Adding a Program to the Start Menu,
Adding a Program Shortcut in the Desktop, Customizing the Mouse Settings. Expanding and
Collapsing a Folder, Recognizing File Types Using Icons, Running a Program fromExplorer,
Renaming a File or Folder, Sorting a Folder
4 Displaying the Properties for a File or Folder, Using Cut and Paste Operations to Move a File Using
Copy and Paste Operations to Copy a File, Moving and Copying Files with Mouse, Searching a File
or Folder by Using Search Command, Finding a File or Folder, by Name Defragmenting the Disk,
Using Disk Defragmenter, Controlling the Speaker Volume Recording and Saving an Audio File,
Connecting a Printer to the Pc
My Ambition of Life is to Become a Doctor. I Have Taken Up Science and Hygiene as Optional Subjects.
When I Joint College, I Shall Take UP Medical Group. I Shall Appear in the P.M.T. Examination to Qualify
for Joining a Medical College. After Passing the P.M.T., I Shall Join the Medical College to Become a
Doctor.
I Would Like to Be a Doctor. My Country Has Become Free from Diseases, Government Has Decided to
Uproot the Diseases from the Country and Improve the Health of the People. Hospitals are Being Opened for
This Purpose. There is Great Demand for Doctor. Taking All These Things into Consideration I Have Made
Up Mind to Become a Doctor.
I Do Not Want to Be Clerk. This Line Does Not Suit Me. I Do Not Want to Be a Teacher. Law is Not a
Paying Profession These Days So Becoming Lawyer is Not My Goal.
>Align: Justify
8. Make the First Letter of the Paragraph Larger and Fallinto Three Lines (Drop Cap).
10. Create a Bulleted List for the Last Paragraph Lines of Document.
11. Enter “My Document Tutorial” Text as the Heading of the Table and Format It to Get the Following
Output Using a Word Art. (Font: Arial Black, Font Size: 16, Align: Center)
13. Insert the W01 Image Given in the "Resources" Directory, to the Right Hand Side of the Bulleted List of
the Document.
14. Prepare Your Class Time Table Using and Format the Entire Table as Given Below.
Change the Cell Size of the Table to Auto Fit to Contents. >Align: Center
16. Insert a New Row Just Below the Last Row of the Table and Enter the Following Information into the
New
Row: >Saturday: Special Lecture on Cloud Computing > Merging All the Column.
17. Send a Call Letter for All Applicants to Inform Interview Details Using Mail Merge Base
18. Preparing a Govt. Order / official Letter / Business Letter / Circular Letter
Covering Formatting Commands - Font Size and Styles - Bold, Underline, Upper Case, Lower Case,
Superscript, Subscript, Indenting Paragraphs, Spacing Between Lines and Characters, Tab Settings etc.
To Prepare a Newsletter with Borders, Two Columns Text, Header and Footer and Inserting a Graphic Image
and Page Layout.
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
20. Creating and Using Styles and Templates
22 To Create a Template for the Styles Created and Assemble the Styles for the Template.
Spreadsheet Experiment:
Presentation Experiments
o Make Necessary Changes to Appear Slide Numbers in the Slide Number Area.
o Make Necessary Changes So That the Footer, Date and the Slide Number Do Not Appear
on the Title Slide (First Slide).
o Add Content to the Title Slide (First Slide) by Following the Instruction Given Below.
o Type "River” as the Slide Title and It’s Format Should Be Font Type: Arial, Style: Bold,
Size:96, Color: Black
oType “Our Life Support” as the Sub Title and Insert an Image from the Resources Directory
to a Suitable Location.
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
o Add Content to the Second Slide by Following the Instruction Given Below.
o Type the Slide Title as, "Rivers of North India" and Format It as, Font Type: Arial, Style:
Bold, Size: 44, Color: Black
o The Ganga
o The Indus
o The Brahmaputra
o Apply Emphasis Animation Effect to Each Main Point and Sub Point in the Second Slide.
o Apply Sound Effect When the Second Slide Appears in the Slideshow.
o Save Your Presentation with the Following File Name <Rivers of _North India>_ P01. Next
Practicals
3. Creating a New Presentation Based on a Template – Using Auto Content Wizard, Design Template
and Plain Blank Presentation.
Operating System
4. Discuss all Internal and external commands of DOS with suitable example.
5. Discuss all Unix/Linux commands with suitable example.
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
II Semester
PGDCA 201(A)– JAVA PROGRAMMING
Course Objectives:
Introduce and Learn the Usage of the Java SDK Environment to Create, Debug and Run Java
Programs.
Understand Fundamentals of Java Programming Such as Character Set, Variables, Data Types, and
Control Structures, Array, Class and Methods.
Understand the Concepts of (OOPs) and Learn Implementation in Java Defining Classes, Invoking
Methods, Using Class Libraries.
Introduce Strings, Vectors, Interfaces, Packages and Threads Handling in Java. Gain the Knowledge
of Java Applets, AWT, Swings, Servelet.
Course Outcomes :
Explain and Apply the Object Oriented Concepts for Solving Real Problem.
Use the Java SDK Environment to Create, Debug and Run Simple Java Programs.
Apply Java Technology to Develop the Small Applications, Utilities, and Web Applications.
Apply Events Management and Layout Managers Using AWT, Swing, JDBC and Servlet for
Developing the Software for Various Problems.
Unit-wise Syllabus :
UNIT-I
Introduction to Object Oriented Programming: Basic concepts, benefits of OOPS, Application of OOP. Java
evolution: history, features, C, C+ + & Java a comparison. Java and WWW, HW & SW requirements for
Java, Structure of simple Java program, Java tokens, statements, Java virtual machine, Command line
arguments, programming style. constants & variables, symbolic constants, type casting: Various operators in
Java (arithmetic, relational, logical, assignment, increment decrement, conditional, bitwise & special
operator): arithmetic expressions & their evaluation, precedence of arithmetic operators, type conversations in
expressions, operator precedence and associatively, mathematical functions.
UNIT-II
Decision making and branching: Decision making with if statement, simple if statement, the if ... else
statement, nesting of if .....else statements, the else if Ladder, the switch statement. The ? operators, the while
statement, the do statement, the do statement, the for statement, jump in loops, labeled loops, classes, objects
and methods; Defining a class, objects and methods: Defining a class, adding variables and methods, creating
objects, accessing class members, constructors, method overloading. Static members, nesting of methods
inheritance: extending a class, overriding methods, final variables and methods, final classes, finalize
methods, abstract methods and classes visibility control.
UNIT-III
Arrays, strings and vectors: Arrays, one dimensional arrays, creating an array, two dimensional arrays.
Strings, Vectors, Wrapper classes, defining interfaces, multiple inheritance, extending interfaces,
implementing interfaces, accessing interface variable. Packages: Java API packages, using system packages,
naming conventions, creating packages, accessing a package, using a package, adding a class to a package,
hiding classes
UNIT-IV
Exception Handling & Multithreading: Exception Handling: Introduction to Exception Handling, Try-Catch,
Finally, Throws. Multithreading Programming: Creating threads, extending the thread class stopping and
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
blocking a thread, life cycle of a thread, using thread methods, thread exceptions thread priority,
Synchronization, implementing the runnable interface, thrashing, other consideration, demand segmentation.
UNIT-V
Applet programming: Local and remote applets, how applets differ from applications, preparing to write
applets, building applets code, applet life cycle, creating an executable applet, designing a web page, adding
applet to HTML file, running the applet, More about applet tag, passing parameters to applets. aligning the
display more about HTML tags, displaying numerical values, getting input from the user. AWT Classes,
Swing Classes, Event Handling, AWT Programming: Working with Windows, Graphics and Text, Using
AWT Controls, Layout Managers and Menus, Handling Image, Animation, Sound and Video. Java Swing:
Japplet, Icons and Labels, Text Fields, Buttons, Radio Buttons, Check Boxes, Combo Boxes, List Boxes,
Tabbed and Scroll Panes, Tables. Event Handling:
Reference Books:
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
PGDCA-201 (B) -WEB TECHNOLOGY
Course Objectives:
Learn How to Design and Develop a Web Page Using HTML and CSS
Learn How to Link Pages So that they Create a Web Site.
Design and Develop a Web Site Using Text Images Links Lists and Tables for Navigation and
Layout.
Style Your Page Using CSS Internal Style Sheets and External Style Sheets.
Learn to use Java Script & XML in Web Design.
Learn How to use Database in Web Design.
Course Outcome:
Unit-wise Syllabus :
UNIT-I
Introduction to Web Web Designing and Website Planning :concept of WWW Internet and WWW HTTP
Protocol : Request and Response Web Browser and Web Servers Website Hosting-Free Vs. Paid Linux Vs.
Windows Hosting Concepts & use of Database & Mail Servers Associated with Web Sites Features of Web
2.0 Concepts of Effective Web Design Web Design Issues Including Browser Bandwidth and Cache Display
Resolution Look and Feel of the Website Page Layout and Linking User Centric Design Sitemap Planning
and Publishing Website Designing Effective Navigation. Website Hosting Issues C panel and FTP.
UNIT-II
Web Development with HTML : Basics of HTML Formatting and Fonts Commenting Code Color Hyperlink
Lists Tables Images Forms Meta Tags Character Entities Frames and Frame Sets Browser Architecture and
Web Site Structure. Overview and Features of HTML5 use of HTML Code Editor& WYSIWYG Editor.
Cascading Style Sheets (CSS): Style Sheets : Need for CSS Introduction to CSS Basic Syntax and Structure
Using CSS Background Images Colors and Properties Manipulating Texts Using Fonts Borders and Boxes
Margins Padding Lists Positioning Using CSS CSS2 Overview and Features of CSS3.
UNIT-III
Technologies for Web Applications Javascript & XML: Javascript : Client Side Scripting with Javascript
Variables Functions Conditions Loops and Repetition Pop Up Boxes Advance Javascript: Javascript and
Objects Javascript Own Objects the Dom and Web Browser Environments Manipulation Using Dom Forms
and Validations DHTML : Combining HTML, CSS and Javascript Events and Buttons. XML : Introduction
of XML Validation of XML Documents DTD Ways to use XML, XML for Data Files Html Vs XML
Embedding XML into HTML Documents Converting XML to HTML for Display Displaying XML Using
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
CSS and XSL Rewriting HTML as XML Relationship Between HTML SGML and XML Web
Personalization Semantic Web Semantic Web Services. Transforming XML Using XSL and XSLT
UNIT-IV
Web Design with PHP: Introduction and Basic Syntax of PHP Decision and Looping with Examples PHP and
HTML Arrays Functions Browser Control and Detection String Form Processing Files Advance Features:
Cookies and Sessions Object Oriented Programming with PHP.
UNIT-V
Introduction to Database Driven Websites with PHP: PHP and MYSQL: Basic Commands with PHP
Examples Connection to Server Creating Database Selecting a Database Listing Database Listing Table
Names Creating a Table Inserting Data Altering Tables Queries Deleting Database Deleting Data and Tables
PHP My admin and Database Bugs.
Reference Books:
1. Roger S. Pressman David Lowe “Web Engineering” Tata McGraw Hill Publication 2007
2. Achyut S Godbole and Atul Kahate “Web Technologies” Tata McGraw Hill
3. Gopalan N P Akilandeswari “Web Technology: a Developer S Perspective” PHI
4. Chris Bates Web Programming: Building Internet Applications Wiley
5. C. Xavier “Web Technology & Design” Tata McGraw Hill.
6. Ivan Bay Ross “HTML DHTML Java Script Perl CGI” BPB.
7. Ralph Moseley and M.T. Savaliya- Developing Web Applications Wiley-India
8. Web Technologies Black Book Dreamtech Press
9. HTML5 Black Book Dreamtech Press
10. Joel Sklar- Web Design Cengage Learning
11. Harwani- Developing Web Applications in PHP and Ajax Mcgrawhill
12. P.J. Deitel & H.M. Deitel- Internet and WorldWideWeb How to Program Pearson
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
PGDCA202 (A)-COMPUTER NETWORKS
Course Objectives:
Course Outcome:
Unit-wise Syllabus :
UNIT-I
Introduction to Computer Networks Types of Network - LAN WAN MAN Internet Network Topologies
Transmission Media Communication Mode- Simplex Half Duplex Full Duplex Analog& Digital Signals Base
Band Broad Band Error Detection and Correction OSI Model:- Functions of Each Layer Services and
Protocols Inter-Networking Devices Hub Repeater Bridge Switch Modem Routers Gateways.
UNIT- II
Multiplexing Multiplexer FDM TDM Statistical Multiplexing Modulation AM FM PM Switching Technique
Message Switching Circuit Switching Packet Switching Virtual Circuit IEEE Standards
802.4802.5.FastEthernetFDDITokenRing.
UNIT- III
Rooting Algorithms:- Shortest Path Routing Distance Vector Routing Unicast Routing Multicast Routing
Link State Routing Broadcast Routing Congestion Control Traffic Shaping. TCP/IP:
IntroductionHistoryofTCP/IPArchitectureLayersofTCP/IPComparisonBetweenOSIandTCP/IP Models
Transmission Control Protocol User Datagram Protocol Internet Protocol IP Addressing IP Addressing
Classes Internet Protocols–IP Packet ARPRARPICMP
UNIT- IV
Various Protocol HTTP Telnet FTP SMTP Mine UDP URL (Uniform Resource Locater) ISDN Channel
ISDN Services Base Band ISDN Broadband ISDN Network Security : Network Security IssuesFirewalls–
NeedandFeaturesofFirewallsTypesofFirewallTechnology-NetworkLeveland
ApplicationLevelIPPacketsFilterScreeningRoutersLimitationsofFirewalls.
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
UNIT- V
Introduction to Wireless Network Fundamentals of Cellular Systems Mobile Ad-Hoc and Sensor Networks
Wireless PAN/LAN/MAN Multi-Path Propagation Path Loss Slow Fading Fast Fading Frequency Reuse Cell
Splitting Cell Sectoring.
Reference Books
1. AndrewS.Tanenbaum-ComputerNetworksPearson-4thEdition
2. Behrouza.Forouzan-DataCommunicationsandNetworking-GlobalEd-5thEdition
3. William a Shay - Understanding Data Communications and Networks -Course Technology Inc-3rd
RevisedEdition
4. PrakashC.Gupta-DataCommunicationsandComputerNetworks-PHI-2ndEdition
5. William Stallings- Data and Computer Communications Pearson Education India 10th Edition
6. LarryL.PetersonandBruceS.Davie-ComputerNetworks–aSystemsApproach-
MorganKaufmannPublishers-FifthEdition2011
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
PGDCA202(B) -BIG DATA ANALYSIS
Course Objectives:
Familiarize the Students with Most Important Information Technologies used in Manipulating,
Storing, and Analyzing Big Data.
This Course Gives Students all Around Learning of the Big Data Framework using Hadoop and
Spark, Including Yarn, HDFS and Map reduce
It Provide an Overview of Approaches Facilitating Data Analytics on Huge Datasets.
Course Outcome:
Ability to identify the characteristics of datasets and compare the trivial data and big data for various
applications.
Demonstrate an ability to use Hadoop framework to efficiently store retrieve and process Big Data
for Analytics.
Implement several Data Intensive tasks using the Map Reduce Paradigm
Unit-wise Syllabus :
UNIT-I
Big Data- Introduction, Characteristics, Types, Elements, Traditional vs. Big Data Business Approach, Big
Data Analytics, Advantages, Applications, Distributed & Parallel Computing for Big Data, Components in
Big Data Architecture, Virtualization Approaches.
UNIT- II
Statistics and Probability: Sampling Techniques - Data Classification, Tabulation, Frequency and Graphic
Representation, Measures of Central Value - Mean, Mode, Median, Random Variable and Probability Theory.
UNIT- III
Hadoop- Introduction, Features, Advantages, Versions, Key Considerations of Hadoop, RdbmsVsHadoop,
Hadoop Ecosystem, HDFS - Architecture, Features, Commands, Processing Data withHadoop, Hadoop Yarn.
UNIT- IV
Mapreduce Framework, Features, Uses, Working onMapreduce, Mapreduce Input and Output Operations,
Exploring Map and Reduce Functions, Mapreduce Optimization Technique, HBASE Introduction,
Architecture, HBASE in Hadoop Applications.
UNIT- V
Processing Data withMapreduce, Task Execution & Environment – Installation of Eclipse, Hadoop, Java
Development Kit and Linux Ubuntu OS, Mapreduce Program Steps to Obtain Word Count, Functionality of
Input Format- Inputsplit, Recordreader, Fileinputformat, Output Process of Fileoutputformat – Outputformat,
Recordwriter, Role of Combiner, Partitioner, Debugging Mapreduce.
Reference Books:
1. Rob Kitchin The Data Revolution: Big Data Open Data Data Infrastructures And Their
Consequences SAGE Publications Ltd
2. Croll and B. Yoskovitz Lean Analytics: Use Data to Build a Better Startup Faster o'reilly
3. Mayer-Schönberger and K. Cukier Big Data: A Revolution That Will Transform How We Live
Work and Think
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
PGDCA203 - DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (DBMS)
Course Objectives:
To Understand the Fundamentals of Data Models and Conceptualize and Depict a Database System
Using ER Diagram.
To Make a Study of Relational Database Design.
To Know about Data Storage Techniques and Query Processing.
To Acquire the Knowledge of Query Evaluation to Monitor the Performance of the DBMS.
To Impart Knowledge in Transaction Processing, Concurrency Control Techniques and Recovery
Procedures.
Course Outcome:
Understand and describe the basic concepts and terminology of Database Management System.
Analyze and Design the database of applications using ERmodeling and Normalization.
Evaluate business information problem and find out the data requirements of organization.
Demonstrate the database schema, data modeling and normalization process with the help of
example.Implement the database design using appropriate database tools.
Unit-wise Syllabus :
UNIT-I
Basic Concept: An Introduction to database System, Database System Architecture, Purpose of DBMS, Data
Independency, Basic File Systems, File Organization: Sequential, Index Sequential, Hosting. B-Tree based
index, Sequential File Organization. Detailed Design of E-R Data Model, Security & Integrity: Introduction,
Access Control. Crypto Systems, Statistical Data base Security, Concurrency Control: Transaction & Locking
Database. Kinds of Failure, Recovery Techniques.
UNIT-II
Three Data Models: An Overview of three Main Data Models i.e. Hierarchical Model, Network Model,
Relational Model and their Inter comparison. Concept of Relation, Relational Algebra: Basic Operation like
Union, Intersection, Difference, Product, Join. The Power of SQL (Creation, Insertion, Deletion, Indexing &
Modification of Databases in SQL)
UNIT-III
Normalisation: Relational Database Design: Integrity Constraints, Functional Dependency: Single Value and
Multi Value Functional dependence, Normal Forms: I, II, III, Boyce Codd, & IV Normal forms. Join
dependency. Special Purpose Databases: OODBMS- Object Based Databases, OO Data Model, OO
Languages, Persistence, Object, Relational Databases, XML, Structure of XML, Temporal Databases, Mobile
Databases, Spatial Databases
UNIT-IV
Introduction to Database and Foxpro package: Ideas of database hierarchy (bit, byte. field, record). Foxpro
commands: create, use, list, display, edit, browse, append, insert, delete, zap, pack, copy, to print, quit, clear,
go top, go bottom, modify structure, recall, replace, sort, index, locate, continue, seek, search, find, close.
Arithmetic, date. time and string function with database using commands/ functions such as count, average,
sum, time, day, dow, cdow, year, date, ctod, dtoc, cmonth, month, val, trim, str. displaying information with ?
and ??.
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
UNIT- V
Programming: Using Input, Output statements and Conditional statement ACCEPT, INPUT, IF-ELSE-
ENDIF, DO CASE-ENDCASE, DO WHILE-ENDDO, TEXT-ENDTEXT, SKIP, WAIT, STORE, SET
commands. Generation of Report, Label and Customized Screen, Use of multiple files: Master file updation,
Setting relations
Reference Books:
1. Henry F. Korth& A. Silbershatz: Data Base System Concepts, MGH
2. C.J. Date: Database Management System, MGH
3. R. K. Taxali: Foxpro 2.6, TMH.
4. Arun K. Majumdar & P. Bhattacharya: Data Base Management System, TMH
5. Jeffrey O. Ullman: Principles of Database Systems, Galgotia Pub. Co. Ltd.
6. Bipin C. Desai: An Introduction to Database Systems, Galgotia Pub. Co. Ltd.
7. James Martin: Principles of Database Management, PHI
8. James Martin, Computer Database organization, PHI
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
PGDCA204 – Software Lab I (Problem based on 201)
Course Objectives:
Implement Strings, Vectors, Interfaces, Packages and Threads Handling in Java. Implement Java
Applets, AWT, Swings, Servelet.
Learn and Understand the Implementation of GUI Application, Web Applications, N-Tier
Architecture.
Develop the Understandings of File Handling, Database Connectivity, Java Servlets and Web
Application in Java.
Learn and Understand the Implementation of GUI Application, Web Applications, N-Tier
Architecture.
Course Outcomes
Use the Java SDK & JRE Environment to Create, Debug and Run Simple Java Programs.
Analyze the Problem, Identify the Requirements & Features of Applications and Utilities
Implement Object Oriented Concepts for Solving Real Problem.
Develop Small Applications, Utilities, and Web Applications Using AWT, Event and Layout
Managers
2. Write a Program in Java to Calculate Sum of Two Numbers Input from Command Line Argument.
5. Write a Program in Java to Display Name, Age, Calendar and Salary of a Person Input from the
Keyboard.
6. Write a Program in Java to Display Grading of Student When His Percentage is Input from
Keyboard.
9. Write a Program in Java to Determine Whether a Number Input from Keyboard is Prime Number Or
Not.
10. Write a Program in Java to Display the Prime Numbers from 1 to 500 Using Function.
11. Write a Program in Java to Show Accessing Class Members and use a Dot(.).
14. Write a Program in Java to Concatenate Two Strings Without Using Library Function.
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
15. Write a Program in Java to Make First Alphabet Capital of Each Word in a String.
16. Write a Program in Java to Get the Last Index of Any Given Character in a String.
19. Java Program to Get String and Count Number of Words in Provided String.
20. Write a Program in Java to Check Given String is Palindrome String Or Not in Java.
22. Write a Program in Java to Get Sub String from a Given String.
24. Create a Java Applet and Show the use of Drawstring() Function.
25. Create a Java Applet to Show How to use Various Methods of Applet Class and Graphics Class in a
Java Applet.
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
PGDCA205 – Software Lab II (Problem based on 203)
Course Objectives:
Course Outcome:
Database Query
8. Give Exercise on DDL and DML.
9. Create a Database Named “School.Mdb” and Perform the Following Tasks Using Ms Access or My
SQL
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
10. Create a Table Named “Studentinfo” Having Following Table Structure.
_______________________________________
Approved by Board of studies dated 21-09-2020
Programme – B.Sc. (Hon) Computer Science
Programme Outcomes
POs.1 To understand both the theoretical and practical concepts of Computer Science.
POs.2 To gain programming skill to provide solutions for real world problems.
POs.3 To gather a better understanding to analyze, design and development of software
systems.
BSCSH-202-Internet technology
BSCSH-203-Data structure
COs.1 To be familiar with fundamental data structures and with the manner in which
these data structures can best be implemented; become accustomed to the
description of algorithms in both functional and procedural styles
COs.2 To have knowledge of complexity of basic operations like insert, delete, search on
these data structures.
COs.3 Ability to choose a data structure to suitably model any data used in computer
applications.
COs.4 Design programs using various data structures including hash tables, Binary and
general search trees, heaps, graphs etc.
COs.5 Ability to assess efficiency tradeoffs among different data structure
implementations.
COs.1 Apply mathematical geometry and logic to solve complex problems in the domain
of mathematics.
COs.2 Understand the consequences of various mean value theorems for differentiable
functions.
COs.3 Sketch curves in Cartesian and polar coordinate systems.
COs.4 Apply derivative tests in optimization problems appearing in social sciences,
physical sciences, life sciences and a host of other disciplines.
BSCSH-302-Computer networks
BSCSH-305-Physics III-Optics
COs.1 Able to apply the concepts of software engineering which is essentially important
while working on big modules and or projects.
COs.2 Understand the concept of system and able to analyse its feasibility study.
COs.3 Understand software process framework, requirement modelling approaches,
software design, and software quality.
COs.4 Able to apply software metrics and software testing.
BSCSH-403-Discrete mathematics
COs.1 To achieve knowledge and understanding of sets, their various properties and
capabilities to solve wide range of problems in science and engineering.
COs.2 To get familiar with concepts of cardinal numbers and develop ability to solve
simple and complex problems.
COs.3 To understand Rings and their applications in mathematical sciences.
COs.4 To learn basic concepts of Differentiations and Integrations.
COs.5 To acquire knowledge of Convergence series.
COs.6 Ability to acquire knowledge of ordinary differential equations.
BSCSH-502-Java programming
COs.1 Learn Java programming language which can be utilized to develop windows and
internet based software solutions.
COs.2 Able to understand and apply the knowledge of object-oriented principles,
applets, graphical user-interface for scientific and business oriented applications.
BSCSH-503-System programming
BSCSH-504-Cloud Computing
COs.1 Analyze the trade-offs between deploying applications in the cloud and over the
local infrastructure.
COs.2 Compare the advantages and disadvantages of various cloud computing platforms.
COs.3 Deploy applications over commercial cloud computing infrastructures such as
Amazon Web Services, Windows Azure, and Google AppEngine.
COs.4 Program data intensive parallel applications in the cloud.
COs.5 Analyze the performance, scalability, and availability of the underlying cloud
technologies and software.
COs.6 Identify security and privacy issues in cloud computing.
COs.7 Explain recent research results in cloud computing and identify their pros and
cons.
COs.8 Solve a real-world problem using cloud computing through group collaboration
COs.1 Learn to compute the time and space complexity of a given algorithm and analyse
the efficiency of algorithms.
COs.2 Learns the utilization of different prototypes of problem solving to solve a given
problem.
COs.3 Understand and analyse greedy algorithms, dynamic programming, concepts of
tractable and intractable problems.
COs.4 Understand the class of P, NP and NP-complete problems.
BSCSH-601-Theory of computation
BSCSH-602-Computer Graphics
COs.1 Apply mathematical geometry and logic to develop Computer programs for
elementary graphics operations and to develop scientific and strategic approach to
solve complex problems in the domain of Computer Graphics.
COs.2 Demonstrate an understanding of contemporary graphics hardware.
COs.3 Ability to draw graphics using line & polygon and ability to perform operations
on computer graphics.
COs.4 Understand and demonstrate geometrical transformations, Segment, Windowing
and Clipping, Interaction.
COs.5 Understand and demonstrate 2D & 3D image processing techniques.
COs.6 Understand and demonstrate Hidden Surfaces & Lines; Light, Colour& Shading;
Curves and Fractals
BSCSH-603-.Net programming
COs.1 To understand the concept of .Net Framework to introduce .Net framework
COs.2 Constant, variable, operators, constructor, looping and array to learn
programming skill. To learn basic syntax of VB.
COs.3 Working with controls to understand various control, properties and events. To
develop application using controls.
COs.4 With with Activex control and Menus To understand the use of active control To
learn how to create menus and submenus
COs.5 Working with database to learn connectivity between .Net front end and database.
COs.6 To understand report generation using Data Environment.
BSCSH-604-Operating system
Programme Outcomes
MCA programme is to impart quality education in Computer Science and its applications, so that students
are well prepared to face the challenges of the highly competitive computer industry. The course structure
ensures overall development of the student, while concentrating on imparting technical skills required for
computer/IT profession.
PSO1: enable the students to apply the computing and soft skills acquired in the MCA program for
designing and developing innovative applications for the betterment of the society.
PSO2 : Identify, formulate, research literature, and solve complex computing problem searching
substantiated conclusions using fundamental principles of mathematics, computing sciences, and relevant
domain disciplines.
PSO3: provide exposure to techniques that would enable the students to design, implement and evaluate
IT solutions.
PSO4 : Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the computing and management principles and
apply these to one‟s own work, as a member and leader in a team to manage projects and in
multidisciplinary environments.
PSO5 : Understand and commit to professional ethics and cyber regulations, responsibilities, and norms
of professional computing practices.
PSO6 : Understand and assess societal, environmental, health, safety, legal, and cultural issues within
local and global contexts, and the consequential responsibilities relevant to professional computing
practices.
PSO7: To enable the students to meet the challenges of research and development in computer science
and applications.
Course Outcomes:
CO3: learn Boolean algebra, the language that simplifies communication in the world of
computers. CO4: understand formal logic, and to reason/infer interesting outcomes; formally
prove validity and soundness of a statement.
CO5: design simple combinational and sequential logic circuits - flip-flops, counters, shift
registers, adders, subtractor, multiplexer, de-multiplexer, and Arithmetic/Logic unit.
On completion of this course, the student will be able to gain fundamental knowledge of:
CO1: mathematical structures (sets, relations and functions), and will be able to model real world
situations mathematically.
CO2 : distinguish between different types of Operating Systems so as to use each of them most
efficiently in the respective application areas.
CO3 : describe different techniques for managing computer resources like CPU, memory, file
and devices.
CO1 : understand basic database concepts, including the structure and operation of the relational
data model.
CO2: apply logical database design principles, including E-R diagrams, conversion of ER
diagrams to relations.
CO3: understand the concepts of integrity constraints, relational algebra, relational domain &
tuple calculus, data normalization.
CO4: construct simple and moderately advanced database queries using Structured Query
Language(SQL).
CO2 : apply procedure oriented & object-oriented paradigm for problem solving.
CO3: select a suitable programming construct and in-built data structure for the given problem.
CO1: identify best suited data structure for the problem at hand.
CO2: identify the programming constructs to optimize the performance of the data structure in
different scenarios.
CO3: describe the algorithm design techniques: iteration, divide and conquer, dynamic
programming, greedy approach algorithms.
CO6: appreciate that certain problems are too hard to admit fast solutions
CO3: practice system modeling techniques and object-oriented design for software development.
CO4: test software using verification and validation, static analysis, reviews, inspections, and
audits. CO5: appreciate software project management that includes project planning, project
estimation techniques, risk management, quality management, and configuration management.
CO6: work as an individual and/or in team to develop and deliver quality software.
CO1 : understand the concept of image formation as realized by human visual System.
CO2 : illustrate the digitization process of images and related algorithms for drawing basic
geometric figures in the 2D display devices.
CO3 : describe architecture of basic Input/ Output devices and their underlying working
principles along with various primitives for drawing shapes.
CO5 : understand the basics of OpenGL API and to manipulate graphics & images
CO3: describe and apply concepts, methods, and theories of search, heuristics, games,
knowledge representation, planning.
CO5 : evaluate third party cloud services for a real world problem.
CO2 : design, implement, document, test, and debug a Java application consisting of multiple
classes. CO3 : handle program exceptions.
CO4: use compiler tools like lex for implementing syntax directed translator.
CO2 : understand the fundamentals of types of transmission mediums and interfacing standards
along with the current edge of the data communication techniques.
CO3 : learn flow control and error control techniques and Computer Network protocols at
Conceptual level.
CO1: learn classical encryption techniques and block cipher modes of operation.
CO2 : understand the importance of standards in the quality management process and role of
SQA function in an organization.
CO4 : apply different object oriented features for solving real world problems.
CO2 : understand and exhibit the basics of data warehousing and multi-dimensional modeling.
CO2 : understand best practices for Big data Analytics and Integration tools.
CO3 : apply different modern technologies used for real-time client server application.
CBCS
CURRICULAM & SYLLABUS
(as per unified ordinance no. 14 of MP universities)
for
www.apsurewa.ac.in
A. P. S. UNIVERSITY, REWA (MP)
MASTER OF COMPUTER APPLICATION (MCA)
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION(w.e.f. Session 2020-21)
Course code : 060
FIRST SEMESTER
Paper Code Paper Name Course Credit Theory CCE Total
Type Marks Marks Marks
Max(Min) Max(Min) (Min)
10601 Computer Organization CC 4 60(21) 40(20) 100
10602 Mathematical Foundation CC 4 60(21) 40(20) 100
of Computer Science
10603 Operating System CC 4 60(21) 40(20) 100
10604 DBMS CC 4 60(21) 40(20) 100
10605 Problem Solving using C GE 4 60(21) 40(20) 100
& C++
10606 Lab I – DBMS LAB 2 100(50)
10607 Lab II – Prog. in C & C++ LAB 2 100(50)
10608 Comprehensive Viva Viva 4 100(50)
TOTAL 28 800
SECOND SEMESTER
FOURTH SEMESTER
PSO2 : Identify, formulate, research literature, and solve complex computing problem
searching substantiated conclusions using fundamental principles of mathematics, computing
sciences, and relevant domain disciplines.
PSO3: provide exposure to techniques that would enable the students to design, implement
and evaluate IT solutions.
PSO5 : Understand and commit to professional ethics and cyber regulations, responsibilities,
and norms of professional computing practices.
PSO6 : Understand and assess societal, environmental, health, safety, legal, and cultural
issues within local and global contexts, and the consequential responsibilities relevant to
professional computing practices.
PSO7: To enable the students to meet the challenges of research and development in
computer science and applications.
MCA I Sem - Course Code 10601 : Computer Organization
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1: describe the basic organization of computer hardware.
CO2: represent and manipulate data – number systems, conversion between different number
systems, perform binary arithmetic.
CO3: learn Boolean algebra, the language that simplifies communication in the world of computers.
CO4: understand formal logic, and to reason/infer interesting outcomes; formally prove validity and
soundness of a statement.
CO5: design simple combinational and sequential logic circuits - flip-flops, counters, shift registers,
adders, subtractor, multiplexer, de-multiplexer, and Arithmetic/Logic unit.
CO6: design simple programs in assembly language.
UNIT I
Computer Organization : Digital and Analog computers, Major components of a digital computer,
Basic concepts of IT, concepts of Data & Information, data processing, history of computers
(generations, type of languages), I/O devices, Storage devices, Software‟s Types & its uses, Binary
Number System and Conversion, Complements, Signed Binary Numbers, Binary Codes, Error
detecting Code, Introduction of Assembler, Compiler & Interpreters
UNIT II
Computer Arithmetic : Binary representation of Negative Integers using 2‟s complement and Signed
magnitude representation, Fixed point Arithmetic operations on Positive and Signed (Negative)
Integers like addition, subtraction, multiplication, Booth‟s algorithm for multiplication, Division of
positive and negative binary numbers. Boolean Algebra and Logic Gates: Basic Definitions, Basic
Theorems and properties of Boolean algebra, Boolean Functions, Digital Logic gates.
UNIT III
Gate-Level Minimization : The K-Map Method, 3 and 4 variable K-Map, Combinational Circuits,
Decoders, Encoders, Multiplexers and Demultiplexers, Sequential circuits, Latches, Flip Flops : SR,
D, JK, T; Master Slave JK Flip flop, Integrated Circuits; Shift Registers- Serial in Serial out, Serial in
Parallel out, Parallel in Serial out and Parallel in Parallel out. Designing of Asynchronous (Ripple)
Counters, Design of Synchronous Counters.
UNIT IV
Introduction of 8085 Microprocessor : Architecture of 8085 processor, Register Architecture :
Accumulator, Register and Flag Register, Addressing Modes: Direct memory addressing mode and
Register direct Addressing Mode, Memory addressing capability of a CPU, Word length of a
computer, Processing speed of a CPU, Working of CPU, Buses, Block Diagram of 8085.
UNIT V
Introduction to Assembly Language Programming: Various Instructions Classifications: instruction
Format, Opcode, Operand and Hex code. Instruction Operation Status, Various Instruction Sets: Data
Transfer Group Instructions, Arithmetic Group Instructions, Logical Group Instruction, Branch Group
Instructions: Conditional , Unconditional and Machine control Instructions.
Books Recommended :
1. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications with 8085/8080 by Ramesh S.
Gaonkar.
2. Digital Design by M. Morris Mano. Publication: PHI Eastern economy edition.
Reference Book(s):
1. Fundamentals of Computers by B Ram Publication : PHI , Fourth edition
2. Microprocessor and Its applications by R Theagrajan,S Dhanapal
3. Computer Architecture By Dr. Rajkamal. Publication: TMH Indian Special edition 2006.
MCA I Sem-Course Code 10602:Mathematical Foundation of Computer Science
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to gain fundamental knowledge of:
CO1: mathematical structures (sets, relations and functions), and will be able to model real world
situations mathematically.
CO2: principles of proportions & lattices.
CO3: Groups, Graphs and their applications in Computer Science.
CO4: discrete Numeric function and Recurrence relation.
CO5: growth of functions asymptotically.
UNIT-I
Sets, Relations and Functions: Sets, Subsets, Power sets, Complement, Union and
Intersection, Demorgan‟s law, Cartesian products, Relations, relational matrices, properties of
relations, equivalence relation, functions, Injection, Surjection and Bijective mapping,
Composition of functions, the characteristic functions and Mathematical induction
UNIT-II
Proportions & Lattices : Proposition & prepositional functions, Logical connections, Truth-
values and Truth Table, the algebra of prepositional functions-the algebra of truth values-
Applications (switching circuits, Basic Computer Components); Partial order set, Hasse
diagrams, upper bounds, lower bounds, Maximal and minimal element, first and last element,
Lattices, sub lattices, Isotonicity, distributive inequality, Lattice homomorphism, lattice
isomorphism, complete lattice, complemented lattice, distribution lattice
UNIT-III
Groups : Binary Composition, Algebraic Structure, Algebraic properties or Group axioms,
Monoid, Semigroup, Groupoid, Groups, Abelian Groups, Finite and Infinite Group, Integral
power of an element, order of an element of a group, Transformations, Permutation and
permutations group, Cyclic permutation, Even and odd permutations, Subgroups of a group,
Cosets, Lagrange theorem, Cyclic groups, Normal subgroups
UNIT-IV
Graphs: Finite graphs, incidence and degree, isomorphism, sub graphs and union of graphs,
connectedness, walk, paths, and circuits Eulerian graphs, tree properties of trees, pendant
vertices in tree, center of tree, spanning trees and cut vertices, binary tree, matrix
representation of graph, incidence and adjacency matrix and their properties, applications of
graphs in computer science
UNIT-V
Discrete Numeric function and Recurrence relation: Introduction to discrete numeric
functions and generating functions, introduction to recurrence relations and recursive
algorithms, linear recurrence relations with constant coefficients, homogeneous solutions,
particular solutions and total solutions
Books Recommended :
1. J.P.Trembley & R.P.Manohar “Discrete Mathematical Structure with applications to
Computer Science”.
2. M. K. Gupta, Discrete Mathematics, Krishna Prakashan Media (P) Ltd.
3. Kenneth H. Rosen-203 “Discrete Math & its Applications”
4. K.A. Ross and C.R.B. Writht “Discrete Mathematics”
5. Bernard Kolman & Robert C. Busby “Discrete Mathematical Structures for Computer
Science”.
MCA I Sem-Course Code 10603 : Operating System
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1 : describe basic functions of an Operating System.
CO2 : distinguish between different types of Operating Systems so as to use each of them most
efficiently in the respective application areas.
CO3 : describe different techniques for managing computer resources like CPU, memory, file and
devices.
CO4 : implement simple algorithms for managing computer resources.
UNIT-I
Introduction : Evolution of operating systems (History of evolution of OS with the generations of
computers), Types of operating systems, Multitasking, Timesharing, Multithreading,
Multiprogramming and Real time operating systems, Operating system concepts and structure,
Layered Operating Systems, Monolithic Systems. Processes : The Process concept, The process
control block, Systems programmer's view of processes, Operating system services for process
management, Scheduling algorithms and types.
UNIT-II
Memory Management : Memory management without swapping or paging, Concepts of swapping and
paging, Page replacement algorithms namely Least recently used, Optimal page replacement, Most
recently used, Clock page replacement, First in First out (This includes discussion of Belady‟s
anomaly and the category of Stack algorithms), Modeling paging algorithms, Design issues for paging
system, Segmentation, Segmented Paging, Paged Segmentation
UNIT-III
Inter-process Communication and Synchronization : The need for inter-process synchronization,
Concept of mutual exclusion, binary and counting semaphores, hardware support for mutual
exclusion, queuing implementation of semaphores, Classical problems in concurrent programming,
Dining Philosopher‟s problem, Bounded Buffer Problem, Sleeping Barber Problem, Readers and
Writers problem, Critical section, critical region and conditional critical region, Monitors and
messages. Deadlocks: Concepts of deadlock detection, deadlock prevention, deadlock avoidance;
Banker‟s Algorithm
UNIT-IV
File System: File systems, directories, file system implementation, security protection mechanisms;
Input/output: Principles of I/O Hardware: I/O devices, device controllers, direct memory access,
Principles of I/O software: Goals interrupt handlers, device drivers, and device independent I/O
software. User space I/O Software. Disks: Disk hardware, Disk scheduling algorithms (namely First
come first serve, shortest seek time first, SCAN, C-SCAN, LOOK and C-LOOK algorithms) Error
handling, track-at-a-time caching, RAM Disks. Clocks: Clock hardware, memory-mapped terminals,
I/O software.
UNIT-V
Processes and Processors in Distributed Systems : Threads, System models, processor allocation,
scheduling; Distributed File Systems : Design, Implementation, and trends; Performance
Measurement, monitoring and evaluation Introduction, important trends affecting performance issues,
why performance monitoring and evaluation are needed, performance measures, evaluation
techniques, bottlenecks and saturation, feedback loops. Case Studies: WINDOWS and LINUX /UNIX
Operating System.
Books Recommended :
1. Deitel, H.M. "An Introduction to Operating Systems". Addison Wesley Publishing Company 1984.
2. Milenkovic, M., "Operating Systems - concepts and Design" McGraw Hill International Edition-
Computer Science series 1992.
3. Galvin P., J.L. Abraham Silberschatz. "Operating System Concepts". John Wiley & Sons
Company, 1989.
4. Tanenbaum, A.S. "Modern Operating System", Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.1995.
5. William Stallings “Operating Systems” , Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
MCA I Sem - Course Code 10604 :Data Base Management System
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1 : understand basic database concepts, including the structure and operation of the relational
data model.
CO2: apply logical database design principles, including E-R diagrams, conversion of ER diagrams
to relations.
CO3: understand the concepts of integrity constraints, relational algebra, relational domain & tuple
calculus, data normalization.
CO4: construct simple and moderately advanced database queries using Structured Query
Language(SQL).
CO5: understand the emerging fields in database.
UNIT-I
Introduction: Advantage of DBMS approach, various view of data, data independence, schema and
subschema, primary concepts of data models, Database languages, transaction management, Database
administrator and users, data dictionary, overall system architecture. ER model: basic concepts,
design issues, mapping constraint, keys, ER diagram, weak and strong entity sets, specialization and
generalization, aggregation, inheritance, design of ER schema, reduction of ER schema to tables.
UNIT-II
Domains, Relations and Keys: domains, relations, kind of relations, relational database, various
types of keys, candidate, primary, alternate and foreign keys. Relational Algebra & SQL: The
structure, relational algebra with extended operations, modifications of Database, idea of relational
calculus, basic structure of SQL, set operations, aggregate functions, null values, nested sub queries,
derived relations, views, modification of Database, join relations, DDL in SQL, Introduction of
Database Design, SDLC, DDLC, Automated Design Tools
UNIT-III
Functional Dependencies and Normalization: basic definitions, trivial and non trivial dependencies,
closure set of dependencies and of attributes, irreducible set of dependencies, introduction to
normalization, non loss decomposition, FD diagram, first, second, third Normal forms, dependency
preservation, BCNF, multivalued dependencies and fourth normal form, Join dependency and fifth
normal form.
UNIT-IV
Database Integrity: general idea. Integrity rules, domain rules, attribute rules, relation rules,
Database rules, assertions, triggers, integrity and SQL. Transaction, concurrency and Recovery:
basic concepts, ACID properties, Transaction states, implementation of atomicity and durability,
concurrent executions, basic idea of serializability, basic idea of concurrency control, basic idea of
deadlock, failure classification, storage structure types, stable storage implementation, data access,
recovery and atomicity- log based recovery, deferred Database modification, immediate Database
modification, checkpoints. Distributed Database: basic idea, distributed data storage, data
replication, data fragmentation horizontal, vertical and mixed fragmentation
UNIT-V
Emerging Fields in DBMS, Object oriented Databases, Data Warehousing, Database on www,
multimedia Databases-difference with conventional DBMS, issues, similarity based retrieval,
continuous media data, multimedia data formats, video servers. Storage structure and File
organizations, Indexing, Network and hierarchical models, DBTG model, implementations, tree
structure diagram, implementation techniques, comparison of the three models, Basics of Decision
Support System, Introduction and Installation of MYSQL, SQLLITE, MSSQL, MongoDB, PHP
Introduction, Installing PHP, PHP and MYSQL, Case Study : Database Design of an Internet
Bookshop
Books Recommended :
1. A Silberschatz, H.F Korth, Sudersan “Database System Concepts” –, MGH Publication.
2. C.J Date “An introduction to Database Systems” –6th ed.
3. Elmasri & Navathe “Fundamentals of Database systems” – III ed.
4. B.C. Desai. “An introduction to Database systems” BPB
5. Raghurama Krishnan “Database Systems” TMH
6. Shio Kumar Singh, “Database Systems”, PEARSON
MCA I Sem - Paper Code-10605 : Problem Solving using C & C++
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1: learn basic concepts of problem solving using programming language.
CO2 : apply procedure oriented & object-oriented paradigm for problem solving.
CO3: select a suitable programming construct and in-built data structure for the given problem.
CO4: design, develop, document, and debug modular programs.
UNIT–I
C language programming: Flowchart, Algorithm, Introduction to C language, Simple I/O
functions (scanf, printf, gets, puts, getchar, getche, getch); Data types in C, Assignment
statement, Arithmetic, Operators, Precedence of operators. Control structure: The if-else
statements, nesting of if-else, switch statement, Loops: while and do-while loop, the for loop,
Functions: User defined functions, Returning a value from a function, Local and Global
variables, Parameters, Type declaration of a function, Functions with more than one
parameters, Storage classes
UNIT–II
Arrays & Pointers : Declaration and initialization; the break and continue statement; String
and Character arrays, operations with arrays; searching in array (linear and binary). Sorting
an array, String & String functions: sprintf, strcpy, scanf, strcat, strlen, malloc, strcmp. Two
dimensional array. Pointers: The concept of pointers, pointer arithmetic, passing pointers as
parameters, pointer & arrays, Pointer to pointers, Array of pointers to strings.
UNIT–III
Structures: The concept of structure, Initializing, Arrays of structures, Arrays within
structures, Structures within Structures, passing structures to function; unions.
Files: Files in „C‟, Modes for files; Functions used in files (getc, putc, fopen, fclose, fscanf,
fread, fwrite, fprintf, fseek, ftell, rewind), text versus binary files; command line arguments;
Preliminaries of C preprocessor Directives, ( #define, #undef, #include, #ifdef, #ifndef,
#endif, #else, #if).
UNIT–IV
Introduction to OOP : Basic concepts of OOP : Object, Classes, Inheritence, Polymorphism,
Reusability; Benefits & applications of OOP, Characters used in C++. Basic data types, user defined
data types, use of conditional and looping statements in C++. Arrays in C++. Reference variable,
Functions : prototypes, default arguments, const arguments in functions, Inline functions, call by
value, call by reference, function overloading.
Classes and objects : Declaring a class, defining an object, data hiding and encapsulation, public and
private data members & functions, friend function. Pointer to data member, pointer to member
function and pointer to object, virtual function.
Unit-V
Constructors & Destructors: Parametrized constructors, multiple constructor in a class, copy
constructors, object as function arguments, returning objects, the this pointer, memory allocation for
objects. Operator Overloading : Unary and binary operators. Inheritence : Inheritence and
derivation, single, multilevel, multiple, hierarchical & hybrid inheritence, Overriding functions,
virtual function; Manipulators, managing output with manipulators, user defined manipulators
with arguments; Streams : C++ streams, stream classes;. Files : Classes for file stream
operations, file I/O with streams.
Books Recommended:
1. Gottfried, Programming with C, TMH
2. E. Balagurusamy, Programming in ANSI C, TMH
3. Y. Kanetkar, Let us C, BPB
4. Y. Kanetkar, Let us C++, BPB
5. E. Balagurusamy, Object Oriented Programming with C++ , TMH
6. Robert Lafore, Object Oriented Programming in Turbo C++ , Galgotia Publications
MCA II Sem-Paper Code-20601 : Data Structure & Analysis of Algorithms
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1: identify best suited data structure for the problem at hand.
CO2: identify the programming constructs to optimize the performance of the data structure
in different scenarios.
CO3: describe the algorithm design techniques: iteration, divide and conquer, dynamic
programming, greedy approach algorithms.
CO4: analyse the strengths and weaknesses of each technique.
CO5: identify and apply technique(s) suitable for simple applications.
CO6: appreciate that certain problems are too hard to admit fast solutions
Unit – I
Data Structure : types, operations on data structures, Algorithm analysis, time space complexities;
Stack : Contiguous implementation of stack, PUSH & POP, applications of stack : Various polish
notations – infix, prefix, postfix, conversion using stack; Queue : implementation of queue,
operations on queue, priority queue, Linear queue and circular queue, various operation on queue.
Unit – II
General List: list and it‟s contiguous& linked implementation, it‟s drawback; singly linked list-
operations on it; doubly linked list-operations on it; circular linked list; applications of linked list,
Trees : Definition – height, depth, order degree, etc; Binary Tree, complete binary tree,
implementation of Binary tree, Tree traversal algorithms – preorder, inorder & post order, Binary
search tree, operations on binary tree, application of binary tree.
Unit – III
Graph: related definition, implementation of graph, traversal algorithms - depth first search, breadth
first search; minimum spanning tree, shortest path algorithms, Searching : Sequential search, binary
search, indexed sequential search, Hashing, hash methods, collisions & its resolution techniques.
Sorting : bubble sort, selection sort, heap sort, insertion sort and tree sort
Unit – IV
Divide and Conquer: Structure of divide and conquer algorithm, Merge sort, Quick sort; Asymptotic
Notation; Greedy Method: Overview of the greedy paradigm examples of exact optimization
solution(minimum cost spanning tree), Approximate solution (Knapsack problem), Single source
shortest paths. Branch and bound; 0/1 Knapsack problem, Traveling Salesman Problem.
UNIT- V
Dynamic programming: Overview, Applications: Shortest path in graph, Traveling salesman Problem,
longest Common sequence. Back tracking: Overview, 8-queen problem, and Knapsack problem,
Computational complexity, Polynomial and non polynomial time complexity, NP hard and NP
Complete Classes.
Books Recommended :
1. Kruse R.L. Data Structures and Program Design in C; PHI
2. Aho “Data Structure & Algorithms”
.3. Trembly “Introduction to Data Structure with Applications”.
4. TennenBaum A.M. & others: Data Structures using C & C++; PHI
5. Horowitz & Sawhaney: Fundamentals of Data Structures, Galgotia Publishers.
6. Ullman "Analysis and Design of Algorithm" TMH
7. T. H. Cormen, Leiserson , Rivest and Stein, “Introduction of Computer algorithm,” PHI
MCA II Sem-Paper Code-20602 : Software Engineering Methodologies
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, the student is expected to:
CO1: demonstrate an understanding of software engineering layered technology and software process
models that provide a basis for the software development lifecycle.
CO2: describe software/system requirements and understand the processes involved in the discovery
and documentation of these requirements.
CO3: practice system modeling techniques and object-oriented design for software development.
CO4: test software using verification and validation, static analysis, reviews, inspections, and audits.
CO5: appreciate software project management that includes project planning, project estimation
techniques, risk management, quality management, and configuration management.
CO6: work as an individual and/or in team to develop and deliver quality software.
UNIT -I
System concepts and Information system environment: The system concept, characteristics of system,
elements of system, The System Development Life Cycle, The Role of System Analyst. Introduction
system planning & initial investigation, various information gathering tools, feasibility study,
structures tools of system analysis, various methods of process design, form design methodologies,
introduction to information system testing, quality assurance.
UNIT -II
Software Process, Product and Project: The Product : Software, Software Myths, The process :
Software Engineering : A Layered Technology, Software Process Models, The Linear Sequential
Model, The Prototyping Model, The RAD Model, Evolutionary Software Process Models,
Component – Based Development, Fourth Generation Techniques, Software process and Project
Metrics : Software measurement
UNIT-III
Software Project Planning and Design: Software Project Planning : Project planning objectives,
Decomposition Techniques, Empirical estimation models, The Make/Buy Decision, Risk analysis.
Software Design: Design Principles, Cohesion & Coupling, Design notation and specification,
structure design methodology.
UNIT-IV
Software Quality Assurance and Testing : Software Quality Assurance : Quality Concepts, The
Quality Movement, Software Quality Assurance, Software Reviews, Formal Technical Reviews,
Formal Approaches to SQA, Statistical Software Quality Assurance, Software Reliability, Mistake
Proofing for Software, Introduction to ISO standard. Testing Strategies: A strategic approach of
software testing strategic issues, unit testing, integration testing, validation testing, system testing, the
art of debugging. OOA, OOD.
UNIT-V
Advanced Topics: MIS & DSS : Introduction to MIS, long range planning, development and
implementation of an MIS, applications of MIS in manufacturing sector and in service sector.
Decision Suppost System concepts, types of DSS. Object Oriented Software Engineering: Object
Oriented Concepts, Identifying the Elements of an Object Model, Management of Object Oriented
Software Projects. CASE tools, Re-engineering.
Books Recommended :
1. R. S. Pressman, “Software Engineering – A practitioner‟s approach”, 6th ed., McGraw Hill Inc
2. Pankaj Jalote “Software Engg” Narosa Publications.
3. Ian Sommerville : Software Engineering 6/e (Addison-Wesley)
4. Richard Fairley : Software Engineering Concepts (TMH)
5. Elis Awad, "System Analysis & Design", Galgotia publications
6. Hoffer “ Modern System Analysis & Design” 3e, Pearson Edition
MCA II Sem-Paper Code-20603 : Computer Graphics & Visualization
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1 : understand the concept of image formation as realized by human visual System.
CO2 : illustrate the digitization process of images and related algorithms for drawing basic
geometric figures in the 2D display devices.
CO3 : describe architecture of basic Input/ Output devices and their underlying working principles
along with various primitives for drawing shapes.
CO4 : apply fundamental mathematics in producing spatial 3D-image of an object in an inherently
2D display device.
CO5 : understand the basics of OpenGL API and to manipulate graphics & images.
UNIT-I
Computer Graphics : definition, classification & applications, Development of Hardware & Software
for Computer Graphics. Display devices, Hard copy devices. Interactive Input devices, display
processor, Line drawing; various algorithms and their comparison, circle generation-Bresenham‟s mid
point circle drawing algorithm, mid point ellipse drawing algorithm.
UNIT-II
Attributes of output primitives, line style, color and intensity, Area filling algorithms, Scan line
algorithm, boundary fill, flood fill algorithm, Antialiasing techniques. Two dimensional
transformations; translation, scaling, rotation, reflection sheering, composite transformation,
transformation commands, character generation.
UNIT-III
Viewing coordinates, Window, view port, clipping, Window to view port transformation, line clipping
algorithm; Cohen Sutherland, polygon clipping; Sutherland Hodgman algorithm, 3D clipping :
Normalized view volumes, view port clipping, clipping in homogeneous coordinates. Illumination
model: Light sources, diffuse reflection specular reflection, reflected light, intensity levels, surface
shading; phong shading gouraud shading, color models like RGB, YIQ, CMY, HSV etc.
UNIT-IV
3-D Viewing: Three-dimensional concepts, 3D display techniques, 3D representation polygon &
curved surfaces. Design of curves & surfaces- Bezier‟s Method, B-spline method, 3D transformation
transition, scaling, composite transformation rotation about arbitrary axis, projections: Parallel &
Perspective, Hidden surface and line removal; back face removal, depth buffer and scan line methods.
UNIT-V
Introduction to OPENGL- Points, Lines – Specifying a 2D World Coordinate, Reference Frame in
OpenGL- OpenGL Point Functions, Line Functions, Polygon Fill Area Functions, Vertex Arrays -
Line Drawing Algorithms - Circle Generation Algorithm, Filled Area Primitives, OpenGL fill Area
Functions - Scan Line Polygon Filling Algorithms – Boundary Fill - Flood Fill Algorithms.
Books Recommended :
1. Donald Hearn and Pauline Baker, “Computer Graphics with OpenGL ”, Third Edition, Prentice
Hall of India, 2009.
2. S. Harrington – “Computer Graphics - a Programming approach” (2nd ed) McGrawhill.
3. New Mann & Sprovl- “Principles of interactive computer graphics” (2nd ed) McGrawhill.
4. Roger S. David “Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics”, McGraw Hill.
5. Roger S David “Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics”, McGraw Hill.
6. Foley & Vandan “Computer Graphics Principles & Practice in “C” “Addision Wesly.
MCA II Sem-Paper Code-206041 : Artificial Intelligence
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1: describe various approaches to Artificial Intelligence.
CO2: design intelligent agents.
CO3: describe and apply concepts, methods, and theories of search, heuristics, games, knowledge
representation, planning.
CO4: acquire basics knowledge of Natural language processing.
CO5: understand the limitations of Artificial Intelligence techniques.
UNIT-I
General Issues and Overview of AI : The AI problems, what is an AI technique, Characteristics of AI
applications. Introduction to LISP programming: Syntax and numeric functions, Basic list
manipulation functions, predicates and conditionals, input output and local variables, iteration and
recursion, property lists and arrays.
UNIT-II
Problem Solving, Search and Control Strategies : General problem solving, production systems,
control strategies forward and backward chaining, exhaustive searches - depth first, breadth first
search. Heuristic Search Techniques : Hill climbing, branch and bound technique, best first search &
A* algorithm, AND / OR graphs, problem reduction & AO* algorithm, constraint satisfaction
problems.
UNIT-III
Knowledge Representations : First order predicate calculus, skolemization, resolution principle &
unification, interface mechanisms, horn's clauses, semantic networks, frame systems and value
inheritance, scripts, conceptual dependency.
UNIT-IV
Natural Language processing : Parsing techniques, context free grammer, recursive transitions nets
(RNT), augmented transition nets (ATN), case and logic grammers, symantic analysis. Game playing
: Minimax search procedure, alpha-beta cutoffs, additional refinements. Planning : Overview an
example domain the block word, component of planning systems, goal stack planning, non linear
planning.
UNIT-V
Probabilistic Reasoning and Uncertainty : Probability theory, bayes theorem and Bayesian networks,
certainty factor. Expert Systems : Introduction to expert system and application of expert systems,
various expert system shells, knowledge acquisition, case studies, MYCIN. Learning ; Rote learning,
learning by induction, explanation based learning.
Books Recommended :
1. Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight “Artifical Intelligence” - Tata McGraw Hill.
2. “Artifical Intelligence” 4 ed. Pearson.
3. Dan W. Patterson “Introduction to Artifical Intelligence and Expert Systems”, Prentice India.
4. Nils J. Nilson “Principles of Artifical Intelligence”, Narosa Publishing House.
5. Clocksin & C.S.Melish “Programming in PROLOG”, Narosa Publishing House.
6. M.Sasikumar,S.Ramani etc. “Rule based Expert System”, Narosa Publishing House.
MCA II Sem-Paper Code-206042 : Cloud Computing
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1 : understand the architecture and infrastructure of cloud.
CO2 : learn the resource virtualization technique.
CO3 : build the appropriate file system and database.
CO4 : understand cloud security and challenges.
CO5 : evaluate third party cloud services for a real world problem.
Unit-I
Introduction: Historical development, Vision of Cloud Computing, Characteristics of cloud
computing as per NIST, Cloud computing reference model, Cloud computing environments, Cloud
services requirements, Cloud and dynamic infrastructure, Cloud Adoption and rudiments. Overview
of cloud applications : ECG Analysis in the cloud, Protein structure prediction, Gene Expression Data
Analysis, Satellite Image Processing, CRM and ERP, Social networking.
Unit-II
Cloud Computing Architecture: Cloud Reference Model, Types of Clouds, Cloud Interoperability &
Standards, Scalability and Fault Tolerance; Cloud Solutions: Cloud Ecosystem, Cloud Business
Process Management, Cloud Service Management. Cloud Offerings: Cloud Analytics, Testing Under
Control, Virtual Desktop Infrastructure.
Unit –III
Cloud Management & Virtualization Technology: Resiliency, Provisioning, Asset management,
Concepts of Map reduce, Cloud Governance, High Availability and Disaster Recovery. Virtualization:
Fundamental concepts of compute, storage, networking, desktop and application virtualization.
Virtualization benefits, server virtualization, Block and file level storage virtualization, Hypervisor
management software, Infrastructure Requirements, Virtual LAN(VLAN) and Virtual SAN(VSAN)
and their benefits.
Unit-IV
Cloud Security: Cloud Information security fundamentals, Cloud security services, Design principles,
Secure Cloud Software Requirements, Policy Implementation, Cloud Computing Security Challenges,
Virtualization security Management, Cloud Computing Security Architecture.
Unit-V
Market Based Management of Clouds, Federated Clouds/Inter Cloud: Characterization & Definition,
Cloud Federation Stack, Third Party Cloud Services. Case study : Google App Engine, Microsoft
Azure, Hadoop, Amazon, Aneka
Books Recommended :
1. Buyya, Selvi ,” Mastering Cloud Computing “,TMH Pub
2. Kumar Saurabh, “Cloud Computing” , Wiley Pub
3. Krutz , Vines, “Cloud Security “ , Wiley Pub
4. Velte, “Cloud Computing- A Practical Approach”, TMH Pub
5. Sosinsky, “ Cloud Computing” , Wiley Pub
MCA II Sem-Paper Code-20605 : JAVA Programming & Technologies
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1 : understand the object-oriented concepts – Classes, Objects, Inheritance, Polymorphism– for
problem solving.
CO2 : design, implement, document, test, and debug a Java application consisting of multiple classes.
CO3 : handle program exceptions.
CO4 : handle input/output through files.
CO5 : create Java applications with graphical user interface (GUI).
UNIT-I
The Java Environment: History of Java: Comparison of Java and C++; Java as an object oriented
language, Basic idea of application and applet; Basics: Data types; Operators- precedence and
associativity; Type conversion; Java control statements; arrays; memory allocation and garbage
collection in java. Object Oriented Programming in Java: Class & Object; Packages; scope and
lifetime; Access specifies; Constructors; Copy constructor; this pointer; finalize () method; arrays;
Memory allocation and garbage collection in java, keywords Inheritance : Inheritance basics, method
overriding, dynamics method dispatch, abstract classes.
UNIT-II
Interfaces : defining an interface, implementing & applying interfaces, extending interfaces.
Multithreading and Exception Handling: Basic idea of multithreaded programming; The lifecycle of a
thread; Creating thread with the thread class and runnable interface; Thread synchronization; Thread
scheduling; Producer-consumer relationship; Daemon thread, Selfish threads; Basic idea of exception
handling; The try, catch and throw; throws Constructor and finalizers in exception handling;
Exception Handling.
UNIT-III
Applets: the class hierarchy for applets; Life cycle of applet; HTML Tags for applet. The AWT: The
class hierarchy of window fundamentals; The basic user interface components Label, Button, Check
Box, Radio Button, Choice menu, Text area, Scroll list, Scroll bar; Frame; Layout managers; The Java
Event Handling Model, ignoring the event, Self contained events, Delegating events; The event class
hierarchy; The relationship between interface, methods called, parameters and event source; Adapter
classes; Event classes.
UNIT-IV
Input/Output : Exploring Java I/O., stream classes The Byte stream : Input stream, output stream, file
input stream, file output stream, print stream, Random access file, the character streams, Buffered
reader, buffered writer, print writer, serialization. JDBC: JDBC ODBC bridge; The connectivity
model; The driver manager; Navigating the resultset object contents; java.sql Package; The JDBC
exception classes; Connecting to Remote database.
UNIT-V
Networking & RMI: Java Networking : Networking Basics : Socket, Client server, reserved sockets,
proxy servers, Inet address, TCP sockets, UDP sockets. ; RMI for distributed computing; RMI
registry services; Steps of creating RMI Application and an example. Collections: The collections
framework, collection interfaces, collection classes.
Books Recommended :
1. Naughton & Schildt “The Complete Reference Java 2”, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Deitel “Java- How to Program:” Pearson Education, Asia
3. Horstmann & Cornell “Core Java 2” (Vol I & II ) , Sun Microsystems
4. lvan Bayross “Java 2.0” : BPB publications
5. Ivor Horton‟s “Beginning Java 2, JDK 5 Ed., Wiley India
MCA III Sem-Paper Code-30601 : COMPILER DESIGN
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1: describe how different phases of a compiler work.
CO2: understand formal languages and automata.
CO3: implement top down and bottom up parsing algorithms.
CO4: use compiler tools like lex for implementing syntax directed translator.
CO5: learn implementation of block structure languages.
Unit I
Compilers & Interpreters: aspects of compilation, structure of compiler, compilation of expression
compilation of control structures, interpreters. Software tool. Linker & Loaders: Relocation & linking
concepts, design of linkers, self relocating programs, linking for overlays, loaders : A two pass loader
scheme.
Unit II
Formal Language and Automata: Definition & description, Chomskey classification of languages,
regular grammar, finite automata, equivalence of FA and regular expression. Minimizing the number
of states of a DFA, FSM with output (mealy and moore models). Lexical Analysis: Role of lexical
analyzer, specification and recognition of tokens, automatic generation of lexical analyzer,
Implementation of lexical analyzer using lex.
Unit III
Context free grammar, derivation of parse tree, capabilities of CFGs, normal form for CFG,
Pushdown automata, relation of PDA with CFG, capabilities of CFG, Parser, Shift reduce parsing,
operator precedence parsing top down parsing, Predictive parsing, LR parser, the canonical collection
of LR(0) items, constructing SLR parsing table, constructing canonical LR parsing table, constructing
LALR parsing table
Unit IV
Syntax direct translation schemes, implementation of syntax directed translators, intermediate code,
postfix notation, parse tree and syntax tree, three address code, quadruples and triples, translations of
assignment statement, Boolean expression, statements that alter the flow of control, cost fix
translations, translation with top down parser.
Unit V
Symbol table, the contents of symbol tables, data structure for symbol tables, representing scope
information, run time storage administration, implementation of a simple stack allocation schemes,
implementation of block structure languages, storage for block structured languages.
Books Recommended :
1. Principal of compiler design by Afred V. Aho, Jeffrey D. Ulman.
2. “Compiler: principals Technique and tools”, Aho, Ravi Sethi, Ulman, Pearson Education,
VIII Ed 2002
3. Mishra & Chander Shekhar “Theory of Computer Science (Automate, Language &
Computations)”, PHI.
4. Hopcroft & Ullman “Introduction to Automata theory, languages & Computation”, Narosha
Publishing house.
5. Lewish Papadimutrau “Theory of Computation” , Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
MCA III Sem-Paper Code-30602 : Computer Networking & Internet
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1 : learn the basics of Computer network Technologies.
CO2 : understand the fundamentals of types of transmission mediums and interfacing standards
along with the current edge of the data communication techniques.
CO3 : learn flow control and error control techniques and Computer Network protocols at
Conceptual level.
CO4 : learn WAN and TCP/IP.
CO5: learn the architecture & protocols of email and www.
UNIT-I
Introduction : Computer Network, Layered Network Architecture-Review of ISO-OSI Model,
Transmission Fundamentals, Communication Media : guided & unguided, Modulation &
Demodulation, Digital to Analog Conversion-Frequency Modulation (FM), Amplitude, Modulation
(AM), Phase Modulation (PM), Contention Protocol-, Stop-Go-Access Protocol, Aloha Protocol- Pure
aloha & Slotted aloha, Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD)
UNIT-II
Data Security and Integrity: Parity Checking Code, Cyclic redundancy checks (CRC), Hamming
Code, Protocol Concepts, Basic flow control, Sliding window protocol - Go-Back-N protocol and
selective repeat protocol, Protocol correctness- Finite state machine
UNIT-III
Local Area Network: Ethernet : 802.3 IEEE standard, Token Ring : 802.5 IEEE standard, Token Bus :
802.4 IEEE standard, FDDI Protocol, DQDB Protocol, Inter Networking, Layer 1 connections-
Repeater, Hubs, Layer 2 connections- Bridges, Switches, Layer 3 connections-Routers, Gateways.
UNIT-IV
Wide Area Network: Introduction, Network routing, Routing Tables, Types of routing,
Dijkstra‟s Algorithm, Bellman-Ford Algorithm, Link state routing, Open shortest path first,
Flooding, Broadcasting, Multicasting, Congestion & Dead Lock, Internet Protocols, Internet
Layer-Class full Addressing – Class less addressing – Private Addresses – Subnets – Subnet masks
Overview of TCP/IP, Transport protocols, Elements of Transport Protocol, Transmission
control protocol (TCP), User data-gram protocol (UDP).
UNIT-V
Network Security, introduction to cryptography, Virtual Terminal Protocol, Overview of
DNS, SNMP, email - Architecture and services, MIME, SMTP, Mail Gateways, Remote login, File
Transfer Protocol, World Wide Web: Introduction, Architectural overview, static and dynamic web
pages, HTTP, LDAP, Browser Architecture.
Books Recommended :
1. A.S.Tanenbaum, “Computer Network”, 4th addition,PHI
2. Forouzan “Data Communication and Networking 3ed”, TMH
3. J.F.Hayes, “Moduling and Analysis of Computer Communication Networks”, Plenum Press
4. D.E.Comer, “Internetworking with TCP/IP”, Volume Ist & IInd, PHI
5. Willium Stalling, “Data & Computer communications”,Maxwell Macmillan International Ed.
6. D.Bertsekas and R.Gallager,”Data Networks”, 2nd Ed. ,PHI.
7. G.E. Keiser ,”Local Area Networks “, McGraw Hill, International Ed.
MCA III Sem-Paper Code-306031 : Cryptography & Network Security
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1: learn classical encryption techniques and block cipher modes of operation.
CO2: implement a symmetric and asymmetric cryptographic methods
CO3 : learn Message authentication and Hash functions.
CO4: describe the role and implementation of digital signatures.
CO5 : understand IP security, Web security and system security.
UNIT-I
Classical Encryption Techniques: Symantec Cipher model, substitution Techniques, transposition
techniques, rotor machines, steganography. Block Ciphers and the Data Encryption standards:
Simplified DES, block cipher principles, the data encryption standard, the strength of DES, block
cipher design principles, block cipher modes of operation, Triple DES.
UNIT-II
Confidentiality using symmetric encryption: Placement of Encryption function, traffic confidentiality,
key distribution; Public key Encryption, Public key cryptography and RSA: Principles of Public key
cryptosystems, the RSA algorithm; Key Management other public key cryptosystems : Key
management, Diffie-Hallman key exchange algorithm.
UNIT-III
Message authentication and Hash function : Authentication Requirements, Authentication functions,
message authentication codes, hash functions, security of hash function and MACs. Hash Algorithms:
MD5 message digest algorithm, secure Hash algorithm; Digital Signature and Authentication
protocols: Digital signatures, Authentication protocols, and digital signature standard. Authentication
Applications: Kerberos, X.509 Authentication service.
UNIT-IV
Electronic Mail Security: Pretty Good privacy, S/MIME; IP Security : IP Security overview, IP
security architecture, authentication header, encapsulating security payload, combining security
associations, key management; Web Security: Web security considerations, Secure sockets layer and
transport layer security, Secure Electronic Transaction(SET).
UNIT-V
System security: Intruders, intrusion detection, and password Management. Malicious software:
Viruses and related threats, virus countermeasures. Firewalls: Firewall Design Principles, Trusted
systems.
Books Recommended :
1. William Stallings “Cryptography and Network Security”, 3 ed, Pearson Education.
2. W.Stallings “ Network security Essential “ Applications & Standards”, Pearson ed.
3. Kanfren “Network Security : Private Communications in a public world 2/e
4. Eric Maiwald “ Network Security : A Preginner‟s Guide, second ed.”, Tata Mcgraw Hill.
5. Roberta Bragg “ Mark Rhodes, Ousley & Keith Strassberg Network Security : The Complete
MCA III Sem-Paper Code-306032 : Mobile Computing
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1 : learn multiple access technology for Wireless Communication .
CO2 : understand the concept of mobile data communication.
CO3 : learn Digital Cellular Systems and Standards.
CO4 : describe Components and working of Wireless LAN.
CO5 : understand Bluetooth technology & WLL architecture.
UNIT-I
Overview of OSI Model: Significance of layered Model, PDUs, SDUs, IDUs, Higher layer Protocols,
Switching and Components : Introduction, Applications, history of wired & wireless Communication
systems; Radio Transmission : frequencies, signal propagation, antenna, types of modulation, FHSS,
DSSS; Multiple Access technology for Wireless Communication : FDMA,TDMA, CDMA Cellular
System : Introduction, types.
UNIT-II
Mobile Data Communication : Cellular Telephony; Structure, Fading, Small scale fading, Multi-path
Fading, Speech Coding, Error Coding and Correction, Hand off Management, Switching and
authentication, MTSO interconnections, frequency hopping, frequency reuse; Circuit Switched Data
Services & Packet Switched Data Services on Cellular Networks, Personal Communication Systems
(PCS) Architecture, Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications (DECT), Personal Access
Communications System (PACS).
UNIT-III
Digital Cellular Systems and Standards : GSM System overview, Architecture; GSM Practical Model,
GSM Mobility Management, SMS security aspects, Broadcast System overview, General Packet
Service (GRPS) Architecture, GRPS Network, Interfaces and Procedures (2.5 G), 3G Mobile Services
: UMTS and International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT-2000), W-C DM and CDMA 2000,
Quality of service in 3G .
UNIT-IV
WLAN : Components and working of Wireless LAN, Transmission Media for WLAN, Infrastructure
& types of WLAN, IEEE 802.11 Standards, Protocols for WLAN, Multiple Access with Collision
Avoidance (MACA), MACAW, Infrared technology. Wireless Application Protocol (WAP) model,
architecture - Gateway, WAP protocols and WML.
UNIT-V
Introduction to. Bluetooth technology. Wireless in Local Loop (WLL) architecture, products. Satellite
as a switch, Components of VSAT system, VSAT topologies access schemes.
Books Recommended :
1. Jochen Schiller "Mobile Communication", Pearson Education
2. Yi -Bing Lin and Imrich Chlamtac "Wireless and Mobile Network Architectures", Wiley India. .
3. Raj Pandaya "Mobile and Personal Communication System & Services". '
MCA III Sem-Paper Code-306033 : Software Quality Assurance
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1 : understand quality management processes.
CO2 : understand the importance of standards in the quality management process and role of SQA
function in an organization.
CO3 : gain knowledge of software quality assurance.
CO4: understand the need and purpose of software testing.
CO5: learn the five views of software quality.
Unit-I
Introduction : Software Quality, Role of testing, v & v, objectives and issues of testing, Testing
activities and levels, Sources of Information for Test Case Selection, White-Box and Black-Box
Testing, Test Planning and Design, Monitoring and Measuring Test Execution, Test Tools and
Automation, Test Team Organization and Management; Unit Testing: Concept, Static Unit Testing,
Defect Prevention, Dynamic Unit Testing, Mutation Testing, Debugging.
Unit-II
Control Flow & Data Flow Testing: Outline of CFT, CF Graph, Paths in a Control Flow Graph, Path
Selection Criteria, Generating Test Input, Examples of Test Data Selection; Overview of Dynamic
Data Flow Testing, Data Flow Graph, Data Flow Testing Criteria, Comparison of Testing Techniques.
Unit-III
System Integration Testing & Test Design: Concept of Integration Testing, Different Types of
Interfaces and Interface Errors, Granularity of System Integration Testing, System Integration
Techniques, Test Plan for System Integration, Off-the-Shelf Component Testing, System Test
Categories.
Unit-IV
System Test Planning, Automation & Execution: Structure of a System Test Plan, Test Approach,
Test Suite Structure, Test Environment, Test Execution Strategy, Test Effort Estimation, Scheduling
and Test Milestones, System Test Automation, Selection of Test Automation Tools, Test Selection
Guidelines for Automation, Structure of an Automated Test Case, Test Automation Infrastructure
Metrics for Tracking System Test, Metrics for Monitoring Test Execution, Beta Testing, System Test
Report, Measuring Test Effectiveness, Acceptance Testing.
Unit-V
Software Quality: Five Views of Software Quality, McCall‟s Quality Factors and Criteria, Quality
Factors Quality Criteria, Relationship between Quality Factors and Criteria, Quality Metrics, ISO
9126 Quality Characteristics, ISO 9000:2000 Software Quality Standard ISO 9000:2000
Fundamentals, ISO 9001:2000 Requirements.
Books Recommended :
1. N.S. Godbole, Software Quality Assurance: Principles and Practice for the New Paradigm (2nd Ed.),
Narosa Publishing, 2017.
2. S.H. Kan, Metrics and Models in Software Quality Engineering (2nd ed.), Pearson Education Inc.,
2003.
3. Stephen H.Khan ,Metrics and Models in Software Quality Engineering Pearson Education, India
4. Shari Lawrence Pfleeger,”Software Engineering Theory and Practice Pearson Education, India.
MCA III Sem-Paper Code-306034 : Internet Of Things
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Objectives:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1 : Understand the IOT Terminology and Technology.
CO2 : Describe IOT applications.
CO3 : Analyze Protocol standardization for IOT.
CO4 : Perform an analysis of IOT security issues.
CO5: Identify the role of cloud computing in IOT.
Unit-I
Introduction – Digital Electronics, Logical gates and its working, Types of sensors: Temperature
sensor (LM35,RTD,Thermocouple), Light sensor(photodiode, optocoupler), Distance and range
sensor (IR,LVDT), Accelerometer sensor, Touch screen sensor.
Unit-II
Introduction to IOT - Definition & Characteristics, Importance of IoT, Physical Design of IOT,
Logical Design of IOT, IOT Enabling technologies, IoT and M2M, IOT Platform Design
Methodology, Purpose & Requirements Specification, Process Specification, Domain Model
Specification, Information model Specification, Service specification, IOT level Specifications,
Functional View Specifications, Operational View Specification, device and component integration,
application development
Unit-III
Iot Smart X Application - Smart Cities, Smart Energy & Smart Grid, Smart Mobility & transport,
Smart Home, Smart Building & Infrastructure, Smart Factory & Manufacturing, Smart Health, Smart
Logistics & Retails. Embedded suite for IoT Physical device – Arduino / Raspberry Pi Interfaces,
Hardware requirement of Arduino / Pi, Connecting remotely to the Arduino /Raspberry Pi, GPIO
Basics
Unit-IV
Protocols in IOT: RFID: Introduction, Principle of RFID, Components of an RFID system, RFID
Protocols & NFC protocols, CoAP, XMPP, AMQP, MQTT
Resource Management In The Internet Of Things: Clustering, Software Agents, Clustering
Principles in an Internet of Things Architecture, Design Guidelines, Software Agents for Object
Representation, Data Synchronization.
Unit-V
Internet of things Challenges: Vulnerabilities of IoT, Security, Privacy & Trust for IoT, Security
requirements Threat analysis, Use cases and misuse cases, Introduction to cloud computing, Role of
Cloud Computing in IoT, Cloud-to-Device Connectivity, Cloud data management, cloud data
monitoring, Cloud data Exchange.
Books Recommended :
1.Pethuru Raj, Anupama C. Raman, The Internet of Things Enabling Technologies, Platforms, and
Use Cases, CRC Press Taylor & Francis Group, International Standard Book Number-13: 978-1-
4987-6128-4
2. Internet of Things: A Hands-on Approach", by Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti (Universities
Press)
3. Rajkumar Buyya, Amir Vahid Dastjerdi Internet of Things – Principals and Paradigms, Morgan
Kaufmann is an imprint of Elsevier, ISBN: 978-0-12-805395-9 Hakima Chaouchi, “ The Internet of
Things Connecting Objects to the Web” ISBN : 978-1- 84821-140-7, Willy Publications
4. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi, The Internet of Things: Key Applications and
Protocols, ISBN: 978-1-119-99435-0, 2 nd Edition, Willy Publications
5. Daniel Kellmereit, Daniel Obodovski, “The Silent Intelligence: The Internet of Things”,. Publisher:
Lightning Source Inc; 1 edition (15 April 2014). ISBN-10: 0989973700, ISBN-13: 978- 0989973700.
MCA III Sem-Paper Code-306041 : DOT NET Technology
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Objectives:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1 : learn .NET Technology.
CO2 : understand the Visual Basic fundamentals.
CO3 : describe the classes, interfaces & arrays.
CO4 : learn creation of window forms & controls.
CO5 : understand file handling and graphics in VB.
UNIT-I
Introduction to .NET Technology, Introduction to VB.NET, Building VB.net Application, IDE
Dot.NET, Evolution of Dot.net Framework, Keywords, Statement, Variables, Enumerable, Constant,
Data Types, Conversion, Operators, Comments, Decision Making, Looping, Array, Handling Strings,
Strings Function.
UNIT-II
Handling Dates and Times, Sub Procedure and Function, Creating Function, Passing Values as
arguments, Creating Properties, Handling Exception, Resume Next, Resume Line, ON Error GOTO,
Structure Exception Handling Exception Filtering. Throwing Exception, Custom Exception.
UNIT-III
Classes and Objects : Types, Field, Properties, Methods and Events, Class vs Object, Members
Overloading, Overriding, Creating Class, Object, Structure & Modules, Accessing Modifiers,
Shadowing, Creating Interfaces, Polymorphism, Early and Late binding, Multiple Interface, Using
MyBase and MyClass Keyword, Inheritance based Polymorphism and Interface Based
Polymorphism.
UNIT-IV
Window Forms: Creating Window Forms, Controls to Form, Setting Title bars, Dialog Boxes,
Handling Mouse Events, Handling Key Press Events, Controls Classes: Textbox, Rich Textbox,
Labels, Link Labels, Buttons, Checkbox, Panels, Group Boxes, Radio Button, Drop Down, List
Boxes, Combo Box, Scroll Bars, Pickers, Tool Tips, Timers, Menu, Min & Max Button, Image,
Toolbars, Popup Menu, Setup Dialog, Progress bar, Status Bar, Tab Controls.
UNIT-V
File Handling: File Opening and Creating, Writing Files, Reading Binary Data, Directory class, Files
Class, Graphics : Using Brush class, Using Pen Class, Graphics Class, Data Access and ADO.NET:
Creating Data set, Populating Dataset, Displaying data in Grids, Data access using Data Adapters
Controls, Binding Data to Controls, Using Data Views.
Books Recommended :
1. Jeffrey R. Shapiro “The Complete Reference Visual Basic .NET” Tata Mcgraw Hill.
2. Rox “Beginner and Professional Edition VB.NET” Tata Mcgraw Hill.
3. Steven Holzner “Visual Basic .NET Black Book” Wiley Dreamtech Publication.
4. Alex Homer, Dave Sussman “Professional ASP.NET1.1” Wiley Dreamtech
5. Bill Evzen,Bill Hollis “Professional VB.NET 2003” Wiley Dreamtech
3. Tony Gaddis “Starting Out VB.NET PROG.2nd Edition” Wiley Dreamtech
6. Chris Ullman, Kauffman “Beg. ASP.NET1.1 with VB.NET 2003” Wiley Dreamtech
7. Chris Ullman, Kauffman “Beg ASP.NET1.1 with VC#.NET 2003” Wiley Dreamtech
MCA III Sem-Paper Code-306042 : Python Programming
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Objectives:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1 : understand different data types used in python.
CO2 : get better understanding of different types of control structures.
CO3 : use different data structures for different problem domains.
CO4 : apply different object oriented features for solving real world problems.
CO5 : develop different web based applications.
UNIT -I
Installing Python, Simple program using Python, Expressions and Values, Variables and Computer
Memory, error detection, Multiple line statements, Designing and using functions, functions provided
by Python, Tracing function calls in memory model, omitting return statement. Working with Text:
Creating Strings of Characters, Using Special Characters in Strings, Creating a Multiline String,
Printing Information, Getting Information from the Keyboard.
UNIT-II
A Boolean Type , Choosing Statements to Execute, Nested If Statements, Remembering the Results
of a Boolean Expression Evaluation, A Modular Approach to Program Organization, Importing
Modules, Defining Your Own Modules, Testing Code Semi automatically Grouping Functions Using
Methods: Modules, Classes, and Methods, Calling Methods the Object-Oriented Way, Exploring
String Methods, Underscores.
UNIT-III
Storing Collections of Data Using Lists: Storing and Accessing Data in Lists, modifying Lists,
Operations on Lists, Slicing Lists, Aliasing, List Methods, Working with a List of Lists. Repeating
Code Using Loops: Processing Items in a List, Processing Characters in Strings, Looping Over a
Range of Numbers, Processing Lists Using Indices, Nesting Loops in Loops, Looping Until a
Condition Is Reached, Repetition Based on User Input, Controlling Loops : Using Break and
Continue Reading and Writing.
UNIT-IV
Files: Kinds of files, Opening a File, Techniques for Reading Files, Files over the Internet, Writing
Files and Writing Algorithms That Use the File-Reading Techniques, Multiline Records. Storing Data
Using Other Collection Types: Storing Data Using Sets, Storing Data Using Tuples, Storing Data
Using Dictionaries, Inverting a Dictionary, Using the In Operator on Tuples, Sets, and Dictionaries,
Comparing Collections.
UNIT-V
Collection of New Information Object-Oriented Programming : Understanding a Problem Domain,
Function “Isinstance”, Class Object, and Class Book, Writing a Method in Class Book, Plugging into
Python Syntax: More Special Methods, Creating Graphical User interface: Building a Basic GUI,
Models, Views, and Controllers, Customizing the Visual Style Introducing few more Widgets,
Object-Oriented GUIs, Keeping the Concepts from Being a GUI Mess.
Books Recommended :
1. O‟Relly, Python Crash Course, 2nd Edition: A Hands-On, Project-Based Introduction to
Programming
2. John Zelle, Python Programming: An Introduction to Computer Science
3. Mark Lutz, Python Pocket Reference: Python in Your Pocket
4. O‟Relly, Head First Python: A Brain-Friendly Guide, by Paul Barry
MCA III Sem-Paper Code-306043 : Data Warehousing and Mining
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Objectives:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1 : learn the data mining functionalities.
CO2 : understand and exhibit the basics of data warehousing and multi-dimensional modeling.
CO3 : describe data preprocessing.
CO4 : understand classification , clustering, frequent pattern analysis and regression .
CO5 : learn cluster analysis and DM tools.
UNIT – I
Motivation, importance, Data type for Data Mining : relational Databases, Data Warehouses,
Transactional databases, advanced database system and its applications, Data mining Functionalities:
Concept/Class description, Association Analysis classification & Prediction, Cluster Analysis, Outlier
Analysis, Evolution Analysis, Classification of Data Mining Systems, Major Issues in Data Mining.
UNIT – II
Data Warehouse and OLAP Technology for Data Mining : Differences between Operational Database
Systems and Data Warehouses, a multidimensional Data Model, Data Warehouse Architecture, Data
Warehouse Implementation, Data Cube Technology.
UNIT- III
Data Preprocessing: Data Cleaning, Data Integration and Transformation, Data Reduction,
Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation. Data Mining Primitives, Languages, and System
Architectures, Concept Description: Characterization and Comparison, Analytical Characterization.
UNIT – IV
Mining Association Rules in Large Databases: Association Rule Mining: Market Basket Analysis,
Basic Concepts, Mining Single-Dimensional Boolean Association Rules from Transactional
Databases : the Apriori algorithm, Generating Association rules from Frequent items, Improving the
efficiency of Apriori, Mining Multilevel Association Rules, Multidimensional Association Rules,
Constraint-Based Association Mining.
UNIT – V
Classification & Prediction and Cluster Analysis: Issues regarding classification & prediction,
Different Classification Methods, Prediction, Cluster Analysis, Major Clustering Methods,
Applications & Trends in Data Mining: Data Mining Applications, currently available tools.
Books Recommended :
1. J. Han and M. Kamber, “Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques”, Morgan Kaufmann Pub.
2. Berson “Dataware housing, Data Mining & DLAP, @004, TMH.
3. W.H. Inmon “ Building the Datawarehouse, 3ed, Wiley India.
4. Anahory, “Data Warehousing in Real World”, Pearson Education.
5. Adriaans, “Data Mining”, Pearson Education.
6. S.K. Pujari, “Data Mining Techniques”, University Press, Hyderabad.
MCA III Sem-Paper Code-306044 : Bigdata Analytics & Visualization
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Objectives:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1 : learn Big data and its characteristics.
CO2 : understand best practices for Big data Analytics and Integration tools.
CO3 : describe data modeling.
CO4 : learn elementary data analysis.
CO5 : understand basics of visualization.
UNIT-I
Introduction of big data, Big data characteristics - Volume, Veracity, Velocity, and Variety –
Data, Appliance Challenges and Issues, Case for Big data, Big data sources, Features of data,
Evolution of Big data, Best Practices for Big data Analytics and Integration tools.
UNIT-II
Introduction to Data Modeling, Data Models Used in Practice: Conceptual data models,
Logical data models, Physical data models, Common Data Modeling Notations, How to
Model Data : Identify entity types, Identify attributes, Apply naming conventions, Identify
relationships, Apply data model patterns, Assign keys, Normalize to reduce data redundancy.
UNIT-III
Introduction to elementary data analysis: Measures of center: Mean, Median, Mode,
Variance, Standard deviation, Range. Normal Distribution: Center, Spread, Skewed Left,
Skewed Right, outlier. Correlations: Correlation Patterns: Direction relationship, Magnitude
Relationship.
UNIT-IV
Introduction to Bayesian Modeling: Bayes Rule, Probabilistic Modeling Introduction to
Predictive Analytics: Simple Linear regression, Multiple Linear regression, Logistic Linear
Regression.
UNIT-V
Visualization: History of Visualization, Goals of Visualization, Scientific Visualization,
Information Visualization, Visual Analytics, Impact of visualization Introduction to Data
Processing, Map Reduce Framework, Hadoop, HDFS, S3, Hadoop Distributed file systems,
Apache Mahout, Hive, Sharding, Hbase, Impala, Case studies : Analyzing big data with
twitter, Big data for Ecommerce, Big data for blogs.
Books Recommended :
1. Frank J Ohlhorst, “Big Data Analytics: Turning Big Data into Big Money”, Wiley andSAS
Businessm.Series, 2012.
2. The Data Modeling Handbook: A Best-Practice Approach to Building Quality DataModels
1st Edition by Michael C. Reingruber (Author), William W. Gregory(Author) A Wiley QED
publications
3. Colleen Mccue, “Data Mining and Predictive Analysis: Intelligence Gathering andCrime
Analysis”,Elsevier, 2007
4. Correlation and Regression: Applications for Industrial Organizational Psychologyand
Management (Organizational Research Methods) 1st Edition, by Philip BobkoMultiple
Regression and Beyond 1st Edition by Timothy Z. Keith.
MCA III Sem-Paper Code-30605 : Web Applications Development
Credit 4; Theory Max/Min(60/21), CCE Max/Min(40/20)
Course Objectives:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1 : understand web architecture.
CO2 : learn HTML & CSS.
CO3 : apply different modern technologies used for real-time client server application.
CO4 : develop different attractive and interactive web pages.
CO5 : learn basics of android application deployment environment.
UNIT- I
Introduction to Web Designing: Web architecture, Parsing in Browsers, Web site design standards,
Client Side Technologies: Introduction to Markup languages HTML 5, Building a form and form
elements, Dynamic HTML - JavaScript - Cascading Style Sheets - Including Multimedia. HTTP, Web
Server and Application Servers, Installation of application servers, Config files, Web.xml.
UNIT - II
Java Servlet: Servlet Development Process, Deployment Descriptors, The Generic Servlet, Lifecycle
of Servlet. Servlet Packages, Classes, Interfaces, and Methods, Handling Forms with Servlet. Various
methods of Session Handling. Various elements of deployment descriptors.
UNIT - III
JSP Basics: JSP lifecycle, Directives, scripting elements, standard actions, implicit objects.
Connection of JSP and Servlet with different database viz. Oracle, MS-SQL Server, MySQL. java.sql
Package. Querying a database, adding records, deleting records, modifying records. Type of
Statement.
UNIT - IV
Separating Business Logic and Presentation Logic, Building and using JavaBean. Session handling in
JSP, Types of errors and exceptions handling. Introduction to Web Services, MVC Architecture,
Struts and Hibernate.
UNIT - V
Introduction to Android: Fundamentals, Application Structure, Basic UI design, Android Application
Deployment Environment, Dalvik virtual machine, Testing and Debugging Android Application.
Books Recommended :
1. K. Mukhar, “Beginning Java EE 5: From Novice to Professional”, Wrox Press.
2. M. Hall, L. Brown, “Core Servlets and Java Server Pages”, 2nd edition, Pearson Education
3. Deitel and Deitel, “Internet and WWW — How to Program?” Fifth Edition, Prentice Hall,
2012.
4 G. Franciscus, “Struts Recipes”, Manning Press
5. B. Basham, K. Sierra, B. Bates, “Head First Servlet and JSP”, 2nd Edition, O'Reilly Media.
6. Android application development for java programmers. By James C. Sheusi. Publisher: Cengage
Learning, 2013.
AWADHESH PRATAP SNGH LINIVERSITY
REWA (M.P.)
BACHELOROF COMPUTERAPPLICATION
(BCA I, II, III)
G -s Se\.,)
2A0B_200!)
B a c h e l oor f C o m p u t eA
r pplication
(t)
(BCA)
APPLI CA.'TION
BACI{ELOITOIi.COMPUTI]T{.
CURRICULUM AT A GLANCE
DC{-Ei$!Semesjed
P A P E RC O D B NOMENCLATURE OF PAPER
FC _I-I FoundalionCourse-l
FC _I.3 IroundationCourse-ll I
of Computers
tundanrentals
lntroductionto OoeratingSvstem
BCA-.] l r r l r o d u c l i otno P C S o l i r ra l e
RCA.4
[ICA-5{PR ating Sl,stun
B C A - 6( P R ) ['C Sollr'varc
BCA (SecondSemgqter)
P A P E RC O D E : PAPER
\O\IE\CL,{TURE OIT I\IAX MIN
Course-l
Founclation 50
F o u n d a t i otr-t' o u r s eI I 50 5tl
50
50 I'7
t1
5() lt
tenl 50 t7
50 t7
5t) t7
Digitrl Lilcctronics& AccortnlUglq ftl'ale
50 17
I'lqglqryging in C
50 l'r
A"^w
NOMENCLATTJRE
OF PAPER
FC*III-I FoundationCourse_l
FC _III-2 For,rndation
Course-II
FC _III-3 FoundationCourse-IIl
B C A- I 5 OOPsUsinsC++
DatuStructurr:
Llas!c *II
Mathematics
System Sollware
F C A - 1 9( P R
BCA (FourthSemester)
Datubascl\llnrgctnelltS\ stern
BCA-24 r r r r i n gI _ l r n r : u a s e
50
CoiltputcrNettrork
BCA-26(PR) W e b T c c h n o l o g i r ' s& D i l \ l S
BCA-27(PR) Visual Pro_erantrn
ine L
Minor Plo.icct(Extcrnll I:r aru:tron
)
Bachelor$f Col.llpirter
Application (s)
BCA (FifthSemester)
Pi\PER CODFT
L#LATI'REOFP.{PER
F C_ V . I MAX
FC -V-2 i f o u n d a t i oCno u r s_el MIN
I Foundation Course -ll 50
FC _V-3 Foundation _lll 50
Course
BCA-29 50 50
Cornpu,.rGruohi.,
BCA.3O 50 t7
Dir...t. Muth.n.,ori..
BCA-3I 50 t7
-teesruu&'!-laIa- ] 50
BCA-32 OO..u,in*Srr,.n, l7
BCA-33(PR) II 50 l7
Java
BCA-34(PR) 50 t7
Craphics
ilcA-35 M i n o r P r o i e c tf l n t e r n a l p ' q t , , o r i ^ - r
_i I
50 l7
50 l7
IAIER CODE
FC-VI I , # T I R ECourse
O F P_l
\PER MAX
r'oundation MIN
FC_VI 2 F'oundation Course-ll 50
FC-VI 3 nogqeilo49!ri9:f!_ 50
BCA_36 - 50 50
Ir&rcIo*r*rrs_-- 50
I]CA.37 RDBMS t7
I]CA.38 50 T7
RealI-il-ePr.o.ject
(lntern.,* U;*-r.*U*,
I n t1 0 0 66
E x t .I 0 0
=200
BCA-39/PR
50 t-
Bachelorof ConrputerApplication
(6)
BCA.I SEM
g.ord- z
1. O-S-uff(F-q*T)sr4d {Ftzrq gqar
2.M gen(o-arft) vaewRi-ofrE 'qe-t-fr'
pI-<Tq, fr-dq)
3. F€ of spr( g1qqT(qqtq,Gri-mTrfr,
c
E4-r-S- 3
r frarqo qg-dS rnl (ereouet) q-fl-ffi rngfi
z ftef qrx-d fr.f}rdlTEqffi ft+t
3 qrcrqrr{qqT 3i-{ fr--{Tq
fu€
g-or$- +
1.freTrdsTrM(oqo oET)wfr tr-€HE
2. qd tiI{ -.bqdxroTo} ( q-:-+so) lurq fuA-fiT-{E
3. q:{ d_s-{,rr6-dei-qsq-d frRq Fq
god-s
-sRquriFT
q'"rq
r. qi,r of eTfuaq"d-cq (sqfr) : d
2. qfar ii{.tt"T ' d. qilq gr.qlsfr
3. {]T{ d-gq. rTTclqcic'lcF
,'-) ,t-
K(. b,Idz
- L .'.
-J&^*'\9'r--
Q< L,,w- n
".,
l-
kKr^v<>'ao'"-
Bachelorof ComputerApplication
(e)
BCA.I SEM
BC4-1 :,FUNDAMENTALSOF COMPUTERS
Unit-I
Capabilitiesand Limitations' Classification
History, Generationof Computers,Characteristics,
of Computers and types of Digital computers. Hardware, Software, types of software.
Generationsof Computer Languages,High and low level languages,Types of Translators
(Compiler,lnterpreterand Assembler)
Unit-II
Working of a computer using block diagram, Componentsof Computer system, Central
processingUnit, Acldress,Controland DataBus. ArithmeticLogic Unit, ControlUnit, storage
units : Biti and Bytes;Booting of PC system.Comparativestudy of variousseriesof IBM PC
Family.
Unit-III
Introductionancl working of various input/outputder ices: Kevboard,lnouse,MICR, OCR,
OMR, Bar Code, Audio Response Unit, Scanner.VDU. Plotter, Impact and Non-impact
printers,ComputerOutputMicrofilm (COM).
Unit-I\/
Primary rnemory: RAM, ROM. EPROM. EEPRO\I. Cache memory' Secondarymernory:
nloppy disc,hard clisk,magnetictape,CD-RO\{. D\/D. Or erviervof tracks,sectors,cylinders,
accesstirne,seektime, latencytirne.
Unit-V
datacornmunication.Comrnunication media,Methodsof datatransmission, modesof
Basicsof
Analog versusdigital and serialversusparallelconrnunication.Introduction
datatrausrnission,
topologies,DistinctionbetrveenLAN,
-UnN.Neiwork: Advantages,t-Ype.variousLAN
to contputer
WAN, Overviewof Internet:www, email,ftp, chat,brolvser,newsgrollp'
telnet,
Books Rccommendcd:
l. Sinha,P.K.:CornputerFundamentals,BPB Publ'
2. Jair. Satish:lntroduction to computel Science,BPB Publ.
€r L"td-
B a c h e l oor f C o m p u t e A
r pplication (10)
r
BCA.I SEM
BCA-2 : INTRODUCTIONTO OS
Unit-II
MS-DoS:Internalcommands (dir, copy,del, cd, rd, md, rename,prompt,ver, vol, type,path,
time, date etc.).Externalcommands(tree,unclelete, chkdsk,fdisk, backup,restore,tbrmat,
unformat,attrib,xcopy,diskcopy,diskcompetc.)
Unit-ilI
Fileredirection,
filteringandpiping,Conceptof Batchfiles,configfile, autoexec
file. Booting
processin MS-DOS, File systemandconcepts of filesanddireitoriesin MS-DOS,Useof
functionkeysin MS-DOS.
Unit-IV
Structureof Unix system:Kernel,Shell,Utility prograrns. Unix file system,conceptof files
and directories.
Generalcommands: bc, ecrro,iut, kill, date,wc, sllep, who, ps etc. File
orientedcommands: cat,cp, grep,pg, mv, nn, der,etc.Firepermissions: chrnod,chownetc.
Directoryorientedcommands:ls, tnkdir, cd, rmdir, pwcl etc. Inter user communication
cornmands:write,rnail etc.
Unit-V
Windorvs:lntroduction,GUI, winclorvsdesktop.start button.taskbar.switching
between
programsand windorvs.Managingfiles, foldersand objects.Windowse*plorei
Creating
shortcuts'
Controlpanel.Windou'saccessories:Paintbrusli.
uordpad.calculaior,
etc.Sharing
information
arnongapplications
usingOLE andclipboarcl. Cornparison
of Unix.MS-Windows
andMS-DOS.
Books Recommendcd:
1.Cowarl,R. : Masteringrvinclorrs.
BpB.
2. Koparkar,P.K.: Unix for you, TMH.
3. Thomas,R.: Dos 6 ancl6.2 instantreference.
BpB.
B a c i r e l oor f C o m p u t e A
r pplication (l l)
BCA.I
UNIT_I
Microsoft otfice , rrl" oiri".-Munug"r, Shalng Information with lv{icrosoft
Introtluction to
E*b"ddiig (OLE), Editing Linked Infonnation'
Office, The Clipboard, Object Linking unJ
E d i t i n g E m b e d d e d o b j e c t s ' W o r d - P r o c e ' ' i n g * i t r ' w g r o g r W i n dCopying
o w s : W ofrom
r d B aone
s i cWord
s:Undo,
FormattingText, Cut,
Redo, Repeat,Insefting Text, ReplacingTexi,
Documentto Another, Print, Autoformat'
UNIT_II
with Headerr, poolr., Endnotes,Footnotes,tabs, tables, sotliug'
MS woRD : working- picture
Sizing and cro_ppinggraphicswith the
working with graphi"., tn-,portinggraphics,
Art), Picturesusing Drawing objects'
command,Drawing objects,Text in Dr^;i;;r- r*io checker'
niTring,Templates,wizards: Spelling
Rotating ancl Flipping objects, callouts, CreatingTables of
Word 6ount and Other Statistics'
Autocorrect,Autotext,CrammarChecker,
to Mail Merge'
Contentsand lndex, Macros, lnlroduction
UNIT-III
setup,
Excel Featrtres. Rearrangitrglr'orksheets:Excel page
MS EXCEL: overview of using different styles'
u.,iotor,r-,u,, *"].,uut fbrmatting,
cliangingcolumnwidths and rorvheights.
,vorkin! ,t itrt' nt'rtlple *'orksheets'An ltrtroductionto excel
hicling rows and charts on
";i;;;r, clrarts trith the chart \\'izard' creating
functions, Excels chart features:ltrstatrt
s e p a r a t e W o r k s t r e e t s , R e s i z i n g a n d v o v i ' r g c h a r t s .graphic
a d d i n gobjects'
c h a r t nresizing
o t e s a ngraphics'
darrows,editing
.r.uTingand placing
charts,Worki'g with graphicsin excel:
usingworksheetsas databases'
lntroductionto Excel'f comrna'rdMacros'
UNIT_IV
M S P O W E R P O I N ' , I : C r e a t i n g p r e s e n t a t i o n s ' A u t o c o nworki".g
t e n t r v i z*ll!^.qil']::^: l i dPower
a r d ' e d i t i n g s'" es'working
rvith unJaligningText;
.rextin porverpoint,Formutting
in po$'erpoint'creating.organizational
point;lmportingimagesfrornthe outsideanddiawing
in PowerPointPresentation' Excelchartsitt power
charts. insertingcliparts& picture/photos
andbuilding
transition
*-h-...1:tll:'
point,inserring tabt; i;m *ord, nrionging,'previewing,and
creating
elentents'
presentation transparenctes'
overhead
Lff".ir, pLinting
UNIT_V
tables,
databases, totnt:: &, q'lliil?:-"l.".':j -ut'ot *
MS AccESS : creation of Tll't: usingdatabases'
tables,g*::itilY quet'ies
arnong.
modules,creationof relationships i.lT]:
tor quertes'
& secttring Writingexpressions
a database'
Adrninistering
Books llecommertded:
MansfielclR.: 1-heCornPact gtri to MS-OFFICE'
pactgtride PPP
l. lYloIrJr
TECH'
R.: Word 6 for i
Sii ndo*, Quick & EasYReference'
2. Mansfield
BPB
1
J. Vu.ruy: Mastering Polfl6:lfor Windo*'s'
POWER
- BPB'
C o w a r t::ABC'sof MS ACCE'SS,
4.
l---
K K ' V-q-t-'s-P- \OY
(r2)
Bachelorof ComPuterAPPlication
r
BCA-I SEM
Unit-I
Limits, function and continuity: Conceptof real function, its
domain and range.
Fundamental theoremson limits, continuityof a functionat a point, over an open
and
closedinterval,propertiesof continuous
function.
Unit-II
Differential calculus: Basic concept of the derivative of
a function, differential
coefficient of the product of two function, algebra of derivation
of function,
Differential coefficient of the quotient of two fimctions, differential
coefficient of a
function of a function.
Integration: Standard integrals, method of integration, integration
by substitution
method,integrationby parts.
Unit-III
Determinants:Definition, minors and cofactors,propefiies.Matrices: Definition,
types,
equality,multiplication of matrices,transposeofurotri", adjoint of a matrix,
inverseof
a matrix,applicationof matricesin solvingthe simultaneous equation.
Unit-IV
Unit-V
Books recommended:
1. N. Saran Realanall'sis,
S. ChandandCo.
2.ParmanandGupta Comprehensive mathematics,Laxmi publ.Ltcl.
3. R.K. Mohanti Differential Anmolpub.
Calculus.
4. GorakhPrasad Textbookon differentialcalculus.pothishala
pvt.
5. GorakhPrasad Textbookon Integralcalculus,pothishalapvt.
Rn, L*,ta,-a
)-e^ffi
goi{ - r
1 qm q1oi qv unr : (orq) g* q-trtft eqf
2 Eq Grhd-d-{: (6;q) * qrdq*T erqf ,qdq;
3. slqr otqTd : (fu-w+, qd=rr,eitrqT.qTg-qT)
E-o]-g- 2
1. vlrl.rrcre1 qb-fl (ft-q*T)+frvlqqffi Rig ,R-q-6q,
2. Gtq[E : qftrl-qf, ecDT{,T6-f,, fry}q-dT
s qfuilRf, prq-qaft
Ffr t Grffi-2s Eq
G$fitffi-2sg(
gor$ - s
i. GrrD-{N (q.q) t qr{E ffi
z. q-m-S o.r qfdr (q-,q) : d. qrqnoreTq-fliqT
3. Y[q {qil : df,{rt, dqqq, tilq-, fr-ffi
gol-S - 4
1. sl-{fl oi ril-qlfu-fr aTFild (rwrq_+) q qqrf,{drd
€s
z. e-fi rSfr ffi -- sT gfrcr RT-fiq)q
3. r{scnqq tsi *ei W , er FT gd
-5
r o)n d Gfsdq of$ q6rdcrf{tr
q-$ B-il{dT : (wrcno-n .tw6U
*"q t q) ) GTE-itq
Batqqilu ge_6
'd'
z zrFd q df, a) -trJfto) T6 fu q ffi : oqr6R ftR-{q
fu{il-{ r) sf. sedq qqi
3. HIeTIGDft
: trqtq;r eiT d"id
'',-
*&.o,kp*- --4
h n
nwatn-
--f--
Bachelorof ComputerApplication
(t4)
r
BCA.II SEM
MaxMarks50(17)
SubjectFC-ll-3--FoundationCourse
of Entrepreneurship
PaperTitle - pup"i tit : oevelopment
Unit I
r'
Characteristicsof entrepreneu
Entrepreneurship- Meaning' t"i::f;at
Typesofentrepreneurship,importanceandviewsofvariousthinkers
(Scholars) ' -
goals'
'piooi"ts ot goals,Howto achieve
- Formation
in aihievingtargets solution'
a.nd
_ self motivation;';1";";uoi serrmotivationanddevelopment'
- Viewsof variousscholars' solutions'
evaluation'
Its developmill results'
.uputitv-:
Leadership 1?1
p r o j e ctsa n d va ri o u so rg a n i sationt- icout., non- Govt' ) ,Govt' Pr ojects'Non-
Govt. Projects. scope'
C o n i ti b rti o no f B o o ks,th e i r lim itations'
UNit IV
entr epr eneur '
F u n c ti o n s, q u a l i ti e s,ma n a g eT:- ntof a good
( M cder nind tr aditional) '
o u a l iti e so f th e ;;# " ;;;te " u r
t i u n u g . t e n t s k i l l so f t h e e n t r e p r e n e u r '
M o t i v efa cto rso f th e e n tre pr en"u' Un,aU
:
P r o bl e msa n d S co p eo f th e Entr epr eneur
- P r o b l e mo f C a P i ta l
- Pr o b l e mo f P o w e r
- Pr o b l e mo f re g i stra ti o n
- A d mi n i stra ti ve P ro b l e ms
- P r o b l e m os f O w n e r s h i P '
iG wv:
e-b, -8nnwW>
^,
llD l--
(l 6)
Bachelorof ComPuterAPPlication
BCA-II SBM
BCA-8 : PROGRAMMING IN C
UNIT_I
C language programming: Flowchart, Algorithm, Introduction
to C language,
Characterset of C-language.The structureof aiimple C program; Simple
I/O functions
(scanf,printf, gets,puts, getchar,getche,getch);uie of semfuolon,
braces,parentheses,
commentsand newline character;Data types in C. Assignment statement,
Arithmetic,
Relational& Logical operators;Unary operator,sizeof operator,Conditional
operators,
Precedence of operators.
UNIT_IV
Pointers: The concept of pointers,passingpointers as parameters,arrays of pointers,
Pointer to pointers, Array of pointers to strings, Sorting an array, using pointers,
Structures:The concept of structure,Initializing, Arrays of structuies,Arr-ayswithin
structures,Structureswithin Structures,passingstructuresto function, unions
UNIT_V
Files: Files in 'C', Modes for files; Functionsused in files (getc,putc, fopen, fclose,
fscanf, fread, fwrite, fprintf, fseek, ftell, rewind), text u.rru, binary irles, The
c
preprocessor, Preliminariesof C preprocessor Directives,( #define,#undei #include,
#ifdef, #ifndef, #endif, #else,#i0.
Books Recommended:
l. Gottfried,Programming 'l'MH
with C,
2. E. Balagurusamy,Programmingin ANSI C, TMH
3. Rajaraman,Introductionto C, pHI
4. cooper, Mullish, The Spirit of c, An introductionto modernprogramming,
JaicoPub.House.N. Delhi.
5. Y. Kanetkar,Understanding pointerin C, BpB
6. Y. Kanetkar,Let us C, BPB
7. Y. Kanetkar,Exploringin C, BpB
Bachelor
of Computer
Application (r7)
BCA.II SEM
Unit-I
Number system and codes, decimal, binary, octal, hexadecimal and their inter
conversion.Binary addition, subtraction,multiplication and division ASCII, gray code,
excess-3code,BCD numbers.
Unit-[
Gates:NOT, OR, AND, NAND, NOR, XOR, XI\iOR. Boolean algebra' DeMorgan's
theorem,Application of gates,Half adderand full adder'
Unit-[I
TTL circuits: Digital IC 74 series,TTL characteristics,Totempole and open collector
gates, Comparison between different types of TTL, Multiplexer, Demultiplexer,
Encoder,Decoders.
Unit-IV
Boolean functions and truth tables, SOP, POS, min-terms and max-tenns, Karnaugh
map,methodof reduction.
Unit-V
Flip-flop, registersand counter.RS flip-flop. Clocked D Flip-flip. Edge triggeredD
rtip-nip, Edge triggeredJK Flip-flip, Racing in Flip-flop. JK Master-SlaveFlip-flip.
Buffer iegistirs, Shift registers,Ripple counters,Synchronouscounters,Ring counters,
Presetablecounters,Mod counters.
Booksrecommended:
1. Digital ComputerElectronics: Malvino.
2. ComputerFundamentals : B. Ram.
&vqr: An
4h;L2s(E
I
Bachelorof CornputerApplication (l 8)
BCA.II SEM
BCA.IO : ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF INFORMATION SYSTEM
UNIT -II
TechnicalFoundation of Information System:ChartingTechniques,StructuredAnalysisand
Design,DecisionTree, DecisionTable, DFD, Data Dictionary,InformationSystemSoftware
Tools and Approaches:Advantagesand disadvantages of using IS Software Tools, Idea of
Object Oriented Programming,CASE tool, PERT & CPM, Recent DatabaseManagement
Trends, Distributed Databases: Object Oriented and Hypermedia Databases,
Telecommun ications,The Internet.
UNIT -III
Building Information System: Traditional System Development Life Cycle (SDLC),
Analysis:Problernldentification,Fact Gathering,Fact Analysis,FeasibilityStudy,Feasibility
Repoft, Design: Physical and Logical Design, File Design, I/O Design, DatabaseDesign,
Limitationof traditionallife cycle approach,Prototyping,Outsourcinginformationsystem, A
TypicalCaseStudyof InformationSystern.
UNIT _IV
Implementation: Managing and Controlling of Information System, Testing, training,
conversion, Post Irnplementationphase, Ensuring quality with IS, Traditional tool &
methodology for quality assurance,Nerv approachesto quality assurance, Measuring
InformationSystemSuccess,Areasof Problemin InformationSystem,Causesof Information
systemSuccessand Failure,ControllingRisk Factor,Auditing InfbrmationSystem.
UNIT_V
Management and Organizational Support Systems:Knowledge Work System,Decision
SupporlSystem(DSS), Group DecisionSupportSystern(GDSS), ExecutiveSupportSystem
(ESS),Artificial Intelligence(AI), Experl Systenr,Neural Network, Growh of International
lnformation System, Main TechnologicalIssues:Merger of InternationalTechnologyand
Infrastructure.
Books Recommended:
1. Lauden C. Kennieth & Lauden P. Jane: Management Infonnation System:
Olganization Technique, PHI.
2. ArvadE. M.: SystemsAnalysisandDesign,GalgotiaPub.
J, Murdic,Ross,Clagett: Infornration
Systemslbr ModernManagement,
PHI
/1
a. BhatnagarS.C. : Computer & Information
Management, PHI
-f-
(*
_;
Jfr;,"t6'--
UNIT_I
UNIT_II
UNIT_III
UNIT_IV
UNIT-V
BooksRecommended:
^ ''--'T-----
Ahaw(a"r-
Texts :
l. Tina Morris.'Tree"
the.Scorpion"
i. Nittit Ezekiel.'Nightof
man be rattottatr'
3. BertrandRussell'' Can
Reader's
I r6-118' '
Digest',Aptit2007
+'i3fo*.'of pages
wE',
i i;1.?Tl^3;ffiT:
'
2007
' Reacter'sDigest'Mav
200-201)
;.::*mil;1Ji; Hii).iliTl?;" sectionlPaees
Unit II
issues
3:lH:::ffi:il::iii.r'i:l#yl{'::Sii?"'#:ff::l,l;""'lfl;I?'i:,f:S::ind
and(c) a grasp gJ;;fi"Ifi"gt
raisedin thepassage,
to
skilis andissueswith reference
choiceand
"fT" #;;;;A;y bothobjective/multiple'
wordsandusagewrittenthe'paisage.
shoftanswerquestions' Unit Ill
letters'
Letter writing : Formal Unit IV
and usage:
Basiclanguageskills: Grammar subject-verb.,
:il
Ju. ; p
;;;;, riu.' d
Articresan
ture:usageof pronouns.
::
:i::rn *,n'ru,T:""::il :::.::T:TJ:
ffi "" "
(advanced)'
Piepositions Unit V
of sentences
transformation
of
LanguageSkills: Puncttration nassagl;' exclamatory)
affirlnative'interrogative'
negatlve,
(assertive,
i,)
KK. Y'rtyu
(22)
Bachelorof ComPuterAPPlication
BCA-III
Unit-I
andobject orientedProgramming(ooP) '
to oop :- procedural,
st u.iur"o &
lntroduction Poiymorphism'
Inheritence'
Benefits
Reusability;
Basicconcepts of OOP : Object,Classes, data
in C++' Basicdatatypes'userdefined
of OOP,C*nanclOOP.Charactert
applications "tA and loopingstatementsin c++' Arraysin
useof
rypes,Structureof c; p;;;; "onalrionur
union'enum'
C++.Ref'erence varrable,oferators'structures'
Unit-II
constarguments in functions,Inline functions'call
Functions: prototypes, defaultarguments,
and objects: Declaringa class'
-Juiu functionoverloadinglClass-es-
by value,call by .#r"n"", data members&
fliAing unA OtlUfi"""0 Ot*te
defining an object, ""ruil"i",T""; functionand pointerto
friend run"tion.PointJr to data,n.,ob.r, pointerto member
functions,
object,virtualfunction'
Unit-III
C o n s t r r - r c t o r s & D e s t r - u c t Q l g : P l a l e t l z eargumellts'
d c o n s t r ureturning
c t o r s , mobjects' n s tpointer'
c othis
u l t i p | ethe ructorinaclass,copy
arrays of object, object as function' operators' type
constructors, : Unary and bi'ary
ro, ou;".,r.- op.rutor'orl..rouiinn
memoryallocatio'
conversions.
Unit-IV
& hybrid
Inheritence and derivation' single'multilevel'multiple'hierarchical
Inheritence : overriding
and protectedinheritance'
inheritence, in multiplei"rtt'iit"it"private constructorsin derived
virtualbaseclass'
functions, virtual methods,ambiguity,.r"irti"",
"onr,ru.io^r-,
lrlo"Uerclasses : nestingof classes'
"iutt-
Unit-V
formattedl/O operations'member
: C'* stream.s, streamtll;-:t'' unformatted&.
Slfe3qrD userdefinedmanipulators
of cin, manipulatorr, n,unurrniila;;;t,h manipulators, fi1emodes'
functioi:s file I/o with streams'
Files : classes for filJstrearnoperatiotrs, file operations'
with argurnents. access,error handlingduring
,.r,Ti"r, binary l/o, random
binary versus
linearguments' Exception handling'
command
Books Recommended:
with C** ' TMH
l. E. Balagurusamy,
'1".* ObjectOrientedProgramming
C.- ' Techmedia
2. iiU.ny, rtotlt vour self ANSI Publications
Progrumr'ing-i;ruruo c* ,Galgotia
1
RobertLafore,ob.lectoriented weslev'
A ffiffi;, ianguugiRdditon
i-il"Cti-proe'umming
T.
TMFI
5. H;;;;; s'"t,ito, ct- coirplete Reference'
BPB
6. Yurh*unt Kanatkar'Let usC**'
(24)
Bachelorof ComPuterAPPlication
r
BCA-III SEM
BCA-16: DATA STRUCTURE
UNIT_II
Queues:Operationson queues,Priority queues;Linked storagerepreseutation, Pointersand
linked allocation,Linked linear lists, Operationson linked lists, Circular linked list, Doubly
linked lists, Application of linked lists. Dynamic StorageManagement:Garbagecollection,
StorageCompaction.
UNIT_III
Trees,Definitions and conceptsof generaltrees and binary trees, Representation of binary
trees,Binary tree representation
of generaltree, Binary tree traversal,Threadedbinary trees,
Operationon binarytrees,Applicationof trees,Binarl,searchtrees
UNIT-IV
Introduction
to Graphs,definition,terminology,directed,undirectedand weightedgraphs.
Representationof graphs.Graphtraversal:Breadthfirst search,Depthfirst search.Spanning
trees,Minimalspanningtree.Application
of graphs.
UNIT-V
Notation-and concepts,
Selectionsort,Bubblesort,Mergesort,Heapsort,insertionsort,quick
sort.Ilash-table
method,Hashingfunctions,Collisionresolution
techniques,
Searching: Linear
search. Binarvsearclr.
Books Recommended:
l. Ifororvitz& Sahni: Fundarnentals Comp. Sc. press
of DataStructures,
2. S. Lipschutz: Schaum'sOutline Series:DataStructures,
Mc Graw I-lill
l. Data StructuresUsing C; Tenenbaum,PHI
2. Data StructuresUsing Pascal,Tenenbaum, PHI
6. D, E. Knuth : The Art of ComputerProgranrming,
Addision Wesley
7. R. G. Dromey: I{ow to solveit by computer
r\( nn L--
ntl*V-g
fu)--
s 0( 1 7 )
Unit I
algebraof vector'Composition
VectorAlgebra:Conceptof Vector,formsof vector,
two vectors'
andresoluiionof vectoi,Scalarandvectorproductof
Unit-II
mean, weighted arithmetic mean'
Measures of central tendencY: The arithmetic
median, mode quartiles, deciles
geometricmean, harmonic mean, root mean square,
and percentiles.
Unit-III
deviation'
Thefange,meandeviationandstandard
of dispersion:
Measures
Unit-IV
andrelative
probability:Elementaryprobabilitytheory,samplefpu.-t,events,classir:al
of iotal andcompoundprobability
frequencydefinitionoiprobability,tneorerns
Unit-il/
Regression'coeffrcientof correlation'
Curve fitting and the methoclof leastsquares'
(26)
Bachelorof ComPuterAPP1ication
BCA.III SEM
BCA-18 : SYS,TEMSOFTWARE
UNIT-I
Differencebetweensystemsoftwareandapplicationsoftware.Layeredorganization
of system
software.Introductionto SystemSoftware:The SimplifiedInstructionalComputer(SIC):
Machinestructure (Memory,Register,Dataforrnats,Instructionformat,Addressinqmodes.
Instructionset,Input/output),
UNIT.II
Assembler:Assemblers:BasicAssemblerFunctions(A SimpleSIC assembler,
tablesand
logic).Assembler
for SmallComputer,
op-codeandsymboltable.
UNIT _ III
LoadersAnd Linkers: Separate compilationandlinking,loadinglinkingandrelocation,
Basic
LoaderFunctions, Machinedependent loaderfeatures(Relocation,
Programlinking,Tablesand
logic,a linkingloader),Machine-independent (Automaticlibrarysearch,
loaderfeatures loader.
upturns, overlayprogram),LoaderDesignoption(Linkageeditors,DynamicIinking,Bootstrap
loaders).
UNIT-IV
Software tools: A brief overview, interpreter and programgenerators,debug monitors,
programmingenvironnrents.Text editors: Overview of the editingprocess,User interface
editorstructure.
UNIT-V
Compilers: Main parts of a Compilers and their functions, lexical analyzer,parser, syrnbol
tablernanager,code generator.
Books Recommcnded:
I LelandL. Beck: SystemSoftrvare (An introduction programming),
to systems Addison
WesleyPublishing Company.
2. Alfi'ed JeffreyUllman:Principles
of Cornpiler
Design,NarosaPublishing
Flome,New
Delhi.
3. D.M. Dhamdhare: SystemsProgramnring & Operating Systems,
TMH
1 .-'
* .t^fuL- i^ i
'r^Y
Ah^,'
gnd-r
r. f,+an- qRtrm,ryfsrq,v+frwfiETqr
2 Tgs ffi6 srTfrqT{eil-qeqm fi"fi
g ,ilR-frqER
96.r$- z
r qrsfrq qflqffi vq S-q
z fiq-q - sEqq 3il-qeolo
s. gaei eil-.q
eilo)frei+l
qor$- e
r. qi-q- qsf,
z. qqq-rsoil-i dcq
3 qqfflq
gor$ - +
1. qMR qq sq)"JT
z wqq.rftq fifi
s. fusT +sq efi o-dT
go(-s
1. G?I IT{&TUT
2 ff4TerT d q{sq qerd
a. q-ffr C ser-r : g fr.d. 3fgd-mdTq
e r\A
K' [nfrsz
JR-*E
MaxMarks50(17)
SubjectFC-IV-2--Foundation Course
- Language Temper
andScientific
PaperTitle Paperll inglish
Unit I
Texts:
1.C. Rajagopalchari, 'ThreeQuestions"
i. O"rtoia Morris, short extractfrom TheNakedApe' Digest'August
(Reader's
you want., rir.it1u=" paragraphs
3. JosephK. vetter, . Eatwhat
2006)
+- UtUattliBarat.'The Storyof Kanada" orA'exis
Inte|Iigence
i Tl;"'lilli8a;iitT:q1":'fi3ffiil'l
"Ptrti. ader,s ltlli:nl,i::*Taturar
oot
l#-- orffi;u"1""k,.i,, \e the2'
!: ::' T:l::0,""
o:"9"
;:..-t i,.;;;;un.-'e"u"ide along fi:1':""I Reader's
onr'V'Narrikar'
r'o*articre
9.X!liil*?i]\:ii,';;.Fi':illl""]:"il--t*i*'t
Digest,June2007.
Unit II
KK.|-cb,+_ Atnwfu,-
(2e)
Bachelorof ComPuterAPPlication
Max Marks -5 0( 1 7 )
Subject FC-lV-3-- FoundationCourse
Paper Title - Paper lll : EnvironmentalStudies
,fln
/u6;^vq 1 --
:. \A,-
BCA-IV SEM
BCA-22: WEB'TECHNOLOGY
Max Marks50 (17)
UNIT - I
Internet : History and evolution of Internet .Internet & intranet ,Basic concept of www ,
HTTP, FTP, URL, domain name, IP aldress, web browser, web server,web page, web site,
Portals, email, chatting, IJsenet, felnet, newsgroup' Fax, Telephony, telecommuting'
Email
Conferencing.Searchingf,rJownloading, uploading,files on internet,searchEngines.
(reading, deletiig, replying), r',cice& video conferencing.lnternet Protocol :TCPAP,
"nJing,
direct acceis,threelevelsof Internetconnectivity.ISPs,lntroductionto DNS.
Aiutupi...r.,
UNIT-II
Internet Security & HTML: C;vervierv of internet security, access security' transaction
emails'
security, security zones, digit'il IDS, sending / receiving signed & encrypted
web pages' introduction to
lntroductionto firewalls. *.i pug. design : static and dynarnic
logical HTML styles
HTML.HTML elementsa'rcl,ags,lormattingwith FITML tags,physical,
displayingPlain , presentingand arrangingtext using
,setting fbnts ,colors 3nd lrr;a-clings.
<DlV>, <SPAN>, <LAYERS> tags.
i
UNIT-III
ADVANCE HTML: Wcrking with images, links and lists, creating tables. working with
brolvser.window,
frames, creating horizon-al, vertical fratnes, named frames' opening ne-w
forms, working with
creatinghtml forms, AJding controli on forms, submittingdata from
multirnidia, multirnecl'asou]rd,video, 3D,Using multimedia files, inline sottnd and videos'
and,usingstyle sheets'
Stylesheets:types,cr'.,ating
UNIT.IV
to Java
Java script & Xt'71L:introductionto client and server side scripting,introduction
in Java script, tUnctions, an'ays,
script, data rype;, operators,'conditionalstatement,loops
to XML,
objectsancleler.rentsin Java script. forrn validationusing Java script. Introduction
CreatingXMLdocuments,specifl,ingattributesinDTDs,accessitrgXMLdatawithXMLData
Handlingevents$'hile loadingXML documents.
Island,docurl..ents.
UNIT-V
(EFT), Valtte-chain,
E-Com'rerce: lntrocluctionto E-Business,Electronic Fund Transfer
irnplementation
internerBusinessstrategy,FunctiorralArchitecture. Building Blocks
Strategies;
etc; Payment systems;
of E-,,ommerce,system design, creating and managing content
architecture'
Auxi,iary system;transactionProcessing;Building e-conlmercesystem'system
future Treld; Impact of e-commerce; A case Study on
sec,,re iinks etc; Present and
development of e-commercesystem'
Books Recommended:
3. TeachYour Self InternetIn 24 Flottrs: Tecitrnedia'
4. InternetComplete: BPB Publication.
5. HTML Blake Book: StevenHolzer.
4. Crumlish(BPBPublication)'
TheInternet:Christian
5. Html Complgler:BPBPublication. | -.--
AD
(1lr.f_^J-a - A^w aF-
UNIT-I
Basic Concept: An Introduction to databaseSystem,Advantagesand limitations of DBMS.
DatabaseSystem Architecture, Purposeof DBMS, Data Independency,Basic File Systems:
Types of file, operationson file, file activity ratio, accesstime, responsetime, volatility, file
size. File Organization:Sequential,Index Sequential,Direct access.Detail design of E-R
Model.
UNIT-II
Three Data Models: An Overview of three Main Data Models i.e. HierarchicalModel,
Network Model, Relational Model and their Inter-comparison.Relational Algebra: Basic
Operationlike Union, Intersection,Difference,Product,Join. The Power of SQL (Creation,
Insertion,Deletion,Indexing& Modificationof Databasesin SQL).
UNIT-III
Normalisation: RelationalDatabaseDesign: Integrity Constraints,FunctionaiDependency:
SingleValue and Multi Value Functionaldependence,Normal Forms:I, II, IlI, BoyceCodd,IV
& V Normal forms.Security & Integrity: Introduction, Access Control, Crypto Systems.
UNIT-IV
Introduction to Databaseand foxpro package:Ideasof databasehierarchy(bit, byte, field,
record);Foxpro commands: create,use.list, display,edit, brorvse,append,insert,delete,zap,
pirck,copy,to print, cFrit,clear,go top. go bottom.modi[' structure,recall,replace,sort,index,
locate,continue,seek, search.find. close. Arithmetic, date, time and string function with
databaseusing comrnands/functions such as count,aveage,sum, time, day, dow, cdow, year,
date,ctod,dtoc,cmonth,month,val, trim, str),displayinginformationwith ? and??.
UNIT-V
Programming: Using Input, Output statements and ConditionalstatementACCEPT, INPUT,
IF.ELSE-ENDIF,DO CASE-ENDCASE,DO WHILE-ENDDO, TEXT.ENDTEXT, SKIP,
WAIT, STORE,SET commands,Generationof Report,Label and CustomizedScreen,Use of
multiplefiles: Masterfile updation,Settingrelations.
Books recommended:
1. Henry F. Korth & A. Silbershatz:Data BaseSysternConcepts,MGH
2. C. J. Date: DatabaseManagementSystem,MGH
3. R. K. Taxali: Foxpro2,6,TMH.
4. Arun K. Majumdar & P. Bhattacharya:Data BaseManagementSystem,TMH
5. JeffreyO. Ullman : Principlesof DatabaseSystems,GalgotiaPub.Co. Ltci.
6. Bipin C. Desai:An Introductionto DatabaseSystems,GalgotiaPub.Co. Ltd.
7 JamesMartin: Principlesof Database Management, PHI
8. JamesMartin. ComouterDatabase orsanization.PF{l
, \. 1i.Kkts* --
,An
-L\ffiW'tgt-x-
/-
UNIT II
Working with controls- Classificationof controls,study of variouscontrols,Text box, label,
Commandbutton,option button,Iist box, combobox& Scrollbar,Flex grid & Built-ln Activex
controls)with respectto propefy, eventand methods.CreatingControfArray (at Design-time,
at runtime,lnenus,mouseeventsand dialoeboxes.OLE.
UNIT III
OOPS inVB: Objects, working with objects, forms as object, constructorsa,nddestructors
collections (collection object, control collection), Class module. Databaseprogramming:
ODBC, DatabaseAccessmethodsin VB (DAO, RDO, ADO). Recordset
UNIT IV
Advanceddata controls (datalist,datacombo,datagrid,Hierarchicalflexigrid), SeL and the T-
SGL Debugger. Overview of Data Report and Crystal Report. Activex Controls: Creatingand
DeployingActivex controls,Overview of COM/DCOM, Activex Exe and Activex DLL. VB
Script: VB vx vbscript, objects,operators,functions,statementsin vB scripts.
UNIT V
ActiveSeryer
Pages:Builtin ASPobjects:Response
object(write,buffer,clear,flush,End,
redirect,
Exnires,
ExpireAbsoluternethod).Request
object:Formcollection (euerystring,
form), HTTP headers,readythe HTTP headersrequest.Servervariablesmethod,invironment
variable;Cookies: Readingand writing cookies.Tradeoffsof cookies,Sessionobject: Session
variable,applicationobject: Applicationvariable,Sessionvs Applicationobject,Global as a
file ASP cotnponents: Add Rotator,Contentlinker and browsercapabilitiei, Serverobject:
Readingand writing files on the web server.Asp errorobject.
Text Books
t^ | ---
tb=-
2fit1v4
UNIT I
Introduction to Computer Networks:
Basicsof datacommunication,digital vs analogtransmission,modeof transmission, Computer
Networks: Goals and kinds (I-AN/WAN), idea of hardware and software requirementsfor
computernetworks, intercomparisonof various communicationmedia, wireless transmission.,
varioustopologies:bus, ring, tree & mesh,OSI referencemodel vs TCP/IP.
UNIT II
Data Link Layer:
Referencemodels:OSI vs TCP/IP,Data Link Layer DesignIssues:FramingError Controland
Flow Coltrol, Error Detection & Corection, Elementary Data Link Protocols, Sliding
WindowsProtocols,HDLC frame packet.
UNIT III
MediumAccessSubLayer:
MediumAccessSublayer:Channelallocationproblem,Multipleaccessprotocols: ALOI-IA,
in LAN/WAN (CCITT& IEEE)'High speedLANs: FDDI,
CSMA,Collisiontree;Standards
Networks:Polling,FDM,TDM, CDMA.
Satellite
FastEthemet;
UNIT IV
TheNetworkand TransPortLaYer:
Netrvork Layer design issues, routing and srvitching techniques, Routing Algorithms,
of
congestioncontrol algorithms,the netrvorklayer in the internet;transportlayer: Elements
transportservices,transportprotocols,the internettransportprotocol,TCP & UDP'
UNIT V
Application Layers and Nehvork Management:
Network Security: Traditionalcryptography,cryptographyprinciples,secretkey algorithms,
public key algorithm, Authenticationprotocol, Domain Name System, Simple Network
Munug.*"nt Protocol, E-rnail,Nervsgroup,WWW, Futuretrendsin computernetworks.
Books recomtnended:
1 Tanenbaum:ComPuterNetworks,PHI
2 John Freer:ComputerCommunication& Networks,EWP
3 PHI
William Stalling: Data & ComputerComrnunication,
4. Basandra& Jaiswal:Local Area Network,Galgotia
5. JanresMartin: computerNetworks& Distributedprocessing, PHI
6. LJylessBlack: CompttterNetworks, PHI
) 1-+^
, N rt i -
5' K' L<-l:z>n
:A+hv4tat*-
APPlication
of Computer
Bachelor (34)
BCA-V SEM
goi{ -z
r ver)q q'r-{
2 R[fl o-dr
3. {izf qc|{ef[
Eqtlg - 3
r. q-d
zffi
s.ffi
gor{ - +
dfr-ao='v
r. wF.q
z. vr.fto
3 fuf,,{ffi,Taru.qo-dr
g-or{- s
1.qrcfrq qr-+fd
z. eirsilsq e-qf g
3 qqqfrwq d q-{+ffr
nA-
(o, f*fut*. -AK+\frV'*-
_)
nA/-
K .k.
_\,.,.'.
AI U I
r9r-
_-filyh@
Application
of Computer
Bachelor (36)
BCA.V SEM
Foundation
SubjectFC-V-3-- Course
- -l
Technology
PaperTitle Paperlll BasiccomputerInformation
Max. Marks: 25
Unit I
INTRODUCI'ION TO COMPUTER ORGANIZATION .I
History of developmentof Computer systemconcepts. Characteristics,Capability and
of PC.s Desktop. Laptop, Notebook' Workstation&
limitations.Generationof computer.Types
their Characteristics.
Unit ll
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER ORGANIZATION .II
basiccomponentsof a computer systemControl Unit, ALU. Input/Outputfunction and
Characteristics,memory RAM, ROM' EPROM, PROM'
Unit I[
INPUT & OUTPUT DEVICE,S
Scanners, Digital
Input Devices: Keyboard,Mouse,Trackball.Joystick,Digitizing tablet,
pen,'fouch Screen'
Camera,MICR, OiR, OUR, Bar-codeReader,Voice Recognition,Light
Output Devices:MonitorsCharacteristics andtypesof monito;',Video StandardVGA, SVGA,
Line Printer'Plotter'
XGA, LCD Screenetc. Printer,Daisy wheel,Dot Matrix, Inkjet,Laser,
SoundCard and SPeakers.
Unit lV
STORAGE DEVICES : Storagefundamental primary Vs Secondary.
Various StorageDevicesrnagnJtic Tape. Cartridge Tape, Data Drives, Hard Drives, Floppy
Disks,CD, VaD, CD-R, CD-RW, ZipDrive, DVD, DVDRW'
Unit V
OPERATING SYSTEM: INtrOdUCtiON SYSTEMS'
tO OPCTAtiNg itS
INTRODI]CTION TO
System'
functioningand types.basiccommandsof dos & Windowsoperating
Disk OperatingSYstem(DOS)
. Introduction,History and Versionsof DOS'
DOS Basics
. PhysicalStructureof disk, Drive name,FAT, file & directorystucture
and namingrules,bootingprocess'DOS sy'stem files'
DOS Commands
.InternalDIR, MD, CD, RD, Copy,DEL. REN. VOL, DATE' TIME'
CLS, PATH, TYPE etc.
.ExtemalCHKDSK,SCOPE,PRINTDISKCOPY,DOSKEY'TREE'
MOVE, LABEL, APPEND,FORMAT, SORT.FDISK.BACKUP,
MODE, ATTRIB HELP, SYS etc.
BooksRecommended-
qqseqTRd
;"d G d ftd, €i qo-qRre: o-{er fr-a1q\-q{q-n l}atffi,
qaT3ffi-|-(ft, +nqra
2. €i. qzF-qRr6 oq-{ c{rq{q, qFI !-sl-d \rs q-s
saa - R--ft oqfrtT, fr-fiT-srqtrrFl,@Tqw
3. d BUTi-rTar
Practical
Semester' V
Max. Marks& 25
DOS:
. DOS commands: Internal& ExtemalCommands'
. Specialbatchfile : Autoexec,Bar Hard disk setup'
Application
of Cornputer
Bachelor (37)
function.controlpanelutility.
. Display properties:Screensaver,background
Ms-Word:
. Creatingfile: save,saveas HTML, Saveas Text, template,RTF
Fonnate.
. Pagesetuputility: Margin settings,papersize setting,papersource,
layout.
. Editing:Cut, pastespecial,undo,redo,find, replace,goto etc.
. View file: pagelayout,Normal Outline,masterdocument,ruler
header,footer, footnote,full screen.
. Insert:break,pagenumber,symbol, date& time, autotext, caption
file, object,hyperlink,pictureetc.
. Format:font, paragraph,bullets & numbering,border& shading,
changecase,columns.
. Table : Draw label, inserttable,cell handling,table autoformat,sort
formula.
CoursePlane:
. No. of Units - 5 Units
. No. of Marks - 50 marks
(Theory25, Project13,Practicall2)
. TotalNo. of Lecturesrequired- 04 lecture/unit:Total20
. Hours of Practicallvork required- 2 periods/weeksfor 3
months:Total 24
BCA.29 : COMPUTERGRAPHICS
UNIT-I
Introduction: Applicationsof ComputerGraphics,RasterGraphics,Fundamentals;
'Circie, Scan
conversion,Pixel, frame, buffer, GraphicsPrimitives: Line, Ellpse, character
generation,
polygon: representation,
polygonfillingalgorithms,
antialiasing
UNIT.II
Devices:DisplayDevices,randomscanand rasterscanmonitors,color CRI monitor,direct
view storagetube,PlasmaPanel, Hardcopydevices: printersand plotters,Input Devices:
Joysticks,mouse,digitizer,scanner,camera,Transformations
: Tranilation,,ruiing, rotation,
Shear, Reflection,homogeneouscoordinates,compositetransformation,coicatenation
propefties,
Rastermethodof transformation.
UNIT-III
windowingand clipping : window, viewport,line clipping,polygonclipping,text clipping,
Window& Viewporttransformation, Displayfile concepti& S"g."ntution-''display'Fil!,
segment
table,segmentcreation,
deletion,
rename, segment displayfile.
UNIT-IV
Interaction: Locator& Selector
devices,
interactive
pictureconstruction
techniques,
Three
Dirnensions: 3D geometry,
3D displaytechniques,
transfbrmation,
viewingparameters.
BooksRecommended:
l. D. HearnandBaker: computerGraphics. prenticeHallof Indiapvt. Ltd.
2. StevenHarrington : ComputerGraphics,
MGH.
3. NewmanandR.F.Sprouli: Principles on Interactive
Computer Graphics, MGH.
4. W.K.Giloi : lnteractive
ComputerGraphics,pHI.
5. R.A.Piastock andG. Kaltey: Theoryandproblems of computerGraphics, MGH
'" (K W"*-- io-
:AranVe(F-
BCA.V SEM
BCA-30 : DISCRBTE MATHEMATICS
UNIT - I
Mathematical Logic: Propositions and logical operators,Truth tables,equivalence and
implementation, Lawsof logic,Quantifiers.Settheory:Introduction,conceptof setof theory
relation,
typesof relation,
equivalence
relation.
UNIT _ II
BooleanAlgebra and its properties,Algebra of propositionsand examples,De-Morgan'sLaws,
Partialorder relations,g.l.b, Lu.b. greatestlower found leastupperfound, Algebra"ofelectric
circuitsand its applications.Designof simpleautomaticcontrolsystem
UNIT _ III
Graph: Simple and multigraph. Incidence and degree, Paths, walk, cycles and circuit.
Isomorphism,subgraphs.Connectedness, algorithm,completeand regulargraphs.Operations
on graphs,Euler graph,bipartitegraphs.Shortestpathalgorithms;travellingialis:nan problem,
Hamiltonalpaths.
UNIT _ IV
Trees:Properliesof trees,pendantvefiices.Centreof a tree,rootedanclbinary trees,spanning
trees- spanningtree algorithms,fundamental. circuits;spanningtrees of a weightedgraph:
cutsetsand cut-vertices;fundamentalcutsets;connectivifyand seperativiry;uetwork. flows;
max-flow min-cuttheorem.
UNIT - V
Plan on graphs,dual graphs,Kuratowski's
two graph,matrix representatlon
of graphs,
incidence
matrix,directedgraphs,digraphs,
directedpathsandconnectedness.
Eulardigriphs.
Books Recommended:
l. Harry,F.:Graphtheory,AddisonWesleypubl.Co.
2. Trembley J. P. & ManoharR: Discrete
Mathematical
Structures
with Application
to
Computer Science, TMH.
3. S. Lipchutz:"Finite Mathematics",SchaumSeries,MGH.
4. Liu, C.L Elementsof DiscreteMathematics,
MGH.
5. Deo.N, Craph fheory, PHI
An l---
-RK, :-<)
,-kL'nW V-
UNIT II
Decisionmaking and branching;Decisionrnakingwith if staternent, simple if statement,the
if....elsestatement,nestingof if.....elsestatements,
the elseif Ladder,the switch statement,
The
? operators,the while statement,the do statement,the do statement,the for statement,jump in
loops, labeledloops, classes,objectsand methods; Defining a class,objectsand methods;
Defining a class,adding variablesand methods,creatingobjects,accessingclass members,
constructors, methodoverloading,staticmembers,nestingof methodsinheritance;extendinga
class,overriding methods,final variablesand methods,final classes,finalize rnethods,abstract
methodsand classesvisibiliW control.
UNIT III
Arrays, stringsalld vectors;Arrays, one dimensionalarrays,creatingan array,two dimensional
arrays,strings,vectors,wrapper classes,defining interfaces,multiple inheritance,extending
interfaces,implementinginterfaces,accessinginterfacevariable,Packages: JavaAPI packages,
using systempackages,naming conventions,creatingpackages,accessinga package,using a
package,addinga classto a package,hiding classes.
UNIT IV
Multithreaded programming; creating threads, extending the thread class, stopping and
blocking a thread, life cycle of a thread, using thread methods,thread exceptions,thread
priority, synchronization,
irnplernentingthe runnableinterfaceelementsalgorithms,thrashing,
otherconsideration,demandsegmentation.
UNIT V
Applet progratnrning;Local and remoteapplets,horv appletsdiffer from applications,preparing
to write applets,building applets code, applet life cycle, creating and executableapplet,
designinga web page,addingappletto HTML file, runningthe applet,more aboutapplettag,
passing parametersto applets, aligning the display, rnore about HTML tags, displaying
numericalvalues,gettinginput from the user.
Book Recommended:
1. Programmingwith Javaa prirnerby E. Balagurusamy.
2. PeterNorton's Guideto JavaProgramming, TechniediaPub.
3. Mastering in .Iava,TechmediaPLrb.schatz
& Galvin
4. CoreJAVA 2 Volurne I Fundamentals SunMicrosystems
A t- I '"--
Vu'--
4rr"v4
UNIT_I
FundamentalConceptsof OperatingSystems: Evolutionof operatingsystems- Serial
processing,Batch Processing,Multi -programming,Typesof Operatingsystems- Batch
operatingsystem,Time-sharing operating Real-time
systems, operatingsystert,multitasking
system.
operatingsystem,distributedoperating Overviewof ProcessManagement, Memory
Management, FileManagement, DeviceManagement, systemservices,
Operating
UNIT.II
ProcessManagement: Process operationon processes,
concept,processscheduling, threads,
enterprisescommunication,basic concepts,schedulingcriteria, schedulingalgorithms,
Multipleprocessor
scheduling,real-time
scheduling,algorithmevaluation.
UNIT-III
Inter ProcessSynchronization:Concurrentprocesses,the critical sectionproblem,the
CriticalRegionand Region
Critical
Conditional problem,Interprocess Inter
synchronization,
process communication,Deadlock occurrence,Deadlock characterization, Deadlock
prevention,
Deadlock Deadlock
avoidance, andrecovery.
detection
UNIT-IV
Mentory Management:Single ProcessMonitor. Static Partitionedmemory allocation,
Swapping, Relocation.DynamicPartitioned , Compaction.
memor)'allocation Multiplefence
register.Segmentation- Address Descriptor
translation. caching.Paging, Pageallocation.
Virtual memory, Instructioninterruptabilitl
, Management of virtual memory, Page
replacement, Replacernent algorithrns.Comparisonof various memory management
techniqueswith reference andsharability.
to Protection
UNIT-V
File and DeviceManagement:File systemorganization, Accessmethods,
File operations,
Directory File
organization,
structure -
protection Goalsof protection,
Access matrixmodelof
protection,Dynamic Protection Structure,Security encryption, Device management:
Dedicated,SharedandVirtualdevices, Access
Sequential and DirectAccess Channel
devices,
Spooling
I/O schedulers,
andControlUnits,l/O buffering, system.
BooksRecommended:
l. Peterson & Siberschatz: Operatingsystem Sybex.
concepts,
2. SenartE. MadnikandJ.J.Donovan: Operating Systems,McGrawHill.
3. MilanMelankovic : OperatingSystems,ConceptandDesign,McGrawHill
4. ListerAndrew: Fundamentals Systems,
of Operating MacmilanPub.Co.
5. Delteri: An Introduction AdditionWesley.
to OperatingSystem,
\-'
Eor$-r
1. tft{fi te-.l-r,Gilqrqeil--istlq
2. sqn risltr{ ' qq-d d f$fu-m
gor{ - z
rffi
2. gilqR q-I
Eor{ - s
1 . {II-TI-T
2 . ftiqT
J.
$-q"h
for{ - a
1. o-qil{ : qfrqq
(o) erd-wa(s-cqful
( q) S-n-a
( q) nq-dq ( qu-q q-qrq)
(q) $iqr-E
(ntu)
gor{ - s
1. qFTIq- fr-flr.t of d='n-d
z q)eFa
( o) q\ W qtt ({flcn
( u) a<-or3fr-{GTfrqrM
,l'\n ! -
fi t) I
/YhnnW \Y--
AA I
P^ La-tq&
J,*wlsF
rtD | -
K: (.be-6)\.e-
_AI,*\fiw-
BCA-36:SOFTWAREENGINEERING
UNIT-I
Introduction: The product and the process,program vs software products, Emergenceof
software engineering,software development life cycle models, classical waterfall, iterative
waterfall, prototyping, evolution, spiral & RAP model, comparison of various life cycle
models,projectmanagement process,processmanagement process.
UNIT- II
Software Requirement Analysis & Specification (SRAS) : Need for software requirement
specification,requiretnentprocess,requirementanalysis,requirementspecification,planninga
software project; cost estimation,project scheduling,staffing & personnelplanning, software
configurationmanagement, plans: qualityassuranceplan,risk management.
UNIT-III
Software Design : Cliteria for Softwaredesign,softwaredesign & designprinciple;module
level concepts: Coupling and Cohesion, design notation & specifications,design
rnethodology,verification, object orienteddesign: Basic concepts,design methodology&
Metrics,objectorientedvs functionorienteddesign,detaileddesigrr.
UNIT-IV
Coding and Testing : Standard guideline for coding, programming practice, testing
fundamentals,unit testing,r,erificationvs validation,blackbox & rvhitebox testing,functional
testing,structuraltesting,objectorientedprogramtesting.
U\*IT-\'
Software reliability & quality assurance:Reliabiliq metrics,gro\\'thand nrodeling,software
quality Inanagement system,evolution.ISO 9000. CASE: scope and benefit,supportin
softwarelife cycle, CASE tools, harduareand environmentalrequirements,arclritectureof a
CASE environment. Softwaremaintenance.
BooksRecommended:
1. PankajJalote:An IntegralApproachto Softrvare
Engineering,
Narosa
2. RogersPressmau: Software a practitioner's
Engineering, approach,
MGH
3. RajibMall: Fundamentalof SoflwareEngineering,PHI
4. RichardFarley:Softrvare
EngineeringConcept,TMH
l at'
w2u-
UNIT-I
InteractiveSQL: involving SQL plus, data manipulationin DBMS, the oracle data
rypes,
creatinga table,creatinga tablefrom a table,insertionofdata into tables,updatingthe contents
of a table, deletion operations,the select command,many faces of the select command,
modilj,ing the structuleof tables,rentoving/deleti
ng/droppingtables:
UNIT.II
Data Constraints:column level and table level constrains,NULL value conceptsprimary key
concepts,unique key concepts,default value concepts,the foreign - key referencesconstraints,
CHECK integrity constraints,defining different constraintson the table, defining integrity
constraintsin the ALTER TABLE command,droppingintegrityconstraintsin the alter table
command, computationsin expressionlists used to select data, logical operators,range
searching,patternmatching,oraclefunctions,groupingdatafrom tablesin SQL, manipulating
datain SQL.
UNIT-III
Joins:joining multipletables(equijoins),joining a tableto itself(selfjoins):subqueries,using
the union, intersectand ninus clause,indexes,vieu's: creationof views, renamingthecolumn
of a view, using view, selectinga data set from a view, updatableviews, destroyinga view,
grantingperrnissions: permissionon the objectscreatedby the user,grantingpermissionsusing
GRANT statenlent,object privileges.u ith grant option, referencinga table belongingto
anotheruser,grantingpennissionsto anotherLlser,revokingthe permissionsgiven.
UNIT.IV
PLISQL: introduction, performance,perfonnanceimprovement,portability, PL/SQL data
types.what PL/SQI-can do for prog'amming,the PL/SQLexecutionenvironment,tlre PLISQL
syntax,the characterset, understandingthe PL/SQL block structure,oracle transactions,locks,
cursors, error handling in PLlSQL, stored procedures:what are procedures,where do
proceduresreside,how oracle createa procedure,horv oracle execlttesprocedures,advantages
ofprocedures,syntaxfor creatingstoredprocedure,an applicationusing a procedure,deletinga
storedorocedure.
UNIT.V
Storedfunctions:what are functions,wheredo functionsreside,how oraclecratesa function,
how oracleexecutesa function,advantages o functions,syntaxfor creatinga storedfunction,
an applicationttsinga function,deletinga storedfrrnction.databasetriggers:introduction,use
ofdatabasetriggers,how to apply database triggers.
BOOKSIiECON4MENDED:
1. Ivan lSayross:OracleDeveloper2000BPB Pub.
2. Liebschuty:The oraclecook booli,BPB Pub.
3. MichaelAbbey& MichaelJ. Corey: OracleBeginners
guideTMH.
-46+ve''eu*-
Llacrrelor
of ComputerApplication (48)
SYLLABUS
B.Sc. (Honours)
CHEMISTRY/BIOCHEMISTRY
(Foundation Course)
For
Session
2018-19
2019-20
2020-21
Department of Chemistry
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
SESSION 2018-19
CLASS B.Sc. CHEMISTRY (HONS.)
SEMESTER I
PEPER H-I
TITLE OF THE PAPER Organic and Inorganic Chemistry
Max. 70
Phenols: Nomenclature, structure and bonding, Preparation of phenols, physical properties and acidic
character. Comparative acidic strengths of alcohols and phenols, resonance stabilization of phenoxide
ion. Reactions of phenols- electrophonic aromatic substitution, acylation and carboxylation.
Mechanisms of Fries rearrangement, Claisen rearrangement, Gaiterman synthesis, Hauoen-Hoesch
reaction. Lederer- Manasse reaction and Reimer, Tiemann reaction.
Nomenclature and structure of the carbonyl group. Synthesis of aldehydes and ketones with
particular reference to the synthesis of aldehydes from acid chlorides, synthesis of aldehydes and
ketone using 1,3-dithianes, synthesis of ketones from nitriles and from carboxylic acids. Physical
properties. Mechanism of nucleophilic additions to carbonyl group with particular emphasis on
benzoin, aldol, Perkin and Knoevengel condensations. Condensation with ammonia and its
derivatives. Wittig reaction, Mannich reaction, Use of acetais as protecting group. Oxidation of
aldehydes, Baeyer-Villiger oxixationol ketones. Cannizzaro’s reaction. Meerwine Pondorof Verlay,
Clemmensen, wolff-Kishner, LiAIH4 and NaBH4 reduction. Halogenation of enolizable ketones. An
introduction to α, β unsaturated aldehydes and ketones.
Noble Gases: Chemical properties of the noble gases, chemistry of xenon, structure and bonding in
xenon compounds.
Characteristic properties of d block elements. Properties of the elements of the first transition
series their Binary compounds such as Carbides, Oxides and Sulhphides.
Complexes: Complexes illustrating relative stability of their oxidation states, coordination number
and geometry.
Physical properties of solvent, types of solvents and their general characteristics, reactions in
non-aqueous solvents with reference to liquid NH3 and liquid SO2.
Acids and Bases: Arrhenius, Bronsted- Lowry, the Lux-Flood solvent system and Lewis concepts of
acids and bases.
SESSION 2018-19
CLASS B.Sc. CHEMISTRY (HONS.)
SEMESTER I
PEPER H-II
TITLE OF THE PAPER Elements of Biochemistry
Max. 70
Unit-I: Carbohydrates
Structure of protein amino acids, properties of amino acids and their synthesis of amino acids,
catabolism of amino acids. Proteins- The chemical structure of proteins, properties of proteins,
biological significance of proteins, mechanism of protein synthesis, Control of protein synthesis.
Natural fats, edible and industrial oils of vegetable origin, common fatty acids, glycerides,
hydrogenation of unsaturated oils. Saponification value, iodine value, acid value. Soaps, synthesis
detergents, alkyl and aryl sulphonates.
Nomenclature of benzene derivatives. The aryl group Aromatic nucleus and side chain
Structure of benzene molecular formula and Kekule structure. Stability and carbon-carbon bond
lengths of benzene, resonance structure. MO picture. Aromaticity the Huckel rule, aromatic ions.
Aromatic electrophilic substitution general pattern of the mechanism, role of (a and n complexes),
Mechanism of nitration, halogenation, sulphonation, mercuration and Friedel-Crafts reaction. Energy
profile diagrams. Activating and deactivating substituent’s, orientation and ortho/para ratio. Side
chain reactions of benezene derivatives. Birch reduction. Methods of formation and chemical
reactions of alkylbenzenes, alkynylbenzenes and biphenyl.
Unit-II: Alkenes
Chemical Kinetics-I Chemical kinetics and its scope, rate of a reaction, factors influencing the rate of
a reaction-concentration, temperature, pressure, solvent, light, catalyst concentration dependence of
rates, mathematical characteristics of simple chemical reactions-zero, order, pseudo order, half life
and mean life. Determination of the order of reaction differential method, method of integration,
method of half life period and isolation method.
Unit-V Colloidal State: Definition of colloids, classification of colloids. Solids in liquids (sols):
properties- Kinetic, optical and electrical; stability of colloids, protective action, Hardy-Schulz law,
gold number, Liquids in liquids (emulsions) types of emulsions, preparation. Emulsifier, Liquids in
solids (gels): classification, preparation and properties, inhibition, general applications of colloids.
Green chemistry Introduction to green chemistry what is green chemistry? need for green chemistry.
goals of green chemistry. Limitations/obstacles in the pursuit of the goals of green chemistry.
Examples of green synthesis/reactions. green synthesis of the following compounds: adipic acid,
catechol, BHT, methyl methacrylate, urethane, aromatic amines (4- aminodiphenylamine), benzyl
bromide, acetaldehyde, disodium iminodiacetate (alternative to strecker synthesis), citral, ibuprofen,
paracetamol, turtural. oxidation reagents and catalysts; biomimetic, multifunctional reagents;
combinatorial green chemistry; proliferation of solvent less reactions; on covalent derivatization;
green chemistry in sustainable development
SESSION 2018-19
CLASS B.Sc. CHEMISTRY (HONS.)
SEMESTER II
PEPER H-IV
TITLE OF THE PAPER Physical & Inorganic Chemistry
Max. 70
Mathematical Concepts: Logarithmic relations, (rules and types), use of log table and antilog table
in calculations, curves sketching, straight line and linear graphs, calculation of slopes, Differentiation
of functions like Kx, ex , x n , sinx, logx; multiplication and division in differentiation, maxima and
minima, partial differentiation and reciprocity relations. Integration of some useful/relevant functions;
Factorials, Probability.
Gaseous States and Molecular Velocities: Critical phenomenon : PV isotherms of ideal gases,
Andrew’s experiment, continuity of states, the isotherms of Vander Waals equations, relationship
between critical constants and Vander Waals constants, Root mean square, average and most probable
velocities. Qualitative discussion of the Maxwell’s distribution of molecular velocities, collision
numbers, mean free path and collision diameter.
Liquid State: Intermolecular forces, structure of Liquids (a qualitative description) Liquid crystals:
Difference between liquid crystal, solid and liquid. Classification, structure of nematic and cholestric
phases. Thermography and seven segment cell.
Definition, periodicity of elements long form of periodic table. Detailed discussion of the
following properties of the elements, with reference to s & p- block. (a) Effective nuclear charge,
shielding or screening effect, Slater rules, variation of effective nuclear charge in periodic table.(b)
Atomic radii (van der Waals), factors affecting Atomic radii; (c) Ionic radii; (d) Covalent radii; (e)
Ionization enthalpy/Ionization potential, factors affecting ionization energy; (f) Electron gain enthalpy
(Electron affinity), factors affecting electron gain enthalpy, trends of Electron gain enthalpy (Electron
affinity) in periodic table. (g) Electronegativity, trends of Electronegativity in periodic table,
Pauling’s/ Mulliken’s and Mulliken-Jaffe’s electronegativity scales. Hund’s rules, Afabau rule and
pauli’s exclusion law.
Chemical Bonding: Covalent bonding as applied to valence bond theory and its limitations,
directional characteristic of covalent bond. Hybridization and shapes of simple molecules and ions,
Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion (VSEPR) theory to NH3, SF4, CIF3, ICI2, H2O.
SESSION 2019-20
CLASS B.Sc. CHEMISTRY (HONS.)
SEMESTER III
PEPER H-V
TITLE OF THE PAPER Organic & Inorganic Chemistry
Max. 70
Hybridizations, Bond length, and bond angles, bond energy; Localized and delocalized
chemical bond, vander Waal's interaction, inclosing compound, clatherates, charge transfer complex .
resonance, hyper conjugation. Aromaticity, inductive and field effect hydrogen bonding
Mechanism of Organic reaction: Curved arrow notation . drawing electron movement with arrows
half headed and double headed arrow homolytic and hetrolytic bond breaking
Types of Reagents: Electrophiles and nuclophiles. Types of organic reaction. Energy consideration,
Reactive intermediates carbocations, carbanions, free radicals Methods of determination of reaction
mechanism .
Definition of space lattice Unit cell Laws of crystallography –(i) Law of constancy of
interfacial angles (ii) law of rationality of indices (iii) law of symmetry .Symmetry elements in
crystals. X-ray diffraction by crystal Derivation of Bragg's equation Determination of crystals
structure of NaCl ,KCl and CsCl (Laue's methods and powder methods.) Catalysis characteristics of
catalyzed reaction classification of catalysis miscellaneous Example.
SESSION 2019-20
CLASS B.Sc. CHEMISTRY (HONS.)
SEMESTER III
PEPER H-VI
TITLE OF THE PAPER Advanced Chemistry-I
Max. 70
Infrared (IR) absorption spectroscopy: Molecular vibrations Hooke’s law, selection rules, intensity
an deposition of IR bands, measurement of IR spectrum, fingerprint region, characteristic absorptions
of various functional groups and interpretation of IR spectra of simple organic compounds.
Unit-II: Thermodynamics-I
Definition of thermodynamic terms: system, surrounding etc. Types of systems, intensive and
extensive properties. State and path functions and their differentials. Thermodynamic process.
Concept of heat and work.
First law of Thermodynamics: Statement, definition of internal energy and enthalpy. Heat capacity,
heat capacities at constant volume and pressure and their relationship. Joule’s law Joule-Thomson
coefficient and inversion temperature. Calculation of W, q. dU and dH for the expansion of ideals
gases under isothermal and adiabatic conditions for reversible process.
Thermochemistry: Standard state, standard enthalpy of formation- Hess’s Law of heat summation
and its applications. Heat of reaction at constant pressure and at constant volume Enthalpy of
neutralization. Bond dissociation energy and its calculation from thermo-chemical data, temperature
dependence of enthalpy. Kirchoffs equation.
Second Law of Thermodynamics: need for the law, different statements of the law, Carnot cycle and
its efficiency, Cannot theorem. Thermodynamic scale of temperature.
Concept of entropy: Entropy as a state function, entropy as a function of V&T, entropy as a function
of P&T, entropy change in physical change, Clausius inequality, entropy as a criteria of spontaneity
and equilibrium, Entropy change in ideal gases and mixing of gases. Third Law of thermodynamics:
Nernst heat theorem, statement and concept of residual entropy, evaluation of absolute entropy from
heat capacity data.
Thermodynamics-III: Gibbs and Helmholtz functions: Gibbs function (G) and Helmholtz function
(A) as thermodynamic quantities, A & G as criteria for thermodynamic equilibrium and spontaneity,
their advantage over entropy change. Variation of G and A with P.V and T.
Chemical Equilibrium: Equilibrium constant and free energy. Thermodynamic derivation of law of
mass action. Le Chateliers principle. Reaction isotherm and reaction isochors- Clapeyron equation
and Clausius- Clapeyron equation applications.
Unit-IV: Chemistry of Lanthanide Elements:
Electronic structure, oxidation states and ionic radii and lanthanide contraction, complex
formation, occurrence and isolation of lanthanide compounds.
Chemistry of Actinides: General features and chemistry of actinides, chemistry of separation of Np,
Pu, and Am from U, similarities between the later actinides and the later lanthanides.
Unit-I: Electrochemistry-I
Electrical Transport: Conduction in metals and in electrolyte solutions, specific conductance and
equivalent conductance, measurement of equivalent conductance, variation of equivalent and specific
conductance with dilution. Migration of ions and Kohlrausch law, Arrhenius theory of electrolyte
dissociation and its limitations, weak and strong electrolytes, Ostwald’s dilution law its uses and
limitations.
Unit-II: Electrochemistry-II
Concentration cells with and without transport, liquid junction potential, application of conc
cells, valency of ions, solubility product and activity coefficient, potentiometric titaration. Definition
of pH and pK, determination of pH using hydrogen, quinhydrone and glass electrodes by
potentiometric method. Buffers- Mechanism of buffer action, Handerson Hazel equation, hydrolysis
of salts.
Werner’s coordination theory and its experimental verification, effective atomic number
concept, chelates, nomenclature of coordination compounds, isomerism in coordination compounds,
valence bond theory of transition.
Transition Elements-II: Comparative treatment of elements of second and third transition series
magnetic behavior, spectral properties and stereochemistry.
Nomenclature, structure and bonding, physical properties, acidity of carboxylic acids, effects
of substituent’s on acid strength. Preparation of carboxylic acids. Reactions of carboxylic acids. Hell-
Volhard-Zelinsky reaction. Synthesis of acid chlorides, esters and amides. Reduction of carboxylic
acids. Mechanism of decarboxylation, methods of formation and chemical reactions of unsaturated
monocarboxylic acids. Dicarboxylic acids: methods of formation and effect of heat and dehydrating
agents, haloacids, hydroxyl acids-Malic, tartaric & citric acid.
Carboxylic Acid Derivatives: Structure and nomenclature of acid chlorides, esters, amides (urea)
and acid anhydrides. Relative stability of acyl derivatives. Physical properties, inter conversion of
acid derivatives by nucleophilic acyl substitution. Preparation of carboxylic acid derivatives, chemical
reactions, Mechanisms of esterification and hydrolysis (acidic and basic).
SESSION 2019-20
CLASS B.Sc. CHEMISTRY (HONS.)
SEMESTER IV
PEPER H-VIII
TITLE OF THE PAPER Industrial Chemistry
Max. 70
Manufacture of pulp, sulfate pulp, rag pulp, benting, refining, flling, sizing & colouring
manufacture of paper, calendaring ecological problems of Indian pulp & paper industry.
Unit-IV: Fertilizers
Unit-V: Soap and Detergents, Fats, Oil & Wax Soap and Detergents
Soap- manufacture, toilet and transparent soap, metal soap, cleaning action of soap. Principal
group of synthetic detergent, classification of surface active agents, cationic detergents, non ionic
detergents, amphoteric detergents, containing enzymes, eco friendly detergent. Manufacture of
shampoos. Fat, Oil & Wax properties, Classification, Analysis, Manufacture and Refining of
vegetable oils, animal and mineral oil, hydrocarbon oil, essential oil, oils as emollients, some common
wax, solubility of wax, synthetic fat, oil and wax, manufacture of candel hydrogenation of oil.
SESSION 2020-21
CLASS B.Sc. CHEMISTRY (HONS.)
SEMESTER V
PEPER H-IX
TITLE OF THE PAPER Complex and Polymer Chemistry
Max. 70
Limitation of valence bond theory, an elementary idea of crystal field theory, crystal field
splitting in octahedral, tetrahedral and square planner complexes, factors affecting the crystal field
parameters.
A brief outline of Thermodynamic stability of metal complexes and factors affecting the
stability, substitution reaction of square planner complexes Magnetic properties of transition metal
complexes Types of magnetic behaviour, Methods of determining magnetic susceptibility, spin (only
formula) LS coupling, correlation of μs ( spin only) and μ effective values. Orbital contribution to
magnetic moments, application of magnetic moment data for 3d metal complexes.
Types of electronic transition, selection rules for d-d transition, spectroscopic ground states,
spectrochemical series, Orgel energy level diagram for d1-d9 states, discussion of the electronic
spectrum of [Ti(H2O)σ]3+
Addition or chain- growth polymerization. Free radical vinyl polymerization. Ionic vinyl
polymerization. Ziegler-Natta polymerization and vinyl polymers. Condensation or step growth
polymerization. Polyesters, polyamides, phenol formaldehyde resins, urea formaldehyde resins, epoxy
resins and polyurethanes. Natural and synthetic rubbers.
Unit V: Photochemistry
Interaction of radiation with matter, difference between thermal and photochemical processes.
Laws of Photochemistry: Grothus-Draper law, Stark-Einstein law, Jablonski diagram depicting
various processes occurring in the excited state, qualitative description of fluorescence,
phosphorescence, non- radiative processes ( internal conversion, intersystem crossing ) quantum yield
photosensitized reaction- energy transfer processes (simple examples).
SESSION 2020-21
CLASS B.Sc. CHEMISTRY (HONS.)
SEMESTER V
PEPER H-X
TITLE OF THE PAPER Spectroscopy and Organometallic Chemistry
Max. 70
Structure elucidation- Problems pertaining to the structure elucidation of simple organic compounds
using UV, IR and PMR spectroscopic techniques.
Rotational spectrum :Diatomic molecules, Energy levels of a rigid rotor ( semi-classical principles),
selection rules spectral intensity, distribution using population distribution ( Maxwell-Boltzmann
distribution) determination of bond length, qualitative description of non- rigid rotor, isotope effect.
Vibrational.
Infrared spectrum: Energy levels of simple harmonic oscillator, selection rules, pure vibrational
spectrum, intensity, determination of force constant and qualitative relation of force constant and bond
energies, effect of an harmonic motion and isotope on the spectrum, idea of Vibrational frequencies of
different functional groups.
Raman spectrum: Concept of polarizability, pure rotation and pure vibrational Raman spectra of
diatomic molecules, selection rules.
Unit I: Voltammetry
Introduction, Principle and Types of Electrophoresis and factors affecting the rate of
electrophoresis, Free and Zonal electrophoresis, Paper electrophoresis, Gel electrophoresis, Immuno-
electrophoresis, Iso-electric focusing.
Unit V: Radioactivity
Microscopy: Principle of microscopy, types, compound light phase, contrast florescence microscope,
electron microscope and application.
SESSION 2020-21
CLASS B.Sc. CHEMISTRY (HONS.)
SEMESTER VI
PEPER H-XII
TITLE OF THE PAPER ENVIORNMENTAL CHEMISTRY
Max. 70
Unit I: Enviornment
Introduction, Composition of atmosphere, vertical temperature, heat budget of the earth
atmospheric system, vertical stability atmosphere. Biochemical cycles of C, N, P, S, & O,
Biodistribution of elements.
Unit V: Atmosphere
Chemical composition of atmosphere- particles, ions, radicals and their formation. Chemical
& photochemical reactions in atmosphere, smog formation. Oxides of N,C, S, O and their effects.
Air pollution: Pollution by chemicals, petroleum, minerals, chlorofluorocarbons. Green house effect,
acid rain, air pollution controls and their chemistry. Analytical methods for measuring air pollutants.
Continuous monitoring instruments.
SESSION 2020-21
CLASS B.Sc. CHEMISTRY (HONS.)
SEMESTER VI
PEPER H-XIII
TITLE OF THE PAPER Pharmaceutical Chemistry
Max. 70
Unit V: Chemotherapy
Unit – I
Unit – II
Algae – Occurrence, Structure, Classification Reproduction.
UNIT – III
(A) Morphology, Anatomy and different function of Flowering plants, Root, Stem, Leaves, Flower,
Fruit and seeds.
(B) Movement of water, food, Nutrients and exchange of gases, Plant and water, mineral nutrition.
Unit – IV
Unit – V
Unit – I
Morphology of Cell, Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Cell Structure, Plant Cell Vs Animal Cell,
Structure and Composition of Plant cell wall, Bacterial Cell wall and Plasma Membrane, Transport
across the Plasma membrane.
Unit - II
Unit – III
Cell Cycle, Cell division: Interphase, Mitosis, Meosis and its regulation, Ageing of cell, cell
death, cytoskeleton, cell adhesion, cell junctions, cell check point, cell cycle regulation.
Unit – IV
Unit – V
Unit – I
Genetic code: Basic features, Biological significance, various types of genes, Wobble
hypothesis. Organization of DNA and RNA in prokaryotes and in eukaryotes, Types of DNA & RNA.
Unit – II
Unit – III
Unit – IV
Unit – V
Unit– I
Unit – II
Models proposed for Enzymatic Reactions, Factors affecting the rate of enzyme catalyzed
reaction. Mechanism of action of enzymes: Lock & Key model, induced fit model, enzyme-substrate
model, active site, active site determination.
Unit – III
Acid-base catalysis of enzymes, Covalent catalysis, Metal ion catalysis, Serine Protease,
Ribonuclease, Chymotrypsin, Lysozyme, measurement of enzyme activity, Machalis Menten
equation, significance of Vmax and Km.
Unit – IV
Unit – V
Unit – I
Biological Oxidation: Oxidation, Reduction, Enzymes involved in oxidation-reduction,
Electron Transport Chain in detail. Basal Metabolic Rate & its affecting factors.
Unit – II
Digestion and absorption of carbohydrates, Concept of Carbohydrate Metabolism, Glycolysis
– aerobic & anaerobic Glycolysis, TCA cycle, Glycogen Metabolism.
Unit - III
Digestion, absorption and mobilization of Lipids, Transport of Fatty Acids, Role of Hormones
in Digestion and mobilization, Elementary idea of metabolism of Triglycerides, β-oxidation of Fatty
acids, Cholesterol, Ketone Bodies.
Unit – IV
Digestion, absorption and mobilization of Proteins and Amino Acids, Oxidation, Reduction,
Decarboxylation, deamination and transamination of amino acids, Concept of Glucogenic and
Ketogenic amino acids, Nitrogen excretion and Urea cycle.
Unit – V
Heam Metabolism – Source of Bilirubin, Transport of Bilirubin, Conjugation of Bilirubin,
Secretion and excretion of Bilirubin, Detoxication, xenobiotices metabolism.
SESSION 2018-19
CLASS B.Sc. CHEMISTRY (HONS.)
SEMESTER I
PEPER S-1
TITLE OF THE PAPER Matrices, Trigonometry, Calculus, Geometry
Max. 120
Unit I
Linear independence of row and column Matrices, row & column rank of matrix.
Equivalence of column and row rank. Eigen values eigen vectors. Characteristic equation of
matrix, Cayley Hamilton theorem and its use in finding inverse of matix, application of
matrix to a system of linear equation, solving the lineanior equation. Theorem on consistency
and inconsistency of a system of linear equations, solving the linear equations with three
unknowns.
Unit II
De-Moiver’s theorem and its application. Direct and inverse circular and hyperbolic
functions, logarithm of a complex quantity, expansion of trigonometrically function.
Unit III
Unit IV
Unit V
Unit I
Linear equation and equation reducible to the linear form , Exact differential equations. First
order higher degree equation for x,y,p Clairaut’s form and singular solutions. Geometrical meaning of
a differential equation, orthogonal trajectories, Linear differential equations with constant coefficients.
Unit II
Unit III
Scalar and vector product of three vectors, product of four vectors reciprocal vectors. Vector
differentiation. Gradient divergence and curl. Vector integration, Line, Surface and volume integrals.
Unit IV
Definition and basic properties of group ,subgroup,cyclic groups, simple properties. Coset
decomposition and related theorems. Lagrange’ theorem and Fermat’s theorem, Normal subgroup,
Quotient groups.
Unit V
Unit I
Unit II
Unit II
Chain rule of differentiability, mean value theorems and their geometrical interpretation,
Darboux’s intermediate, Value theorem for derivatives, Limit and continuity of function of two
variables.
Unit IV
Unit V
Velocities and Accelerations along radial and transverse direction and along tangential and
normal directions, Simple harmonic motion.
SESSION 2019-20
CLASS B.Sc. CHEMISTRY (HONS.)
SEMESTER IV
PEPER S-4
TITLE OF THE PAPER Partial and Advanced Differential Equation
Max. 120
Unit I
Partial differential equation of the first order, Lagrange’s solution, Some special types of
equations, Charpit’s general methods of solution
Unit II
Partial differential equation of the second and higher order, Classification of linear partial
differential equations of second order, Homogeneous and non homogeneous equations with constant
coefficient, Partial differential equations reducible to equations with constant coefficient.
Unit III
Unit IV
Series solution of differential equations, Power series methods, Bessel’s equations, Bessel’s
function and its properties.
Unit V
Recurrence and generating relations, Legendre’s equations, Legendre’s function and its
properties recurrence and generating relations, Orthgonality of functions, Sturm-liouville problem,
Orthgonality of eigen functions, Reality of eigen value.
SESSION 2020-21
CLASS B.Sc. CHEMISTRY (HONS.)
SEMESTER V
PEPER S-5
TITLE OF THE PAPER Linear Algebra, Real Analysis and Discrete Mathematics
Max. 120
Linear Algebra
Unit I
Definition of Vector Space and example, Vector subspace, Addition of vector space, linear
span, linear dependence and independence, Basis, finite dimensional vector space, existence and
extension theorem.
Unit II
Dimension of addition of vector space, quotient space and dimension, Isomorphism, Linear
transformation and matrix representation, algebra of linear transformation, rank and nullity the
theorem.
Real Analysis
Unit II
Unit IV :
Partial derivation and differentiability of real-valued functions of two variables, Schwarz and
Young’s theorem, Furiesr series of half and full intervals.
Discrete Mathematics
Unit V
Unit-I
1- Lora=rkiqdkjrh ¼dfork½ & t;'kadjizlkn
2- iq"i dh vfHkyk"kk ¼ dfork½ &ek[kuykyprqosZnh
3- okD; lajpukvkSj v'kqf);k¡ ¼ladfyr½
4- o.kZ&fopkj ¼Loj&O;atu] oxhZdj.k] mPPkkj.k LFkku½
Unit-II
1- ueddknjksxk ¼dgkuh½ &izsepan
2- ,d FksjktkHkkst ¼fuca/k½ &MkW- f=HkqouukFk 'kqDy
3- i;kZ;okph] foykse] ,dkFkhZ] vusdkFkhZ ,oa 'kCn;qXe 'kCn
¼ladfyr½
4- fojkefpUg& ¼ladfyr½] laf/k ¼ladfyr½
Unit-III
1- Hkxokucq) ¼fuca/k½ &LokehfoosdkuUn
2- yksdra= ,d /keZgS ¼fuca/k½ &MkW- loZiYYkhjk/kkd`".ku
3- ugha :dh gS unh &ghjkykyckNksfr;k
4- iYYkou
Unit-IV
1- vQlj ¼fuca/k½ & 'kjntks'kh
2- gekjh ¼lkaLd`frd ,drk ¼fuca/k½ &jke/kkjh flag fnudj
3- la{ksi.k ¼ladfyr½
4- lekl ¼ladfyr½
Unit-V
1- uSfrdewY; ifjp; ,oaoxhZdj.k ¼vkys[k½ &MkW- 'kf'kjk;
2- vkpj.k dh lH;rk ¼fuca/k½ &ljnkjiw.kZ flag
3- varKkZuvkSjuSfrd thou ¼ys[k½ &MkW- loZiYYkhjk/kkd`".ku
4- vIIknhiksHko ¼ys[k½ &Lokeh J)kuan
FC - 2
English Language
Unit – I
Unit – II
Unit – III
Unit – IV
Unit – V
Unit – I
Unit – II
Unit –III
Unit – IV
Financial management of project - Financial institution and their role, Capital estimation and
arrangement, Cost and price determination, Accounting management.
Unit – V
(a) Air, Water, Noise, Heat and Nuclear Pollution, Definition, causes, effects and prevention of
pollution.
(b) Population Growth, Disparities between countries.
(c) Population Explosion, Family Welfare Programme.
(d) Environment and human health.
(e) Cleanliness and disposal of domestic waste.
Physical Chemistry
(A) Any one Experiment 24 Marks
(i) Determination of melting point
(ii) Determination of boiling point
(iii) Weighing and preparation of solution
(B) Any one Experiment 24 Marks
(i) Determination of surface tension /percentage composition of
given liquid mixture using surface tension method.
(ii) Determination of viscosity/percentage composition of given liquid
mixture using viscosity method.
Inorganic Chemistry
24 Marks
(i)
Analysis of inorganic mixture containing five radicals with at
least on interfering radical
(ii) Determination of acetic acid in commercial vinegar using
NaOH
(iii) Redox titrations 24 Marks
(iv) Estimation of Hardness of water by EDTA.
Physical Chemistry 32 + 16 Marks
Viva-voce 26 Marks
Record 30 Marks
*Practical examination will be held at the end of IV SEM.
Department of Chemistry
A.P.S. University Rewa (M.P.)
(Academic Session 2020-21)
Subject – Chemistry
Paper – Practical
Max. Marks: 200 (100 + 100) – Time: 6 Hours
Inorganic Chemistry
(i) Gravimetric analysis: 24 Marks
Barium as Barium sulphate, Copper as cuprous-thiocynate.
(ii) Complex compound preparation
a. Potassium chlorochromate(IV)
b. Tetramine copper(II) sulphate monohydrate
c. Hexamminenickel(II)chloride 24 Marks
(iii) Effluent water analysis, Identification of cations and anions in
different samples .
(iv) Water analysis, to determine dissolved oxygen in water sample in
ppm.
Physical Chemistry 32 + 16 Marks
(i) To determine the velocity constant (Specific reaction rate) of
hydrolysis of methyl acetate/ethyl acetate catalyzed by hydrogen ions
at room temperature.
(ii) Determination of partition coefficient of iodine between carbon tetra
chloride and water.
(iii) Job’s method
(iv) pH- metric titrations, conductometric titrations.
Organic Chemistry (Any two) 48 Marks
1. Binary mixture analysis containing two solids:
Separation ,identification and preparation of derivatives
2. Preparation
(i) Acetylation, (ii) Benzolytion (iii) meta dinitro benzene
(iv) Picric acid
Viva-voce 26 Marks
Record 30 Marks
*Practical examination will be held at the end of VI SEM.
A.P.S. University Rewa (M.P.)
(Academic Session 2018-19)
Viva-voce 14 Marks
Record 16 Marks
*Practical examination will be held at the end of II SEM.
SESSION 2018-19
CLASS B.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY (HONS.)
SEMESTER I
PEPER H-I
TITLE OF THE PAPER Biochemistry
Max. 70
Introduction and biological importance of proteins. Amino Acids, types, Structures and
Physical and Chemical properties, Essential amino acids, acid-Base behavior, Zwitter ion,
Isoelectric pH, Colour, reactions of amino acids, Classification of Proteins, Peptide Bond,
Primary, secondary, tertiary and Quaternary Structures of Proteins, denaturation, renaturation.
Unit – V: Vitamins
Unit – I
Acid-Base concept, Lewis acids-bases, Bronsted Lowry theory, Hydrogen ion
concentration, Ionization, pH, Buffers, Biological buffers, Handerson-Haselbalch equation,
Measurement of pH, Water structure, Hydrogen bonding.
Unit-IV: Thermodynamics
Introduction, First law of thermodynamics, Internal energy, Enthalpy, Application.
Second law of thermodynamics, Entropy, Gibb’s Free energy, Spontaneity of reaction, Third law
of thermodynamics.
Unit – I: Centrifugation:
Introduction, Principle and Types of Electrophoresis and factors affecting the rate of
electrophoresis, Free and Zonal electrophoresis, Paper electrophoresis, Gel electrophoresis,
Immuno-electrophoresis, Iso-electric focusing.
Unit – V: Radioactivity
Rate expression, Order of a reaction, Units of rates and specific rate constants, Order of
reaction and effect of concentration, fast reaction, photochemical reaction mechanism, Graphical
representation of reaction.
Unit – II
s–block elements: comparative study of ns1 and ns2 blocks, diagonal relationship, salient
features of hydrides, salvation and complex formation tendencies.
p-block elements: comparative study of group 13-17 elements, compounds. Basic properties of
halogens and inert gas.
d-block elements: transition series and physical properties (stability, oxidation states, magnetic
and catalytic).
Unit – III
Electronic effects: Inductive Effect, Mesomeric Effect, resonance effect, Electrometric Effect
and Hyper conjugation. Nucleophiles and Electrophiles.
Reaction Intermediates: Carbonium ions, Carbanions, Free radicals and Carbenes Homolytic
and heterolytic cleavage.
Unit – IV
Reaction Mechanism: Alcohols (Acylation, dehydration, dehydrogenation, oxidation). Phenols
(Acylation, electrophilic aromatic displacement reaction).
Aldehydes and Ketones: Oxidation, Reduction, Aldol condensation, Canizaro reaction).
Carboxylic acid: Reaction for Amine and Aldehyde formation.
Unit – V
Identification of organic compounds by various methods: Extraction by solvents,
Purification of organic compound by crystallization and its types, Sublimation, Distillation and
its types, Kjeldahl’s method.
SESSION 2019-20
CLASS B.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY (HONS.)
SEMESTER III
PEPER H-5
TITLE OF THE PAPER Physiology
Max. 70
Unit – I: Blood
Composition and functions of Blood, Types of blood cells and their formation, Plasma
Proteins: Properties and functions, Coagulation of Blood, Hemoglobin, Transport of oxygen and
carbon dioxide.
Unit – V: Hormones
Unit – I
Genetic code: Basic features, biological significance, various types of genes, Wobble
hypothesis. Organization of DNA and RNA in prokaryotes - eukaryotes, Types of DNA & RNA.
Unit – II
Unit – III
Unit – IV
Unit – V
Unit– I
Unit – II
Models proposed for Enzymatic Reactions, Factors affecting the rate of enzyme catalyzed
reaction. Mechanism of action of enzymes: Lock & Key Model, Induced Fit Model, Enzyme-
substrate Model, enzyme activity measurement.
Unit – III
Acid-base catalysis of enzymes, Covalent catalysis, Metal ion catalysis, Serine Protease,
Ribonuclease, Chymotrypsin, Lysozyme.
Unit – IV
Unit – V
Unit – I
Unit – II
Linkage and Crossing over, Cytological basis of crossing over, molecular mechanism of
crossing over, Two factor and Three factor crosses, Chromosomal Mapping, Recombination,
Types and Mechanism of Recombination.
Unit – III
Unit – IV
Unit – V
Unit – I
Water and Electrolyte Balance and Imbalance, Dehydration, Water Intoxication, Acid-
Base Balance and Imbalance, Regulation of acid-base by respiration, Regulation of acid-base by
renal.
Unit – II
Functions of Liver, Liver Function Tests, Renal Function Tests: Glomerular Filtration
Tests, Tests for Renal Blood Flow, Tests of Tubular functions, Gastric Function Tests, Thyroid
Function Tests.
Unit – III
Unit – IV
Unit – V
Unit – I
Unit – II
Unit - III
Unit – IV
Unit – V
Natural fats, edible and industrial oils of vegetable origin, common fatty acids,
glycerides, purification of oils and refineries, halogenations of unsaturated oils, saponification
value, iodine value, acid value, soaps and synthetic detergents.
Introduction, Types of pulping, manufacturing of pulp, sulphate or craft pulp, soda pulp,
sulphite pulp, rag pulp, beating, refining, filling, sizing and colouring. Peroxide bleaching and its
chemistry, resin synthesis, Importance of bleaching, Manufacture of paper, calendaring and uses,
Paper industry in India.
Unit – II
Dosage form consideration in preformulation, solid dosage form, solution formulations,
emulsion, suspension, freeze dried products and its regulatory considerations, drug design phase,
solubility analysis, dissolution and permeation, characterization scheme, stability tastings, order
of reaction, antioxidants, chelating agents, impurity, GMP related to bulk drugs and APIs,
Quality control of drug.
Unit – III
Mechanism of action of a drug, Drug Receptors, Dose response relationship, Adverse
drug reactions (ADR), Manifestations of ADR, Factors affecting the drug effect.
Unit – IV
Drugs in GIT: Digestants, Antiflatulants, Appetite suppressants, Hypolipidaemic agents.
Emetics, drug therapy of vomiting, Vertigo and Diarrhea, Pharmacotherapy of constipation.
Sedatives, Hypnotics, Antipyretic and analgesic drugs, NSAIDS, Pharmacology of cough,
Hypertension and Heart failure.
Unit – V: Chemotherapy
General principles of chemotherapy of infections, Chemotherapy of UTI, Chemotherapy
of Malaria, Chemotherapy of Tuberculosis, Chemotherapy of viral infections, Antiseptics,
disinfectants and insecticides.
SESSION 2020-21
CLASS B.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY (HONS.)
SEMESTER VI
PEPER H-13
TITLE OF THE PAPER Food & Nutrition
Max. 70
Unit – I
Concept of food and Nutriotion, Balanced Diet, Daily, Recommended Diet for adults,
women and children, Nutritional aspects of carbohydrates, fats and proteins, Daily Requirement
of Vitamins and Minerals.
Unit – II
Energy Measurement, Calorific Value of Food, Respiratory Quotient, SDA & BMR
Factors affecting SDA. Preparation of diet chart, WHO diet recommendation
Unit – III
Diet in Pregnancy & Lactation, Diet in Diabetes Mellitus, Diet in Fevers and Infections,
Diet in G.I. Disorders (Diarrhoea, constipation, peptic ulcer)
Unit- IV
Unit- V
Unit – II
UNIT – III
(A). Morphology, Anatomy and different function of Flowering plants, Root, Stem, Leaves,
Flower, Fruit and seeds.
(B). Movement of water, food, Nutrients and exchange of gases, Plant and water, mineral
nutrition.
Unit – V
Unit – I: Invertebrates
General introduction to Ethology, Innate and Learned behavior (Instinct, Imprinting and
motivation), Social Behaviour (Insect and Primates), Neural and Hormonal control of behaviour.
Biological Clocks (Circadian and Circanual Rhythm), Communication, Perception of
environment (Audio and Visual). Aquaculture (Prawn & Fish), Lac culture, Sericulture,
Apiculture.
SESSION 2019-20
CLASS B.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY (Subs.)
SEMESTER III
PEPER S-3
TITLE OF THE PAPER Cell Biology
Max. 70
Unit – I
Morphology of Cell, Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Cell, Plant Cell Vs Animal Cell,
Structure and Composition of Plant cell wall, Bacterial Cell wall and Plasma Membrane,
Transport across the Plasma membrane.
Unit - II
Unit - III
Cell Cycle, Cell division: Interphase, Mitosis, Meosis and its regulation, Ageing of cell,
Cell death, Cytoskeleton, Cell adhesion, Cell junctions.
Unit – IV
Unit – V
Unit – I
Introduction to Microorganisms, Classification of Bacteria, Occurrence, Morphology,
Locomotion and Structural organization, Gram +ve and –ve bacteria, Reproduction in bacteria.
Unit – II
Industrial uses of Bacteria and Yeasts, Bioengineering, and Bioprocessing: Food spoilage
and preservation, Food born infection and diseases, Disposal of domestic and industrial wastes,
Biochemistry of active compounds of microorganism.
Unit – V
Unit – I
Types of Immunity, Innate, Acquired Immunity, Passive and active Immunity, Cellular
and Humoral Immunity. Cells and organs involved in Immune response.
Unit - IV
Unit - V
Unit-I
1- Lora=rkiqdkjrh ¼dfork½ & t;'kadjizlkn
2- iq"i dh vfHkyk"kk ¼ dfork½ &ek[kuykyprqosZnh
3- okD; lajpukvkSj v'kqf);k¡ ¼ladfyr½
4- o.kZ&fopkj ¼Loj&O;atu] oxhZdj.k] mPPkkj.k LFkku½
Unit-II
1- ueddknjksxk ¼dgkuh½ &izsepan
2- ,d FksjktkHkkst ¼fuca/k½ &MkW- f=HkqouukFk 'kqDy
3- i;kZ;okph] foykse] ,dkFkhZ] vusdkFkhZ ,oa 'kCn;qXe 'kCn
¼ladfyr½
4- fojkefpUg& ¼ladfyr½] laf/k ¼ladfyr½
Unit-III
1- Hkxokucq) ¼fuca/k½ &LokehfoosdkuUn
2- yksdra= ,d /keZgS ¼fuca/k½ &MkW- loZiYYkhjk/kkd`".ku
3- ugha :dh gS unh &ghjkykyckNksfr;k
4- iYYkou
Unit-IV
1- vQlj ¼fuca/k½ & 'kjntks'kh
2- gekjh ¼lkaLd`frd ,drk ¼fuca/k½ &jke/kkjh flag fnudj
3- la{ksi.k ¼ladfyr½
4- lekl ¼ladfyr½
Unit-V
1- uSfrdewY; ifjp; ,oaoxhZdj.k ¼vkys[k½ &MkW- 'kf'kjk;
2- vkpj.k dh lH;rk ¼fuca/k½ &ljnkjiw.kZ flag
3- varKkZuvkSjuSfrd thou ¼ys[k½ &MkW- loZiYYkhjk/kkd`".ku
4- vIIknhiksHko ¼ys[k½ &Lokeh J)kuan
FC - 2
English Language
Unit – I
Unit – II
Basic Language Skills: Vocabulary, Synonyms, Antonyms, Word Formation, Prefixes, Suffixes.
Unit – III
Unit – IV
Unit – V
Unit – I
Unit – II
Project Proposal -Need and objects, Nature of organization, Production Management, Financial
Management, Marketing Management, Consumer Management.
Unit –III
Unit – IV
Financial management of project - Financial institution and their role, Capital estimation and
arrangement, Cost and price determination, Accounting management.
Unit – V
(a) Air, Water, Noise, Heat and Nuclear Pollution, Definition, causes, effects and prevention of
pollution.
(b) Population Growth, Disparities between countries.
(c) Population Explosion, Family Welfare Programme.
(d) Environment and human health.
(e) Cleanliness and disposal of domestic waste.
Department of Chemistry
A.P.S. University Rewa (M.P.)
(Academic Session 2018-19)
Physical Chemistry
(A) Any one Experiment 24 Marks
(i) Determination of melting point
(ii) Determination of boiling point
(iii) Weighing and preparation of solution
(B) Any one Experiment 24 Marks
(i) Determination of surface tension /percentage composition of
given liquid mixture using surface tension method.
(ii) Determination of viscosity/percentage composition of given liquid
mixture using viscosity method.
Viva-voce 14 Marks
Record 16 Marks
*Practical examination will be held at the end of II SEM.
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
COURSE STRUCTURE
for
M.Sc. (Chemistry)
Four Semesters (Two Year)
Programme
Based on
The following outcome reflects the terminal skills that all Master Post Graduates should be able to
demonstrate program completion.
PO1: The chemistry course is designed to give core knowledge with the skills to critically assess and solve
problems, related to chemical science.
PO2: The different papers sub-discipline such as organic, inorganic, physical and analytical chemistry give detail
knowledge and applications in respective specialization.
PO3: The Masters students will have working knowledge of chemical instrumentation and laboratory techniques.
PO4: The training will the help students to design and conduct independent work in industry or academia.
❖ Understanding of fundamental and advanced concepts of Quantum Chemistry and coordination chemistry.
❖ Knowledge of fundamentals of inorganic spectroscopy, their interpretation and their applications.
❖ Study of various chemical reagents and their role in inorganic synthesis and inorganic analysis.
PSO2
PSO3
PSO4
❖ Basic understanding of analytical chemistry.
❖ Knowledge of volumetric methods of analysis and gravimetric analysis.
❖ Study of spectro-analytical techniques and their applications to various chemical systems.
M.Sc. CHEMISTRY
(FOUR SEMESTER COURSE)
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
(CBCS Syllabus)
(Effective from 2020-21)
SEMESTER −I
*Virtual Credit
1 Strictly for the students without Mathematics in B.Sc.
2 Strictly for the students without Biology in B.Sc.
SEMESTER −II
SEMESTER− III
Paper Course No. Course Credit Marks
Paper−I MCH-501 Application of Spectroscopy 4 100(60+40)
Paper−II MCH-502 Photochemistry 4 100(60+40)
Discipline Elective (any one)
MCH-503 Analytical Chemistry 4 100(60+40)
Paper−III MCH-504 Heterocyclic Chemistry
MCH-505 Electrochemistry
Generic Elective (any one)
Paper−IV MCH-506 Industrial Chemistry 4 100(60+40)
MCH-507 Medicinal Chemistry
Practical Inorganic + Organic + Physical (2+2+2) 6 50+50+50
Comprehensive viva voce 4* 100
*Virtual Credit
SEMESTER− IV
SEMESTER −I
Paper-I
MCH-401: INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-I
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To make the student conversant with
• The basic concept of Molecular Symmetry and Group Theory
• Stereochemistry and bonding in main group compounds
• Metal ligand equilibrium in solution
• Reaction mechanism of transition metal complexes
• Metal ligand bonding
Unit-I
Molecular Symmetry and Group Theory
Symmetry elements and symmetry operations, definition of group, subgroup and classes in a group.
Conjugacy relation and classes. Point symmetry group. Schonfilies symbols, representations of groups by
matrices (representation for the Cn, Cnv, Cnh, Dnh group to be worked out explicity). Character of a
representation. The great orthogonality theorem (without proof) and its importance. Character tables and
their use. Reducible representations and their reduction spectroscopy. Derivation of character table for C2v
and C3v point group Symmetry aspects of molecular vibrations of H2O molecule.
Unit-II
Stereochemistry and Bonding in Main Group Compounds
VSEPR, Walsh diagram (triatomic and penta-atomic molecules), dπ-pπ bond, Bent rule and Short comings of
VSEPR model, energetics of hybridization, some simple reactions of covalently bonded molecules.
Unit-III
Metal-Ligand Equilibrium in Solution
Stepwise and overall formation constants and their interaction, trends in stepwise constant, factors affecting
the stability of metal complexes with reference to the nature of metal ion and ligand. Chelate effect and its
thermodynamic origin, determination of binary formation constants by potentiometry and
spectrophotometry.
Unit-IV
Reaction Mechanism of Transition Metal Complexes
Energy profile of a reaction, reactivity of metal complex, inert and labile complexes, kinetic application of
valence bond and crystal field theories, kinetics of octahedral substitution, acid hydrolysis, factors affecting
acid hydrolysis, base hydrolysis, conjugate base mechanism, direct and indirect evidences in favour of
conjugate mechanism, anion reactions, reactions without metal ligand bond cleavage. Substitution reactions
in square planar complexes, the trans effect, mechanism of the substitution reaction. Redox reaction, electron
transfer reactions, mechanism of one electron transfer reactions, outer sphere type reactions, cross reactions
and Marcus-Hush theory, inner sphere type reactions.
Unit-V
Metal-Ligand bonding
Limitation of crystal field theory, molecular orbital theory for bonding in octahedral, tetrahedral and square
planar complexes, π-bonding and molecular orbital theory. John-Teller effect, Electronic spectra and
transition metal complexes, spectroscopic term and microstates for the p2 and d2 configurations.
Books Suggested
1. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, F.A. Cotton and Wilkinson, John Wiley.
2. Inorganic Chemistry, J.E. Huhey, Harpes & Row.
3. Chemistry of the Elements. N.N. Greenwood and A. Earnshow, Pergamon.
4. Inorganic Electronic Spectroscopy, A.B.P. Lever, Elsevier.
5. Magnetiochemistry, R.L. Carlin, Springer Verlag.
6. Comprehensive Coordiantion Chemistry eds., G. Wilkinson, R.D. Gillars and J.A. Mc
Cleverty,Pergamon.
7. J.E. House, Inorganic Chemistry, Elsevier, 2008.
8. D.K. Sriver, P.W. Alkins and C.H. Langford, Inorganic Chemistry, Oxford University,
Pra 51, Oxford, 1994.
COURSE OUTCOMES
The students will be able to
• know the Symmetry elements and symmetry operations covers a wide area of research in
theoretical chemistry.
• know the shape of the molecules and their point groups
• Demonstrate and understanding of VSEPR theory
• evaluate the stability of metal ligand complexes
• Get knowledge about reaction mechanism and metal ligand bonding
SEMESTER−I
Paper-II
MCH-402: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-I
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To make the student learn about the
• Concepts of aromaticity
• The basic concepts in stereochemistry
• To understand principles of organic reaction mechanism, substitution, elimination, homo-
and hetero bond addition reactions.
Unit-I
Nature and Bonding in Organic Molecules
Delocalized chemical bonding-conjugation, cross conjugation, resonance hyperconjugation, bonding in
fullerences, tautomerism. Aromaticity in benzenoid and non-benzoid compounds, alternate and non-
alternate hydrocarbons. Huckel’s rule, energy. Level of π-molecular orbitals, annulenes, anti-aromaticity,
homo-aromaticity, PMO approach. Bonds weaker than covalent-addition compounds, crown ether complexs
and cryptands, inclusion compounds, catenanes and rotaxanes.
Unit-II
Stereochemistry
Strain due to unavoidable crowding Elements of symmetry, chirality, molecules with more than one chiral
center, threo and ertythro isomers, methods of resolution, optical purity, enantiotopic and diastereotopic
atoms, groups and faces, stereospecific and stereoselective synthesis, Asymmetric synthesis. Optical activity
in the absence of chiral carbon (biphenyls, allenes and spirane chirallity due to helical shape. Stereochemistry
of the compounds containing nitrogen, sulphur and phosphorus.
Unit-III
Conformational analysis and linear free energy relationship
Conformational analysis of cycloalkanes, decalines, effect of conformation on reactivity, conformation of
sugars. Generation, structure, stability and reactivity of carbocations, carbanions, free radicals, carbenes and
nitrenes. The Hammett equation and linear free energy relationship, substituents and reaction constants,
Taft equation.
Unit-IV
Reaction Mechanism : Structure and Reactivity
Type of mechanisms, types of reactions, thermodynamic and kinetic requirements, kinetic and
thermodynamic control, Hammond’s postulate, Curtir-Hammett principle. Potential energy diagrams,
transition states and intermediates, methods of determining mechanisms, isotopes effects.
Unit-V
Aliphatic Nucleophilic Substitution
The SN2, SN1 mixed SN1 and SN2 and SET mechanism. The neighboring group mechanism, neighboring group
participation by p and s bonds, anchimeric assistance. Classical and nonclassical carbocations, phenomium
ions, norborynl systems, common carbocation rearrangements. Application of NMR spectroscopy in the
detection of carbocations. The SN1 mechanism. Nucleophilic substitution at an allylic, aliphatic trigonal and
a vinylic carbon. Reactivity effects of substrate structure, attacking nucleophile, leaving group and reaction
medium, phase transfer catalysis and ultrasound, ambident nucleophile, regioselectivity.
Books Suggested
1. Advanced Organic Chemistry-Reactions, Mechanism and Structure, Jerry March, John Wiley.
2. Advanced Organic Chemistry, F.A. Carey and R.J. Sunderg, Plenum.
3. A Guide Book to Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, Peter Sykes, Longman.
4. Structure and Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, C.K. Ingold, Comell University Press.
5. Organic Chemistry, R.T. Morrison and R.N. Boyd, Prentice-Hall.
6. Modern Organic Reactions, H.O. House, Benjamin.
7. Principles of Organic Synthesis, R.O.C. Norman and J.M. Coxon, Blackie Academic & Professionsl.
8. Reaction Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, S.M. Mukherji and S.P. Singh, Macmillan.
9. Pericyclic Reactions, S.M. Mukherji, Macmillan, India
10. Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds, D.Nasipuri, New Age International.
11. Stereochemisty of Organic Compounds, P.S. Kalsi, New Age International.
12. Spectroscopic methods in Organic Chemistry, D.H. Williams, I. Fleming, Tata McGraw-Hill.
13. Application of Spectroscopy of Organic Compounds, J.R. Dyer, Prentice Hall.
14. Organic Chemistry, J. McMurry, Thomson Asia.
15. Organic Chemistry, W. Kemp, ELBS, Macmillan.
COURSE OUTCOMES
The students will be able to
• Acquire the skills for correct stereo-chemical assignment and interpretation in rather simple
organic molecules.
• Understanding of Organic reaction, rearrangement and cross-coupling reaction with their
mechanism and application.
SEMESTER −I
Paper-III
MCH-403: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-I
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To make the student conversant with
• The objective of the course is to know the application of quantum mechanics in physical models
and experiments of chemical systems. The student will be able to calculate the Energy of the
system including EHOMO, ELUMO and bond order.
• The main objective of the course is to provide fundamental concepts of thermodynamics
effects and relationships. The course is to give knowledge of comprehensive and rigorous
treatment of classical thermodynamics, thermodynamics relations. Explain the concept of
partial molar properties fugacity and activity.
Unit-I
Introduction to Exact Quantum Mechanical Results
Schrödinger equation and the postulates of quantum mechanics. Discussion of solutions of the Schrödinger
equation to some model systems viz., particle in a box, the harmonic oscillator, the rigid rotor, the hydrogen
atom and helium atom.
Unit-II
Approximate Methods
The variation theorem, linear variation principle. Perturbation theory (First order and nondegenerate).
Applications of variation method and perturbation theory to the Helium atom.
Molecular Orbital Theory
Huckel theory of conjugated systems bond and charge density calculations. Applications to ethylene,
butadiene, cyclopropenyl radical cyclobutadiene etc. Introduction to extended Huckel theory.
Unit-III
Angular Momentum
Ordinary angular momentum, generalized angular momentum, eigenfucntions for angular momentum,
eigenvalues of angular momentum operator using ladder operators addition of angular momenta, spin,
antisymmetry and Pauli exclusion principle.
Unit-IV
Classical Thermodynamics
Brief resume of concepts of laws of thermodynamics, free energy, chemical potential and entropies. Partial
molar free energy, partial molar volume and partial molar heat content and their significance.
Determinations of these quantities. Concept of fugacity and determination of fugacity. Non-ideal systems :
Excess function s for non-ideal solutions. Activity, activity coefficient, Debye Huckel theory for activity
coefficient fo electrolytic solutions; determination of activity and activity coefficients; ionic strength.
Application of phase rule to three component systems; second order phase transitions.
Unit-V
Statistical Thermodynamics
Concept of distribution, thermodynamic probability and most probable distribution. Ensemble averaging,
postulates of ensemble averaging. Canonical, grand canonical and micro-canonical ensembles,
corresponding distribution laws (using Lagrange’s method of undetermined multipliers). Partition
functions-translation, rotational, vibrational and electronic partition functions, Calculation of
thermodynamic properties in terms of partition. Application of partition functions. Fermi-Dirac Statistics,
distribution law and applications to metal. Bose-Einstein statistics distribution Law and application to
helium.
Books Suggested
1. Physical Chemistry, P.W. Atkins, ELBS.
2. Introduction to Quantum Chemistyry, A.K. Chandra, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
3. Quantum Chemistry, Ira N. Levine, Prentice Hall.
4. Coulson’s Valence, R.Mc Ween y, ELBS.
5. Chemical Kinetics. K.J. Laidler, McGraw-Hill.
6. Kinetics and Mechanism of Chemical Transformation J.Rajaraman and J. Kuriacose, Mc Millan.
7. Micelles, Theoretical and Applied Aspects, V. MOraoi, Plenum.
8. Modern Electrochemistry Vol. 1 and Vol II J.O.M. Bockris and A.K.N. Reddy, Planum.
9. Introduction to Polymer Science, V.R. Gowarikar, N.V. Vishwanathan and J. Sridhar, Wiley Eastern.
10. Introduction to Quantum Chemistry-R.K. Prasad, New Age Publication.
11. Thermodynamics for students of Chemistry, Shobanlal Nagin Chand Co. 1986.
COURSE OUTCOMES
• Students will be able to grasp fundamental concepts of operators, algebra of operators and
quantum mechanical and Schrodinger wave equations for single and multi electron systems.
• Students will be able to grasp fundamental concepts of operators, algebra of operators and
quantum mechanical and Schrodinger wave equations for single and multi electron systems.
• The student will be able to perform energy calculation for conjugated hydrocarbon systems.
• Students will also understand various thermodynamic relationship, the concept of free
energy and partial molar quantities, activity and activity coefficients and determination.
SEMESTER− I
Paper-IV
MCH-404: (a) MATHEMATICS FOR CHEMISTS
(For students without Mathematics in B.Sc.)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The objective of the course is to know the basics of the mathematics which are generally
applied in chemistry viz., vectors and matrix algebra, differential and integral calculus, permutation
and probability
Unit-I
Vectors
Vectors, dot, cross and triple products etc. gradient, divergence and curl, Vector Calculus.
Matrix Algebra
Addition and multiplication; inverse, adjoint and transpose of matrices.
Unit-II
Differential Calculus
Functions, continuity and differentiability, rules for differentiation, applications of differential calculus
including maxima and minima (examples related to maximally populated rotational energy levels, Bohr’s
radius and most probable velocity from Maxwell’s distribution etc.).
Unit-III
Integral calculus
Basic rules for integration, integration by parts, partial fractions and substitution. Reduction formulae,
applications of integral calculus. Functions of several variables, partial differentiation, co-ordinate
transformations (e.g. Cartesian to spherical polar).
Unit-IV
Elementary Differential equations
First-order and first degree differential equations, homogenous, exact and linear equations. Applications to
chemical kinetics, secular equilibria, quantum chemistry etc. second order differential equation and their
solutions.
Unit-V
Permutation and Probability
Permutations and combinations, probability and probability theorems average, variance root means square
deviation examples from the kinetic theory of gases etc., fitting (including least squares fit etc with a general
polynomial fit.
Books Suggested
1. The chemistry Mathematics Book, E.Steiner, Oxford University Press.
2. Mathematics for chemistry, Doggett and Suiclific, Logman.
3. Mathematical for Physical chemistry : F. Daniels, Mc. Graw Hill.
4. Chemical Mathematics D.M. Hirst, Longman.
5. Applied Mathematics for Physical Chemistry, J.R. Barante, Prentice Hall.
6. Basic Mathematics for Chemists, Tebbutt, Wiley.
7. Mathematics for Chemists, Bhupendra Singh, Pragati Prakashan.
8. Defferential Calulus/Integral Calculus, Dr. G. Prasad, Ppthishala Pvt. Ltd.
9. A Course in Vectors and their Applications: R. S. Mishra, Prakashan Kendra, Lucknow.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Basic mathematics is the back bone of modern chemistry. Students from biology background
are also taking admission in the Program. Hence, the course is useful in understanding topics where
mathematics is involved.
SEMESTER −I
Paper-IV
MCH-404 (b) BIOLOGY FOR CHEMISTS
(For students without Biology in B.Sc.)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The Chemistry involved in biological processes is need of the time. Therefore, the main
objective of the course is to know the basics of the biology which are generally applied in chemistry.
The students will be able to understand the biological process through the course.
Unit-I
Cell Structure and Functions
Structure prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, intracellular organelles and their functions, comparison of plant
and animal cells. Ove4rview and their functions, comparison of plant and animal cells. Overview of metabolic
processes-catabolism and anabolism. ATP – the biological energy currency. Origin of life-unique properties
of carbon chemical evolution and rise of living systems. Introduction to bio-molecules, building blocks of
biomacromolecules.
Unit-II
Carbohydrates
Conformation of monosaccharides, structure and functions of important derivatives of mono-saccharides
like glycosides, deoxy sugars, myoinositol, amino sugars. Nacetylmuramic acid, sialic acid disaccharides and
polysaccharides. Structural polysaccharides cellulose and chitin. Storage polysaccharides-starch and
glycogen. Structure and biological function of glucosaminoglycans of mucopolysaccharides. Carbohydrates
of glycoporteins and glycolipids. Role of sugars in biological recognition. Blood group substances. Ascorbic
acid.
Unit-III
Lipid
Fatty acids, essential fatty acids, structure and function of triacylglycerols, glycerophospholipids,
sphingolipids, cholesterol, bile acids, prostaglandins. Liproproteins-compositiion and function, role in
atherosclerosis. Properties of lipid aggregates-micelles, bilayers, liposomes and their possible biological
functions. Biological membranes. Fluid mosaic model of membrane structure. Lipid metabolism-boxidation
of fatty acids.
Unit-IV
Amino-acids, Peptides and Proteins
Chemical and enzymatic hydrolysis of proteins to peptides, amino acid sequencing. Secondary structure of
proteins. force responsible for holding of secondary structures. ahelix, -b-sheets, super secondary structure,
triple helix structure of collagen. Tertiary structure of protein-folding and domina structure. Quaternary
structure. Amino acid metabolism-degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids, sequence determination:
chemical/enzymatic/mass spectral, racemization/detection. Chemistry of oxytocin and tryptophan
releasing hormone (TRH).
Unit-V
Nucleic Acids
Purine and pyrimidine bases of nucleic acids, base pairing via Hbounding. Structure of ribonucleic acids
(RNA) and deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), double helix model of DNA and forces responsible for holding it.
Chemical and enzymatic hydrolysis of nucleic acids. The chemical basis for heredity, an overview of
replication of DNA, transcription, translation and genetic code. Chemical synthesis of mono and
trinucleoside.
Books Suggested
1. Principles of Biochemistry, A.L. Lehninger, Worth Publishers.
2. Biochemistry, L. Stryer, W.H. Freeman.
3. Biochemistry, J. David Rawan, Neil Patterson.
4. Biochemistry, Voet and Voet, John Wiley.
5. Outlines of Biochemistry E.E. Conn and P.K. Stumpf, John Wiley.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Basic knowledge of biology is also involved in chemistry related to real life problems which
chemistry students must know. The students coming from Mathematics background are made
aware o the basic knowledge required. Hence, the course is useful in understanding topics covered
in this course.
SEMESTER −I
PRACTICAL
(Duration: 6 hrs in each branch)
Note- Practical examination of Inorganic/Organic/Physical will be conducts at the end of each semester
during examination.
Inorganic Chemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The students will learn
• The basics of quantitative estimation of metal complexes.
• To separate different ions by paper chromatography.
• The interpretation od IR spectra of metal complexes.
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
1. Chromatographic Separations
(a) Cadmium and zinc
(b) Zinc and magnesium
(c) Lead and silver
2. Complexometric titration
Estimation of Ca2+, Mg2+ and Zn2+
Books Suggested
1. Synthesis and Characterization of Inorganic Compounds, W. L. Jolly, Prentice Hall.
2. Inorganic experiments, 3rd edition, J. D. Woollins, Wiley-VCHVerlag GmbH @Co.KGaA, 2012.
3. Foundations of College Chemistry in the Laboratory, M. Hein, J. N. Peisen and R. L. Miner, John Wiley and Sons,
2011.
4. In-house Laboratory Manual, Departmentof Chemistry, APSU Rewa.
COURSE OUTCOMES
The students will be able to
• Estimate the metals from metal complexes.
• Separate and analyze different metal ions using paper chromatography.
• Identify the different groups present in the complexes.
Physical Chemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To introduce experiments in chemical kinetics and equilibrium chemistry.
Experiment – 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
1. Chemical Kinetics
(a) Determination of velocity constant of the hydrolysis of methyl acetate catalysed by an acid (say
HCl, H2SO4, etc.).
(b) Determination of velocity constant of saponification of ethyl acetate with sodium hydroxide.
(c) Determination of velocity of the reaction between potassium persulphate and potassium iodide.
2. To determine the distribution coefficient of benzoic acid between toluene and water at room
temperature.
3. To determine equilibrium constant for the reaction between iodide and iodine by the
method of distribution.
Books Suggested
1. An introduction to Statistical Thermodynamics, T. A. Hill, Dover Publications Inc., 1987.
2. Chemical Kinetics, K. J. Laidler, Pearson Education, 3rd edition, 2011.
3. Findley’s Practical Physical Chemistry, B. P. Levitt, Longman.
4. Practical Physical Chemisry, A. M. James and F. E. Prichard, Longman.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Students will obtain hands on experience on chemical kinetics and equilibrium parameters.
Organic Chemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To introduce organic synthesis, purification and identification of organic compounds using
physiochemical techniques.
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
1. Qualitative Analysis
Separation, purification and identification of compounds of ternary mixture (one liquid and one
solid) using TLC and columns chromatography, chemical tests. IR spectra to be used for functional
group identification.
2. Organic Synthesis
Acetylation : Acetylation of cholesterol and separation of cholesteryl acetate by column
chromatography. Oxidation : Adipic acid by chromic acid oxidation of cyclothexaneol Grignard
reaction : Synthesis of triphenylmethanol from benzoic acid Aromatic electrophilic sustitutions :
Synthesis of p-nitroaniline and pbromoaniline. Aldol condensation Dibenzal acetone from
benzaldehyde. Synthesis of different Schiff bases using salicylaldehyde and amines, Synthesys of
different dithiocarbamates. The Products may be characterized by Spectral Techniques.
Books Suggested
1. Laboratory Manual in Organic Chemistry, R. K. Bansal, Wiley, 2006.
2. Vogel’s Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, ELBS.
3. Practical Organic Chemistry, F. G. Mann and B. C. Saunders, Orient Longman.
4. Experimental Organic Chemistry Vol 1 and 2, P. R; Singh, D. S. Gupta and K. S. Bajpai, Tata McGraw Hill.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Ensures the students to understand acquire knowledge and have hands on experience in
organic synthesis and analysis by using physiochemical techniques.
SEMESTER −II
Paper-V
MCH-405: INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-II
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The complexes of transition metals are very important topics of applied chemistry. Even in
Medicinal chemistry these complexes play important role. The main objective of the course is to
provide fundamental concept of
• The electronic spectral studies of transition metal complexes.
• Magnetic properties of transition metal complexes.
• Metal π-complexes and metal clusters.
• Optical rotatory dispersion (ORD) and circular dichroism (CD).
Unit-I
Electronic Spectral Studies of Transition Metal Complexes
Spectroscopic ground states, correlation. Orgel and Tanabe-Sugano diagrams for transition metal complexes
(d1-d9 states), Selection rule for electronic spectroscopy. Intensity of various type electronic transitions.
Calculations of 10Dq, B and β parameters, charge transfer spectra.
Unit-II
Magnetic Properties of Transition Metal Complexes
Anomalous magnetic moments, Quenching of Orbital contribution. Orbital contribution to magnetic moment,
magnetic exchange coupling and spin crossover.
Unit-III
Metal π-Complexes
Metal carbonyl, structure and bonding, vibrational spectra of metal carbonyls for bonding and structural
elucidation, important reactions of metal carbonyls; preparation, bonding structure and important reaction
of transition metal nitrosyl, dinitrogen and dioxgen complexes; tertiary phosphine as ligand, Wilkinson’s
catalyst.
Unit-IV
Metal Clusters
Synthesis, reactivity and bonding
Borane Chemistry
Higher boranes, carboranes, metalloboranes and metallo-carboranes compounds with metal metal multiple
bonds.
Unit-V
Optical Rotatory Dispersion and Circular Dichroism
Linearly and circularly polarized lights; optical rotatory power and circular birefringence, elipticity and
circular dichroism; ORD and Cotton effect, Faraday and Kerr effects; Assignment of electronic transitions;
applications of ORD and CD for the determination of (i) absolute configuration of complexes and (ii)
isomerism due to non-planarity of chelate rings.
Books Suggested :
1. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, F.A. Cotton and Wilkinson, John Wiley.
2. Inorganic Chemistry, J.E. Huhey, Harpes & Row.
3. Chemistry of the Elements. N.N. Greenwood and A. Earnshow, Pergamon.
4. Inorganic Electronic Spectroscopy, A.B.P. Lever, Elsevier.
5. Magnetiochemistry, R.L. Carlin, Springer Verlag.
6. Comprehensive Coordiantion Chemistry eds., G. Wilkinson, R.D. Gillars and J.A. Mc Cleverty,Pergamon.
COURSE OUTCOMES
• Student will be able to understand the spectroscopic ground states of d1 to d9 systems.
• They will gain the knowledge of magnetic moment and magnetic exchange coupling of
transition metal complexes.
• Student will get the basic idea about metal-π complexes and metal clusters.
SEMESTER −II
Paper-VI
MCH-406: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-II
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Understanding of chemical reaction and their mechanism is essential part of chemistry. This
course is introduced for the detailed study of aromatic electrophilic substitution, aromatic
nucleophilic substitution, free radical reactions, addition reactions, addition to carbon-hetero
multiple bonds, elimination reactions. This course also imparts knowledge on different classes of
pericyclic reactions.
Unit-I
Aromatic Electrophilic Substitution
The arenium ion mechanism, orientation and reactivity, energy profile diagrams. The ortho/para ratio, ipso
attack, orientation in other ring systems. Quantitative treatment of reactivity in substrates and electrophiles.
Diazonium coupling, Vilsmeir reactiion, Gatterman-Koch reaction
Unit-II
Free Radical Reactions
Types of free radical reactions, free radical substitution mechanism, mechanism at an aromatic substrate,
neighbouring group assistance. Reactivity for aliphatic and aromatic substrates at a bridgehead. Reactivity
in the attacking radicals. The effect of solvents on reactivity. Allylic halogenation (NBS), oxidation of
aldehydes to carboyxlic acids, autooxidation, coupling of alkynes and arylation of aromatic compounds by
diazonium salts, Sandmeyer reaction. Free radical rearrangement. Hunsdiecker reaction.
Unit III
Addition Reactions
Mechanistic and stereochemical aspects of addition reactions involving electrophiles, nucleophiles and free
radicals, regio-and chemoselectivity, orientation and reactivity. Addition to cyclopropane ring.
Hydrogenation of double and triple bounds, hydrogenation of aromatic rings. Hydroboration, Michael
reaction, sharpless asymmetric epoxidation.
Unit-IV
Addition to Carbon-Hetero Multiple bonds
Mechanism of metal hydride reduction of saturated and unsaturated carbonyl compounds, acid esters and
nitriles. Addition of Grignard reagents, organozinc and organolithium reagents to carbonyl and usaturated
carbonyl compounds. Witting reaction. Mechanism of condensation reactions involving enolates-Aldol,
Knoevenagel, Claisen, Mannich, Benzoin, Perkin and Stobbe reactions. Hydrolysis of esters and amides,
ammonolysis of esters.
Elimination Reactions
The E2, E1 and E1 cB mechanisms and their spectrum. Orientation of the double bond. Reactitivty-effects of
substrate structures, attacking base, the leavign group and the medium. Mechanism and orientation in
pyrolytic elimination.
Unit-V
Pericyclic Reactions
Molecular orbital symmetry, Frontier orbitals of ethylene, 1,3-butadiene, 1,3,5-hexatriene
and allyl system. Classification of periycyclic reactions. Woodward-Hoffmann correlatino diagrams. FMO and
PMO approach. Electrocyclic reactions-conrotatory and disrotatory motions, 4n 4n+2 and allyl systems.
Cycloadditions-antarafacial and suprafacial additions, 4n and 4n+2 systems, 2+2 addition of ketenes, 1,3
dipolar cycloadditions and cheleotrpic reactions. Sigmatropic rearrangements-suprafacial and antarafacial
shifts of H, sigmatropic involving carbon moieties, 3,3- and 5,5 sigmatropic rearrangements. Claise n, Cope
and aza-Cope rearrangements. Fluxional tautomerism. Ene reaction.
Books Suggested
1. Advanced Organic Chemistry-Reactions, Mechanism and Structure, Jerry March, John Wiley.
2. Organic Chemistry, R.T. Morrison and R.N. Boyd, Prentice-Hall.
3. Modern Organic Reactions, H.O. House, Benjamin.
4. Principles of Organic Synthesis, R.O.C. Norman and J.M. Coxon, Blackie.
5. Reaction Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, S.M. Mukherji and S.P. Singh, Macmillan.
6. Pericyclic Reactions, S.M. Mukherji, Macmillan, India.
7. Stereochemisty of Organic Compounds, P.S. Kalsi, New Age International.
8. Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry, D.H. Williams, I. Fleming, Tata McGraw-Hill.
9. Organic Chemistry, P.Y. Bruice, Pearson Education Asia.
COURSE OUTCOMES
• The student will be able to know the different types of organic reactions.
• Students will also understand the stereochemical aspects of different classes of pericyclic
reactions.
SEMESTER−II
Paper-VII
MCH-407: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-II
COURSE OBJECTIVES
• Students will gain knowledge of chemical dynamics and non-equilibrium thermodynamics.
• Student will understand different aspects of the surface chemistry
• Student will develop skills to solve problems relating to molecular weights of
macromolecules.
• The students will understand advance knowledge of electrochemistry.
Unit-I
Chemical Dynamics
Methods of determining rate laws, collision theory of reaction rates, steric factor, activated complex theory,
Arrhenius equation and the activated complex theory; ionic reactions, kinetic salt effects, steady state
kinetics, kinetic and thermodynamic control of reactions, treatment of unimolecular reactions. Dyamic chain
(hydrogen-bromine reaction, pyrolysis of acetaldehyde, decomposition of ethane), photochemical
(hydrogenbromine and hydrogen-chlorine reactions) and homogenous catalysis, kinetics of enzyme
reactions, general features fo fast reactions, study of fast reactions by flow method, relaxation method, flash
photolysis ad the nuclear magnetic resonance method, dynamics of unimolecular reactiosn (Lindemann
Hinshelwood and Rice-Ramsperger-Kassel- Marcus (RRKM) theories for unimolecular reactions).
Unit-II
Surface Chemistry
Adsorption
Surface tension, capillary action, pressure difference across curved surface (Laplace equation), vapour
pressure of droplets (Kelvin equation), Gibbs adsorption isotherm, estimation of surface area (BET
equation), Surface films on liquids (Electro-kinetic phenomenon).
Micelles
Surface active agents, classification of surface active agents, micellization, hydrophobic interaction, critical
micellar concentration (CMC), factors affecting the CMC of surfactants, counter ion binding to micelles,
thermodynamics of micellization-phase separation and mass action models, solublization, micro emulsion,
reverse micelles.
Unit-III
Macromolecules
Polymer-definition, types of polymers, electrically conducting, fire resistant, liquid crystal polymers, kinetics
of polymerization, mechanism of polymerization. Molecular mass, number and mass average molecular
mass, molecular mass determination (Osmometry, viscometry, diffusion and light scattering methods),
sedimentation, chain configuration of macromolecules, calculation of average dimension of various chain
structures.
Emulsions
Theories of emulsification, coagulation, slow and rapid coagulation. Kenitics of coagulation. Von
Smoluchouski equation and its verification.
Unit-IV
Non Equilibrium Theromodynamics
Thermodynamic criteria for non-equilibrium states, entropy production and entropy flow,
entropy balance equations for different irreversible processes (e.g., heat flow, chemical reaction etc.)
transformations of the generalized fluxes and forces, non equilibrium stationary states, phenomenological
equations, microscopic reversibility and Onsager’s reciprocity relations, electrokinetic phenomena,
diffusion, electric conduction.
Unit-V
Electrochemistry
Electrochemistry of solutions. Debye-Huckel-Onsager treatment and its extension, ion solvent interactions.
Debye-Huckel-Jerum mode. Thermodynamics of electrified interface equations. Derivation of electro
capillarity, Lippmann equations (surface excess), methods of determination. Structure of electrified
interfaces. Overpotentials, exchange current density, derivation of Butler Volmer equation, Tafel plot.
Quantum aspects of charge transfer at electrodes-solution interfaces, quantization of charge transfer,
tunneling. Semiconductor interfaces-theory of double layer at semiconductor, electrolyte solution interfaces,
structure of double layer interfaces. Effect of light at semiconductor solution interface. Polarography theory,
Ilkovic equation; half wave potential and its significance.
Books Suggested
1. Physical Chemistry, P.W. Atkins, ELBS.
2. Introduction to Quantum Chemistry, A.K. Chandra, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
3. Quantum Chemistry, Ira N. Levine, Prentice Hall.
4. Coulson’s Valence, R.Mc Ween y, ELBS.
5. Chemical Kinetics. K.J. Laidler, McGraw-Hill.
6. Kineties and Mechanism of Chemical Transformation J.Rajaraman and J. Kuriacose, Mc Millan.
7. Micelles, Theoretical and Applied Aspects, V. MOraoi, Plenum.
8. Modern Electrochemistry Vol. 1 and Vol II J.O.M. Bockris and A.K.N. Reddy, Planum.
9. Introduction to Polymer Science, V.R. Gowarikar, N.V. Vishwanathan and J. Sridhar, Wiley Eastern.
10. Physical Chemistry, P.C. Rakshit.
11. Quantum Chemistry, Eyring and Kimball.
COURSE OUTCOMES
• Students will be able to explain the process taking place in any chemical reaction.
• The basics of non-equilibrium thermodynamics will also be understood.
• Students will be able to have understanding about surface chemistry and its applications.
• Students will be able to solve the problems related to molecular weights of macromolecules.
• Students will understand the advance electrochemistry.
SEMESTER −II
Paper-VIII
MCH-408: Spectroscopy and Diffraction Methods
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The objective of this course is to give basic principles and applications of modern
spectroscopic techniques (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy, Nuclear Quadrupole
Resonance Spectroscopy and Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy) and Diffraction Techniques
(X-ray Diffraction, Electron Diffraction and Neutron Diffraction).
Unit-I
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy
Nuclear spin, nuclear resonance, saturation, shielding of magnetic nuclei, chemical shift and its
measurements, factors, influencing chemical shift, deshielding, spin-spin interactions, factors influencing
coupling constant "j" Classification (AXB, AMX, ABC, A2B2 etc.). spin decoupling; basic ideas about
instrument, NMR studies of nuclei other than protin-13C, 19F and 31P. FT NMR, advantages of FT NMR.
Unit II
Nuclear Quadrupole Resonance Spectroscopy
Quadrupole nuclei, quadrupole moments, electric field gradient, coupling constant, splitting, General
principles and Instrumentation, Applications.
Unit-III
Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy
Basic principles, zero field splitting and Kramer’s degeneracy, factors affecting the ’g’ value. Isotropic and
anisotropic hyperfine coupling constants, some representative examples of esr spectra of Cu2+ and V(O)2+
complexes, spin Hamiltonian, spin densities and Mc Connell relationship, measurement techniques,
applications.
Unit-IV
X-ray Diffraction
Bragg condition, Miller indices, Laue Method, Bragg method, Debye Scherrer method of X-ray structural
analysis of crystals, index reflections, identification of unit cells from systematic absences in diffraction
pattern, Structure of simple lattices and X-ray intensities, structure factor and its relation to intensity and
electron density, phase problem. Description of the procedure for an X-ray structure analysis, absolute
configuration of molecules.
Unit-V
Electron Diffraction
Scattering intensity vs. scattering angle, Wierl equation, measurement technique, elucidation of structure of
simple gas phase molecules. Low energy electron diffraction and structure of surfaces.
Neutron Diffraction
Scattering of neutrons by solids measurement techniques, Elucidation of structure of magnetically ordered
unit cells.
Books suggested
1. Modern Spectroscopy, J.M. Hollas, John Viley.
2. Applied Electron Spectroscopy for chemical analysis d. H. Windawi and F.L. Ho, Wiley Interscience.
3. NMR, NQR, EPr and Mossbauer Spectroscopy in Inorganic Chemistry, R.V. Parish, Ellis Harwood.
4. Nuclear Qudrupole Resonance Spectroscopy, T.P. Das and E.L. Hann, Academic Press, New York and London,
1958.
5. Physical Methods in Chemistry, R.S. Drago, Saunders College.
6. Chemical Applications of Group Theory, F.A. Cotton.
7. Introduction to Molecular Spectroscopy, G.M. Barrow, Mc Graw Hill.
8. Basic Principles of Spectroscopy, R. Chang, Mc Graw Hill.
9. Theory and Application of UV Spectroscopy, H.H. Jaffe and M. Orchin, IBHOxford.
10. Introduction to Photoelectron Spectroscopy, P.K. Ghosh, John Wiley.
11. Introduction to Magnetic Resonance. A Carrington and A.D. Maclachalan, harper & Row.
COURSE OUTCOMES
• The Knowledge of modern spectroscopy such as NMR, NQR and ESR, symmetry of structure
etc. and their applications is useful in understanding the different inorganic and organic
molecules.
• Student will able to solve the molecular structures using different diffraction techniques.
SEMESTER −II
PRACTICAL
(Duration: 6 hrs in each branch)
Inorganic Chemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The students will learn estimation of metal ions (gravimetrically and volumetrically) and
inorganic synthesis.
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
Books Suggested
1. Synthesis and Technique in Inorganic Chemistry: A Laboratory Manual, 3 rd edition, G. S. Girolami, T. B.
Rauchfuss and R. J. Angelici, University Science Books, 1999.
2. Advanced Practical Chemistry, R. Mukhopadyay and P. Chatterjee, Books & Allied (P) Ltd., 2007.
3. Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 6th edition, J. Mendham, R. C. Denney, M. J. K. Thomas David and J. Barnes,
Prentice Hall, 2000.
4. Analytical Chemistry, S. M. Khopker, New Age International Ltd., Dew Delhi.
COURSE OUTCOMES
The students will be able to understand estimation of metal ions and synthesizing inorganic
complexes.
Physical Chemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To make the students expertise in electrochemistry and interpretation of thermodynamic, kinetic
and QSAR parameters.
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
Books Suggested
1. Experimental Physical Chemistry, V. D. Athawale, New Age International, 2007.
2. Practical Physical Chemistry, B. Viswanathan and P.S. Raghavan, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd., 2005.
3. Experimental Physical Chemistry, R. C. Das and B. Behera, Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Practical Physical Chemistry, A. M. James and F. E. Prichard, Longman.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Students will be able to
• Determine the composition of mixtures of two acids using conductometric and pH-metric
methods.
• Difference thermodynamics, kinetic and QSAR parameters.
Organic Chemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To make the students conversant with
• Identification of hydroxyl groups in organic compounds.
• Estimation amines and phenols.
• Oil sample estimation.
• Determination of water quality parameters.
• Multistep synthesis.
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
1. Quantitative Analysis
Determination of the percentage or number of hydroxyl groups in an organic compound by
acetylation method. Estimation of amines/phenols using bromate bromide solution/or acetylation
method. Determination of iodine and Saponification values of an oil sample. Determination of DO,
COD and BOD of water sample.
2. Multistep preparation
(a) m-nitro aniline from nitrobenzene
(b) Hippuric acid from glycine
(c) Aspirin from salicylic acid
(d) p-bromo aniline from aniline
(e) phthalamide from phthlic acid
Books Suggested
1. Experiments and techniques in Organic Chemistry, D. Pasto, C. Johnson and M. Miller, Prentice Hall.
2. Organic Chemistry-Lab Manual, N. S. Gnanapragasam, G. Ramamurthy and S. Viswanathan Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1998.
3. Vogel’s Practical Organic Chemistry, A. I. Vogel, A. R. Tatchell, B. S. Furnis, A. J. Hannaford and P. W. G. Smith, 5th
edition, Pearson education Ltd., 1996.
4. Handbook of Organic Analysis-Qualitative and Quantitative, H. Clarke and A. Arnold.
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of semester, the students will be able to
• Identify the hydroxyl groups in organic compounds.
• Estimate amines and phenols.
• Determine water quality parameters from water samples.
SEMESTER –III
Paper-I
MCH-502: APPLICATION OF SPECTROSCOPY
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The paper of application of spectroscopy is introduced for the detailed studies of
fundamental concepts, tools and techniques used behind UV-visible, infra red, Raman, NMR,
Mössbauer and Mass Spectrometric methods for structural determination of molecules.
Unit-I
Ultraviolet and Visible spectroscopy
Various electronic transitions (185-800 nm) Beer-Lambert law, effect of solvent on electronic transitions,
ultraviolet bands for carbonyl compounds, unsaturated carbonyl compounds, dienes, conjugated polyenes,
Fieser Woodward rules for conjugated dienes and carbonyl compounds, ultraviolet spectra of aromatic
compounds. Steric effect in biphenyls. Electronic Spectral Studies for d1- d9 systems in octahedral, tetrahedral
and square planar complexes with some representative examples of electronic spectra with some
representative examples of electronic spectra.
Unit-II
Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy
Characteristic vibrational frequencies of alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, aromatic compounds, alcohols, ether’s,
phenols and amines. Detailed study of vibrational frequencies of carbonyl compounds (ketone’s, aldehyde’s,
esters, amides, acids, anhydride’s, lactones, lactams and conjugated carbonyl compounds). Effect of hydrogen
bonding and solvent effect on vibrational frequencies, overtones, combination bands and fermi resonance.
Infrared and Raman spectra of AB3, AB4, AB5 and AB6, mode of bonding of ambidentate ligands, nitrosyl,
ethylenediamine and diketonato complexes, application of resonance Raman spectroscopy and its
applications.
Unit-III
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy – I
General introduction and definition, Chemical shift, spin – spin interaction, shielding and deshilding
mechanism, mechanism of measurement of chemical shift values and correlation for protons bonded to
carbon (aliphatic, olefinic, aldehydic and aromatic) and other nuclei (alcohols, phenols, enols, carboxylic
acids, and amides & mercapto).
Unit-IV
Mössbauer Spectroscopy
Basic principles, spectral parameters and spectrum display. Application of the technique to the studies of (1)
bonding and structures of Fe+2 and Fe+3 compounds including those of intermediate spin, (2) Sn +2 and Sn+4
compounds nature of M-L bond, coordination number, structure and (3) detection of oxidation state and in
equivalent MB atoms.
Unit V
Mass Spectrometry
Introduction ion production E1, C1 FD, ESI and FAB, factors affecting fragmentation, ion analysis, ion
abundance Mass spectral fragmentation of organic compounds, common functional groups, molecular ion
peak, metastable peak. Me Lafferty rearrangement. Nitrogen rule. High resolution mass spectrometry.
Structure elucidation of simple molecules using UV – Visible, IR, NMR and mass spectral techniques.
Books Suggested
1. Physical Methods for Chemistry, R.S. Drago, Saunders Compnay.
2. Structural Methods in Inorganic Chemistry, E.A.V. Ebsworth, D.W.H. Rankin and S. Cradock, ELBS.
3. Infrared and Raman Spectral : Inorganic and Coordination Compounds K. Nakamoto, Wiley.
4. Progress in Inorganic Chemistry vol., 8, ed., F.A. Cotton, vol., 15 ed. S.J. Lippard, Wiley.
5. Transition Metal Chemistry ed. R.L. Carlin vol. 3 dekker.
6. Inorganic Electronic Spectroscopy, A.P.B. Lever, Elsevier.
7. NMR, NQR, EPR and Mossbauer Spectroscopy in Inorganic Chemistry, .V. Parish, Ellis Haywood.
8. Practical NMR Spectroscopy, M.L. Martin. J.J. Deepish and G.J. Martin, Heyden.
9. Spectrometric Identification of Organic Compounds, R.M. Silverstein, G.C. Bassler adn T.C. Morrill, John Wiley.
10. Introduction to NMR spectroscopy, R.J. Abraham, J. Fisher and P. Loftus, Wiley.
11. Application of Spectroscopy of Organic Compounds, J.R. Dyer Prentice Hall.
12. Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry D.H. Williams, I. Fleming, Tata McGraw-Hill.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After studying this course the student will be able to
• Understand the basics of UV-visible, infra red, Raman, NMR, Mössbauer and Mass
Spectrometric techniques.
• Solve numerical and experimental graphs of all of the above techniques.
• Cover wide area of research in above spectroscopic methods.
SEMESTER −III
Paper II
MCH-501: PHOTOCHEMISTRY
COURSE OBJECTIVES
• To provide the students the basics of photochemistry and reaction mechanism.
• To impart the knowledge of photochemistry of carbonyl compounds and different type of
photochemical reactions.
Unit-I
Photochemical Reactions
Interaction of electromagnetic radiation with matter, types of excitations, fate of excited molecule, quantum
yield, transfer of excitation energy, actinometry.
Unit -II
Determination of Reaction Mechanism
Classification, rate constants and life times of reactive energy state determination of rate constants of
reactions, Effect of light intensity on the rate of photochemical reactions, Types of photochemical reactions-
photo dissociation, gas-phase photolysis.
Unit -III
Photochemistry of Alkene
Intramolecular reactions of the olefinic bond-geometrical isomerism, cyclisation reactions, rearrangement
of 1,4- and 1,5-dienes.
Photochemistry of Aromatic Compounds
Isomerisations, additions and substitutions.
Unit -IV
Photochemistry of Carbonyl Compounds
Intramolecular reactions of carbonyl compounds-saturated, cyclic and acyclic, α, β, γ unsaturated and α, β,
unsaturated compounds, cyclohexadienones, Intermolecular cyloaddition reactions-dimerisations and
oxetane formation.
Unit-V
Miscellaneous Photochemical Reactions.
Photo-Fries reactions of annelids, Photo-Fries rearrangement, Barton reaction, Singlet molecular oxygen and
its reactions, Photochemical formation of smog, Photodegration of polymers, Photochemistry of vision.
Books Suggested
1. Fundamentals of Photochemistry, K.K. Rothagi-Mukheriji, Wiley-Eastern.
2. Essentials of Molecular Photochemistry, A Gilbert and J. Baggott, Blackwell Scientific Publication.
3. Molecular Photochemistry, N.J. Turro, W.A. Benjamin.
4. Introductory Photochemistry, A. Cox and t. Camp, McGraw Hill.
5. Photochemistry, R.P. Kundall and A. Gilbert. Thomson Nelson.
6. Organic Photochemistry, J. Coxon and B. Halton, Cambridge University Press.
7. Photochemistry and Pericyclic reactions, J. Singh and J. Singh, New Age International, New Delhi.
8. Modern Molecular Photochemistry, N.J. Turro, University Science Book, California.
COURSE OUTCOMES
The students able to
• Get the knowledge of photochemical reactions and mechanism of photochemical reactions.
• Gain the knowledge of photochemistry of alkenes, aromatic compounds and carbonyl
compounds along with miscellaneous photochemical reactions.
SEMESTER −IV
DISCIPLINE ELECTIVE
Paper III
MCH-503: Organotransition Metal Chemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Organotransition metal chemistry is the study of chemical compounds containing at least
one chemical bond between a carbon atom of an organic molecule and a transition metal. This paper
is introduced for the detailed studies of transition metal organometallic compounds,
organotransition metal catalysts and basic ideas of fluxional organometallic compounds.
Unit -I
Alkyls and Aryls of Transition Metals
Types, routes of synthesis, stability and decomposition pathways organocopper in organic synthesis.
Unit -II
Transition Metal π-Complexes
Transition metal π-Complexes with unsaturated organic molecules, alkenes, alkynes, allyl, diene, dienyl,
arene and trienyl complexes, preparation, properties, nature of bonding and structural features. Important
reactions relating to nucleophilic and electrophilic attack on ligands and to organic synthesis.
Unit -III
Transition organometalic compounds
Transition metal compounds with bonds to hydrogen, boron, silicon
Unit -IV
Homogeneous Catalysis
Stoichiometric reactions for catalysis, homogeneous catalytic hydrogenation, Zeigler- Natta polymerization
of olefins, catalytic reactions involving carbon monoxide such as hydrocarbonylation of olefins (oxoreaction),
explanation reactions, activation of C-H bond.
Unit -V
Fluxional Organometallic Compounds
Flexionality and dynamic equilibrium in compounds such as η 2 olefine, η3-allyl and dienyl complexes.
Books Suggested
1. Principles and Application of Organotransition Metal Chemistry, J.P. Collman, L.S. Hegsdus, J.R. Norton and R.G.
Finke, University Science Books.
2. The Organometallic Chemistry of the Transition Metals, R.H. Crabtree. John Wiley.
3. Metallo-organic Chemistry, A.J. Pearson, Wiley.
4. Organometallic Chemistry, R.C. Mehrotra and A. Singh New Age International.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course students will be able to
• Acquire understanding of various classes of organotransition metal compounds- alkyl and
aryls of transition metals, transition metal complexes of carbenes and carbynes and
transition metal pi-complexes.
• Have understanding of catalysis reactions involving organotransition metal compounds and
basics of fluxional organometallic compounds.
• Develop ideas for further research in the field of organotransition metal chemistry.
SEMESTER –III
DISCIPLINE ELECTIVE
Paper III
MCH-504: Heterocyclic Chemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To provide knowledge on
• Heterocycles and non-aromatic heterocycles.
• Synthesis and characterization of various natural compounds of biological importance.
• heterocyclic compounds of biological and pharmaceutical importance.
Unit-I
Nomenclature of Heterocycles
Replacement and systematic nomenclature (HantzsMCH-Widman system) for monocyclic fused and bridged
heterocycles.
Aromatic Heterocycles
General chemical behaviour of aromatic heterocycles, classification (structural type), criteria of aromaticity
(bond lengths, ring current and chemical shifts in 1H NMRspectra. Empirical resonance energy,
delocalization energy and Dewar resonance energy, diamagnetic susceptibility exaltations). Heteroaromatic
reactivity and tautomerism in aromatic heterocycles.
Unit-II
Non-aromatic Heterocycles
Strain-bond angle and torsional strains and their consequences in small ring heterocycles. Conformatino of
six-membered heterocycles with reference to molecular geometry, barrier to ring inversion, pyramidal
inversino and 1,3-diaxial interaction. Stereo-electronic effects anomeric and related effects, Attractive
interactions-hydrogen bonding and intermolecular nucleophilic lectrophilic interactions. Heterocyclic
Synthesis Princples of heterocyclic synthesis involing cyclization reactions and cycloaddition reactions.
Unit-III
Small Ring Heterocycles
Three-membered and four-membered heterocycles-synthesis and reactions of azirodines, oxiranes, thiranes,
azetidines, oxetanes and thietanes.
Unit-IV
Meso-ionic Heterocycles
General classification, chemistry of some important meso-ionic heterocycles of type-A and B and their
applications.
Unit-V
Six Membered Heterocycles with Two or More Heteroatoms Synthesis and reactions of diazones, triazines,
tetrazines and thiazines. Seven-and Large-Membered Heterocycles Synthesis and reactions of azepines,
oxepines, thiepines, diazepines thiazepines, azocines, diazocines, dioxocines and dithiocines.
Books Suggested
1. Heterocyclic Chemistry Vol. 1-3, R.R. Gupta, M. Kumar and V.Gupta, Springer Verlag.
2. The Chemistry of Heterocycles, T. Eicher and S. Hauptmann, Thieme.
3. Heterocyclic chemistry J.A. Joule, K. Mills and g.F. Smith, Chapman and Hall.
4. Heterocyclic Chemistry, T.L. Gilchrist, Longman Scietific Techinal.
5. Contemporary Hetrocyclic Chemistry, G,.R. Newkome and W.W. Paudler, Wiley-Inter Science.
6. An Introductiion to the Heterocyclic Compounds, R.M. Acheson, Johnwiely.
7. Comprehensive Heterocyclic Chemistry, A.R. Katrizky and C.W. Rees, eds. Pergamon Press.
COURSE OUTCOMES
• Students will achieve insight on isolation, characterization and synthesis of various natural
compounds of biological importance.
• Students will acquire knowledge on different heterocylic compounds.
SEMESTER −III
DISCIPLINE ELECTIVE
Paper III
MCH-505: Electrochemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The objective of this course is
• To introduce students to conversion and storage of electrochemical energy
• To introduce students to give the basic idea about corrosion and stability of the metals.
• To introduce students to how different kinetic parameters for quasi and irreversible or
evaluated etc.
Unit-I
Conversion and Storage of Electrochemical Energy Present status of energy Consumption
Pollution problem. History of fuel cells, Direct energy conversion by electrochemical means. Maximum
intrinsic efficiency of an electrochemical converter. Physical interpretation of the Carnot efficiency factor in
electrochemical energy converters. Power outputs. Electrochemical Generators (Fuel Cells): Hydrogen
oxygen cells, Hydrogen Air cell, Hydrocarbon air cell, Alkane fuel cell, Phosphoric and fuel cell, direct NaOH
fuel cells, applications of fuel cells.
Unit-II
Corrosion and Stability of Metals
Civilization and Surface mechanism of the corrosion of the metals; Thermodynamics and the stability of
metals, Potential -pH (or Pourbaix) Diaphragmsl; uses and abuses, Corrosion current and corrosion potential
-Evans diagrams. Measurement of corrosion rate: (i) Weight Loss method, (ii) Electrochemical Method.
Inhibiting Corrosion
Cathodic and Anodic Protection. (i) Inhibition by addition of substrates to the electrolyte environment, (ii)
by charging the corroding method from external source, anodic Protection, Organic inhibitors, The fuller
Story Green inhibitors.
Passivation
Structure of Passivation films, Mechanism of Passivation, Spontaneous Passivation Nature’s method for
stabilizing surfaces.
Unit-III
Bioelectrochemistry
bioelectrodics, Membrane Potentials, Simplistic theory, Modern theory, Electrical conductance in biological
organism: Electronic, Protonic electrochemical mechanism of nervous systems, enzymes as electrodes.
Unit-IV
Methods of determining kinetic parameters for quasi-rversible and irreversible waves
Koutecky’s methods, Meits Israel Method, Gellings method.
Electrocatalysis
Chemical catalysts and Electrochemical catalysts with special reference to purostates, porphyrin oxides of
rare earths. Electrocatalysis in simple redox reactions, in reaction involving adsorbed species. Influence of
various parameters.
Unit-V
Potential Sweep Method
Linear sweep Voltammetry, Cyclic Voltammetry, theory and applications. Diagnostic criteria of cycli
voltammetry. Controlled current microelectrode techniques : comparison with controlled potentials
methods, chronopotentiometry, theory ad applications.
Books Suggested
1. Modern Electrochemistry Vol. I, IIa, Vol. IIB J’OM Bockris and A.K.N. Reddy, Plenum Publication, New York.
2. Polarographic Techniques by L. Meites, Interscience.
3. "Fuel Cells : Thjeir electrochemistry". McGraw Hill Book Company, New York.
4. Modern Polarographic Methods by A.M. Bond, Marcell Dekker.
5. Polarography and allied techniques by K. Zutshi, New age International publicatin. New Delhi.
6. "Electroaalytical Chemistry by Basil H. Vessor & Galen W. ; Wiley Interscience.
7. Electroanalytical Chemistry by Basil H. Vessor & alen w. ; Wiley Interscience.
8. Topics in pure and Applied Chemistry, Ed. S. K. Rangrajan, SAEST Publication, Karaikudi (India)
COURSE OUTCOMES
• Students to understand the concept of electrochemistry and it’s various theories.
• Students will be able to determine various parameters / properties using different techniques, the
knowledge of which helps them to use in different fields.
SEMESTER −III
GENERIC ELECTIVE
Paper IV
MCH-506: INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The course provides an introduction to
• Industrial Gases and Inorganic Chemicals.
• To impart basic knowledge of Petroleum Chemistry.
• To learn how to make Glasses, Ceramics and Cements.
• To learn the manufacturing of Sugar, Papers, Leathers and Fertilizers.
Unit I
Industrial Gases and Inorganic Chemicals
Industrial Gases
Large scale production, uses, storage and hazards in handling of the following gases: oxygen, nitrogen, argon,
neon, helium, hydrogen, acetylene, carbon monoxide, chlorine, fluorine, sulphur dioxide and phosgene.
Inorganic Chemicals
Manufacture, application, analysis and hazards in handling the following chemicals: hydrochloric acid, nitric
acid, sulphuric acid, caustic soda, common salt, borax, bleaching powder, sodium thiosulphate, hydrogen
peroxide, potash alum, chrome alum, potassium dichromate and potassium permanganate.
Industrial Metallurgy
Preparation of metals (ferrous and nonferrous) and ultra pure metals for semiconductor technology.
Unit II
Fuel Chemistry
Review of energy sources (renewable and non-renewable). Classification of fuels and their calorific value.
Lubricants
Classification of lubricants, lubricating oils (conducting and non-conducting) Solid and semisolid lubricants,
synthetic lubricants. Properties of lubricants (viscosity index, cloud point, pore point) and their
determination.
Unit III
Silicate Industries
Glass
Glassy state and its properties, classification (silicate and non silicate glasses). Manufacture and processing
of glass. Composition and properties of the following types of glasses: Soda lime glass, lead glass, armoured
glass, safety glass, borosilicate glass, fluorosilicate, coloured glass, photosensitive glass.
Ceramics
Important clays and feldspar, ceramic, their types and manufacture. High technology ceramics and their
applications, super conducting and semi conducting oxides, fullerenes carbon nanotubes and carbon fiber.
Cements
Classification of cement, ingredients and their role, Manufacture of cement and the setting process, quick
setting cements.
Unit IV
Sugar
Intruduction , Raw materials, Manufacture of sugar from Cane sugar, Cane sugar refining, By-products from
sugar industries and their uses.
Unit V
Leather
Introduction, Animal skins, Manufacture of leather, Byproducts, Chemicals used in leather industries.
Fertilizers
Introduction, Classification, Manufacturing of; Urea, Ammonium nitrate, Normal super phosphate & Triple
super phosphate.
Books Suggested
1. E. Stocchi: Industrial Chemistry, Vol-I, Ellis Horwood Ltd. UK.
2. S. S. Dara: A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry, S. Chand & Company Ltd. New Delhi.
3. A. K. De, Environmental Chemistry: New Age International Pvt, Ltd, New Delhi.
4. O. P. Vermani, A. K. Narula: Industrial Chemistry, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
5. P. C. Jain, M. Jain: Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi.
6. P. C. Jain, M. Jain: Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi.
7. Plastic Additives Technology Hand Book: Himadri Panda, Engineers India Research Institute.
8. Chemical process principales: part 1 & II – O.A / Hougen, K.M Watson RA Ragatz (CBS).
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the completion of this course, students should be able to
• Understand the basic concepts of Industrial Gases and Fuel Chemistry.
• Understand the manufacturing of Glasses, Ceramics, Cements, Sugar, Papers, Leathers and
Fertilizers.
SEMESTER −III
GENERIC ELECTIVE
Paper IV
MCH-507: Medicinal Chemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The objective of this course is
• Topic of Medicinal Chemistry due to its wide applications in our daily life. Medicinal
Chemistry is an important discipline at the intersection of chemistry, especially synthetic
organic chemistry, and pharmacology and various other biological specialties, where they
are involved with design, chemical synthesis and development for market of pharmaceutical
medicines.
Unit-I
Structure and activity
Relationship between chemical structure and biological activity (SAR). Receptor Site Theory. Approaches to
drug design. Introduction to combinatorial synthesis in drug discovery. Factors affecting bioactivity. QSAR-
Free-Wilson analysis, Hansch analysis, relationship between Free-Wilson analysis and Hansch analysis.
Unit-II
Pharmacodynamics
Introduction, elementary treatment of enzymes stimulation, enzyme inhibition, sulfonamides, membrane
active drugs, drug metabolism, xenobiotics, biotransformation, significance of drug metabolism in medicinal
chemistry.
Unit-III
Antibiotics and antibacterials
Introduction, Antibiotic β-Lactam type - Penicillins, Cephalosporins, Antitubercular. Streptomycin, Broad
spectrum antibiotics . Tetracyclines, Anticancer – Dactinomycin (Actinomycin D)
Unit-IV
Antifungal
Polyenes, Antibacterial - Ciprofloxacin, Norfloxacin, Antiviral . Acyclovir .
Unit-V
Non-steroidal Anti-inflammatory Drugs
Diclofenac Sodium, Ibuprofen and Netopam.
Books Suggested
1. Introduction to medicinal chemistry, A. Gringuage, Wiley-VCH.
2. Wilson and Gisvold’s Text Book of Organic Medicinal and Pharmaceutial Chemistry, Ed. Robert F. Dorge.
3. An Introduction to Drug Design, S.S. Pandeya and J. R. Dimmock, New Age International.
4. Burger’s Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery, Vol-I (Chapter 9 and Chapter 14), Ed. M.E. Wolff, John Wiley.
5. Goodman and Gilman’s Pharmacoloical Basis of Therapeutics, Mc-GRaw- Hill.
6. The organic Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action, R.B. Silverman, Academic Press.
7. Strategies for Organic Drug Synthesis and Design, D.Ledinicer, John Wiley.
8. Principals of Medicinal Chemistry W.O. Foye.
9. Medicinal Chemistry; The role of organic chemist in Drug Research, S.M. Roberts and B. J. Pricer.
COURSE OUTCOMES
• Understand Drug metabolism and mechanism pathway.
• Recognize and comment on different synthetic strategies and methods for stereocontrol when
faced with synthetic drugs.
• Understood different system of human body. Application of drug molecules.
• To learn theories and principle related to medicinal chemistry.
SEMESTER −III
PRACTICAL
(Duration: 6-8 hrs in each branch)
Inorganic Chemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The students will learn
• Separation of metals using chromatographic techniques.
• Complexometric titration.
• Estimation of Ca2+, Mg2+ and Zn2+ using flame photometers.
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
3. Paper chromatography
Separation of cations by Paper Chromatography of following cations
(a) Ag(I), Pb(II) and Hg2(II)
(b) Hg(II), Cu(II) and Pb(II)
(c) Ni(II), Co(II) and Zn(II)
(d) Ni(II), Co(II) and Cu(II)
Books Suggested
1. A handbook of Analytical Inorganic Chemistry, International Scientific Publishing Academy, India, 2005.
2. Synthesis and Characterization of Inorganic Compounds, W. L. Jolly, Prentice Hall.
3. Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Analysis, revised, J. Bassett, R. C. Denney, G. H. Jeffery and J. Mendham, ELBS.
4. A collection of Inorganic General Chemistry Experiments, A. J. Elias, Universities Press, Sangam Books Ltd.,
2002.
COURSE OUTCOMES
The students will be able to
• Separate metals using chromatographic techniques.
• Estimate metal ions complexometrically.
• Estimate metals using flame photometric.
Physical Chemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To introduce experiments in chemical kinetics and equivalent conductivity.
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
Books Suggested
1. Experimental Physical Chemistry: A. M. Halpern, G. C. McBane and W. H. Freeman, A Laboratory Prescribed
Book, 3rd ed., 2006.
2. Senior Practical Physical Chemistry, B. D. Khosla, R. Chand and Co., New Delhi, 2007.
3. Practical Physical Chemistry, A. M. James and F. E. Prichard, Longman.
4. Findley’s Practical Physical Chemistry, B. P. Levitt, Longman.
COURSE OUTCOMES
The students will be able to
• Determine the strength of two acids.
• Determine equivalence conductance of electrolytes.
• Calculate different electrochemical parameters.
Organic Chemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
1. Quantitative analysis
Determination of vitamin C in drug formulations and in fruits.
2. Paper Chromatography
Separation and identification of the sugars present in the given mixture of glucose, fructose and
sucrose by paper chromatography and determination of RF values.
Books Suggested
1. The Systematic Identification of Organic Compounds, R. L. Shriner and D. Y. curlin.
2. A Practical text book by Singh and Yadav, Pragati Prakashan.
3. Practical Organic Chemistry, F. G. Mann and B. C. Saunders, Orient Longman.
4. Experiments and techniques in Organic Chemistry, D. Pasto, C. Johnson and M. Miller, Prentice Hall.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Students will be able
• To identify vitamin C.
• To separate and identify the sugars.
• To interpretate the NMR spectra.
SEMESTER −IV
Paper-V
MCH-508: NATURAL PRODUCT
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To provide knowledge on various natural products of biological importance.
Unit-I
Terpenoids and Carotenoids
Calcifications, nomenclature, occurrence, isolation, general methods of structure determination, isoprene
rule. Structure determination, stereochemistry, biosynthesis and synthesis of the following representative
molecules: Citral, Geraniol α-Terpeneol, Menthol, Farnesol, Zingiberence, Santonin, Phytol, Abietic acid and
β-Carotene.
Unit-II
Alkaloids
Definition, nomenclature and physiological action, occurrence, isolation, general methods of structure
elucidation, degradation, classification based on nitrogen heterocyclic ring, role of alkaloids in plants.
Structure, stereochemistry, synthesis and biosynthesis of the following: Ephedrine, (+)- Coniine, Nicotine,
Atropine, Quinine and Morphine.
Unit-III
Steroids
Occurrence, nomenclature, basic skeleton, Diel’s hydrocarbon and stereochemistry, Isolation, Structure
determination and synthesis of Cholesterol, Bile acids, Androsterone, Testosterone, Estrone, Progesterone,
Aldosterone, Biosynthesis of Steroids.
Unit-IV
Plant Pigments
Occurrence, nomenclature and general methods of structure determination. Isolation and synthesis of
Apigenin, Luteolin Quercetin, Myrcetin, Quercetin 3-glucoside, Vitexin, Diadzein, Aureusin, Cyanidin-
7arabinoside, Cyanidin, Hirsutidin, Biosynthesis of flavonoids: Acetate pathway and Shikimic acid pathway.
Prophyrins
Structure and synthesis of Haemoglobin and Chlorophyll.
Unit V
Prostaglandis
Occurrence, nomenclature, classification, biogenesis and physiological effects. Synthesis of PGE2 and PGF2a.
Books Suggested
1. Natural Products : Chemistry and Biological Significance, J. Mann, R.S. Davidson, J.B. Hobbs, D.V. Banthrope adn
J.B. Harbome, Longman, Esses.
2. Organic Chemistry : Vol. 2 1L. Finar, ELBS
3. Stereoselective Synthesis : A Practical Approach, M. Norgradi, VCH.
4. Rodd’s Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Ed. S. Coffey, Elsevier.
5. Chemistry, Biological and Pharmacological Properties of Medicinal Plants from the Americas, Ed. Kurt
Hostettmann, M.P. Gupta and A. Marston. Harwood Academic Publishers.
6. Introduction to Flavonoids, B.A. Bohm. Harwood Academic Publishers.
7. New Trends in Natural Product chemistry, Ataaur Rahman and M.L. Choudhary, Harwood Academic Publishers.
8. Insecticides of Natural Origin, Sukh Dev, Harwood Academic Publishers.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Students will achieve insight on various natural products of biological importance.
SEMESTER −IV
Paper-VI
MCH-509: SOLID STATE CHEMISTRY
COURSE OBJECTIVES
• The students will obtain required knowledge for understanding material science problems.
Initially, they will study the structure of solids and get introduced with the importance of
chemical and physical bonds, crystal (dis)order and defects for materials properties.
• They will get insight into electronic structure of crystals and compare it with the electronic
structure of nanomaterials – to understand the ‘nano’ prefix.
• The students will understand high temperature phase equilibria and learn thermodynamic
and kinetic treatments of phase transitions.
Unit-I
Solid State Reactions
General principles, experimental procedure, co-precipitation as a precursor to solid state reactions, kinetics
of solid state reactions.
Unit-II
Crystal Defects and Non-Stoichiometry
Perfect and imperfect crystals, intrinsic and extrinsic defects-point defects, line and plane defects, vacancies-
Schottky detects and Frenkel defects. Thermodynamics of Schottky and Frenkel defect formation, colour
centres, non-stoichiometry defects.
Unit-III
Electronic Properties and Band Theory
Metals insulators and semiconductors, electronic structure of solid band theory band structure of metals,
insulators and semiconductors, Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, doping semiconductors, p-n
junctions, super conductors. Optical properties-Application of optical and electron microscopy. Magnetic
Properties-Classification of materials : Effect of temperature calculation of magnetic moment, mechanism of
ferro and anti ferromagnetic ordering super exchange.
Unit-IV
Organic Solids
Electrically conducting solids. organic charge transfer complex, organic metals, new superconductors.
Unit-V
Liquid Crystals:
Types of liquid crystals: Nematic, Smectic, Ferroelectric, Antiferroelectric, Various theories of LC, Liquid
crystal display, New materials.
Books Suggested.
1. Solid state chemistry and its applications, A.R. West, Student Edition Wiley.
2. Principles of the Solid State, H.V. Keer, Wiley Eastern.
3. Solid State Chemistry, N.B. Hannay.
4. Solid State Chemistry, D.K. Chakrabarty, New Wiley Eastern.
5. Solid State Chemistry, S.K. Joshi and R.A. Mashelker, World Scientific, Singapore.
COURSE OUTCOMES
To obtain the knowledge on design and development of materials with pre-required
properties based on understanding the structure of solids in its influence on physico-chemical
properties, understanding of phase relations, chemical synthesis, reaction kinetics as well as
characterization methods.
SEMESTER −IV
DISCIPLINE ELECTIVE
Paper VII
MCH-510: Analytical Chemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The objective of this course is
• To study concepts and theories behind basic methods and techniques used in analytical
chemistry. This theory can be used to solve many rigorous problems of universe.
• To prepare the students for further research in analytical methods of chemistry.
Unit-I
Introduction
Role of analytical chemistry Classification of analytical methods classical and instrumental. Types of
instrumental analysis. Selecting an analytical method. Neatness and cleanliness. laboratory operations and
practices. Analytical balance. Techniques of weighing, errors. Volumetric glassware cleaning and calibration
of glassware. Sample Volumetric glassware cleaning and Calibration of glassware. Sample
preparationdissolution and decompositions. Gravimetric techniques. Selecting and handling or reagents.
Laboratory notebooks. Safety in the analytical laboratory.
Unit-II
Food analysis
Moisture, ash, crude protein, fat crude fiber, carbohydrates, calcium, potassium, sodium and phosphate. Food
adulteration-common adulterants in food, contamination of foods stuffs. Microscopic examination of foods
for adulterants. Pesticide analysis in food prodcuts. Extraction and purification of sample. HPLC. Gas
chromatography for organophosphates. Thin-layer chromatography for identification of chlorinated
pesticides in food products.
Unit-III
Analysis of Water Pollution
Origin of Waste water, types, water pollutants and their effects. Sources of water pollution-domestic,
industrial, agricultural soil and radioactive wastes as sources of pollution. Objectives of analysis-parameter
for analysis-colour, turbidity, total solids, conductivity, acidity, alakalinity, hardness, chloride, sulphate,
fluoride, silica, phosphates and different forms of nitrogen, Heavy metal pollution-public health significance
of cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, zinc, managanese, mercurry and arsenic. General survey of
instrumental technique for the analysis of heavy metals in aqueous systems. Measurements of DO, BOD, and
COD. Pesticides as water pollutants and analysis. Water pollution laws and standards.
Unit-IV
Analysis of soil, Fuel, Body Fluids and Drugs
Analysis of Soil, moisture pH total nitrogen, phosphorus, silica, lime, magnesia, manganese, sulphur and alkali
salts.
Fuel analysis : liquid and gas. Ultimate and proximate analysis-heating valuesgrading of coal. Liquid fuels-
flash point, aniline point, octane number and carbon residue. Gaseous fuels-produced gas and water gas-
calorific value.
Unit-V
Clinical Chemistry and Drug analysis
Composition of blood-collection and preservation of samples. Clinical analysis. Serum electrolytes, blood
glucose, blood urea nitrogen, uric acid, albumin, globulins, barbiturates, acid and alkaline phosphates.
Immunoassay: principles of radio immunoassay (RIA) and applications. The blood gas analysis trace
elements n the body. Narcotics and dangerous drug. Classification of drugs. Screening by gas and thin-layer
chromatography and spectrophotometeric measurements.
Books Suggested
1. Analytical Chemistry, G.D. Christian, J.Wicy.
2. Fundamentals o analytical Chemistry. D.A. Skoog. D.M. West and F.J. Hooler, W.B. Saunders.
3. Analytical Chemistry-Principles. J.H. Kennedy. W.B. Saunders.
4. Analytical Chemistry-Principles and Techniques. LG. Hargis. Prentice Hall.
5. Principles of Instrumental analysis D.A. Skoog and J.L. Loary, W.B. Saunders.
6. Principles of Instrumental Analysis D.A. Skoog W.B. Saunders.
7. Quantitative Analysis, R.A. Day, Jr. and A.L. Underwood, Prentice Hall.
8. Environmental Solution, S.M. Khopkar, Wiley Eastern.
9. Basic Concepts of Analysis Chemistry, S.M. Khopkar, Wiley Eastern.
10. Handbook of Instrumental Techniques for Analytical Chemistry, F. Settle, Prentice Hall.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After studying this course the student will be able to
• Understand the basic of this course and think & develop new ideas and concepts in analytical
chemistry.
• Know about electroanayltical, thermoanalytical, radiochemical, chromatographic and
spectral techniques.
SEMESTER −IV
DISCIPLINE ELECTIVE
Paper VII
MCH-511: Organic Synthesis
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To provide the knowledge on
• Advances in organic synthesis- applications of selective name reactions and catalysts used
in synthetic organic laboratories.
• Cover wide area of research in organic chemistry.
Unit-I
Disconnection Approach
An introduction to synthons and synthetic equivalents. Disconnection approach, functional group inter-
conversions, the importance of the order of events in organic synthesis, one group C-X and two group C-X
disconnections, chemoselectivity, reversal of polarity, cyclisation reaction, amine synthesis, Protection of
groups, chemo region and stereo selectivity.
Unit-II
One Group C-C Disconnections
Alcohols and carbonyl compounds, regioselectivity, alkene synthesis, use of acetylenes and aliphatic Nitro
compounds in organic synthesis.
Two Group C-C Disconnections
Diels-Alder Reaction, 1,3-difunctionalised compounds, a-b- unsaturated carbonyl compounds, control in
carbonyl condensations, 1,5-difunctionalised compounds. Micheal addition and Robinson annelation.
Unit-III
Oxidation
Introduction, Different oxidative processes. Hydrocarbons-alkenes, aromatic rings, saturated C-H groups
(activated and unactivated) Alcohols, diols, aldehyde’s, ketones, ketals and carboxylic acids, amines,
hydrazines, and sulphides. Oxidations with ruthenium tetraoxide, iodobenzene diacetate and thallium. (III)
Nitrate.
Reduction
Introduction, Different reductive processes. Alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, and aromatic rings. Carbonyl
compounds-aldehydes, ketones, acids and their derivatives. Epoxides. Nitro, nitroso, azo and oxime groups.
Expoxide, Nitro, Nitroso, azo and oxime groups. Hydrogenolysis.
Unit IV
Organometallic Reagents
Principle, preparations, properties and applications of the following in organic synthesis with mechanistic
details. Group I and II metal organic compounds Li, Mg, Hg, Cd, Zn and Ce Compounds.
Unit V
Synthesis of some complex molecules
Application of the above in the synthesis of following compounds: Canphor, longifoline, cartisone, reserpine,
vitamin D, juvabion, aphidicolin and fredericamycin. A
Books Suggested
1. Designing Organic Synthesis, S. Warren. Wiley.
2. Organic Synthesis-Concept, Methods and Starting Materials, J. Fuhrhop.
3. Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis. W. carruthers, Cambridge Univ. Press.
4. Modern Synthetic Reactions H.O. House, W.A Benjamin.
5. Advanced Organic Chemistry : Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure, J. March. Wiley.
6. Principles, of Organic Chemistry Part B. F.a. Carey and R.J. Sundberg, Plenum Press.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Organic synthesis– reactions and catalysts is the backbone of organic chemistry and will
train students to develop ideas for further research in the field of synthetic organic chemistry.
SEMESTER –IV
DISCIPLINE ELECTIVE
Paper VII
MCH-512: Polymers
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To make the student conversant with the
• Basic concepts of polymers, molecular weight and its distribution.
• Kinetics and mechanism of Addition, Coordination and Condensation polymerization.
• Various polymerization techniques.
• Various mechanical and electrical testing methods.
• Effect of polymer structure on mechanical, electrical and optical properties.
Unit-I
Basics
Importance of polymers. Basic concepts : Monomers, repeat units, degree of polymerization Linear, branched
and network polymers. Classification of polymers. Polymerization: condensation, addition/radical chain-
ionic and co-ordination and copolymerization. Polymerization conditions and polymer reactions.
Polymerization in homogeneous and heterogeneous systems.
Unit-II
Polymer Characterization
Polydispersion-average molecular weight concept. Number, weight and viscosity average molecular weights.
Polydispersity and molecular weight distribution. The practical significance of molecular weight.
Measurement of molecular-weights. End-group, viscosity, light scattering, osmotic and ultracentrifugation
methods.
Unit-III
Analysis and testing of polymers
Chemical analysis of polymers, spectroscopic methods, X-ray diffraction study. Microscopy. Thermal analysis
and physical testing-tensile strength. Fatigue, impact. Tear resistance, Hardness and abrasion resistance.
Unit-IV
Inorganic Polymers
A general survey and scope of Inorganic Polymers special characteristics, classification, homo and hetero
atomic polymers. Structure, Properties and Applications of
a. Polymers based on boron-borazines, boranes and carboranes.
b. Polymers based on Silicon, silicone’s polymetalloxanes and polymetallosiloxanes, silazanes.
Unit V
Structure, Properties and Application of
a. Polymers based on Phosphorous-Phosphazenes, Polyphosphates
b. Polymers based on Sulphure-Tetrasulphur tetranitride and related compounds.
c. Co-ordination and metal chelate polymers.
Books Suggested
1. Inorganic Chemistry, J.E. Huheey, Harper Row.
2. Developments in Inorganic polymer Chemistry, M.F. Lappert and G.J. Leigh.
3. Inorganic polymers- N.H. Ray.
4. Inorganic polymers, Graham and Stone.
5. Inorganic Rings and Cages : D.A. Armitage.
6. Textbook of Polymers Science, F.W. Billmeyer Jr. Wiley.
7. Contemporary Polymer Chemistry, H.R. Al cock and F.W. Lambe, Prentice Hall.
COURSE OUTCOMES
• The students will become familiar with the basic concepts of polymers, mechanism and
kinetics of polymerization, polymerization techniques and molecular weight determination.
• This knowledge would help the students to synthesize polymers and mechanism involved in
it.
• It will enable the students to interpret their experimental data using the characterization
techniques and structure-property relationship for their final semester research project.
SEMESTER −IV
GENERIC ELECTIVE
Paper VIII
MCH-513: ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Objective f this course is
• To provide the systematic study of Atmospheric and Tropospheric Photochemistry.
• To help in understanding the causes of environmental pollution and can open up new
methods for environmental pollution control.
• To make the students to learn about the environmental ecosystem, waste water handling
and analysis.
Unit-I
Atmospheric Chemistry
Atmospheric layers, Vertical temperature profile, heat/radiation budget of the earth atmosphere systems.
Properties of troposphere, thermodynamic derivation of lapse rate. Temperature inversion. Calculation of
Global mean temperature of the atmosphere. Pressure variation in atmosphere and scale height.
Biogeochemical cycles of carbon, nitrogen, sulphure, phosphorus oxygen. Residence times. Sources of trace
atmospheric constituents: nitrogen oxides, sulphuredioxide and other sulphure compounds, carbondioxides,
chlorofluorocarbons and other halogen compounds, methane and other hydrocarbons.
Tropospheric Photochemistry
Mechanism of Photochemical decomposition of NO 2 and formation of ozone. Formation of oxygen atoms,
hydroxyl, hydroperoxy and organic radicals and hydrogen peroxide. Reactions of hydroxyl radicals with
methane and other organic compounds. Reaction of OH radicals with SO 2 and NO2. Formation of Nitrate
radical and its reactions. Photochemical smog meteorological conditions and chemistry of its formation.
Unit-II
Air Pollution
Air pollutants and their classifications. Aerosols-sources, size distribution and effect on visibility, climate and
health.
Acid Rain
Definition, Acid rain precursors and their aqueous and gas phase atmospheric Oxidation reactions. Damaging
effects on aquatic life, plants, buildings and health. Monitoring of SO 2 and NO2. Acid rain control strategies.
Unit-III
Aquatic Chemistry and Water Pollution
Redox chemistry in natural waters. Dissolved oxygen, biological oxygen demand, chemical oxygen demand,
determination of DO, BOD and COD. Aerobic and anaerobic reactions of organic sulphure and nitrogen
compounds in water acid-base chemistry of fresh water and sea water. Aluminum, nitrate and fluoride in
water. Petrification. Sources of water pollution. Treatment of waste and sewage. Purification of drinking
water, techniques of purification and disinfection.
Polychlorinated biphenyls
Properties, use and environmental continuation and effects.
Unit-V
Soil and Environmental Disasters
Soil composition, micro and macronutrients, soil pollution by fertilizers, plastic an metals. Methods of re-
mediation of soil. Bhopal gas tragedy, Chernobyl, three mile island, Minimtata Disease, Sevoso (Italy), London
smog.
Books Suggested
1. Environmental Chemistry, Colin Baird, W.H. Freeman Co. New York, 1998.
2. Chemistry of Atmospheres, R.P. Wayne, Oxford.
3. Environment Chemistry, A.K. De, Wiley Eastern, 2004.
4. Environmental Chemistry, S.E. Manahan, Lewis Publishers.
5. Introduction to atmospheric Chemistry, P.V. Hobbs, Cambridge.
COURSE OUTCOMES
• Students will be able to have applied understanding of Atmospheric and Tropospheric
Photochemistry.
• Students understanding the principles of water and air analysis.
• The course is also useful in understanding various aspects of Environmental Toxicology and
Environmental Disasters.
SEMESTER −IV
GENERIC ELECTIVE
Paper VIII
MCH-514: COMPOTER-AIDED DRUG DISCOVRY
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The objective of this course is
• To provide theoretical knowledge about the use of computer in drug discovery.
• To understand the correlation of drug activity with structure of molecules.
• To understand the statistical tools applicable in Hansch analysis and regression analysis.
• Theoretically understanding the drug interaction with receptor.
Unit I
General information about drugs
Measuring drug activity, drug absorption, lipophilicity, pharmacokinetics factors, distribution of drugs,
protein binding of drugs. Rational approaches to lead Discovery based on traditional medicine random
screening non random screening lead Discovery based on drug metabolism and clinical observation.
Unit II
SAR vs Quantitative Structure-Activity Relationship
History and development of USA yaar types of physical chemical parameters experimental and theoretical
approaches for the determination of physical chemical parameters such as partition Coefficient and its
substitution constant and taps study constant hansch analysis free Wilson analysis 3D, QSAR approaches like
COMFA and COMSIA.
Unit III
Topological modeling
Molecular graphs, atom connectivity, different types of matrices: distance matrix, adjacency matrix, Deutore
matrix, Randic Connectivity indices, Kier and Hall valence connectivity indices Wiener index, Path Numbers,
Sz index, Sadhana index, PI index , Balaban index for simple molecules : Derivatives of Benzene, Biphenyl,
Quinolines, Acridines etc.
Unit IV
Regression analysis
Statistical parameters: R, F, SE, Pogliani quality factor, testing of models, Cross validation
parameters, univariate and multivariate modelling. Computer softwares for modeling, Degree of freedom,
de novo constants. Outliers.
Virtual screening techniques drug like Ne screaming concept of pharmacophore mapping and
pharmacophore based screening molecular Docking
Unit V
Molecular Modeling
Introduction to molecular mechanics energy minimization methods and conformational analysis Global
conformational minima determination introduction to bioinformatics kemo Informatics. Introduction to
bioinformatics chemoinformatics.
Books Suggested
1. Medicinal chemistry: ASHUTOSH KAR, New Age International Publishers New Age International Publishers.
2. Medicinal chemistry and drug discovery, M.E. Wolf, John Wiley and Sons, NY.
3. Burgers Med. chemistry and drug discovery 6th Edition, John Wiley, New York.
4. Qualitative Structure Activity Relationship in Drug Design Vol I,C. Hanch, Academic Press,
5. Molecular Connectivity in Chemistry and Drug Research, L.B. Kier, L.H. Hall, Academic Press. London.
6. Quantitative Aspects of Chemical Pharmacology, R.B. Barlow, Vroom Helm, London.
7. Principles of Organic Medicinal Chemistry , Ramarao, Bande ndls, New Age International P Ltd,
8. Graph Theory and Topology in Chemistry, Ed. R. B. King and D.H. Roury, Elsevier Sc. Publishers. AMSTERDAM.
9. Topological indices and Related Descriptors in QSAR and QSPR, James Defilers, CTC Press, 2000.
10. Sadhana Index in Nanotechnology, Khadi kar, Agrawal, Aziz, Lambert, Amazon.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After studying the course, the students will be able to
• Calculate various indices (Physicochemical Topological) for obtaining models for predicting
the biological activities of new molecules.
• Learn the statistical methods and tools.
• Perform 3Q QSAR and docking which will help in selecting new functional groups for belle
activity.
• Work in pharmacy industries for developing new drugs by way of QSAR.
SEMESTER −IV
PRACTICAL
(Duration: 6 hrs in each branch)
Inorganic Chemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The students will learn
• Quantitative determination of different metal ions.
• Synthesis and characterization of metal complexes.
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
Books Suggested
1. Synthesis and characterization of Inorganic Compounds, W. L. Jolly, Prentice Hall.
2. A Handbook of Analytical Inorganic Chemistry, D. Sharma, International Scientific Publishing Academy, India,
2005.
3. A collection of Interesting General Chemistry Experiments, A. J. Elias, Universities Press, Sangam Books Ltd.,
2002.
4. Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Analysis, revised, J. Bassett, R. C. Denney, G. H. Jeffery and J. Mendham, ELBS.
COURSE OUTCOMES
The students will be able to
• Determine the metal ions from a three component mixture.
• Synthesis and characterize the metal complexes.
Physical Chemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The students will learn
• Identification and determination of E1/2 of compounds.
• Determination of pK value of indicators and stability of Iron complex.
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
1. Electrochemistry
(a) Identification and estimation of metal ions such as Cd2+, Pb2+, Zn2+ and I2+ etc. polarographically.
(b) Study of a metal ligand complex polarographically (using Lingane’s method).
2. Spectroscopy
(a) Determination of pKa of an indicator (e.g. methyl red) in (a) aqueous and (b) micellar Media.
(b) Determination of stoichiometry and stability constant of Ferric isothiocyanate ion complex in
solution.
Books Suggested
1. Experimental Physical Chemistry, R. C. Das and B. Behera, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Practical Physical Chemistry, A. M. James and F. E. Prichard, Longman.
3. Experimental Physical Chemistry: A Laboratory Prescribed Book, A. M. Halpern, G. C. McBane and W. H.
Freeman, 3rd ed., 2006.
4. Experimental Physical Chemistry, V. D. Athawale, New Age International, 2007.
COURSE OUTCOMES
The students will be able to
• Identify and estimate the polarograms.
• Determine pK value of indicator and stability of Iron complex.
Organic Chemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Students will learn
• Multistep synthesis of organic compounds.
• Isolation of compounds from natural products.
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
2. Isolation
(a) Isolation of caffeine from tea leaves.
(b) Isolation of casein from milk (the students are required to try some typical colour reactions of
proteins).
(c) Isolation of lactose from milk (purity of sugar should be checked by LC and PC and Rf values
reported).
(d) Isolation of nicotine dipicrate from tobacco.
(e) Isolation of piperine from black pepper.
(f) Isolation of lycopene from tomatoes.
(g) Isolation of b-carotene from carrots.
(h) Isolation of eugenol from clove.
(i) Isolation of (+) limonine from citrus rind
Books Suggested
1. The systematic Identification of Organic Compounds, R.L. Shriner and D.Y. curlin.
2. A Practical text book by Singh and Yadav, Pragati prakashan.
3. Vogel’s Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, ELBS.
4. Macroscale and Microscale Organic Experiments, K. L. Williamson and D. C. Heath.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Students will gain knowledge of
• Multistep organic synthesis.
• Isolation of compound from natural products.
STUDY CENTRE FOR BIOCHEMISTRY
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
COURSE STRUCTURE
for
(M.Sc. Biochemistry)
Four Semesters (Two Year)
Programme
Based on
3. To provide students with the skills required to succeed, the pharma, biochemical,
agriculture industry, pathological, hospital and medical based organization research
and professional.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
1. Student will learn the broad knowledge and a solid foundation in biology and
chemistry.
2. The student will understand the advance knowledge of Clinical biochemistry,
industrial biochemistry, Molecular genetics principles, nature of chemical reactions
and health related problems.
3. Student will develop analytical and critical-thinking skills that allow independent
exploration of biological phenomena through the scientific method.
6. The student will learn the practical based laboratory skills needed to design, safely conduct
and interpret biochemical research.
7. The student will acquire a foundation of biological chemistry of sufficient breadth and depth
to enable them to understand and critically interpret the advance chemical literature.
8. The student will develop the ability to effectively communicate scientific information
and research results in written and oral formats.
9. The student will learn professionalism, including the ability to work in teams and apply basic
ethical principles in life and profession. He/She will understand how to interpret the results
and apply them in solving the problems.
Department of Biochemistry
Awadhesh Pratap Singh University, Rewa (M.P.).
(Course Structure and Scheme of Examination)
The following outcome reflects the terminal skills that all master post graduate should be
able to demonstrate program completion.
Students will develop the ability for articulation of ideas, scientific writing and
authentic reporting, effective presentation skills. Also they will learn conversational
competence including communication and effective interaction with others, listening,
speaking, and observational skills.
They will be able to plan and manage projects in order to achieve objectives along with
ability to work in a group or community. They will be able to recognize the need for
continuous up gradation of their knowledge and skills for continuing professional
development.
M.Sc. Biochemistry
Program Specific Outcomes (PSO)
PSO1: Obtain essential knowledge and skills to pursue a career in research, industry and in
academic set up.
PSO2: Apply the understanding of experimental approaches to solve problems and will
have an ability to implement solution to new problems.
PSO3: Integrate and apply the techniques in Analytical biochemistry, Clinical biochemistry,
Microbiology, Molecular biology and Bioinformatics.
PSO4: Evaluate the depth of scientific knowledge in the broad range of fields including Cell
biology, Metabolism, Pharmaceutical Biochemistry, Genetics, Nutritional
Biochemistry, Immunology and Enzymology.
PSO5: Describe and express the biochemical basis of human diseases, protein structure
and conformation, non-invasive diagnostics, biochemical pathway regulation and
drug development and synthesize this knowledge and apply the same for multitude
of laboratory applications.
Semester-I
Paper Course Title of the Paper Credit Marks
Code
Paper I BCH-101 Bio-organic Chemistry 4 100(60+40
)
Paper II BCH-102 Cell Biology 4 100(60+40
Paper III BCH-103 Human Physiology and Endocrinology 4 100(60+40
Paper IV BCH-104 Biophysical Chemistry & Techniques 4 )100(60+40
(Generic
)
Elective)
Practical (Lab I + Lab II) 4 100(50+50
Comprehensive Viva Voce 4*
Total 24 600
*Virtual Credit
Semester-II
Paper Course Title of the Paper Credits Marks
Code
Paper I BCH-201 Enzymology 4 100(60+40)
Paper II BCH-202 Microbial Biochemistry 4 100(60+40)
Paper III BCH-203 Molecular Biology 4 100(60+40)
Paper IV BCH-204 Bio statistics and Computational 4 100(60+40)
(Generic Bioinformatics
Elective)
Practical (Lab I + Lab II) 4 100(50+50)
Comprehensive Viva Voce 4*
Total 24 600
*Virtual Credit
Semester-III
Paper Course Code Title of the Paper Credits Marks
Semester-IV
Paper Course Code Title of the Paper Credits Marks
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The objective of this paper is to provide students with a basic understanding of
UNIT-I
Carbohydrate- Occurance, Classification, structures, propertise, and biological importance of
mono, oligo and polysaccharide, stereo isomerism, optical isomerism and reaction of aldehyde and
ketone groups of sugars, mutarotation, ring structure of mono saccharides.
UNIT-II
Lipids- Definition and classification, structure, properties of fatty acids and prostaglandins,
claasification distribution and biological importance of fats, waxes compound and derived lipids,
physical and chemical properties of fats, steroids, cholesterol and bile acids, characterization of fats.
UNIT-III
Proteins- Introduction, classification and properties of amino acids, Biologically active peptides,
classification based on solubility, shape composition and function structure and properties of
peptide and proteins. Protection and deprotection of N-terminal and C-terminal ends functional
groups in the side. Chain denaturation and Renaturation of protein. Determination of amino and
sequences of a polypeptide chain.
UNIT-IV
Nucleic acid- Nature of genetic material, evidances that DNA is the genetic materical, Structure &
constitution of nucleic acids (purines, pyrimidines, nucleoside) features of double helix DNA,
structure, types, composition, of RNA &DNA, biological role of DNA & RNA. Nucleoproteins, central
degma of molecular biology.
UNIT-V
Porphyrins- Porphyrins Nucleus and classification of Porphyrins. Important meiallophyrines.
Biosynthesis and degradation of porphyrins. Bile pigments chemical nature and their physiological
significance.
Books Suggested
1. Biochemistry by L. Stryer, W.H. Freeman and Co. 5th 2002.
2. Fundamentals of Biochemistry by Voet and Voet, John Wiley and sons NY (2002).
3. Lehninger’s Principle of Biochemistry by David L. Nelson and Michael M. Cox. W. H. Freeman; 4th
edition (2004).
4. Text Book of Biochemistry with clinical correlation by Thomas .M. Devlin, John Wiley-Liss, Hobokhen
N. J. publishers (2006).
5. Biochemistry by Zubey, GL WCB Publishers.
COURSE OUTCOMES
To understand the concepts of preparation of buffers, molarity, normality,
ionization, molality.
The understanding of different types of chemical bonding, molecular machinery of
living cells, principles that govern the structures of macromolecules and their
participation in living system.
M.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY
Semester – I
Paper-II
BCH-102: Cell Biology
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To equip students with a basic knowledge of the structural and functional
properties of cells
To examine properties of differentiated cell systems and tissues.
Aspect of cell cycle and cell death.
To introduce the fascinating mechanism of cell signaling along with brief overview
on developmental biology.
To provide thorough knowledge on classical genetics.
UNIT-I
Cell, cell wall and Extracellular Matrix (ECM), composition, cellular dimensions, Evolution,
Organisation, differentiation of prokaryotic and Eukaryotic cells, Virus, bacteria, cyanobacteria,
mycoplasma and prions.
UNIT-II
Molecular organisation and biogenesis and functin Mitochondria, endoplasmic reticulam, golgi
apparatus, plastids chloroplast, Leucoplast, centrosome, lysosome, ribosome, peroxisome, Nucleus
and nucleolus. Endo membrane system, concept of compartmentalization.
UNIT-III
Bio-membrane Transport- Physiochemical propertise of cell membranes. Molecular constitute of
membranes, asymmetrical organisation of lipids and proteins. Solute transport across
membrane’s-fick’s law, simple diffusion, passive-facilitated Diffusion, active transport- primary and
secondary group translocation, transport ATPases, Membrane transport in bacteria and animals
Transport mechanism- mobile carriers and pores mechanisms. Transport by vesicle formation,
endocytosis, exocytosis, cell respiration.
UNIT-IV
Cell cycle- Cell division by mitosis and meosis, Comparison of Meiosis an Mitosis, regulation of cell
cycle, cell lysis, Cytokinesis, Cell signaling, Cell communication, Cell adhesion and Cell junction,
apoeptosis, cell cycle checkpoints.
UNIT - V
Molecular organization and Nucleus, nucleolus, composition, properties, envelop, structure
properties, stability, cleavage, functions and types of chromosomes, chromosomal arrangement,
Chromosome staning, chromosomal observation aberration, chromatin, structure, homocrometin,
hetro and polychromatin.
Books Suggested
1. Cell Biology Protocols by Harris, R., Graham, J. & Rickwood, D.
2. Color Atlas of Biochemistry by Koolman, J. & Roehm, K. H.
3. Molecular Biology of The Cell - Bruce Alberts.
4. Molecular cell Biology by Harvey Lodish. W. H. Freeman; Sol edition (2007).
5. Cell Biology Protocols by Harris, R., Graham, J. & Rickwood, D.
6. Current Protocols in Protein Science (All Vol) John Wiley & Sons.
7. The World of the cell by Becker, Kleinsmith and Harden Academic Internet Publishers; 5th edition
(2006).
8. The Cell: A Molecular Approach, Fourth Edition by Geoffrey M. Cooper and Robert E. Hausman.
9. Cell and Molecular Biology by concepts and experiments by Gerald Karp (2005) John Wiley sons &
Inc.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Students will understand the structures and purposes of basic components of cell,
especially membranes and organelles.
Appreciate the cellular components underlying cell division along with a deep
insight to cell division, cell death and uncontrolled cell division.
Students will learn the basic principles of inheritance and patterns of heredity.
Students will test and deepen their mastery of genetics by applying this knowledge
in a variety of problem-solving situations.
M.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY
Semester-I
Paper-III
BCH-103: Human Physiology and Endocrinology
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The course is designed to assist the students to learn and understand fundamental
concepts and principles of respiratory, renal, digestive, cardiovascular, muscle and
neuro physiology.
To develop a vocabulary of appropriate terminology to effectively communicate
information related to anatomy and physiology.
To study the interrelationships within and between anatomical and physiological
systems of the human body.
To understand the basic mechanisms of homeostasis by integrating the functions of
cells, tissues, organs, and organ systems.
To study the roll and mechanism of endocrine system in metabolism, regulation of
normal homeostatic condition of body and other physiological functions.
UNIT-I
Blood- Composition of blood, structure & functions of formed elements, plasma and its
consistuents & function of plasma proteins.
Blood coagulation- Mechanism & regulation, fibrinolysis, role of Hb in oxygen & corbon dioxide
transports or 2,3 Dpce, Bohr effect and chloride shift.
UNIT-II
Digestive system- Composition, function& regulation of digestive juices, Digestion, absorption of
carohydrate, proteions and fats of nucleic acids, minerals and vitamins.
UNIT-III
I. Excretory system-Structure of nephron, mechanism of urine formation, clearance values,
composition of urine, Homeostasis & acid- base balance & imbalance.
II. Structure of neuron conduction of impulses across the nerve fibre salutary conduction. Synaptic
transmission, role of neurotransmitter.
UNIT-IV
Muscles- Structure of skeletal muscles, Bio-chemical characterization of extra cellular matrix,
plasma lemma, transverse tubular system, sarcoplasmic reticulum and myofibrils.
Actin, myosin, tropomysin, troponin, Z-disc and H-line components. The sliding filament
mechanisms and other theories metabolic and chemical changes during muscle constriction.
UNIT-V
Hormones- endocrine system, basic knowledge of endocrinology, Classification of endocrine
system, structure, function and disorders of pituitary, anterior and posterior pituitary gland,
thyroid and parathyroid, adrenal, pancreases and reproductive hormones in case of human and
female.
Books Suggested
1. Human Physiology by Devis.
2. Harper's Biochemistry (Lange Medical Books) (Paperback)By Robert K. Murray,Daryl K. Granner,
Peter A. Mayes and Victor W. Rodwell. Publisher: Appelton and Lange.
3. Clinical Biochemistry By Richard Luxton. Scion Publishing Ltd.
4. Text book of Biochemistry and Human Biology -Talwar , G.P. and Srivastava. L.M., Printice Hall of
india.
5. Human Physiology Chatterjee.C.C, Medical Allied Agency.
6. Textbook of Medical Biochemistry By MN Chatterjea and Rana Shinde, Jaypee Brothers. 1. Principles
of Anatomy & Physiology by Tortora, G.J.
7. Textbook of Medical Physiology by Guyton and Hall.
8. Essentials of Medical Physiology by Sembulingam K.
9. Proteins: structure and function by Whitford, D.
COURSE OUTCOMES
This course will provide a sound basis in human physiology to support in-depth
understanding of physiological processes of all body systems in detail and on an
appropriate level.
Students will able to explain how the activities of organs are integrated for
maximum efficiency.
Students will be prepared to identify how changes in normal physiology lead to
disease and it will support further study in health and medical sciences or related
fields.
This paper will also provide understanding of hormonal action in human body to
regulate normal physiological activity of different organ system as well as metabolic
process.
M.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY
Semester-I
Generic Elective
Paper-IV
BCH-104: Biophysical Chemistry & Techniques
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objectives of this paper is to develop student’s knowledge and capabilities in
areas of analytical chemistry that are particularly relevant to the analysis of a range
of sample types
To understand the physical principles of a range of quantitative and quantitative
analytical techniques.
To study the range of spectroscopic technique to characterize the biomolecules.
To understand the governing mechanisms and driving forces of various advanced
separation processes.
UNIT-I
Water- Physical properties & Structure of water, hydrogen bonding, ionisation of water. pH scale
concept of acids-bases & buffers, buffer ionisation behavior of amino acids and proteins.
Henderson-Hasselbalch equation, biological buffering system. Principale of osmosis-
Electroendomosis, Donan-membrane equilibrioum & its biological applications.
UNIT-II
Centrifugation- Basic principle of sedimentation, centrifuge and their uses. Preparative &
analytical centrifugation and their application in biochemistry. Electrophoresis-General principle,
factors affecting electrophoretic mobility, moving boundary & zonal electrophoresis, paper & gel
electrophoreis, isoelectric focusing.
UNIT-III
Thermodynamics- Open, closed & isolated system, first & second laws of thermodynamics and
their applications in living organisms. Molecular basis of entropy, Helmholtz & Gibbs free energy,
equilibrium constant. Chemical potential, Phosphate group transfer potential coupled reactions.
UNIT-IV
Chromatography- General principle of partition, absorption, paper, column, thin layer, ion
exchange & gas chromatography (GLC, GSC). Affinity & high performance liquid chromatography
(HPLC) & Gel filtration chromatography.
UNIT – V
Spectroscopic techniques- Basic concepts of spectroscopy, General principle of NMR, ESR, UV, IR
& Visible spectrophotometers Single beam and Double beam, Nanodrop spectrophotometer and X-
ray diffraction technique.
Books Suggested
1. Analytical Biochemistry by Holme, D. J. & Peck, H.
2. Biochemical calculation by Segel.
3. Introduction to Protein Architecture: The structural biology of proteins by Lesk, A. M.
4. Modern Experimental Biochemistry by Boyer, R.
5. Biochemistry by Todd, W. B., Mason, M., Bruggen, R. V. & Macmillan
6. Wilson.K.AndWalker.J.Pub:CambridgePress2.PhysicalBiochemistry-Friefelder,Publisher
D.W.H.FreemanPress.
7. Biophysical Chemistry:Principles and Techniques, 2nd edition by A.Upadhyay, K. Upadhyayand
N.Nath. Himalaya Publishing House.
COURSE OUTCOMES
To understand the concepts of preparation of buffers, molarity, normality,
ionization, molality.
The understanding of different types of chemical bonding, molecular machinery of
living cells, principles that govern the structures of macromolecules and their
participation in living system.
Note- Practical examination of Bio-organic Chemistry/ Cell Biology/ Human Physiology and
Endocrinology/ Biophysical Chemistry & Techniques will be conducted at the end of each
semester during examination. Students will be given two exercises in the practical examination.
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
Bio-organic Chemistry
Chromatography Analysis
1. Separation of sugar & amino acid by paper chromatography.
2. Separation of colour substances by paper chromatography.
Spectrophotometric analysis:
Protein estimation by UV Spectroscopy.
Cell fractionation (centrifuge).
Demonstration of Electrophoresis.
Books Suggested
1. Biochemical Methods 1992, by S. Sadasivam and A. Manickam, Second Edition, New Age International
Publishers, New Delhi.
2. Laboratory Manual in Biochemistry, 1981. J. Jayaraman, New Age International publishers, New
Delhi.
3. An introduction to practical biochemistry. By: David T Plummer. Publisher Tata McGraw- Hill.
4. Biochemical Calculations - Segel, I.H. John Wiley & sons.
5. Experimental Biochemistry: A Student companion- Sashidhar Rao, B and Deshpande, V. IK
International (P) Ltd.
6. Experiments And Techniques In Biochemistry: by Sheel Sharma, Galgotia publications
COURSE OUTCOMES
The students will be able to-
1. Estimate the qualitative and quantitative measurement of bioactive molecule from
the different sources.
2. Separate and analyze different biomolecules present in different samples.
3. Student know the knowledge and handling with standard protocols and modern
instrumentation.
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
Cell Biology
Books Suggested
1. Physiology by Guyton and Hall.
2. Medical Physiology by Best and Taylor.
3. Physiology by Garrett.
4. Harper’s Reviews of Biochemistry.
5. Experiments and Techniques in Biochemistry: by Sheel Sharma, Galgotia publications.
6. Biochemical Methods 1992, by S.Sadasivam and A. Manickam, Second Edition, New Age International
Publishers, New Delhi.
7. Laboratory Manual in Biochemistry, 1981. J.Jayaraman, New Age International publishers, New Delhi.
8. Experimental Biochemistry: A Student companion- Sashidhar Rao, B and Deshpande, V. IK
International (P) Ltd.
9. Experiments and Techniques In Biochemistry: by Sheel Sharma, Galgotia publications.
COURSE OUTCOMES
The students will be able to
1. Estimate the qualitative physiological functional measurement according to their
structure.
2. Separate and isolated by the fraction preparation of cellular components from any
cellular /organ based samples.
3. Student know the knowledge and handling with standard protocols and modern
instrumentation related to cell and organelles etc.
M.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY
Semester- II
Paper-I
BCH-201: Enzymology
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To study classification and basic structural properties of enzyme
Detailed study on mechanical and kinetics properties of enzyme including various
models of kinetics and various types of inhibition
To acquire a detail knowledge of mechanism of enzyme action, regulation and
allostery in enzyme
To develop an understating on application and technological aspects of commercial
valuable enzyme.
UNIT-I
Nomenclature and classification of enzymes, factors affecting the rate of enzyme catalyzed
reactions, Michaelis-Menten concept of uni-substrate reaction, Briggs-Haldane relationship,
Enzyme turnover and its significance, concept of Bi and multisubtrate reaction with classification
and examples, kinetics of multisubstrate reaction, Ping-pond and ordered bi-bi mechanism.
UNIT-II
Co-enzyme and cofactors, metallo enzymes, protein-ligand binding, cooperativity, Hill equation and
plot, immobilized enzymes and their industrial applications.
UNIT-III
Multi enzyme and allosteric enzymes; occurrence and properties of multienzyme system,
mechanism of action and regulation of pyruvate dehydrogenase and fatty acid synthetase complexs,
symmetrical and sequential models for action of allosteric enzymes and their significance.
UNIT – IV
Mechanism of catalysis: acid-base catalysis, electrostatic catalysis,covalent catalysis, serine
protease ribonuclease, chymotrypsin, lysozyme, triose phosphate isomerase.
UNIT-V
Enzyme regulation general mechanisms of enzyme regulation, feedback inhibition and feed forward
stimulation, control of enzyme activity by products and substrate. Enzymes repression, reversible
and irreversible inhibition, covalent modification of enzymes.
Books Suggested
1. Enzymes By Palmar.
2. Fundamentals of Enzymology, Price. NC. and Stevens. L., Oxford University Press.
3. Enzymes-Biochemistry, Biotechnology, Clinical chemistry-Palmer,T.
4. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, DavidL. Nelson, Michael M. Cox Pub.: W.H Freeman.
5. Enzymes by Dixxon and Webb.
6. Fundamental of Enzymology by Price and Steveas.
7. Enzymes reaction Mechanisms by Walsch.
8. Enzymes structure and Mechanism by Alan Fershit.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Students will be prepared for theoretically & practically to understand properties of
enzyme.
Enzymes are functional and its role in living system is unique.
To understand ability to difference between a chemical catalyst and biocatalyst
along with concept of enzymes-substrate kinetics and its importance in biological
reactions.
Enzymology paper is core Biochemistry subject, detailed understating of
enzymology will help students to prepare their mind for interdisciplinary functional
properties of protein.
This paper gives platform to develop vast range of application of industrially valuable
enzymes.
M.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY
Semester – II
Paper – II
BCH-202: Microbial Biochemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To enable the student to learn the regulation of genes in bacteria.
Morphology, classification and types of viruses.
To introduce to the process of biological nitrogen fixation.
Detailed information on antibiotics.
UNIT – I
Classification of microorganisms, general characteristics of main groups of microorganism’s
classification of bacteria, structure, recombination.
UNIT II
General organization of bacterial cells, gram-positive and gram-negative organisms, structure and
function of bacteria physiology, membrane transport, locomotion and reproduction of bacteria,
aerobic & anaerobic respiration.
Bacteriological media: types, and their use, culture characteristics of bacteria on different media.
Cultivation, maintenance and preservation of culture, bacterial growth kinetics, growth curve,
batch, continuous and synchronous culture, measurement of growth and factora affecting growth.
UNIT III
Role of microorganisms in food spoilage, food and food additives, food poisoning, food born
infections and sewage (domestic and industrial) disposal, microbiology of food and dairy products,
Industrial production of ethyl alcohol, lactic acid, ascorbic acid and penicillin, production of vaccine.
Microorganism associated disease.
UNIT IV
Viruses structure, isoplation, identification, properties and classification, replication of RNA, viruses
negative strand (VSV), positive strand (polio), retroviruses, replication of DNA (Adenovirus or SV
40), Plant viruses, Animal virus, Bacteriophages, Viroids, virus and cancer.
UNIT V
Sterilization and disinfection, culture media methods of securing pure culture, fermentation, stock
cultures, fermentation media, continuous and multiple fermentation.
Control of microorganisms-Microbial death, concept of bioburden, thermal death and decimal
reduction time. Control of microorganism by physical and chemical agent, Antimicrobial agent,
antimicrobial sensitivity.
Books Suggested
1. Food microbiology -Adams, M.R. and Moss M.O.
2. Foundations in Microbiology -Kathleen Talaro and Arthur Talaro.
3. Industrial Microbiology -Patel, H.P.
4. Industrial Microbiology –Casida.
5. Industrial Microbiology -Prescott and Dunn.
6. Microbiology Concepts and Applications -Paul A. Ketchum.
7. Microbiology Concepts and Applications -McKane and Kandel.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Students will be able to appreciate the entire spectrum of microscopic life forms -
from relatively simple, small but unique viruses to bacteria.
Enable the students to understand the fine mechanism of regulation of gene
expression.
Awareness will be created on different types of viruses and diseases caused by
them.
Appreciate the crucial role played by bacteria in nitrogen metabolism. 30
Students will get deep insight to antimicrobials.
M.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY
Semester- II
Generic Elective
Paper-I
BCH-203: Bio statistics and Computational Bioinformatics
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Detailed understanding of genome projects, related disciplines of Bioinformatics use
of Databases and Tools in Biological Discovery, Major Bioinformatics Resources.
UNIT– I
Introduction to Biostatistics, applications, Methods of sampling, tabulation of data, its diagrammatic
and graphical representation. Measurement of central tendency – mean, median and average.
Measures of dispersion, variance and standard deviation, mean deviation, standard error, Range,
Coefficient of variation.
UNIT– II
Probability, frequency distribution, measurement of central value frequency table, cumulative and
relative frequency correlation, covariance correlation analysis and coefficient.
UNIT– III
Correlation and Regression, analysis, correlation and regression coefficients, linear regression and
regression equation, test and types of significance, t-test, chisquare test and analysis of variance.
Design of experiment, randomization, replication, local control, complementary randomized block
design. Factor analysis, path analysis.
UNIT IV
introduction to computer fundamentals storage of data, operating system, concept of hardware and
software and general operating commands (MS-DOS, MSWORD, Excel, PowerPoint), open office in
Linex: Word Processor, spreadsheet Introduction to programming in basic and C.
UNIT-V
Introduction to internet and its application, introduction to bioinformatics: Introduction to
MEDLINE on PubMed system for accessing biological information, Entrez, Swissport, PIR, NCBI.
Stastical analysis software’s, Plant Genome Database, Sequence Database: Content, structure and
annotation for Human Genome Database, Multiple sequence allgnment programme- Clustal w, x.
File management, file transfer (ftp, Wsftp), email.
Books Suggested
1. Fundamentals of Biostatistics by Bernard Rosner 5th Ed.
2. Bioinformatics Methods and Applications by Rastogi, S.C.
3. Bioinformatics for Dummies by Jean-Michel Claverie.
4. Textbook of bioinformatics by Subramaniam, C.
5. Introductory Biostatistics by Chap T. Le.
6. Fundamentals of Biostatistics by Bernard Rosner.
7. Review & Research papers from Bioinformatics & related Journals.
8. Arthur M. Lesk, Introduction to Bioinformatics, Oxford University Press, 2008.
9. David W. Mount, Bioinformatics- Sequence and Genome analysis, 2004.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Students will choose appropriate experimental strategy for research in basic and
applied biology.
Explanation and integration of bioinformatics principles and its applications to basic
and applied biology.
Students will gain in silico training on data mining, database searching, software
application, quantitative analysis and interpretation, molecular modeling, QSAR and
various DNA, RNA and Protein analytical tools.
Moreover, this paper enables students to acquire the knowledge of statistical
analysis and its principles.
M.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY
Semester – II
Paper – IV
BCH-204: Molecular Biology
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Detailed understanding of prokaryotic and eukaryotic replication, types of DNA
polymerases and inhibitors of DNA replication
To gain detail on prokaryotic and eukaryotic transcription, translation and gene
expression regulation
To develop an understating of advanced technologies like RFLP, Sequencing, SSR,
REMAP, SCAR and various types of PCR
UNIT I
Organisation, Identification and chemical nature of genetic materials, Gene concept morphology,
chemical structure, concept of codon viral and prokaryotic DNA replication, Enzymology of DNA
replication.
UNIT II
Transcription mechanism of both prokaryotes and eukaryotes, transcription factors,Translation,
anti-genes RNA, regulation of gene expression in prokaryotes. Post transcription modification in
eukaryotes, Post translation modification types and significance, Genetic code: evidence and
properties.
UNIT-III
Bacterial recombination, conjugation, transformation,transduction, transposons, transposable
element in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, types and significance retrovirus, DNA damage and repair,
cot values C value, paradox DNA sequencing technique di-deoxynucleotide, partial rib substitution
and gilbert etc PAGE detection and extraction of DNA from gels.
UNIT IV
Satellite DNA, recombination of DNA, DNA binding properties, split genes, Overlapping genes,
Pseudogene, Cryptic genes, centromere DNA, Promiscuous DNA. Rearrangement of DNA.
UNIT V
Mutations types, classification and mechanism, mutagens types structures mode of functioning
mutagenesis, site directed mutagenesis suppressor mutation, mutations determination, Mutation
rate.
Books Suggested
1. Genes VIII, by Benjamin Lewin.
2. Molecular Biology, by Turner et al.
3. Cell and Molecular Biology: Concept and Experiments, by Geraid Karp.
4. An Introduction to grnrtic Analysis by Griffiths et al.
5. The Biochemistry of Cell Signaling, Helmreich JM, Oxford Press.
6. Cell signaling – John T Hancock, Oxford University press.
7. Cell and Molecular biology. Second edition: Edited by C A Smith and E J Wood. Chapman & Hall
publication.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Students will choose appropriate experimental strategy for research in basic and
molecular biology.
To perform laboratory techniques in basic biology, molecular biology, and advanced
techniques. Explanation and integration of biological principles, as applied to basic
and molecular biology.
Development of strong diversified background in modern biology, appropriate to
the individual student goals. Develop critical-thinking, and problem based learning
skills.
This paper will open an understanding of current trends in molecular and genetic
research, and critically appraise published work.
SEMESTER-II
PRACTICAL
(Duration: 6 hrs.)
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
Enzymology
Enzyme assay
1. Determination of specific activity, effect of pH, temperature and substrate concentration of:
(a) Salivary Amylase
(b) Urease
2. Enzyme curve of amylase
3. Temperature curve of amylase
4. pH curve of amylase
5. Substrate curve
6. Specific activity of amylase
7. Activity staining of amylase
8. Activity of Immobilized Amylase
9. Fractionate BSA by salt precipitation
10. Specificity of enzyme action
11. Time course of enzymatic reaction
Molecular Biology
1. Estimation of DNA by diphenylamine method.
2. Estimation of RNA by Orcinol method.
3. Spectroscopic determination of melting temperature(Tm) of calf thymus DNA.
4. Demonstration of Amplification of desirable gene by Polymerase chain reaction.
5. Isolation, quantification and characterization (Spectrophotometric and agarose gel
6. Electrophoresis of total RNA, mRNA from plant and microbial sources.
7. Isolation, quantification and characterization (Spectrophotometric and agarose gel
8. Electrophoresis of genomic DNA from bacteria (E. coli).
9. Isolation, quantification and characterization (Spectrophotometric and agarose gel
electrophoresis of genomic DNA from plant.
10. Molecular Profiling of Blood Plasma.
11. Molecular profiling of Animal tissues.
Books Suggested
1. Biochemical Methods 1992, by S.Sadasivam and A. Manickam, Second Edition, New Age International
Publishers, New Delhi.
2. Laboratory Manual in Biochemistry, 1981. J.Jayaraman, New Age International publishers, New Delhi.
3. Enzyme assays- A Practical Approach, Eisenthal, R and Dawson, MJ, IRL press
4. Practical Biochemistry- Rameshwar. A, Kalyani Publisher.
5. Principles of Genetics by Eldon John Gardner, Michael J. Simmons, D. Peter Snustad; John Wiley.
6. Modern Genetic Analysis Anthony JF Griffiths, William M Gelbart, Jeffrey H Miller, and Richard C
Lewontin. Pub. W. H. Freeman.
7. Statistics, Basic Concepts and Methodology for the Health Sciences Daniel WW, Pub Wiley India.
8. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, David L. Nelson, Michael M. Cox Publisher: W. H. Freeman.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. Student will learn about the enzymatic reaction and standardization etc.
2. Student will learn about the pH and temperature and associated other factors
necessary for the curve development.
3. Determination of specific activity will also acknowledge by the students.
4. Student will learn about the bioactive molecules separation by using the
electrical charges.
5. Student will learn about the demonstration of Amplification of desirable gene by
Polymerase chain reaction.
6. Isolation, quantification and characterization by using Spectrophotometric
technique with involvement of agarose gel electrophoresis of genomic DNA
from plant and animal tissue are also understand by the students.
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
Microbial Biochemistry
Bioinformatics
Books Suggested
1. Kannan N (1996) Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology. 1st Edition, Palani Paramount
Publications, Palani, Tamilnadu.
2. Sundararaj T. Microbiology – Laboratory Manual. Revised and Published by Aswathy
Sundararaj,No.5. 1st Cross Street, Thirumalai Nagar, Perundgudi, Chennai.
3. Aneja KR (2005). Experiments in Microbiology, Plant pathology and Biotechnology. 4th Edition, New
Age International Publishers, Chennai.
4. James G Cappuccino & Natalie Sherman (2008) Microbiology: A Laboratory manual. 8th Edition,
Published by Pearson Education.
5. Statistics, Basic Concepts and Methodology for Health Sciences Daniel W, Pub Wiley India
6. Biostatistics Arora & Malhan, Himalaya Publishing House. .
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. Student will learn about genomic database study.
2. Student will learn about the all Study of molecular and Compound Database
along with their structures etc.
3. Bioinformatics and stastical tools along with computer application are essential
it benefitted to student for new drug research and development fields etc.
4. Student will learn about the Microbial handling, isolation, purification and
identification etc.
5. Student will learn about the all basic experimental handling concern to microbial
testing and disease identification etc.
6. Microbial biochemistry knowledge in student establish microbial biochemical
process and their management etc.
M.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY
Semester-III
Paper-I
BCH-301: Metabolism and Plant Biochemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
An advanced understanding of the core principles and topics of metabolic process
and their biochemical reactions.
To enable students to acquire a specialized knowledge and understanding of how
enzymes and metabolites in living system works to produce energy and
synthesizing different biomolecules.
To study biochemical pathways involved in intermediary metabolism.
To understand the principles and major mechanisms of metabolic control and of
molecular signaling by hormones.
The metabolism of dietary and endogenous carbohydrate, lipid and protein.
UNIT-I
Bioenergetics-Biological oxidations, oxygeneses, hydroxylases and dehydrogenanases, Gibb’s
energy, free energy changes, and redox potentials, phosphate potential, electron transport chain,
substrate level phosphoryation and oxidative phosphorylation.
UNIT-II
Lipid metabolism-Fatty acid oxidation-Beta oxidation and w oxidation. Biosynthesis and
degradation of fatty acids triglycerides and phospholipids, cholesterol and bile acids, ketone bodies.
UNIT-III
Nucleic acid Metabolism-Nucleic acid metabolism, degradation of nucleoprotein, Catabolism of
purin Pyrimidines, Biosynthesis of Purine, Pyrimidines, nucleolides and its regulation. - Gout and
Liesch nyhan Syndrome.
UNIT-IV
Protein Metabolism-Proteolysis, deamination, transamination and decarboxylation reactions, urea
cycle, Metabolism of individual amino acids. Plant Harmones-Growth regulationg substances and
their mode of action, molecular effects of auxin, gibberellic, abscisic acids and cytokinins, gaseous
plant hormone.
UNIT-V
Phtosystem I & II, their location, Mechanism of quantum capture and energy transfer between
photo systems- ferridoxin, plastocyanin, photoquinone, carotenoids The Hill reaction,
photophosphorylation and reduction of CO2. C3, C4 and CAM metabolism, light and dark reaction
and photorespiration.
Books Suggested
1. Biochemistry by Mathews
2. Biochemistry by Satyanarayana, U.
3. Biochemistry: The Chemical Reactions of Living Cells by Metzler, D. E.
4. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, David L. Nelson, Michael M. Cox Publisher: W.H. Freeman.
5. Molecular Biology of the Cell,3rd edition. Bruce Alberts, Dennis Bray, Julian Lewis, Martin Raff, Keith
Roberts, and James D Watson. Publisher New York: Garland Science.
6. Biochemistry, 4th Edition-Donald Voet, Judith G.Voet–Publisher John Wiley & Sons.
7. The Cell: A Molecular Approach, by Geoffrey M. Cooper & Robert E. Hausman, Pub.
8. Molecular Cell Biology, Baltimore et. al. (1995) Scientific American Publication.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Metabolism refers to all biochemical reactions which occur in the living organisms.
By studying this paper students will able to differentiate the anabolic and catabolic
pathways and their important enzymatic steps, understand how glycolysis produces
metabolic energy as well as producing intermediates for further metabolic
reactions.
To acquire knowledge related to the principles and basic mechanisms of metabolic
control and how regulation of biochemical pathways leads to normal integrated
metabolism, understand the organization of a typical mitochondrion, locating
membranes, enzymes, respiratory complexes, the F0-F1 complex, important
transporter proteins and how it functions to synthesize ATP.
To understand the importance of Integration of Metabolism, degradation,
catabolism, hormonal regulation of metabolism etc will be exposed with the fact that
perturbations in the bimoleculas lead to various diseases. To open new way into
metabolic engineering for the production of useful compounds.
M.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY
Semester-III
Paper-II
BCH-302: Immunology
COURSE OBJECTIVE
In-depth knowledge and understanding of major cellular and molecular
mechanisms underlying immunological processes in health and diseases
To acquire a knowledge of immunochemical techniques in qualitative and
quantitative analysis of antibodies and antigens.
An understanding of the factors that determine the effectiveness of immune
responses to microorganisms (bacteria, viruses, parasites) and tumours and how
protective immunity can be elicited by vaccination.
UNIT-I
Introduction of immune system: Innate and acquired immunity, Active-passive immunity,
Structure and functions of lymphoid organs, Cells involved in immune response (development of
immune cells), Phagocytic cells & their killing mechanisms.
UNIT-II
effect or mechanism of immunity: Macrophage activation, Cell mediated cytotoxicity,
Hypersensitivity and its types, MHC genes organization, types, functions.
UNIT-III
Antigen: Types of antigen, Immunoglobulins- structure, occurrence & functions, Antigen-antibody
reaction, Antigen binding sites, Hybridoma technology, Monoclonal antibodies production, principle
of selection, characterization, application in diagnosis , therapy and basis research.
Antibody engineering: Chimeric and Humanized monoclonal antibodies, Mice engineered with
Human Ig loci, Phase display library for monoclonal antibody.
UNIT-IV
Transplantation immunology: immunologic basis of graft rejection & HLA tissue typing,
Transplantation diseases, Complementation system – mode of activation, classical - alternative
pathways, Biological functions of complement proteins, Cell mediated & humoral immune response.
Cancer immunology: tumor antigen, immune reponse to tumor, oncogene and induction, cancer
immunotherapy.
UNIT-V
Immunity to infection: Immune tolerance, Immunosupression, Immunodeficiency disorders,
Autoimmunity, Vaccines- Active and Passive immunization whole organism vaccine, purified
macromolecule as a vaccine, DNA vaccine, Recombinant vaccine and Subunit vaccine & diseases.
Books Suggested
1. Kuby Immunology, Thomas J. Kindt, Richard A Goldsby, Publisher WH Freeman & Co.
2. Immunology- Ashort Course.
3. Immunology by Tizzard.
4. Fundamental of Immunology by William Paul.
5. Immunolgy by Abbas.
6. Roitt's Essential Immunology, Tenth Edition, Ivan Roitt, Peter Delves
7. Veterinary Immunology: Ian R. Tizard, I.R. Thomson press
8. The Immune System. By Peter Parham Publisher Garland publishing
9. Biochemistry - J. David Rawn – Neil Patterson publication, NC.
COURSE OUTCOMES
To attain a working knowledge of current immunological principles as they relate to
the cells and molecules of the immune system.
Understanding of mechanism of interaction in defending the body against invading
microorganisms.
Students will get knowledge of development and acquisition of ability to recognize
antigens and finally how they malfunction in autoimmune diseases.
Students will extend and solidify their understanding of the presented principles
through critical readings from the primary research literature.
M.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY
Semester-III
Paper-III
BCH-303: Clinical Biochemistry (Discipline Elective)
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To study the classification and functional properties of blood components.
To understand the coagulation, anti-coagulation mechanism of blood and its
disorders.
To study the biochemical, clinical, pathological and diagnostic aspects of diseases.
To study dietary types, requirements, utilization and functions of different class of
diet.
To study the nutrition deficiency disorders and balance diet.
UNIT-I
Fluid & electrolyte balance and imbalance in various diseases.
Liver Function Tests: Van den Bergh test for bilirubin, urine and fecal urobilinogen, Determination
of galactose, epinephrine test, Detoxification and excretion tests, Prothrombin Time, Determination
of blood ammonia.
Kidney Function Tests: Urea clearance test, Creatinine clearance test, renal plasma flow,
Concentration and dilution test, Function tests of pancreases,
UNIT-II
Disorders of Carbohydrates Metabolism: Diabetes mellitus Glycated hemoglobins, Blood sugars
hypoglycemias, various types of glucose tolerance tests.
Disorders of Lipids: Hypoliproteinemia, Hyperlipoproteinemia, Atherosclerosis
Diagnostic tests for apolipoproteins, HDL - cholesterol, LDL - cholesterol and triglycerides. Fatty
liver, Fats in diseases, Lipoproteins disorders, Ketone bodies.
Diagnostic Tests for Proteins: Total protein, albumin, globulin and fibrinogen
Disorders of Thyroid: Hyperthyroidism, Hypothyroidism. Thyroid function Tests: T3, T4, TSH,
TRH
UNIT-III
Enzymes in different diagonosis of disease & their clinical significance: Serum Aspartate
aminotransferase, alanine aminotransferase, creatine kinase, gamma glutamyl transpeptidase,
alkaline phosphatase.
Biochemical Aspects of Hematology:
Complete blood count (CBC)- RBC, WBC, platelet counts, Hb, Bleeding time, clotting time
Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) chemistry and clinical significance.
Biochemistry of detoxification, Xenobiotic metabolism.
Metal ion toxicity, chelation therapy, antioxidant therapy.
Biochemistry of Ageing, Cancer, AIDS, Cholera-Vibriotoxins, pathogenesis. Jaundice,
Arthrities, Nutrition and Chronic clinical disease.
UNIT-IV
Mechanism of drug action- Penicillin, Tetracycline, Streptomycin, Chloramphenicol &
Sulphonamides.
Apoptosis: Carcinogens, Cancerous growth & Chemotherapy, radioactivity: radioisotopes in
medicine.
UNIT-V
Disorders of mineral metabolism and trace elements: Hypo-Hypercalcemia, Hypo-
Hyperphosphatemia, Disorders of amino acids, steroids and vitamins.
Disorders of erythrocyte metabolism: hemoglobinopathis, thalassemias & anemia’s.
Biochemical Hazards of dangerous environment pollutants.
Books Suggested
1. Text book of Biochemistry and Human Biology –Talwar , G.P. and Srivastava. L.M.,
Printice Hall of india.
2. Human Physiology - Chatterjee. C.C, Medical Allied Agency.
3. Textbook of Medical Biochemistry By MN Chatterjea and Rana Shinde, Jaypee Brothers.
4. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry 5th edition ByDavid L. Nelson and MichaelM. Cox,WH, Freeman
and Company.
5. Clinical Biochemistry: An Illustrated Colour Text (Paperback) 3rd Edn By Allan Gaw, Michael Murphy,
Robert Cowan, Denis O'Reilly, Michael Stewart and James, Shepherd. Publisher: Churchill
Livingstone.
6. Harper's Biochemistry (Lange Medical Books) (Paperback)By Robert K. Murray.
7. Granner, Peter A. Mayes and Victor W. Rodwell. Publisher: Appelton and Lange.
8. Clinical Biochemistry By Richard Luxton. Scion Publishing Ltd.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Advanced understanding and knowledge of theoretical and practical aspects of
blood biochemistry and its components.
Connection of blood to entire organ system of body in single circulatory channel and
consequences of environmental and genetic factors of blood disorders.
Rationale and theoretical basis for methods and tools used in the diagnosis of
common biochemical disorders.
Distinguish between between fat-soluble vitamins and water-soluble vitamins,
biochemical functions and synthesis for these vitamins.
M.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY
Semester-III
Generic Elective
Paper-IV
BCH-304: Genetic Engineering
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To equip students with a basic knowledge of the structural and functional
properties of cells.
To examine properties of differentiated cell systems and tissues.
Aspect of cell cycle and cell death.
To introduce the fascinating mechanism of cell signaling along with brief overview
on developmental biology.
To provide thorough knowledge on classical genetics.
UNIT-I
Laws of Mendels-Applications and deviations, Monohybrid and dihybrid crosses, Sex etermination
and Sex linked inheritance, Sex differentiation, Blood group inheritance and determination,
Maternal affects and cytoplasmic inheritance, Fine structure of gene.
UNIT-II
Recombinant DNA Technology
Restriction enzymes- nomenculture, classification and mode of action. Cloning vectors- Plasmid,
Bacteriophages, cosmid, phagemid and animal virus. Purification of DNA from living cells,
Manipulation of purified DNA, Cloning in Pro & eukaryotic cells, DNA hybridization and blotting
techniques. cDNA library. DNA probe, Nick translation, Genetic mapping.
UNIT-III
Tissue Culture
Micropropagation, somatic cell culture, Somatic cell hybridization. Protoplast isolation - fusion, Nif
gene transfer. Transformation techniques, integration and analysis or conformation of transgene
integration. Transgenic plant and transgenic animals, Application of recombinant DNA technology
or Genetics engineering in agriculture, medicine DNA vaccine and molecular diagnostic.
UNIT-IV
Population genetics- Gene pool and gene frequency, models of gene pool structure-Classical
hypothesis, Balanced hypothesis, Hardy- Weinberg law and its application in calculating gene
frequencies, deviations from Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium.
Genetics involved-Sickle cell anaemia, Thalessemia and Cancer.
UNIT-V
Gene Techniques - DNA finger printing, DNA foot printing, RFLP, RAPDs, Molecular markers, PCR,
Immuno-PCR, Antisense RNA technology, Biosensor development and applications, Microarray
chips, types and their application, Human Genome project (HGP). Biosafty and ethical consideration
for GMOs.
Book Suggested
1. Gene and Genome by Premrose.
2. Genetics by P. K. Gupta.
3. Cell Biology Protocols by Harris, R., Graham, J. & Rickwood, D.
4. Color Atlas of Biochemistry by Koolman, J. & Roehm, K. H.
5. Molecular Biology of The Cell - Bruce Alberts
6. Molecular Cell Biology by Lodish, H.
7. PrinciplesofGeneticsbyEldonJohnGardner,MichaelJ.Simmons,D.PeterSnustad;JohnWiley3.
8. Molecular Genetices of the gene by Watson.
9. Genes IX by Lewin, B.
10. Essential Molecular Biology by T. A. Brown
11. Biotechnology by B. D. Singh.
12. Route map in gene technology by Walker and Rapley.
COURSE OUTCOMES
To provide thorough knowledge on classical and population genetics along with
evolutions.
Understanding of application of recombinant DNA technology or Genetics
engineering in agriculture, medicine DNA vaccine and molecular diagnostic.
Understanding of Biosafty and ethical consideration for genetic modified organism
and crops developments.
Understanding of modern gene techniques, operation and advantages in recovery and
hilling of genetics involved disease.
Understanding of Blood group, sex and other associated genetic inheritance process.
SEMESTER-III
PRACTICAL
(Duration: 6 hrs.)
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
Genetic Engineering
Clinical Biochemistry
I. Hematology
1. Estimation of Hemoglobin – colorimetric method
2. Enumeration of RBC & WBC
3. Differential Smear – Blood cells count
4. Bleeding time & Clotting time
5. Identification of blood grouping & typing
6. Evaluate ESR & PCV
7. Ascorbic Acid Estimation
8. Iron Estimation
Books Suggested
1. Biochemical Methods (1992), by S. Sadasivam and A. Manickam, Second Edition, New Age
International Publishers, New Delhi.
2. Introductory practical Biochemistry (2005), by S. K. Sawhney and Radhir singh, Alpha Science
International publishers, 2nd Edition.
3. Practical Clinical Biochemistry –Varley, H. CBS Publications
4. Practical Clinical Biochemistry-Methods and Interpretations – Ranjna Chawla- Jaypee
5. Lab Manual in Biochemistry, Immunology and Biotechnology – Arti Nigam and Archana Ayyagari,
Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi.
6. Biochemical Methods (1992), by S. Sadasivam and A. Manickam, Second Edition, New Age
International Publishers, New Delhi.
7. Introductory practical Biochemistry (2005), by S. K. Sawhney and Radhir singh, Alpha Science
International publishers, 2nd Edition.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. The students will be able to Performed all hematological tests related to human
body system.
2. The students will be able to perform functional test of the body like LFT, KFT related
to diagnosis purpose.
3. Student understands the process of disease diagnosis, related to other collected
body fluids.
4. Students understand the concept of Histopathology, biochemical test, pathological
investigation, recovery response etc.
5. The students will be able to isolate the DNA from different resource.
6. The students will be able to perform the Nucleic Acid Purity Assessment Using
A260/A280 Ratio.
7. Student understands the process of Restriction Digestion by using the enzymes.
8. Students understand the concept of bacterial transformation, isolation of Plasmid
DNA and manipulation etc.
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
Plant Biochemistry
Immunology
1. Single (Radial) Immuno diffusion.
2. Double (Outcherlony) immune diffusion.
3. Immuno electrophoresis.
4. Blood Grouping
5. Widal Test
6. Immuno diagnosis related to Ag-Ab interaction concept.
7. Testing kit related diagnosis based on Ag-Ab reaction etc.
8. Sandwich ELISA
9. Lymphoid organs and their microscopic organization.
Books Suggested
1. Biochemical Methods (1992), by S. Sadasivam and A. Manickam, Second Edition, New Age
International Publishers, New Delhi.
2. Introductory practical Biochemistry (2005), by S. K. Sawhney and Radhir singh, Alpha Science
International publishers, 2nd Edition.
3. Biochemical Methods (1992), by S. Sadasivam and A. Manickam, Second Edition, New Age
International Publishers, New Delhi.
4. Introductory practical Biochemistry (2005) by S. K. Sawhney and Radhir singh, Alpha Science
International publishers, 2nd Edition.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. The students will be able to perform, immune diagnosis related to Ag-Ab interaction
concept.
2. The students will be able to perform, blood and other fluid related Ag-Ab interaction
concept.
3. The students understand the role of immunology in case of various diseases related
to allergy, bacteria, virus, AIDS, Arthritis, skin allergens etc.
4. The students will be able to Performed all bioactive molecule and compound
separation related to plant cells.
5. The students will be able to perform estimation of essential beneficial pigments.
6. Student understands the process of disease diagnosis related to plants parts and
products.
7. Students understand the concept of estimation of plant proteins, Chloroplast etc.
M.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY
Semester-IV
Paper-I
BCH-401: Pharmaceutical Biochemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To study the drug development process, absorption and metabolism
To develop a concept of drug action, receptor interaction, roll of enzyme in
stimulation or inhibition of drug activity
To understand the lethal and effective dose of drug; Mechanism of drug delivery
systems.
To study the different guidelines for manufacturing of drugs.
In-depth study of intellectual property rights.
UNIT-I
Pharmacokinetics
Source and nature of drugs, classification, nomenclature. principles of drug action, absorption,
distribution and elimination of drugs, routes of drug administration. Drug–protein interactions.
dose response curve - ED50 and LD50, Origin of drug from plants and animals, Uses of
Pharmacokinetics In Drug Development Process, Concept of Prodrug and Soft Drug. Synergism and
Antagonism, Acute and chronic exposures, factors influencing toxicity.
UNIT-II
Pharmacodynamics and drug target
Introduction, Concept of Receptor Agonists and Antagonists, Drug Receptors receptors, Enzymes,
carrier proteins Interactions, Theories of Drug Activity Relationship, Forces involved in drug -
receptor interaction, Receptor theories. Cholinergic and anticholinergic drugs, adrenergic and
adrenergic blockers, General anesthetics, Local anesthetics. Adverse reactions to drugs and
common drug receptor interactions,.Treatment of Diseases by Enzyme Stimulation, Elementary
treatment of drug Receptor Interaction, Ld50, Ed50, Mic and Mec, Membrane Active Drugs,.
Mechanisms of drug effects, Drug delivery Systems, Liposomes.
UNIT-III
Regulatory Affairs and Pharmacovigilance
Pharmaceutical Products-their Manufacturing, Analytical Aspect, Product Registration and their
Requirement looking to WHO-GMP, European DMF, US-FDA Regulations, ICH Guidelines,
pharmacopael and extra pharmacopaeal Entry.
UNIT-IV
Intellectual Property Rights
Documentation Required for Filing Patent, Chemical, Physical and Biological (Clinical) Data
Documentation, Patent Writing Art and Introduction of Concept of Non-infringing Patent Ability,
Looking to GATT-WTO Scenario, Computer Based Data Mining in Drug Research, Pharmaceutical
Product Management Aspect.
UNIT-V
Pharmaceutical associated toxicity
Xenobiotics metabolism, Phase-I reactions, Oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis & hydration. Phase-II
reactions\conjugation, Methylation, glutathione & amino acid conjuctions, detoxifications.
Metabolism of CCl4 & Paracetamol & their effect in liver & kidney.
Book Suggested
1. Environmental Biology and Toxicology, P. D. Sharma, Rastogi.
2. Textbook of Toxicology, BalramPani, IK.
3. Casarett&Doull's Essentials of Toxicology, Klaassen, MGH.
4. Toxicology: Principles and Applications, Niesink, CRC.
5. Clinical Toxicology, FACMT, Saunders.
6. Environmental Pollution and Toxicology, Johi, APH.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Gain detail understanding of how drug act inside the body after absorption from
intestine in to blood.
Understanding of factors that affect drug absorption, interaction with target
receptors and inhibition of enzymes.
Understanding of process of product registration and different guidelines which
control the manufacturer to follow correct strategy for manufacturing of drug.
Learn how to write and file the patent; how to document clinical data of the concern
drug research.
M.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY
Semester-IV
Paper-II
BCH-402: Biochemical Toxicology and Clinical Research
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To study the ICMR and Ethical Guidelines as per standardized toxicological values.
To understand the in vitro-in vivo performed experimentation.
To study the Biological testing and bioassays during Clinical trials observation.
To study about the Single dose and repeat dose toxicity studies.
To study the Nutrition toxicology and Immunotoxicology.
UNIT-I
Nutrition toxicology and Immunotoxicology: Determination of metal content in samples,
Neurotoxicology, Occupational toxicology. toxicology of environmental, Risk assessment and
chemical safety evaluation, Legislation and International regulation, Toxic metals in environment,
toxicity of Petroleum, Pesticide types and toxicity, Environmental consequences of pesticide
toxicity.
Pesticide, ionizing radiations and gaseous pollutants. Toxicokinetics, Biotransformation and
degradation of toxicants.
UNIT-II
Pre clinical toxicology: Basic Concepts, toxicants of public health hazards and toxic compounds,
Epidemiology and biostatistics in Toxicology, Absorption, translocation and excretion of toxicants.
Systemic toxicology (Single dose and repeat dose toxicity studies), Carcinogenicity, Mutagenicity,
Teratogenicity, Reproductive toxicity, Local toxicity, Genotoxicity, animal toxicity requirements.
Exposure assessment and analytical methods in toxicology, toxicological pathology.
UNIT-III
Clinical research: Types of clinical trials, single blinding, double blinding, open access, randomized
trials and their examples, interventional study, ethics committee and its members, cross over
design, Institution Ethics Committee/Independent Ethics Committee. Clinical research data
management. Organ, genetic and reproductive toxicology, Toxic genomics.
UNIT-IV
Biological testing and bioassays during Clinical trials: Testing drugs in vitro and in vivo, New
drug discovery process- purpose, main steps involve in new drug discovery, timelines in steps,
advantage and purposes of steps, clinical research ethics, unethical trials, thalidomide tragedy,
Clinical trials phases, Safety monitoring in clinical trials. Regulatory requirements in clinical trials,
Schedule Y, ICMR guidelines, documentation in clinical study. Indian GCP guidelines (CDCSO
guidelines) ICMR Guidelines, Ethical Guidelines for Biomedical Research on Human Subjects
Schedule.
UNIT-V
Bioavailability and Bioequivalence studies: Factors affecting bioavailability, types: absolute v/s
relative, single v/s multiple dose studies, healthy volunteers vs patient studies, measurement of
bioavailability, drug dissolution rate and Bioavailability, in vitro-in vivo correlation, methods for
enhancement of bioavailability. Bases for Determining Bioequivalence, Design and Evaluation of
Bioequivalence Studies Analytical Methods, Reference Standard, Extended Release Formulations,
Combination Drug Products, Study Designs.
Book Suggested
1. Pharmacology and Pharmacotherapeutics, 23 rd Edition, Popular Prakasham, Bombay.
2. Modern Pharmacology with clinical correlations, 6th Edn., Charles R. Creig, and Robert E. Stitzel,
Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
3. Foye’s Principles of Medicinal Chemistry, Williams, D.A. 6th Edn. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
(2008).
4. Fundamentals of Experimental Pharmacology, Ghosh, M.N. 2nd Edn, Scientific Book Agency, Kolkatta
(1984).
5. Wilson and Walker’s Principles and Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular biology; 8th Edn.,
Andreas Hofmann and Samuel Clokie; Eds. Cambridge University Press, New Delhi.
6. Applied Biopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics, Shar gel, L. 2012. McGraw- Hill Medical.
7. Text Book of Receptor Pharmacology, Foreman, J.C. & Johansen, T. J. 2nd Edn., CRC Press (1996).
8. Drug discovery and Development 2nd Ed. Reymond G Hill, Humphry P Rang, Churchill Livingsten,
Lange (2012).
9. Applied Biopharmaceutics & Pharmacokinetics, 5th Edn. Leon Shargel, Susanna WuPong, Andrew
B.C. Yu.
10. Basic and Clinical Pharmacology, Prentice hall, International, Katzung, B.G.
11. Clinical Pharmacology, Scientific book agency, Laurence, DR and Bennet PN.
12. Remington Pharmaceutical Sciences, Lippincott, Williams and Wilkins.
13. Text Book of Therapeutics Drug and Disease Management Hardbound. Richard A Helms.
14. IPR, Biosafety and Bioethics, Deepa Goel and Shomini Pearson (2013).
COURSE OUTCOMES
Gain detail understanding of how drug and toxicant act inside the body an after
absorption from intestine in to blood it affect the body.
Understanding of factors that affect drug absorption, Bioavailability and
Bioequivalence concept.
Understanding of process of product registration and different guidelines which
control the manufacturer to follow correct strategy for manufacturing of drug and
Pre clinical toxicology studies.
Learn how to write and file the patent; how to document clinical data of the concern
to clinical research.
Understanding of process Biological testing and bioassays during Clinical trials of
drug and toxicant.
M.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY
Semester-IV
Discipline Elective
Paper-III
BCH-403: Food and Nutritional Biochemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To study the classification and functional properties of blood components.
To understand the coagulation, anti-coagulation mechanism of blood and its
disorders.
To study the biochemical, clinical, pathological and diagnostic aspects of diseases.
To study dietary types, requirements, utilization and functions of different class of
diet.
To study the nutrition deficiency disorders and balance diet.
UNIT -I
Direct and indirect calorimetry, energy value of the foods, thermal equivalent of oxygen, respiratory
quotient, calorigenic action of the foods, basal metabolic rate- definition and its measurement,
factors affecting BMR, energy requirements of the human beings.
UNIT-II
Nutritional aspects of the carbohydrate-Different dietary types, available and unavailable
carbohydrates, requirements, utilization and functions. Special role of non-starch polysaccharides.
Nutritional aspects of the lipids- Different dietary types, requirements, utilization and functions.
Essential fatty acids.
UNIT-III
Nutritional aspects of the proteins- Quality of proteins, digestibility coefficient, net protein
utilization, biological value and amino acid score, protein requirements and functions. Nutritional
diet support of infant. Pre-operation and post operational condition. Importance of food for
existence of life. Modes of nutrition in life forms Comparable and contrasting features
UNIT -IV
Nutritional aspects of the vitamins and minerals. WHO and ICMR recommendation of Vitamins
and Minerals. Disease and Minerals diagnosis.
Human Health and Disease: Nutrition (Health), definition, classification, food and non food
sources.Nutraceuticals; use of nutraceuticals in traditional health sciences. Role of omega-3 fatty
acids,carotenoids, dietary fiber, phytoestrogens; glucosinolates; organosulphur compounds in
health and disease (prevention and control).
UNIT -V
Balanced diet- Recommended dietary allowances for different categories of human beings. Food
processing and loss of nutrients during processing and cooking. Naturally occurring anti-nutrients.
Disorders related to the nutrition - Protein energy malnutrition, Starvation, Obesity.
Functional foods: Definition, development of functional foods, benefits and sources of functional
foods in Indian diet. Effects of processing conditions and storage.
Book Suggested
1. Vitamins, Their Role in the Human Body by Ball.
2. The Vitamins by Gerald F. Combs .
3. Human Nutrition by Geissler Powers.
4. Human Nutrition and Dietetics by Ashok Kumar Sharma.
5. Nutritional Biochemistry by Tom Brody.
6. Human Nutrition and Dietetics by Davidson & Passmore.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Gain detail understanding of Nutraceuticals; use of nutraceuticals in traditional
health sciences from intestine in to blood it affect the body.
Understanding of factors that affect food digestion and absorption, Bioavailability
and Bioequivalence concept.
Understanding of importance of food for existence of life.
Learn how to processing and loss of nutrients take place during processing and
cooking.
Recommended dietary allowances for different categories of human beings.
M.Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY
Semester-IV
Generic Elective
Paper-IV
BCH-404: Industrial Biochemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To study the classification and functional properties of fermentation technique and
products.
To understand the standard process and SOP for industrial setup and product
development.
To study the biochemical aspects of industrial protocols and standardization
regarding product development.
To study dietary types, requirements, utilization of fermented industrial antibiotics
etc.
To study the Commercial enzyme in beverages development and production.
UNIT-I
Techniques of fermentation systems, Role of Fermentation, Biochemistry of Fermentation:
Fermentation of Carbohydrates, Protein. Lipid Metabolism, Formation of flavour. Advanced
continuous fermentation for anaerobic microorganisms, Fermentation process development of
carbohydrate based therapeutics. Commercial production of plant proteins in microorganisms.
Benefits of fermented products.
Bioprocess development for detoxification and decolonization, Fermentation process validation.
Genetic manipulation of industrially important microorganisms.
UNIT-II
Food processing and fortification: Principles, objectives and rationale, selection and basis of
fortificants. Technology of fortifying cereal products. Characteristics of nutrients used in cereal
fortification. Fortification methods. Fortification premixes, Design and composition of premixes
and quality control. Fortification of bread, pasta, noodles, biscuits, and breakfast cereals.
UNIT-III
Development of nutraceutical and functional foods, Standards for health claims.
Development of Prebiotics and probiotics: Mechanics and usefulness of probiotics and
prebiotics in gastro intestinal health and other benefits. Beneficiary microbes; prebiotic ingredients
in foods; types of prebiotics and their effects on gut microbes, probiotic allergy,
Industrial production of Antibiotics: Penicillin, Streptomycin, Tetracyclines Organic acids, Citric
acid, Lactic acid, Acetic acid, Enzymes: Amylases, Proteases, lipases Amino acids - Lysine, Glutamic
acid.
UNIT-IV
Food additives: Definitions, functions and uses in processed food products. Chemical, technological
and toxicological aspects of acid, base buffer systems, salts and chelating/sequestering agents,
leavening agents, antioxidants, emulsifying and stabilizing agents,
anti-caking agents, thickeners, firming agents, flour bleaching agents and bread improvers.
Sweetening agents: Artificial sweeteners, composition, uses. Natural and synthetic colors, food
Flavors, Spices and flavoring constituents, flavors in food industries.
UNIT-V
Beverages Technology: Beverages; importance of beverage fortification, Health benefits of
fortification, Selection of nutrients for fortification, Levels to be added, Characteristics of fortificants
and method of fortification, Bioavailability, Organic Vs inorganic salts. Health foods; selection of
nutrients,Technology of incorporation of fortificants, bioavailability.
Commercial enzyme in beverages: fruit juices, beer, wine, and distilleries; dairy, baking, oils and
fats, plantation products, animal products. Malting and germination of grains process,
characteristics, nutritional benefits and uses. Domestic use products like detergents. Textiles,
Denim processing, Leather industry.
Book Suggested
1. Biochemistry Ed. Donald Voet & Judith G. Voet, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.(2010).
2. Lehninger- Principles of Biochemistry; D.L.Nelson and M.M. Cox, 6th Edn. MacMillan Publications
(2012).
3. Nutrition: Science and Applications, 3rd Edn. Lori A. Smolin, Mary B. Grosvenor, Wiley (2013).
4. Introduction to Human Nutrition, 2nd Edn. Michael J. Gibney, Susan A. Lanham-New, Aedin Cassidy,
Hester H. Vorster, Wiley-Blackwell (2009).
5. Nutrition: Everyday Choices, 1st Edition; Mary B. Grosvenor, Lori A. Smolin Wiley (2006).
6. Bioactive Food as Dietary Interventions for Liver and Gastrointestinal Disease; Watson Elseveir
(2012).
7. Food, Nutrition and Health. Tapsell L. Oxford University Press (2010).
COURSE OUTCOMES
Gain detail understanding of Techniques of fermentation systems, Role of
Fermentation, Biochemistry of Fermentation for industrial product development.
Understanding of commercial enzyme in beverages and their associated biochemical
process.
Understanding of importance of food, Food additives, artificial food additives and
their biochemistry.
Learn how to processing are involve in prebiotics and probiotics production in
industry.
Learning in the development and production of different bioactive product for
human welfare.
SEMESTER −IV
PRACTICAL
(Duration: 6hrs.)
Note- Practical examination of Inorganic Pharmaceutical Biochemistry/Biochemical
Toxicology and Clinical Research, Nutrition Biochemistry /Industrial Biochemistry will be
conducted at the end of each semester during examination. Students will be given two
exercises in the practical examination.
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
Book Suggested
1. Tietz Text book of Clinical Chemistry.
2. Clinical Chemistry by DF Calbreath.
3. Clinical Biochemistry by Varley.
4. Practical Biochemistry By S. P. Singh.
5. Practical Biochemistry by A.C. Dev.
6. Pharmacology by Rang and Dele.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Estimate the pharmacokinetics of the pharmaceutical compounds in pure and
combined form.
Estimate and validate the Quality of process and developed product.
Quality validation process for raw material and product.
Quality validation for Standard operating procedure (SOPs) use for the product
formulation and development.
Students understanding the process of product registration and different guidelines
which control the manufacturer to follow correct strategy for manufacturing of
drug.
Students learn how to write and file the patent; how to document clinical data of the
concern drug research.
Lab II: Biochemical Toxicology & Clinical Research and Nutrition Biochemistry
Experiment - 1 15
Experiment -2 15
Viva Voce 10
Record 10
Total 50
Nutrition Biochemistry
Books Suggested
1. Tietz Text book of Clinical Chemistry.
2. Clinical Chemistry by DF Calbreath.
3. Clinical Biochemistry by Varley.
4. Practical Biochemistry By S. P. Singh.
5. Practical Biochemistry by A.C. Dev.
6. Pharmacology by Rang and Dele.
7. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology of Antimicrobial Drug Action by Franklin, T. & Snow J. A.
8. Pharmacology by S. D. Seth.
9. Pharmacology by Tara V Shahbhag.
10. Pathology by Edward.
11. Pharmacology by M C Prabhakar.
12. Pharmacology by Arvind Arora.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. The students will be able to learn about the classification and functional properties
of blood components.
2. Students understand the coagulation, anti-coagulation mechanism of blood and its
disorders.
3. Students understand the biochemical, clinical, pathological and diagnostic aspects of
diseases.
4. Students understand about the dietary types, requirements, utilization and
functions of different class of diet.
5. Students getting the knowledge about the nutrition deficiency related disorders and
balance diet.
SYLLABUS
M. Sc. Biotechnology
2020-21
IV Semester Course
Second Semester
Paper Paper Name Course E. A. I. A. Total Total
Code Type Marks Credits.
201 Bioinformatics and Core 80 20 100 4
Biostatistics
Fourth Semester
Paper Course Type Total Total
Code Paper Name E. I. A. Marks Credits.
A.
401 Entrepreneurship In Core 80 20 100 4
Biotechnology
&Intellectual Property
Rights
402 **(A)Plant Tissue Discipline centric
culture technology elective 80 20 100 4
UNIT-2
1. Carbohydrates: classification, structure, functions; homo and hetero polysaccharides,animal,
plant and microbe specific polysaccharides.
2. Lipids: Classification, nomenclature, structure and property of fatty acids,Simple lipids-
Triglisrids, fates and Waxes. Compound lipids- classification, structure, distribution, and biological
importance, role of prostaglandine,leukotrins and thromboxans.
3. Sterols- Cholestrol, role in biological system. Tarpenes and phenols.
4. Functions; Lipids associated with disease, diagnosis and treatment. Lipoproteins and biological
membrane, micelles and liposomes.
UNIT -3
1. Nucleic acids: Structure, Properties of purines and pyrimidine bases,DNA : Structure,
conformation, prokaryotic and eukaryotic DNA, nucleotides,Chromosomal and extrachromosomal
DNA
2. RNA: Structure, types and function of mRNA, tRNA, Ribozymes: structure and functions.
3. Amino acids- classification, structure, property, Zwitter ion, titration curve and biologically
important amino acids
4. Polypeptides- Conformational properties of polypeptides, protein sequencing methods.
5. Proteins: Classification, Primary structure, nature of peptide bond, Ramchandran plot, and
secondary structure, hydrogen bonding, salt bridge, disulphide bonds, hydrophobic and hydrophilic
interaction in proteine and role of these bonds in protein folding, α-helix, β- sheet, and beta turns
structures etc.Tertiary and quaternary structure. Biological role of proteins. Proteins associated
with diseases, diagnosis and treatment. Separation, purification and criteria of homogeneity, End
group analysis Folding-unfolding equilibrium and denaturation of proteins
6. Prions- Structure role and association with disease
.
UNIT-4
1. Enzymes; General characteristics and Catalytic power of enzymes and their classification,
Energy considerations, Factors affecting enzyme activity, Enzyme kinetics, Michaelis-
Menten equation, Allosteric enzymes and their regulation.
2. Methods of enzyme assay: Continuous & Sampling techniques, coupled kinetic assays,
Significance of enzyme turn over number, Specific activity.
3. Enzyme purification techniques, Criteria of purity and tabulation of data
Characterization of purified enzymes
4. Vitamins and cofactors: Structure, distribution, interaction and biological properties
5. Hormones- structure, distribution and function.
6. Phenols – structure and biological property
7. Alkaloids – structure and biological properties
UNIT -5
1. Enzyme immobilization: Experimental procedures and effect on kinetic parameters
2. Uses of enzymes in Industries, textiles, leather and food
3. Use of purified enzymes in Biosensors
4. Development of enzyme sensor for clinical diagnosis with specific examples
M.Sc. Biotechnology
Semester-I
Paper-104 (*Generic Elective)
APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY
Unit I
1 History and Scope of Microbiology, Microscopy (light microscopy, resolving
power of different microscopes, ESR, ETR)
2. Classification of Microorganisms: Bacterial & Fungal Classification.
3. Morphology and fine structure of eubacteria, archebacterial cell wall and fungal
cell
Wall.
4. Cyanobacteria : General account and their economic importance
5. Mycoplasma and diseases caused by them
Unit II
1. Sterilization: Physical and chemical methods
2. Preparation of culture media, pure culture techniques and microbial staining
3. Microbial growth: Bacterial growth curve, Mathematical expression, measurement
of growth and factors affecting growth.
3. Microbial Nutrition: Nutritional classification of Microorganisms, Different carbon
and Nitrogen sources, mode of nutrition, transport of nutrition across the bacterial
membrane.
4. Oxygen toxicity: Study of catalase, peroxidase, superoxide dismutase, mechanism
of oxygen toxicity
5. Taxonomic classification of microbes using molecular markers- 16 rRNA typing.
Unit III
1. Virus organization, Types, Isolation, cultivation, identification and viral
replication.
2. Structure and morphology of bacteriophages, lytic and lysogenic cycle.
3. Life cycle of DNA viruses: SV 40, RNA viruses: Retroviruses.
4. Plant viruses: TMV, Gemini, CMV, Human Viruses: Influenza (SARS), Herpes
Simplex virus, Rubella.
Unit IV
1. Infection and disease, types of infection, Mechanism of pathogenesis of bacterial
and Viral disease and its diagnosis
2. Staphylococcal and Clostridial food Poisoning, Bacterial Diseases: Salmonellosis
and Shigellosis.
3. Fungal Diseases: Histoplasmosis, Aspergillosis and Candidiasis, diagnosis and
treatment
4. Viral diseases: diagnosis and treatment of Chicken Pox, Hepatitis B and
Poliomyelitis.
Unit V
1. Host microbe interaction, Symbiosis, Antibiosis, Commensalisms, Competition,
Mycorrhiza and its importance, Role of microbes in N, P and C cycle.
2. Aerobic and anaerobic respiration, fermentation and bioprocess engineering
3. Chemotherapeutic agents: Classification of Antibiotics, Broad and narrow spectrum
antibiotics; Antibiotics from prokaryotes.
4. Anti-fungal and antiviral antibiotics, mode of action of antibiotics and mechanism of
drug resistance, origin of drug resistance.
M.Sc. Biotechnology
Semester-I
103- MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
Unit I
1. Mendelian Genetics-Principles
2. Human genetics (pedigree analysis, karyotypes and genetic disorder).
3. Nature of Gene Concept, Chemical Nature of Gene, Gene cistron relationship in
Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes
4. DNA Replication: General features of Chromosomal Replication: and its Enzymology
5. Regulation of DNA replication
Unit II
1. Transcription in prokaryotes: Initiation, elongation and termination
2. Structure and Function of prokaryotic promoter
3. Control of transcriptional initiation in prokaryotes: Structure and function of RNA
Polymerase: Sigma factors- Types and functions
4. Control of transcriptional termination: Attenuation and antitermination
Unit III
1. Regulation of gene expression in prokaryotes: Operon concept, induction and
Repression, Structure and regulation of lactose, arabinose and tryptophan operons
2. Initiation of transcription in Eukaryotes: RNA Polymerases Types and properties
3. Transcription factors- Types and properties; Enhancers- Structure and properties;
Response Elements
4. Post-transcriptional Modification Eukaryotes- 5’ and 3’ modification of mRNA
5. Molecular recombination
Unit IV
1. Post- transcriptional Processing of pre mRNA, pre rRNA and pre tRNA transcripts
2. Genetic Code: Evidence and properties; Wobble hypothesis; Transcriptional adaptors
and amino acyl tRNA synthases.
3. Translation: Successive stages of protein synthesis in prokaryotes and its comparison
with eukaryotes
4. Post-translational Modification: Types and Significance
Unit V
1. Regulation of Gene Expression in Eukaryotes: cis- acting DNA elements; Chromatin
Organization and regulation of gene expression; regulation at the level of processing
of Transcripts, RNA editing; Gene Alteration; DNA methylation and gene
regulation; Regulation of gene expression by hormones, regulation of gene
expression at translational level.
2. Transposable elements in Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes: Types and Significance
3. Oncogenes and Tumor Suppressor Genes: Properties and Significance
4. Mutation and DNA repair chromosomal aberration.
M.Sc. Biotechnology
Semester-II
201- BIOSTATISTICS AND COMPUTER APPLICATIONS
Unit I
1. Introduction to Biostatistics, Common terms, notions and Applications
2. Statistical population and Sampling Methods
3. Classification and tabulation of Data
4. Diagrammatic and graphical presentation
5. Frequency Distribution, Measures of central value
6. Measures of variability; Standard deviation, standard Error, Range, Mean Deviation,
Coefficient of variation, Analysis of variance
Unit II
1. Basic tests, Test of significance; t-test, chi-square test.
2. Correlation and Regression; Basic of regression, regression analysis, Estimation,
Testing, prediction, Checking and residual analysis.
3. Multivariate Analysis.
4. Design of Experiments, randomization, replication, local control, complimentary
Randomized, randomized block design
5. Statistical Packages: SPSS, Graph pad etc
Unit III
1. Introduction to Information technology and computer
2. Office applications: MS- Office, MS- Word, MS- Excel and MS- PowerPoint
3. Introduction to data mining
4. Internet- introduction and application
Unit IV
1 . Over view of Bioinformatics: Merger of life sciences with computers.
2. Search engines: Google, Pub Med, NCBI, EMBL,
3. Protein and DNA databases: Swiss port, PIR, OMIM, Embank, ENTREZ, DDJB,
MIPS,.
4. Sequence 4Databases: Contents, Structure, and annotation for Human Genome
Unit V
1. Databases, Plant Genome Databases, Retrieving and installing a programme (Tree
Tool), Multiple sequence alignment programme - Clustal W , X. Genome analysis
programs; BLAST, FASTA, CGC, Motif and profile Sequence search.
2. Phylogenetic analysis: Phylogenetic reconstruction, distance matrices, Parsimony,
Philip.
3. Methods of prediction of Proteins, DNA, RNA, fold recognition, structure
prediction
4. Computer aided drug designing: Basic principles, docking, ADME/TOX
5. Genome mapping applications: EST and Functional genomics
6. Use of genome analysis programs, primer designing tools.
M.Sc. Biotechnology
Semester-II
202--IMMUNOTECHNOLOGY
UNIT I
1. Immune response: Innate immune mechanisms and characteristics of adaptive immune
responses, Hematopoiesis.
2. Anatomical organization of Immune System: Primary Lymphoid Organs, Secondary
Lymphoid Organs, Ontogeny and Phylogeny of lymphocytes, Lymphocyte traffic.
3. Cell of immune system: Mononuclear cells and granulocyte, Antigen presenting cells,
lymphocytes and their subsets. Antigens, Heptanes: Factor affecting immunogenecity,
Super antigen.
4. Inflammation: its mediator and the process, cell-adhesion molecules
UNIT II
1. Major histocompatibility systems: Structure of MHC I and II molecules, polymorphism,
distribution variation and function. Organization of MHC complex in mouse and
humans. Association MHC with disease.
2. Recognition of antigens by T and B cells: Antigen processing, Role of MHC molecules
in Antigen presentation and co stimulatory signals.
3. T-Cell receptor complex, T- Cell accessory membrane molecules, activation of T –cells,
organization and arrangement of T-receptor genes.
4. B-cell receptor complex, activation of B-cells, Immunoglobulins: molecular structures,
types and function. Antigenic determinants on immunoglobulins.
UNIT III
1. Molecular mechanism of antibody diversity: Organization of genes coding for constant
and variable regions of heavy chain and light chain. Mechanism of antibody diversity,
Class Switching.
2. Antigen-Antibody interaction avidity and affinity measurement.
3. Monoclonal antibodies: production, characterization and application in diagnosis, therapy
and basic research.
4. Compliment System, components, Activation pathway and regulation of activation
pathway, complement deficiency, role of complement system in immune responses.
UNIT IV
1. Cytokines: Structure and functions, cytokine receptors, signal transductions mediated by
cytokine receptors, cytokine regulation of immune responses, cytokine related diseases and
therapeutic applications of cytokines.
2. Cytotoxic T-cell and their mechanism of action, NK cell and mechanism of target cell
destruction. Antibody dependent cell mediated cytotoxicity, delayed type hypersensitivity.
Techniques of Cell-mediated immunity.
3. Immunoregulation by Antigens, Antibodies, immune complexes, MHC and cytokines.
4. Hypersensitivity: definition, IgE mediated hypersensitivity, mechanism of mast cell
degranulation, mediators of type I reactions and consequences. Type II reactions, immune
complex mediated hypersensitivity and delayed type hypersensitivity.
UNIT V
1. Autoimmunity: Organ specific diseases, systemic disease, mechanism of autoimmunity.
2. Immunodeficiency Syndrome: Primary Immunodeficiencies and Secondary
Immunodeficiencies and their diagnosis and therapeutic approaches.
3. Vaccines: Active and passive immunization, whole organism vaccines, macromolecules as
vaccines, Recombinant vector Vaccines, DNA Vaccines, synthetic peptide Vaccines and
sub-unit Vaccines.
4. Immunodiagnostics: development of Immunodiagnostic Kits for infectious and non-
Infectious disease with examples. Precipitation techniques, Agglutination, Fluorescence
Techniques, ELISA, RIA, Western Blotting and immuno-histochemical techniques.
M.Sc. Biotechnology
Semester-II
203- Environmental Biotechnology
UNIT I
1. Environment: basic concepts, Environment pollution: types, methods for
measurement of pollution
2. Population ecology(R & K selection)
3. Community ecology,
4. Waste treatment & Utilization: solid waste management, Waste water management
5. Biomedical waste and its management
UNIT II
1. Xenobiotics and its degradation
2. biosurfactants and biofilms
3. Integrated pest management- An ecological approach
4. Bioremediation: In -situ and ex -situ techniques, advantages of bioremediation,
Applications of genetically engineered microbes (GEM) in bioremediation.
5. Phytoremediation: Types and its applications
UNIT III
1. Environmental monitoring: Bioindicators
2. Biogeography
3. Global environmental problems (Global warming, ozone depletion and kyoto
protocol) and their management
4. Petroleum biotechnology
UNIT IV
1. Biotransformation: Steroids
2. Mushroom Cultivation
3. Biofertilizers and its applications
4. Immobilization of microbial cells (Biofilms) and their applications
5. Biopesticide and its applications.
UNIT V
1. Conservation biology (principle of conservation, Indian case studies on
conservation, project tiger and biosphere reserve, National Parks and sanctuaries)
2. Microbial production of SCP
3. Bioleaching, Concept of Green Energy
4. Environmental Protection act: legal issues and current scenario
M.Sc. Biotechnology
Semester-II
(*Generic Elective)
204- Biophysical Chemistry – Techniques
Unit-1
1. Concept of free energy of molecules. Introduction to various force fields and their
relative merits and demerits. Techniques for Molecular energy minimization, Monte
Carlo and Molecular Dynamics simulation.
2. Water, PH, Buffer, Handerson and Hasselblach equation.
3. Titration of weak acid and weak bases
4. Basic calculation of concentration of deferent unit
5. Mass Spectrometry
Unit-2
1. Micro calorimetry (DSC and ITC) and its application
2. Circular Dichroism spectroscopy
3. UV, visible and Fluorescence spectroscopy, IR and Raman Spectroscopy
4. X-Ray Diffraction
5. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR)
6. ESR
7. Mass Spectroscopy
Unit-3
1. Ion exchange chromatography
2. Affinity Chromatography,
3. Paper chromatography
4. Thin layer chromatography
5. Gas liquid chromatography
6. Gas chromatography
7. Column chromatography
8. HPLC
9. Exclusion chromatography
10. Isoelectrofocusing
Unit - 4
1. Analytical Ultracentrifugation: Sedimentation velocity and equilibrium,
determination of molecular weights
2. Electrophoresis of DNA, proteins and enzymes.
3. Southern, northern and western blotting
4. DNA Fingerprinting
5. Tracer Techniques – Nature and types, Decay units and preparation of labeled
biological compounds.
Unit-5
1. DNA sequencing
2. Gene mapping techniques
3. Functional genomics (expression profiling, transcriptome, DNA array, gene
function determination , protein interaction)
4. EMSA and FACS and Flow cytometry
5. PCR and its different variations, Analysis of molecular markers( SSLP , RFLP,
AFLP, RAPD, ISSR, STS)
M.Sc. Biotechnology
Semester-III
301- GENETIC ENGINEERING
Unit I
1. The recombinant DNA Technology : General concept and principle of cloning
2. Enzymes: Nucleases and restriction endonucleases- properties and types;
phosphomonoesterases; polymerase; terminal deoxynucleotidyl transferase; poly A
polymerase, Linkers, adaptors and homopolymer tailing.
3. prokaryotic host- vector system: Characteristics of E.coli as host; vectors for cloning
in E.coli (plasmid, bacteriophage- EMBL, DASH, gt10/11, ZAP etc and plasmid-
phage)
4. Other Prokaryotic host vector systems: BAC, Characteristics of Gram positive and
Gram negative organism as host and suitable vectors for cloning; Shuttle Vectors
Unit II
1. Design and characteristics of expression vectors for cloning in prokaryotes and factors
that affect expression.
2. Cloning in Yeast: Properties of yeast as host for cloning and different types of vectors
designed for cloning in yeast
3. Cloning in animal system: Animal system as a model host, Methods of introduction of
foreign DNA in animal system; Vectors for cloning in animal system- SV-40, vaccinia
virus, baculovirus and retrovirus vectors ,pMal, GST, pET based vectors, Pichia based
vectors.
4. Plant transformation technology: Features of Ti and Ri plasmids, mechanism of DNA
transfer.
Unit III
1.Methods for Constructing rDNA and cloning: Inserts; vector insert ligation; infection,
transferring and cloning
2. Methods for screening and selection of recombinant clones
3. DNA Libraries: types, advantages and disadvantages of different types of libraries;
Different methods for constructing genomic and full length cDNA libraries
4. Gross anatomy of cloned insert- size, restriction mapping and location
Unit IV
1. Fine anatomy of DNA segment- General principle of chemical and enzymatic
methods of nucleotide sequence analysis and advantages of automatic gene sequencers.
2. Localization of cloned segments in genomes- molecular and chromosomal location
3. Methods for determination of copy number of a cloned gene in genome
4. Mutant construction: Introduction, deletion, insertion and point mutation
Unit V
1. Principles and applications of Blotting techniques- Southern, Northern, Western and
Eastern blotting; Polymerase Chain reaction and types (multiplex, nested, RT, real
time, touch down PCR, hot start PCR, colony PCR), Oligonucleotide
2. Principle and applications of gel mobility shift assay, DNA fingerprinting and DNA
Foot printing, restriction fragment length polymorphism, Chromosome mapping and
chromosome painting
3. Application of Recombinant DNA technology in Medicine & Industry
4. Si RNA technology: Micro RNA Construction of Si RNA vectors: Gene silencing and
its applications in agro industry.
M.Sc. Biotechnology
Semester-III
302- Metabolism: Basic Concept and Design
Unit-1
1. Basic concept, laws of thermodynamics, ATP role in metabolism, oyher high energy
phosphate molecule.
2. Mechanism of Enzyme catalysis and action, Enzyme inhibition, activation of
enzymes
Immobilized enzymes
3. Different mechanisms of enzyme catalysis acidbase and covalent catalysis
4. Molecular mechanism of action of chymotrypsin, Lysozyme and carboxy peptidase
5. Structure-function relationship of enzymes
Unit-2
1. Glycolysis: Key structure and reactions, formation of1,6 bisphosphate,
formation of glyceraldehyde 3-phosphate, formation of pyruvate and
generation of second ATP, entryof fructose and galactose into glycolysis,
phosphofructokinase as key enzyme in glycolysis,hoxokinase and pyruvate
kinase as regulatory enzymes, conversion of pyruvate into ethanol lactate
or acetyl CoA.
2. Gluconeogenesis: Synthesis of carbohydrates by noncarbohydrate
precursors, gluconeogenes is nota reversal of glycolysis, activation of
pyruvatecarboxylase by acetyl CoA, oxaloacetate shuttle,energy
consumption in the synthesis of glucose from pyruvate, reciprocal
regulation of gluconeogenesis and glycolysis, conversion of lactate and
alanine into glucose
3. Pentose phosphate pathway : Generation of NADPH and interconnection
of glycolysis and pentose phosphate pathway, control of rate of pentose
phosphate pathway by NADPH+, regulation of flow of glucose 6
phosphate by the need of NADPH, ribose 5 phosphate and ATP, glucose 6
phosphate dehydrogenase defficiency.
Unit-3
1. Electron transport and oxidative phospherylation, energetics of oxidative
phosphorylation, enrgy yield by complete oxidation of glucose.
2. Citric acid cycle: Formation of acetyl CoA from pyruvate, condensation of
oxaloacetate with acetyl CoA to form citrate, isomerization of citrate intoisocitrate,
oxidative decarboxylation of succinyl CoA, generation of high energy phosphate
from succinylCoA, regeneration of oxalate, sloichiometry of citricacid cycle,
pyruvate dehydrogenase complex, citricacid cycle as a source of biosynthetic
precursors, control of pyruvate dehydrogenase complex, controlof citric acid cycle,
citric acid cycle and its high energy yield. Carbohydrate Metabolism:
Photosynthesis, C3, C4 & CAM plants. Unit-4
1. Fatty acid oxidation
2. Digestion, mobilization and transport of fatty acids, Mobilization of stored
triglycerides by hormones, activation of fatty acids and their transport
tomitochondria, oxidation of saturated fatty acids, Oxidation of unsaturated fatty
acids, and oxidation of odd chain fatty acids. Ketone bodies, over production of
kelone bodies.
3. Biosynthesis of fatty acids
4. Formation of malony CoA, fattyacid synthase complex, fattyacid synthase
multifunctional proteins, shuttling of acitate out of mitochondria as citrate,
Reactions of fatty acidsynthase, regulation of fatty acid biosynthesis, Biosynthesis
of triglycerols, membrane phospholipids and prostaglandins.
Unit-5
UNIT I
1. Introduction to bioprocess engineering
2. Isolation, preservation and Maintenance of Industrial microorganisms.
3. Kinetics of microbial growth and death,
4. Media for industrial fermentation. Air and media sterilization
UNIT II
1. Aeration and Agitation systems for bioreactor
2. Safety in fermentation laboratory
3. Strain improvement of industrially important microorganism.
4. Bioreactors: Principle, Kinetics, types, design, and application.
UNIT III
1. Flow behaviour of fermentation fluids
2. Gas-Liquid mass transfer, significance of Ka, and Heat transfer.
3. Automation for monitoring and control.
UNIT IV
1. Downstream processing: Introduction, removal of microbial cells and solid matter,
foam reparation, precipitation, centrifugation, cell disruption, chromatography
2. Extraction:-solvent, two phase, liquid extraction
3. Product recovery processes
4. Crystallization, packaging and quality assurance.
5. Classification of product formation
6. Product synthesis kinetics
UNIT V
1. Microbial Production of antibiotics: Penicillin;
2. Microbial Production of Vitamins & amino acids (Vit B12 & Glutamic acid)
3. Microbial production of enzymes: Amylase,
4.Microbial production of alcoholic beverages: Distilled alcoholic beverages-Beer,
microbial production of Vinegar.
5. Microbial production of Organic acids: Citric acid & Acetic acid
6. Microbial production of solvents: Ethanol and acetone
7 Microbial production of food –SCP
M.Sc. Biotechnology
Semester-III
Paper-303(B)
(**Discipline centric elective)
Medical Biotechnology
UNIT I
Biotechnology in medicine: History, scope & importance of Biotechnology in medicine
Disease Diagnosis (DNA, RNA probes), Detection and Treatment of genetic Diseases.
Genetic Counseling and Forensic Medicine: Fertility control, Genetic counseling,
(Chance of having child with congenital defects, choice of Baby sex)
DNA Fingerprinting in Forensic Medicines.
UNIT 1I
Gene therapy: Definition and types of Gene therapy, Initial success and future of Gene
therapy, Vectors and other delivery system of gene therapy, Target tissue for gene therapy
system, Gene therapy of genetic diseases(Neurological Disorders, Cystic Fibrosis),Gene
therapy of Acquire diseases(Infectious Diseases, Cardiovascular diseases, cancer),
Nanobiotechnology for drug targeting and gene therapy.
UNIT III
Pharmaceutical Biotechnology: Drug development, drug manufacturing processes,
manufacturing processes of antiviral drugs, drug designing, Novel drug delivery systems,
Antimicrobial drugs.
Pharmacogenetics: Pharmacogenetics and personalized medicine, genetics and genomics
in medical practice, use of SNPs in pharmocogenomics.
UNIT IV
Genetic Engineering: Genetic and recombinant vaccines; Edible vaccines production of
therapeutic proteins; Genetic engineering for production of Factor VIII, tissue plasminogen
activator, Interferon.
Tissue Engineering: Tissue engineering of skin and cartilage and their applications,
properties and types of stem cells, culture and applications of stem cells, Transplant
rejection, Intellectual property issues in using human embryonic stem cells.
UNIT V
UNIT IV
Drug Discovery and Designing: History and molecular aspects of drug discovery, drug discovery
in cancer, microbial genomics for new antibiotics, drug designing.
Metabolic engineering: Cloning and expression of heterologous genes, molecular breeding of Bio
synthetic pathways, metabolomics and metabolic engineering, limitations in metabolic engineering.
Monoclonal Antibodies auto Antibodies
M.Sc. Biotechnology
Semester-III
(*Generic Elective)
304 PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY
Unit I
1. Objectives, roles, landmark and new challenges in plant breeding.
2. Plant breeding techniques: Mutational breeding and distant hybridization.
3. Generation of genetically modified crops for resistance against biotic and
abiotic
stresses and nutritional quality.
4. Seed production techniques: release of new varieties.
UNIT II
UNIT III
1. Somaclonal variation and its application for plant improvement
2. Protoplast isolation and fusion, selection of hybrid cell and cybrids
3. Cryopreservation techniques and application
4. GM crops ( development and future aspects.)
UNIT IV
1. Plant cloning vectors: ti Plasmid and viral vectors (CaMV based vectors,
Gemini viruses,
2. TMV based vectors, Antisense RNA and ribosome technology
3. Transgenics in crop improvement: Methods for gene transfer field,
Chloroplast transformation, testing and commercialization.
4. Plant physiology, plant hormones, stress physiology, secondary metabolites,
photoperiodism and vernalization,solute transport and translocation.
UNIT V
1. Plant Genome mapping: Physical and molecular maps , Gene tagging
2. Insect resistance, Bt genes, Non-Bt like protease inhibitors, alpha amylase
inhibitor, green House technology
3. Seed production techniques, release of new varieties and plant breeders' right:
UPOV 369, 370,372.
4. Intellectual property right (IPR) and protection (IPP, Patenting of Biological
material .
M.Sc. Biotechnology
Semester-IV
UNIT I
Plant Tissue Culture: Basic aspects of plant biotechnology (History,
application, scope and importance), laboratory
Sterlization techniques
Culture media for plant tissue culture, cell Culture and its applications.
Clonal Propagation and Protoplast Culture: Micro propagation
UNIT II
Somaclonal Variation, Protoplast isolation, Regeneration of plant, Somatic
Hybridization Gene Transfer in Plants: Vectors of gene transfer (Plasmids,
Agrobacterium and Virus vector) Transformation technique
(Agrobacterium mediated gene transfer, DNA mediated gene transfer
(DMGT) Removal of selected Marker Genes from Transgenic Plants,
Regulatory sequences of induced genes.
Transgenic Plant resistance against Stress: Development of herbicide
resistant transgenic plant, Development of insect resistant transgenic plant,
Transgenic plant resistance against virus, bacterial and fungal pathogens,
transgenic plant resistance against abiotic stress.
UNIT III
Production of virus free plants
Haploid production: ovary and anther culture
Genetically Modified Crops and Floricultural Plants: Transgenic plants
with improved crop productivity, Transgenic plants with improved
nutritional quality, Transgenic plants for Floriculture. Molecular Farming:
Transgenic Plants for Value Added Specialty Crops, Transgenic Plants for
Edible Vaccines, Transgenic Plants for Antibodies and Transgenic Plants
for Biopharmaceuticals
UNIT IV
Transgenic Plants for Biosafety: Biosafety regulations of Transgenic
Crops, Commercialization of Transgenic plants, quality modifications of
plants (Modification of starch quality, modification and future of oil
quality and modification of seed protein quality).
Choloroplast Engineering: plants Engineering of Chloroplast Genome,
Transformation of choloroplast genome in higher plants, Transplastomic
Plants and its applications (in Tabacco, Patato, Rice, Tomato etc.)
UNIT V
Protoplasm fusion
Construction of Molecular Maps: Preparation of Genetic Maps, (cereals,
millets, sugarcane, cotton, Soyabean, Pea, Sunflower, etc.), Molecular
genetics maps of high density plants, Uses of molecular genetics maps.
Genomics: Microcllinearity in DNA Sequences of Small Genomic
Regions, Thale cress genome, Rice (Oryza Sativa)
Syllabus
M. Sc. Microbiology
2020-21
Total 400 16
2150 82
M.Sc. Ist Semester
UNIT-I
UNIT-II
1. Morphology and ultra structure of bacteria : size, shape, and arrangement of bacteria,
ultra structure of bacterial cell wall of eubacteria and archeobacteria , relation of Gram staining to
bacterial cell wall. Protoplast and spheroplast formation and L-form.
2. Structure and function of flagella, fimbriae and pilli, capsule- type, composition and function , slime
layers, S-layers.
3. Cell membrane- structure and function of bacteria and archeobacteria , mesosomes , ribosomes, nucleoid ,
cytoplasmic inclusion bodies- polyhydroxy butyrate, polyphosphate granules, oil droplets, cynophycin
granules.
4. Endospore: structure, formation and germination of bacterial endospore . Chemotaxis and phototaxis.
UNIT-III
1. Bactrial nutrition: Basic nutritional requirements, growth factors, nutritional categories, physical
requirements of bacterial growth.
2. Bacteriological media: types (complex, synthetic, differential and selective media) and their uses, culture
characteristics of bacteria on different media.
3. Cultivation of bacteria: aerobic and anaerobic culture, shaker and still culture, maintenance and
preservation of microbial culture.
4. Bacterial growth: growth kinetics, growth curve. Batch, continuous and synchronous culture.
Measurement of growth and influence of environmental factors affecting growth.
UNIT-IV
1. General concept of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic genome. E.coli chromosome.
2. Genetic recombination and transformation.
3. Transduction : generalized and specialized transduction, phage conversion.
4. Plasmid: types and their significance. Conjugation and chromosomal mobilization. E.coli as a model
prokaryotes.
UNIT-V
1. Control of microorganisms: Microbial death curve, concept of bioburden, thermal death time and decimal
reduction time. Factors influencing the effectiveness of antimicrobial agents.
2. Control of microorganisms by physical agents: heat , filtration and radiation.
3. Chemical control of microorganisms : Halogens, phenol and other phenolic compounds, heavy metals,
alcohols, ethylene oxide and aldehydes.
4. Antibiotics: properties and mode of action, drug resistance and its significance. Antimicrobial sensitivity
test.
M.Sc. Ist Semester
UNIT-I
1. Brief outline on discovery and origin of viruses.
2. General properties of viruses, morphology and ultra structure of viruses, capsid and
their arrangements, types of envelopes and their composition, measurement of viruses.
3. Viral genome; their types and structure, viral related agents-viroids and prions.
4. Classification and general properties of major families of viruses including detail account of their
mode of replication.
UNIT-II
1. Cultivation of viruses- in embryonated eggs, experimental animals and cell lines; primary and
secondary cell lines, diploid cell culture.
2. Assay of viruses: physical and chemical methods ( protein , nucleic acid, radioactivity tracers,
electron microscopy, plaque method, pock counting and end point method.)
3. Serological methods: hemagglutination, hemagglutination inhibition, neutralization test,
complement fixation, ELISA, RIA and immunoflourescence assay (IFA).
4. Purification of viruses: gradient centrifuge, electrophoresis, and chromatography.
UNIT-III
1. Plant viruses: recent advance in classification of plant viruses. Structure and pathgenicity of TMV.
2. Transmission of plant viruses with vector (insect, nematodes and fungi) and without vector (contact,
seed and pollens). Biochemical changes induced by virus in plant cell.
3. Animal viruses: nomenclature and classification of animal viruses. Host responses to viral infection.
4. General idea about Cyanophage, Actinophage, and Mycophage.
UNIT-IV
1. Bacteriophage: classification, morphology and ultra structure.
2. One step growth curve ( latent period, eclipse period, and burst of size.)
3. Life cycle : lytic and lysogenic life cycle of bacteriophages.
4. Brief account of M13, Mu, T3, T4, f x 174 and lamda phage.
UNIT-V
1. Structure, reproduction and classification of fungi, general characteristics of
Zygomycetes, Ascomycetes, Basidiomycetes, and Duteromycetes.
2. Cultivation of fungi, culture media for fungal growth, effects of environment on
growth, isolation, identification and preservation of fungi.
3. Dimorphic fungi, yeast morphology, general characteristics and reproduction. Lichens,
Micorrhiza, and Actinomycetes.
4. Ecology of fungi: concept of fungistatis, fungicidal, antagonism, symbiosis and
Synergism.
M.Sc. Ist Semester
MB: 103- CELL BIOLOGY AND BIOCHEMISTRY
UNIT-I
UNIT-II
1. Cell differentiation: general characteristics of cell differentiation and
cytoplasmic factors, differential gene action.
2. Cell signaling: cell surface receptors, G-protein, signal transduction pathways.
3. Cell cycle: mitosis and meiosis and their regulation. Programmed cell death and
appoptosis.
4. Cancer biology: characteristics of cancer cell, types of cancer, oncogene and
Tumor markers.
UNIT-III
1. Carbohydrates: structure of sugars, classification, properties, chemical reactions,
stereoisomerism and optical isomers of sugars.
2. Structure, properties and function of disaccharides, oligosaccharides, and
polysaccharides, carbohydrate derivatives; peptidoglycan, glycoproteins,
glycolipids.
3. Lipids : classification, structure, properties and functions of fatty acids,
triacylglycerols, phospholipids, sterols and terpenes.
4. Lipids with specific biological functions, micelles and liposomes.
UNIT-IV
1. Amino acids: structure, classification, properties and functions.
2. Proteins : structural and functional proteins, synthesis of peptide bonds.
Primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary structure of proteins.
3. Nucleic acids: structure and properties of purines and pyrimidine bases,
nucleosides and nucleotides.
4. Basic structure and types of DNA and RNA.
UNIT-V
1. Enzymes: basic concept as a biocatalyst, specificity, active sites, activity unit
and isoenzymes, enzyme classification.
2. Enzyme kinetics- Michaelis-Menton equation for simple enzymes,
determination of kinetic parameters.
3. Enzyme inhibition: competitive, noncompetitive and uncompetitive inhibition,
allosteric enzymes.
4. Vitamins and cofactors: structure, distribution and biological properties.
M.Sc. Ist Semester
MB : 104 MICROBIAL GENETICS AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
(Generic Elective)
UNIT-I
1. Organization of genetic material in prokaryotes and eukaryotes.
2. Concept of gene, genome, genome size, C-value, and C-value paradox.
3. Nucleic acid as a genetic information carriers; experimental evidence. DNA
denaturation and renaturation.
4. Gene is a unit of mutation and recombination; molecular basis of mutations, physical and
chemical mutagens, spontaneous and induced mutation, selection of mutant.
UNIT-II
1. DNA damage and repair: types of DNA damage (deamination, oxidative damage,
alkylation and pyrimidine diamers.), repair mechanism; mismatch repair, nucleotide
excision repair, recombination repair, SOS repair.
2. Structure of DNA, super helicity of DNA, linking number, topological properties and
role of topoisomerase.
3. DNA replication: general principle, various mode of replication, unwinding of DNA
Helix, continuous and discontinuous synthesis of leading and lagging strands.
4. Enzymes of DNA replication in prokaryotes and eukaryotes; DNA polimerases, DNA
ligase, primase.
UNIT-III
1. Structural features of RNA (rRNA, tRNA, mRNA) and polycistronic and
monocistronic RNA.
2. Transcription: general principle and processes of transcription; initiation, elongation
and termination, types of RNA polymerases, inhibitors of RNA synthesis.
3. Control of Transcription by interaction between RNA polymerases and promoter
region, use of alternate sigma factors, controlled termination; attenuation and
antitermination.
4. Post transcriptional modification, maturation and splicing of RNA transcripts, catalytic RNA.
UNIT-IV
1. Genetic code: nature of genetic code, codon, anticodon, wobble hypothesis.
2. Protein synthesis: steps, details of initiation, elongation and termination.
3. Inhibitors of protein synthesis: signal hypothesis.
4. Post translational modification: covalent modification, phosphorylation, glycosylation,
methylation.Protein targeting.
UNIT-V
1. Regulation of gene expression: operon concept; regulatory and structural gene, operator, promoter,
represser , induction and repression, positive and negative control.
2. Lac-operon, ara-BAD operon, trp operon, attenuation, mechanism of regulation of transcription.
3. Regulation of gene expression in eukaryotes: Britton and Davidson’s model of regulation involve
HCP and NHCP and hormones.
4. Transposable elements.
M.Sc.IIInd Semester
MB : 201 BOINSTUMENTATION
UNIT-I
1. Microscopy: history and principles of microscopy, magnification power,
Resolution limit, resolving power, numerical aperture.
2. Principles and application of light microscopy, properties of light, bright field,
dark field, phase contrast and fluorescent microscopy. Determination of size of
microorganisms by micrometery.
3. Principles and application of electron microscopy- transmission and scanning
electron microscopy.
4. Newer techniques in microscopy- confocal microscopy, scanning probe
microscopy (scanning tunneling microscope and atomic force microscope).
UNIT-II
1. Concepts of acids and bases, pH, measurement of pH by uses of indicator and
electronic meter, buffersystem.
2. Chromatography: principles, types and applications of partition, adsorption, gel
filtration, paper and thin layer chromatography.
3. Affinity, ion exchange, and gas chromatography.
4. High performance liquid chromatography and FPLC.
UNIT-III
1. Electrophoresis: principle, types and applications, frontal and zonal electrophoresis, paper,
starch gel, Polyacrylamide and agarose gel electrophoresis.
2. Isoelectric focussing and Isotachophoresis.
3. Two dimentional gel electrophoresis and pulse field gel electrophoresis.
4. Immunological techniques: immunoelectrophoresis , immunodiffusion, immuno fluoroscence.
UNIT-IV
1. Spectroscopy: basic principles, low of absorption and radiation, principles and application of
visible,ultraviolet, infrared and mass spectroscopy.
2. Principles and application of NMR and ESR.
3. Principles and application of colorimetry, fluorscence flame photometry.
4. Fluorimetry , polarimetry and turbidometry.
UNIT-V
1. Centrifugation: basic principles of analytical and preparative centrifuge, differential and
density gradient, zonal and isopycinic centrifuge. Sedimentation coefficient, factors affecting
sedimentation coefficient and application.
2. Radioisotope techniques: half life, radioactive decay, radioactive assay methods based on
ionization and excitation of gases.
3. Geiger Muller counter, liquid scintillation counter and gamma counter.
4. Quenching and use of radioisotopes in biological systems. Autoradiography- principles and
applications.
M.Sc.IIInd Semester
MB: 202 IMMUNOLOGY
UNIT-I
1. Infection: types of infection, sources of infection, reservoirs and vehicles of infection, predisposing
factors.
2. History of immunology, development of immunology as disciples.
3. Immune response: mechanism of innate and adaptive immune response.
4. Hematopoiesis: development of immune cells, regulation of hematopoiesis and stem cell
technology.
UNIT-II
1. Structure, composition and types of cells involve in immune response: mononuclear cells,
granulocytes,antigen presenting cells , lymphoid cells.
2. Anatomical organization of immune system: primary and secondary lymphoid organs: structure
and function.
3. Antigens- structure and properties, factors affecting the immunogenicity , properties of B and T-
cell epitopes, haptens, mitogens, superantigen.
4. Antibody : stucture, properties, types and function of antibodies, antigenic determinants on
immunoglobulin; isotypes, allotypes, and idiotypes.
UNIT-III
1. Hybridoma technology and monoclonal antibody production and characterization.
2. Application of monoclonal antibodies in diagnosis, therapy and basis research, antibody
engineering.
3. Antigen- antibody interaction : avidity and affinity measurements, detection of antigen- antibody
interaction by precipitation, agglutination, RIA, ELISA, immunodiffusion.
4. Major histocompatibility complex: organization of MHC genes, types and function of MHC
molecules, MHC polymorphism, MHC related diseases.
UNIT-IV
1. Complement system: components, activation pathways, regulation of activation pathways, role of
complement system in immune response.
2. Cytokines: types, structure and functions, cytokines receptors, cytokine regulation of immune
receptors.
3. Immune response to infectious diseases: viral infection, bacterial infection, protozoan diseases,
helminthes related diseases.
4. Vaccines: Active and passive immunization, whole organ vaccine, purified macromolecule as a
vaccine, DNA vaccine, recombinant vaccine.
UNIT-V
1. Hypersensitivity: type I, II, III and types IV hypersensitivity. Immunodeficiency diseases: primary
and secondary immunodeficiency.
2. Autoimmunity: organ specific autoimmune diseases, mechanism of autoimmune diseases and
therapeutic approaches.
3. Transplantation immunology: immunologic basis of graft rejection, clinical manifestation of graft
rejection and clinical transplantation.
4. Cancer immunology: tumor antigen, immune response to tumor, oncogene and induction, cancer
immunotherapy.
M.Sc.IIInd Semester
MB: 203 MICROBIAL TECHNOLGOY
UNIT-I
1. Industrial important strains of bacteria, fungi, and actinomycetes .Novel microbes for future
industry.
2. Isolation and screening of the industrially important strain from diverse ecosystem.
3. Method of strain improvement, mutagenesis, strain breeding by protoplast fusion, sexual and
para sexual recombination.
4. Fermentation technology: principles of fermentation. Fermenter and bioreactors: monitoring
and control of parameters, designing, operation and application.
UNIT-II
UNIT-III
UNIT-IV
UNIT-V
Unit I
1. Introduction to Biostatistics, Common terms, notions and Applications
2. Statistical population and Sampling Methods
3. Classification and tabulation of Data
4. Diagrammatic and graphical presentation
5. Frequency Distribution, Measures of central value
6. Measures of variability; Standard deviation, standard Error, Range, Mean
Deviation, Coefficient of variation, Analysis of variance
Unit II
Unit III
1. Factor Analysis.
2. Path analysis
3. Introduction to data mining
4. Virtuous Cycle.
Unit IV
1. Classification and Discriminant Analysis Tools: CART, Random forests,
2. Fisher's discriminant functions.
3. Neural networks.
4. Multilayer perception, predictive ANN model building using back propagation
algorithm, exploratory data analysis.
Unit V
1. Introduction to computer basics, concept of hardware windows XP and LINUX
2. Concept of file, folders, directories and their management by windows XP and LINUX
3. Office applications : MS- Office, MS- Word, MS- Excel and MS- PowerPoint
4. Open Office on Linux: Word Processor, spread sheets, Impress
5. Statistical Packages: Sigma plot etc.
6. Introduction to bioinformatics
7. Internet- introduction and application
8. Statistical analysis software
M.Sc.IIIrd Semester
MB : 301 MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY
UNIT-I
1. Early discovery of pathogenic microorganisms, development of bacteriology as scientific discipline,
contribution made by eminent scientists.
2. Host-parasite relationship governing the infection and establishment of disease, factors affecting
virulence.
3. Normal microflora of human body; normal flora of skin, respiratory, gastrointestinal, genital tract, role
of resident flora
4. Mode of spread of infection; Respiratory, skin, wound & burn infection, venereal infections,
alimentary tract infection, blood born infection.
UNIT-II
1. Source of infection, Pathogenicity, Epidemiology & Lab diagnosis of Pneumococcus, Neisseria
,Corynebacterium, & Clostridium.
2. Source of infection, Pathogenicity, & Epidemiology & Lab diagnosis of members of the family
Enterobacteriaceae, Coliform; Proteus, Shigella, Salmonella .
3. Vibrio, Mycobacterium, Staphylococcus, Pseudomonas, Pasteurella, Yersenia, Brucella.
4. Actinomycetes, Rickettsiaceae , Clamydiae, Spirocheates.
UNIT-III
Morphology , pathogenesis, immune response, diagnosis and prevention of
1. Pox viruses , Herpes Simplex type I and type II, Picorna viruses.
2. Paramyxo viruses, Measles & Mumps viruses & Rhabdo viruses.
3. Hepatitis viruses, Arboviruses, Orthomyxoviruses.
4. Oncogenic viruses & HIV viruse & Prions.
UNIT-IV
UNIT-V
1. Fungal infection: description & classification of pathogenic fungi
2. Infection caused by dermatophytes (Microsporum, Trichophyton & Epidermatophyton)
3. Definition, Causative agent, Source of infection, Epidemiology, Symptomatology & Diagnosis of
Aspergillosis & Candidiasis
4. Source of infection, Epidemiology, Symptomatology, & Diagnosis of Blastomycosis, Histoplasmosis
M.Sc.IIIrd Semester
MB: 302 RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNOLOGIES
UNIT-I
UNIT-II
1. Screening of clones from libraries :Expression based screening , Interaction based
screening ,Preparation of probes , Restriction mapping.
2. Principles of hybridizations and hybridization based techniques: Colony, plaque,
Southern, Northern and in situ hybridizations.
3. Western and southwestern blotting ,Microarray based detections and RNA interferon.
4. Characterization of clones : DNA sequencing , S1 nuclease and RNase mapping.
UNIT-III
1. Oligonucleotide synthesis.
2. Principles & applications of Polymerase Chain Reaction (Types).
3. DNA fingerprinting.
4. Mutagenesis : Site directed mutagenesis, Transposon mutagenesis.
Unit IV
1. Gene transfer techniques: Electroporation and microinjection, Transfection of cells:
Principles and methods.
2. Germ line transformation in Drosophila and transgenic mice: Strategies and methods.
3. Construction of knockout mutants.
4. Promoter characterization: promoter analysis through reporter genes, electrophoretic
mobility, shift assay, DNA foot-printing.
UNIT-V
UNIT-II
1. Carbohydrate metabolism: glycolysis and its regulation, Feeder pathway of
glycolysis and carbohydrate –homo and heterolactic fermentation. Glycogenesis,
Glycogenolysis. Gluconeogenesis ; pathways and regulation.
2. Pentose phosphate pathway, kreb’s cycle and glyoxalate pathway.
3. Substrate level phosphorylation and oxidative phosphorylation, electron transfer
reaction in mitochondria,electron carriers and multienzyme complex I to IV.
4. ATP synthesis: chemiosmotic theory, shuttle system, regulation of oxidative
phosphorylation and uncouplers, inhibitors of oxidative phosphorylation.
UNIT-III
1. Photosynthesis: structure of chloroplast, light reaction and dark reaction; Kelvin
cycle, C3 and C4 pathway.
2. Mechanism of energy generation in cyanobacteria, green bacteria and purple
sulphur bacteria and chemolithotrops.
3. Lipid metabolism digestion absorption; oxidation of unsaturated fatty acid and odd
chain fatty acid, ketone bodies.
4. Lipid biosynthesis: biosynthesis of fatty acids, triacylglycerol and phospholipids
and regulation of fatty acid metabolism.
UNIT-IV
1. Amino acid metabolism: biosynthetic families of amino acids.
2. Breakdown of amino acids into six common intermediates and urea cycle and
regulation of amino acid metabolism.
3. Nucleotide metabolism; biosynthesis of purines and pyrimidines nucleotide by de
novo and salvage pathways.
4. Degradation of purines and pyrimidines nucleotides.
UNIT-V
1. Nitrification, denitrification and pathways of nitrate and ammonia assimilation.
Nitrogen cycle.
2. Assimilation of nitrogen: denitrogen fixation- free living and symbiotic,
diazotrophic organisms.
3. Biochemistry of nitrogen fixation: nitrogenase complex, function of nitrogenase,
regulation of nitrogenaseby oxygen and combined nitrogen sources.
4. Genetics of nitrogen fixation; nif genes and their regulation.
. M.Sc.IIIrd Semester
MB: 303 (A) ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY.
(Discipline Centric Elective)
UNIT-I
1. Microbial ecology: basic concepts, types and microbial habitats, factors affecting microbial
population.
2. Microbial interactions: competition, amensalism, parasitism, mutualism, commensalisms,
synergism.
3. Biogeochemical cycles: carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus and sulphur cycle.
4. Conservation and management of microbial diversity: biodeterioration and biodegradation.
UNIT-II
UNIT-III
UNIT-IV
1. Water microbiology: aquatic microorganisms; fresh water and sea water microflora.
Microorganisms and water quality, water pollution.
2. Water purity test and indicator organisms, method used in environmental studies –BOD,
COD, DO.
3. Common water born disease and their control measure.
4. Water purification: flocculation, chlorination and purification.
UNIT-V
1. Microbiology of waste water and effluent treatments, aerobic process : primary , secondary
and tertiary treatment : trickle filter ,oxidation ponds and stabilization ponds , principle of
aerobic digestion.
2. Bioremediation of contaminations.
3. Extremophiles –acidophilic, alkalophilic, thermophilic microbes with adaptation and
application in ecosystem.
4. Microbial biofilms : physiology ,morphology, biochemisty of microbial biofilms,
mechanism of microbial Adherence , beneficial and harmful role of biofilms.
M.Sc. IIIrd Semester
MB 303: (B) MICROBIAL DIAGNOSIS IN HEALTH CLINICS
(Discipline Centric Elective)
UNIT-1
Importance of Diagnosis of Diseases
Bacterial, Viral, Fungal and Protozoan Diseases of various human body systems.
Disease associated clinical samples for diagnosis.
UNIT-2
Collection of Clinical Samples
How to collect clinical samples(oral cavity,throat,skin,blood,CSF,urine and faeces) and
precautions required. Method of transport of clinical samples to laboratory and storage.
UNIT-3
Direct Microscopic Examination and Culture
Examination of sample by staining-Gram’s stain, AFB stain, Giemsa stained thin blood
film for Malaria. Preparation and use of Culture media- Blood agar, Chocolate agar,
Lowenstein-Jensen medium, MacConkey agar, Cooked meat media for anaerobic culture.
Distinct colony properties of various bacterial pathogens.
UNIT-4
Serological and Molecular Methods
Serological Methods- Agglutination, ELISA, Immuno fluorescence
Nucleic acid based methods-PCR, Nucleic acid probes, Western blotting
UNIT-5
Kits for Rapid detection of Pathogens
Typhoid, Dengue, Malaria and Blood groups.
Importance, Determination of resistance/sensitivity of bacteria using Disc diffusion
method.
Determination of Minimal Inhibitory Concentration(MIC)of an antibiotic by serial double
dilution method.
M.Sc.IV Semester
MB: 401 AGRICULTURAL MICROBIOLOGY
UNIT I
1. Microorganisms of soil
2. Rhizosphere and phyllosphere microflora
3. Brief account of Microbial interactions: antagonism, symbiosis, mutualism, commensalisms,
synergism and parasitism.
4. Nutrient cycle : Carbon cycle , nitrogen cycle, phosphorous cycle and sulphur cycle.
UNIT II
UNIT III
UNIT IV
1. Storage fungi : Categories of storage fungi, conditions during storage in relation to
damage of seeds, harmful effects
2. Mycotoxins and their effect on human being.
3. General idea about quarantine
4. Production of biogas and alcohol from agricultural wastes
UNIT V
UNIT I
1. Microorganisms important in food microbiology: molds, yeast and bacteria –general
characteristics, classification and importance.
2. Principles of food preservation, preservation by use of high temperature, low
temperature, drying and dessication.
3. Chemical preservatives and additives.
4. Preservation by radiation.
UNIT II
1. Factors influencing microbial growth in food: Extrinsic and intrinsic factors.
2. Microbial spoilage of food. Chemical changes caused by the microorganisms during
spoilage.
3. Spoilage of fish, meat, poultry, eggs, fruits and vegetables.
4. Detection of spoilage and characterization.
UNIT III
1. Classification of food borne diseases.
2. Food borne infections : Brucella, Bacilllus, Clostridium perfringens, vibrio, yersinia
Escherichia, Salmonella, Shigella.
3. Food intoxication: Staphylococcal intoxication, Clostridial poisoning.
4. Food adulteration and prevailing food standards in India .
UNIT IV
1. Microbiology of Milk : Sources of microorganisms in milk and types of
microorganisms in milk.
2. Microbiological examination of milk (standard plate
count, direct microscopic count, reductase, and phosphatase test ).
3. Dehydration and pasteurization of milk.
4. Dairy products from microorganisms : Butter , yoghurt and cheese .
UNIT V
1. Microorganisms as source of food : Single Cell Protein (SCP)
2. Mushrooms and food value of mushrooms
3. Food conversions : Lactic acid conversions, soyabean conversions and Bakery
4. Microbiological estimation of food : Sample collection,
M.Sc. IV Semester
MB: 402 (B) Enzyme Technologies
(Discipline Centric Elective)
UNIT-1
Introduction to enzymes -Enzyme classification and nomenclature, Characteristics of
enzymes production . Mode of action and kinetics of enzyme catalyzed reactions (K min
Vmax ) .Types of mechanism of enzyme inhibition ,Biotechnological importance of
enzymes.
UNIT-2
Microbial sources of enzymes- Primary and Secondary screening of Microorganisms for
enzyme production .Qualitative and Quantitative assay of enzyme activity. Enzymes
units Amylases , Cellulases , Hemicellulases ,Proteases . Natural and Synthetic substrates
for enzyme assay .
UNIT-3
Microbial enzyme production ; submerged and solid state fermentation (SSF). Important
parameters in enzyme production . Enzyme purification Techniques – Precipitation
chromatographic separation –gel filtration ,anion and cation exchange ,zymography.
UNIT-4
Techniques used in characterization of enzymes- determination of molecular weight
(SDS PAGE ,Gel filtration ) . Isolelectric point,pH & temperature optima and stability .
Inhibition pattern , Product analysis of enzyme action using TLC HPLC and MALDI –
TOF
UNIT -5
Molecular Biology of enzymes- aminoacid sequencing ,structure and function
relationship. Protein engineering and directed evolution . Cloning and over expression of
microbial enzymes in heterologous host.
SYLLABUS
M. Sc. Environmental Biology (Choice Based Credit System)
Schemes of Examination (Session- 2020-21)
Semester-I
Internal Total
S.No. Course Name & Code Course Type Theory Credit
Assessment Marks
5. Practical - - - 100 4
Semester-II
S.No. Course Name & Code Course Type Theory Internal Total Credit
Assessment Marks
5. Practical - - - 100 4
Semester-III
S.No Course Name & Code Course Type Theor Internal Tota Credit
y Assessment l
Mar
ks
5. Practical - - - 100 4
Semester-IV
S.No Course Name & Code Course Type Theory Internal Total Credit
Assessment Marks
5. Practical - - - 100 4
** The department offers Two- Discipline Centric Elective Courses in III and IV semester with internal
choices as A or B. Students of this program will have a choice to select one course from the available
internal choice in each Discipline Centric Elective course in III and IV semester.
Generic Elective Courses of this program are also available to students of other discipline/ programs of
the University Teaching Departments.
M.Sc. ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY
SEMESTER- I
PAPER- I (Core course)
ECOLOGICAL PRINCIPLES
Preamble: This course aims to introduce the basics of ecological principles, ecosystem's
structure and functions, and the ecosystem's services provided to society.
1. Ecosystem: Concept, trophic structure, structure and functions, food chains, food webs,
ecological pyramids.
2. Energy flow through food chains, productivity; primary productivity of different ecosystems,
secondary productivity.
Preamble: This paper deals with various methods of sampling of plants, animals, air, water,
and analysis of ecological materials.
4. Analytical methods: Air pollution monitoring techniques, Gaseous and particulate matters
sampling, Air samplers, water sampling techniques, water quality analysis (DO, BOD,
COD, Hardness).
Preamble: This course introduces major themes and ecological processes of biotic communities.
1. Concept of Population: Population attributes, population growth; population fluctuation, 'r' and
'k' selection, concept of density dependent and density independent action of population
regulation, Ecade and Ecotypes.
2. Concept of Biotic Community: Attributes, structure and composition, stratification, Ecotone and
Edge effect, keystone species induced community changes.
4. Ecological Succession : Stages and mechanism of succession, Trends and stages of community
development, concept of climax, climax theories.
5. Concept of Habitat and Ecological Niche, niche types, niche width and overlap, ecological
equivalent, competition and niche, niche segregation.
M.Sc. ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY
SEMESTER- I
PAPER- IV (Generic Elective Course)
EARTH ENVIRONMENT AND CLIMATOLOGY
Preamble: This course deals with dimensions of earth, atmosphere, soil, climate and major
catastrophic climatic conditions confronting our present day from scientific perspective.
1. Lithosphere: Earth structure, Rocks- Sedimentary, Igneous and metamorphic rocks, weathering
of rocks.
2. Soil : Soil characteristics ( mineral matter, organic matters, soil air and water),soil classification,
soil distribution in India, Climate and soil profile, soil formation soil forming processes, factors
affecting soil formation, ecological characteristics of soils of different ecosystems.
3. Hydrosphere: Global water balance, ice sheets and fluctuation of sea levels, factors influencing
the surface water, freshwater shortage and associated problems, hydrological cycle.
5. Climate : Weather and climate, air circulation and climate, ocean current and climate, Seasonal
winds and monsoon, climate of India; Indian monsoon, EL Nino, Tropical cyclones, Western
disturbance, Weather modification.
M.Sc. ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY
SEMESTER- II
PAPER- I (Core Course)
BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATON
Preamble: This course introduces the biodiversity at different levels of biological organization
and the essential ecological and biological processes to ensure long term stability of
ecosystems, and also scientific approaches of conservation of biodiversity.
2. Levels of biodiversity: Community diversity (alpha, beta, and gamma diversity, genetic
diversity, pattern diversity), Gradients of biodiversity (altitudinal, insular), Ecosystems
diversity (biomes, mangroves, coral reefs, wetlands, and terrestrial diversity), factors related
to tropical and temperate species diversity.
Preamble: Environmental studies require statistical approach for data analysis. This paper
introduces the students about various statistical methods used in the collection of ecological data
and analysis for environmental studies.
5. Null hypothesis, Gaia Hypothesis, Test of Significance: Student's' t ' test, Chi-square test and F-
test, Analysis of variance.
M.Sc. ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY
SEMESTER- II
PAPER- III (Core Course)
ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION
Preamble: The course deals with air, water, and soil pollution, solid wastes disposal techniques,
pesticide pollution, and their impacts on environment, ecosystems and human health and other
living organisms.
2 Air pollution : Natural and anthropogenic sources and types of air pollutants,
photochemical reactions, acid rains, PAN, concept of Fog and Smog, effect of air pollution on
human beings, plants and animals. Air quality standards, vehicular pollution.
3. Water pollution : Sources and types of water pollutants, Effect of water pollutants on living
organisms, water pollution linked human diseases, ground water pollution, heavy metals and
their effects on biota, thermal pollution, characteristics of industrial effluents.
4. Solid wastes: Source and generation of solid wastes; composition , classification and disposal
techniques of solid wastes, municipal and industrial wastes, biomedical wastes,
Electronic wastes, and their environmental effects.
Preamble: This paper introduces various global as well as national environmental issues and
problems, and their dimensions, causes and effects.
1. Current environmental issues in India: Air pollution in Indian cities, soil quality
deterioration in Indian crop fields, pollution in major rivers of India, Namami Gange
project, surface water crisis in India, forest fire, Threats to Indian forests by exotic plant
species.
2. Global environmental problems: Ozone depletion, Deforestation, Green house gases and
their increasing trends. Global warming, Global warming and climate change, recent records of
climate change, Extreme weather events, Impact of climate change on ecological systems,
Measures to cope with climate change.
4. Disaster and Hazard management : Human and ecological impacts, risk assessment and
vulnerability, analysis, National preparedness and adaptation strategies, Hazards policies and
agencies, Role of GIS and remote sensing in surveillance, monitoring, risk assessment.
2. Soil Microbiology: Microbes in soil, role of microbes in nitrogen fixation, Microbes of waste
water treatment and solid waste management, microbial biogeochemical process of nutrient
cycling and biodegradation.
3. Food Microbiology: Microbial flora of foods, Microbial Spoilage and examination, preservation
of foods, Fermented foods, Microorganisms as food (SCP), Micro-organism in Milk and Milk
products, Pasteurization of Milk, examination of milk micro-organisms
5. Microbial habitats (air, freshwater, marine and deep sea), natural microbial communities with
emphasis on biofilms, plants and animals as microbial habitats and human microbiohome.
M.Sc. ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY
SEMESTER- III
PAPER- II (Core Course)
CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES
Preamble: This course deals with dimension and issues of natural resources and environment. It
also aims to provide adequate insight on management and conservation of natural
resources.
4. Conservation and management of natural resources - Wild life; In-situ (national parks,
sanctuaries) and Ex-situ conservation, energy conservation, biodiversity conservation
(Biospheres Reserves), biological control and integrated pest management, aquaculture,
rainwater harvesting, wild life habitat conservation.
Preamble: This course aims to provide the students an orientation to technologies that are
applied to monitor and mitigate environmental pollution and solid waste.
1. Air Pollution management and control technology: Air pollution sampling and measurement, air
pollution control methods, control of particulates and gaseous air pollutants, disaster
management.
2. Water pollution management and control technology: Waste water sampling and analysis, waste
water treatment, primary, secondary and advanced waste water treatment.
3. Marine pollution management and control technology: Sampling and measurement of marine
pollution control of marine pollution, technologies to minimize and combat climate change,
carbon credits and carbon trading, carbon sequestration, conventions of climate change
.
4. Solid Waste Management: Municipal waste management, Hazardous waste management,
recycling, characterization of hospital wastes and their management, Methane production,
landfill, microbes and soil waste management, concept of 5 'R'.
5. Concept and types of bioremediation, Bio-augmentation, bioremediation of sludge,
biodegradation of toxic substances by microbes, Phytoremediation of air and water pollution,
Phytoextraction and Biofilteration techniques for- waste management.
M.Sc. ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY
SEMESTER- III
PAPER- III (Discipline Centric Elective - B)
AIR POLLUTION MANAGEMENT
Preamble: This course aims to introduce the students about techniques of sampling and analysis
of air pollutants, and management and control of air pollution.
1. Sources of air pollution, principles of air pollution management, effect of meteorological
parameters on transport and diffusion of air pollutants, wind roses, and ambient concentrations
of air pollutants.
2. Strategies of sampling and analysis of air pollutants; sampling of particulate matters (TSPM,
PM10, and PM2.5) and gaseous pollutants, ambient air quality monitoring, stack monitoring,
bio-monitoring, indices in air quality monitoring.
3. Measurement of air pollutants; dust fall measurement, measurement of particulate matters, SO2,
NOx, oxidants, ozone, carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons and smoke density.
4. Air pollution control; control at source, control of particulate matters (Settling chambers,
Cyclones, Settling towers, Scrubbers, Electrostatic precipitator), control of gaseous air pollutants
(Absorption, Adsorption, Combustion, Collection and Recovery system), control of vehicular
emission (catalytic recovery devices).
5. Air quality management; identification of specific problems, source-emission inventory, air
quality criteria, air quality standards, legislation in India, environmental criteria for sitting
industries and green belts.
M.Sc. ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY
SEMESTER- III
PAPER- IV (Generic Elective Course)
ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND POLICIES
Preamble: The aim of this course is to introduce the students about various laws to protect
the environment from damage and also to explain the legal consequences of such damages.
Preamble: The course introduces the students on natural and anthropogenic toxic chemicals,
their transport and toxicity to the constituents of ecosystems, and their fate in ecosystems.
5. Toxicity of heavy metals : Pb, Hg, Cd, AS, CO and Ni, carcinogens and carcinogenesis and
mutagens, Immunotoxic agents.
M.Sc. ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY
SEMESTER- IV
PAPER- II (Core Course)
ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
1. Gene morphology and structure, concept of genetic engineering, DNA technology, application
of biotechnology in environmental management.
2. Pollution control using engineered microorganisms, Role of microbes in control of air
pollutants, Biomass and Biofual, biofilters for air pollution control, Biosensors.
3. Waste water Treatment : Anaerobic and aerobic process, Methanogenesis, bioreactors, cell and
protein immobilization techniques, treatement scheme for waste water, dairy, distillary, tannery,
sugar and antibiotic industries.
4. Biodegradation of xenobiotics, hydrocarbons, Oil spills, pesticies, varmicullare and vermi-
composting, biopesticides, biofertilizers.
5. Plant and animal tissue culture, organ culture, applications of tissue culture, in vitro
conservation of germplasm, gene bank, clean gene technology.
M.Sc. ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY
SEMESTER- IV
PAPER- III (Discipline Centric Elective Course - A)
FOREST ECOLOGY
Preamble: This paper introduces the students about different forest types, their distribution,
structure, functions and ecological characters.
1. Forest types of India, distribution of Indians forests, factor governing distribution of Indian
forests.
2. Forest as an ecosystem: Structural attributes: Dominant plant species of different forests,
phytosociological attributes; density and dominance relations of different forest
communities, forest stratification and canopy structure, microclimate.
3. Functional Attributes:
(a) Energy flow: process, importance of food chains, , productivity of different forests.
(b) Material cycling: Process of nutrient cycling in forests, nutrient cycling in temperate
and tropical forests, litter production and decomposition.
4. Forest Ground floor ecology: Ecology of seed placement and germination in forests,
seedlings growth, seedling establishment strategies, characteristics of soils of different
forests.
5. Ecological characteristics of tropical and temperate forests of India, important wild life of
India, man-forest interactions.
M.Sc. ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY
SEMESTER- IV
PAPER- III (Discipline Centric Elective -B)
WATER POLLUTION MANAGEMENT
Preamble: This course introduces the aspects of water pollution of aquatic ecosystems,
characteristics of sewage and industrial effluents, various techniques applied for treatment
of sewage and effluents, and water management strategies.
1. Classification of water bodies, physico-chemical and biological properties of fresh water, water
quality standards, major sources of water pollution, physico-chemical and biological properties
of sewage.
2. Quality of industrial effluent produced from textile, leather, dairy, thermal power and chemical
industries, changes in water quality due to discharge of city sewage, industrial effluent from
textile, leather, dairy, thermal power and chemical industries.
3. Effects of water pollutants on phytoplankton's productivity and other organisms of food chains,
bio-indicators of water pollution.
4. Stages of treatment of sewage - primary treatment and secondary treatment (activated sludge,
oxidation ponds, and trickling filters), advanced waste water treatment, biological treatment of
waste water, treatment of industrial effluent released from textile, dairy, leather, thermal power
and chemical industries.
5. Water management strategies, rain water harvesting, recharging of ground water, use of domestic
waste water, recycling of ground water, recycling of effluent after treatment.
M.Sc. ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY
SEMESTER- IV
PAPER- IV (Generic Elective Course)
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Preamble: This course aims to give insight on systematic process that examines the
environmental consequences of development actions, in advance. This process is firmly on
the agenda of all environmental agencies as a result of introduction of legislations in
various countries.
1. Nature and purpose of Environmental Impact Assessment, Origin and Development, EIA
Development in India, Frame work of EIA, EIA guidelines 1994 and 2006
2. Requirement for Impact Assessment, main steps of Impact Assessment, the pre study, the study
period and the post study period activities.
3. Methods of Environmental Impact Assessment (I) Adhoc method, Check lists, Matrix methods,
Networks , (II) Evaluation systems, modelling and computer aided assessment
4. Prediction and Assessment of Impacts on air and water environment, energy, noise,
socioeconomic and biological components
5. Concept of Environmental Auditing (EA), Environmental Impact Statement (AIS) and
Environmental management plan (EMO), Cost - Benefit analysis, case studies with particular
reference to mining project, cement industry, and thermal power plant.
MBA Programme
[MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION]
FULL TIME FOUR SEMESTER PROGRAMME
APPROVED BY AICTE
PROSPECTUS
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE, SYLLABUS & SCHEME
Chairman
External Experts
Members
Mr. Sankalp Shukla Ms. Sunita Rohra
Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
Vindhya Institute of Management & Research Vidhyanchal College
Satna (MP) Rewa (MP)
Page | 2
Master of Business Administration (MBA)
Full-Time Four Semester Programme
Page | 3
3. Global Exposure and Cross-Cultural Understanding (GECCU): Demonstrate a global outlook
with the ability to identify aspects of the global business and Cross Cultural Understanding.
4. Social Responsiveness and Ethics (SRE): Developing responsiveness to contextual social issues/
problems and exploring solutions, understanding business ethics and resolving ethical dilemmas.
Graduates are expected to identify the contemporary social problems, exploring the opportunities for
social entrepreneurship, designing business solutions and demonstrate ethical standards in
organizational decision making. Demonstrate awareness of ethical issues and can distinguish ethical
and unethical behaviours.
5. Effective Communication (EC): Usage of various forms of business communication, supported by
effective use of appropriate technology, logical reasoning, articulation of ideas. Graduates are expected
to develop effective oral and written communication especially in business applications, with the use of
appropriate technology (business presentations, digital communication, social network platforms and
so on).
6. Leadership and Teamwork (LT): Understanding leadership roles at various levels of the
organization and leading teams. Graduates are expected to collaborate and lead teams across
organizational boundaries and demonstrate leadership qualities, maximize the usage of diverse skills
of team members in the related context.
Programme Structure
SEMESTER – I
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
101 Management Concepts & Practices CC 60 40 100 4
102 Quantitative Methods CC 60 40 100 3
103 Managerial Economics CC 60 40 100 3
104 Business Environment CC 60 40 100 3
105 Business Communication CC 60 40 100 3
106 Accounting for Managers CC 60 40 100 3
107 ICT & E- Business Fundamentals CC 60 40 100 3
108 Organisational Behaviour & GE 60 40 100 4
Industrial Psychology*
109 Comprehensive Viva Voce CC 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 900 30
SEMESTER – II
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
201 Indian Ethos & Ethics Management CC 60 40 100 4
202 Research Methodology CC 60 40 100 3
203 Human Resource Management CC 60 40 100 3
204 Financial Management CC 60 40 100 3
205 Marketing Management CC 60 40 100 3
206 Production & Operations Management CC 60 40 100 3
207 Business Legislation CC 60 40 100 3
208 International Business Environment* GE 60 40 100 4
209 Comprehensive Viva Voce CC 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 900 30
CC: Core Course GE: Generic Elective
*Students may choose this course as a Generic Elective or may choose a Generic Elective Course offered in other UTDs at the same
level or may choose a Course offered by MOOCs through SWAYAM.
Page | 4
SEMESTER – III
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
301 Operations Research CC 60 40 100 4
302 A Consumer Behaviour** DCE 60 40 100 4
302 B Investment Analysis & Portfolio Management** DCE 60 40 100 4
302 C Employee Relations**
303 A Sales & Distribution Management** DCE 60 40 100 4
303 B International Finance** DCE 60 40 100 4
303 C Human Resource Development**
304 Entrepreneurship* GE 60 40 100 4
305 Internship Dissertation & CC 100 6
Comprehensive Viva Voce
SEMESTER TOTAL 700 30
CC: Core Course GE: Generic Elective DCE: Discipline Centric Elective
*Students may choose this course as a Generic Elective or may choose a Generic Elective Course offered in other UTDs at the same
level or may choose a Course offered by MOOCs through SWAYAM.
**Students may choose any four courses as Discipline Centric Electives from the six courses offered in three choice based
specialisations: Marketing, Finance and Human Resource Management (Group A&B or A&C or B&C).
SEMESTER – IV
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
401 Strategic Management CC 60 40 100 3
402 Management Information System CC 60 40 100 3
403 A Integrated Marketing Communication** DCE 60 40 100 4
403 B Project Appraisal & Finance** DCE 60 40 100 4
403 C Compensation & Benefits Management**
404 A International Marketing** DCE 60 40 100 4
404 B Taxation** DCE 60 40 100 4
404 C Organisational Change & Development**
405 Managing Banks & Financial Institutions* GE 60 40 100 4
406 Comprehensive Viva Voce CC 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 800 30
GRAND TOTAL 3300 120
CC: Core Course GE: Generic Elective DCE: Discipline Centric Elective
*Students may choose this course as a Generic Elective or may choose a Generic Elective Course offered in other UTDs at the same
level or may choose a Course offered by MOOCs through SWAYAM.
**Students are required to continue with two specialisations: Marketing, Finance and Human Resource Management (Group A&B or
A&C or B&C) chosen by them in III Semester and take four courses as Discipline Centric Electives.
Credit Distribution
SEMESTER CORE ELECTIVE COURSES COMPREHENSIVE VIVA TOTAL
COURSES GENERIC DISCIPLINE CENTRIC /DISSERTATION CREDITS
Semester I 22 04 00 04 30
Semester II 22 04 00 04 30
Semester III 04 04 16 06 30
Semester IV 06 04 16 04 30
TOTAL 54 16 32 18 120
Page | 5
Scheme of Examination
1. Semester End Theory Paper: Each theory paper of 60 marks will have following questions.
Type of Questions Number of Questions Marks allotted to each Question Total Marks
Short Answer Type 5 4 20
Long Answer Type 5 8 40
There will be two questions of each type from each unit of syllabus in all the question papers.
2. Internal Assessment: The internal assessment of 40 marks shall be based on two Written Tests of 20 marks each
and one Test of 20 marks based on Assignment, Presentation & Class Participation of the student with following
details. Marks will be awarded on the basis of best of the two Test Scores.
Type of Assessment Marks Remarks
Class Test 20 Marks Two assessments of 20 Marks Each on the basis of evaluation of
Answer scripts of the student.
Assignment 05 Marks Assessment based on Written Assignment submitted by the student
within due date on the allotted topic.
Presentation 10 Marks Assessment based on Oral Presentation given by the student within
due date on the allotted topic.
Class Participation 05 Marks Assessment based on attendance and active participation of the
student in the class debates, discussions, quiz etc.
The University Teaching Department reserves all rights to make necessary changes in the above Internal Assessment
valuation system in case of any contingencies.
Computation of Letter Grade, Grade Points, Credit Points, SGPA & CGPA
2. Credit Points
The credit points will be computed by multiplying course credit with grading points in each course. Total Credit
Points of the semester will be calculated by adding the credit points of all the courses of the concerned semester.
3. SGPA
Semester Grading Point Average will be calculated by dividing the total credit points of the semester by sum of
credits allotted to that semester:-
SGPA (Si) = ∑(Cix × Gi)/∑Ci (SGPI will be expressed up to two decimal places by rounding off).
4. CGPA
Cumulative Grading Point Average will be calculated by by taking the ratio of total credit points scored by the student
and sum of total credits in all courses studied till the semester end. CGPA will be expressed up to two decimal places
by rounding off.
Page | 6
An illustration of computing letter grade, grade points, credit points, SGPA & CGPA:
% = CGPA×10%
Ex.
6.8×10% = 68%
7.02×10% = 70.2%
Page | 7
MBA Programme
[MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION]
FULL TIME FOUR SEMESTER PROGRAMME
APPROVED BY AICTE
SYLLABUS
(SESSION 2020-21 ONWARDS)
Page | 8
SEMESTER I
CC 101: MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS & PRACTICES
Objective:
The objective of this course is to familiarise the participants with basic management concepts and behavioural
processes in the organisation.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
Concept and significance of Management as a science or an art, Distinction between Management and Administration
Functional Management, Principles of Management. Evolution of Management Thought: Classical School, Neo-
Classical School & Modem School.
UNIT II: Planning and Decision Making
Planning- Nature Process, Types, Principles & Significance. Planning Vs Forecasting. Objectives: Meaning,
Characteristics, Types, MBO: Process & Importance. Decision Making: Meaning & Significance, Types, Process,
Rationale & Limitations.
UNIT III: Organizing
Organizing- Concept & Process, Organisational Structures & Design, Departmentation- Meaning, Needs and
Consideration, Span of Management. Authority, Power and Responsibility. Delegation of Authority- Meaning.
Advantages and Limitations, Centralization Decentralization of Authority.
Outcome:
Business Environment and Domain Knowledge
The graduates will be able learn about the basic concepts, principles and process of management. This learning will
build a foundation and help them in understanding basic functioning of the organisations not only in corporate but
also in other sectors such as government, NGO, Social Organisations etc.
Suggested Readings:
List of Cases, Recent Articles and Specific References will be announced in the Class Room at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 9
CC 102: QUANTITATIVE METHODS
Objective:
The objective of the course is to provide elementary knowledge of the concepts of Quantitative Techniques and their
application in business decisions.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Matrices
Elementary Introduction to Vectors & Determinants. Matrices: Meaning, Definition, Kinds, Equality, Transpose and
basic operations on Matrices, Business Application of Matrices: Representation of data, Solution to the Simultaneous
Equations.
Outcome:
Critical thinking, Business Analysis, Problem Solving and Innovative Solutions
The graduates of this course will be able learn about the basic mathematics and statistics applicable in business
decisions. This will sharpen their critical thinking, analytical skills and problem solving ability.
Suggested Readings:
1. Levin Rechard I : Statistics for Management
2. Gupta, C.B. : An Introduction to Statistics.
3. Gupta. S.C : Fundamentals of Statistics.
4. Elhance, D.N : Fundamentals of Statistics.
5. Ray & Sharma : Statistics.
6. Raghavchari, C. : Business Mathematics.
Page | 10
CC 103: MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
Objective: The objective of this course is to acquaint the participants with concept and techniques used in micro and
macro economics and to enable them to apply this knowledge in the business decision making.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
Managerial Economics: Meaning, Scope, Relationship with other disciplines. Demand Analysis, Elasticity of
Demand. Supply: Nature, Types & Equilibrium. Indifference Curve Analysis, Price, Income and Substitution Effect.
Demand Forecasting. Significance of Managerial Economics in Business Decisions.
Outcome:
Business Environment and Domain Knowledge
The graduates of this course will be able learn about the role of economics in business management and prospects of
the business in a span of time.
Suggested Readings:
1. V.C. Sinha & Ritika Sinha : Managerial Economics
2. P. L. Mehta : Managerial Economics
3. Varshney & Maheshwari : Managerial Economics
4. Joel Dean : Managerial Economics
5. M. L. Jhingan : Micro Economic Theory
Page | 11
CC 104: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Objective: The primary objective of this course is to familiarize the students with the business environment prevailing
in India, its different dimensions, influencing factors and its implications to business.
Course Contents:
Outcome:
Business Environment and Domain Knowledge
The participants of this course will be able learn about the macro factor affecting business environment and will be
well acquainted with the latest changes in the different components of business environment.
Suggested Readings:
1. Principles of Business Management : Kumar & Sharma
2. Business Environment : F. Cherunilum
3. Economic environment of Business : Biswnath Ghosh
4. Business Environment for Strategic Management : K. Aswathappa
5. Indian Economy : Mishra and Puri
List of Cases, Recent Articles and Specific References will be announced in the Class Room at the time of
launching of the course.
Page | 12
CC 105 CP: BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
Objective: This Course is aimed at equipping the students with the necessary techniques and soft skills of
communicating individually and in a group. Oral, written and non-verbal communication skills are considered
important in accomplishing the organisational goals and maintaining harmony.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
Definition and Process of Communication, Essentials of Effective Communication, Barriers to Communication,
Communication Networks, Role of communication in organizational effectiveness, Use of Grapevine.
UNIT II: Oral Communication
Public Speech & Presentation Skills: Composition, Principles, Speech Delivering Skills, Overcoming Glossophobia,
Just-A-Minute Presentation. Interview: Pre Planning for the Interview, Facing the Interview Board. Communication
in Group Discussion, Do’s and Don’ts in GD’s. Communication in Committees, Seminars and Conferences.
UNIT III: Non-Verbal Communication
Non- Verbal communication: Meaning and its Importance. Facial Expressions, Postures, Gestures, Eye Contact &
Gazing, Hepatics, etc. Listening: Process, Types and Principles.
UNIT IV: Writing Skills
Writing different types of Job Application Letters. Preparing Bios & Resumes. Writing different types of Reports,
Proposals, E-mails and Summaries. Drafting Notices, Advertisements etc.
UNIT V: Business Correspondence
Essentials of Effective Business Correspondence. Structure of Business Letter, Forms of Letter layout. Types of
Business Letters- Enquiries and replies, orders and their execution, complaint letter, sale letter, Response Letter,
Thanks Letter.
Outcome:
Effective Communication
The participants of this course will be able learn about the various aspects of verbal and non-verbal communication
which will be extremely useful to them at the entry level in any professional organisation in the initial years of their
career.
Suggested Readings:
1. Nageshwar Rao & R. P. Das : Communication Skills
2. M. V. Rodrigues : Effective Business Communication
3. R. C. Sharma & Krishna Mohan : Business Correspondence & Report Writing
4. E. H. McGrath, S. J. : Basic Managerial Skills for All
5. P. D. Chaturvedi & Mukesh Chaturvedi : Business Communication
List of Cases, Recent Articles and Specific References will be announced in the Class Room at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 13
CC 106: ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERS
Objective:
The basic purpose of this course is to develop an insight of postulates, principles and techniques of accounting and
utilisation of financial and accounting information for planning, decision making and control.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Basic Accounting Concepts
Financial Accounting: Concept, Importance and Scope. Generally accepted accounting principles, Preparation of
Financial Statement with special reference to analysis of Balance Sheet and measurement of Business Income.
UNIT V: Costing
Costing for Decision Making: Standard Costing, Variance Analysis, Marginal Costing and Absorption Costing.
Overview of GST.
Outcome:
Business Environment and Domain Knowledge
This course will acquaint the participants with the basics of accountancy regarding financial transactions of an
organisation.
Suggested Readings:
1. S. M. Shukla : Advanced Accounting
2. Sharma & Gupta : Management Accounting
3. Jain & Narang : Accountancy
4. I. M. Pandey : Advanced Accounting
5. Shukla & Grewal : Advanced Accountancy
Page | 14
CC 107: ICT & E-BUSINESS FUNDAMENTALS
Outcome:
Critical Thinking, Business Analysis, Problem Solving and Innovative Solutions
This course will hone the skills of participants with basics of computers, ICT, office automation, E-Business
and emerging technologies. It will also improve the critical thinking, analytical ability and problem solving
skills of the participants.
Suggested Readings:
1. Sinha and Sinha, “Computer Fundamentals”, BPR Publications , Latest Edition
2. Niranjan Shrivastava, Computer Applications in Management
3. R.K. Taxali,, “PC Software for Windows Made Simple”, Tata McGraw Hills, New Delhi,
4. R Kalakoita & M Robinson. "E-Business. Roadmap for Success", Pearson Education.
5. Rayudu C. S. ,“e-Business”, Himalaya Publishing House, Latest Edition
6. Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight, “Artificial Intelligence”, Tata McGraw Hill
7. V. Madisetti & A. Bahga, “Internet of Things, A Hands on Approach”, University Press.
8. Gupta Sarika, “Information and Cyber Security”, Khanna Publishing House, Delhi.
9. Jain V.K., “Big Data and Hadoop”, Khanna Publishing House, Delhi.
10. Aurélien Géron, "Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn and Tensor Flow: Concepts, Tools, and
Techniques to Build Intelligent Systems", 1st Edition, O'Reilly Media
Page | 15
GE 108: ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR & INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Objective:
The objective of this course is to develop an understanding of organisational and individual variants of human
behaviour which affect the functioning of an organisation.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
Concept of Organisational Behaviour, Contributing Disciplines to Organisational Behaviour, Background/ Historical
Perspective and Framework of OB, Organisational Behaviour in a Learning Organisation.
Outcome:
Leadership, Teamwork, Global Exposure and Cross Cultural Understanding
The participants of this course will be able to learn about behavioural aspects of different individuals and groups in
an organisation. Graduates are expected to collaborate and lead teams across organisational boundaries and
demonstrate leadership qualities. The participants will be able to learn about the various aspects of trans-national
culture and global leadership.
Suggested Readings:
1. Stephens P. Robbins : Organisational Behaviour
2. Keith Davis : Organisational Behaviour
3. Uma Shekaran : Organisational Behaviour
4. Udai Pareek : Understanding Organisational Behaviour
5. A. Negi : Industrial Psychology
List of Cases, Recent Articles and Specific References will be announced in the Class Room at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 16
SEMESTER II
Objective: This is a value based course. The objective of this course is to acquaint the students with the moral
values and traditional wisdom inherent in our Indian mythology and literature.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
History and Relevance, Role of Indian Ethos in Managerial Practices, Principles Practiced by Indian Companies.
Managerial Lessons from Vedas, Ramayan, Mahabharat, Bible and Quran. Kautilya’s Arthshashtra.
Page | 17
CC 202: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
Objective: The aim of this course is to equip the participant with the basic understanding of the research methodology
and to provide an insight into the application of modern analytical tools and techniques for the purpose of managerial
decision making.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
Meaning, Objectives, and Significance of Research; Types of Research; Concept and scope of research methodology
in Management; Criteria for a good Research ; Research Organisations in India.
Outcome:
Critical thinking, Business Analysis, Problem Solving and Innovative Solutions
This course will acquaint the participants with the basics of research before they go to the corporate world for their
project study. This will also cultivate critical thinking, analytical skills and problem solving skills in the participants.
Suggested Readings:
1. Research Methodology : C.R. Kothari
2. Research Methodology : R. Pannersevam
3. Research Methodology in Management : Dr. V.P. Michael
4. Business Research Methods : Naval Bajpai
5. Marketing Research : Malhotra & Dash
Page | 18
CC 203: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Objective:
The objective of this course is to acquaint the participants about the various facts of managing manpower and to
develop an insight on various policies and practices of Human Resource Management.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
Concepts & Perspectives on Human Resource Management, HRM in Changing Environment, Corporate Objectives
and Human Resource Planning, Career & Succession Planning, Job Analysis and Job Description.
Outcome:
Business Environment and Domain Knowledge
This course will ensure the basic learning of managing human resource in an organisation and participants
will also gain understanding of influence of external environment forces on HRM.
Suggested Readings:
1. Gary Dessler : Fundamentals of Human Resource Management
2. K. Aswathappa : Human Resource and Personal Management
3. C.B. Memoria : Personnel Management
4.. Deeepak Kumar Bhattacharya : Human Resource Management
5. V.S. P. Rao : Human Resource Management
List of Cases, Recent Articles and Specific References will be announced in the Class Room at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 19
CC 204: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Objective:
The basic purpose of this course is to develop an insight of postulates, principles, and techniques of financing and
utilization of financial and accounting information for planning, decision making and control.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
Financial Management – Nature, Scope & Objectives, Financial Analysis & Control, Cost Volume Profit Analysis,
Valuation of a Firm, Business Forecasting.
Outcome:
Business Environment and Domain Knowledge
Graduates will improve their knowledge on functioning of local and global business environment and will be
acquainted about various aspects related to sources of funds and management of funds in an organisation.
Suggested Readings:
1. Khan & Jain : Financial Management
2. I.M. Pandey : Financial Management
3. S. K. Gupta & R. K. Sharma : Financial Management
4. Prasanna Chandra : Financial Management: Theory & Practices
5. V. K. Bhalla : Financial Management and Policy
List of Cases, Recent Articles and Specific References will be announced in the Class Room at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 20
CC 205: MARKETING MANAGEMENT
Objective:
The objective of the course is to introduce the students to the basic concepts and components of marketing so as to
develop an understanding of different functional areas of management irrespective of the selected area of
specialisation.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
Basic Concepts and Approaches to Marketing Management, Selling vs. Marketing, Marketing System, Marketing
Environment, Marketing Mix, Market Segmentation and Marketing Process. Targeting & Positioning.
Outcome:
Business Environment and Domain Knowledge
The participants of this course will be able to learn about the foundation of marketing in different focal areas and they
will also understand the impact of various factors on marketing activities.
Suggested Readings:
1. Ramaswami V. & Namkumari S., : Marketing Management.
2. Kumar Arun & Meenakshi N. : Marketing Management
3. Kotler Philip, Keller K.L., Koshy Abraham Jha M. : Marketing Management
4. Stanton W. J., : Fundamentals of Marketing
5. KujnishVashishth : A Practical Approach to Marketing Management
List of Cases, Recent Articles and Specific References will be announced in the Class Room at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 21
CC 206: PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Objective:
This course is designed to acquaint the participants with decision making in Planning, Scheduling and control of
Production and Operation function in both manufacturing and services.
Course Contents:
Outcome:
Business Environment and Domain Knowledge
This course will expose the participants with various aspects of manufacturing sector. They will be able to improve
productivity in operations through layout engineering, quality management, effective and efficient flow,
replenishment and control of materials in manufacturing organisations.
Suggested Readings:
1. Buffa, E.S. : Modern Production Management
2. Chary S.N. : Production and Operations Management
3. Chunawalla & Patel : Production and Operation Management
4. Subimal Bhattacharya : Operations Management
5. K. K. Ahuja : Production Management
List of Cases, Recent Articles and Specific References will be announced in the Class Room at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 22
CC 207: BUSINESS LEGISLATION
Objective:
The course is designed to assist the students in understanding basic laws affecting the operations of a business
enterprise.
Course Contents:
Outcome:
Business Environment, Domain Knowledge, Critical Thinking & Problem Solving
The course will acquaint the participants with functioning of legal business environment and concerned potential
issues and laws in managing operations of business and thereby they are expected to make judgment calls and take
legit decisions in future that a business professional has to make on daily basis. This course will prepare the
participants for imaginative and responsible leadership roles in the business. They are expected to critically analyze,
evaluate and create solutions in the business.
Suggested Readings:
1. Anurag k. Agrwal, Business Law for Managers, Penguin.
2. Avtar Singh, Company Law, Eastern Book Company, Lucknow.
3. Garg & Chawla, Mercantile Law, Kalyani Publishers.
4. Kapoor N.D., Mercantile Law, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
5. Kuchhal & Kuchhal, Business Legislation for Management, Vikas Pub. Ltd.
The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced in the class at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 23
GE 208: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Objective:
The primary objective of this course is to acquaint the students to emerging global trends in business environment
and enhance the knowledge about the foreign markets.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
International Business: An overview- Types of International Business. The External Environment: Economic and
Political Environment, The Human Culture Environment and its influence on Trade and Investment Patterns.
Outcome:
Global Exposure and Cross Cultural Understanding
The participants will be able to learn about the various aspects of global business environment. They will have basic
knowledge about different mechanisms and institutions in International Business.
Suggested Readings:
1. Leslie Hamilton & Philip Webster : The International Business Environment
2. Anant Kumar : The International Business Environment
3. Bhalla, V.K. and S. Shivaramu : International Business Environment and Business
4. Janet Morrison : The International Business Environment
5. Sukumar Nandi : The International Business Environment
List of Cases, Recent Articles and Specific References will be announced in the Class Room at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 24
SEMESTER :III
CC 301: OPERATIONS RESEARCH
Objective:
The objective of this course is to give the students a firm grasps of quantitative techniques, which are useful to them
in the field of management. The emphasis is mainly laid on operational research.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction to OR
Introduction, Nature, Scope and Managerial Application, Methodology/Modelling in OR, Types of Models, Principles
of Modelling in OR. Overview of various OR Models used in Business.
Outcome:
Critical thinking, Business Analysis, Problem Solving and Innovative Solutions
Competency in quantitative techniques will hone the critical thinking, analytical skills and problem solving ability of
the participants. They are expected to use these techniques to solve the problems under uncertainty and take
appropriate decisions in the business world.
Suggested Readings:
1. Vohra N.D., Quantitative Techniques in Management, New Delhi, TMH.
2. Sharma S.D., Operations Research
3. Hira D.S. & Gupta P.K., Operations Research, S. Chand & Company Ltd.,
4. Sharma J.K., Operational Research: Theory and Applications, Trinity.
5. H. A. Taha, Operations Research – An Introduction, Pearson.
Page | 25
DCE 302 A: CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR
Course Credits: 04 Max. Marks in Theory Paper: 60
Objective:
The basic objective of this course is to develop an understanding about the consumer decision-making process and its
applications in marketing function of firms.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
Introduction to Consumer Behaviour: Consumer Behaviour and Marketing Strategy: Consumer Involvement and
Decision Making: Information Search Process: Evaluation Criteria and Decision Rules.
UNIT II: Motivation & Personality
Consumer Motivation: Needs and Goals, Positive & Negative Motivation of Consumers towards products, Dynamic
Nature or Consumer Motivation, Consumer Perception: Conceptual Framework, Dynamics of Perception, Consumer
Imaging.
UNIT III: Attitude & Personality
Consumer Attitude and Attitude Change: Influence of Personality and Self Concept on Buying Behaviour:
Psychographics and Lifestyle: AIO & VALS Classification.
Outcome:
Business Environment, Domain Knowledge, Social Responsiveness & Ethics
This course provides a valuable insight on how consumers make buying decisions and how different factors affect
their buying decisions. The graduates are expected to identify the problems and tap the opportunities in the market by
formulating smart marketing strategies and filling the gap between consumers’ expectations and company’s products
& services. The participants will gain an understanding of social issues & problems in the society and will be able to
explore solutions to it within ethical boundaries which would further affect consumer judgment and buying decision
positively.
.
Suggested Readings:
1. Schiffman, LG and Kanuk, LL Consumer Behaviour New Delhi, PHI.
2. Mowen, John C. – Consumer Behaviour, New York, Mac Millan.
3. Engle JF etc, Consumer Behaviour in Marketing, Engle wood Cliffts, New Jersey, PHI.
4. Michel R. Soloman, Consumer Behaviour, Pearson.
5. Matin Khan, Consumer Behaviour, New Age International Publication.
The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced in the class at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 26
DCE 302 B: INVESTMENT ANALYSIS & PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT
Objective:
The objective of this course is to impart knowledge to students regarding the theory and practice of Investment
Analysis and practices of Portfolio Management.
Course Contents:
Outcome:
Critical Thinking, Business Analysis, Problem Solving and Innovative Solutions
The participants will acquire knowledge on techniques and strategies used to manage funds and assets of the
organization. This will refine their analytical skills, problem solving and they will be able to plan and execute
investment decisions by gauging the risk patterns effectively thereby managing the portfolio of the organization
effectively.
Suggested Readings:
1. Yogesh Maheshwari, Investment Management, PHI, New Delhi.
2. Bhalla, V.K., Investment Management: Security Analysis & Portfolio Management, S Chand, New Delhi.
3. Fisher Donald E and Jordan, Ronald J. Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, PHI, New Delhi.
4. Sharpe, Willam F., Investment. PHI, New Delhi.
5. S. S. Kaptan, Investment Management, Sarup & Sons, New Delhi.
The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced in the class at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 27
DCE 302 C: EMPLOYEE RELATIONS
Objective:
Organisational efficiency and performance are intricately interlinked with industrial relations. This course is an
attempt to appreciate the conceptual and practical aspect of employee relations at the micro and macro levels.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
Industrial Relations Perspectives: Industrial Relations and The Emerging Socio-economic Scenario: Industrial
Relations and the State : Legal framework of industrial Relations.
UNIT III: Employee Grievance & Participation
Discipline and Grievance Management: Negotiation and Collective Settlements: Participative Management and co-
ownership: Productive Bargaining.
Outcome:
Business Environment and Domain Knowledge
The participants will learn social and political influences of labour relations on business and thereby it will help them
to deal with the realities of managing a business in the complex world.
Suggested Readings:
The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced in the class at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 28
DCE 303A: SALES AND DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT
Objective:
The purpose of this course is to acquaint the students with the concepts which are helpful in developing a sound sales
and distribution policy and in organizing and managing sales force and marketing channel.
Course Contents:
Outcome:
Business Environment and Domain Knowledge
This course gives an understanding of sales, distribution & retailing in Indian business. The graduates are expected
to develop responsiveness towards challenges of increasing competition in the business world by resorting to
improved methods of sales & distribution aimed at reducing cost, increasing profits and fulfilling the customers’
expectations.
Suggested Readings:
1. Stanton, William J. Management of Sales Force, Chicago, Irwin.
2. Johnson, E M etc. Sales Management: Concept Practices and Cases. New York, John Wiley.
3. Anderson, R. Professional Sales Management: Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, PHI.
4. Panda & Sachdev, Sales & Distribution Management, Oxford
5. U.C. Mathur, Sales & Distribution Management, New Age International Pub. Ltd.
The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced in the class at the time of
launching of the course.
Page | 29
DCE 303 B: INTERNATIONAL FINANCE
Course Credits: 04 Max. Marks in Theory Paper: 60
Objective:
The objective of this course is to give students an overview of the International Financial System and how
multinational corporations operate.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
Meaning and Scope of International Finance. The Emerging Challenges, Recent Changes in Global Finance Markets.
Risk Management and Wealth Maximization. Foreign Exchange Exposure & Risk.
Outcome:
Global Exposure and Cross Cultural Understanding
This course demonstrates a global outlook with the ability to identify global businesses and cross cultural
understanding. It will increase the knowledge of participants’ imperative for long term financial decisions
corresponding to global operations.
Suggested Readings:
1. Bhalla, V.K., International Financial Management, Anmol, New Delhi.
2. Shapiro, Alari C. Multinational Financial Management, PHI, New Delhi.
3. Abdullah, F.A. Financial Management for Multinational Firm, Englewood Fliffs, PHI.
4. G. Shailaja, International Finance, Universities Press.
5. V.S. Somnath, International Financial Management, I. K. International Pub. House Ltd.
The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced in the class at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 30
DCE 303 C: HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT
Objective:
The purpose of this course is to facilitate an understanding of the concepts, methods are strategies for HRD.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
Fields of HRD-Concept, Goals, HRD department and its functions, HRD Climate and Practices in India. Staffing
HRD Function, Developing HR Strategies and their execution in India.
UNIT II: Enriching Employees
Tanning & Development Needs, Designing and administration of Training & Development Programmes, Training
effectiveness and its evaluation method, Importance of feedback to Trainee and Trainer. Performance Appraisal,
Nature and Method of Appraisal, Potential Appraisal-Utilization and Implementation, Bench Making, Career
Planning, Job Change, Career Management, New trends in Career Management, Counselling and Mentoring.
UNIT III: HR with Cross Culture
Human and Cultural variables in Global Organization, Cross Cultural differences and Managerial Implication, HRM
factor in Global Organization – Leadership, Decision Making, Communication and Negotiation, Selection and
Compensation Management. Emerging Trends in Global Business and consideration by HR-BPO, Off-shoring.
UNIT IV: Organisation for HRD
HRD System: Design & Administration of HRD Systems: HRD for workers: HRD Interventions, HRD Approaches
for coping with Organizational Changes: Case Studies of HRD in Indian Organisations.
UNIT V: Human Resource Information System, Auditing & Accounting
HR Information System – Introduction, Job Information and families, Job competency. HR Audit, HR Report and
research keeping mode, HR Accounting – Nature and Objective Models of HR Accounting and its prospects,
Emerging Issues.
Outcome:
Business Environment and Domain Knowledge & Social Responsiveness and Ethics
This course creates an understanding of HR environment in which business operates and how economic, competitive
and legislative factors affect staffing requirements. The course promotes understanding of various human and cultural
variables in local and global organization. This will enable the graduates to adapt methods, techniques and strategies
that are used to improve the productivity of human capital. They are expected to learn skills of planning, designing
and administering various developmental activities aimed at up scaling the performance of the employees.
Suggested Readings:
1. Rao T.V., “Alternative approaches & Strategies of Human Resources Development”, Rawat, Jaipur.
2. Pareek U., Managing Transitions the HRD Response, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi.
3. Dayal Ishwar, Successful Applications of HRD, New Concepts, New Delhi.
4. Tripathi PC, Personnel Management & IR.
The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced in the class at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 31
GE 304: ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Objective:
The objective of this course is to acquaint the participants with the basic concepts of entrepreneurship and recent
trends in start-up revolution in India.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
Overview of Entrepreneurship and Qualities of a Good Entrepreneur. Managerial Skills required for Entrepreneurship.
India's start up revolution-Trends, Imperatives, benefits; the players involved in the ecosystem, Business Incubators-
Rural entrepreneurship, social entrepreneurship, Cases of large and small entrepreneurs of India. Success Stories of
regional and local entrepreneurs.
UNIT II: Functional Management
Business Model Designing- Business Plan Designing-Financial Planning-Venture Valuation techniques-Financial
management for entrepreneurs-Accounting principles-Management accounting for entrepreneurs. Entrepreneurial
positioning, targeting, and segmenting, Prototype Development, Test Marketing & Commercial Launch. Pricing
decisions and Sales & Distribution Management, HRM in Entrepreneurship: recruitment, selection, compensation,
training and development.
UNIT III: Technology based Entrepreneurship
Technology overview-IPR protection for these technology industries-Patents, trademarks, designs, copyrights, and
integrated circuit. Issues in the management of innovation and technology. Success stories of technology and App
based entrepreneurs/start-ups in India.
UNIT IV: Non-profit & Social Ventures
Social Entrepreneurship; Addressing persistent social problems-Financing Social ventures, Venture Capital,
Corporate Entrepreneurship and Micro Financing. Venture Valuation-Angel funds-Venture Capital-In-house
corporate funding mechanism.
UNIT V: Women Entrepreneurship
Women Entrepreneurship in India- Categorisation of Women Entrepreneurs, Reasons for growth of Women
Entrepreneurship, Problems faced by Women Entrepreneurs, Steps taken by the Government to develop women
Entrepreneurs in India. Success stories of Women Entrepreneurs in India.
Outcome:
Developing Social Responsiveness and Leadership- This course will encourage the youngsters to respond to the
requirements of the society and the economy by becoming job providers instead of job seekers. It will give them
motivation and confidence to become business leaders.
Suggested Readings:
1. Peter Drucker: Innovation & Entrepreneurship.
2. Rashmi Bansal: Stay Hungry Stay Foolish
3. Shukla M.B: Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management.
4. H. S. Krishna, High-tech Internet Start-ups in India.
5. Susan Coleman & Dafna Kariv: Creating the Social Venture.
6. Priyanka Sharma Gurnani: Women Entrepreneurship: Emerging Dimensions of Entrepreneurship in India.
Page | 32
CC 305: INTERSHIP DISSERTATION & COMPREHENSIVE VIVA VOCE
Objective:
The objective of this course is to give a practical exposure to the participants regarding the functioning of the
business organisations by taking up a project during the tenure of the Internship and going through a practical
problem of that organisation.
Course Contents:
The participants will be required to undergo a vocational training of 6-8 weeks in any business/commercial
organisation of national/international repute. They will be required to have an orientation of the enterprise
and/or identify one of the practical problems, study the variables through primary/secondary data, report the
research findings & conclusion on the basis of data analysis and give certain suggestions for future.
The Dissertation submitted by the participants will be evaluated by at least one external and one internal
examiner as per the rules. The candidate will have to make an oral presentation on his practical work with or
without help of PPT and will appear in a Viva-voce conducted in the department/institute or on-line as decided
by the university.
Outcome:
Critical Thinking, Business Analysis, Problem Solving and Innovative Solutions
The graduates are expected to develop skills on analysing the business data, application of relevant analysis
and problem solving and reporting in functional area of management such as Marketing, Finance or Human
Resource Management.
Page | 33
SEMESTER IV
CC 401: STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Objective:
The objective of this course is to impart an understanding of the comprehensive process of top management of a
business enterprise so as to develop the ability to analyse business problems and provide an opportunity to experience
the process of decision making.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
Business Policy: Nature, Importance, Purpose & Objective. Concept of Strategy, Mission Policy, Purpose Objective,
Goal & Tactics, Strategic Management an Overview.
UNIT II: Strategy Formulation
Environmental Appraisal: Mega, Micro & Relevant, Organisational Appraisal, SWOT Analysis, ETOP, OCP, & SAP
Profiles, Environment Scanning & Sources of Information. VUCA Environment.
UNIT III: Strategic Alternative & Choice
Various Strategic Alternative, Grand Modernisation, Diversification, Integration, Merger, Takeover, Joint Venture,
Turn Around, Divestment & Liquidation, Strategic Choice and Process.
UNIT IV: Strategic Implementation
Issues involved, Project & Procedural Implementation, Resources Allocation, Structural, Functional & Behavioural
Implementation.
UNIT V: Strategic Evaluation & Control
An overview, nature and importance of Strategic Evaluation. Participant and Barriers in Strategic Evaluation.
Requirements for Effective Evaluation. Operational Control; Premise Control, Implementation Control and Strategic
Surveillance, Techniques of Strategic Control.
Outcome:
Domain Knowledge, Global Approach, Social Responsiveness and Ethics
The course gives a picture of how companies determine their long term goals and adapt course of action by
appropriately allocating the resources. This will develop responsiveness to contextual social issues, problems and
exploring solutions, understanding business ethics. The graduates will be able to analyze the business problems in a
comprehensive way and strategize business decisions pertaining to problem across the apex level of management.
Suggested Readings:
1. Kazmi Azhar, Strategic Management, New Delhi, TMH.
2. Drucker P, Changing World of the Executive, New York.
3. Prahalad CK, Competing for Future. Boston, Harvard Business School Press.
4. John A. Pearce, Richard b. Robinson & Amita Mital: Strategic Management.
5. M. A. Carpenter, W. G. Sanders & Prashant Salwan: Strategic Management
The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced in the class at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 34
CP 402: MANAGEMENT INFORMETION SYSTEM
Course Credits: 03 Max. Marks in Theory Paper: 60
Objective:
The objective of the course is to develop the basic understanding of the decision support system and importance of
information system for business organizations.
Course Contents:
Outcome:
Critical Thinking, Business Analysis, Problem Solving and Effective Communication
Understanding the Information systems used at different levels for processing large amount of data will promote
problem solving capacity, critical thinking and analytical skills and thereby innovative solutions to the problem of
bulk data processing will be generated. The graduates are expected to make the best use of computer technology in
handling the information at different levels of management to take decisions. Competency in MIS will help graduates
to ensure better communication and connectivity throughout the organization across all levels of management.
Suggested Readings:
1. David Olson : Management Information System
2. Mudrick, Ross : Information Systems for Modern Management
3. Andrew P : Decision Support System Engineering, Sage
4. Hitesh Gupta : Management Information System
5. D. P. Goyal : Management Information System: Managerial Perspectives.
The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced in the class at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 35
DCE 403 A: INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS
Objective:
The aim of the course is to acquaint the students with concept and techniques of promoting product, services and
ideas and developing an effective marketing communication strategy and its execution.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
Process of Marketing Communication, Enhancing Brand Equity through Integrated Marketing Communication
(IMC). Corporate Communication, Communication Mix, Role of Advertising & Promotions in Segmentation,
Targeting & Positioning. Stimulating of Primary & Selective Demand, DAGMAR approach.
Outcome:
Business Environment and Domain Knowledge
The graduates will be able to learn various advertising and promotional tools and their importance in attracting the
customers. This will also hone their creativity, analytical and communication skills which they are expected to display
in developing and managing effective product promotion with the use of appropriate media.
Suggested Readings:
1. Aaker David: Advertising Management, PHI, New Delhi.
2. Ogilvy, David Lgilvy on Advertising London, Lonfman.
3. Mohan M : Advertising Management, TMH.
4. Rana, Slade, Sahu, Kizgin, Singh, Dey, Gutierrez & Dwivedi : Digital & Social Media Marketing, Springer
5. K. E. Clow & D. E. Baack: Integrated Advertising, Promotion and Marketing Communication, Pearson.
The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced in the class at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 36
DCE 403 B: PROJECT APPRAISAL & FINANCE
Course Credits: 04 Max. Marks in Theory Paper: 60
Objective:
The basic purpose of this course is to understand the framework for evaluating Capital expenditure Proposals, their
planning & management in the review of the projects undertaken.
Coarse Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
Generation and Screening of Project Idea; Capital Expenditure; Importance & Difficulties, Project Negotiation.
Outcome:
Critical Thinking, Business Analysis, Problem Solving and Innovative Solutions
The participants will acquire skills for setting goals within a realistic budget and time. They are expected to play a
lead role in planning, executing, monitoring and controlling the projects by ensuring their completion in due time
and within budget.
Suggested Readings:
1. Chandra, Prasanna, Projects: Preparation, Appraisal, Budgeting & Implementation.
2. Ahuja, G.K & Gupta, Ravi, Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law House.
3. Bhalla V.K. Modern Working Capital Management, New Delhi, Anmol.
4. Bhalla V.K., Financial Management & Policy II Ed. New Delhi Anmol.
5. Dhankar, Raj S. Financial Management of Public Sector Undertaking, New Delhi, West Ville.
The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced in the class at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 37
DCE 403 C: COMPENSATION & BENEFITS MANAGEMENT
Objective:
The course is designed to promote understanding of issues related to the compensation or rewarding Human
Resources in the corporate sector, public services and other forms of organizations and to impart skills in designing,
analyzing and restructuring reward management system, policies and strategies.
Course Contents:
Outcome:
Domain Knowledge, Critical Thinking and Problem Solving
This course offers understanding of various external factors affecting the administration of wage and salary. The
graduates will be acquainted with appropriate ways to analyze and determine the salary, incentives and benefits that
employees receive in the organization. This will improve their critical thinking & problem solving skills. They are
expected to design and offer fair and attractive pay packages and benefits to the employees in compliance with
relevant legislations and paying capacity of the organization when they find the decisional role in the organisation.
Suggested Readings:
1. Srivastava S.C. Industrial Relations and Labour Laws. New Delhi. Vikas.
2. Malhotra OP, The Law of Industrial Disputes. Vol. I & II Bombay.
3. Seth DD, Industrial Disputes Act 1947, Vol. I & II Bombay.
4. The Gazette of India (Extraordinary 8 Aug 2019, 29 Sept 2019)
The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced in the class at the time of
launching of the courses.
Page | 38
404 A: INTERNATIONAL MARKETING
Objective:
The basic objective of this course is to acquaint the students with environmental, procedural, institutional and
decisional aspects of international marketing.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
International Marketing-Definition, Concept and Setting, Distinctions between International Trade, International
Marketing and International Business: Economic Environment of International Marketing, International Institutions-
World Bank, IMF, UNCTAD, WTO.
Outcome:
Business Environment and Domain Knowledge and Global Exposure and Cross Cultural Understanding
This course will improve the awareness on various factors affecting the international business environment. The
graduates of this course will be able to learn concepts of marketing in a global perspective which will enable them to
identify, explore opportunities in the field. This course demonstrates a global outlook with the ability to identify
global businesses and cross cultural understanding.
Suggested Readings:
1. Justin Paul & Rumneek Kapur, International Marketing, TMH, New Delhi.
2. Philip R. Cateora & John L. Graham, International Marketing, Erwin McGraw Hill.
3. Bhattacharya, Export Marketing: Strategies for Success, Global Business Press, New Delhi.
4. Rathore BS: Export Marketing
5. Varshney & Bhattacharya: International Marketing
The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced in the class at the time of launching
of the course.
Page | 39
DCE 404 B: TAXATION
Objective:
The objective of this course is to acquaint the participant with the implication of tax structure and corporate profit
planning in operational as well as strategic term.
Course Contents:
Outcome:
Domain Knowledge, Critical thinking, Business Analysis and Problem Solving
This course will improve the awareness of graduates on local and global business environment related to taxation and
the associated factors that affect the tax planning decisions. The graduates will elicit knowledge about tax structures
and tax planning. It also promotes critical thinking, analytical thinking and problem solving.
Suggested Readings:
1. B. Balachandran & S. Thothadri, Taxation Law & Practice, PHI.
2. Ram Dutt Sharma, Taxes in India, Commercial Law Publishers India Pvt. Ltd.
3. Ahuja, GK & Gupta, Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax, Allahabad, Bharat Law House.
4. Singhania, VK Direct Taxes: Law and Practices, Delhi, Taxman.
5. Shrinivas, EA, Handbook of Corporate Tax Planning, New Delhi, TMH.
Page | 40
DCE 404 C: ORGANISATIONAL CHANGES AND DEVELOPMENT
Objective:
The objective of this course is to prepare students as organizational change facilitator using knowledge and
techniques of behavioural science.
Course Contents:
UNIT I: Introduction
Organization Change- An overview, Approaches to Problem Diagnosis, some major technique of Planned Change,
Steps in OD, general OD Competencies, OD skills.
UNIT V: Research on OD
Assessing effect of OD, Recent Development in research on OD, Future of OD, Condition for optimal success of
OD.
Outcome:
Domain Knowledge and Social Responsiveness
Gaining understanding of organisational changes will allow the graduates to learn new skills, explore new
opportunities and exercise creativity in ways that ultimately benefit the organization. The graduates will elicit
knowledge about different types of change and ways to manage that change in the organization. They are expected to
develop responsiveness towards the change by exploring the opportunities and strategizing decisions in the favour of
organization.
Suggested Readings:
1. French, Bell & Vohra : Organizational Development, PHI.
2. Deepak Kumar Bhattacharya : Organisational Change & Development
3. Bennies WG : Organizational Development
4. Pareek U : Managing Organization Change.
5. Kumkum Mukherjee : Organisational Change & Development
The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced in the class at the time of
launching of the courses.
Page | 41
405: MANAGING BANKS & FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Objective:
The objective of this course is to acquaint the participants with overview of products & services and recent trends in
operations & working system of banks and financial institutions.
Course Structure:
Unit I: Introduction
Introduction to Banking and Finance: Banking Regulation Act, Principles of Banking, Financial System and
Economic Development, Flow of Funds in Indian Economy, Difference between Financial Market and Product
Market.
Unit II: Short Term and Long term Financial Market
Financial Markets: An Overview, Call Money Market, Treasury Bills Market, REPO Market, CBLO Market,
Commercial Paper Market, Market for Certificate of Deposits, Bankers' Acceptance, Pricing Money Market
Instruments, Bond Market, Equity Stock Market and Private Equity Market.
Unit III: Functioning of Banks and Financial Institutions
SEBI and its Regulation, Financial Market & Institution, Depository Institution, Know Your Customer (KYC) Norms,
Guidelines, Documentation, Verification and Transaction Monitoring. Commercial Banks, Industrial finance & Term
Lending, Bank Credit and Mortgages Market. NPA-norms and management; Documentation-types of documents,
documentation procedures, stamping of documents.
Unit IV: Technology in Banking
Information Technology in finance and service delivery; Impact of Technology on Banks; Protecting the
confidentiality and secrecy of customer data; Banking software-ALPM, Total Bank Mechanisation, Core Banking
System, Internet Banking, Anywhere Banking, Electronic Funds Transfer, NEFT, RTGS, SWIFT.
Unit V: Investment Services
Mutual Funds: Types and its Performance Measurement, Chit funds Organization, Life, General and Health
Insurance. Pension Funds, Factoring and Forfeiting.
Outcome:
Domain Knowledge & Value Addition
This course will improve the awareness of graduates on banking system and working of financial institutions. It will
be value addition to their knowledge as this sector is full of employment opportunity for the fresher’s. This course
will make them industry ready for placement in Banks & Financial Institutions.
Suggested Readings:
1. Practice of Banking Advances by Bedi and Hardikar
2. Law and Practice of Banking by P. N. Varshney and Gopal Swaroop
3. Banking- Theory, Law and Practice by Gordon & Natarajan
4. Banks and Institutional Management by Vasant Desai
5. Fundamentals of Life Insurance by Kaninika Mishra, PHI.
6. Fundamentals of Investments by Vanita Tripathi
*****
Page | 42
MBA HUMAN RESOURCE
DEVELOPMENT
FULL TIME FOUR SEMESTER PROGRAMME
SYLLABUS
PROSPECTUS
Programme Objectives:-
The MBA (HRD) Programme Structure is divided into four semesters, two years full time
regular study programme run by the deptt. The courses are classified as Core Courses,
Discipline Centric Electives and Generic Elective Courses. The programme structure has
been designed systematically and divided into four semesters. Semester I has Core Courses
focusing on Management Concepts, Business Environment, Quantitative Method ,
Managerial Economics, Environmental Management, Computer Application have been
included to develop multi-disciplinary foundation and Human Resource Development is a
Generic Elective Subject in curriculum and next is Comprehensive viva-voce in CC.
II Semesters introduces the student to the different functional areas of Human Resource,
Business Environment, Functional Management, Organizational change and intervention
strategies, Organizational Behaviour core subject and Quality of work life and Total
Quality Management is Generic Elective Subject and Comprehensive Viva-voce in Core
Courses.
In III Semesters students opt following papers as Human Resource Planning, MIS,
Compensation Management in Core courses and Management Training and development,
Management of comparative industrial relation in Discipline Centric Elective
courses.Counselling skills for managers is generic elective and next is summer training in
course curriculum.
SEMESTER-I
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
101 Management Concepts & Practices CC 60 40 100 4
102 Quantitative Methods CC 60 40 100 3
103 Managerial Economics CC 60 40 100 4
104 Environmental Management CC 60 40 100 3
105 Computer Application CC 60 40 100 3
106 Managerial Skill Development CC 60 40 100 3
107 HRD : Strategies and System* GE 60 40 100 4
108 Comperhansive Viva-Voce CC 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 900 28
SEMESTER-II
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
201 Legal Framework Governing Human Relation CC 60 40 100 4
202 Human Resource Management CC 60 40 100 3
203 Business Environment CC 60 40 100 4
204 Function Management CC 60 40 100 3
205 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies. CC 60 40 100 3
206 Organizational Behavior CC 60 40 100 3
207 Quality of Work Life and Total Quality Management* GE 60 40 100 4
208 Comprehensive Viva-Voce CC 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 900 28
SEMESTER-III
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
301 Human Resource Planning CC 60 40 100 4
302 Management Information System and CC 60 40 100 4
Decision Support System
303 Compensation Management CC 60 40 100 4
304(A) Management Training and Development * DCE 60 40 100 4
304(B) Management of Comparative Industrial Relation * DCE 60 40 100
305 Counselling Skills for Managers* GE 60 40 100 4
306 Summer Training Report and Viva-Voce CC 100 8
SEMESTER TOTAL 700 28
SEMESTER-IV
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
401 Business Policy and Strategic Management CC 60 40 100 4
402 Business Legislation CC 60 40 100 4
403 Cross Cultural and Global Human Resource CC 60 40 100 4
Management
404 (A) Industrial Psychology DCE 60 40 100 4
404 (B) HRD in specialized sector DCE 60 40 100 4
405 Entrepreneurship CC 60 40 100 4
406 Summer Training Report and Viva-voce CC 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 700 28
CC: Core Course GE: Generic Elective DCE: Discipline Centric Elective
COURSE STRUCTURE
GE 405 Entrepreneurship
The aim of this paper is to develop the basic management skills among the disciplines,to make their
foundation, as manager.
Course Contents: -
UNIT-1:
UNIT -II:
Planning-Significance, Process and Types. Forecasting, Techniques, Objectives- Meaning and importance
MBO (Management by Objective). Decision Making, Significance. Types and Process.
UNIT-III:
UNIT - IV:
UNIT - V:
Controlling and Co-ordination- Controlling- Meaning and Process. Pre-requisites of an effective control.
Co-ordination-Meaning, Importance and Principles.
Suggested Readings
(1). V.S.P. Rao : Management Text & Cases - Excel Books New Delhi.
(2) L.M. Prasad : Principles and practice of management
(3) J.K. Jain : Principles of management
(4)Peter Drucker: Principles of management
(5) Terry &Franklin : Principles of management
(6) Tripathi &Reddi: Principles of management
(7) Stoner &Freeman : Principles of management
CC-102. QUANTITATIVE METHODS
Objectives:
The aim of this paper is to develop the basic quantitative methods among the disciplines so as to make their
foundation.
UNIT I :
Matrices and Determinants: Definition, notation, types of matrices, operations on matrices, transpose of a matrix
,symmetric and skew symmetric matrices, elementary transformation of a matrix, Invertible Matriees, Determinants,
minores, properties of determinants, minores, coftactors, Ad joint and inverse of a matrix.
UNIT II:
Introduction of Statistics: Meaning, scope, advantages and Definitions of statistics, statistical methods and limitations
of statistical methods. collection of dada primary data and secondary data, Interview and Questionnaire, Frequency
distribution, Data presentation, Bar charts Histogram, frequency polygon and frequency arue, pie diagram.
UNIT III :
Measures of central tendency and Measures of Dispersion: Arithmetic mean, Geometric Mean, Harmonic mean,
Medias Quartiles, mode, Measures of Dispersion, Range, interquartile range, mean deviations, root mean square
deviation standard Deviation.
UNIT IV :
Probability, Method of least Square, correlation, Regression, and Index number: Explanation of important terms of
probability, Definitions of probability, addition law and multiplication law of probability problems, based on them.
Correlation and Regression: Introduction, Positive and negative correlation, Karl Pearson's coefficient of correlative
Regression, Two lines of regression, Properties of Regression coefficients.Index Number: Price Index Number
Laspeyre's, Pasche's and Fisher's methods of construction of price index Number.
UNIT-V
Theory of Testing of Hypothesis. Sampling (Large Samples and small samples). Concept of Population and sample,
Types of sampling objective of sampling. Parameters and statistic, Null Hypothesis and Alternative Hypothesis, Tests
of Significance, Level of significance, Test of Significance of large samples, Test of significance based on x (chi
square), Test of independence of attributes, condition for the applicationof x. Tests of significance based on t, F and
Z.
Suggested Readings :
1. A R. Vaslishtha Matrices, Krishna Prakashan Mandir Meerat.
2. R.S. Bharadwaj: Bussiness statistics, Excel Books, New Delhi
3. Ray and Sharma: Mathematical statistics, Ram prasad & Sons
4. D.N. Elhaner : Elements of statistion.
5. J.N. Kapur and H.C. Saxena :Schand and company. Ram Nagar New Delhi, 110055.
CC-103. MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
Objectives:
The aim of this paper is to develop basic concepts of Economics among the disciplines so as to
make their foundation, as a manager.
Unit I:
Unit II:
Concept of demand and supply – Meaning of demand, the basis of consumer demand. The meaning
of Utility, total utility, marginal utility, law of diminishing marginal utility, law of demand.
Meaning and concept of market demand. Demand force casting, concept of supply, determination
of price , complex changes in demand and supply.
Unit III:
Cost Analysis-meaning and concept of cost. The theory of cost,cost output function, cost in the
short run, costsin the long run, application of cost analysis, forms of cost function, relevance of
cost theory for managers.
Unit IV:
Market structure and pricing decisions- Introduction market and criteria for market classification,
various forms of market structure price determination, price under perfect competition,
characteristics of perfect competition, time elements in the theory of price.
Unit V:
National Income and Economic Growth- Concept and measurement Definition and concept of
national income, measures of National Income and income- Gross natural product(GNP) Gross
domestic product (GDP), Net natural product,(NNP), Measurement of national income in India-
meaning of economic growth ,Determinates of economic growth, Human Resource , natural
Resource, Capital formation technology .
Suggested Readings:
Objectives:
The aim of this paper is to make the students acquaint with various aspects of
EnvironmentalManagement.
Course Contents:
Unit-l :
Unit-ll:
Unit –lll:
Unit –IV:
Unit-V:
Pollution and Management –Air , Water , Land , Pollution , Forest and BiodiversityManagement,
Water resources .
Suggested Readings :
1. K.C. Agrawal : Environmental Biology
2. K.C. Agrawal : Environmental Pollution & Law
3. G.N. Pandey & G.C. Pandey: Environmental Engineering
4. R.K. Trivede : Introduction to Air Pollution
5. N.K. Uberai: Environmental Management Excel Books New Delhi
CC - 105 COMPLUTER APPLICATIONS IN MANAGEMENT
Objectives:
The aim of this paper is to acquaint the students with the usage of computer in data processing lo
as to aid the budding managers in effective decision making.
Course Contents:
Unit-1:
Unit-Il:
More About Computer-Input & Output Devices, primary &Secondary Storage Devices,
Computer Software & its type, Computer Language & their Classification
Unit-III:
Flowcharts & DOS- Flowcharts Meaning, Advantages and Preparation of simple flowcharts
Operating Systems Need U Meaning. Introduction to MS-DOS & Simple Internal & External
Command.
Unit-IV:
Unit-V:
MS-Office - Introduction to MS-Office & Office Tools Introduction to word processor with MS
word Components of MS word Screen. Loading. Creating Documents. Copying,Formatting.
Printing Documents, Printing Tables, Storing &Mail merge
Suggested Readings:
Objectives:
The course aim at helping the students to develop skills in personal, notational and written
communication so as to express the east clearly and effectively.
Course Contents
Unit-I:
Business Communication Meaning, definition, objectives scope and importance. Different Media
and Modes of Communication Principles of Communication, Effectiveness of Communication
inManagement
Unit-ll:
Process & Elements of Communication Types and Patterns of Communication network, Barriers
Communication.
Unit-III:
Oral Communication Skills Committee, Group Discussion, Negotiation, Role Playing, Seminar,
Principles of Public Speaking
Unit-IV:
Unit-V:
Report Writing, Meetings- Notice and Agenda, Minutes Writing, drafting of representations
Suggested Readings:
The aim of this paper is to develop an understanding among the students regarding development
of Human Resources & executing the decision effectively.
Course Contents:
Unit-1:
Introduction – meaning, definition, concept need and objective of HRD , HRD as a total system
characterizes of HRD, functions of HRD, Emerging trends of HRD , Line managers and HRD
Unit II :
HRD system –process of designing HRD system ,HRD system , HRD system and sub system its
process and outcomes , HRD culture and climate , factors effecting in HRD system , HRD OD-
IR linkage
Unit-III:
Planning for HRD – Meaning and concept of career planning objective and nature of career
planning, Process of career planning functions and significance of career planning , succession
planning meaning , concept and scope of succession planning significance of succession
planning .
Unit-IV:
Development supervision – training meaning definition caret and needs of training types of
training performance & potential appraisal, feedback, counseling coaching & mentoring
Unit – V:
HRD department – principals of designing HRD system organization for HRD, Providing
physical and financial resources and facilities.
Suggested Readings:
1. Leonard Nadler : Corporate HR's
2. T.V. Rao : Reading in HRD
3. Udai Pareek & T.V. Rao : Designing and managing HR System
4. T.V. Rao : HARD Missionary
5. V.R.K. Reddy : Strategic approach to HRD
6. P.C. Tripathi : Human Resource Development
7. P.N. Singh : Developing & Managing LR
108 Comprehensive Viva-Voce
201. LEGAL FRAME ORK GOVERNING HUMAN RELATIONS
Objectives :
The objective of this paper is to acquaint the students with the various laws governing the
manpower in the organization. The scope will be limited to objectives, definitions important
provisions of the acts and administration
Course Contents:
Unit-l: Emergence and Objectives of Labour Laws and their socioeconomic environment.
Employee's Compensation Act 1923 object & scope and definitions, employer's liability
compensation for compensation amount of compensation.
Unit-II :Payment of Bonus Act 1965- Object, scope and definitions. Calculation of bonus set on
set off deductions permissible from Bonus, Payment of Gratuity Act 1972. Objectives, scope
Calculation of gratuity and mode of payment Maternity benefit Act 1961- Object, scope, and
definitionsMaternity benefits.
Unit-III : Industrial Dispute Act 1947- Definitions, object, scope, authorities, concept of strike,
lockout, layoff, retrenchment, prevention andsettlement of dispute. The Industrial Employment
(Standing orders) Act 1946- Object, scope, definitions, procedure for submission and certification
of Draft standing orders, other provisions relating to standing orders, powers, and duties of
certifying officers
Unit-IV:Employees State Insurance Act 1948 Object. scope administration ofthe scheme, benefits
under ESI Scheme, Offence and penalties Employees provident fund and Miscellaneous Provision
Act, 1952 Object, scope, employees provident fund scheme.
Unit-V: Factories Act 1948- Definitions, object, scope, provisions of healthsafety, welfare,
working hours and employment of women and youngperson
Suggested Readings:
1. Mainotra, O.P.: The law of industrial disputers, Vol and IIT, Bombay, N.M. Tripathi, 1985
2. Mall, PL Handbook of Industrial Law, Lucknow Eastern Book, 1995
3. Srivastava, S.C : Industrial Relations and Labour Law, New Delhi
4. Gharye, B.R. Law & Procedure of Departmental Enquiry in Private & Public Sector, Lucknow, Eastem
5. Lal BD Singh Labour Laws for Managers - Excel Books New Delhi
202. HUMANRESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Objectives :
The aim of this paper is to acquaint the students with the various aspects management as applied
to handling of human resourcesefficiently and effectively for the organization
Course Contents:
Unit:1: Introduction - Concept, nature, scope and significance of Human Resource Management.
Evolution of Human Resource Management. Role and responsibility of Human Resource Manager
Unit-III : Training & Development - Training- Concept. nature, scope, significance Techniques
of training in. Indian organization. Development- Concept, significance, and techniques
Management Development Programme in Indian organization.
Suggested Reading :
Objectives :
The objective of this paper is to acquaint the students with the various necessary research aptitude.
Course Contents:
Unit II :Socio-cultural Environment - Concepts of society, Ethics, Culture, Social change, Social
responsibility of business, Social audit.
Unit IV :Politico-legal Environment Constitution of India and its provisions affecting business.
The law framing under Indian relations. Labour welfare and social security, workers
ParticipationConstitution. Brief review of the laws framed for Industrialin Management,
Protection of Patents and Trademarks.
Suggested Readings :
Objectives:
The aim of this paper is to acquaint the students which the various functional aspects of
management and to enable them in understanding their importance and interdependence.
Course Contents:
Unit-III : Financial Management - Scope of financial functions financial goals, raising funds,
shares, debentures and loan Budgetary Control
Suggested Readings:
Objectives :
The paper aims at equipping the students with the skills and knowledge to be able to identify needs
of modifications in organizationkeep pace with the trends of the industry.
Course Contents:
Unit-II : Organizational Analysis & Development Process - Diagnosis tool. Techniques and
Process of Organization Development OD Action Research Process.
Suggested Readings :
Objectives :
The objective of this paper is o input an understanding among the student regarding the individual
groups and organizational variants effecting to organization.
Course Contents:
Unit-III : Learning & Motivation - Group Dynamics. Concept, type,Groups, Power and Politics.
Suggested Readings:
Objectives :
The paper aims in creating cordial work environment by balancing relationship among
working non-working and family aspects of life to improve the productivity of a concern
Course Contents:
Unit 1 : Introduction - Meaning, Concept inıportance and special issues in QWL, Principles
and dimension, quality of work life. Quality of worksite and productivity
Unit-ll: Quality Circles Meaning, definition, concept and historical prospective of quality
circle. Organizational structure of quality Circles. Techniques of quality circles, steps of
quality circles benefit of quality circles, problem of quality circles
Unit-III: Total quality Management - Meaning, definition, concept, scope and principles
of TOM. Methods of TOM. HRM and TOM. TOM Tools and Technique-Benchmarking.
Outsourcing.
Unit-IV: Total ability through QMS Introduction relationship with ISO9000, ISO 9004,
quality management system requirement ISO 14000
Unit-V: Case study - How to implement quality management initiative (1) Howlett Packed
Company (1) Allen Bardly Company (iv) Brook Tree Company.
Suggested eadings
Objective:
The objective of this paper is to develop conceptual as well as a practical understanding of human
resource planning development and development in organization.
Course Contents:
UNIT-I:
Introduction – Need, approaches, dimensions, and process of human resource planning. A brief idea about
employee welfare activities and facilities.
UNIT - II:
Demand and Supply – Forecasting demand – Methods and Sources at Micro and Macro Level.
UNIT - III:
Job Evaluation – Objectives, Limitations, Process and Methods. Job Analysis, Job Description, Job
Specification.
UNIT IV:
Action Area – Selection and Recruitment, Induction and Placement, Performance and Potential Appraisals,
Transfer and Promotion, Human Resource Planning in Global Environment.
Unit V:
Measurement of Human Resource Planning – Human Resource Information System, Human Resource
Audit, Human Resource Accounting.
Suggested Reading:
Objective:
The objective of this paper is to acquaint the student with the importance of the information system and
application for the management of any organization.
Course Contents:
UNIT - I:
Introduction – Meaning and Concept of MIS, Historical background, MIS and other academic disciplines,
Strategic issues in Computer Aided Decision Making, Role of MIS at various levels of Management,
Framework for understanding MIS.
UNIT - II:
Structure of MIS – System Approach to MIS, Operating Elements of an Information System, MIS &
Decision Making, MIS Structure based on Organizational Functions, Synthesis of MIS, Structure, Some
Issues of MIS Structure, Evaluation of MIS.
UNIT – III:
Data Management & Information Handling – Need of Information, Levels of Information Handling.
Characteristics of Computerization, Data Flow diagram, Data Dictionary, Data Based Management and
Word Processing. Electronic Spread sheet and it’s Managerial Applications.
UNIT – IV:
Decision Support System (DSS) – Characteristics, Structure and Class of DSS, DSS as an Aid to decision
making, Support for Intelligence, Design and Choice, Decision Trees, Approaches to Development of DSS.
UNIT- V:
Human Resource Information System (HRIS) - Definition, Essentials and need of HRIS, Use of
Computer in HRIS Need, Advantages, Audit of Information.
Suggested Reading:
The course is designed to promote understanding of the issues related to the compensation or rewarding
human resource in the corporate sector, public services and other forms of organizations and to impart skills
in designing, analyzing and restructuring reward management systems, policies and strategies.
Course Contents:
UNIT – I:
Basic wage concepts and theories, Types of wages, differential and components of wage structure.
UNIT–II:
Statuary provisions governing wage fixation system in India and types of wage payment system. Minimum
wages Act. 1948, Objective, definitions, fixation and revision of wages, payment of minimum wages Equal
Remuneration Act, 1976 – Objective, Scope, Definitions, Employees entitles. Payment of wages act 1936-
Objective, Definition regarding payment of wages and deductions from wages.
Unit –III:
Understanding different components of compensation packages like Fringe Benefits, Incentives and
Retirement Plans, Strategic Compensation Systems.
Unit – IV:
Compensation packages designed for specific types of Human Resource like Compensation of Chief
Executive, Senor Manager’s R & D staff etc. Tools used in designing, improving, and implementing
compensation.
Unit – V:
Conceptual and theoretical understanding of economic theory related to reward management. Wage policy
in India.
Suggested Readings
1. Adams, R & J Meltz N.M. Ed. : Industrial relation theory and its nature, scope and pedagogy,
LMR press, Rutgers University, 1993.
2. Bergess Lenard R:Wage and Salary Administration, London charleE.Meril, 1984.
3. CapemanGeorge : Employees Share Ownership, New York, Kogan Page, 1991 Miction, Rock :
Hand Book of Wage and Salary Administration, 1984
4. Armstrong. Michel and Muris, Heln : Reward management: A Handbook of SalaryAdministration,
London Kegalpaul, 1988
DCE304 (A) MANAGEMENT TRAINING & DEVELOPMENT
Objective:
The purpose of this paper is to provide and in depth understanding of the role of training in the
HRD and to enable to the course participant to manage the training system and process.
Course Contents:
UNIT – I:
Training Needs – Objectives of Training identification of training & Development Needs, Process
and Assessment of Training Needs.
UNIT – II:
UNIT – III:
UNIT – IV:
Training System – Training techniques and aids, types of training, qualities of good trainer
UNIT – V:
Suggested Reading:
This course aims to familiarize students in the major industrial relations systems operating in different
Economic, Political and Cultural Context.
Course Contents:
UNIT – I:
Industrial Relation Environment in India – Role and future of Trade Union, Emerging trends in Industrial
relation. Trade unionism, Function and advantage, obstacles in the progress, Brief study of trade union act,
1926.
UNIT – II:
Discipline- Meaning and definition, objectives, major causes, Principles & procedure of Disciplinary
action, action, Types of punishments, the role of personnel manager. Grievances – Meaning and definition,
Nature, Causes of Grievances, Pre-requisites of Grievance Procedure, Grievance Management in India,
Industry, and model Grievance.
UNIT – III:
Collective Bargaining – Meaning, definition, objectives, and types of collective bargaining. Process of
collective bargaining. The Govt. and the Collective bargaining negotiation. Nature and purpose,
negotiations or collective agreement in India.
UNIT – IV:
Employee empowerment and total quality management- Worker’s participation in Management in India,
Need, Concept and Scope of WPM Scheme of 1975.
UNIT – V:
I.L.O. Nature and objective, structure and function. Finance and Budget of ILO. Froms and types of
industrial unrest in India, Globalization.
Suggested Readings:
The aim of this paper is to develop basic skills among students to independently handle a wide
range of employee counseling and performance counseling.
Course Contests:
UNIT – I:
UNIT – II:
Counseling Contents and Process – Employee Counseling by Personnel Manager, beginning stage,
Developing Stage and Termination Stage. Variables affecting the Counseling Process. Emotional
Reduction Person Centered Therapy.
UNIT – III:
Attitude and Skills of Counseling- Counselor Skills, Assessing Client Problems, Selecting
Counseling, Strategies and Intervention, Special Problems in Counseling, Psychoanalytic Theory.
UNIT – IV:
Behaviorual Counseling – The development ofbehavioural Therapy, Criteria for counseling goals,
Role of the Counselor, Counseling relationship, Portrait of an effective counselor, Counselee
factors, cognitive behavior modification.
UNIT – V:
Professional Counseling for Employee – Need and significance of transactional analysis, directive
and non- directive approaches, reality therapy, rational emotive therapy, gestalt counseling and
electric counseling.
Suggested Readings:
1. Employee Counseling : A.K.P. Sinha, Prachi pub. And dist. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi 1990
2. Counseling for Career development, E.L. Tolbeot, New York, Mc-Graw Hill.
3. Introduction to Counseling : E.L. Tolbert, New York Mc-Graw Hill.
306. SUMMER TRRAING REPORT & VIVA-VOCE
401. Business Policy & Strategic Management
Objective :
Course Contents:
UNIT- II : Strategic Formulation- Environment Appraisal – Internal and external micro and macro
Environment, SWOT, SAP, & ETOP Analysis, Environment Scanning – Methods, Factors and
Approaches.
UNIT – III : Strategic Alternative and Choice – Strategic Alternative – Grand, Modernization
Diversification, Integration, Merger, Take Over, Joint Venture, Turn Around, Disinvestment and
Liquidation Strategic Choice- Process, Corporate, Portfolio, Industry, Competitors Analysis.
UNIT – IV: Strategic Implementation – Issue involved, Project and Procedural Implementation,
Structural, Functional and BehaviouralImplementioan.
UNIT – V: Strategic Evaluation and Control – An overview, Strategic and Operatin Control.
Techiniques and role of organization System.
Suggested Readings :
1. AzharKazmi : Busines policy
2. P.K. Ghos : Busines policy
3. R.M. Shrivastava : Corporate planning & strategy 4. FranciesCherunilum : Business policy
402. CROSS CULTURAL & GLOBAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Objective :
The objective of this course is to develop a diagnostic and conceptual understanding of the
cultural and related behavioural variables in management of global organizations.
Course Contents:
UNIT –II: Considerations for MNC’s Policy Formations- Cross National approaches cultural
approach societal effect approach.
UNIT – III: HRM Practices in MNC’s – I – HRD & Staff flow policy, composing an
international staff and selection, Training & development.
UNIT IV: HRM Practices in MNC’s – II - Comensation and appraisal, Industrial relations and
worker’s participation and Rehabliation problem.
Suggested Readings :
Objective :
The aim of this paper is to acquaint the students with the role ofHRD
Course Contents:
UnitII : HRD in Public Sector, Characteristics, Rationale & objectives ofpublic sector,
appointment & functioning of Government board, Forms of organization at micro and macro
level. Welfare schemes &Industrial relations in Public sector.
Unit-II: HRD in Service sector - Banks, LIC, Forest Education, Health &Family welfare,
defense& police administration.
Unit-V: HRD in Rural development - HRD in rural sector, measures ofrural development,
determinants of rural development, Agriculture policy and HRD important issues.
Suggested Readings:
Objective:
The aim of this paper is to acquaint the students with the psychological aspects of industrial
workers and employees for solving work related problems
Course Contents:
Unit-lI : Industrial Behaviour - Ability, Attitude, Job satisfaction Morale. Unit-III : Industrial
Problems - Fatigue, Monotony, Alcoholism, Accident Psychological Conflict - Causes, Effect
and Remedies.
Unit-V : Socio Psychology - Family system, Marriage dependence. Housing & Health related
Problems and its effect on their working.
Suggested Readings:
Objective:
The aim of this paper is to assist the students in understanding basic laws affecting the operation
of a Business Enterprise.
Course Contents:
Unit-1: The Indian Contract Act 1872 - Definition, Essential elements of a valid contract, kinds
of contracts, how do Contract Arise, Quasi contract, Breach of Contract, and its Remedies.
Unit-Il : Sale of Goods Act, 1930 - Formation of a contract of sale, Essentials a contract of sale,
Rights of an unpaid seller, Negotiable Instrument Act1881 : Meaning. Essential ingredients,
special characteristics of aNegotiable instrument, promissory notes, Bills of exchange and
cheques, dishonor and discharge of N.I. Type of N.L. distinction between negotiation and
assignment.
Unit-IV : Share Capital and Allotment - Share certificate, share warrant anddividend on shares,
Management and meetings of company accounts andaudits
Unit-V: Winding up of Company - Conversion of a private Co. into public Co. and a public co.
into private co. Consumer Protection Act, 1986 – Definitionof consumer disputes redressal
agencies, procedure for making complaint,Remedies available under the act and penalties.
Suggested Readings:
The student in fourth Semester have to undergo dissertation work in Human Resource
Development/Management on the topic allotted by Department. This work will be carried out by
the student under the supervision of the faculty.
The students are required to submit a Dissertation Report before the commencement of fourth
Semester examinations. The project will be of 100 marks.
A comprehensive viva-voce of all the papers studied by the student from I to IV Semester including
dissertation will be held. This will be taken by one internal and external examiner. This will be of
100 marks.
STUDY CENTRE FOR TOURISM
A.P.S. University Rewa (M.P.)
SYLLABUS
M.A
(C.B.C.S. Pattern)
(2)
Semester-IV
401 Strategic Management CC 60 24 40 14 100 3
402 Heritage Management CC 60 24 40 14 100 3
OR
Rural Tourism
403 Tour Operations DCE 60 24 40 14 100 3
Management
404 Eco Tourism CC 60 24 40 14 100 3
405 Tourism Geography CC 60 24 40 14 100 3
406 Advertising Management GE 60 24 40 14 100 3
OR
Retail Management
407 Dissertation Report - - - - - 100 8
408 Viva-Voce - - - - - 100 4
(Comptehensive)
CC – Core Course, GE – Generic Elective, DCE – Discipline Centric Elective
M.B.A. (Tourism Administration)
Semester – I
101 :- Concept and Principals of Tourism
Objective : This will introductory module giving the basis of tourism studies. This will give
an overview of tourism industry and various organisations.
Course Contents :
Unit – I Introduction : What is Tourism? Definitions and Concepts, tourist destination,
services and industry, definition and historical development, Past to 2nd world
war, recent and current 1945-2002, Future from 2002 onwards. General Tourism
Trends. Types of Tourists, Visitor, Traveler, and Excursionist – Definition and
differentiation. Tourism, recreation and leisure, their inter – relationships.
Unit – II Tourism Products & Attraction : Nature, Characteristic and Components of
Tourism Industry. Why it is different from other types of consumer product?
Elements and characteristics of tourism products. Tourism product production
system, Tourism Product Life Cycle, typology of tourism products.
Unit – III Types and Forms of Tourism : Inter- regional and intra-regional tourism,
inbound and outbound tourism, domestic, international tourism. Forms of
Tourism: religious, historical, social, adventure, health, business, conferences,
conventions, incentives, sports and adventure, senior tourism, special interest
tourism like culture or nature oriented, ethnic or 'roots' tourism and VFR.
Suggested Readings :
Essential of Management – Harold Koontz & Heinsz Weirich.
Management – H. Koontz & Cyrill O' Donnell.
Management Theory – Jungle, H. Koontz.
Principles of Management – Peter F. Drucker.
Management Concept – V.S.P. Rao, Konark Publishers
Principles & Practice of Management – L.M. Prasad, S. Chand.
Organization & Management – R.D. Agrawal, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
Modern Business Adminstration – R.C., Pitman.
Human Resources Management _ Railey M., Butterworth Heinemann
Semester – I
103 : Tourism Products and Resources
Objective : The module gives information of countries tourist places of national and
international importance and it helps students to know the background elements
of tourism resources.
Course Contents :
Unit – I Natural Resources : Tourist products : desiuiton and disserentiation wildlife
Sanctuaries, National Parks and Natural Reserves in India (Jim Corbett Tiger
Reserve, Bharatpur Bird Sanctuary, Valley of Flowers, Kanha, Kaziranga, Sasan
Gir, Dachigam, Ranthambhore and Keoladeo Ghana).
Hill Stations : Study of Hill Station attractions and their environs with case
studies of Mussoorie, Nainital, Munnar and Ooty.
Beaches and Isalands : Beaches in Goa, Kerala, Orissa. Andman Nicobar &
Lakshdvip islands.
Unit – II Popular Tourist Resources : Delhi, Agra, Jaipur, Khajuraho, Varanasi, Mumbai,
Kolkata, Chennai, Bangalore, Hyderabad, Mahabalipuram, Madurai, Tanjore,
Hampi, Ellora, Elephanta, Konark and Fatehpur Sikri
Monuments – Qutub Minar, Atala Mosque (Jaunpur), Kirtistambha (Chittor), Sher
Shah Suri's Tomb, Sikandara, Red Fort (Delhi), Taj Mahal, Goldern Temple
(Amritsar) Hawa Mahal (Jaipur), Bara Imambra (Lucknow).
Unit – III Pilgrimage Destinations : Hindu – Charo Dham Yatra, Jyotirlinga Yatral, Devi
Yatra Vindhyachal (U.P.) Kamakhya (Assam), Vaishnodevi, Kashi, Pryag, Gaya,
Ayodhya, Mathura- Vrindavana, Allahabad, Ujjain, Haridwar, Nasik, Gangasagar.
Buddhist : Lumbini, Bodhgaya, Sarnath, Kushinagar, Sharavasti, Sankisa,
Vaishali, Rajgriha, Kapilvastu, Nalanda, Sanchi, Ajanta.
Jain : Kashi, Pavapuri, Shatrunjaya, Girnar, Mt. Abu, Sharavanbelgola, Palitana
Muslim : Ajmer Sharif, Nizamuddin (Delhi), Fatehpur Sikri, and some important
Mazars.
Sikh : Patna, Nanded, Guru-ka-Tal (Agra), Amritsar.
Saint : Kabir, Tulasi, Raidas, Sankarcharya. '
Unit – IV Fairs and Festivals Musics Dance, Kumbha, Pushkar, Sonepur, Dadari, Tarnetar,
Chhata, Pongal/Makar Sankranti, Baishakhi, Meenakshi Kalyanam, Holi,
Gangaur, Onam, Durga Puja, Ramalila, Diwali, Kartik Purnima (Dev Deepawali,
Guru Parb), Dashahara (Kullu), Rathyatra, Nag Nathaiya (Varanasi), Bhrawafat,
ID-ul-Fitr, Easter, Christmas, Carnival (Goa), Burhawa Mangal (Varanssi), Ganga
Mahotsava, Taj Mahotsava, Khajuraho Mahotsava and Desert Festival.
Unit – V Souvenirs - Handicrafts and Handlooms. History of Dance Style and main
Gharanas of North Indian Music, History of Drama in India and its present
scenario.
Suggested Readings :
Gupta, SP, Lal, K, Bhattacharya, M. Cultural Tourism in India (DK Print – 2002)
Dixit, M and Sheela, C. Tourism Products (New Royal Book, 2001)
Oki Morihiro, Fairs and Festivals, World Friendship Association, Tokyo, 1988.
Mitra, Devla, Buddhist Architecture, Calcutta.
Michell, George, Monuments of India, Vol. 1. London.
Devies, Philip, Monuments of India, Vol. II., London
Brown Percy, Indian Architecture (Buddhist and Hindu), Bombay.
Brown Percy, Indian Architecture (Islamic period), Bombay.
Hawkins. R.E., Encyclopaedia of Indian Natural History.
Vatsayana, Kapila, Indian Classical Dance, New Delhi.
Swami, Prayaganand, History of Indian Music.
Jain, Jyotindra & Arti, Aggrawala : National Handicrafts and Handlooms Museum.
Mode. H. & Chandra. S. : Indian Folk Art, Bombay.
Mehta. R.J. : Handicrafts & Industrial Arts of India, New York.
Grewal, Bikram (ed) : Indian Widlife.
Semester – I
104 – Policy and planning in Tourism
Objective : The Module will expose the students about the tourism policy of India and of a
few tourism states of the country.
Unit – I Introduction : Concept of Policy, Formulating tourism policy, Role of
government, public and private sectors, Role of international multinational, state
and local tourism organisations in carrying out tourism policies.
Unit – II Tourism Policy : Study of National Tourism Policy 1982 and 2002, National
Action Plan on Tourism, 1992: Special Tourism Area Development Programme.
The concept of National Tourism Board, National Committee on Tourism, Case
study of tourism policies of a few state (Uttar Pradesh Rajasthan, Kerala, Madhya
Pradesh,). Investment opportunities and government policy for investment in
hotel/tourism industry. Sources of funding.
Unit – III Understanding Tourism Planning : Conceptual meaning of Tourism Planning,
Evolution of Tourism Planning General Concepts of Planning, Level and Types of
Tourism Planning, Background Approach and planning scale. Public and Private
sectors role in Tourism Development. Analysis of an individual Tourism Project
(development of the Buddhist circuit)
Unit – IV International Agreements : Chicago Convention, Warsaw Convention, Open
Sky Policy, Bermuda Convention, Euro Agreement, Schengen Agreement,
Suggested Readings :
New Inskeep, Edward, Tourism Planning : An Integrated and Sustainable Development
Approach (1991) VNR, New York.
Ashworth, G. J. (2000), The Tourist Historic City. Retrospect and Prospect of Managing
the Heritage City, Pergamon, Oxford.
Dept. of Tourism, GOI Investment Opportunities in Tourism (Brochure).
Sharma, J.K. (2000), Tourism Development. Design for ecological sustainability,
Kaniska Publication, New Delhi
Semester – I
105 – COMPUTER APPLICATION
Objectives : The Module is prescribed in the course to inform the students about the role of
Computer Information systems in travel trade. The prescribed unit enhance the
skills of students especially when they will be attached for practical.
Course Contents :
Unit – I Basic Computing : An appreciation of computer hardware and terminology, The
use of an operating system, various programming language, A descriptive survey
of some of the important application : communication, office systems,
information storage and retrieval of Data.
Unit – II Office Work : The study and use of typical micro-computer storage software
packages such as word processor, spreadsheet and MS Office (Word, Excel,
Powerpoint, Access and Outlook Express)
Unit – III Internet :- Management information systems, Office automation, E-mail and
electronic highway, Internet, Web Page Designing.
Unit – IV Computer Networking : What is CRS, How it functions. CRS for Rail
Transport, Hotel Bookings Airlines: Different packages used : Abacus, Fantasia,
Amadeus, Apollo-Galileo, Sabre etc. Use dummy of one for the CRS packages (if
available). Practical of CRS.
Unit – V Computer Presentation : Introduction to a statistical package (SPSS),
Presentation Graphic Tools. Multimedia technology. Role of Computers in Travel
and Tourism.
Suggested Readings :
Lucey T, Management Information Systems, DP Publications.
Clark A, Small Business Computer Systems, Hodder & Stoughton, 1987.
Parkinson LK & Parkinson ST, Using the Micro-computer in Marketing, McGraw Hill,
1987.
Braham B, Computer System in Hotel & Catering Industry, Cassell, 1988.
Basandra S.K., 'Compute Today', New Delhi : Galgotia Publications.
Mehta Subhash, "Wordstar – 7", New Delhi : Comdex Computer Publishing, Pustak
Mahal.
Semester – I
106 – Communication Skill
Objectives : The course is aimed at equipping the students with the necessary techniques and
skills of communication to inform others, inspire them and enlist their activities
and willing cooperation in the performance of their jobs..
Course Contents :
Unit – I Introduction: Definition and process of communication, Essentials of effective
communication in organizational effectiveness, Use of grapevines.
Unit – II Oral Communication : Publication Speech-Composition, Priciples, Speech
delivery and Speech Skills, Interview pre-planning for interview, facing the
interview board. Group discussion – Qualities looked for in GD’s, DO’s & DOn’t
of GD’s, Communication in communities, Seminars and Conferences.
Unit – III Non-Verbal Communication: Importance of non verbal communication, Facial
Expressions, postures Body Movement, Gestures, Eye Control, Haptics etc.
Listing Difference between Listing and Hearing. Listing Processes & Types.
Unit - IV Report Writing and Job Application : Structure of Reports, Preparatory steps in
writing reports, use of illustrations and questions, process of writing the reports,
Importance and functions of job application letters, Drafting the application,
preparation of curriculum vitae.
Unit – V Business Correspondence : Essentials of effective business correspondence,
Structure of a Business letter. Forms of letter layout. Types of business letters –
Enquiries and replies, orders and their execution, complaint and response letter,
sale letter, Thanks letter etc.
Suggested Readings :
Bowman, Joel P. and Branchaw, Bernadine P. “Business Communication: From process
to product” 1987, Dryden Press Chicago.
Rodrigues, M.V., Effectives Business, Communication, 1992, Concept Publication Co.
New Delhi
Kothari, C.R., Research Methodology.
List of cases, recent articles and specific references will be announced in the Class-room at
the time of launching of the course.
Semester – I
107 – Indian Art & Culture
Semester – I
108 : Viva-Voce
Semester – II
201 : TRAVEL AGENCY MANAGEMENT
Objective : The students will understand the conceptual meaning and differentiation between
Travel agency and Tour operation. Further they will understand formalities and
documentation needed to set up the units.
Course Contents :
Unit – I Travel formalities : Travel Formalities : Passport, Visa, Health requirements,
taxes, customs, currency, travel insurance, baggage and airport information.
Travel Agency and Tour Operation Business : History, Growth, and present status
of Travel Agency. Definition of Travel Agency and differentiation between
Travel Agency and Tour Operation business. Travel Agency and Tour Operators:
Linkages and arrangements with hotels, airlines and transport agencies and other
segments of tourism sector.
Unit – II Approval of Travel Agents and Tour Operators : Approval by Department of
Tourism, Government of India. IATA rules and regulations for approval of a
travel agency, Approval by Airlines and Railways.
Study of various Fiscal and Non-Fiscal incentives available to Travel agencies
and Tour Operations business.
Unit – III Functions of a Travel Agent : Understanding the functions of a travel agency –
travel information and counselling to the tourists, Itinerary preparation,
reservation, ticketing, preparation and marketing of Tour packages, handling
business/corporate clients including conference and conventions. Sources of
income: Commission, Service Charges. Travel Terminology : Current and popular
travel trade abbreviations and other terms used in preparing itineraries.
Unit – IV Functions of a Tour Operator : Market research and tour package formulation,
assembling, processing and disseminating information on destinations, Liasioning
with principls, preparation of Itineraries, tour operation and post tour
Management. Source of income for tour operation.
Unit – V Public and Private sector in Travel Agency Business and Tour Operation
Business: Organisational Structure and various Departments of a Travel Agency.
Case study of ITDC. Case study of SITA, Cox & Kings, TCI and Thomas Cook.
The Indian Travel Agents and Tour Operators – and overview. National Trade
Associations : IATO and TAAI.
Suggested Readings :
Holloway, J.C., (1983), The Business of Tourism, McDonald and Evans, Plymounth.
Syratt Gwenda, (1995). Manual of Travel Agency Practice, Butterworth Heinmann,
London
Stevens Laurence, (1990). Guide to Starting and Operating Successful Travel Agency,
Delmar Publishers Inc., New York.
Semester – II
202 : RESEARCH MEATHODOLOGY
Objective : To equip the students with the basic understanding of the research methodology
and to provide an in sight in to the application of modern analytical tools and
techniques for the purpose of management decision making.
Course Content :
Unit – I Introduction : Nature and Scope of Research Methodology, Problem
Formulation and Statement of Research Cost and Value of Information. Types of
Research. Research objectives, Criteria for a good research, Research organisation
in india.
Unit – II Research Process : Steps in the Process of Research Design – Exploratory,
Descriptive and Experimental Research Designs. Sample Design – Steps in
sampling criteria for selecting a sample procedure sampling method and sample
size.
Unit – III Methods of Data Collection : Collection of Primary data : Observation interview
Questionnaire Method, Questionnaire Design, Questionnaire vs Schedule,
Attitude measurement techniques, motivational research techniques.
Unit – IV Method of Data Representation and Analysis : Use of graphs, Charts and maps
in data representation, Measures of Central Tendency and dispersion measures of
relationship. Statistical test. Advance Technique for data analysis ANOVA,
multivariate Analysis.
Unit – V Research Report Preparation : Preparation of Research Report, Layout of
Report, Preparatory steps in writing research. Use of computers in research.
Statistical Software package.
Suggested Readings :
Kothari C.R. , Research Methodology, Willy Eastern Limited, New Delhi 1994.
Bennet, Roger : Management Research, ILO, 1983.
Gupta S.P. Statistical Methods, 30th ed, Sultan Chand, New Delhi 2001.
The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced in the class.
Semester – II
203 : ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
Objectives : The module helps to understand the key dimensions, processes and influences
upon human behaviours at the level of individual and the group in the context of
work organisations.
Organisational Behaviour :
Unit – I Meaning & Nature of Organisation : system approach.
Unit – II Groups dynamics: Type of groups, process in group, Group bahaviour and
Group think.
Unit – III Organization Structure : Types, differences, organizational chart & its use.
Unit – IV Organisation, Effectivenss and Development : Social responsibility of
organization, consumer bahaviour.
Unit – V Organisation Climate : Organisational change, Conflicts and their Management.
Suggested Readings :
Robbins, Stephens P, Organisational Behaviour
Prasad LM, Organisational Behaviour
Luthans, Fred, Organisational Behaviour
Hersey and Balanchard, Management of Organisational Behaviour.
Veechio RP, Organisational Behaviour, Dryden Press 1998.
Invancevich JM and Mateson MT, Organisational Behaviour and Management.
Hoyer, Consumer Behaviour, 1998.
Semester – II
204 : TOURISM MARKETING
Objectives : The course includes the operation techniques of tourism marketing. The students
are expected to attain a basic knowledge of marketing principals, study to
suitability of alternative promotional approaches to and formulate marketing plans
and promotional approaches to tourism and other related organizations.
Course Content :
Unit – I Marketing : Core concepts in marketing; Needs, Wants, Demands, Products
markets. Marketing management philosophies-Production, Product, Selling,
Marketing and societal perspectives. Economic importance of marketing.
Unit – II Analysis and selection of market : Measuring and forecasting tourism demand;
Forecasting methods, Managing capacity and demand. Market segmentation and
positioning (STP)
Unit – III Marketing Strategies : Developing marketing environment, Consumer buying
behaviour, Competitive differentiation and competitive marketing strategies. New
product development. product life cycle, Customer satisfaction and related
strategies in internal and external marketing; Interactive and relationship
marketing.
Unit – IV Planning marketing programmes : Produt and product strategies; Product line,
Product mix Branding and packaging. Pricing considerations. Approaches and
strategies. Distribution channels and strategies.
Unit – V Tourism Marketing : Service characteristics of tourism. Unique features of
tourist demand and tourism product, Tourism marketing mix. Marketing of
Tourism. Services : Marketing of Airlines, Hotel, Resort, Travel Agencies and
other tourism related services-Challenges and strategies.
Suggested readings :
Kotler, Philp : Marketing Management & Hospitality and Tourism Marketing
Sinha, P.C. : Tourism marketing
Vearne, Morrisson Alison : Hospitality marketing
Kotler, Philip and ARmstrong Philip, Principle of Marketing, 1999, Prentice-Hall India.
1999
Assael H., Consumer Behavior and Marketing Action (2nd edn. 1985) kent, Boston.
Crough, Marketing Research for Managers.
Singh Raghubir, Marketing and Consumer Behaviour.
Patel, S.G. Modern Market Research, Himalays Publishing.
Semester – II
205 : HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Objectives : The basic objectives are accountings finance management principles and to
understand the basic techniques of preparing financial information.
Unit – i Meaning, Role, Scope and Importance of Financial Management : Job of the
financial Manager, financial Goals, financial control, Organization and objective
of financial function.
Unit – II Financial Planning, Capitalisation and Capital Structure : Meaning, concept
of capital, Theories of capitalization, Over capitalization and under capitalization,
optimum capital structure, Determinant of capital structure, Financial Leverage,
Debt capacity of company Debt equity ratio.
Unit – III Working Capital Management: Concept, need, determinant of working capital,
estimates of working capital and financial of current assets. Capital Budgeting and
Capital Investment Decision: Management of Fixed Assets, Meaning, roles and
analysis of capital investment in fixed assets:
Unit- IV Financial Statements and Analysis: Meaning, Analysis- Ratio, Fund flow, Cash
flow, Cost volume Analysis. Tourism Finance Corporation of India TFCI: Aims,
Objectives and Functions.
Unit – V Special Topics in Finance : International financial Management, Financial
Planning & forecasting, Green Finance, Venture, Capital Finance, Financial
Engineering. Case study related to the entire Syallbus.
Suggested Readings :
Anthony and Reece, Management Accounting Principles: Text and Cases
Pandey, L.M., Management Accounting: A Planning and Control Approach, Vikas
Publication.
Davis D., The Art of Managing Finance, Mc Graw Hill.
Pandey, I.M., Financial Management, Vikas Publication
Van Horne, Financial Management and Policy, Prentice Hall.
Pandey, I.M. and Bhatt, Ramesh, Cases in Financial Management, TATA Magraw Hill.
Semester – II
207 : EVENT MANAGEMENT & MICE
Objective : As a result of participating in this module, students will understand the
managerial and operational aspects pertaining to event and conference or
Convention Management.
Course Contents :
Unit – I Event Management : Role of events for promotion of tourism, Types of Events –
Cultural, festivals, religious, business etc. Need of event management, key factors
for best event management. Case study of some cultural events (Ganga
Mahotasava, Lucknow mahotsava and Taj Mahotsava)
Unit – II Concept of MICE : Introduction of meeting incentives, conference/conventions,
and exhibitions. Definition of conference and the components of the conference
market. The nature of conference markets and demand for conference facilities.
The impact of conventions on local and national communities.
Unit – III Management of Conference at Site, Trade shows and exhibitions, principal
puropse, types of shows, benefits, major participants, organisation and
membership, evaluation of attendees. Convention/exhibition facilities; Benefits of
conventions facilities, Inter-related venues, Project planning and development.
Unit – IV Budgeting a Conference Exhibition: Use of Budget preparation, Estimating fixed
and variable costs, cash flow, sponsorship and subsidies. Registration, Seating
Arrangements, Documentation, interpreting press relation, Computer Graphics,
Teleconferencing, Recording and Publishing Proceedings; Interpretation and
language.
Unit – V Role of travel Agency in the management of conferences. Hotel Convention
Service Management : Human Resources Management Transportation. Group
Fares, Airling Negotiation, Extra Services, Cargo Transportation. History and
function of ICCA, Role of ICCA, Roles and function of ICIB.
Suggested Readings :
Coleman, Lee & Frankle (1991), Powerhouse Conferences. Educational Institute of AH
& MA.
Hoyle, Dorf & Jones (1995), Meaning conventions & Group business. Educational
institute of AH & MA.
Semester – II
208 : VIVA-VOCE
COMPREHENSIVE
Semester – III
301: HOTEL & RESORT MANAGEMENT
Objectives : This Module is prescribed to appraise students about the important departments of a
classified hotel and to teach various aspects related to accommodation Industry.
Hotel Management :
Unit- I Origin and Expansion: Conversion of Tavern; Inns, Chalets and places into hotels,
creation of private, Public and Multinational hotel chains in India. Regional, National and
International Hotel Associations and their operation.
Unit –II Departments of hotel : Front Office, House Keeping, Food and Beverage, Personnel
and Accounts, Role and Functions of different departments.
Unit- III Requirements and Procedure for Constructing Classified Hotel: Prescribed
application form for approval of Hotel Projects. Regulatory conditions and Guide lines for
approval of Hotel Projects. Star categorisation, sources of Finance, Incentives and subsidy
extended to Hotels in Tourist areas, and Tourist Backward areas. Hotel Related technical words.
Resort Management :
Unit- IV Resort Concept : Characteristics of Resort Management as opposed to Hotel
Management, Historical Perspective, Indian Scenario.
Unit – V Resort Planning : Preliminary Consideration in Resort Planning and Development and
Phases of Resort Planning and Development. Trends and factors in Developed Tourist Markets
leading to growth of Resort Concept. Factors affecting rate. Basic Elements of a Resort
Complex: Loading facilities, landscaping, Dinning and drinking facilities, Family Oriented
Services, shops and services, Entertainment; Use of Community Resources.
Unit- VI Resort Management: Resort Management and Sales Promotion: Research and
Analysis: The environment, current market, properly analysis, Market segmentation and
potential guest markets, Tools of marketing, Advertising, Promotion and Publicity.
Suggested Readings:
Selected case studies from sterling. Delmia, Toshali and R.C.I. International will be
managed from concerned organisations.
Andrews, Sudhir: 1985, Hotel Front Office, Tata MC Graw- Hill, New Delhi.
Andrews, Sudhir: Hotel House Keeping, Tata M C Graw- Hill, New Delhi.
Andrews, Sudhir: Hotel House Keeping, Tata M.C. Graw-Hill, New Delhi.
Andrews, Sudhir: (1991), Food and Beverage Service, Tata M C Graw- Hill, New Delhi.
Semester – III
302: SERVICE MARKETING
Objective – The objective of this course is to develop insight into emerging trends in the service
sector in developing economy and tackle issues involved in the management of services on
national basis.
Unit-I Introduction: Service Marketing – Origin, Concept and Growth, Service
Marketing, Designing of Services strategy in context.
Unit-II Phases of Service Marketing: Emergence of service economuy: Nature of
services, Goods and Services marketing, Marketing challenges in service business, Marketing
Framework for service business.
Unit-III Classification of Service Marketing-I: Service classification, Banking – The
concept of Bank and Insurance Marketing, Factors governing customers psychology, factors
influencing the consumer behavior, Market segmentation, Marketing mix for banking and
Insurance services.
Unit-IV Classification of Service Marketing-II: The concept of Transport, Tourism, Hotel
and hospital services and their marketing patterns, The effecting issues of their customers and
marketing mix and Segmentation.
Unit-V Marketing issues of Services Advertising – Issues involved the advertisement,
Branding and Packaging of services, Relationship Marketing and CRM.
Suggested Readings:
Jha S.M. : Services Marketing Himalaya Publishing House, 1994, Is ted.
The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced in the
class of the time of launching of the course.
Semester – III
303: CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR
OR
HOSPITATLITY MANAGEMENT
Objective : The basic objectives of the course is to develop and understanding about the
consumer decision – marketing process and its applications in marketing function
of firms.
Unit – I Introduction : Introduction to consumer Behaviour, Consumer Behaviour and
Marketing strategy, Consumer Involvement and Decision Marketing, Information
Search Process, Evaluation oriteria and Decision Rules.
Unit – II Motivation & Perception Consumer Motivation, Need and Goals, Positive &
Negative motivation, Dynamic Nature of consumer motivation , Consumer
Perception, Conceptual Framework, Dynamics of Perception, Consumer Imaging.
Unit-III Attitude & Personality, Consumer Attitude and attitude change, Influence of
personality and self concept on Buying Behaviour, Psychographics and Lifesle,
AIO & VALS Classification.
Unit-IV Influence on CB; Reference Group Influence; Diffusion of Innovation, Diffusion
Process, Adoption Process, Profit of Consumer Innovent and Opinion Leadership
Family Decision Marketing, Family Functions and Family life style.
Unit-V Models & Applications: Models of Consumer Behavious, Nicosia Model, Howard
Sheth Model, Engle Balckwil Jullat Model, Industrial Buying Behaviour,
Consumer Studies in India.
Suggested Readings:
Sehiffman, L>G< and Kanuk, LL – Copnsumer Behaviour New Delhi, PHI 1994.
Mowen John C. – Consumer Berhaviour, New York, Mac Millan 1993.
Engle JF etc. Copnsumer Behaviour in Marketing, Engle wood Cliffts, New Jersey, PHI
The list of cases and specific references including recent articles will be announced in the
class at the time of launching of the course.
HOSPITATLITY MANAGEMENT
Semester – III
304 : ETHICAL, LEGAL AND REGULATORY ASPECTS OF TOURISM
Objective: The basic objective of this course understanding the ethical legal and
regulatory aspect of tourism.
Unit 1: Principles and practices in Business Ethics.
Business Compulsions, Motivations and Ethical parameters.
Unit 2: Specific Acts and Provisions: Citicenship Act. Passport Act.
Foreigners Foreigners Registration Act and Customs Act.
Unit 3: Foreigon Exchange Management Act- 1999. Motor Vehicles Act and
Pollution Control Act, Wild life protection act 1972.
Unit 4: Need of Central Tourism Legislation in India. Measures of Safety and
Security of Tourists.
Unit 5: Regulatory Role of the Department of Tourism.
Suggested Reading::
J.S. Desai, Ethical aspects in India, Vikash Publications.
Negi, Tourism Ethics, Mac Graw Hill, New Delhi
Bare Acts.
Semester – III
305 : HOTEL ACCOUNTING
Theme & Topics
Nature Scope and Tools of Management Account
Unit – I Management Information System and its relationship with accounting. The role of
Management Accountant in the organisation. Various terminology of cost
accounting. Budgeting and Budgetary Control.
Unit – II Budgeting and profit planning. Various types of budgets and their preparation
Preparation of Flexible budget and Master Budget. Budgetary Control –meaning
uses and limitations.
Unit – III Responsibility Accounting
Management Reporting System, Relevant cost and decision marking. Cost
accounting for price determination. Value added accounting and social
Accounting.
Semester – III
306 : Foreign Language Course (French)
OR
306 : Foreign Language Course (German)
OR
306 : Foreign Language Course (Japanese)
Themes & Topics
Alpha Beta, Different Sounds in Language, Modified Sounds/Compound Sounds.
Basic Sounds in the Language, Counting Numbers, Days of the week, Months.
Time (How to read time), Weather Conditions, Telephone Utilisation, Conversation-
Introduction.
Books, Newpapers, Magazines, Cigarettes, Match Box, Shopping facilities.
Familiarisation with class room, items available in the room.
Air Port, Air Lines, Customs, Immigration, Taxi Services, City Buses, Luggage
directions Security Check Indications.
Hotel/Motels/Guest/Houses – Type of Accommodation Available.
Conversation between Receptionist and customer at Reception in the Hotel (Facilities
available in the Hotel)
Food Items – dishes – Tasty, Spicy, Chinese, Japanese, Indian, Continental
Greetings
Places of interest in Delhi and most important Tourist Places in India.
Fair Structure – Charges Currency, Rupees, Coins.
Singular – Plural, Masculine – Feminine, TV Set, VCR, Radio etc.
Travel Agency/Tour Operator/Water Sorts/Adventure Sports/Lakshadweep Bhuddhist
Circuits/etc.
Interrogation?
Are You .....................
Where do you stay ?
What is your name ?
Chruch, Mosque, Temple and other Religious Places, Tea, Coffee, Juices, Soft drinks and
other drinks.
Vocabulary (Present-Past-Negative-Negative Past) 500 common use words. Adjectives in
present & Past Tense.
Expression Beauty, Dances, Dresses, Costumers Family Life, Marriages past Tense.
Conjugations – Verb and Adjectives.
Yoga-Naturopathy, Massage, Mediation, Beach Resort Facilities.
Polices Station, Railway Station, Bus Stand, Mode of Conveyance.
(A few songs – To be produced at the valedictory function) – by Participants
Use of Present, Past & Future tense.
Simple translation from and to English
Making sentences & writing simple essays.
Positive, negative and interrogative sentences.
Letter writing – Business, Personal Letters.
Writing of Application – Job, Leave, Complaints etc.
Semester – III
307 : JOB TRAINING REPORT
Semester – III
308 : VIVA-VOCE
(COMPREHENSIVE)
Semester – IV
401 : STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Semester – IV
402 : HERITAGE MANAGEMENT
OR
RURAL TOURISM
Objective : This module is important to study because of India is rich in heritage properties
and its maintenance is necessary. This will help to understand the nature of
heritage properties and conservation.
Unit – I Indian Culture : General Features, Sources, Components and Evolution.
Unit – II What is Heritage? Meaning and concept. Criterions for selection as heritage sites,
monuments and zone by UNESCO (WHC). Types of heritage property. World
famous heritage sites and monument in India and abroad.
Unit – III Heritage Management, objectives and strategies, Protection, Conservation and
Preservation, Case study of one destination. Heritage Marketing, Destination
development.
Unit – IV National and International Organisations engaged in Heritage Management
(UNESCO, ICOMOS, ASI, INTACH and NGOs),
Unit – V Museums, Concept and classification. (National Museum, New Delhi; Bharat
Kala Bhawan, Varanasi; Archaeological Museum, Sarnath, etc.) Heritage Hotels
and its classification.
Suggested Readings :
Allchin, B., Allchin, F.R. et al. (1989) Conservation of Indian Heritage, Cosmo
Publishers, New Delhi.
New Inskeep, Edward, Tourism Planning: An Integrated and Sustainable Development
Approach (1991) VNR, New York.
Ashworth, G.J. (2000), The Tourist Historic City. Retrospect and Prospect of Managing
the Heritage City, Pergamon, Oxford
UNESCO-IUCN (1992) Eds. Masterworks of Man and Nature, Pantoga, Australia.
Semester – IV
403 : TOUR OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Objectives : The students will set practical knowledge relating to travel and tour operation.
Course Contents:
Unit- I Preparing for Work in Travel Operation: Appearance of Staff, Working area,
Agencies internal environment, Checklist for display area, Health and safety at
work; Stationary, Printing and office supplies, Filing system in Travel Agency:
Materials for Filing Retrieving information, types of files e.g. correspondence
files, Client files, Computer and Data bases, Effective communication in Travel
Agency: Use of Telephone, Use of Telelx & Fax ,special Handling of business
correspondence, Method of Taking Care of Customers.
Unit-II Domestic Counter: Service provided by Domestic counter: Tickets (Air &
Railways), Car Hire and Surface Transport: Agencies for Domestic Car
Hire/Surface Transportation: Their terms and Condition, Procedure for
reservation; documents required, Billing and payment procedure, Commission
Structure, Problems faced by clients with Domestic Airlines Railways, Hotels,
Car rental, Any other.
Unit-III International Travel Counter; Services provided by International Counter;
Government rules on International Travels. Reservation procedure for
International and other travel related Vouchers like MCO, PTA, PSR etc,
Procedure for lost ticket, Refund and Cancellation charges.
Unit- IV Places of Tourist interest in various destinations in India, Types of
accommodation available, Modes of transportation and length of stay. Concept of
Tour Itinerary and Preparation of sample itineary with the timings and mode of
Air/train or by surface and details of sightseeing, types of Accommodations and
other services.
Unit-V Procedure for Domestic and International Hotel Reservations. Documentation
related with Hotel Reservation/Configuration/Cancellation, Preparation of Hotel
and Other Service Vouchers, Procedure and documents involved in informing
Sub-Agents for services; Procedure of checking and passing the bills of the
transport/hotels and Guide/escorts. RBI guidelines/Rules regarding the foreign
exchange transactions.
Suggested Readings :
Chand, M., Travel Agency Management: An Introductory Text
Seth, P.N., Successful Tourism Management
Travel operation : South Asia Integrated Tourism Human Resource
Development Programme (SAITHRDP)
Tour Guiding : SAITHRDP.
Semester – IV
404 : ECO TOURISM
Semester – IV
405 : TOURISM GEOGRAPHY
Semester – IV
406 : ADVETISING MANAGEMENT
OR
RETAIL MANAGEMENT
Semester – IV
407 : DISSERTATION
Tourism, Environment and Ecology.
Cultural Tourism
Adventure Tourism and Wild life Tourism
Travel Management
Hotel Management
Semester – IV
408 : VIVA-VOCE
(COMPREHENSIVE)
MBA
(INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS & PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT)
FULL TIME FOUR SEMESTER PROGRAMME
CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM (CBCS)
AS PER ORDINANCE 14, APPROVED BY CO-ORDINATION COMMITTEE
SYLLABUS FOR MBA (IR & PM) Semester – I & II 2020 – 2021 onwards
SYLLABUS FOR MBA (IR & PM) Semester – III & IV 2021 – 2022 onwards
The MBA (IR & PM) Programme Structure is divided into four semesters spread
over two years. The courses are classified as Core Courses, Discipline Centric Electives
and Generic Elective Courses. The programme structure has been designed
systematically and divided into four semesters. Semester I has Core Courses focusing on
Management Concepts, Organisational Behaviour & Industrial Psychology, Statistical
Techniques & Research Methodology & Personnel Management to develop multi-
disciplinary foundation and to build a holistic approach among the participants, while a
core course on Business Communication has been offered for skill development.
Semester II has core courses on HRM & TQM, Industrial Law, Managerial Economics &
Business Environment and Management of Trade Unions. A course on Computer
Application has been offered for skill development. Behaviour Lab is a unique feature of
the programme which has been introduced to orient the students with ways of solving
practical problems related to human behaviour in an organization. In Semester III, a
course on Business Legislation is included to acquaint students with laws related to basic
business operations. A course each on Training & Development and Knowledge
Management & Business Ethics have been placed for better understanding of Human
Resource Management. In Semester IV, courses on Industrial Relations, Industrial Laws
and Strategic Management have been included better understanding of the Industrial
Environment and to Integrate Knowledge. Semester III & IV also offers Discipline Centric
Page | 1
Elective Courses on Applied Management, Employee Counseling, HRM in Global
Environment and Safety & Service Management to facilitate choice based learning of the
students. One Generic Elective Courses on Labour Welfare & QWL, Labour Costing &
Compensation Management, Labour Management and Management of Organisational
Change & Development respectively have been introduced in each semester to acquaint
the students with labour and employees related issues. Summer Internship Dissertation
and Comprehensive Viva Voce are included in the programme structure to assess
students’ skills to implement the learned concepts into practice and test their
comprehension ability.
2. To develop basic skills required by the managers for maintaining good Industrial
Relations and Personnel Functions of a professional organisation.
2|Page
Course Structure MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
Distribution of Marks
SEMESTER I Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Ass. Marks
Course Code & Name
1.1 Principles and Practices of Mgmt. CC 60 40 100 4
1.2 Organizational Behaviour and Industrial CC 60 40 100 4
Psychology
1.3 Research Methodology and Statistical CC 60 40 100 4
Techniques
1.4 Business Communication CC 60 40 100 4
1.5 Personnel Mangement CC 60 40 100 4
1.6* Labour Welfare and Quality of work life GE 60 40 100 4
1.7 Comprehensive Viva Voce CC 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 700 28
Distribution of Marks
SEMESTER II Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Ass. Marks
Course Code & Name
2.1 Human Resource Management & Total Quality CC 60 40 100 4
Management
2.2 Computer Application CC 60 40 100 4
2.3 Industrial Law – I CC 60 40 100 4
2.4 Managerial Economics & Business Environment CC 60 40 100 4
2.5 Management of Trade Union CC 60 40 100 4
2.6* Labour Costing & Compensation Management GE 60 40 100 4
2.7 Behavioural Lab Project & Viva Voce CC 80 20 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 700 28
Distribution of Marks
SEMESTER III Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Ass. Marks
Course Code & Name
3.1 Business Legislation CC 60 40 100 4
3.2 Training & Development CC 60 40 100 4
3.3 Knowledge Management & Business Ethics CC 60 40 100 4
3.4** Applied Management (A) & DCE 60 40 100 4
(A or B)
Employee Counselling (B)
3.5* Labour Management GE 60 40 100 4
3.6 Summer Internship Dissertation & Viva Voca CC 100 8
SEMESTER TOTAL 600 28
Distribution of Marks
SEMESTER IV Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Ass. Marks
Course Code & Name
4.1 Industrial Relations CC 60 40 100 4
4.2 Strategic Management CC 60 40 100 4
4.3 Industrial Law – III CC 60 40 100 4
4.4** Human Resource Management in DCE 60 40 100 4
(A or B)
International Global Environment (A) &
Safety and Service Management (B).
4.5* Management of Organizational Change & GE 60 40 100 4
Development
4.6 Comprehensive Viva Voce CC 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 600 24
CC : Core Course GE : Generic Elective DCE : Discipline Centric Elective
* Students may choose this course as a Generic Elective (GE) or may choose a Generic Elective
course offered by other UTDs or may choose a course offered by MOOCs through SWAYAM.
* The students are required to choose any one Discipline Centric Elective (DCE) course (A or B).
3|Page
CREDIT DISTRIBUTION
ELECTIVE COURSES COMPREHENSIVE
CORE TOTAL
SEMESTER DISCIPLINE VIVA /
COURSES GENERIC CREDITS
CENTRIC DISSERTATION
SEMESTER I 20 04 00 04 28
SEMESTER II 20 04 00 04 28
SEMESTER III 12 04 04 08 28
SEMESTER IV 12 04 04 04 24
Total 64 16 08 20 108
SCHEME OF EXAMINAION
1- Semester End Theory Paper : Each theory paper of 60 marks will have
following questions.
4|Page
Computation of Letter Grade, Grade Points, Credit Points, SGPA &
CGPA
The grade letter and grade points will be assigned as per the following
table.
2- Credit Points
3- SGPA
4- CGPA
5|Page
An illustration of computing letter grade, grade points, credit points, SGPA & CGPA.
% = CGPA × 10%
Example
6.42 × 10 = 64.2
7.28 × 10 = 72.8
6|Page
MBA
(INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS & PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT)
SYLLABUS
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
A.P.S. UNIVERSITY, REWA (M.P.)
7|Page
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – I
CC 1.1 : Principles and Practices of Management
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Objective - To acquaint students with the managerial knowledge & skills and to
enhance their abilities that are essential for success in management
career.
Course Contents :
Books Recommended :
1- Principles & Practices of Management – Saxena
2- Management – Stoner.
3- Principles and Practice of Management – Shejwalkar P. C. & Ghanekar A. A.
4- Principles of Function of Management – Jain, J. K.
5- Principles of Management – Agrawal, R. D.
6- P. P. M. – Chabra, T. N.
8|Page
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – I
CC 1.2 : Organizational Behaviour & Industrial Psychology
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Objective – To study human behaviour and to suggest various ways and means
to improve the efficiency of workers in industries.
Course Contents :
Unit – I Organizational behaviour : Definition, Importance of studying
organizational behaviour in industry, Scope of industrial psychology
in an organization, Different models of organizational behaviour i.e.
Autocratic Custodial, Supportive, Collegial.
Outcome – The student will be able to motivate themselves & to increase their
ability to perform well.
Books Recommended :
1- Organizational behaviour –Prasad L. M.
2- Organizational behaviour – Stephen P. Robbins.
3- Organizational behaviour – Sekheran Uma
4- Organizational Theory at work – Keith & Davis.
5- Human Relations & Organizational Behaviour – Dwivedi R. S.
9|Page
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – I
CC 1.3 : Research Methodology & Statistical Techniques
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Objective - The aim of this course is to equip the participant with the basic
understanding of the research methodology and to provide an
insight into the application of modern analytical tools and
techniques for the purpose of management decision making.
Course Contents :
Books Recommended :
10 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – I
CC 1.4 : Business Communication
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Objective – The course is aimed at equipping the students with the necessary
techniques and skills of communicating individually and in a group.
Oral, written and non-verbal communication skills are considered
important in accomplishing the organisational goals and
maintaining harmony.
Course Contents :
Unit – I Meaning, Definition, Importance of Business Communication, Types
: Verbal & Non-Verbal Communication, Process and Elements of
Communication Principle of Communication and Channels of
Communication.
Unit – II Communication Media, Network, Barrier's in effective
communication, strategies for improving communication
effectiveness.
Unit – III Drafting of various personnel communication – Memos, Notices,
Circulars, Press conference, Trade fairs, Correspondence with Govt.
Authorities, Principles of Public Speaking, Guide Lines for preparing
a speech.
Unit – IV Function of Public Relation Department, Different forms of Business
letter, Application, Enquiry Replies, Quotations, Sales letters,
Committee, Group discussion, Conference, Essential feature of
interview, Preparation of curriculum vitae, Do's and Don't Public
Speaking.
Unit – V Report writing : Types, Techniques and Importance, Agenda and
Minutes writing, Proposal writing.
Outcome - The participants of this course will be able to learn about the
various aspects of verbal and non-verbal communication which will
be extremely useful to them at the entry level in any professional
organisation in the initial years of their career.
Books Recommended :
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Course Contents :
Unit – I Personnel Management : Definition, Concept of personnel
Management, objective, principles, Role of a personnel manager
with special reference to personnel management only. Structure of
personnel department, Difference between personnel
administration and personnel management.
Unit – III Concept of promotion and promotion policy, Concept of transfer, Job
analysis, Job enlargement, Job enrichment and Job rotation.
Outcome – The students will be able to examine current issues, trends ,practices
and processes in personnel management.
Books Recommended :
12 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – I
GE 1.6 : * Labour Welfare and Quality of Work Life
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Course Contents :
Unit – I Labour Welfare : History, Principle, concept, objectives and scope,
Statutory provision of labour welfare.
Unit – III Labour Welfare Agencies : Role of Trade Union, Govt., Employer's,
Municipalities and Social Agencies.
Unit – V Meaning and concept of quality of work life, Principles & strategies
to Q. W. L., factor's that led to Q. W. L.
Outcome - The students will be able to explore the welfare measures provided
by the government and the companies.
Books Recommended :
1- Human Resource & Personnel Management – Aswathappa K.
2- Aspects of Labour Welfare & Social Security – Sharma A. M.
3- Economics of Labour – Bhagaliwal T. N.
4- Labour Welfare, Trade Unionism and Industrial Relations – Punekar S. D.
13 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – II
CC 2.1 : Human Resource Management & Total Quality Management
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Course Contents :
Unit – I Human Resource Management v/s Personnel Management : feature,
Objective, Function scope, Role and Responsibility of HRM,
Challenges of HRM, Effect of Globalization of HRM.
Unit – II Performance Appraisal : Definition, Concept, Process and
Techniques of performance appraisal, Career planning : Definition,
Object, Elements and Benefits, Importance of Human Re-
engineering.
Unit – III Wage and Salary Administration : Wage determination process and
factors influencing wage and salary administration, Types of wage :
Minimum wage, Fair wage, Living wage, Money and real wage,
Method of wage Payment, Method of job evaluation and job
satisfaction, Fringe benefit : objective & classification.
Unit – IV Kind of separation : Resignation, Discharge, Dismissal, Suspension,
Retirement, Lay off, Golden hand shake, VRS.
Productivity : Meaning, Definition, Elements, Measurement, Factors
affecting productivity and ways of improving productivity.
Unit – V TQM & HRM : Kaizen, HRM in Public sector, Incentive schemes :
Meaning, Types.
Outcome – Students able to develop their skills & their usage to management.
Books Recommended :
1- Managing Human Resource – Dwivedi R. S.
2- Human Resource Management – Michael B. P.
3- Personnel Management – Bagaliwal T. N.
4- Personnel Management – Mamoriya C. B.
5- Personnel Management – Subba Rao P.
6- Dynamic Personal Administration – Rudrabasvraj M. N.
14 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – II
CC 2.2 : Computer Application
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Course Contents :
Unit – I Introduction : History, Characteristics, Generations, Types of
computers, Component of computers.
Unit – II Input and output devices, Computer software and its types.
Books Recommended :
1- Computer Fundamental – Sinha P. K.
2- Windows – Taxali
3- PC Software made easy – Taxali
4- Fundamentals of computers – Rajaraman V.
15 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – II
CC 2.3 : Industrial Law – I
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Course Contents :
Unit – I Factory Act 1948 : Object, Scope, Definition, Inspecting staff and
power's provision of health, Safety and welfare, Working hours
employment of women and child labour.
Unit – II Minimum Wages 1948 : Objective, Definition, Fixation and Revision
of wages, payment of minimum wages.
Payment of Wages Act 1936 : Objective, Definition regarding wages,
Authorized deduction from wages, Amount of deduction offences &
penalties.
Unit – III Workmen compensation Act 1923 : Definition, Object Scope, Types
of disability and Amount of compensation.
Employee Provident Fund Act 1952 : Object, Scope, Employees
provident fund scheme.
Equal Remuneration Act 1976 : Object, Scope, Definitions and
Important provisions of the Act.
Unit – IV Industrial Dispute Act 1947 : Object, Scope and Definitions,
Concepts of strike, Lock-out, Lay-off and Retrenchment, Machinery
for settlement of Industrial dispute.
Unit – V Payment of Gratuity Act 1972 : Object, Scope, Calculation of
Gratuity, Mode of payment.
Bonus Act 1965 : Object, Scope, Definition, Calculation of Bonus, (Set
on set off)
Outcome – The graduates will be acquainted with appropriate ways to analyse
and determine wage and salary, settlement of dispute and benefits
that employees receive in the organisation.
Books Recommended :
1- Industrial Relation – Chabra T. N.
2- Mercantile Law – Garg & Chawala
3- Labour Law – Kapoor N. D.
4- Labour Law – Taxman
16 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – II
CC 2.4 : Managerial Economics and Business Environment
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Objective – The objective of this course is to develop the ability to apply the
concepts tools and technique of economics in analysing and
interpreting business decision and to understand various
environmental issues related with business
Course Contents :
Unit – I Introduction of Managerial Economics : Meaning, Scope, Nature,
Importance, Role and Responsibility of managerial Economics,
Demand and supply : Meaning Definition, Concept & Significance.
Unit – II Meaning and Phase of Business cycle, Govt. role in private business,
Determinants of economic growth, Industrial policy in India, Growth
and role of Small Scale Industries in Indian Economy.
Unit – III Taxes : Direct and Indirect taxes, New economic policy, Monetary
policy, Meaning, Scope, Quantitative and Qualitative measures of
monetary control.
Unit – IV Business Environment : Concept and Nature of Technological,
Political, Economic, Social, Cultural and Natural Environment,
Important provisions of constitution of India affecting business.
Unit – V Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO), Globalization : Meaning,
Process and Purpose of globalization.
WTO : Structure, India's commitments to WTO.
GATT : Concept and Impact.
Outcome - The graduates of this course will be able to learn about the role of
economics in business management and learn about the macro
factor affecting business environment and will be well acquainted
with the latest changes in the different components of business
environment.
Books Recommended :
1- Business Environment – Aswasthappa K.
2- India Economy – Agarwal A. N.
3- Indian Economy – Dutta and Sunderam
4- Managerial Economics – Mehta P. L.
5- Managerial Economics – Sinha V. C.
6- Managerial Economics – Chopra O. P.
7- Business Economics – Adhikari M.
17 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – II
CC 2.5 : Management of trade Union
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Course Contents :
Unit – I Trade Union : Concept, Types, Theories rise and growth of Trade
Unionism, Union leadership : Problems of leadership, inter and intra
union rivalry.
Unit – III Trade Union Act 1926 : Object, Scope, Definition, Registration, Rules
of trade union and cancellation, Appeal, Dissolution and
Amalgamation of trade union, Offences and Penalties under act.
Outcome - The students will be able to understand Trade union and its
importance in business.
Books Recommended :
1- Trade Union Movement in India – Mathur A. S. & Mathur J. S.
2- Industrial Relation – Sharma A. M.
3- Industrial Relation – Memoria C. B.
4- Labour Economics and Social Welfare – Dr. Tyagi B. P.
5- Labour Management Relation in India – Vaid K. N.
18 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – II
GE 2.6 : * Labour Costing & Compensation Management
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Objective - To understand the cost concepts and techniques that are applied in
manufacturing and service organisations.
Course Contents :
Unit – I Nature and Significance of Cost Accounting : Introduction – Cost
Accounting, Financial Accounting, Management Accounting,
Difference between Cost and Financial Accounting, Management
Accounting vs Cost Accounting, Advantages of Cost Accounting,
Relationship of cost Department to other departments, Limitations
of a cost system.
Unit – II Labour Cost Control : Introduction, Difference between Material
Control and Labour Control, Labour Cost Control Factors, Labour
Productivity, Labour Performance, Pricing of material issued – Cost
price method – FIFO, LIFO, HIFO, Average price method, Market
price method, Inflated price method.
Unit – III Labour Remunerating : Wage theories, Wage structure, Monetary
and Non-Monetary incentives, Method of Remuneration – Time rate,
Piece – Rate System (Taylor differential) Gantt Task Bonus Scheme,
Emerson Efficiency Bonus Scheme, Bedaux Scheme, Accelerated
Premium Schemes, Halsey Premium Schemes.
Unit – IV Budgetary Control : Introduction – Definition, Budget objectives,
Budgetary control, Budget manual, Budget factor kind of budgets,
Zero-base budget, Function – wise budget.
Unit – V Operating Costing: Introduction – Operating Cost, Transport
Costing, Power House Costing, Canteen Costing, Canteen Cost
Statement, Hotel Costing.
Outcome – The students will be able to understand various techniques available
to measure labour productivity and able to motivate labour towards
organisational goals.
Books Recommended :
19 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER –II
CC 2.7 : Behavioural Lab Project & Viva-voce
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Course Contents :
1- Measurement of Intelligence.
2- Measurement of Personality.
3- Vocational Interest Bland (Record).
4- Occupational Stress Index.
5- Employees Motivation Schedule.
6- Measurement of Adjustment.
7- Measurement of Job Satisfaction.
8- Measurement of Anxiety.
9- Study of Organizational Climate.
10- Measurement of Moral.
11- Leadership Scale.
12- Appraisal Scale.
13- Measurement of Fatigue.
14- Personal Encouragement Scale.
15- Achievement Motive Scale.
16- Business Communication.
17- Managerial Practices.
18- Leadership Training.
19- Interpersonal Relations.
20- Computer Application in Management.
21- Communication Skill.
Any ten out of above.
Outcome - It enhance the knowledge and improve the understanding of the
employees behaviour in the business.
20 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – III
CC 3.1 : Business Legislation
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Objective - It is designed to expose the students to the Indian legal system and
its affect on business activities.
Course Contents :
Unit – I Company Law : Meaning, Characteristics of a company, Kinds of
companies, Incorporation of a Company, Memorandum and Articles
of association.
Unit – II Types of shares, Management, Meetings and Winding-up of
Company.
Unit – III Consumer Protection act 1986 : Definition, consumer dispute
redressal agencies, Procedure for making complaint, remedies
available under the act and penalties.
Standing order act 1946 : Needs, Appeals, posting of standing
orders, Duration and modification, powers of certifying officers.
Unit – IV Contract Law 1872 : Definition, essential of contract, kinds of
contract, Formation of contract : Offer, Acceptance and
consideration, Discharge of contract and its remedies,
Partnership Act, 1932 : Definition, types, Rights and Duties of
partner, Registration & Dissolution of Partnership firm.
Unit – V Negotiable Instrument Act 1881 : Meaning, Essential Ingredients,
Special Characteristics of a Negotiable Instrument, Promissory
notes, Bill of exchange and cheques, Dishonor and discharge of
Negotiable Instrument.
Outcome – This course will prepare the participants for imaginative and
responsible leadership roles in the business. They are expected to
critically analyse, evaluate, create solutions in the business and
increase understanding of the legal environment in the business
sector.
Books Recommended :
1- Company Law – Singh Avtar
2- Mercantile Law – Garg and Chawla
3- Business Law for Managers – Tuteja S. K.
4- The Negotiable Instrument Act – Khergarmwala J. S.
21 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – III
CC 3.2 : Training and Development
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Course Contents :
Unit – I Training : Meaning, Need for Training Objective, Assessment of
Training Needs, Training contents, Principal of Learning and
Training, areas of Training and Distinction between Training,
Education and Development.
Books Recommended :
1- HRD – Tripathi P. C.
2- HRM – Rao Subba
3- Personnel Management – Bhagoliwal T. N.
4- System approach to Training and Development – Sah A. K.
22 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – III
CC 3.3 : Knowledge Management & Business Ethics
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Course Contents :
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Course Contents :
Books Recommended :
1- Fundamentals Management – Agrawal R. D.
2- Marketing Management – Kotler Philip.
3- Windows – Khanna O. P.
4- Information System for Modern Management – Merdick & James.
5- Marketing Management – Sontaki
6- Personnel Management – Bhagoliwal T. N.
24 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
Semester – III
DCE 3.4 B : ** Employee Counseling
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Objective - To help employees to improve their mental health and develop self
confidence.
Course Contents :
Unit – I Nature and concept of counseling, Need of employee counseling,
Fields of application, Employee counseling by Personnel Managers.
Outcome - Students able to understand self control and how to work effectively
in the industries.
Books Recommended :
1- Employee Counseling – Sinha A. K. P., Prachi Pub. & Dist. Pvt. Ltd. New
Delhi, 1930
2- Counseling for Career Development – Tolbert E. L. New York, McGraw Hill.
3- Introduction to Counseling – Tolbert E. L. New York, McGraw Hill.
25 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – III
GE 3.5 : * Labour Management
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Books Recommended :
1- Labour Economics and Social Welfare – Dr. Tyagi B. P.
2- Personnel Management and Industrial Relations – Bhogoliwal T. N. (1996)
Sahitya Bhavan Agra.
3- Labour Problems – Memoriya N. (1996).
4- Labour Problems and Social Welfare – Saxena R. C. (1996).
5- Personnel Management & I. R. – Nair N. G. & Nair Latha
26 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER –III
CC 3.6 : Summer Internship Dissertation & Viva Voce
Course Credit : 8
Max Marks – 100
Minimum Pass Marks : 50 (50%)
The work done under the project must indicate the analytical and critical
ability of the candidate in relation to the problem, which he / she has identified
during the period of the training.
The project work will carry 60 marks and viva for 40 marks. The report
will be evaluated by one internal and external examiner.
27 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – IV
CC 4.1 : Industrial Relations
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Course Contents :
Books Recommended :
1- H.R.M. & I.R. – Subba Rao P.
2- Industrial Relation – Chabra T. N.
3- Personnel Management & Industrial Relation – Nair & Latha Nair
4- Industrial – Monappa Arun
5- Labour Economics & Social Welfare –Dr. Tyagi B. P.
6- Dynamics Industrial Relation – Memoria C. B.
7- HRM – Bhatia S. K.
28 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – IV
CC 4.2 : Strategic Management
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Course Contents :
Books Recommended :
1- Business Policy – Kazmi Azhar
2- Business Policy – Ghosh P. K.
3- Business Policy – Cherunilum Francis
29 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – IV
CC 4.3 : Industrial Law – II
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Course Contents :
Unit – I ESI Act 1948 : Definition, Object, Scope, Benefits under the act,
Mines Act, 1952 : Definition, Object, Provision for health, Safety
welfare and hours of work.
Unit – II Contract Labour Act 1972 : Scope, Definitions, Welfare and Health of
contract labour.
Maternity Benefit Act 1961 : Important Provisions under the act.
Unit – III Employment Exchange Act (Compulsory Notification of Vacancies
Act) 1959, Various provisions for notification of vacancies.
Apprentices Act 1962 : Definition object and general provisions of
the act.
Unit – IV Essential Commodities Act, 1955 : Definition, Objective and
Important Provisions and Punishment.
Child Labour Act, 1986 : Definition, Object, Scope, Important
Provision of the act.
Unit – V IDRA 1951 : Object and Applicability, Definitions, Establishment of
council, Regulation of scheduled industries, Powers of Central
Government, Offence and Penalties.
Outcome - The Students will develop critical thinking and have ability to
understand broadly industrial law which affecting the
administration of an organisation.
Books Recommended :
1- Factories Act – Shrivastava K. D.
2- Handbook of Industrial Law, Lucknow, Eastern Book 1995 – Malik P. L.
3- Mercantile Law – Garg & Chawla.
4- Industrial Relation – Chabra T. H.
5- Labour Law – Taxman
30 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
Semester – IV
DCE 4.4 A : ** Human Resource Management in
International Global Environment
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Course Contents :
Unit – II Six Sigma : Making Six Sigma initiative – The quality mantra, Six
Sigma process approach in HR, Gaining control, Six Sigma is more
than cultural change and has challenges.
Outcome - The students will be able to understand how different countries are
dealing with HRM
Books Recommended :
1- HRM – S. K. Bhatia
2- HRM – K. Aswathappa
3- International HRM – Terence Jackson
31 | P a g e
MBA (I.R. & P.M.)
SEMESTER – IV
DCE 4.4 B : ** Safety and Service Management
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Course Contents :
Unit – I Concept of Industrial Health and Safety : Basic facts and importance,
Safety organisation, Basis of safety programme and policy, Remedial
issues of safety, Industrial Health : Importance and provision under
Factory Act 1948 as preventive measures.
Unit – II Occupational Safety and Health : Nature, Scope, Importance
occupational hazards and Risks, Occupational Disease, Protection
against health hazards, safety in ports and docks, Safety in mines
and National safety council.
Unit – III Industrial Accident and Industrial Injury : Definition, Nature, Causes
of accident, Cost of accidents, Accident report ad records, Steps for
prevention of accident.
Unit – IV The Environment Protection Act 1986 : Object, Scope, Definition,
General power's of the Central Govt. power to appoint officer's and
their powers and functions, Power to make rules to regulate
environmental pollution, Furnishing of information, Power of entry
and inspection, to take sample, Environment laboratories offences
by companies and Govt. Department.
Unit – V The Air and Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act : Short
title, Definition, Constitution, Function and power of Central and
State Board, Funds, Accounts and Audit of the Board, Offences and
Penalties under air (Prevention and control of pollution) act.
Outcome – Students able to understand various legislative requirements for
(safety and service) which are applied in Indian organisations.
Books Recommended :
Course Credit : 4
Max Marks – 60
Minimum Pass Marks : 21 (35%)
Course Contents :
Books Recommended :
1- HRD – Tripathi P. C.
2- HRM – Saiyadain Mirza
3- HRM – Subha Rao P.
33 | P a g e
M.A. ENGLISH
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Nomenclature of Paper Distribution of Marks
1
Objective:
The growth of English language and literature over the centuries from a totally different state- more
in the condition of a dialect in the earliest periods- to what it is in the present century should form the
background knowledge of every student of English literature.
The objective of this course is to introduce the music and beauty of the English sounds and
vocabulary of the earliest period in English literary history to the students to enable them to have a historical
perspective of the developments over the centuries. The course also introduces the great masters of the
early period such as Chaucer, Spencer Donne, Milton, Marlowe and Shakespeare.
Introduction of poetic forms, and different movements evaluation of the impact of Romanticism and
Victorianism on the development of English literature, with emphasis on development of literary form and
literary modes of expression and an understanding of concepts of gender and women during these periods
have been included :
The task of inculcating a comparative awareness in the minds of the participants to realize its
cultural significance in the globe as well as in states like India is central to the goal of this course. Inculcation
of good teste in literature and human values is the aim of this course.
2
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Objective
The objective is to initiate the student into the realm of poetry. She should have knowledge and taste of basic
genres of poetry. She should study excellent samples of all genres.
Note: 1. There shall be four Compulsory Papers in each semester. In all there will be eight compulsory
papers in two semesters.
Unit- 1 Annotations (Any two out of four given passages. At least one to be selected at least one
from each unit).
Unit-2 Epic Poetry
John Milton: Paradise Lost Book I
Valmiki: Ramayan (Sunder Kand)
Unit-3 Narrative Poetry
Geoffrey Chaucer: The Prolouge to the Canterbury Tales
S. T. Coleridge: Dejection: An Ode
Unit-4 Renaissance Poetry:
William Shakespeare: Sonnets No. 23, 24, 26, 27, 31, 44
John Donne: The Good Morrow, Love’s Alchemie, The Canonization, The
Anniversarie.
Unit-5 Satarical Poetry:
John Dryden: Absalom and Achitophel – Line 1 to Line 302
Alexender Pope: The Rape of Lock – (cantos 1 & 2)
Books Recommended:-
Emile Legouis : Chaucer
EMW TilLyard : Milton
Compton Rickett : History of English Literature
David Daiches : History of English Literature
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation
Outcome:
The student will have an in depth idea of English poetry and its different genres. This course will work as a
foundation for understanding of poetry and its nuances
3
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Objective
The objective is to explain the genre of drama to the student. As the foundation pillar of English literature,
this paper talks about psychological nuances of English drama, Shakespearean drama and eras before and
after it.
Note: 1 There shall be four Compulsory Papers in each semester. In all there will be eight
compulsory papers in two semesters.
Unit-: 1. Annotations (Any two out of four given passages selecting least one from each unit).
Unit 2. Non-English Drama: Sophocles: Oedipus Rex
Kalidas: AbhigyanaShankuntalam. (English Translation, Sahítya Academy)
Unit-3 Shakespearean Tragedy:
Hamlet
Othello
Unit 4: Other Shakespearean Plays:
As you Like It
The Tempest
Unit- 5: Renaissance Drama: (Non-Shakespearean)
Christopher Marlowe: Dr. Faustus
John Webster: Duchess of Malfi
Books Recomnended:
AC. Bradley : Shakespearean Tragedy.
H.B. Charlton : Shakespearean Comedy.
Ram Vilas Sharma : Shakespearean Tragedy.
AllardyceNicoll : British Drama
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation
Outcome:
The Student will have an understanding of the origin of English drama, Its deep psychological and literary
value. The student will have a better understanding of life as such.
4
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Objective
The objective is to explain the beginning of early fiction. This paper talks about Indian and British fiction. It
explore the genre of the fiction. We have tried to pickup interesting novels of different ages so as to lure the
student into the world of words.
Note: 1. There shall be four Compulsory Papers in each semester. In all there will be eight
compulsory papers in two semesters.
Unit- 1: Early Prose Narrative
Bana Bhatt: Kadambari
Cervantes: Don Quixote
Unit-2 Picaresque Novel:
Henry Fielding: Tom Jones
Daniel Defoe: Robinson Crusoe
Unit-3 Historical Novel
Walter Scott: Kenilworth
W.M. Thackeray: Henry Esmond
Unit- 4 Fiction by Women:
Jane Austen – Pride and Prijudice
Charlotte Bronte: Jane Eyre
th
Unit-5 19 Century Realistic Novel
Charles Dickens: Great Expectations
Zola: Nana
Book Recommended –
Walter Allen : History of English Novel
David Daiches : Critical Approaches to Literature
O.P. Budholia : George Eliot: Art and Vision in Her Novels.
Austin Dobson : Fielding
lan Watt : The Rise of the Novel
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation
Outcome
The students learn the evolution of novels as a genre and discus its features. Students are asked to discuss
early novel narrative techniques characteristion, plot and themes.
5
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Objective
It helps students yet acquainted with the richness of literature through resprsentative works of biography,
autobiography and essay. It also helps students to learn philospical writing, policatal and social writing in
prose.
Note-1. There shall be four Compulsory Papers in each semester. In all there will be eight
compulsory papers in two semesters.
Unit-1: Annotations (Any two out of four given passages selecting at least one from each unit).
Unit-2 Biography and Autobiography:
Gandhi – My Experiments with Truth (Chapter-1 and 2)
Kamala Das: My Story (Fourth Chapter).
Unit 3: Political and Social Writings:
Plato: The Republic, Book II (First four chapters).
Francis Bacon: of Truth, Of Studies, Of Revenge, of Love.
Unit-4 Philosophical Writings :J.Krishnamurti
1. Individual and Society
2. Action and Idea.
3. What is Self?
4. What are We Seeking?
Unit-5 Bertrand Russell: True Success,
William Hazlitt:
1. The lgnorance of the Learned
2. The Indian Jugglers.
Books Recommended
Hugh Walker : The English Essay and Essayists.
Benson : The Art of Essay Writing
J.Krishnamurti : The First and the Last Freedom
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation
Outcome
The students discuss the effect of essay writing and autobiography. This Paper gives the students an idea of
logical flow of thought in literature through the genre of prose.
6
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Objective
We expose learners to the changing trends in English poetry from pre-romantic to modern poetry. In this
paper, we have pomes that touch modern, symbolic,victorian, and romantic poetry.
Note: 1 .Two essay type--questions to be set form each unit and one to be attempted
2. All questions are compulsory. They carry equal marks.
Unit 1: Pre Romantic Poetry:
Thomas Gray: The Bard, The Progress of Poesy.
William Blake: On Another Sorrow, From "Auguries of Innocence", The Poison Tree
Unit -2: Romantic Poetry:
W. Wordsworth: TinternAbbey ; Ode on Intimations of Immortality
P.B. Shelley: Adonais
John Keats: Ode on a Grecian Urn, Ode to Autumn.
Unit-3 Victorian Poetry
Alfred Tennyson: Ulysses, The Lotus Eaters
Matthew Arnold: Thyrsis, The Scholar Gypsy
Unit-4 Symbolist Poetry:
T.S. Eliot: The Waste Land
W.B. Yeats: The Second Coming;
Philip Larkin – Charch Gring
Unit-5 Modern Poetry
W.H. Auden: Strange Meeting, The Shield of Achilles.
Dylan Thomas: Fern Hill, A Refusal to Mourn the Death of a child.
Book Recommended:
Desmond King : Helle: Shelley- His Thought And Work, Macmillan, London
Graham Hough : The Last Romantics
Humphrey House : Coleridge
C.M. Bowra : The Romantic Imagination
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation
Outcome:
The students compare all genres of poetic form and discuss the glory of romantic poetry. They learn modern
poetry and they also discuss the themes of modern poetry. It develops the students sense of understanding
literature and poetry.
7
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Objective
This paper talks about different genres of drama.Students explore modern English drama.
Note: 1. Two essay type -questions to be set form each unit and one to be
attempted
2. All questions are compulsory. They carry equal marks.
Unit- 1: Annotations : (Any two out of four given passages selecting at least one
from each unit).
Unit-2: Restoration Drama:
John Dryden: All For Love
William Congreve: The Way of the World
Unit-3: Victorian Drama & Modern Drama
G.B. Shaw: Man and Superman
John Oborne – The Angry Young Man
Unit 4 Experimental Drama:
Henric Ibsen: A Doll's House
Bertolt Brecht: Mother Courage
Unit 5 Indian Drama
GirishKarnad: Tughlaq
Mahesh Dattani: Final Solution
Book Recommended:
Frederick Lumley : Trends in 20th Century Drama.
AllardyceNicoll : British Drama
Raymond Williams : Drama from Ibsen to Eliot
O.P. Budholia Critical Essays on Indian English Literature
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation
Outcome
Students get to know non Shakespearen drama and compare Shakespearen style to other styles and
methods.
8
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended din the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
9
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Class - M.A. Previous
Subject - English
Semester - II
Course - Prose
Paper -IV
Marks - 80 + 20 =100
- Theory + Internal Assessment
Objective: The objective is to develop the taste of the student in English prose and give excellent
reading material.
Note: 1. There shall be four Compulsory Papers in each semester. In all there will
be eight compulsory papers in two semesters.
2. Two essay type-questions to be set from each unit and one to be
attempted.
3. All questions are compulsory. They carry equal marks.
Objective:
The objective is to explane the begning of erly prose. This paper talks aboutimportan prose write. It is
explore the main gener of prose.To familiarize the students with the important works of the age of Charls
Lamb and Robert Lynd.
Unit- 1 Annotations (Any two out of four given passages. At least one to be
selected at least one from each unit).
Unit-2 Boswell: The Life of Dr. Johnson (From Every man's Edition of Boswell's
Life of Dr. Johnson London: J.M. Dent 1958 Vol. I, Intrductory PP 5-11.
Addison :Choice of Hercules, Uses of the Spectators.
Unit -3 OliverGoldsmith:The Man in Black.
Charles Lamb:New Year's Eve, A Bachelor's Complaint Against the Behaviourof Married
People.
Unit_4 A.G. Gardiner: On the Rule of the Road, In Defence of Laziness. Robert
Lynd: Back to the Desk; Forgetting; The Pleasures of Ignorance; I Tremble.to Think.
Unit-5 G.K. Chesterton: On Running aftre One's Hat, Patriotism and Sport.
Hilaire Belloc: On Books, On preserving English
Books Recommended:-
R.P. Tiwari (ed) : A.G. Gardiner: Selected Essays.
Stuart Hodgson : A.G. Gardiner
G.S. Fraser : The Modern Writer and His World.
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation.
Outcome:
The Students will have a better understanding of English prose. She will feel the naturalness of English
Prose.
10
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester Wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Class - M.A.
Subject - English
Semester - III
Title of Subject of Group - Critical Theory
Paper - I
Compulsory/Optional - Compulsory
Max. Marks - 80 + 20 =100
- Theory + Internal Assessment
Objective
The course aims at facilitating basic knowledge in English critical tradition from the beginning. As such it
begins with an introduction to classical literary theory.
Particulars
Unit – 1 Natyashastra – Rasa Theory, Aristotle-Poetics (Butcher's Translation)
Unit – 2 Longinus – On the Sublime, Philip Sydney – Apology for Poetry.
Unit – 3 John Dryden : An Essay on Dramatic Poesy, Dr. Johnson Preface to Shakespeare.
Unit – 4 Wordsworth – Preface to the Lyrical Ballads; Coleridge – BiographiaLiteraria, Ch. XIII &
XIV.
Unit – 5 Mathew Arnold – Essays in Criticism (Second Series); T.S. Eliot – Tradition and Individual
Talent
Books Recommended : -
KapilKapoor - Critical Theory
R.S. Pathak - Literary Theory
Charusheel Singh - Literary Theory, Linear Configurations
Butcher (tr.) - Aristotle's Poetics
Scott James - The Making of Literature
David Duiches - Modern Criticism and Theory: A Reader (Long Man)
H. Adams and L. Searle (ed) – Critical theory Since 1965 (Farida Stale
University Press)
A.H. Giltert - Literary Criticism Plato to Dryden
T. Eogleton - Literary Theory : An Introduction (Blackwell Oxford,
19 Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation.
Outcome
This course will equip the student to prepare himself / herself to lay the foundation for learning how to
address the dicursive and ideational aspects of literary texts. The study of critical theories will help the
student in understanding literature and life better.
11
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester Wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Class - M.A.
Subject - English Literature
Semester - III
Title of Subject of Group - English Language
Paper - II
Compulsory/Optional - Compulsory
Max. Marks - 80 + 20 =100
- Theory + Internal Assessment
OBJECTIVE
To enable the students to get an insight into the study of language and its socio-cultural variables.
Particulars
Unit – 1 Definition, Functions, Characteristics, Development of English Language
Unit – 2 Language Variations, Register, Style and Dialect, Approaches to the Study of Language
Synchronic and Diachronic
Unit – 3 Definition of Phonetics and Phonology Difference between Phonetics and Phonology,
Organs of Speech.
Unit – 4 Phonomes, Allophones, Phonetic, Symbols for Sound in RP.
Unit – 5 Basics of Transformational Generic Grammar: Nature and Charactcristics.
Suggested Readings:
Verma and Krishnamurty: Modern Linguistics : An Introduction (O.U.P. 1989)
A.C. Gimson : As Introduction to the Pronounciationof English.
P.K. BansalandJ.B. Harison : Spoken English for India.
GeoffreyLeech : A Lingustic Guide to English Poetry (Longuman, London 1969)
David Crystal : Linguistics (Penguin)
Geoffrey Leech and Jan Svartvic : A Communicative Grammar of English
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation.
Outcome
In this paper students develop an understanding of the concepts, theories, and methodologies used in
linguistics.
12
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester Wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Class - M.A.
Subject - English Literature
Semester - III
Title of Subject of Group - Indian Writing in English
Paper - III (A)
Compulsory/Optional - Optional
Max. Marks - 80 + 20 =100
- Theory + Internal Assessment
Objective:
The aim of this paper is to make the learner aware of Indian sensibility in the representative works.
Particulars
Unit – 1 Annotations : Six Passages selecting at least two from Unit II, III and IV will be given and
two to be attempted.
Unit – 2 Sri Aurobindo : Striel Book Iconto I.
R.N. Tagore : Geetanjali – poems 1 to 10 (Mc-Millianedition).
Unit – 3 APJ Abdul Kalam : Wings of Fire
Unit – 4 Tendulkar : Silence, The court is in session
Mohan Rakesh : Halfway House, (Basu, K Dilip ed. New Delhi:
Wordview Publication, 2006)
Unit – 5 M.R. Anand : Untouchable
R.K. Narain : The English Teacher
Books Recommended :
K.R.S. Lyengar. - Indian Writings in English
Meenakshi - Twice Born Fiction
A.N. Dwivedi - Kamala Dass
Thompson - Tagore
O.P. Budholia - Anita Desai: Vision and Technique in her Novels.
M.K. Maik (ed.) - History of Indian English Literature
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation.
Outcome:
Students get to know the beauty and depth of modern Indian English literautre.
13
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester Wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Class - M.A.
Subject - English Literature
Semester - III
Title of Subject of Group - Commonwealth Literature in English
Paper - III (B)
Compulsory/Optional - Optional
Max. Marks - 80 + 20 =100
- Theory + Internal Assessment
Objective:
The objective is to make the students experience the diversity and richness of current English Literature.
Particulars
Unit – 1 Canadian Poetry
Margaret Atwood : (1) This is a photograph of me.
(2) Tricks with Mirrors.
Unit – 2 Canadian Fiction
Margaratee Laurence : The Stone Angel
Unit – 3 British Novel
Doris Lessing : The Grass is Singing
Unit – 4 Carribean Novel
George Lamming : In the Castle of my Skin.
Unit – 5 Australian Novel
Patrick White : A Fringe of Leaves.
Books Recommended:
1] R.K. Dhawan ed. Commonwealth Literature in English.
2] All original works by the prescribed authors.
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation.
Outcome:
The student gets the taste of English literature being written in different countries.
14
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester Wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Class - M.A.
Subject - English Literature
Semester - III
Title of Subject of Group - American Literature
Paper - IV (A)
Compulsory/Optional - Optional
Max. Marks - 80 + 20 =100
- Theory + Internal Assessment
Objective:
The present course is an introductory course that enables the students to understand the character, flavour
and ethos of the American literature. A second aim is to initiate critical knowledge of the major literary
th th
innovations and cultural issues of the 19 and 20 century America.
Particulars
Unit – 1 Annotations: Six Passages selection at least two from Units II, III and IV each to be set, two
to be attempted.
Unit – 2 Prose
Emerson : American Scholar.
Unit – 3 Poetry
Walt Whitman : O Captain, My Captain; Song of Myself; When Lilacs last in the Dooryard
Bloomed, I Celebrate Myself.
Robert Frost: After Apple Picking, Birches, The Road not taken.
Unit – 4 Drama: Arthur Miller – All my Sons
Harlod Pinter : The Caretaker
Unit – 5 Fiction:
Mark Twain: Huckleberry Finn.
Books Recommended:
1] History of American Literature Goodman.
2] Walt Whitman by D. Dhawale.
3] Cycle of American Literature by Rober Spiller.
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation.
Outcome:
The student develops an understanding of American Literature.
15
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester Wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Class - M.A.
Subject - English Literature
Semester - III
Title of Subject of Group - Linguistics and Stylistics
Paper - IV (B)
Compulsory/Optional - Optional
Max. Marks - 80 + 20 =100
- Theory + Internal Assessment
Objective:
The students can improve recognition and operation in various styles and registers in English. They rectify
their mistakes in pronunciation and grammar and they build their vocabulary skills.
Particulars
Unit – 1 Definition of Linguistics, branches, characteristics of language, nature and properties of
language.
Language as a system of communication,
Human language and Animal Communication, Language as a system of systems.
Unit – 2 Linguistics:
Language varieties, Register and Style, Language variation and Sociolinguistics, Language
Change.
Synchronic, Diachronic and Historical Linguistics, Minimal and non minimal pairs.
Unit – 3 Phonetics
Organs of speech, speech mechanism, Classification and Description of Speech Sounds,
Consonants and Vowels.
International Phonetic alphabet, The Phoneme, The Allophones, the Syllable, The
Phoneme theory & Syllable Theory.
Unit – 4 Grammar
Determiners, Word Classes, Noun Phrase, Verbal group, Verb Phrase, Verb Patterns Finite
& Non Finite Forms, Article Features, Affix Switch.
Unit – 5 Stylistics
Nature and Scope; Figures of Speech; Imagery.
Books Recommended:
1] Verma and Krishnaswamy: Modern Linguistics: An Introduction (OUP 1989).
2] A.C. Gimson: An Introduction to the pronunciation of English.
3] R.K. Bansal : An Outline of general Phonetics.
4] Geoffrey Leech : A Linguistic Guide to English Poetry (Longman, London 1969).
5] David Crystal : Linguistics (Penguin)
6] Mittins: Attitude to English Usage, Oxford.
7] N. Krishnaswamy : Modern English.
8] CollimsCobuild: English Grammar.
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation.
Outcome
On completion of the course, students should be able to achieve fluency and grammatical accuracy.
16
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester Wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Class - M.A.
Subject - English
Semester - IV
Title of Subject of Group - Critical Theory
Paper - I
Compulsory/Optional - Compulsory
Max. Marks - 80 + 20 =100
- Theory + Internal Assessment
Objective
This course provides students with grounding in some of the major theoretical methodologies in literary
studies.
Particulars
Unit – 1 AnandVardhan : Dhwani Theory.
F.R. Leavis : Literary Criticism and Philosophy
Unit – 2 I.A. Richards : Two Uses of Language.
J.C. Ransom : Concept of Structure and Texture of Poetry.
Unit – 3 Ferdinand Saussure : Nature of Linguistic Sign
J. Derrida : Structure, Sign and Play in the Discourse of Human Sciences.
Unit – 4 Edward Said : Crisis (The Scope of Orientalism)
Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak: Can the Subaltern Speak.
Unit – 5 Virginia Woolf : A Room of one's own
Elaine Showalter : Towards a Feminist Poetics
Book Recommended:
KapilKapoor : Critical Theory.
R.S. Pathak : Literary Theory.
Charusheel Singh : Literary Theory, Linear Configuration.
Butcher (tr) : Aristotle's Poetics.
Scott James : The making of Literature.
David Daiches : Critical Approaches to English Literature.
H.Adams and L. Searle (Ed.) : Critical Theory since 1965 (Florida State University
Press).
A.H. Gilbert : Literary Criticism Plato to Dryden.
T. Eagleton : Literary Theory : An Introduction (Black well, Oxford,
1983).
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation.
Outcome
Students read complex literary texts deeply and critically.
17
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester Wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Class - M.A.
Subject - English Literature
Semester - IV
Title of Subject of Group - English Language (Compulsory Paper)
Paper - II
Compulsory/Optional - Compulsory
Max. Marks - 80 + 20 =100
- Theory + Internal Assessment
Objective
The objective is to enhance the learning and teaching skills of English of the students.
Particulars
Unit – 1 Morphology
Morpheme, Allomorph, Word formation.
Unit – 2 Linguistic Analysis
I.C. Analysis & Ambiguities.
Unit – 3 Phonology
Sound sequences: Syllable, Word Stress, Strong and Weak forms, Stress and Intonation.
Unit – 4 Grammar
Sentence types and their transformation relations : (a) Statement
(b) Question, (c) Negative, (d) Passive, (e) Imperative.
Unit – 5 Grammar
Word classes: Noun Phrase, Verb Phrase, Adjunct Phrase, Syntax Coordination,
Subordination, Relative Clauses, Adverbials, Determiners, Article Features, Concord.
Books Recommended:
1] Verma and Krishnaswamy : Modern Linguistics : An Introduction (O.U.P. 1989)
2] A.C. Gimson : An Introduction to the pronunciation of English.
3] R.K. Bansal and J.B. Harrison : Spoken English for India.
4] Geoffrey Leech : A Linguistic Guide to English Poetry (Longman, London 1969)
5] David Crystal : Linguistics (Penguin)
6] Geoffrey Leech and Jan Svartvic : A Communicative Grammar of English.
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation.
Outcome:
The students will learn English language in a scientific and systematic manner.
18
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester Wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Class - M.A.
Subject - English Literature
Semester - IV
Title of Subject of Group - Indian Writings in English
Paper - III (A)
Compulsory/Optional - Optional
Max. Marks - 80 + 20 =100
- Theory + Internal Assessment
Objective:
The aim of this course is to give basic knowledge about Indian English literature and Indian Literature in
translation.
Particulars
Unit – 1 Annotations: Six Passages selection at least two from Unit II, III and IV will be given and
two to be attempted.
Unit – 2 (1) Vishnu Sharma : Panchatantra (Book)
(2) MunshiPremchand : The Shroud (Kafan)
Unit – 3 (1) Sarojini Naidu (All poems of each poet in V.K. Gokak ed.
(2) Kamala Das (Golden Treasure of Indo – Anglian Poetry- Sahitya Academy)
Unit – 4 (1) M.R. Anand : Untouchable
(2) R.K. Narayan : The English Teacher
Unit – 5 (1) AmitavGhosh : The Shadow Lines
(2) ShashiDeshpande : That Long Silence
Books Recommended:
1] K.R.S. lyengar : Indian Writings in English
2] M.K. Naik : History of Indian English Literature.
3] M.K. Naik (ed) : Perspectives on Indian Drama in English
4] MeenakshiMukharjee : Twice Born Fiction.
5] Thompson : Tagore.
6] O.P. Budholia : Anita Desai: Vision and Techniques in her Novels.
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation.
Outcome
The students will know the essence of Indian writing in English and will also get the taste of Indian Literature
in translation.
19
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester Wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Class - M.A.
Subject - English Literature
Semester - IV
Title of Subject of Group - Commonwealth Literature in English
Paper - III (B)
Compulsory/Optional - Optional
Max. Marks - 80 + 20 =100
- Theory + Internal Assessment
Objective:
The aim of this paper is to make students know and experience the literature from commonwealth countries.
Particulars
Unit – 1 Canadian Poetry
Michael Ondaatje : (1) The Cinnamon Peeker.
: (2) To a Sad Daughter.
Unit – 2 Canadian Fiction
Margaret Atwood : Surfacing
Unit – 3 The African Novel
NadimeGordimer : July's People
Chinua Achebe : Arrow of God.
Unit – 4 Australian and Caribbean Novel
V.S. Naipaul : A House of Mr. Biswas.
Elizabeth Jolley : My Father's Moon.
Unit – 5 Canadian Drama
Sharan Pollock : Walsh
Draw Heydon Taylor : Alternatives
Books Recommended:
1] R.K. Dhawan ed. Commonwealth Literature in English.
2] All original works by the prescribed authors.
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation.
Outcome
Students read and understand the basics of Commonwealth Literature.
20
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester Wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/20
Class - M.A.
Subject - English Literature
Semester - IV
Title of Subject of Group - American Literature
Paper - IV (A)
Compulsory/Optional - Optional
Max. Marks - 80 + 20 =100
- Theory + Internal Assessment
Objective:
This Course aims to provide the learner an overall idea of what American Literature is and help the learner
see the differences between major American writing.
Particulars
Unit – 1 Annotations: (Six Passages selection at least two from Unit II, III and IV each to be set, two
to be attempted.)
Unit – 2 Prose
R.W. Emerson : American Scholar
H.D. Thoreau : Civil Disobedience
Unit – 3 Poetry
Emily Dickinson : Because I could not stop for Death, I taste a Liquor Never Brewed, Light
in Spring, This is my letter to the world.
Sylvia Plath: Daddy, Lady Lizarus, The Bee Meeting.
Unit – 4 Drama:
Tenessee Williams: The Glass Menageric.
Eugene O'Neill : Mourning Becomes Electra.
Unit – 5 Fiction:
Ernest Hemingway : For whom the Bell Tolls
Steinbeck : of Mice and Men.
Books Recommended:
1] History of American Literature Goodman.
2] Cycle of American Literature by Robet Spiller.
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation.
Outcome:
The learners will develop a taste for American prose writings, major essays and will also enjoy typical
American Poetry.The learners will be motivated to read American Fiction.
21
Department of Higher Education, Govt. of M.P.
Post Graduate Semester Wise Syllabus
Session 2020-21
As Amended in the BOS meeting held on 21/09/2020
Class - M.A.
Subject - English Literature
Semester - IV
Title of Subject of Group - Linguistics and Stylistics
Paper - IV (B)
Compulsory/Optional - Optional
Max. Marks - 80 + 20 =100
- Theory + Internal Assessment
Objective
The paper is an excellent exposure to the students pertaining to the study of the English language from its
origins to the growth of vocabulary, phonetics, phonology, and grammar with modern perspectives.
Particulars
Unit – 1 Linguistics;
Competence and performance, morphology, IC Ananlysis, Amisiguities.
Unit – 2 Phonetics
Transcriptions – Phonetic Phonemic, strong and weak forms, ward accent, the Word Stress
rules, intonation and rhythm in connected speech, Difference between R.P. & G.I.E.
Unit – 3 Stylistics:
Foregrounding, Repetition, Collocation, Collocations Clash, Inversion, Parallelism,
Coupling, Embedding.
Unit – 4 Deviance Grammatical and Conceptual
Pre Supposition, Pragmatics, Implicature
(Stylistic Analysis of a poem, two to be set, One to be attemped)
Unit – 5 Grammar
Sentence Patterns, Syntax, Semantics, Surface structures & Deep Structures,
Negativisation, Passivisation, Interrogative, and Imperative Transformation.
Books Recommended:
1] Verma and Krishna Swamy: Modern Linguistics: An Introduction.
2] A.C. Gimson : An Introduction to the Pronunciation of English.
3] R.K. Bansal : An Outline of General Phonetics.
4] Geoffrey Leech: A Linguistic Guide to English Poetry.
5] David Crysial : Linguistics.
6] Mittins: Attitude to English Usage.
7] N. Krishna Swamy: Modern English.
8] Collimscobuild: English Grammar.
Note: - The internal assessment will be based on a term paper written by the student and then its
presentation.
Outcome
The Students will learn phonetics and phonology with a better understanding of organs of speech, phonemic
symbols, classification of vowels and consonants, syllables, stress, etc. They will understand syntactic and
semantic changes in grammar.
22
Outcome : -
M.A. English Literature is a classical, time-tested academic course which refines the
literary and aesthetic sensibilities of the student. The students get a taste of a wide range
of excellent specimens of literatrue from across the world. The student enjoys and analysis
the best literature available in English. This course refines the quality of a human being.
Literature inculcates universal human values.
Digitally signed by
Dr. Jaya Kapoor
Dept of English &MEL
University of Allahabad
23
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
SYLLABUS
CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM
(CBCS)
M. A. PHILOSOPHY
Philosophy is the heart of all known branches of academic discipline and it centrally
regulates the activities and functions of our body, mind and intellect. Likewise Philosophy is
the 'gem' of all human wit and wisdom. This is the reason that the Ph. D. degree holder in
Physics, Chemistry, Maths, Botany obtains the degree of "Doctor of Philosophy in Computer
Science" or "Doctor of Philosophy in Geology" and so on and so forth.
There are four pillars of Philosophy - Theoretical Philosophy (Metaphysics and
Epistemology), Practical Philosophy (Ethics, Social and Political Philosophy, Aesthetics), Logic
and History of Philosophy. It was kept in mind that all these components may remain
included in our courses of study with balanced focus on Indian and Western Philosophy.
This programme with all its credits may help one become a good human being.
Philosophy tells the difference between what man does and what he should do. It also helps
one to know the goal of life. Most of the times, in life, man gets into dilemma and does not
find himself able to get at the right direction and take the right decision. Such situations of
life are handled in a better way by the knowledge of different schools of philosophy, Indian
and Western.
The participants of this programme will be simultaneously prepared for Civil Services
and other competitive exams. The moral values learned would be extremely beneficial for
their professional success. Some of the participants with bright career can join the noble
profession of teaching in higher education. Corporate would in full of stress now-a-days and
there is a demand for their stress management, mental health and behavioural integrity. The
participants of this programme can choose a career to become life coach to such target
groups for their spiritual enlightment.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- izFke lseLs Vj M.A. I Semester
Course - Indian Metaphysics (Hkkjrh; rŸoehekalk)
Type of Course - Core Course (C.C.)
Paper - 101
Marks - 60 (Theory) + 40 (Internal Assessment) = 100
Objective - The objective of this course is to teach and train the students about all the metaphysical concepts and ideas of
Classical Indian Metaphysics delving deep into the basics and fundamentals of Upanishads, Charvaka, Jaina, Buddhist, Sankhya
and other Schools of Indian Philosophy. This will help the students to evaluate each system in critical and comparative light.
1. MkW- pUnz/kj 'kekZ] Hkkjrh; n'kZu vykspu vkSj vuq'khyu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh 1995
2. MkW- ch-,u- flag ,oa MkW- vk'kk flag] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] LVwMs.V~l Ýs.M~l ,.M dEiuh] okjk.klh] 1996
3. izks- gjsUnz izlkn flUgk] Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh :ijs[kk] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1963
4. cynso mik/;k;] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] 'kkjnk efUnj] okjk.klh] 1997
5. uUn fd'kksj nsojkt] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] mÙkj izns'k fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] y[kuÅ] 1975
6. Dutta & Chatterjee, An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, University of Calcutta, 1968.
7. M. Hiriyanna, Outlines of Indian Philosophy, George Allen and Unwin, Lodon, 1932.
Outcomes - Through this course students will come face to face with philosophical and rich cultural wisdom of our ancient
thinkers. We also hope that students horizon of knowledge will be widened considerably.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- izFke lseLs Vj M.A. I Semester
Course - Western Metaphysics (ik'pkR; rŸoehekalk)
Types of Course - Core Course (C.C.)
Paper - 102
Marks - 60 (Theory) + 40 (Internal Assessment) = 100
Objective - The objectives of teaching this course would be to familiarize the students with the philosophical theories and
tenets of very important Western thinkers starting from Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and passing through the Medieval thinkers St.
Augustine, St. Anselm and St. Thomas Aquinas and ultimately including at Descartes, Spinoza and Leibnitz.
Outcomes - Students will learn the well-connected history of human wisdom from Greek period to the Modern period
beginning with Rene Descartes.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- izFke lseLs Vj M.A. I Semester
Course - Social Philosophy - I (lekt n'kZu - I)
Types of Course - Core Course (C.C.)
Paper - 103
Marks - 60 (Theory) + 40 (Internal Assessment) = 100
Objective - The objective of this course is to make students conversant with Social Philosophy and its relation to Sociology,
Political Science and Ethics. This course will also help in understanding family, marriages, state and justice in all ramifications. It
is mainly concerned with the study of the values of various social phenomena.
1- MkW- ,- voLFkh ,oa MkW- vkj-ds- voLFkh] Hkkjrh; jktuhfrd fpUru] fjlpZ ifCyds'kUl] t;iqj]
2- MkW- txnh'klgk; JhokLro] lekt&n'kZu dh Hkwfedk] fo'ofo|ky; izdk'ku] okjk.klh] 1999
3- MkW- ân; ukjk;.k feJ] lekt n'kZu lS)kafrd ,oa leL;kRed foospu] 'ks[kj izdk'ku] bykgkckn] 2003
4- ch-,u- flag] lekt n'kZu ,oa jktuhfr n'kZu] vk'kk izdk'ku] okjk.klh] 1990
6- Krishna Saya, Social Philosophy: Past and Future, Indian Institute of Advanced Studies, 1978
Outcomes - A deep and wider knowledge of society, family, state and justice will help to understand the structure and
complications of our society and various theories.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- izFke lseLs Vj M.A. I Semester
Course - Advaita Vedanta (v}Sr osnkUr)
Types of Course - Generic Elective (G.E.)
Paper - 104
Marks - 60 (Theory) + 40 (Internal Assessment) = 100
Objective - This course aims at providing students with deep and sound knowledge of Advaita Philosophy. It will introduce
concepts such as Maya, Brahman, Jivanmukti, Videhmukti and so on and so forth.
1- MkW- pUnz/kj 'kekZ] Hkkjrh; n'kZu vykspu vkSj vuq'khyu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1995
2- MkW- ch-,u- flag ,oa MkW- vk'kk flag] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] LVwMs.V~l Ýs.M~l ,.M dEiuh] okjk.klh] 1996
3- izks- gjsUnz izlkn flUgk] Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh :ijs[kk] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1963
4- cynso mik/;k;] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] 'kkjnk efUnj] okjk.klh] 1997
5- uUn fd'kksj nsojkt] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] mÙkj izns'k fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] y[kuÅ] 1975
6. Dutta & Chatterjee, An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, University of Calcutta, 1968.
7. M. Hiriyanna, Outlines of Indian Philosophy, George Allen and Unwin, Lodon, 1932.
Outcomes - It will motivate students to delve into this field of knowledge and take up this subject in the pursuit of their further
study.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- izFke lseLs Vj M.A. I Semester
Course - Comprehensive Viva-voce
Types of Course - Core Course (C.C.)
Paper - 105
Marks - 100 (Minimum Passing Marks = 35)
fo'kn~ ekSf[kdh ijh{kk ,e- ,- izFke lsesLVj n'kZu'kkL= ds lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øeksa ij vk/kkfjr gksxhA
Objective - Epistemology is the most important branch of any school of Philosophical Thought. The objective of this course is to
provide different theories of knowledge, its nature, its variety within the philosophical schools of Charvaka, Buddhist and Nyaya
schools.
1- MkW- pUnz/kj 'kekZ] Hkkjrh; n'kZu vykspu vkSj vuq'khyu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh 1995
2- MkW- ch-,u- flag ,oa MkW- vk'kk flag] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] LVwMs.V~l Ýs.M~l ,.M dEiuh] okjk.klh] 1996
3- izks- gjsUnz izlkn flUgk] Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh :ijs[kk] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1963
4- cynso mik/;k;] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] 'kkjnk efUnj okjk.klh] 1997
5- uUn fd'kksj nsojkt] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] mÙkj izns'k fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] y[kuÅ] 1975
6. Dutta & Chatterjee, An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, University of Calcutta, 1968.
7. M. Hiriyanna, Outlines of Indian Philosophy, George Allen and Unwin, London, 1958.
Outcomes - This study will make students critical and analytical about the topic.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- f}rh; lsesLVj M.A. II Semester
Course - Western Epistemology (ik'pkR; Kkuehekalk)
Types of Course - Core Course (C.C.)
Paper - 202
Marks - 60 (Theory) + 40 (Internal Assessment) = 100
Objective - Epistemology is a important branch of Philosophy. It investigates the origin, nature, methods and limits of human
knowledge. It is theory of knowledge of the critical study of its validity, methods and scope. Epistemology asks question 'How
and what we know with what degree of certainty?' It is an enquiry about the status, nature and method of knowledge. Its study
is necessary for a student of Philosophy to be conversant with western perspective. The objective of this course is to make the
students inquisitive about origin, limit and certainty of knowledge.
cqf)okn dk Lo:i] nsdkrZ & nk'kZfud iz.kkyh] lansgokn] *eSa lksprk gw¡] blfy, eSa gw¡*] fLiukstk & Kku&fl)kUr] ykbCuhRt &
fujUrjrk dk fu;e] O;fDrRo dk fu;e] lkeatL; dk fu;e] i;kZIr dkj.krk dk fu;eA Nature of Rationalism, Descartes -
Philosophical Method, Scepticism, 'I think, therefore I am', Spinoza - Theory of knowledge, Leibnitz - Law of Continuity, Law of
Individuality, Law of Harmony, Law of Sufficient Cause.
bdkbZ & 3 Unit - III
vuqHkookn dk Lo:i] TkkWu ykWd & Kku fl)kUr] tUetkr izR;;ksa dk [k.Mu] izR;;] xq.k] Kku ds Lrj & vkUrj izR;{k Kku] cká
izR;{k Kku] ijks{k KkuA Nature of Empiricism, John Locke - Theory of Knowledge, Refutation of Innate Ideas, Ideas, Quality,
Degrees of Knowledge - Intuitive Knowledge, Sensitive Knowledge, Demonstrative Knowledge.
bdkbZ & 4 Unit - IV
cdZys & vewrZ izR;;ksa dk [k.Mu] tM+ rŸo dk [k.Mu] *lŸkk vuqHkoewyd gS*] foKkuokn] foKkuokn dh leh{kkA Berkeley -
Refutation of Abstract Ideas, Refutation of Matter, 'Esse Est Percipii, Idealism, Criticism of Idealism.
bdkbZ & 5 Unit - V
áwe & vuqHkookn] foKkuksa dk ikjLifjd lEcU/k] ekuo Kku] dk;Zdkj.k fl)kUr] langs okn] dkUV & leh{kkoknA Hume -
Empiricism, Association of Ideas, Human Knowledge, Causation Theory, Scepticism, Kant - Criticism.
mi;ksxh xzaFk & Suggested Readings:
1- pUnz/kj 'kekZ] ik'pkR; n'kZu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1997
2- MkW- ch-,u- flag] ik'pkR; n'kZu] LVw.MsV~l Ýs.M~l ,.M dEiuh] okjk.klh] 1973
3- ;kdwc elhg] ik'pkR; n'kZu dk leh{kkRed bfrgkl] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 2005
4- txnh'k lgk; JhokLro] vk/kqfud ik'pkR; n'kZu dk oSKkfud bfrgkl] iqLrd LFkku] xksj[kiqj] 1973
5. Will Durant, A story of Philosophy, Simon & Schuster, 1926 & Pocket Books, New York, 2006
6. Bertand Russell, A History of Western Philosophy, Union paper Backs, London, 1987
7. Frank Thilly, History of Western Philosophy, Central Book Depot, Allahabad, 1975
8. W.T Stace, A Critical History of Greek Philosophy Macmillan, New Delhi, 1985
Outcomes - A student well-versed in this branch can analyze the contents of knowledge in a right perspective. He will learn
this branch of knowledge from Greek period to the time of Hume. A perfect study of epistemology of Zeno, Socrates, Plato,
Aristotle and three European Rationalists and three European Empiricists, i.e. from Zeno to Hume will make student a
good researcher for further higher studies.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- f}rh; lsesLVj M.A. II Semester
Course - Social Philosophy - II (lekt n'kZu - II)
Types of Course - Core Course (C.C.)
Paper - 203
Marks - 60 (Theory) + 40 (Internal Assessment) = 100
Objective - The objective of teaching this course is to make the students conversant with topic such as Democracy,
Totalitarianism, Socialism, Communism, Gandhism, Sarvodaya, Satyagraha, Anarchism, Constitutionalism, Terrorism, Capitalism
etc. and their main features and related problems.
1- clUr dqekj yky] ledkyhu Hkkjrh; n'kZu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1963
2- MkW- ,- voLFkh ,oa MkW- vkj-ds- voLFkh] Hkkjrh; jktuhfrd fpUru] fjlpZ ifCyds'kUl] t;iqj]
3- MkW- txnh'klgk; JhokLro] lekt&n'kZu dh Hkwfedk] fo'ofo|ky; izdk'ku] okjk.klh] 1999
4- MkW- ân; ukjk;.k feJ] lekt n'kZu lS)kafrd ,oa leL;kRed foospu] 'ks[kj izdk'ku] bykgkckn] 2003
5- ch-,u- flag] lekt n'kZu ,oa jktuhfr n'kZu] vk'kk izdk'ku] okjk.klh] 1990
6- Krishna Saya, Social Philosophy: Past and Future, Indian Institute of Advanced Studies, 1978
Outcomes - This course will help students to understand all kinds of theories that are in the vogue present day society.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- f}rh; lsesLVj M.A. II Semester
Course - Patanjal Yogsutra (ikraty ;ksxlw=)
Types of Course - Generic Elective (G.E.)
Paper - 204
Marks - 60 (Theory) + 40 (Internal Assessment) = 100
Objective - This course contains textual as well as practical knowledge of the topic which will help the students to do something
very substantial and beneficial for society at large. The problem of health and mental stress and strain will also be taken care of.
v"Vkax ;ksx & ;e & y{k.k] izdkj ,oa flf)] fu;e & y{k.k] izdkj ,oa flf)] vklu & y{k.k ,oa flf)] izk.kk;ke & y{k.k] izdkj
,oa flf)A Ashtanga Yoga - Yama - Characteristics, Types and Result, Niyama - Characteristics, Types and Result, Asana -
Characteristics and result, Pranayama - Characteristics, Types and Result.
bdkbZ & 4 Unit - IV
izR;kgkj & y{k.k ,oa flf)] /kkj.kk & y{k.k ,oa flf)] /;ku & y{k.k ,oa flf)] lekf/k & y{k.k] izdkj ,oa flf)] cfgjax lk/ku
,oa vUrjax lk/kuA Pratyahara - Characteristics and Result, Dharna - Characteristics and Result, Dhyana - Characteristics
and Result, Samadhi - Characteristics, Types and Result, Bahiranga Sadhana and Antaranga Sadhana.
bdkbZ & 5 Unit - V
vH;kl&oSjkX;] fØ;k;ksx] Dys'k dk Lo:i & vfo|k] vfLerk] jkx] }s"k ,oa vfHkfuos'kA Abhyasa-Vairagya, Kriyayoga, Nature
of Klesha - Avidya, Asmita, Raga, Dvesha and Abhinivesha.
Outcomes - The students after their study will be able to alleviate and mitigate the sufferings and stresses of the masses at
large.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- f}rh; lsesLVj M.A. II Semester
Course - Comprehensive Viva-voce
Types of Course - Core Course (C.C.)
Paper - 205
Marks - 100 ( Minimum Passing Marks = 35)
fo'kn~ ekSf[kdh ijh{kk ,e- ,- f}rh; lsesLVj n'kZu'kkL= ds lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øeksa ij vk/kkfjr gksxhA
Objective - The objective of teaching this course to dish out to the students the lucid exposition of Religion, Theology and
morality and various theories regarding the origin of Religion. Theism, Atheism, Deism, Dualism, Panentheism and their
different types and brands are lucidly presented to enrich the knowledge of students.
1- MkW gjsUnz izlkn flUgk] /keZ&n'kZu dh :ijs[kk] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] iVuk] 2017
2- MkW ch- ,u- flag] /keZ&n'kZu] LVwMs.V~l QzsUM~l ,.M dEiuh] okjk.klh] 1989
3- ,y- ,u- 'kekZ] /keZ&n'kZu] xaxklju ,s.M xzSUM lal] trucj] okjk.klh] 1972
4- MkW- osn izdk'k oekZ] /keZ&n'kZu dh ewy leL;k] fgUnh ek/;e dk;kZUo;u funs'kky;] fnYyh fo'ofo|ky;] 2012
5- MkW- f'koHkkuq flag] /keZ&n'kZu dk vkykspukRed v/;;u] 'kkjnk iqLrd Hkou] bykgkckn] 2010
6- John H. Hick, Philosophy of Religion, Pearson, 4th Edition, 2015
7. Y. Masih, Introduction to Rligious Philosophy, Motilal Banarsidas, Delhi, 2002
Outcomes - This course will widen and sharpen the critical caliber of the students.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- r`rh; lsesLVj M.A. III Semester
Course - Logic - I (rdZ'kkL= - I)
Types of Course - Core Course (C.C.)
Paper - 302
Marks - 60 (Theory) + 40 (Internal Assessment) = 100
Objective - Logic is essentially the study of reasoning or argumentation. This course aims at training the students to construct
effective arguments that are useful in every field of endeavor as well as in everyday life. It will help students go to the direction
of truth and keep away from falsehood.
Outcomes - This course will help students avoid making ordinary mistakes of reasoning. It also helps students to clearly
understand conceptual relations, which in turn enhances their skills of writing and putting forth their thoughts in a
systematic manner.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- r`rh; lsesLVj M.A. III Semester
Course - Gandhian Philosophy (xk¡/kh n'kZu)
Types of Course - Discipline Centric Elective (D.C.E.)
Paper - 303 (A)
Marks - 60 (Theory) + 40 (Internal Assessment) = 100
Objective - This course focuses on the life and thoughts of Gandhi. It touches upon his ideas regarding all important issues of
life. The topics that it covers are Philosophical background of Gandhism, Religious background of Gandhism, Philosophical
thoughts of Gandhi, economic thoughts of Gandhi, and so on.
1- clUr dqekj yky] ledkyhu Hkkjrh; n'kZu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1993
2- uUn fd'kksj nsojkt] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] mÙkj izns'k fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] y[kuÅ] 1975
3- y{eh lDlsuk] ledkyhu Hkkjrh; n'kZu] mŸkj izns'k fgUnh laLFkku] y[kuÅ] 2002
4- MkW- , voLFkh ,oa MkW- vkj ds voLFkh] Hkkjrh; jktuhfrd fpUru] fjlpZ ifCyds'kUl] t;iqj] 2001
5- N. K. Bose, Studies in Gandhism, Second Edition, Indian Association Publishing Co. Calcutta, 1947
6- D. M. Dutta, The Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi, University of Calcutta, 1968
7- M. K. Gandhi, An Autobiography or the Story of my Experiments with Truth, Navajivan Pub. House, Ahmedabad, 1948
Outcomes - It will help students know Gandhism in a nutshell an induce them for further study in this field.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- r`rh; lsesLVj M.A. III Semester
Course - Western Ethics (ik'pkR; uhfr'kkL=)
Types of Course - Discipline Centric Elective (D.C.E.)
Paper - 303 (B)
Marks - 60 (Theory) + 40 (Internal Assessment) = 100
Objective - This course will familiarize students with the whole tradition of Western Ethics from Greek period to the time of
Kant and several ethical theories put forward by Sophists, Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, Epicureans and Stoics. This course will also
introduce the students with all types and branches of ethical theories advocated by Bentham, Mill, Hegel and Kant. This course
will throw adequate light on Moral Egoism, Psychological Egoism, Moral Hedonism, Psychological Hedonism, Self-perfectionism
and Utilitarianism.
mi;ksfxrkokn & Lo:i] csUFke] fey] vkReiw.kZrkokn & gsxy] vUr%izKkokn dk Lo:iA Utilitarianism - Nature, Bentham, Mill,
Self-perfectionism - Hegel, Nature of Intuitionism.
bdkbZ & 5 Unit - V
dkUV & 'kqHk ladYi dk Lo:i] drZO; dk Lo:i] fujis{k vkns'k] eq[; uSfrd fu;e] uSfrdrk dh iwoZekU;rk,¡A Kant - Nature of
Good Will, Nature of Duty, Categorical Imperative, Main Moral Norms, Postulates of Morality.
1- MkW- fuR;kuan feJ] uhfr”kkL= ¼fl)kUr rFkk iz;ksx½] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 2005
2- MkW- osn izdk”k oekZ] uhfr”kkL= ds ewy fl)kUr] ,ykbM ifCyds'ku] fnYyh] 1977
3- MkW- v”kksd dqekj oekZ] uhfr”kkL= ds fl)kUr] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1977
4- laxeyky ik.Ms;] uhfr”kkL= dk losZ{k.k] lsUVªy ifCyf”kax gkÅl] bykgkckn] 2005
5- MkW- Mh- vkj- tkVo] uhfr”kkL= ds izeq[k fl)kUr] efyd ,.M dEiuh] t;iqj] 2006
6- Peter Singer, Practical Ethics, Cambridge University, Cambridge, 2011
7- Simon Blackburn, Ethics A very short Introduction, Oxford University Press, 2001
Outcomes - Having studied and imbibed all these tenets and moral theories the students may become good moral
preceptors and thus shape a moral society.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- r`rh; lsesLVj M.A. III Semester
Course - Indian Ethics (Hkkjrh; uhfr'kkL=)
Types of Course - Generic Elective (G.E.)
Paper - 304
Marks - 60 (Theory) + 40 (Internal Assessment) = 100
Objective - The objective of teaching this course to the students is to train and inspire them to learn and discriminate the
ethical theories of Jaina and Buddhist. It will also teach concept of four Purusharthas, four Ashramas, sixteen Samskaras, Gita
etc.
1- MkW- pUnz/kj 'kekZ] Hkkjrh; n'kZu vykspu vkSj vuq'khyu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh 1995
2- MkW- ch-,u- flag ,oa MkW- vk'kk flag] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] LVwMs.V~l Ýs.M~l ,.M dEiuh] 1996
3- izks- gjsUnz izlkn flUgk] Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh :ijs[kk] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1963
4- cynso mik/;k;] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] 'kkjnk efUnj okjk.klh] 1997
5- uUn fd'kksj nsojkt] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] mÙkj izns'k fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] y[kuÅ] 1975
6- MkW- JhdkUr feJ] Hkkjrh; uhfr'kkL=] vk'kk ifCyf'kax dEiuh] vkxjk] 2018
7. Dutta & Chatterjee, An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, University of Calcutta, 1968.
8. M. Hiriyanna, Outlines of Indian Philosophy, George Allen and Unwin, London, 1932.
Outcomes - This course will help students learn ethical values which will promote a morally good society all around.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- r`rh; lsesLVj M.A. III Semester
Course - Comprehensive Viva-voce
Types of Course - Core Course (C.C.)
Paper - 305
Marks - 100 (Minimum Passing Marks = 35)
fo'kn~ ekSf[kdh ijh{kk ,e- ,- r`rh; lsesLVj n'kZu'kkL= ds lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øeksa ij vk/kkfjr gksxhA
Objective - Man has created different religions and each and every religion has the same ultimate reality as its goal. This course
aims at providing the concepts of all important religions of the world so that students may have a better understanding about
them.
1- MkW gjsUnz izlkn flUgk] /keZ&n'kZu dh :ijs[kk] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] iVuk] 2017
2- MkW ch- ,u- flag] /keZ&n'kZu] LVwMs.V~l QzsUM~l ,.M dEiuh] okjk.klh] 1989
3- ,y- ,u- 'kekZ] /keZ&n'kZu] xaxklju ,s.M xzSUM lal] trucj] okjk.klh] 1972
4- MkW- osn izdk'k oekZ] /keZ&n'kZu dh ewy leL;k] fgUnh ek/;e dk;kZUo;u funs'kky;] fnYyh fo'ofo|ky;] 2012
5- MkW- f'koHkkuq flag] /keZ&n'kZu dk vkykspukRed v/;;u] 'kkjnk iqLrd Hkou] bykgkckn] 2010
6- John H. Hick, Philosophy of Religion, Pearson, 4th Edition, 2015
7. Y. Masih, Introduction to Rligious Philosophy, Motilal Banarsidas, Delhi, 2002
Outcomes - It will make students become better human beings. They will, hopefully, be better equipped to establish
harmony in different religions of the world.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- prqFkZ lsesLVj M.A. IV Semester
Course - Logic - II (rdZ'kkL= - II)
Types of Course - Core Course (C.C.)
Paper - 402
Marks - 60 (Theory) + 40 (Internal Assessment) = 100
Objective - Logic plays an important role in our day to day life. When thoughts are logical they are received well and give a
strong footing to our concepts. Concepts based on Logic are mean to be more convincing and acceptable in our society. This
course aims at teaching students different structures of logic formed in different kinds of sentences and make them well footed
in the labyrinth of logic.
Outcomes - Students will be well equipped to understand various structures of logic through this course.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- prqFkZ lsesLVj M.A. IV Semester
Course - Contemporary Indian Philosophy (ledkyhu Hkkjrh; n'kZu)
Types of Course - Discipline Centric Elective (D.C.E.)
Paper - 403 (A)
Marks - 60 (Theory) + 40 (Internal Assessment) = 100
Objective - This course will teach the contributions made by Vivekananda, Tagore, Gandhi, Sri Aurobindo and Radhakrishnan
and to inspire them to emulate the achievements of these stalwarts.
1- clUr dqekj yky] ledkyhu Hkkjrh; n'kZu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1993
2- uUn fd'kksj nsojkt] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] mÙkj izns'k fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] y[kuÅ] 1975
3- ledkyhu Hkkjrh; n'kZu] y{eh lDlsuk] mŸkj izns'k fgUnh laLFkku] y[kuÅ] 2002
4- MkW- , voLFkh ,oa MkW- vkj ds voLFkh] Hkkjrh; jktuhfrd fpUru] fjlpZ ifCyds'kUl] t;iqj] 2001
5- N. K. Bose, Studies in Gandhism, Second Edition, Indian Association Publishing Co. Calcutta, 1947
6- V. S. Narvane, Rabindranathe Tagore, a Philosophical Study, Allahabad Central Book Depot, 1947
7- V. S. Narvane, Modern Indian Thought, Asia Publishing House, Bombay, 1964
8- Binay Gopal Ray, Contemporary Indian Philosophers, Kitabistan, Allahabad, 1957
Outcomes - This course will help our students to come forward with convincing and appealing interpretations of our
glorious philosophical tradition.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- prqFkZ lsesLVj M.A. IV Semester
Course - Contemporary Western Philosophy (ledkyhu ik'pkR; n'kZu)
Types of Course - Discipline Centric Elective (D.C.E.)
Paper - 403 (B)
Marks - 60 (Theory) + 40 (Internal Assessment) = 100
Objective - This course aims at teaching the theories of Bradley, Moore, Ayer, Wittgenstein, Russell, Husserl, and such
contemporary philosophers. The topics that it covers are Theories of Meaning, Analytic Philosophy, Existentialism and so on so
forth.
1- clUr dqekj yky] ledkyhu ik'pkR; n'kZu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1990
2- ledkyhu ik'pkR; n'kZu] y{eh lDlsuk] mŸkj izn's k fgUnh laLFkku] y[kuÅ] 1987
3- D. Pole, The Later Philosophy of Wittgenstein, Athbone Press, London, 1958
4- J. L. Austin, Philosophical Papers (Warnock and Urmson Ed) Oxford Clarendon Press, 1961
5- A. J. Ayer, Origin of Pragmatism, Mac Millan & Co. Ltd, London, Melbourn, Toranto, 1968
6- A. C. Ewing, Idealism, a critical survey, London, 1949
Outcomes - This course will make students acquainted with insightful and motivating thoughts of contemporary
philosophers and induce them for further study in this field.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- prqFkZ lsesLVj M.A. IV Semester
Course - Vedanta Darshan (osnkUr n'kZu)
Types of Course - Generic Elective (G.E.)
Paper - 404
Marks - 60 (Theory) + 40 (Internal Assessment) = 100
Objective - This course aims at enriching students with the entire tradition of Vedanta Philosophy within the fold of classical
Indian Philosophy. The students will get an opportunity to study the thoughts of Shankar, Ramanuja, Madhva, Nimbarka,
Vallabha, Chaitanya Mahaprabhu, Jiva Goswami on Jiva, Jagat and Moksha.
1- MkW- pUnz/kj 'kekZ] Hkkjrh; n'kZu vykspu vkSj vuq'khyu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh 1995
2- MkW- ch-,u- flag ,oa MkW- vk'kk flag] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] LVwMs.V~l Ýs.M~l ,.M dEiuh] 1996
3- izks- gjsUnz izlkn flUgk] Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh :ijs[kk] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1963
4- cynso mik/;k;] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] 'kkjnk efUnj okjk.klh] 1997
5- uUn fd'kksj nsojkt] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] mÙkj izns'k fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] y[kuÅ] 1975
6- MkW- JhdkUr feJ] Hkkjrh; uhfr'kkL=] vk'kk ifCyf'kax dEiuh] vkxjk] 2018
7. Dutta & Chatterjee, An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, University of Calcutta, 1968.
8. M. Hiriyanna, Outlines of Indian Philosophy, George Allen and Unwin, Lodon-1932.
Outcomes - Students will develop critical insights about different schools of Vedanta Philosophy.
n'kZu'kkL= Philosophy
,e- ,- prqFkZ lsesLVj M.A. IV Semester
Course - Comprehensive Viva-voce
Types of Course - Core Course (C.C.)
Paper - 405
Marks - 100 (Minimum Passing Marks = 35)
fo'kn~ ekSf[kdh ijh{kk ,e- ,- prqFkZ lsesLVj n'kZu'kkL= ds lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øeksa ij vk/kkfjr gksxhA
fgUnh (Hindi)
2020-2021
dqylfpo
vo/ks'k izrki flag fo'ofo|ky;] jhok ¼e-iz
¼e -½
1
,e-,- fgUnh
(C.B.C.S.)
2
,e-,- fgUnh] izFke lel=
iz'u&i= ¼izFke½
izkphu ,oa e/;dkyhu dkO; rFkk mldk bfrgkl
(CC-101)
2x10=20
1- fo|kifr & 20 in ¼fo|kifr inkoyh laikk- jkeo`{k csuhiqjh] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] iz;kxjkt½
in Øekad& 1] 4] 5] 7] 8] 11] 12] 14] 15] 16] 20] 22] 23] 26] 27] 28] 29] 31] 33] 43
2- dchj & dchj xzaFkkoyh] MkW- ';kelqUnj nkl
xq#nso dks vax ¼lk[kh Øekad 1 ls 10½] lqfej.k dks vax ¼lk[kh Øekad 1 ls 10½] fojg dks vax
¼lk[kh Øekad 1 ls 10½] ^dchj^ gtkjh izlkn f}osnh ls 160osa in ls 175os
175 a in rdA
3- tk;lh & in~ekor] laik-k vkpk;Z jkepanz 'kqDy
¼ekuljksnd [k.M ,oa ukxerh fo;ksx [k.M½
2x5=10
fo|kifr] dchj vkSj tk;lh ls lacfa /kr vkykspukRed iz'uA
2x5=10
izkphudky ,oa e/;dkyhu dkO; ¼fuxqZ.k /kkjk½ dk bfrgkl
bfrgkl] izeq[k izo`fRr;k¡ ,oa jpukdkjksa ls
lacaf/kr iz'uA
2x5=10
nqzrikB ds dfo&pa
pancjnkbZ] vehj [kqljks] jSnkl] ehjkckbZ] jghe ls lacaf/kr y?kqmRrjh; iz'uA
oLrqfu"B iz'u ¼lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øe ls½ 10x1=10
3
,e-,- fgUnh] izFke lel=
iz'ui=&f}rh;
vk/kqfud fgUnh x| vkSj mldk bfrgkl
(CC-102)
2x10=20
1- panzxqIr % t;'kadj izlkn
2- vk/ks&v/kwjs % eksgu jkds'k
3- xksnku % izsepan
2x5=10
panx
z qIr] vk/ks&v/kwjs ,oa xksnku ls leh{kkRed iz'u
2x5=10
fgUnh ukVd] jaxeap ,oa miU;kl ds bfrgkl dh fofo/k izo`fRr;k¡ vkSj jpukdkjksa ij fuca/kkRed
iz'uA
2x5=10
y?kqRrjh; iz'u&nqzrikB esa fu/kkZfjr x|dkjksa ls lEc) nks y?kqRrjh; iz'u gksaxsA
1- ukVddkj % HkkjrsUnq gjh'kpUnz] MkW- jkedqekj oekZ] txnh'kpUnz ekFkqj] /keZohj Hkkjrh]
y{ehukjk;.k ykyA
2- miU;kldkj % tSusUnz] ve`ryky ukxj] fueZy oekZ] Hkh"e lkguh] eUuw Hk.MkjhA
10x1=10
oLrqfu"B iz'u ¼lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øe ls½
1- vk/kqfud fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] ys[kd cPpu flag] izdk'kd yksdHkkjrh izdk'kuA
2- pUnzxqIr] ys[kd t;'kadj izzlkn] izdk'kd Hkkjrh Hk.Mkj] yh
yhMj
Mj izsl] iz;kxjktA
3- vk/kqfud fgUnh ukVd] MkW- uxsUnz] lkfgR; izsl vkxjkA
4- eksgu jkds'k vkSj muds ukVd] fxjh'k jLrksxh] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku iz;kxjktA
jkefoykl 'kekZ] izdk'kd esgjpUnz eqa'khjke QStcktkj] fnYyhA
5- izsepan vkSj mudk ;qx] jkefo
6- t;'kadj izlkn] uannqykjs oktis;h] izdk'kd Hkkjrh Hk.Mkj] iz;kxjktA
4
,e-,- fgUnh] izFke lel=
iz'u&i=&r`rh;
Hkkjrh; ,oa ik'pkR; dkO;'kkL=
(CC-103)
fgUnh ^dfo vkpk;ksZ^a dk dkO; 'kkL=h; fparuA y{k.k&dkO; ijaijk ,oa dfo&f'k{kkA
5
vkykspukRed iz'u & 2x10=20 y?kq mRrjh iz'u & 5x6=30 oLrqfu"B iz'u & 10x1=10
1- Hkkjrh; ,oa ik'pkR; dkO; fl)kar] ys[kd MkW- x.kifrpUnz xqIr] izdk'kd yksdHkkjrh
izdk'kuA
2- dkO;'kkL=] ys[kd MkW- HkxhjFk feJ] izdk'kd fo'ofo|ky; izdk'ku okjk.klhA
3- Hkkjrh; ,oa ik'pkR; dkO;'kkL=] ys[kd MkW- foosd 'kadj] izdk'kd jktLFkku fgUnh xzaFk
vdknehA
4- Hkkjrh; ,oa ik'pkR; dkO;'kkL= dh :ijs[kk] jkepUnz frokjhA
5- lkfgR; 'kkL=] ys[kd vkpk;Z cynso mik/;k;] izdk'kd uanfd'kksj ,.M lUl] okjk.klhA
6- Hkkjrh; dkO;'kkL=] vkpk;Z nsoUs nzukFk 'kekZA
7- fgUnh vkykspuk f'k[kjksa dk lk{kkRdkj] jkepUnz frokjh] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] iz;kxjktA
8- Hkkjrh; ,oa ik'pkR; dkO;'kkL= rFkk vkykspuk] izks- ;ksxsUnz izrki flag] ';kek izdk'ku
laLFkku iz;kxjktA
9- ik'pkR; dkO;'kkL= % v/kqukru lanHkZ] MkW- lR;nso feJkA
10- okn&fookn laokn ukeoj
ukeo flag] jktdey izdk'ku ubZ fnYyhA
11- lkSUn;Z 'kkL= ds rRo] dqekj foey] jktdey izdk'ku ubZ fnYyhA
6
,e-,- fgUnh] izFke lel=
iz'u&i=&prqFkZ
iz;kstu ewyd fgUnh
(GE-104)
7
1- i=dkfjrk % 'kh"kZd dh lajpuk] yhM] b.Vªks ,oa 'kh"kZd laiknuA
2- laikndh; ys[ku
3- i`"BlTtk
4- lk{kkRdkj] i=dkj okrkZ ,oa izsl&izc/a ku
5- izeq[k izsl dkuwu ,oa vkpkj&lafgrkA
1- fgUnh i=dkfjrk HkkjrsUnq iwoZ ls Nk;koknksRrj dky rd] ys[kd MkW- /khjsUnz ukFk flag]
izdk'kd fo'ofo|ky; izdk'ku okjk.klhA
2- fgUnh i=dkfjrk dk u;k Lo:i] ys[kd ccPpu
Ppu flag i=dkj] izdk'kd fo'ofo|ky;
izdk'ku] okjk.klhA
3- dEI;wVj ,d ifjp;] ys[kd fou; dqekj vks>k] izdk'ku ijh{kk eaFkuA
4- iz;kstu ewyd fgUnh] fouksn xksnjs] ok.kh izdk'ku fnYyhA
5- tu i=dkfjrk] tulapkj] lw;Zizlkn nhf{kr] lat; izdk'ku] ubZ fnYyhA
6- lEiw.kZ i=dkfjrk] MkW- vtqZu frokjh] fo'ofo|ky; izdk'ku] okjk.klhA
kjk.klhA
8
,e fgUnh] f}rh; lel=
,e-,-
iz'ui=&izFke
izkphu ,oa e/;dkyhu dkO; rFkk mldk bfrgkl
(CC-201)
fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks bl ckr ls ifjfpr djkuk fd izkphu ,oa e/;dkyhu dkO; dh yksdeaxy dh
lk/kuk voLFkk dkO; esa fdl izdkj laHko gksrh gSA lkFk gh mRrj e/;dkyhu dkO; viuh dykRed
vfHkO;atuk esa cstksM+ gSA bldk v/;;u lekt] laLd`fr ,oa ;qx dh /kM+duksa dks lexzrk esea le>us ds
fy, vfuok;Z gSA
2x10=20
lwjnkl %& Hkzejxhr lkj] laiknd jkepUnz 'kqDy] in Øekad 21 ls 70 A
rqylhnkl %& jkepfjrekul] v;ks/;k dk.M] nksgk Øekad 51 ls 100A
fcgkjh %& fcgkjh jRukdj] laiknd txUukFk jRukdj] nksgk Øekad 01 ls 50A
2x5=10
lwjnkl] rqylhnkl ,oa fcgkjh ls lacaf/kr fuca/kkRed iz'uA
2x5=10
HkfDrdky ¼lxq.k HkfDr/kkjk½ ,oa jhfrdky dk bfrgkl izof` Rr;k¡
Rr;k¡ vkSj izeq[k jpukdkjksa ls
lacfa /kr fuca/kkRed iz'uA
2x5=10
nqzrikB
rikB ds dfo] uannkl] ehjkckbZ] ?kukuan vkSj ds'ko ls lacaf/kr] y?kqRrjh; iz'uA
10x1=10
oLrqfu"B iz'u ¼lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øe ls½
9
,e fgUnh] f}rh; lel=
,e-,-
iz'ui=&f}rh;
vk/kqfud fgUnh x| vkSj mldk bfrgkl
(CC-202)
miU;kl] dgkuh rFkk fuca/k fo/kkvksa ds :i esa x| lkfgR; okeu ls fojkV cu x;k gSA
vk/kqfud dky esa x| ds fofo/k :iksa dk fodkl bl rF; dk lk{kh gSA bldk v/;;u fpUru izfØ;k
ds fodkl ls ifjfpr gksus ds fy, vko';d gSA
2x10=20
(i)
(ii)
ns'k lsok dk egRo&ckyd`".k HkV~V
dNqvk /keZ&pUnz/kj 'kekZ xqysjh
dfork D;k gS&vkpk;Z jkepUnz 'kqDy
v'kksd ds Qwy>kjh izlkn f}osnh
esjs jke dk eqdqV Hkhx jgk gS&fo|kfuokl feJ
fiz;k uhydaBh&dqcsjukFk jk;
ixMf.M;ksa dk tekuk&gfj'kadj ijlkbZ
(iii)
mlus dgk Fkk&pUnz/kj 'kekZ xqyjs h
iwl dh jkr&izsepan
vkdk'knhi&t;'ka
t;'kadj izlkn
viuk viuk HkkX;&tSusUnz dqekj
rhljh dle&Q.kh'ojukFk js.kq
yanu dh ,d jkr&fueZy oekZ
jktk fujcafl;k&deys'oj
{kek djks gs oRl&nsosUnz
(iv)
2x5=10
ck.kHkV~V dh vkRedFkk] fu/kkZfjr fuca/k] dgkuh ,oa iFk ds lkFkh ls leh{kkRed iz'uA
10
2x5=10
fgUnh] dgkuh] fuca/k ,oa vU; x| fo/kkvksa ¼js[kkfp=] laLej.k] vkRedFkk] thouh]
;k=ko`Rrkar] O;aX; vkfn½ ds bfrgkl izo`fRr;k¡ vkSj izeq[k jpukdkjksa ls lEc) fuca/kkRed iz'uA
2x5=10
nqzrikB esa fu/kkZfjr fuEufyf[kr x|dkjksa ij dsfUnzr nks y?kqmRrjh; iz'u iwNs
tk;saxAs
HkkjrsUnq gfj'pUnz] izrki ukjk;.k feJ] ckyeqdqUn xqIr] ljnkj iw.kZ flagA
vKs;] ;'kiky] Q.kh'ojukFk js.kq] Hkh"e lkguh] vejdkarA
1½ ve``rjk; ¼dye dk flikgh½] 2½ f'koizlkn flag ¼mRrj ;ksxh½] 3½ gfjoa'kjk; cPpu
¼D;k Hkwyaw D;k ;kn d:a½] 4½ jkgqy lkaLd`R;k;u ¼?kqeDdM+ 'kkL=½] 5½ ek[kuyky prqoZsnh ¼lkfgR; nsork½
10x1=10
oLrqfu"B iz'u ¼lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øe ls½
1- fgUnh esa fuca/k lkfgR;] ys[kd tuknZuLo:i vxzoky] izdk'kd lkfgR; Hkou fyfeVsM]
iz;kxjktA
2- dgkuh % Lo:i vkSj laosnuk] ys[kd jktsUnz ;kno] izdk'kd ok.kh izdk'kuA
3- Urj] ys[kd jktsUnz ;kno] izdk'kd jk/kkd`".k izdk'kuA
,d nqfu;k % lekukUrj]
4- fgUnh dgkuh dh igpku vkSj ij[k] laik-k bUnzyky enku] fyfi izdk'ku] ubZ fnYyhA
5- u;h dgkuh dh Hkwfedk] deys'oj] v{kj
v izdk'ku] ubZ fnYyhA
6- dgkuh] u;h dgkuh] ukeoj flag] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] iz;kxjktA
7- fuca/k uoxhr] y{ehlkxj] ok".ksZ;] okjk.klh fo-fo- izdk'kuA
11
,e fgUnh] f}rh; lel=
,e-,-
iz'u&i=&r`rh;
Hkkjrh; ,oa ik'pkR; dkO;'kkL=
(CC-203)
ik'pkR; fpUrdksa ds dkO;kykspu dks tkuus rFkk iwoZorhZ ,oa vk/kqfud oSf'od dkO;
ds eeZ dks le>us ds fy, ;g iz'u&i= vko';d gSA
IysVks % dkO;&fl)kar
vjLrw % vuqdj.k&fl)kar] =klnh&foospu] fojspu&
u&fl)kar
yksatkbul % mnkRr dh vo/kkj.kkA
12
1- Hkkjrh; ,oa ik'pkR; dkO; fl)kar] ys[kd MkW- x.kifrpUnz xqIr] izdk'kd yksdHkkjrh
izdk'kuA
2- dkO;'kkL=] ys[kd MkW- HkxhjFk feJ] izdk'kd fo'ofo|ky; izdk'ku okjk.klhA
3- Hkkjrh; ,oa ik'pkR; dkO;'kkL=] ys[kd MkW- foosd 'kadj] izdk'kd jktLFkku fgUnh xzaFk
vdknehA
4- Hkkjrh; ,oa ik'pkR; dkO;'kkL= dh :ijs[kk] jkepUnz frokjhA
5- lkfgR; 'kkL=] ys[kd vkpk;Z cynso mik/;k;] izdk'kd uanfd'kksj ,.M lUl] okjk.klhA
6- Hkkjrh; dkO;'kkL= ,oa ik'pkR; lkfgR; fparu] ys[kd MkW- lHkkifr feJ] izdk'kd t;
Hkkjrh izdk'ku] bykgkcknA
7- ik'pkR; dkO;'kkL=] vk-
vk nsosUnzukFk 'kekZ] e;wj cqDlA
8- lkfgR; v/;;u dh n`f"V;k¡] la- mn;Hkku flag] us'kuy ifCyf'kax gkml] ubZ fnYyhA
13
,e fgUnh] f}rh; lel=
,e-,-
iz'u&i=&prqFkZ
iz;kstu ewyd fgUnh
(GE-204)
1- n`';&J`
J`O; ek/;e ¼fQYe] Vsyhfotu] fofM;ks½] n`'; ek/;eksa esa Hkk"kk dh izd`fr] n`'; ,oa
JO; lkexzh dk lkeatL;] ik'oZ okpu ¼ok;l vksoj½ iVdFkk ys[ku] VsyhMªkek] MkWD;w Mªkek]
laokn&ys[ku] lkfgR; dh fo/kkvksa dk n`'; ek/;eksa dk :ikarj.k] foKkiu dh Hkk"kkA
2- baVjusV lkexzh l`tu & (Content creation)
14
1- okf.kfT;d vuqoknA
2- oSKkfud] rduhdh rFkk izkS|ksfxdh {ks= esa vuqoknA
3- fof/k&lkfgR; dh fgUnh vkSj vuqoknA
4- O;kogkfjdk vuqokn vH;klA
5- dk;kZy;hu vuqokn %& dk;kZy;hu ,oa iz'kklfud 'kCnkoyh] iz'kklfud] iz;qfUr;k¡] inuke]
foHkkx vkfnA
6- i=ksa ds vuqoknA
7- inukeksa] vuqHkkxksa] nLrkostksa] izfrosnuksa ds vuqoknA
15
,e-,- fgUnh] r`rh; lel=
iz'u&i=&izFke
vk/kqfud fgUnh dkO; vkSj mldk bfrgkl
(CC-301)
mUuhloha 'krh ds mRrjk)Z ls v/;kof/k rd dh laons uk,¡] Hkkouk,¡ ,oa uwru fopkj lkjf.k;k¡
blesa vfHkO;Dr gqbZ gSaA vr% laosnuk rFkk Kkuf{kfrt ds foLrkj ds fy, bldk v/;;u vR;ar
vko';d ,oa izklafxd gSA
2x10=20
1- eSfFkyh'kj.k xqIr % lkdsr ¼uoe~ lxZ½
2- t;'kadj izlkn % dkek;uh ¼fpark] J)k ,oa bMk lxZ½
3- lw;Zdkar f=ikBh fujkyk % fu/kkZfjr ladyu&jkx fojkx ¼laiknd jkefoykl 'kekZ½ esa ladfyr
dfork,¡A jke dh 'kfDr iwtk] ljkst Le`fr ,oa dqdqjeqRrkA
2x5=10
eSfFkyh'kj.k xqIr] t;'kadj izlkn ,oa fujkyk ls lacaf/kr leh{kkRed iz'u ¼,d½
2x5=10
vk/kqfud fgUnh dkO; ¼Nk;kokn rd½ dh izeq[k izo`fRr;k¡] bfrgkl vkSj izeq[k dfo
2x5=10
y?kqmRrjh; iz'u %& ¼nks½
nzqrikB ls fu/kkZfjr dfo txUukFknkl jRukdj v;ks/;k flag mik/;k; gfjvkS/k] egknsoh oekZ vkSj
ckyd`".k 'kekZ ^uohu* ls laca/k nks y?kqmRrjh; iz'uA
10x1=10
oLrqfu"B iz'u ¼lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øe ls½
1- fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] ys[kd MkW- jkepUnz 'kqDy] izdk'kd jktdey izdk'kuA
2- vk/kqfud fgUnh dkO; vkSj dfo] ys[kd MkW- jkepUnz frokjh] izdk'kd u;k lkfgR; izdk'ku
bykgkcknA
3- dkek;uh dh Vhdk] yss[kd Jh fo'oEHkj ^ekuo*] izdk'kd yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] bykgkcknA
4- fujkyk vkSj vijk] ys[ku MkW- jkts'oj izlkn prqoZns h] izdk'kd fouksn iqLrd eafnj] vkxjkA
5- lkdsr dh Vhdk] ys[kd vkse izdk'k flagy] izdk'ku fgUnh lkfgR; lalkj] fnYyhA
16
,e-,- fgUnh] r`rh; lel=
iz'u&i=&f}rh;
Hkk"kk foKku ,oa fgUnh Hkk"kk
(CC-302)
lkfgR; vk|ar ,d Hkkf"kd fufeZr gSA lkfgR; ds xEHkhj v/;;u ds fy, Hkkf"kd O;oLFkk dk
lqLi"V lokZaxh.k Kku vifjgk;Z gSA
Hkk"kk vkSj Hkk"kk foKku&Hkk"kk dh ifjHkk"kk vkSj vfHky{k.k] Hkk"kk&O;oLFkk vkSj Hkk"kk&O;ogkj] Hkk"kk
lajpuk vkSj Hkkf"kd&izdk;ZA Hkk"kk foKku Lo:i ,oa O;kfIr] v/;;u dh fn'kk,¡&o.kZukRed]
,sfrgkfld vkSj rqyukRedA
LoIu izfØ;k&LoIu foKku dk Lo:i vkSj 'kk[kk,¡] okax;a= vkSj muds dk;Z Lou dh vo/kkj.kk
xhZdj.k] Lou&xq.k] Lofud&ifjorZuA Lofue foKku dk Lo:i] Lofue dh
vkSj Louksa dk oxhZ
vo/kkj.kk] Lofue esa Hksn] Lofufed&fo'ys"k.kA
O;kdj.k&:ifoKku dk Lo;i vkSj 'kk[kk,¡] :fie dh vo/kkj.kk vkSj Hksn eqDr&vkc)] vFkZn'khZ
vkSj laca/kn'khZ] lac/a kn'khZ Hksn vkSj izdkjA okD; dh vo/kkj.kk] vfHkfgrkUo;okn vkSj
vfUorkfHk/kkuokn] okD; ds Hksn] okD;&fo'ys"k.k] fudVLFk vo;o fo'ys"k.k] xgu&lajpuk vkSj
ckg~; lajpukA
vFkZfoKku&vFkZ
vFkZ dh vo/kkj.kk] 'kCn vkSj vFkZ lac/a k] i;kZ;rk] vusdkFkZrk] foykserk] vFkZ izkfIr ds
lk/ku] vFkZ ifjorZuA
1- Hkk"kk&foKku] ys[kd MkW- HkksykukFk frokjh] izdk'kd fdrkc egy izkbosV fyfeVsM] bykgkcknA
2- vk/kqfud Hkk"kk foKku] ys[kd MkW- foosd 'kadj] izdk'kd jktLFkku fgUnh xzaFk vdknehA
3- Hkk"kk foKku dh Hkwfedk]
dk] ys[kd v vkpk;Z nsosUnzukFk 'kekZ] izdk'kd jk/kkd`".k izdk'ku] ubZ fnYyhA
4- Hkk"kk foKku fl)kar vkSj Lo:i] MkW- ftrjke ikBd] vuqie izdk'ku iVukA
17
,e-,- fgUnh] r`rh; lel=
iz'u&i= r`rh;
fgUnh lkfgR; ds bfrgkl
(CC-303)
lkfgR; ds bfrgkl dk ifjp;] fgUnh lkfgR; ds bfrgkl ys[ku dh ijEijk vkSj iquysZ[ku
ds Kku gsrq ;g iz'u&i= vfuok;Z gSA
fgUnh lkfgR; ds vkfndky dh i`"BHkwfe] lkfgR;d izof` Rr;k¡] dkO;k/kkjk,¡] x| lkfgR;] izfrfuf/k
jpukdkj vkSj budh jpuk,¡A
iwoZe/;dky HkfDrdky dh ,sfrgkfld i`"BHkwfe] lkaLd`frd psruk ,oa HkfDr vkanksyu] fofHkUu
dkO; /kkjk,¡ rFkk mudk fo'ys
fo'ys"k.k] izeq[k fuxqZ.k lar dfo vkSj izeq[k lwQh dfo;ksa dk vonkuA
jke dkO; vkSj d`".kdkO; % izeq[k dfo vkSj mudk jpukxr oSf'k"V~;A
18
,e-,- fgUnh] r`rh; lel=
iz'ui=&prqFkZ
xksLokeh rqylhnkl
(GE-304)
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr & jkepfjr ekul ¼ckydk.M] v;ks/;kdk.M vkSj mRrjdk.M½
vkykspukRed iz'u & rqylhnkl dh ;qxhu i`"BHkwfe] thou] d`frRo ,oa jkepfjr ekul ls
lacaf/kr gksaxsA
19
,e-,- fgUnh] r`rh; lel=
iz'ui=&prqFkZ
lwjnkl
(GE-304)
Hkkjr ,d d`f"k iz/kku ns'k gSA lwjnkl d`"kd laLd`fr ,oa i'kqikyu laLd`fr ds dfo;ksa esa
ojs.; gSaA os izse vkSj okRlY; ds vn~Hkqr fprsjs gSaA fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks bl laosnuksa ls ifjfpr djkus ds fy,
;g oSdfYid iz'u&i= fu/kkZfjr gSA
fu/kkZfjr in ¼izkjEHk ls eFkqjkxeu ds iwoZ rd½ vkykspukRed iz'u lwj lkfgR; dh i`"BHkwfe]
thou] jpuk,¡ rFkk fu/kkZfjr va'k ls lEc) iwNs tk,¡xsA
1- lwjnkl] ys[kd vkpk;Z jkepUnz 'kqDy] izdk'kd ukxjh izkpkfj.kh lHkk] okjk.klhA
2- HkfDr vkanksyu vkSj lwjnkl dk dkO;] eSustj ik.Ms;] ok.kh izdk'ku ubZ fnYyhA
3- ;kdu ys[kd ijekuUn JhokLro] izdk'kd vfHkO;fDr izdk'ku]
lwjnkl % ewY;kadu iquewZY;kdu]
bykgkcknA
4- lwj lkfgR;] gtkjh izlkn f}osnh] jktdey izdk'ku ubZ fnYyhA
20
,e-,- fgUnh
vkt oS'ohdj.k dk tekuk gSA ^olq/kk* dqVqEc gks jgh gS ijUrq fcuk tehu ij [kM+s
gq, vkdk'k dks ugha fugkjk tk ldrkA fcuk ^yksdy* ds ge ^Xykscy* dh dYiuk ugha dj
ifjfpr djkus ds fy, tuinh;
ldrsA fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks mudh tehu] cksyh&ckuh Hkk"kk ds eeZ ls ifjfpr
Hkk"kk vkSj lkfgR; ds v/;;u gsrq ^c?ksyh Hkk"kk ,oa lkfgR; ds vUrxZr ekuork dh ekr`Hkk"kk
dfork dk ;g iz'u&i= j[kk x;k gSA
bdkbZ& %&
c?ksyh rFkk fgUnh dh vU; cksfy;k¡] c?ksyh dk mn~Hko vkSj fodkl] c?ksyh dk O;kdj.kA
bdkbZ& %&
cStukFk ik.Ms; ^cStw*] lSQÌw hu flfÌdh ^lSQw*] 'kEHkwukFk f}osnh ^'kEHkw dkdw*] xkserh izlkn
^fody*] veksy oVjksgh] vuwi v'ks"kA
ikB~;iqLrd&c?ksyh Hkk"kk ,oa lkfgR;&laiknd MkW- izfrHkk prqoZsnh] e/;izns'k fgUnh xzaFk
vdkneh] HkksikyA
bdkbZ& %&
mi;qZDr dfo;ksa ls lacaf/kr leh{kkRed iz'uA
bdkbZ& %&
c?ksyh yksd lkfgR; ds fo'ks"krk,¡A
bdkbZ& %&
nqzrikB ds dfo ¼dkfydk izlkn f=ikBh] MkW- jkefl;k 'kekZ] f'ko'kadj feJ ^ljl*] MkW-
dSyk'k frokjh] ckcwyky nkfg;k] lq/kkdkar feJk ^csykyk*] jkeujs'k frokjh ^fu"Bqj*] lqnkek
'kjn] lq/kkdkar feJk ^csykyk*] ½A
ikB~;iqLrd&c?ksyh Hkk"kk vkSj lkfgR; laiknd MkW- lR;sUnz 'kekZ] izdk'kd% e/;izns'k fgUnh
xzaFk vdkneh] HkksikyA
21
O;k[;kRed iz'u & 2x10=20
nh?kZ mRrjh iz'u & 2x10=20
y?kq mRrjh iz'u & 2x5=10
oLrqfu"B iz'u ¼lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øe ls½ & 10x1=10
22
,e-,- fgUnh] prqFkZ lel=
iz'ui=&izFke
vk/kqfud fgUnh dkO; vkSj mldk bfrgkl
(CC-401)
vk/kqfud fgUnh dkO; vkSj mlds bfrgkl ls fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks ifjfpr djkukA Lora=rk
vkanksyu vkSj rRi'pkr~ Lora=~;ksRrj Hkkjr dh xfr n'kk vkSj fn'kk ds dkO; ls ifjfpr djkukA
2x10=20
1- lqfe=kuanu iar&fu/kkZ
fu/kkZfjr ladyu] jf'eca/k esa ladfyr ifjorZu] ukSdkfogkj] ,d rkjk] ekSu
fuea=.k vk /kjrh fdruk nsrh gSA
2- lfPpnkuan ghjkuan okRL;k;u ^vKs;*] unh ds }hi] vlk/; oh.kk] dyxh cktjsa dh] ijrh dk
xhrA
3- xtkuu ek/ko
k/ko eqfDrcks/k] czã jk{kl de] eq>s dne&dne iij]
j] ydM+h dk cuk jko.kA
2x5=10
iar] vKs; vkSj eqfDrcks/k ls laca/k leh{kkRed iz'u
2x5=10
Nk;koknksRrj dkO; dh izeq[k izo`fRr;k¡] bfrgkl vkSj izeq[k dfo;ksa ij fuca/kkRed iz'uA
2x5=10
y?kqmRrjh; iz'u %& ¼nks½
nqrikB ls fu/kkZfjr dfo gfjoa'kjk; cPpu] Hkokuh izlkn feJ] Jh ujs'k egsrk] j?kqohj ls laca/k
nks y?kqmRrjh; iz'uA
10x1=10
oLrqfu"B iz'u ¼lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øe ls½
23
,e-,- fgUnh] prqFkZ lel=
iz'u&i=&f}rh;
Hkk"kk foKku ,oa fgUnh Hkk"kk
(CC-402)
Hkk"kk foKku Hkk"kk dh oLrqfu"B v/;;u iz.kkyh ds :i esa Hkkf"kd bZdkbZ;ksa rFkk Hkk"kk lajpuk
ds fofHkUu Lrjksa ij muds vUrlZaca/kksa ds foU;kl dks vkyksfdr dj u dsoy v/;srk dks Hkkf"kd v)Zn`f"V
nsrk gSA vfirq Hkk"kk fo"k;d foospu ds fy, ,d fu:id Hkk"kk Hkh Hkh iznku djrk gSA
fgUnh dh ,sfrgkfld i`"BHkwfe % izkphu Hkkjrh; vk;Z Hkk"kk,¡&oSfnd rFkk ykSfdd laLd`r vkSj
mudh fo'ks"krk,¡A e/;dkyhu Hkkjrh; vk;Z Hkk"kk,¡&ikfy] izkd`r&'kSjlsuh] v)Zekx/kh] ekx/kh]
viHkza'k vkSj mudh fo'ks"krk,¡A vk/kqfud Hkkjrh; vk;ZHkk"kk,¡ vkSj mudk oxhZdj.kA
fgUnh dk HkkSxksfyd foLrkj % fgUnh dh miHkk"kk,¡] if'peh fgUnh] iwohZ fgUnh] jktLFkkuh] fcgkjh
rFkk igkM+h vkSj mudh cksfy;k¡A [kM+h cksyh] czt vkSj vo/kh dh fo'ks"krk,¡A
fgUnh dk Hkkf"kd Lo:i % fgUnh dh Lofue O;oLFkk&[kaM~;] [kaM~;srjA fgUnh 'kCn jpuk] milxZ]
izR;;] leklA :i jpuk&fyax] opu vkSj dkjd&O;oLFkk ds lanHkZ esa fgUnh ds laKk] loZuke
fo'ks"k.k vkSj fØ;k :iA fgUnh okD;&jpuk % inØe vkS
vkj vfUofrA
fgUnh esa dEI;wVj lqfo/kk,¡ % vk¡dM+k&lalk/ku vkSj 'kCn lalk/ku] orZuh&'kks/kd] e'khuh
e'k vuqokn]
fgUnh Hkk"kk&f'k{k.kA
nsoukxjh fyfi % fo'ks"krk,¡ vkSj ekudhdj.k &
vkykspukRed iz'u & 2x10=20
y?kq mRrjh iz'u & 5x6=30
oLrqfu"B iz'u & 10x1=10
1- Hkk"kk&foKku] ys[kd MkW- HkksykukFk frokjh] izdk'kd fdrkc egy izkbosV fyfeVsM] bykgkcknA
2- vk/kqfud Hkk"kk foKku] ys[kd MkW- foosd 'kadj] izdk'kd jktLFkku fgUnh xzaFk vdknehA
3- Hkk"kk foKku dh Hkwfedk] ys[kd vkpk;Z
v nsosUnzukFk 'kekZ] izdk'kd jk/kkd`".k izdk'ku] ubZ fnYyhA
4- Hkk"kk foKku lS)kafrd fpUru] johUnzukFk JhokLro] jk/kkd`".k izdk'ku fnYyhA
24
,e-,- fgUnh] prqFkZ lel=
iz'u&i= r`rh;
fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl
(CC-403)
fgUnh ,e-,- ds fo|kfFkZ;ksa ds fy, dkO; ,oa dFkk vkSj miU;kl ltZuk ds bfrgkl ls
ifjfpr gksus ds vfuok;Z gSA
laLej.k js[kkfp=] thouh] vkRedFkk dk fodklA fgUnh vkykspuk dk mn~Hko ,oa fodklA L=h
foe'kZ vkSj nfyr foe'kZ dk ifjp;A
nh?kZ mRrjh iz'u & 2x10=20
y?kq mRrjh iz'u & 5x6=30
oLrqfu"B iz'u & 10x1=10
25
,e-,- fgUnh] prqFkZ lel=
iz'u&i= prqFkZ
xksLokeh rqylhnkl
(GE-404)
^dforkoyh* flQZ jke dh dFkk ugha rRdkyhu lekt dh /kM+du gSA fou; if=dk HkfDr]
vkLFkk vKsj leiZ.k dk dkO; gSA fo|kfFkZ;ksa ds fy, ;g ifjp; ;g vko';d gSA
26
,e-,- fgUnh] prqFkZ lel=
iz'u&i= prqFkZ
lwjnkl
(GE-404)
lwjnkl fgUnh lkfgR; ds lw;Z gSA fgUnh ds fo|kfFkZ;ksa ds Kku vkSj laosnuk ds fodkl ds
fy, ;g iz'u&i= vko';d gSA
fu/kkZfjr in ¼eFkq
eFkqjkxeu ls
l var rd½½ vkykspukRed iz'u lwj lkfgR; dh HkfDr] n'kZu] Hkzejxhr
vkfn rFkk lwjlkxj ds fu/kkZfjr va'k ls lEc) iwNs tk,¡xsA
1- lwjnkl] ys[kd vkpk;Z jkepUnz 'kqDy] izdk'ku ukxjh izkpkfj.kh lHkk] okjk.klhA
2- Hkzejxhr lkj dh Vhdk]] ys[kd MkW- jkts'oj izlkn prqosZnhA
3- lwjnkl] czts'oj oekZ] fgUnh ifj"kn fo'ofo|ky; iz;kxjktA
4- JhokLro] izdk'ku vfHkO;fDr izdk'ku]
lwjnkl % ewY;kadu iquewZY;kdu] ys[kd ijekuUn JhokLro]
bykgkcknA
27
,e-,- fgUnh
x| dks dfo;ksa dh dlkSVh dgk x;k gSA LFkkuh; Hkk"kk ,oa lkfgR; ds vUrxZr
fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks tuinh; Hkk"kk ds x| ls ifjfpr djkus ds fy, c?ksyh ukVd vkSj dgkuh dk
;g iz'u&i= fy[kk x;k gSA
bdkbZ& %& c?ksyh dgkuh
1- lSQwÌhu flfÌdh ^lSQw* & usmrgjh
2- MkW- Hkkxor izlkn 'kekZ & fpjbZ pquxqu
3- Jherh jf'e 'kqDyk & lsanqj dsj cks>
4- MkW- pafnzdk izlkn ^panz* & Fkksj dk lq[k
5- MkW- jkefl;k 'kekZ & mijsfgr
bdkbZ& %&
;ksxs'k f=ikBh & ^Qwyerh*
bdkbZ& %&
mi;qZDr ys[kdksa ls lacfa /kr vykspukRed iz'uA
bdkbZ& %&
c?ksyh yksdxhr] yksd dFkk,¡] yksdukV~; ls lacaf/kr y?kq mRrjh; iz'uA
bdkbZ& %&
nqzrikB ds ys[kd ¼MkW- pafnzdk izlkn ^panz*] MkW- jkefl;k 'kekZ] Jherh jf'e 'kqDyk] MkW-
Hkkxor izlkn 'kekZ] lSQwÌhu flfÌdh ^lSQw*½ lacaf/kr y?kqmRrjh iz'uA
O;k[;kRed iz'u & 2x10=20
vkykspukRed iz'u & 2x10=20
y?kq mRrjh iz'u & 2x5=10
oLrqfu"B iz'u ¼lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øe ls½ & 10x1=10
28
1- c?ksyh Hkk"kk vkSj lkfgR;&MkW
lkfgR;& - Hkxorh izlkn 'kqDy] izdk'kd lkfgR; Hkou iz;kxjktA
2- c?ksyh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl&MkW- vk;kZ izlkn f=ikBh] lkfgR; vdkneh e/;izns'kA
3- c?ksyh laLd`fr vkSj lkfgR;&xks
lkf erh izlkn ^fody*] izdk'kd jktHkk"kk ,oa laLd`r
lapkyuky;] e/;izns'kA
4- c?ksyh Hkk"kk ,oa lkfgR;&MkW- izfrHkk prqoZsnh] e/;izn's k fgUnh xzaFk vdkneh] HkksikyA
5- lksu ,oa jsok ds Loj&laik-k MkW- deyk izlkn] lsokjke f=ikBh] ckcwyky nkfg;k] f'ko'kadj
feJ ^ljl*] jktHkk"kk lapkyuky;] HkksikyA
6- c?ksy[k.M ds yksdxhr&y[ku izrki flag mjxsl] e/;izns'k vkfnoklh yksd dyk ifj"kn
HkksikyA
7- ge rksagkj fojok&dSyk'k frokjh] dqekj izdk'ku jhokA
8- c?ksyh O;kdj.k&MkW- lw;ZHkku flag] izdk'ku fgUnh xzaFk vdkneh HkksikyA
9- juthr jk;&xkserh izlkn ^fody*] odZ fizfUVax izsl] jhokA
29
BA (Hon’s) A.I.H.C. & Archaeology
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
(As per NEP 2020 & CBCS Ordinance 14 A)
1st Year
SEMESTER – I
Course Code & Title Course Type Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Paper Assessment Marks
101- Introduction of Ancient Indian History, Major 60 40 100 6
Culture & Archaeology
102 - Indian Philosophy-I Minor 60 40 100 6
103 - Ancient Indian Human Value GE 60 40 100 4
104 - English AE 60 40 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 400 20
CUMULATIVE TOTAL 400 20
SEMESTER – II
Course Code & Title Course Type Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Paper Assessment Marks
201 - Methods of Archaeology Major 60 40 100 6
202 - Indian Philosophy-II Minor 60 40 100 6
203 - Heritage Management in India GE 60 40 100 4
204 - Environment AE 60 40 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 400 20
CUMULATIVE TOTAL 400 20
lacfU/kr xzaFk&
1- Allchin, B. and F. R. Allchin, The Rise of Civilization in India and Pakistan
2- MohanLal Chadhar: Art Architecture and Archaeology of India, New Delhi
3- Mahesh Chandra Shrivastva: Ancient History of India
4- Mahesh Chandra Shrivastva: Archaeology Theory and Practice
5- Percy Brown, Indian Architecture, Vol.1
6- ck'ke] ,] ,y] n oaMj nSV okt bafM;k
7- ikaMs;] t; ukjk;.k] iqjkrRo foe'kZ
8- Oghyj] vkj- bZ- ,e] i`Foh ls iqjkrRo ¼vaxzsth vkSj fganh½
9- vxzoky] oh-,l-] ikf.kfu—r Hkkjr ¼vaxzsth vkSj fganh½
10- cktis;h] —".knÙk] ,sfrgkfld Hkkjrh; vfHkys[k] t;iqj] jktLFkku
11- cktis;h larks"k dqekj% ,sfrgkfld Hkkjrh; flDds] fnYyh
12- foey pUæ ik.Ms;% çkphu Hkkjr dk jktuSfrd ,oa lkal—frd bfrgkl] bykgkckn
13- eksgu yky p<+kj% çkphu Hkkjrh; bfrgkl laL—fr rFkk iqjkrRo] ubZ fnYyh
(101) Major
Course Title : Introduction to Ancient Indian History, Culture and
Archaeology
Course objective : The purpose of this course is to introduce the students to the sources of
ancient Indian history, culture, and archaeology, from prehistoric times to historical periods,
palaeography, epigraphy, numismatics, and their relations to other subjects of archaeology,
Indian art, and architecture, etc.
Unit- 1 A. Ancient History, Culture, and Archaeology: Definition and Scope
B. Sources of Ancient Indian history: Archaeological, Literary, and foreign
traveler’s details
Unit- 2 A. Introduction to Prehistory.
B. Introduction to the Proto-historic Period.
Unit- 3 A. Introduction to the historical period.
B. The relationship of archaeology with other subjects.
Unit- 4 A. Origin and Characteristics of Palaeography.
B. Origin and characteristics of Numismatics.
Unit- 5 A. Concept of Ancient Indian art.
B. Origin and development of Sculpture and painting.
C. Origin and development of Architecture.
Course Learning Outcome (CLO) : This course will assist students in comprehending other
papers on ancient Indian history. They will be able to understand ancient sites and human
thoughts in a very meaningful way. It will also assist students in planning their careers, as Indian
history is a major component of any competitive exam.
Suggested Books :
1- Allchin, B. and F. R. Allchin, The Rise of Civilization in India and Pakistan
2- MohanLal Chadhar: Art Architecture and Archaeology of India, New Delhi
3- Mahesh Chandra Shrivastva: Ancient History of India
4- Mahesh Chandra Shrivastva: Archaeology Theory and Practice
5- Percy Brown, Indian Architecture, Vol.1
6- ck'ke] ,] ,y] n oaMj nSV okt bafM;k
7- ikaMs;] t; ukjk;.k] iqjkrRo foe'kZ
8- Oghyj] vkj- bZ- ,e] i`Foh ls iqjkrRo ¼vaxzsth vkSj fganh½
9- vxzoky] oh-,l-] ikf.kfu—r Hkkjr ¼vaxzsth vkSj fganh½
10- cktis;h] —".knÙk] ,sfrgkfld Hkkjrh; vfHkys[k] t;iqj] jktLFkku
11- cktis;h larks"k dqekj% ,sfrgkfld Hkkjrh; flDds] fnYyh
12- foey pUæ ik.Ms;% çkphu Hkkjr dk jktuSfrd ,oa lkal—frd bfrgkl] bykgkckn
13- eksgu yky p<+kj% çkphu Hkkjrh; bfrgkl laL—fr rFkk iqjkrRo] ubZ fnYyh
¼102½ xkSM ¼Minor½
ikB~;Øe ‚kh’kZd& Hkkjrh; n‛kZu&I
mn~ns‛;& n'kZu 'kkL= og Kku gS tks ije~ lR; vkSj fl)kUrksa] vkSj muds dkj.kksa dh foospuk djrk
gSA nk'kZfud fpUru ewyr% thou dh vFkZoÙkk dh [kkst dk i;kZ; gSA bl ikBîØe dk mís'; Nk=ksa dks
n'kZu dh ç—fr] lHkh rRoehekalk vkSj Kkuehekalk voèkkj.kkvksa vkSj 'kkL=h; vkSj fo"ke Hkkjrh; n'kZu
ds fopkjksa ds ckjs esa fl[kkuk vkSj çf'kf{kr djuk gS tks mifu"kn] tSu ] ckS) vkSj pkokZd n'kZu dh ewy
ckrsa xgjkbZ ls rYyhu gSaA
bdkbZ&1
n'kZu dk Lo:Ik vkSj iz;kstu] Hkkjrh; n'kZu dk oxhZdj.k] Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh fo'ks"krk,¡A
bdkbZ&2
osnksa dk ifjp;] mifu"kn~ n‛kZu& mifu’knksa dh rRoehekalk] czã ,oa vkRek]
Hkxon~xhrk& Kku;ksx] deZ;ksx vkSj HkfDr;ksxA
bdkbZ&3
tSu n'kZu& tSSu n‛kZu dk lkekU; ifjp;] vusdkUrokn] L;kn~okn] ,oa dSoY;@eks{kA
bdkbZ&4
ckS) n'kZu& pkj vk;Z lR; ,oa v’Vkafxd ekxZA
ckS) /keZ ds lkekU; nk‛kZfud fl)kUr& izrhR;leqRikn ,oa {kf.kdoknA
bdkbZ&5
pkokZd n‛kZu& tM+okn dk vFkZ] rRoKku] vkRek dk fopkj] pkokZd n‛kZu esa vkRek ds
pkj er] pkokZd n‛kZu eas uSfrd fopkjA
ifj.kke (Outcomes) - ;g ikBîØe Nk=ksa dks egRoiw.kZ vkSj rqyukRed çdk'k esa çR;sd ç.kkyh dk
ewY;kadu djus esa enn djsxkA bl ikBîØe ds ekè;e ls Nk= çkphu fopkjdksa ds nk'kZfud vkSj le`)
lkaL—frd Kku ls :c: gksx a s vkSj ;g Hkh vk'kk fd;k tkrk gSa fd Nk=ksa ds Kku dk nk;jk dkQh
foLr`r ,oa O;kid gksxkA
lacfU/kr xzaFk&
1- MkW- pUnz/kj 'kekZ] Hkkjrh; n'kZu vykspu vkSj vuq'khyu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh 1995
2- MkW- ch-,u- flag ,oa MkW- vk'kk flag] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] LVwMs.V~l Ýs.M~l ,.M dEiuh] dk'kh fgUnw
fo'ofo|ky; ekxZ yadk] okjk.klh&5] 1996
3- izk-s gjsUnz izlkn flUgk] Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh :ijs[kk] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1963
4- cynso mik/;k;] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] 'kkjnk efUnj okjk.klh] 1997
5- uUn fd'kksj nsojkt] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] mÙkj izns'k fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] y[kuÅ] 1975
6- Dutta & Chatterjee, An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, University of Calcutta, 1968.
7- M. Hiriyanna, Outlines of Indian Philosophy, George Allen and Unwin, Lodon-1932.
(102) Minor
Course Title : Indian Philosophy- I
Course objective : Philosophy is the study of ultimate truths, principles, and the causes of these
truths. Philosophical thinking is basically synonymous with the search for the meaning of life.
The aim of this course is to teach and train the students about the nature of philosophy, all the
metaphysical and epistemological concepts and ideas of classical and heterodox Indian
philosophy, deeply engrossed in the basics of Upanishad, Jain, Buddhist, and Charvaka
philosophies.
Unit- 1
Nature and Purpose of Philosophy, Classification of Indian Philosophy,
Characteristics of Indian Philosophy.
Unit- 2
Course Learning Outcome (CLO) : This course will help students evaluate each system in a critical
and comparative light. Through this course, students will be exposed to the philosophical and rich cultural
knowledge of ancient thinkers, and it is also expected that the scope of knowledge of the students will be
wide and deep.
Suggested Books :
Course Learning Outcome (CLO) : Due to its characteristics, Indian culture is superior to
other cultures of the world due to its characteristics in which human values are predominant, but
for various reasons, such as family disintegration, industrialization, and migration to cities,
ancient values are declining. By studying the presented course, students will get acquainted with
their cultural heritage. Also, this subject will help the students a lot in preserving Indian culture.
Suggested Books :
1- Altekar, A.S. – Education in Ancient India
2- Ayanger, K.B. Rangaswami– Some Anspects of Hindu view of life according of Hindu
Dharmsashtra
3- Ayganger, Sin P.S. – Education of Hindu Moral Ideas.
4- Mohan Lal Chadhar: Cultural Heritage of Ancient India, New Delhi, 2020
5- flag] pUænso& çkphu Hkkjrh; ,oa fpUru
6- feJ] t;'kadj& çkphu Hkkjr dk lkekftd bfrgkl
7- dk.ks] ik.Mqjx
a okeu& ¼vuq- vtZqu pkScs d';i½& èkeZ 'kkL= dk bfrgkl
8- vxzoky] oklqnso 'kj.k& Hkkjr dh ekSfyd ,drk
9- osnkyadkj] gfjnÙk& fgUnw ifjdj lhekadu
10- xksiky] yYyu th ,oa ;kno] ch-,u-,l& Hkkjrh; laL—fr
11- tSu] txnh'k pUæ& tSu vkxe lkfgR; esa Hkkjrh; lekt
12- JhokLro] egs'kpUæ& tSu èkeZ ,oa n'kZu
13- p<kj] eksgu yky] ;ksx foKku ds ewyrRo] ubZ fnYyh
(104) Ability Enhancement (AE)
Course Title - English
Course Objective: The objectives of the course are to improve the competence of the
student’s basic language skills and to acquaint student with working official English
Language.
Unit- I
Noun : Definition, Kinds of Noun, Functions of Noun, Number, Gender, Case
and Common errors in use of Nouns. Framing of sentences using Nouns.
Pronoun : Definition, Kind of Pronoun, Functions of Pronoun, Number,
Gender, Case and Common errors in use of Pronouns. Framing of sentences
using Pronouns. One word Substitution, Synonyms and Antonyms.
Unit- II
Adjective : Definition of Adjective, Kinds of Adjective, Degree of an
Adjective, Common Error in Use of Adjective. Framing of sentences using
Adjectives, Words often Confused, Framing of sentences with pairs of
confusing words, Correction of sentences.
Unit- III
Prepositions, Verbs, Articles, Adverb, function of Adverb, Framing the
sentence using Adverb.
Unit- IV
Tense : Present, Past and Future
Unit- V
Letter Writing (both formal and informal)
Comprehension of unseen passage, Translation of a passage from English to
Hindi.
Outcome: This course will hone reading, writing and over all communication skills of the
participants which is very basic and imperative for almost all kind of management jobs in the
organization. The graduates are expected to understand the process of communicating and
interpreting the human experiences through literary representation using historical context
and disciplinary methodologies.
Suggested Readings :
1. P.C. Wren and H. Martin, High School English Grammar and Composition.
2. G. Yule, Oxford Practice Grammar Book.
3. L. Walker, Basic English Composition by Bonnie.
4. Advanced English Grammar by Martin Hewings.
(201) eq[; (Major)
ikB~;Øe ‚kh’kZd& iqjkrRo dh fof/k;k¡
mn~ns‛;& bl ikB~;Øe dk izeq[k mn~ns‛; fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks vrhr dh tkudkjh ,oa orZeku ls rqyukRed
v/;;u fd;k tk;sxk ftlesa ik’kk.k dky ls ,sfrgkfld dky rd ds iqjko‛ks’kksa dks izkIr djus ds fy,
iqjkrRo dh fofHkUu fof/k;ksa dk iz;ksx dj fu’d’kZ rd igqpax
s s rkfd fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks fofHkUu vk;keksa dk
Kku gks ldsA
bdkbZ&1
1- iqjkrRo dh ifjHkk’kk] v/;;u {ks= ,oa mn~ns‛;A
2- Hkkjrh; iqjkrRo dk bfrgklA
bdkbZ&2
1- losZ{k.k dh fof/k;k¡ ,oa mn~ns‛;
2- mR[kuu ds vko‛;d midj.k rFkk iqjkrkfRod lkefxz;k¡A
bdkbZ&3
1- mR[kuu dh fof/k;k¡A
2- Lrjhdj.kA
3- Nk;kaduA
bdkbZ&4
1- Lkkekfxz;ksa dk oxhZdj.kA
2- e`nHkk.Mksa ds izdkj& XkSfjd e`nHkk.M] fpf=r /kwlj e`nHkk.M] mRrjh d`’.kekftZr
e`nHkk.MA
bdkbZ&5
egRoiw.kZ LFkyksa dk v/;;u&
vknex<+] HkhecsVdk ,oa csyu ?kkVh] ljk; ukgj jk;] esgjx<+] dksYMhgok] ekyok]
tksoZs] ,j.k] bVgk] nsmjdksBkjA
Unit - 1
A. Definition of Archaeology, Study Areas and Objectives.
B. A History of Indian Archaeology.
Unit - 2
A. Methods of excavation.
B. Stratification
C. Chāyāṅkana.(Photography)
Unit - 4
A. Classification of materials.
B. Types of pottery- Ochre Coloured Pottery, Painted grey ware, Northern black
polished ware.
Unit - 5
Study of important sites-
Adamgarh, Bhimbetka and Belan Valley, Sarai Nahar Rai, Mehrgarh, Koldihwa,
Malwa, Jorwe, Eran, Itha, Deurkothar
Course Learning Outcome (CLO) : After studying this course, students will be familiar with
different methods of archaeology. This archaeological method will play an important role in
analysing the archaeological remains as well as help the students a lot in making proper
conclusions and scientific decisions.
Suggested Books-
8- B. Allchin And Raymond- Origins of Civilization
9- Martimer Wheeler – Archaeology from the Earth
10- Sushmita Panday – Archaeological Methods and Techniques
11- Tks0,u0 ik.Ms;& iqjkrRo foe‛kZ
12- eueksgu flag& iqjkrRo dh :ijs[kk
13- jk/kkdkUr oekZ& {ks=h; iqjkrRo
14- jk/kkdkUr oekZ& iqjkrRo vuq‛khyu
¼202½ xkSM+ (Minor)
ikB~;Øe ‚kh’kZd& Hkkjrh; n‛kZu&II
mn~ns‛;& bl ikBîØe dk mís'; Nk=ksa dks Hkkjrh; ‘kM~ n'kZu lka[;] U;k;] oS‛ksf’kd] ;ksx] ehekalk ,oa
osnkar dh lHkh vkè;kfRed vkSj KkuehekalkRed voèkkj.kkvksa vkSj fopkjksa ds ckjs esa i<+kuk vkSj çf'kf{kr
djuk gSA
bdkbZ&1
lka[; n‛kZu& lka[; n‛kZu dk lkekU; ifjp;] lRdk;Zokn] iq:"k] izÑfr] fodklokn ds
fl)kUr ,oa dSoY;A
bdkbZ&2
U;k; n‛kZu& U;k; n‛kZu dk lkekU; ifjp;] izek.k&fopkj] izR;;] vuqeku] 'kCn]
mieku] rRoehekalkA
bdkbZ&3
oS'ksf"kd n‛kZu& oS‛ksf’kd n‛kZu dk lkekU; ifjp;] inkFkZ&fu:i.k] ijek.kqokn] l`f’V
vkSj izy;A
bdkbZ&4
;ksx n‛kZu& ;ksx n‛kZu dk lkekU; ifjp;] fpRr foKku] lekf/k dk Lo:i] v’Vkax
;ksx] bZ‛oj dk Lo:i] dSoY;A
bdkbZ&5
1- ehekalk n‛kZu& izek.k fopkj] rRo fopkj] vkRek dk fopkj ,oa eks{kA
2- osnkUr n‛kZu& rRoehekalk] Kku&ehekalk ,oa eks{k dk Lo:iA
3- Hkkjrh; n‛kZu dh izkalkfxdrkA
ifj.kke (Outcome)- bl ikBîØe ds ekè;e ls Nk= çkphu Hkkjrh; fopkjdksa ds nk'kZfud fl)karksa
dk v/;;u djsxAsa lkFk gh Hkkjr dh le`) lkaL—frd Kku ls :c:c gksx
a As ;g fo’k; izfr;ksxh
ijh{kkvksa ds fy, dkQh fgrdj gksxkA
lacfU/kr xzaFk&
1- MkW- pUnz/kj 'kekZ] Hkkjrh; n'kZu vykspu vkSj vuq'khyu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh 1995
2- MkW- ch-,u- flag ,oa MkW- vk'kk flag] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] LVwMs.V~l Ýs.M~l ,.M dEiuh] dk'kh fgUnw
fo'ofo|ky; ekxZ yadk] okjk.klh 1996
3- izks- gjsUnz izlkn flUgk] Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh :ijs[kk] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1963
4- cynso mik/;k;] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] 'kkjnk efUnj okjk.klh] 1997
5- uUn fd'kksj nsojkt] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] mÙkj izns'k fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] y[kuÅ] 1975
6- Dutta & Chatterjee, An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, University of Calcutta, 1968
7- M. Hiriyanna, Outlines of Indian Philosophy, George Allen and Unwin, Lodon-1932
(202) Minor
Course Title : Indian Philosophy-II
Course objective : The objective of this course is to teach and train the students about all the
spiritual and epistemological concepts and ideas of Indian Shad Darshana, Samkhya, Nyaya,
Vaisheshika, Yoga, Mimamsa, and Vedanta.
Unit - 1
Sankhya Philosophy : A General Introduction to Sankhya Philosophy,
Satkaryavada, Purusa, Prakriti, Principles of Evolution, and Kaivalya.
Unit - 2
Nyaya Philosophy : General Introduction to the Philosophy of Nyaya, Praman-
vichar, Pratyaksha, Anuman, Shabda, Upamana, Metaphysics.
Unit - 3
Vaisheshik Darshana : A general introduction to Vaisheshik philosophy, Padarth-
Nirupan, Atomism (paramaanuvaad), Srshti (Creation) and Pralay (Holocaust).
Unit - 4
Yoga Darshan : General Introduction to Yoga Darshan, Chitta Vigyan, The form
of Samadhi, Ashtanga Yoga, The form of God, Kaivalya.
Unit - 5
A. Mimamsa Philosophy : Proof thought, elemental thought, idea of soul and
salvation.
B. Vedanta philosophy : metaphysics, epistemology and The form of salvation
C. Relevance of Indian Philosophy.
Course Learning Outcome (CLO) : Through this course, students will study the philosophical
principles of ancient Indian thinkers. Along with this, you will get acquainted with the rich
cultural knowledge of India. This topic will be very beneficial for competitive exams.
Suggested Books :
Suggested Books :
bdkbZ & 5 Ik;kZoj.k iznw’k.k] izca/ku] lkekftd eqn~ns] jk’Vªh; ,oa vUrjkZ’Vªh; le>kSrk&
1- iznq’k.k ds izdkj] fu;a=.k ds mik;] izca/ku ,oa mlls tqM+h leL;k,¡A
2- Ik;kZoj.k dkuwu ,oa vf/kfu;eA
3- Ik;kZoj.k vkanksyu] lapkj ,oa tutkx:drk dk;ZØeA
4- Ik;kZoj.k laj{k.k ,oa fu;a=.k ls lacaf/kr jk’Vªh; ,oa vUrjkZ’Vªh; laxBuA
Ikfj.kke (Outcome) - bl ikB~;Øe ds v/;;u ds Ik‛pkr~ fo|kFkhZ Ik;kZoj.k ls lacaf/kr lHkh izdkj dh
tkudkfj;ksa ls ifjfpr gksaxAs lkFk gh ;g ikB~;dze fo|kfFkZ;kssa dks Ik;kZoj.k ds laj{k.k dh psruk dks
fodflr djus esa enn djsxkA blds vfrfjDr ;g fo’k; fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks izfr;ksxh ijh{kkvksa ds fy, Hkh
dkQh fgrdj lkfcr gksxkA
lacfU/kr xzaFk&
1- MkW0 lrh‛k dqekj ,oa MkW0 nhif‛k[kk& i;kZoj.kh; v/;;u ch ch ih ifCyds‛kUl] esjB
2- MkW- ohjsUnz flag ;kno] Hkkjrh; laLÑfr esa i;kZoj.k fpUru ds fofo/k vk;ke] vksesxk ifCyds'kUl] ubZ
fnYyh] 2010
3- MkW- n;k 'kadj f=ikBh] i;kZoj.k v/;;u] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 2005
4- Mh-,l- f=ikBh] i;kZoj.k psruk 1997
5- Satish Kumar and Deepshikha- Environmental Studies, BBP Publication, Meerut UP,
6- P.D. Sharma- Elements of Ecology, 1988
(204) Ability Enhancement (AE)
Course Title : Environment
Course objective : Through this course, students will be exposed to environmental knowledge.
In which the meaning, definition, area and importance of the environment, concepts related to
the environment in Indian culture, biomes, ecosystems, biodiversity, natural resources, pollution,
national and international agreements, etc. will be studied deeply.
Unit - 1 Environment-
Definition, scope and importance, environment in Indian culture, public
awareness for environmental protection.
Unit - 2 Biomes and Ecosystem-
A. Biomes- Tropical, temperate, forest, grassland, desert, tundra and wetland.
B. Structure, functions and types of ecosystems and their conservation and
restoration.
Unit - 3 Biodiversity-
Biodiversity and its Conservation, Biodiversity- Introduction, Problems and
Conservation, Levels of Biodiversity- Genetic, Ethnic and Ecological Diversity,
Bio-geographical Classification of India.
Unit - 4 Natural Resources-
Introduction, problems and conservation, different types of natural resources-
forest, land, food, energy and water.
Unit - 5 Environmental Pollution, Management, Social Issues, National and International
Convention-
A. Types of pollution, control measures, management and related problems.
B. Environmental Laws and Acts.
C. Environmental movement, communication and public awareness programmes.
D. National and international organizations related to environmental protection
and control.
Course Learning Outcome (CLO) : After studying this course, students will be familiar with
all kinds of information related to the environment. Also, this course will help the students
develop an awareness of conservation of the environment. Apart from this, this subject will also
prove to be very beneficial for students preparing for competitive examinations.
Suggested Books :
7- Satish Kumar and Deepshikha- Environmental Studies, BBP Publication Pvt. Ltd.
Meerut, UP.
8- P.D. Sharma- Elements of Ecology, 1988
9- MkW0 lrh‛k dqekj ,oa MkW0 nhif‛k[kk& i;kZoj.kh; v/;;u ch ch ih ifCyds‛kUl] esjB
10- MkW- ohjsUnz flag ;kno] Hkkjrh; laLÑfr esa i;kZoj.k fpUru ds fofo/k vk;ke] vksesxk ifCyds'kUl] ubZ
fnYyh] 2010
11- MkW- n;k 'kadj f=ikBh] i;kZoj.k v/;;u] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 2005
12- Mh-,l- f=ikBh] i;kZoj.k psruk 1997
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
B. A. English-Sem.-I
English Communication
20 400
Environment studies
20 400
PAPER- 1
Major
Course Credits: 6
Learning Outcomes
Some of the course learning outcomes that students of this course are required to demonstrate run
thus: understand the tradition of English literature from 14th to 17th centuries.
develop a clear understanding of Renaissance Humanism that provides the basis for
the texts suggested engage with the major genres and forms of English literature and develop
fundamental skills required for close reading and critical thinking of the texts and concepts
appreciate and analyze the poems and plays in the larger socio-political and religious
Course Content
‘Batter My Heart’
Suggested Topics
Renaissance Humanism
The Stage, Court and City
Religious and Political Thought
Ideas of Love and Marriage
The Writer in Society
Suggested Readings
Pico Della Mirandola, excerpts from the Oration on the Dignity of Man, in The Portable
Renaissance Reader, ed. James Bruce Ross and Mary Martin McLaughlin (New York: Penguin
Books, 1953) pp. 476–9.
John Calvin, ‘Predestination and Free Will’, in The Portable Renaissance Reader,ed. James
Bruce Ross and Mary Martin McLaughlin (New York: Penguin Books,1953) pp. 704–11.
Baldassare Castiglione, ‘Longing for Beauty’ and ‘Invocation of Love’, in Book 4 of The
Courtier, ‘Love and Beauty’, tr. George Bull (Harmondsworth: Penguin, rpt. 1983) pp. 324– 8,
330–5.
Philip Sidney, An Apology for Poetry, ed. Forrest G. Robinson (Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill,
1970) pp. 13–18.
Paper-2
Minor-General Psychology
Course Credits: 6
Learning Outcomes
2. Developing skills for applying psychological knowledge to real life situations so as to improve
interpersonal interactions and adjustment in life.
Course Content
Unit 1:
Theories of intelligence: Spearman ‘g’ theory, Sternberg and Gardner; Emotional intelligence;
References:
Ciccarelli , S. K & Meyer, G.E (2008). Psychology (South Asian Edition). New Delhi: Pearson
Feldman.S.R. (2009).Essentials of understanding psychology ( 7th Ed.) New Delhi : Tata McGraw Hill.
Michael ,W., Passer, Smith,R.E. (2007). Psychology The science of mind and Behavior. New
Delhi:Tata McGraw-Hill
Paper-3
Course Credits: 4
Learning Outcomes
convey their ideas in English using simple and acceptable English in writing
understand to recognize and draft different types of writing – e.g. classroom notes,
summaries, reports, exploratory and descriptive paragraphs, substantiating etc describe a
diagram or elaborate information contained in a graph, chart, table etc
write a review of a book or a movie
write a report on an academic or cultural event that takes place in a college or university for
a journal or a newspaper
Course Contents
2.2. Study Skills including note making, note taking, information transfer, reviewing etc.
Suggested Readings
Liz Hamp-Lyons and Ben Heasley, Study writing: A Course in Writing Skills for Academic Purposes
(Cambridge: CUP, 2006).
Renu Gupta, A Course in Academic Writing (New Delhi: Orient BlackSwan, 2010).
Ilona Leki, Academic Writing: Exploring Processes and Strategies (New York: CUP, 2nd edn, 1998).
Gerald Graff and Cathy Birkenstein, They Say/I Say: The Moves That Matter in Academic Writing
(New York: Norton, 2009).
Course Credits: 4
Learning Objectives:
The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the theory, fundamentals and tools of
communication and to develop in them vital communication skills which should be integral to
personal, social and professional interactions.
1.1 Vocabulary Building: Suffix, Prefix, Synonyms, Antonyms, Homophones, Homonyms and one-
word substitution.
1.2. Basic Grammar: Noun, Pronoun, Adjective, Verb, Adverb, Prepositions, Articles, Time and Tense
2.2. Language of Communication: Verbal and Non-verbal (Spoken and Written) Personal, Social and
Business Barriers and Strategies Intra-personal, Inter-personal and Group communication
3. Speaking Skills:
Monologue
Dialogue
Group Discussion
Interview
Public Speech
Close Reading
Comprehension
Summary
Paraphrasing
5. Writing Skills:
Documenting,
Report Writing,
Making notes,
Letter writing
Recommended Readings:
4. Language through Literature (forthcoming) ed. Dr. Gauri Mishra, Dr Ranjana Kaul, Dr Brati Biswas
Learning Outcomes :
1. Prepare for various competitive exams by developing their English language competence.
2. Promote their comprehension skills being exposed to a variety of texts and their interpretations
It is hoped that after studying this course, students will find a difference in their personal and
professional interactions.
PAPER 1:
Type - Major
Course Credits: 6
Learning Outcomes :
historically situate classical European, i.e., Greek and Latin literary cultures and their
socio-political-cultural contexts engage with classical literary traditions of Europe from the
beginning till the 5th
century AD grasp the evolution of the concept of classic and classical in the European
literary
thinking and its reception over a period of time appreciate classical literature of Europe and
pursue their interests in it
examine different ways of reading and using literary texts across a wide range of classical
authors, genres and periods with comparative perspectives
develop ability to pursue research in the field of classic
develop academic and practical skills in terms of communication and presentation and also
learn about human and literary values of classical period
Course Content
1.Classical Drama:
3. Classical Tragedy
4. Classical Poetry
5.Classical Comedy
Suggested Readings
Homer, The Illiad. Tr. E.V. Rieu. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1985.
Sophocles, Oedipus the King. Tr. Robert Fagles in Sophocles: The Three Theban Plays.
Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1984.
Richard Rutherford, Classical Literature: A Concise History. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing, 2005.
Paper -2
Type-Minor
Community Psychology
Course Credits: 6
Learning Outcomes
2. Developing an appreciation of the core values that guide community psychology and facilitate
community functions.
4. Community programme for child and maternal health, for physically challenged and elderly
people in the Indian context, through case studies
Course Content
4.1 Need and process of community organization and building for health promotion programming
4.2 Community programme for child and maternal health, for physical challenged and old age in the
Indian context.
5.2 Case studies of community intervention programs by the governmental and nongovernmental
organizations in Indian context such as, rural panchayat programs, children’s education, citizen right,
self- help group, social accounting.
Suggestive readings:
Banerjee, A., Banerji, R., Duflo, E., Glenneske, R., & Khenani, S. (2006) Can Information
Campaign start local participation and improve outcomes? A study of primary education in
Uttar Pradesh, India, World Bank Policy Research, Working Paper No.3967
Fetterman, D.M., Kaftarian, S.J. & Wandersman, A (Eds)(1996) Empowerment Evaluation,
New Delhi : Sage Publication.
Kloos B. Hill, J Thomas, Wandersman A, Elias M.J. & Dalton J.H. (2012). Community
Psychology: Linking Individuals and Communities, Wadsworth Cengage Learning.
McKenzie, J. F. Pinger, R. R. & Kotecki, J. E. (2005). An introduction to community health.
United States: Jones and Bartlett Publishers.
Misra, G. (Ed). (2010) Psychology in India. Indian Council of Social Science Research. Dorling
Kindersley (India) Pvt Ltd. Pearson Education
Poland, B. D., Green, L.W. & Rootman, I.(2000) Setting for Health Promotion: Linking Theory
and Practice, Sage Publication, New Delhi
PAPER- 3:
Course Credits: 4
Learning Outcomes
develop the professional ability to communicate information clearly and effectively in all
kinds of environment and contexts.
demonstrate practical skills of various types of media writing, reviews, reports,
programmes and discussions demonstrate their familiarity with the new media, its
techniques, practices of socialmedia and hypermedia.
critically analyze the ways in which the media reflects, represents and influences the
contemporary world and identify avenues for a career in print and electronic media.
Course Content
3. Advertisement
1. Types of advertisements
2. Advertising ethics
4. Media Writing
c. Editing articles
Suggested Readings
Bernet, John R, Mass Communication, an Introduction. New Jersey: Prantice Hall, 1989.
Stanley J. Baran and Davis, Mass Communication Theory: Foundations, Ferment and Future.
Boston: Wadsworth Cengage Learning, 2012.
Katherine Miller, Communication theories: Perspectives, Processes and Contexts. New York:
McGraw Hill, 2004.
Michael Ruffner and Michael Burgoon, Interpersonal Communication. New York & London: Holt,
Rinehart and Winston1981.
Kevin Williams, Understanding Media Theory. London & New York: Bloomsbury, 2015.
V.S. Gupta, Communication and Development. New Delhi: Concept Publication, 2000.
Paper -4
Environment Studies
Course Credits: 4
Learning Outcomes
Introduction to Ecology
What is an ecosystem?
Energy flow in an ecosystem: food chains, food webs and ecological succession.
• Land resources and landuse change; Land degradation, soil erosion and desertification.
• Deforestation: Causes and impacts due to mining, dam building on environment, forests,
biodiversity and tribal populations.
• Water : Use and over-exploitation of surface and ground water, floods, droughts, conflicts over
water (international & inter-state).
• Energy resources : Renewable and non renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy
sources, growing energy needs, case studies. (8 lectures)
Biogeographic zones of India; Biodiversity patterns and global biodiversity hot spots
• Ecosystem and biodiversity services: Ecological, economic, social, ethical, aesthetic and
Informational value.
• Environmental pollution : types, causes, effects and controls; Air, water, soil and noise
pollution • Nuclear hazards and human health risks
• Climate change, global warming, ozone layer depletion, acid rain and impacts on human
communities and agriculture 2/2
• Environment Laws: Environment Protection Act; Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act;
Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act; Wildlife Protection Act; Forest Conservation Act.
International agreements: Montreal and Kyoto protocols and Convention on Biological Diversity
(CBD).
• Nature reserves, tribal populations and rights, and human wildlife conflicts in Indian context.
• Environmental ethics: Role of Indian and other religions and cultures in environmental
conservation.
• Environmental communication and public awareness, case studies (e.g., CNG vehicles in Delhi).
Suggested Readings:
3. Gleeson, B. and Low, N. (eds.) 1999. Global Ethics and Environment, London, Routledge.
4. Gleick, P. H. 1993. Water in Crisis. Pacific Institute for Studies in Dev., Environment & Security.
Stockholm Env. Institute, Oxford Univ. Press.
5. Groom, Martha J., Gary K. Meffe, and Carl Ronald Carroll. Principles of Conservation Biology.
Sunderland: Sinauer Associates, 2006.
6. Grumbine, R. Edward, and Pandit, M.K. 2013. Threats from India’s Himalaya dams. Science,
339: 36-37.
7. McCully, P. 1996. Rivers no more: the environmental effects of dams (pp. 29-64). Zed Books.
8. McNeill, John R. 2000. Something New Under the Sun: An Environmental History of the
Twentieth Century.
9. Odum, E.P., Odum, H.T. & Andrews, J. 1971. Fundamentals of Ecology. Philadelphia:
Saunders.
10. Pepper, I.L., Gerba, C.P. & Brusseau, M.L. 2011. Environmental and Pollution Science.
Academic Press.
11. Rao, M.N. & Datta, A.K. 1987. Waste Water Treatment. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt.
Ltd.
12. Raven, P.H., Hassenzahl, D.M. & Berg, L.R. 2012. Environment. 8th edition. John Wiley &
Sons.
13. Rosencranz, A., Divan, S., & Noble, M. L. 2001. Environmental law and policy in India. Tripathi
1992.
14. Sengupta, R. 2003. Ecology and economics: An approach to sustainable development. OUP.
15. Singh, J.S., Singh, S.P. and Gupta, S.R. 2014. Ecology, Environmental Science and
Conservation. S. Chand Publishing, New Delhi.
16. Sodhi, N.S., Gibson, L. & Raven, P.H. (eds). 2013. Conservation Biology: Voices from the
Tropics. John Wiley & Sons.
17. Thapar, V. 1998. Land of the Tiger: A Natural History of the Indian Subcontinent.
19. Wilson, E. O. 2006. The Creation: An appeal to save life on earth. New York: Norton.
20. World Commission on Environment and Development. 1987. Our Common Future. Oxford
University Press
Centre for Biotechnology Studies
A.P.S. University Rewa (M.P.)
First Semester
Scheme of Marks
BT102 Zoology I 35 13 15 06 50
(Invertebrates)
Practical –I (Based on 50 18 50
Paper I and II)
Total 300
Note: Internal assessment marks will be based on written test of concerned subject.
B.Sc. Biotechnology (Hon’s)
Semester-I
Paper-1st (BT-101)
Botany I (Lower Plants)
Unit-1
Algae: General characters: General account on : habitat and habit , algal cell structure, algal
pigments, flagella and food reserves. Types of the life cycle and Classification. Introduction to
cyanobacteria, occurrence, salient features, thallus organization and reproduction in Nostoc.
Unit-2
Habitat, structure, reproduction and life cycle of following forms: Chlorophyta - Volvox, , Chara.
Xanthophyta: Occurrence, salient features, thallus organization and reproduction in Vaucheria.
Bacillariophyta: Occurrence, salient features, thallus organization and reproduction of pennate and
centric diatoms.
Phaeophyta: Occurrence, salient features, thallus organization and reproduction with reference to
Ectocarpus.
Rhodophyta: Occurrence, salient features, thallus organization and reproduction in Polysiphonia
Economic importance of algae.
Unit-3
Fungi: General characters, classification, Important Features, structure and mode of reproduction
in fungi, and life history of Mastigomycotina- Phytophthora, Zygomycotiana Mucor,
Ascomycotina :Aspergillus, Peziza,l Basibiomycotina - Puccinia, Alternaria, Agaricus
Deurteromycotina Cercospora.
Lichens: Classification, occurrence, systematic position, mode of nutrition, reproduction and
economic importance.
Unit-4
General characters and classification of Bryophyta
Hepaticopsida: Marchantia
Anthoceropsida: Anthoceros
Bryopsida: Polytricum
Unit-5
Pteridophyta: Important Characteristics and Classification
Psilophytopsida: Rhynia
Lycopsida: Lycopodium
Sphenopsida: Equisetum
B.Sc. Biotechnology (Hon’s)
Semester-I
Paper-2nd (BT-102)
Zoology-I (Invertebrates)
Unit-1
Elementary Knowledge of Zoological Nomenclature and International Code.
Classification of Lower Invertebrates (According to Parker and Haswell 7th edition)
Classification of Higher Invertebrates (According to Parker and Haswell 7th edition)
Protozoa- Type, Study of Plasmodium, Protozoa and Diseases.
Unit-2
Porifera- Type study of Sycon.
Types of Canal system.
Coelenterata- Type study of Obelia
Unit-3
Helminthes- Type study of Liver Fluke.
Nematodes and diseases.
Annelida- Type study of earthworm , metamerism.
Type Study of Hirudinaria.
Structure and significance of Trochophore larva.
Unit-4
Arthropoda- Type study of Prawn.
Types study of Periplanata.
Larval forms of Crustacea.
Insect as Vectors of human diseases.
Unit-5
Mollusca- Type study of Pila
Echinodermata- External features and water vascular system of Star fish.
Larval forms of Echinoderms.
Unit-1
Atomic Structure: Idea of de Broglie matter wave, Heisenberg uncertainty principle, atomic
orbital’s, Quantum numbers, shapes of s, p, d orbitals, Trends in periodic table and applications in
predicting and explaining the physical and chemical behaviors. Atomic radii, ionic radii, ionization
energy, electron affinity and electro negativity.
Unit-2
Chemical Bonding: Valence bond theory and its limitations ,directional characteristics of covalent
bond, various types of hybridization and shapes of simple inorganic molecules and ions, Valence
shell electron pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory, homonuclear and heteronuclear (CO and NO)
diatomic molecules, Weak interactions, Hydrogen bonding, van der Waal forces.
Unit-3
s - Block elements: Comparative study, diagonal relationships, salient features of Hydrides,
Solvation and complexation tendencies. p- Block elements: Comparative study of groups 13–17
elements, compounds like hydrides, oxides, halides of group 13-16, basic properties of halogens,
inter halogens and polyhalides. d- blocks elements: First transition series -Properties of the
elements of the first transition series, stability of their oxidation states, coordination number.
Second and Third transition series – General characteristics, comparative treatments with their 3d-
analogues in respect of ionic radii, oxidation state and magnetic property.
Unit-4
Thermodynamics- Principles, Kirchhoff’s equation, calculation of w, q, ΔU, ΔH, The Hender-
Hasselbatch equation, of thermodynamics, Enthalpy, Second law of thermodynamics, Entropy free
energy, chemical equilibrium, law of mass sction, Le chatlier’s principles.
Different States: Structural differences between - solids, liquids and gases. Intermolecular forces,
Definition of space lattice, unit cell. Bragg’s equation. crystal structure of NaCl, KCl and CsCl,
Ideal and non ideal solutions, methods of expressing concentration of solutions, Acid-Base
concept.
Unit-5
Chemical kinetics & its scope, Rate of reaction, factors influencing the rate of reactions, zero
order, second order, pseudo order, half life & mean life, various theories of chemical kinetics,
Arrhenious equation & catalysis.
Solution, ideal & non ideal solution, Different methods of concentration expression, raoult’s law
B.Sc. Biotechnology (Hon’s)
Semester-I
Paper-4th (BT-104)
Cell Biology
Unit-1
Introduction, Scope and Importance, History of Cytology. Prokaryotic cell, Eukaryotic cell (Plant
and Animal Cell). Structure of cell wall.
Plasma membrane: structure and functions (simple diffusion, facilitated diffusion, active
transport, endocytosis, pinocytosis, phagocytois, and exocytosis).
Unit-2
Structure and functions of mitochondria, chloroplast, Structure and functions of Endoplasmic
reticulum, Endoplasmic reticulum targeting proteins, protein folding and processing in ER,
Targeting of lysosomal protein. Structure and function of Golgi complex, Protein Glycosylation
within the Golgi. Structure and functions of Ribosome. Lysosome and Inracellular digestion.
Unit-3
The nucleus and nucleolus. structure and classification of Chromosomes.
Chromosome structure and its types. Lampbrush and Polytene Chromosomes.
Cellular reproduction: Cell cycle- mitosis and meiosis.
Unit-4
Cell Motility and Shape I: Structure and function of microfilaments and Intermediate Filaments.
Molecular Mechanisms of Cell-Cell Adhesions. Extracellular Matrix of animals, Cell signaling.
Introduction and application of stem cells.
Unit-5
General introduction of Cancer, Apoptosis and necrosis.
Techniques in cell biology: chromosomal banding techniques. Principles and applications of light
microscope and electron microscope (Scanning and transmission). Karyotyping and Idiogram.
Centre for Biotechnology Studies
A.P.S. University Rewa (M.P.)
B.Sc. (Hon’s) Biotechnology,
Second Semester
Scheme of Marks
BT203 Organic 35 13 15 06 50
Basics of
Chemistry
BT204 Genetics & Molecular 35 13 15 06 50
Biology
Practical –I (Based on 50 18 50
Paper I and II)
Total 300
Note: Internal assessment marks will be based on written test of concerned subject.
Unit-1
Gymnosperm: General characters and Classification of Gymnosperms. Heterospory and Origin
of Seed Habit. Diversity of Gymnosperm: Geological Time Scale and Fossilization. Fossil
Gymnosperms: Lyginopteris and Lagenostoma. Morphology, Anatomy Reproduction and life
cycle, of Cycas, Pinus and Ephedra.
Unit-2
Angiosperms: - : Origin and Evolution of Angiosperms. Terminology for plant description in
semi technical language: Principles and rules of Botanical Nomenclature, Herbarium and
Botanical gardens; Classification of Angiosperms: Bentham and Hooker, Hutchinson, and Engler
& Prantals Modern trends inTaxonomy.
Unit-3
Taxonomy: Diagnostic characteristics and Economic Importance of Families – Ranunculaceae,
Brassicaceae, Malvaceae, Rutaceae, Fabaceae, Apiaceae, Asteraceae, Asclepiadaceae,
Solanaceae, Lamiaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Liliaceae and Poaceae.
Unit-4
Plant Physiology: - Plant Water Relations: Properties of water, Importance of water in plant life,
Diffusion, Osmosis & Osmotic relation to plant cell. Water Absorption, Ascent of Sap.
Transpiration: Structure & Physiology of Stomata, Mechanism of Transpiration, Factors affecting
the rate of transpiration.
Unit-5
Embryology: Concept of flower as a modified shoot. Structure of Anther, Microsporogenesis and
Male Gametophyte. Structure of Pistil, Ovules, Megasporogenesis and Development of Female
Gametophyte (Embryo Sac) and its types. Pollination– Mechanism and Agencies of Pollination,
Pollen Pistil interactions and Self incompatibility. Double Fertilization and triple fusion.
Development and types of endosperm and its morphological nature, Development of Embryo in
Monocot and Dicot. Fruit development and maturation. Seed structure and dispersal. Mode of
Vegetative Propagation.
B.Sc. Biotechnology (Hon’s)
Semester-II
Paper-6th (BT-202)
Zoology II (Vertebrates)
Unit-1
Origin of Chordates Classification of phylum Chordata upto orders according to Parker and Haswell ( Latest
edition).
Hemichordata – External features and affinities of Balanoglossus.
Urochordata – Type study of Herdmania.
Cephalochordata – Type study of Amphioxus. Affinities of Amphioxus.
Unit-2
Comparative account of limb bones and girdles of vertebrates (Amphibia, Reptiles, Birds and
Mammals).
Comparative account of digestive system.
Comparative account of respiratory system.
Comparative account of aortic arches and heart.
Comparative account of brain
Placentation in mammals.
Unit-3
Origan of life- modern concepts only.
Lamarckism, Darwinism.
Modern synthetic theories: Variations, Mutation, Isolation & speciation
Adaptation and mimicry
Micro, macro evolution and mega evolution.
Unit-4
Aquaculture
Prawn culture: Culture of fresh water prawn , methods of prawn fishing ,preservation and processing of
prawns.
Pearl culture and pear industry.
Major carp culture : Management of ponds , preservation and processing of fishes.
Maintenance of Aquarium.
Unit-5
Economic Entomology
Sericulture: Species of silkworm, life history of Bombyx mori, Sericulture Industry in India.
Apiculture – Life cycle of the species methods of bee keeping, products of bees, enemies of bees.
Lac culture: Lifecycle, and association with the host plant.
Biological control of insect pests.
B.Sc. Biotechnology (Hon’s)
Semester-II
Paper-7th (BT-203)
Basics of Organic Chemistry
Unit-1
Structure of Organic compounds, bond length, bond angle, Hydrogen bond, Resonance, Electronic
effects, inductive, Mesomeric, Electromeric & Hyperconjugation. Nucleophiles and Electrophiles,
Reaction intermediates Carbonium ions, Carbanions, Free radicals and Carbenes, Homolytic
fission and Heterolytic fission.
Unit-2
Introduction, Nomenclature, Isomerism, Preparation and General Properties of Aliphatic
hydrocarbons, Alkanes, Alkenes and Alkynes, Cycloalkanes,
Unit-3
Introduction, Nomenclature, Preperation and general properties of Alcohols, Phenols, Aldehyde
and Ketones. Aromaticity.
Unit-4
Carbohydrates(monosaccarides, diasaccarides and polysaccharides) : classification and general
properties, Glucose and fructose (open chain and cyclic structure), Overview of primary,
secondary, tertiary and Quaternary structure of proteins. Introduction, glycerides, synthetic
detergents, Introduction, classification of amino acids
Unit-5
Stereochemistry: Simple molecules , Hybridization, conformation & configuration, Geometrical
isomerism, optical isomerism, Chirality, Enantiomers and optical activity
B.Sc. Biotechnology (Hon’s)
Semester-II
Paper-8th (BT-204)
Genetics & Molecular Biology
Unit-1
Importance of Genetics, Gene, allele, genotype and phenotype.
Mendelian laws of inheritance, Monohybrid cross, Law of Dominance and the law of segregation,
Dihybrid cross and law of independent assortment.
Interactions of genes, complementary genes, reversions , lethal genes, epistasis.
Multiple alleles, Blood groups, Rh factor.
Unit-2
Sex linked inheritance: X linkage, sex linkage in man, color blindness, Hemophilia (Bleeder’s
disease) and other genetic diseases.
Characteristics of X linked inheritance.
Y linked inheritance in Man, Inheritance of X-Y linked genes.
Human genetics (pedigree analysis, karyotypes and genetic disorder).
Unit-3
Structure of prokaryotic and eukaryotic genomes.
Molecular basis of life. Nucleic acids as genetic material.
Structure of DNA and its alternative forms.
Structure and Types of RNA.
DNA replication in prokaryotes (enzymology and process)
Unit-4
Prokaryotic gene expression: Prokaryotic transcription.
Genetic code
Prokaryotic translation.
Regulation of gene expression: Operon concept (Lac and Trp operon)
Unit-5
DNA recombination: molecular mechanisms
Mutation (point mutation, frame shift mutation) chromosomal aberration and DNA repair.
Oncogenes and Tumor Suppressor Genes: Properties and Significance
Insertion elements and transposons.
Centre for Biotechnology Studies
A.P.S. University Rewa (M.P.)
B.Sc. (Hon’s) Biotechnology,
Third Semester
Scheme of Marks
BT302 Fundamentals of 35 13 15 06 50
Biochemistry
BT303 Principle of 35 13 15 06 50
Microbiology
BT304 Biostatistics 35 13 15 06 50
Practical –I (Based on 50 18 50
Paper I and II)
Total 300
Note: Internal assessment marks will be based on written test of concerned subject.
B.Sc. Biotechnology (Hon’s)
Semester-III
Paper-9th (BT-301)
Computer Application
Unit I
Unit II
Introduction to Operating system: Need, functions, control programs, OS supervisor, Job control
programs concurrent, C. S., popular OS for PC’s. Introductions to DOS, Internal commands,
External commands, (TREE, UNDELTE, CHKDSK, FDISK, FC, BACKUP, RESORE,
FORMAT, UNFORMAT, JOIN, XCOPY)
Unit III
Introduction to windows: Program manager, file manager, customizing windows with control
panel, print manager. File shearing. Computer languages.
Unit IV
Introduction to MS office: The office manager, Starting information with MS office, The
clipboard, Word, Excel, Power point. Word processing with word; word basis, Undo, redo, repeat,
Insert, text, replace Text, copying form one word document to other. Printing, auto formation,
autocorrect.
Unit V
Internet- introduction and application: LAN, WAN, MAN, WWW, Search engines,WiFi,LiFi.
The foundation of biochemistry: Biochemical organization of Cell, Intra and inter molecular forces
electrostatic interactions and Hydrogen bonding interaction, vander Waals and Hydrophobic
interactions, Disulphide bridges, Role of water and weak interactions, Chemical foundations of
Biology- pH, pK, acids, bases, buffers, weak bonds & Covalent bonds.
UNIT-2
2. Lipids: Classification, nomenclature, structure and property of fatty acids,Simple lipids- Triglisrids,
fates and Waxes. Compound lipids- classification, structure, distribution, and biological importance,
role of prostaglandine,leukotrins and thromboxans, Sterols- Cholestrol, role in biological system.
Tarpenes and phenols.
UNIT -3
1. Nucleic acids: Structure, Properties of purines and pyrimidine bases,DNA : Structure, conformation,
prokaryotic and eukaryotic DNA, nucleotides,Chromosomal and extrachromosomal DNA
2. RNA: Structure, types and function of mRNA, tRNA, Ribozymes: structure and functions.
UNIT-4
3. Amino acids- classification, structure, property, Zwitter ion, titration curve and biologically
important amino acids
5. Proteins: Classification, Primary structure, nature of peptide bond, secondary structure, hydrogen
bonding, salt bridge, disulphide bonds, hydrophobic and hydrophilic interaction in proteine and role
of these bonds in protein folding, α-helix, β- sheet, and beta turns structures etc.Tertiary and quaternary
structure. Biological role of proteins.
UNIT-5
Enzymes; General characteristics and Catalytic power of enzymes and their classification, Energy
considerations, Factors affecting enzyme activity, Enzyme kinetics, Michaelis- Menten equation,
Allosteric enzymes .Vitamins and cofactors: Structure, distribution, interaction and biological
properties Hormones- structure, distribution and function.
Principles of Microbiology
UNIT I
Scope of Microbiology:
Historical aspect: Early observations of Antony Van Leeuwenhoek,
Control of Infections: Vaccination, Chemotherapy, Antibiotics.
Aseptic Techniques: Disinfection, sterilization, pasteurization.
UNIT II
Diversity of Micro organisms: Archaea, Prokaryota, Eukaryota [an overview of structure].
Brief introduction of Bacteria, Fungi, Protozoa, Algae [protistean] and Viruses. Viroids and Prions.
Kingdom Monera, Five kingdom system and its modifications. The Three Domains.
Bergey’s manual of Systematic Bacteriology.
UNIT III
Identification of Bacteria: Culture and Isolation.
Methods of Pure culture of Microorganisms: Concept of Pure culture, Streak plate method, Pour
plate method. Culture media.s
Staining of bacteria: Gram stain, Acid–fast stain, Endospore stain, Negative stain, flagella stain.
Estimation of Micro-organisms: Dilution plate technique, MPN method.
UNIT IV
Bacterial cell: External Structure; Flagella, Pili, Glyocalyx, Cell wall ,
Gram Positive and Gram negative bacteria,
Internal Structure: Cytoplasm, Nucleiod, Endospore. Structure of Archaea cell.
UNIT V
Microbial Growth.
Measurement of Growth: Turbidity, Dry weight measurement.
Physical factors affecting growth: Temperature, pH, Water activity.
Chemical factors affecting growth: carbon, Nitrogen, Sulphur, Phosphorus, Trace elements,
Oxygen. Continuous and Batch culture.
Food Borne Infections: Food poisoning. Infective and toxic, Bacterial and non-bacterial. General
methods of their diagnosis .Organisms from common food items such as curd and bread.
UNIT – I
Collection of Data, Classification and Tabulation of Data : Graphical presentation, bar charts, Pie
diagrams,Graphs, Measures of Central Tendency, Measures of Dispersion. Correlation and
Regression.
UNIT – II
UNIT – III
Parameters and Statistics, Sampling Distribution, Theory of Error, Test of Significant, Mean and
Standard deviation, chi-square test for goodness of fit, T-test, Analysis of Variance.
UNIT – IV
UNIT – V
Factor Analysis. Path analysis, Classification and Discriminant Analysis Tools: CART, Random
forests, Fisher's discriminant functions. Neural networks. Multilayer perception,algorithm,
exploratory data analysis.
Scheme of Marks
BT402 Immunology 35 13 15 06 50
Practical –I (Based on 50 18 50
Paper I and II)
Total 300
Note: Internal assessment marks will be based on written test of concerned subject.
Unit-1
Unit-2
Spectroscopic Technique:Principle and its applications- UV, visible and Fluorescence
spectroscopy,X-ray Diffraction, Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR)
Unit-3
Unit - 4
1Centrifugation Technique,
Electrophoresis of DNA, proteins and enzymes.
Southern, northern and western blotting
Unit-5
DNA Fingerprinting (VNTR)
PCR and its different variations.
DNA sequencing
B.Sc. Biotechnology (Hon’s)
Semester-IV
Paper-14th (BT-402)
Immunology
UNIT I
Immunity and Immune response: Innate immune and characteristics of adaptive immune
Responses, Hematopoiesis. Anatomical organization of Immune System: Primary Lymphoid
Organs, Secondary Lymphoid Organs, Cell of immune system: Mononuclear cells and granulocyte,
Antigen presenting cells, lymphocytes and their subsets.
UNIT II
Inflammation: its mediator and the process, cell-adhesion molecules and their role in
Inflammation, role of anaphylatoxins, granulocyte in inflammatory process.
Major histocompatibility systems:
UNIT III
UNIT I
Introductory Knowledge of Different Organ System of Body, Structure and parts of Digestive tract,
Physiology of digestion and disorders of digestive tract. Structure and parts of Respiratory system,
Physiology of Respiration, disorders of Respiratory system, Anatomy and physiology of Heart,
disorders of Circulatory system .
UNIT II
Structure and parts of Excretory system, structure of kidney, Physiology of Excretion disorders of
Excretory system, Structure, parts and Physiology of Nervous system, disorders of Nervous
system, Physiology of Muscle contraction.
UNIT III
Endocrine system : Introduction to Endocrinology, Structure and Hormones of pitutary gland,
thyroid gland, parathyroid gland, adrenal gland, pancreas, gonads, thymus, gastro intestine,
Regulation of endocrine system and Disorders of Endocrine system.
UNIT IV
Structure of male reproductive Organs, Structure of female reproductive organs, reproductive
hormones, menstrual cycle, pregnancy and lactation, disorders of reproductive system,
placentation.
UNIT V
Historical perspective, Aims and Scope of Developmental Biology, Gametogenesis –
Spermetogenesis and Oogenesis, Fertilization, cleavage, Blastulation, Gastrulation, Fate map,
Organizer Concept, Concept of Regeneration.
B.Sc. Biotechnology (Hon’s)
Semester-IV
Paper-16th (BT-404)
Entrepreneurship and IPR
UNIT I
UNIT II
Women entrepreneurship: Opportunities and problems, search and selection of business idea.
Basics of production management: Methods of manufacturing-Project/Jobbing, Batch Production,
Flow/Continuous production, process production-Characteristics of each Method.
UNIT III
Preparation of project report: Preparation of preliminary project report, main elements of a detailed
project report, selection of types of organization and factors influencing the choice of organization,
sole proprietorship, partnership, co-operative society.
UNIT IV
Public policy, regulatory and ethical challenges facing the biotechnology, Entrepreneurship,
Business development for medical products, Business development for consumable products
UNIT V
Patenting System: WTO, Paris Convention, Indian Legislations, Intellectual Property Right: Copy
Right & Industrial Properties, Trademarks, Designs, Geographical Indications, IPR & Technology
transfer, Role of patentee & Licensor, Patent process & Patent laws & e-filing
Centre for Biotechnology Studies
A.P.S. University Rewa (M.P.)
B.Sc. (Hon’s) Biotechnology,
Fifth Semester
Scheme of Marks
Practical –I (Based on 50 18 50
Paper I and II)
Total 300
Note: Internal assessment marks will be based on written test of concerned subject.
B.Sc. Biotechnology (Hon’s)
Semester-V
Paper-17th (BT-501)
Recombinant DNA Technology
Unit I
The recombinant DNA Technology: General concept and principle of cloning, Enzymes: Nucleases
and restriction endonucleases- properties and types; phosphomonoesterases; polymerase; terminal
deoxynucleotidyl transferase; poly A polymerase, Linkers, adaptors and homopolymer tailing.
Prokaryotic host- vector system: Characteristics of E.coli as host; vectors for cloning in E.coli.
(plasmid pBr322, pUC, bacteriophage- EMBL)
Unit II
Design and characteristics of expression vectors for cloning in prokaryotes and factors that affect
expression. Cloning in Yeast: Properties of yeast as host for cloning and different types of vectors
designed for cloning in yeast, Plant transformation technology: Features of Ti and Ri plasmids,
mechanism of DNA transfer. Methods of introduction of foreign DNA in animal system; Vectors
for cloning in animal system- SV-40,
Unit III
Methods for Constructing rDNA and cloning: Inserts; vector insert ligation; infection, transferring
and cloning ,Methods for screening and selection of recombinant clones , DNA Libraries: types,
advantages and disadvantages of different types of libraries; Different methods for constructing
genomic and full length cDNA libraries.
Unit IV
Principles and applications of Blotting techniques- Southern, Northern, Western and Eastern
blotting; Polymerase Chain reaction and types (multiplex, nested, RT, real time, touchdown PCR,
hot start PCR, colony PCR). Blotting techniques (Southern, northern and western ).
Unit V
UNIT I
Animal cell and tissue culture: History and scope of animal biotechnology and genomics,
advantage and Laboratory Facilities for Cell and Tissue Culture, Substrate, Culture Media and
Procedures for Cell and Tissue Culture, Primary cell Culture and Cell Lines,
Stem Cells: Introduction, Origin, Types and functions of Stem Cells, Therapeutics, cloning for
embryonic stem cells, Stem Cell Therapy.
UNIT II
Organ/Embryo Culture: Primary Tissue Explanation Techniques, Organ Culture, Embryo
Culture.
Cell and Tissue engineering: Approaches and Bio-Materials for tissue engineering, Tissue
engineering of skin (Skin Graft), Engineering of Bone Crafts and Artificial Nerve Crafts, Future
Limitations and Possibilities of Tissue Engineering.
UNIT III
In Vitro Fertilization and Embryo Transfer: In Vitro Fertilization in Human, Embryo Transfer
(ET) in Humans, Super Ovulation and Embryo Transfer in Farm Animals (e.g. Cow).
Cloning of Animals: Method, Types and utility of cloning animals, Cloning for Production of
Transgenic Animals, Human Cloning and Ethical issues and Risk.
UNIT IV
Transgenic Animals: Gene Transfer or Transfection (Transfection of embryo, unfertilized eggs,
culture of mammalian cells), Transgenic Animals, Cryopreservation.
UNIT V
Molecular Maps: Genetic Maps Using Molecular Markers, Cytogenetic Maps Using Molecular
Markers, Physical Maps Using Molecular Markers.
Genomics and Proteomics: Human Genome project, Progressing Genomic Research
(Drosophila, Mouse, Rat, Chimpanzee), Integrated Genomic Maps and Linkage Disequilibrium,
Maps of the Future, Introduction types and application of proteomics.
B.Sc. Biotechnology (Hon’s)
Semester-V
Paper-19th (BT-503)
Unit-1
Basic concept, laws of thermodynamics, ATP role in metabolism. Mechanism of Enzyme catalysis
and action, Enzyme inhibition, activation of enzymes, Immobilized enzymes. Molecular
mechanism of action of chymotrypsin, Lysozyme.
Unit-2
Unit-3
Unit-4
Unit-5
Environmental Studies
Unit 1- The multidisciplinary nature of Environmental Studies, Definitions, scopes & importance,
need for public awareness. Natural resources:, renewable & non renewable resources, natural
resources & associated problems of forest, water, minerals, food, energy & land resources.
Conservation of natural resources, Environmental Ethics:, issues & possible solutions, water
conservation, rain water harvesting & watershed management, resettlements & rehabilitation of
peoples.
Unit 2- Ecosystems; Concept of an ecosystem, structure & function of an ecosystem, energy flow
in the ecosystem, ecological succession, food chain, food webs & ecological pyramids. Types,
characteristic features, structure & function of following ecosystem; forest ecosystem, grassland
ecosystem, desert ecosystem, aquatic ecosystem (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries
etc.)
Unit 4- Definition of environmental pollution, causes, effects, & control measures of air, water,
soil, marines, thermal & noise pollution. Climate Change: global warming, acid rain, ozone layer
depletion & nuclear accidents. Solid Waste management: causes, effect & control measures of
urban & industrial wastes. Role of an individual in prevention of pollution.
Unit 5- Disaster managements: Floods, earthquakes, cyclones, & landslides. Waste lands
reclamation, Consumerism & waste product. Population explosion: family welfare programmes,
environment & human health, HIV/AIDS: Role of information technology in environmental &
human health. Environmental legislation: environment protection act. Air(prevention & control of
pollution) Act. Water (prevention & control of pollution) Act. Wild life protection Act. Forest
conservation Act.
Centre for Biotechnology Studies
A.P.S. University Rewa (M.P.)
B.Sc. (Hon’s) Biotechnology,
Sixth Semester
Scheme of Marks
BT603 Environmental 35 13 15 06 50
Biotechnology
BT604 Industrial 35 13 15 06 50
Biotechnology
Practical –I (Based on 50 18 50
Paper I and II)
Total 300
Note: Internal assessment marks will be based on written test of concerned subject.
B.Sc. Biotechnology (Hon’s)
Semester-VI
Paper-21th (BT-601)
UNIT I
Plant Tissue Culture: Basic aspects of plant biotechnology (History, application, scope and importance),
laboratory and culture media for plant tissue culture, cell Culture and its applications.
Clonal Propagation and Protoplast Culture: Micro propagation, Somaclonal Variation, Production and
uses of Haploids, Protoplast isolation, Regeneration of plant, Somatic Hybridization
UNIT II
Gene Transfer in Plants: Vectors of gene transfer (Plasmids, Agrobacterium and Virus vector)
Transformation technique (Agrobacterium mediated gene transfer, DNA mediated gene transfer (DMGT)
Removal of selected Marker Genes from Transgenic Plants, Regulatory sequences of induced genes.
Transgenic Plant resistance against Stress: Development of herbicide resistant transgenic plant,
Development of insect resistant transgenic plant, Transgenic plant resistance against virus, bacterial and
fungal pathogens, transgenic plant resistance against abiotic stress.
UNIT III
Genetically Modified Crops and Floricultural Plants: Transgenic plants with improved crop
productivity, Transgenic plants with improved nutritional quality, Transgenic plants for Floriculture.
Molecular Farming:
Transgenic Plants for Value Added Specialty Crops, Transgenic Plants for Edible Vaccines, Transgenic
Plants for Antibodies and Transgenic Plants for Biopharmaceuticals
UNIT IV
Transgenic Plants for Biosafety: Biosafety regulations of Transgenic Crops, Commercialization of
Transgenic plants, quality modifications of plants (Modification of starch quality, modification and future
of oil quality and modification of seed protein quality).
Choloroplast Engineering: plants Engineering of Chloroplast Genome, Transformation of choloroplast
genome in higher plants, Transplastomic Plants and its applications (in Tabacco, Patato, Rice, Tomato etc.)
UNIT V
Construction of Molecular Maps: Preparation of Genetic Maps, (cereals, millets, sugarcane, cotton,
Soyabean, Pea, Sunflower, etc.), Molecular genetics maps of high density plants, Uses of molecular
genetics maps.
Genomics: Microcllinearity in DNA Sequences of Small Genomic Regions, Thale cress genome, Rice
(Oryza Sativa)
UNIT I
Biotechnology in medicine: History, scope & importance of Biotechnology in medicine Disease
Diagnosis (DNA, RNA probes, Monoclonal Antibodies auto Antibodies), Detection and
Treatment of genetic Diseases.
Genetic Counseling and Forensic Medicine: Fertility control, Genetic counseling, (Chance of
having child with congenital defects, choice of Baby sex), DNA Fingerprinting in Forensic
Medicines.
UNIT 1I
Gene therapy: Definition and types of Gene therapy, Initial success and future of Gene therapy,
Vectors and other delivery system of gene therapy, Target tissue for gene therapy system, Gene
therapy of genetic diseases(Neurological Disorders, Cystic Fibrosis),Gene therapy of Acquire
diseases(Infectious Diseases, Cardiovascular diseases, cancer), Nanobiotechnology for drug
targeting and gene therapy.
UNIT III
Pharmaceutical Biotechnology: Drug development, drug manufacturing processes,
manufacturing processes of antiviral drugs, drug designing, Novel drug delivery systems,
Antimicrobial drugs.
Pharmacogenetics: Pharmacogenetics and personalized medicine, genetics and genomics in
medical practice, use of SNPs in pharmocogenomics.
UNIT IV
Genetic Engineering: Genetic and recombinant vaccines; Edible vaccines production of
therapeutic proteins; Genetic engineering for production of Factor VIII, tissue plasminogen
activator, Interferon.
Tissue Engineering: Tissue engineering of skin and cartilage and their applications, properties
and types of stem cells, culture and applications of stem cells, Transplant rejection, Intellectual
property issues in using human embryonic stem cells.
UNIT V
Biological Database : Introduction, History and applications of Bio-Informatics, Sequences and
Nomenclature (DNA sequences, Amino acid sequences of proteins, Types of sequences in
nucleotide sequence database), Database and search tool (FASTA, BLASTA Nucleotide sequence
database, protein database), GCG: The Wisconsin pacakage of sequence analysis programe,
Detection of genes, Protein structure prediction, Large scale Bio-informatics genome projects.
Environmental Biotechnology
UNIT I
Basic concepts of Environment: Basic concept of Environment & its component (Origin of earth,
atmosphere, life & ecosystem), Scope & importance of environmental biotechnology.
Global Environmental Problems: Ozone depletion, UV- B, Green House Effect, Acid Rain,
Climate change
UNIT II
Environmental Monitoring: Methods for sampling & measurement of air pollution, methods for
sampling & measurement of water pollution, methods for sampling & measurement of soil
pollution, permissible limits & indices for pollution.
Environmental Pollution & Control: sources, effects & control of air pollution, noise pollution,
thermal pollution, water pollution, soil & solid waste pollution.
UNIT III
Bioremediation: Bio-remediation of inorganic & organic pollutants, bioremediation of
xenobiotics, phytoremediation.
Solid & liquid waste Treatment: Microbial treatment of solid waste, liquid waste (Example
sewage) waste water treatment, biotechnology for enhanced oil recovery.
UNIT IV
Clean Technology: Integrated pest management, biopolymer production & bioplastic technology,
biotechnology for energy (production of biofule, biogas, microbial hydrogen).
Bio-fertilizers: vermin compost, green manure, use of microbes for improving soil fertility.
UNIT V
Restoration Technology: Reforestation through micro-propagation, Soil restoration, Lake
Restoration, Biodiversity conservation.
Biosensor and Bio-reporter Technology: Principle types and application of biosensor, bio-reporter
(Reporter Gene System).
B.Sc. Biotechnology (Hon’s)
Semester-VI
Paper-24th (BT-604)
Industrial Biotechnology
UNIT I
Isolation and Culture of microorganisms: History, scope and importance of industrial biotechnology,
isolation, screening, culture and preservation of microorganism, strain improvement.
Fermentation Technology: Bioreactor design, and operation types of fermenters, Fermentation media,
Batch. Fed batch, continuous culture system, Insitu recovery of products.
UNIT II
Alcohol and acid Production: Industrial production of alcoholic beverages vinegar, Ethanol, organic
acids, Amino acids and Antibiotics.
Enzyme Production: Properties and types of enzymes, Enzymes production, types and application,
immobilization of Enzymes, Enzyme/protein Engineering, industrial processing: (Down stream processing,
recovery, extraction and purification of fermentation products).
UNIT III
Dairy Industry: Fermented foods cheese production, use of enzymes in food industry, processing of milk
and dairy products (Pasteurized milk, sterilized milk, cream and butter), enzymes in fruit juice and brewing
industries (Fruit Juice and Wines, Beer), single cell protein.
Polymer and colloid production: Microbial and algal polysaccharides and polyesters production,
(Production of Hydrocolloids and polyhdroxyalkonoides) Mass culture technique for algae, primary and
secondary metabolites of microorganism and plants.
UNIT IV
Drug Discovery and Designing: History and molecular aspects of drug discovery, drug discovery in
cancer, microbial genomics for new antibiotics, drug designing.
Metabolic engineering: Cloning and expression of heterologous genes, molecular breeding of Bio
synthetic pathways, metabolomics and metabolic engineering, limitations in metabolic engineering.
UNIT V
Fuel biotechnology: Concept scope and importance of bio-fuels, bio-ethanol, bio-diesel, bio-hydrogen and
biogas. Bio-pesticides: Microbial insecticides (Types Production and uses) Bio-pesticides (Types
production and uses) principles and objectives of integrated nutrient management, biofertilizer
Centre for Microbiology Studies
A.P.S. University Rewa (M.P.)
First Semester
Scheme of Marks
MB102 Zoology I 35 13 15 06 50
(Invertebrates)
Practical –I (Based on 50 18 50
Paper I and II)
Total 300
Note: Internal assessment marks will be based on written test of concerned subject.
B.Sc. Microbiology (Hon’s)
Semester-I
Paper-1st (MB-101)
Botany I (Lower Plants)
Unit-1
Algae: General characters : General account on : habitat and habit , algal cell structure, algal pigments,
flagella and food reserves. Types of the life cycle and Classification. Introduction to cyanobacteria ,
occurrence, salient features, thallus organization and reproduction in Nostoc.
Unit-2
Habitat, structure, reproduction and life cycle of following forms: Chlorophyta - Volvox, , Chara.
Xanthophyta: Occurrence, salient features, thallus organization and reproduction in Vaucheria.
Bacillariophyta: Occurrence, salient features, thallus organization and reproduction of pennate and centric
diatoms.
Phaeophyta: Occurrence, salient features, thallus organization and reproduction with reference to
Ectocarpus.
Rhodophyta: Occurrence, salient features, thallus organization and reproduction in Polysiphonia
Economic importance of algae.
Unit-3
Fungi: General characters, classification, Important Features, structure and mode of reproduction in fungi,
and life history of Mastigomycotina- Phytophthora, Zygomycotiana Mucor, Ascomycotina :Aspergillus,
Peziza,l Basibiomycotina - Puccinia, Alternaria, Agaricus Deurteromycotina Cercospora.
Lichens: Classification, occurrence, systematic position, mode of nutrition, reproduction and economic
importance.
Unit-4
General characters and classification of Bryophyta
Hepaticopsida : Marchantia
Anthoceropsida : Anthoceros
Bryopsida : Polytricum
Unit-5
Pteridophyta : Important Characteristics and Classification
Psilophytopsida : Rhynia
Lycopsida : Lycopodium
Sphenopsida : Equisetum
B.Sc. Microbiology (Hon’s)
Semester-I
Paper-2nd (MB-102)
Zoology I (Invertebrates)
Unit-1
1. Elementary Knowledge of Zoological Nomenclature and International Code.
2. Classification of Lower Invertebrates (According to Parker and Haswell 7th edition)
3. Classification of Higher Invertebrates (According to Parker and Haswell 7th edition)
4. Protozoa- Type Study of Plasmodium.
Unit-2
1. Porifera- Type study of Sycon.
2. Types of Canal system.
3. Coelenterata- Type study of Obelia
Unit-3
1. Helminthes- Type study of Liver Fluke.
2. Nematodes and diseases.
3. Annelida- Type study of earthworm , metamerism.
4. Type Study of Hirudinaria.
5. Structure and significance of Trochophore larva.
Unit-4
1. Arthropoda- Type study of Prawn.
2. Types study of Periplanata.
3. Larval forms of Crustacea.
4. Insect as Vectors of human diseases.
Unit-5
1.Mollusca- Type study of Pila
2. Echinodermata- External features and water vascular system of Star fish.
3. Larval forms of Echinoderms.
Unit-1
Atomic Structure: Idea of de Broglie matter wave, Heisenberg uncertainty principle, atomic
orbitals, Quantum numbers, shapes of s, p, d orbitals, Trends in periodic table and applications in
predicting and explaining the physical and chemical behaviors. Atomic radii, ionic radii, ionization
energy, electron affinity and electro negativity.
Unit-2
Chemical Bonding: Valence bond theory and its limitations ,directional characteristics of covalent
bond, various types of hybridization and shapes of simple inorganic molecules and ions, Valence
shell electron pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory to NH3 , H3O+,SF4, and H2O MO theory,
homonuclear and heteronuclear (CO and NO) diatomic molecules, Weak interactions, Hydrogen
bonding, van der Waal forces.
Unit-3
Different States: Structural differences between - solids, liquids and gases. Intermolecular forces,
Definition of space lattice, unit cell. Bragg’s equation. crystal structure of NaCl, KCl and CsCl,
Ideal and non ideal solutions, methods of expressing concentration of solutions, Acid-Base concept.
s - Block elements: Comparative study, diagonal relationships, salient features of Hydrides,
Solvation and complexation tendencies. p- Block elements: Comparative study of groups 13–17
elements, compounds like hydrides, oxides, halides of group 13-16, basic properties of halogens,
inter halogens and polyhalides. Chemistry of d- blocks elements: First transition series -Properties
of the elements of the first transition series, stability of their oxidation states, coordination number.
Second and Third transition series – General characteristics, comparative treatments with their 3d-
analogues in respect of ionic radii, oxidation state and magnetic property.
Unit-4
Thermodynamics- Principles, The Hender-Hasselbatch equation, of thermodynamics, Enthalpy,
Second law of thermodynamics, Entropy free energy, chemical equilibrium, law of mass sction,
principle
Unit-5
Law of Thermodynamics, Concept of Entropy and enthalpy, Kirchhoff’s equation, calculation of w,
q, ΔU, ΔH. Chemical kinetics & its scope, Rate of reaction, factors influencing the rate of reactions,
zero order, second order, pseudo order, half life & mean life, various theories of chemical kinetics,
Arrhenious equation & catalysis.
Unit-1
History and Scope of Microbiology:
Classification: Binomial Nomenclature, Whittaker’s five kingdom and Carl Woese’s three domain
classification systems and their utility,
Acellular (Prions, Viroids, Viruses) and cellular microorganisms.
Unit-II
Bacteria: General characteristics with emphasis on their morphology and cell structure.
Fungi: General characteristics of fungi with emphasis on their occurrence, distribution and structure.
Algae: General characteristics of algae with emphasis on their occurrence, distribution and cell structure.
Viruses: General characteristics and structure of viruses with special reference to TMV, Poliovirus, T4 and
lambda phages, hepatitis B virus.
Protozoa: Occurrence, morphology, nutrition, perennation, locomotion, reproduction and economic
importance of protozoa. A brief account of Amoeba, Plasmodium, Trypanosoma, Leishmania.
Unit-III
Introduction: Historical landmarks in Bacteriology.
Classification of bacteria: classification of Bacterial species concept, nomenclature and different systems
of classification of Prokaryotes, Concept of eubacteria and archaebacteria, Differences between the two
groups.
Archaebacteria: habitat, groups (halophiles, methanogens, thermoacidophiles and hyperthermophiles).
Unit-IV
Eubacteria: Groups, characteristics, and importance.
Cell organization: Cell size, cell arrangement and cell shape.
Cell wall: structure and function of Gram negative and Gram positive cell wall, endotoxins,
sphaeroplast, protoplast, and L-forms.
Cell membrane: structure, function and chemical composition, Cytoplasm- ribosomes, mesosomes and
cytoplasmic inclusions, Pili and flagella –structure, function and arrangement, taxes types.
Endospore –structure, formation, chemical composition & and function
Unit-V
Sterilization and disinfection: physical and Chemical control methods.
Culture media: types and preparation, culture methods.
Bacterial nutrition and growth: Requirements for microbial growth- Physical growth requirements
(temperature, pH, oxygen concentration, water activity, radiations and light, pressure).
Chemical growth requirements: nutritional types, Definition of growth, growth curve, generation time
and growth rate, Measurement of growth by quantitative cell mass, cell number and a cell constituent.
Asexual methods of reproduction.
Bacterial Genome and General principles of bacterial recombination- homologous and non-homologous
Methods of recombination in bacteria. Transformation, transduction and Conjugation.
Centre for Microbiology Studies
A.P.S. University Rewa (M.P.)
Second Semester
Scheme of Marks
MB202 Zoology II 35 13 15 06 50
(Vertebrates)
Practical –I (Based on 50 18 50
Paper I and II)
Total 300
Note: Internal assessment marks will be based on written test of concerned subject.
B.Sc. Microbiology (Hon’s)
Semester-II
Paper- 5th (MB-201)
Botany II (Higher Plants)
Unit-1
Gymnosperm:- General characters and Classification of Gymnosperms. Heterospory and Origin
of Seed Habit. Diversity of Gymnosperm: Geological Time Scale and Fossilization. Fossil
Gymnosperms: Lyginopteris and Lagenostoma. Morphology, Anatomy Reproduction and life cycle,
of Cycas, Pinus and Ephedra.
Unit-2
Angiosperms-: Origin and Evolution of Angiosperms. Terminology for plant description in semi
technical language: Principles and rules of Botanical Nomenclature, Herbarium and Botanical
gardens; Classification of Angiosperms: Bentham and Hooker, Hutchinson, and Engler & Prantals
Modern trends inTaxonomy.
Unit-3
Taxonomy: Diagnostic characteristics and Economic Importance of Families – Ranunculaceae,
Brassicaceae, Malvaceae, Rutaceae, Fabaceae, Apiaceae, Asteraceae, Asclepiadaceae, Solanaceae,
Lamiaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Liliaceae and Poaceae.
Unit-4
Plant Physiology: - Plant Water Relations: Properties of water, Importance of water in plant life,
Diffusion, Osmosis & Osmotic relation to plant cell. Water Absorption, Ascent of Sap.
Transpiration: Structure & Physiology of Stomata, Mechanism of Transpiration, Factors affecting
the rate of transpiration.
Photosynthesis:- Chloroplast, Photosynthetic pigments, Red drop, Emerson' effect, Concept of two
Photosystems, Light reaction, Dark reaction – Calvin cycle, Hatch & Slack cycle, CAM cycle,
Factors affecting rate of photosynthesis & Photorespiration.
Unit-5
Embryology: Concept of flower as a modified shoot. Structure of Anther, Microsporogenesis and
Male Gametophyte. Structure of Pistil, Ovules, Megasporogenesis and Development of Female
Gametophyte (Embryo Sac) and its types. Pollination– Mechanism and Agencies of Pollination,
Pollen Pistil interactions and Self incompatibility. Double Fertilization and triple fusion.
Development and types of endosperm and its morphological nature, Development of Embryo in
Monocot and Dicot. Fruit development and maturation. Seed structure and dispersal. Mode of
Vegetative Propagation.
B.Sc. Microbiology (Hon’s)
Semester-II
Paper- 6th (MB-202)
Zoology II (Vertebrates)
Unit-1
Origin of Chordates Classification of phylum Chordata upto orders according to Parker and Haswell
(Latest edition).
Hemichordata – External features and affinities of Balanoglossus.
Urochordata – Type study of Herdmania.
Cephalochordata – Type study of Amphioxus. Affinities of Amphioxus.
Unit-2
Comparative account of limb bones and girdles of vertebrates (Amphibia, Reptiles, Birds and
Mammals).
Comparative account of digestive system.
Comparative account of respiratory system.
Comparative account of aortic arches and heart.
Comparative account of brain
Placentation in mammals.
Unit-3
Origan of life- modern concepts only.
Lamarckism, Darwinism.
Modern synthetic theories: Variations, Mutation, Isolation & speciation
Adaptation and mimicry
Micro, macro evolution and mega evolution.
Unit-4
Aquaculture
Prawn culture: Culture of fresh water prawn , methods of prawn fishing ,preservation and processing of
prawns.
Pearl culture and pear industry.
Major carp culture : Management of ponds , preservation and processing of fishes.
Maintenance of Aquarium.
Unit-5
Economic Entomology
Sericulture: Species of silkworm, life history of Bombyx mori, Sericulture Industry in India.
Apiculture – Life cycle of the species methods of bee keeping, products of bees, enemies of bees.
Lac culture: Lifecycle, and association with the host plant.
Biological control of insect pests.
B.Sc. Microbiology (Hon’s)
Semester-II
Paper- 7th (MB-203)
Basics of Organic Chemistry
Unit-1
Structure of Organic compounds, bond length, bond angle, Hydrogen bond, Resonance, Electronic
effects, inductive, Mesomeric, Electromeric & Hyperconjugation. Nucleophiles and Electrophiles,
Reaction intermediates Carbonium ions, Carbanions, Free radicals and Carbenes, Homolytic fission
and Heterolytic fission.
Unit-2
Introduction, Nomenclature, Isomerism, Preparation and General Properties of Aliphatic
hydrocarbons, Alkanes, Alkenes and Alkynes, Cycloalkanes,
Unit-3
Introduction, Nomenclature, Preperation and general properties of Alcohols, Phenols, Aldehyde
and Ketones. Aromaticity.
Unit-4
Carbohydrates (monosaccarides, diasaccarides and polysaccharides): classification and general
properties, Glucose and fructose (open chain and cyclic structure), Overview of primary, secondary,
tertiary and Quaternary structure of proteins. Introduction, glycerides, synthetic detergents,
Introduction, classification of amino acids.
Unit-5
Stereochemistry: Simple molecules , Hybridization, conformation & configuration, Geometrical
isomerism, optical isomerism, Chirality, Enantiomers and optical activity
Laboratory work
Organic Chemistry:
Books:
Cell Biology
Unit-1
Introduction, Scope and Importance, History of Cytology. Prokaryotic cell, Eukaryotic cell (Plant
and Animal Cell). Structure of cell wall.
Plasma membrane: structure and functions (simple diffusion, facilitated diffusion, active
transport, endocytosis, pinocytosis, phagocytois, and exocytosis).
Unit-2
Structure and functions of mitochondria, chloroplast. Structure and functions of Endoplasmic
reticulum, Endoplasmic reticulum targeting proteins, protein folding and processing in ER,
Targeting of lysosomal protein. Structure and function of Golgi complex, Protein Glycosylation
within the Golgi. Structure and functions of Ribosome. Lysosome and Inracellular digestion.
Unit-3
The nucleus and nucleolus. structure and classification of Chromosomes.
Chromosome structure and its types. Lampbrush and Polytene Chromosomes.
Cellular reproduction: Cell cycle- mitosis and meiosis.
Unit-4
Cell Motility and Shape I: Structure and function of microfilaments and Intermediate Filaments. Molecular
Mechanisms of Cell-Cell Adhesions. Extracellular Matrix of animals, Cell signaling. Introduction and
application of stem cells.
Unit-5
General introduction of Cancer, Apoptosis and necrosis.
Techniques in cell biology: chromosomal banding techniques. Principles and applications of light
microscope and electron microscope (Scanning and transmission). Karyotyping and Idiogram.
Centre for Microbiology Studies
A.P.S. University Rewa (M.P.)
Third Semester
Scheme of Marks
MB301 Computer 35 13 15 06 50
Application
MB302 Fundamentals of 35 13 15 06 50
Biochemistry
MB304 Biostatistics 35 13 15 06 50
Practical –I (Based on 50 18 50
Paper I and II)
Total 300
Note: Internal assessment marks will be based on written test of concerned subject.
B.Sc. Microbiology (Hon’s)
Semester-III
Paper- 9th (MB-301)
Computer Application
Unit I
Unit II
Introduction to Operating system: Need, functions, control programs, OS supervisor, Job control
programs concurrent, C. S., popular OS for PC’s. Introductions to DOS, Internal commands,
External commands, (TREE, UNDELTE, CHKDSK, FDISK, FC, BACKUP, RESORE,
FORMAT, UNFORMAT, JOIN, XCOPY)
Unit III
Introduction to windows: Program manager, file manager, customizing windows with control
panel, print manager. File shearing. Computer languages.
Unit IV
Introduction to MS office: The office manager, Starting information with MS office, The clipboard,
Word, Excel, Power point. Word processing with word; word basis, Undo, redo, repeat, Insert, text,
replace Text, copying form one word document to other. Printing, auto formation, autocorrect.
Unit V
Internet- introduction and application: LAN, WAN, MAN, WWW, Search engines,WiFi,LiFi.
Fundamentals of Biochemistry
UNIT-1
The foundation of biochemistry: Biochemical organization of Cell, Intra and inter molecular forces
electrostatic interactions and Hydrogen bonding interaction, vander Waals and Hydrophobic
interactions, Disulphide bridges, Role of water and weak interactions, Chemical foundations of Biology-
pH, pK, acids, bases, buffers, weak bonds & Covalent bonds.
UNIT-2
2. Lipids: Classification, nomenclature, structure and property of fatty acids,Simple lipids- Triglisrids,
fates and Waxes. Compound lipids- classification, structure, distribution, and biological importance,
role of prostaglandine,leukotrins and thromboxans, Sterols- Cholestrol, role in biological system.
Tarpenes and phenols.
UNIT -3
1. Nucleic acids: Structure, Properties of purines and pyrimidine bases,DNA : Structure, conformation,
prokaryotic and eukaryotic DNA, nucleotides,Chromosomal and extrachromosomal DNA
2. RNA: Structure, types and function of mRNA, tRNA, Ribozymes: structure and functions.
UNIT-4
3. Amino acids- classification, structure, property, Zwitter ion, titration curve and biologically important
amino acids
5. Proteins: Classification, Primary structure, nature of peptide bond, secondary structure, hydrogen
bonding, salt bridge, disulphide bonds, hydrophobic and hydrophilic interaction in proteine and role of
these bonds in protein folding, α-helix, β- sheet, and beta turns structures etc.Tertiary and quaternary
structure. Biological role of proteins.
UNIT-5
Enzymes; General characteristics and Catalytic power of enzymes and their classification, Energy
considerations, Factors affecting enzyme activity, Enzyme kinetics, Michaelis- Menten equation,
Allosteric enzymes .Vitamins and cofactors: Structure, distribution, interaction and biological properties
Hormones- structure, distribution and function.
Unit -1
Introduction: Historical developments in the field of genetics. Organisms suitable for genetic
experimentation and their genetic significance.
Mendelian genetics: Mendel’s experimental design, monohybrid, di-hybrid and try hybrid crosses, Law
of segregation & Principle of independent assortment.
Unit -2
Unit-3
Structure of prokaryotic and eukaryotic genomes, molecular basis of life. nucleic acids as genetic
material, structure of DNA and its alternative forms, structure and types of RNA, DNA replication
in prokaryotes (enzymology and process): bacterial and Viral replication.
Unit-4
Prokaryotic gene expression: Prokaryotic transcription. Genetic code, Prokaryotic translation.
Regulation of gene expression: Operon concept (Lac and Trp operon)
Transposable elements (Prokaryotic and eukaryotic).
Unit-5
DNA recombination in Eukaryotes and Prokaryotes: molecular mechanisms,
Transformation, Conjugation, Transduction: Specialized transduction and generalized
transduction, Barriers to genetic exchange (host restriction and modification).
Mutation (point mutation, frame shift mutation) chromosomal aberration and DNA repair.
UNIT – I
Collection of Data, Classification and Tabulation of Data : Graphical presentation, bar charts, Pie
diagrams,Graphs, Measures of Central Tendency, Measures of Dispersion. Correlation and
Regression.
UNIT – II
UNIT – III
Parameters and Statistics, Sampling Distribution, Theory of Error, Test of Significant, Mean and
Standard deviation, chi-square test for goodness of fit, T-test, Analysis of Variance.
UNIT – IV
UNIT – V
Factor Analysis. Path analysis, Classification and Discriminant Analysis Tools: CART, Random
forests, Fisher's discriminant functions. Neural networks. Multilayer perception,algorithm,
exploratory data analysis.
Centre for Microbiology Studies
A.P.S. University Rewa (M.P.)
Fourth Semester
Scheme of Marks
MB402 Virology 35 13 15 06 50
Practical –I (Based on 50 18 50
Paper I and II)
Total 300
Note: Internal assessment marks will be based on written test of concerned subject.
B.Sc. Microbiology (Hon’s)
Semester-IV
Paper- 13th (MB-401)
Microbial, Biophysical and Molecular techniques
Unit-1
Autoclave, Hot air oven, Incubator, Laminar air flow, Balance, Cell counting, Micrometer,
Lyophilizer, Microscope, PH Metter, Buffer, Handerson and Hasselblach equation, Titration of weak acid
and weak bases, Tracer Technique.
Unit-2
Spectroscopic Technique: Principle and its applications- UV, visible and Fluorescence
spectroscopy, X-ray Diffraction, Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR)
Unit-3
Unit – 4
Centrifugation Technique,
Electrophoresis of DNA, proteins and enzymes. Southern, Northern and Western blotting
Unit-5
Virology
Unit-1
Introduction: Discovery and origin of viruses, Definition, Nature, General properties, structure and
morphology of virus., Characteristics and Classification of plant viruses.
Unit-2
Unit-3
Nomenclature of different groups of viruses infecting bacteria, fungi, algae, Structure & Characters
of Tobacco mosaic virus, Salient features of pox, herpes, hepatitis, rhabdo, influenza viruses.
Unit-4
Viral genomes: Structure and organization, Viral multiplication cycle (one step growth curve),
Replication strategies: Interaction of viruses with cellular receptors, different modes of entry,
different transcriptional methods of replication of viruses
Unit-5
Unit -1
Nutritional classification of microorganisms and Nutrient uptake: Passive and facilitated diffusion,
active transport, Specific transport systems-ATP linked ion motive pumps, porins, Overview of cell
growth : Growth curves, growth rate and generation time, Primary and secondary metabolite
production during different growth phases, synchronous growth. Batch culture and Continuous
culture.
Unit -2
Effect of environment on microbial growth : Osmolarity, water activity, oxygen, pH, temperature,
radiation, Carbon Metabolism: Glycolysis, Entner-Doudoroff pathway, pentose phosphate
pathway, Tricarboxylic acid cycle, glyoxalate cycle and gluconeogenesis.
Unit –3
Mitochondrial and bacterial electron transport chain: Aerobic and anaerobic respiration. Oxidative
phosphorylation, mechanism and hypotheses, Bacterial fermentations: Alcoholic, lactic acid,
butyric acid, mixed acid, 2, 3-butanediol, propionic acid and acetic acid fermentations.
Unit -4
Unit -5
Photosynthesis: A historical account, oxygenic vs. an oxygenic photosynthesis. Mechanism of
photosynthesis in bacteria, cyanobacteria algae and halobacteria. Carbon dioxide fixation: Calvin
Cycle. Chemolithotrophy: Nitrifying bacteria, iron bacteria, hydrogen bacteria , sulphur bacteria,
B.Sc. Microbiology (Hon’s)
Semester-IV
Paper- 16th (MB-404)
UNIT I
UNIT II
Women entrepreneurship: Opportunities and problems, search and selection of business idea.
Basics of production management: Methods of manufacturing-Project/Jobbing, Batch Production,
Flow/Continuous production, process production-Characteristics of each Method.
UNIT III
Preparation of project report: Preparation of preliminary project report, main elements of a detailed
project report, selection of types of organization and factors influencing the choice of organization,
sole proprietorship, partnership, co-operative society.
UNIT IV
Public policy, regulatory and ethical challenges facing the biotechnology, Entrepreneurship,
Business development for medical products, Business development for consumable products
UNIT V
Patenting System: WTO, Paris Convention, Indian Legislations, Intellectual Property Right: Copy
Right & Industrial Properties, Trademarks, Designs, Geographical Indications, IPR & Technology
transfer, Role of patentee & Licensor, Patent process & Patent laws & e-filing
Centre for Microbiology Studies
A.P.S. University Rewa (M.P.)
Fifth Semester
Scheme of Marks
MB503 Immunology 35 13 15 06 50
MB504 Environmental 35 13 15 06 50
Studies.
Practical –I (Based on 50 18 50
Paper I and II)
Total 300
Note: Internal assessment marks will be based on written test of concerned subject.
B.Sc. Microbiology (Hon’s)
Semester-V
Paper- 17th (MB-501)
Unit I
The recombinant DNA Technology: General concept and principle of cloning, Enzymes: Nucleases
and restriction endonucleases- properties and types; phosphomonoesterases; polymerase; terminal
deoxynucleotidyl transferase; poly A polymerase, Linkers, adaptors and homopolymer tailing.
Prokaryotic host- vector system: Characteristics of E.coli as host; vectors for cloning in E.coli.
(plasmid pBr322, pUC, bacteriophage- EMBL)
Unit II
Design and characteristics of expression vectors for cloning in prokaryotes and factors that affect
expression. Cloning in Yeast: Properties of yeast as host for cloning and different types of vectors
designed for cloning in yeast, Plant transformation technology: Features of Ti and Ri plasmids,
mechanism of DNA transfer. Methods of introduction of foreign DNA in animal system; Vectors
for cloning in animal system- SV-40,
Unit III
Methods for Constructing rDNA and cloning: Inserts; vector insert ligation; infection, transferring
and cloning ,Methods for screening and selection of recombinant clones , DNA Libraries: types,
advantages and disadvantages of different types of libraries; Different methods for constructing
genomic and full length cDNA libraries.
Unit IV
Principles and applications of Blotting techniques- Southern, Northern, Western and Eastern
blotting; Polymerase Chain reaction and types (multiplex, nested, RT, real time, touchdown PCR,
hot start PCR, colony PCR). Blotting techniques (Southern, northern and western ).
Unit V
Unit-1
Introduction to fungi: Habitat, fungal cells structure and thallus organization, wall structure, different types
of reproductive structures-asexual and sexual, Classification of Fungi, Lichens: A general account,
Economic importance of fungi.
Unit-2
Salient features of different groups and detailed study of the following genera
i. Chytridiomycota: Synchytrium, Allomyces
ii. Zygomycota: Rhizopus and Mucor
iii. Ascomycota: Saccharomyces, Emericella (Aspergillus), Talaromyces, Penicillium.
iv. Basidiomycota: Agaricus and Ustilago.
v. Deuteromycota: Candida and Fusarium.
vi. Cellular slime molds: Dictyostelium.
vii. True slime molds (Myxomycetes-exosporous and endosporous).
viii. Oomycota: Saprolegnia, phytophthora,Pythium,Peronospora and Albugo
Unit-3
Introduction: Concept of plant disease, significant landmarks in the field of plant pathology, Signs and
symptoms associated with microbial plant pathogens, Koch’s postulates basic procedures in the diagnosis
and study of plant diseases, Factors affecting disease development, Disease forecasting.
Unit-4
Microbial Pathogenicity: Microbial enzymes, toxins, growth regulators & suppressors of plant defenses in
plant diseases, Mechanism of Defense in Plants. Control of Plant diseases: Physical, chemical and biological
control, Management of plant diseases: Principles & practices involved in the management of plant diseases
by different methods, viz., regulatory (quarantine & legislative measures).
Unit-5
Important diseases caused by fungi: Clubroot of crucifers Plasmodiophora brassicae, White Rust Albugo,
Downy mildew Perenospora, Late blight of potato Phytophthora, Powdery mildew Erysiphe, Ergot of rye
Claviceps pupurea, Rust of wheat Puccinia graminis tritici, Loose smut of wheat Ustilago tritici, Fusarium
wilts Fusarium sp., Red rot of sugarcane Colletotrichum falcatum., Tikka disease of Cercospora arachidola
groundnut, Important diseases caused by Phyto-pathogenic bacteria, Angular leaf spot of cotton, Bacterial
leaf blight of rice, Soft rot of Potato, Crown galls, Bacterial cankersof citrus, Common scab of potato.
Important diseases caused by Phytoplasmas, Aster yellow, little Leaf of brinjal, Sandal spike disease, Root
wilts of coconut. Important diseases caused by viruses Tobacco mosaic, Leaf curl of papaya, Bean mosaic,
Tomato yellow leaf curl, Banana bunchy top.
B.Sc. Microbiology (Hon’s)
Semester-V
Paper- 19th (MB-503)
Immunology
Unit-1
Historical background, innate and acquired immunity, Humoral and cell mediated immunity,
organs and cells involved in immune response.
Unit-2
Identification and characterization of T and B cells, cell surface receptors, MHC types &
importance, Antigen characteristics, types of antigens
Unit-3
Unit-4
Theories of antibody diversity, Monoclonal antibodies and their production, Complement system.
Unit-5
Environmental Studies
Unit 1
The multidisciplinary nature of Environmental Studies, Definitions, scopes & importance, need for
public awareness. Natural resources:, renewable & non renewable resources, natural resources &
associated problems of forest, water, minerals, food, energy & land resources. Conservation of
natural resources, Environmental Ethics:, issues & possible solutions, water conservation, rain
water harvesting & watershed management, resettlements & rehabilitation of peoples.
Unit 2
Ecosystems; Concept of an ecosystem, structure & function of an ecosystem, energy flow in the
ecosystem, ecological succession, food chain, food webs & ecological pyramids. Types,
characteristic features, structure & function of following ecosystem; forest ecosystem, grassland
ecosystem, desert ecosystem, aquatic ecosystem (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries
etc.)
Unit 3
Unit 4
Definition of environmental pollution, causes, effects, & control measures of air, water, soil,
marines, thermal & noise pollution. Climate Change: global warming, acid rain, ozone layer
depletion & nuclear accidents. Solid Waste management: causes, effect & control measures of
urban & industrial wastes. Role of an individual in prevention of pollution.
Unit 5
Disaster managements: Floods, earthquakes, cyclones, & landslides. Waste lands reclamation,
Consumerism & waste product. Population explosion: family welfare programmes, environment
& human health, HIV/AIDS: Role of information technology in environmental & human health.
Environmental legislation: environment protection act. Air(prevention & control of pollution) Act.
Water (prevention & control of pollution) Act. Wild life protection Act. Forest conservation Act.
Centre for Microbiology Studies
A.P.S. University Rewa (M.P.)
Sixth Semester
Scheme of Marks
MB604 Industrial 35 13 15 06 50
Microbiology
Practical –I (Based on 50 18 50
Paper I and II)
Total 300
Note: Internal assessment marks will be based on written test of concerned subject.
B.Sc. Microbiology (Hon’s)
Semester-VI
Paper- 21st (MB-601)
Medical Microbiology
Unit-1
Unit-2
Unit-3
Unit-4
Diseases caused by Human Immuno Deficiency Virus, Hepatitis Virus, Rubella ,Virus, Rabies
virus, Rubella virus, Small pox virus, Dermatophytes, Candidiasis, Aspergillosis.
Unit-5
Collection and transport of appropriate clinical samples for clinical diagnostics, Culture media
isolation of pathogenic bacteria & fungi, Staining techniques: Gram’s staining, AFB staining,
Capsule staining, Biochemical test: IMVIC, TSIA, Oxidase, Catalase, DNAs
B.Sc. Microbiology (Hon’s)
Semester-VI
Paper- 22nd (MB-602)
Unit-1
Food as substrate for microorganisms: Micro organisms important in food microbiology -Molds,
Yeasts and Bacteria-General characteristics-classification and importance, Factors influencing
microbial growth and survival in food - Intrinsic factors and Extrinsic factors, Food Spoilage:
General principles underlying food spoilage and contamination spoilages
Unit-2
Unit-3
Fermented Food: Bread, Vinegar, Oriental Fermented Food, Indian Fermented Food, Fermented
Beverages, Beer and Wine.
Unit-4
Importance of microorganisms in dairy industries. Production of cheese, curd and yogurt, Microbial
spoilage of Milk. Principal & types of Pasteurization, Milk reduction test: MBRT
Unit-5
Microorganisms as source of food: SCP, Mushroom production, Food Borne Infections: Food
poisoning. Infective and toxic, Bacterial and non-bacterial. General methods of their diagnosis,
Organisms from common food items such as curd and bread.
B.Sc. Microbiology (Hon’s)
Semester-VI
Paper- 23rd (MB-603)
Microbial Ecology
Unit-1
Environmental factors influencing the growth and survival of microorganisms. Physical factors -
temperature, light, osmotic pressure and hydrostatic pressure. Chemical factors - pH, O2 and CO2
Soil environments-Microorganisms, soil structure, soil profile, Physico-chemical conditions,
Microbial composition, sampling techniques.
Unit –3
Unit-4
Unit-5
Industrial Microbiology
Unit-1
Unit-2
Industrial sterilization, fermentation equipment and its uses , Fermentation process - batch, fed-
batch & continuous fermentations, submerged and solid state fermentation, Types of fermenter
/bioreactor ( constantly stirred tank, packed bed fluidized & air –lift fermenter)
Unit-3
Media and materials required for industrial microbiological processes - sources, formulation,
antifoams and optimization, Maintenance of PH, temperature, dissolved oxygen & aeration. Down
stream processing.
Unit-4
Industrial production antibiotics-Penicillin, Industrial production of citric acid and amino acids.
Industrial production of enzymes- amylase .
Unit-5
B. A. English-Sem.-I
English Communication
20 400
Environment studies
20 400
PAPER- 1
Major
Course Credits: 6
Learning Outcomes
Some of the course learning outcomes that students of this course are required to demonstrate run
thus: understand the tradition of English literature from 14th to 17th centuries.
develop a clear understanding of Renaissance Humanism that provides the basis for
the texts suggested engage with the major genres and forms of English literature and develop
fundamental skills required for close reading and critical thinking of the texts and concepts
appreciate and analyze the poems and plays in the larger socio-political and religious
Course Content
‘Batter My Heart’
Suggested Topics
Renaissance Humanism
The Stage, Court and City
Religious and Political Thought
Ideas of Love and Marriage
The Writer in Society
Suggested Readings
Pico Della Mirandola, excerpts from the Oration on the Dignity of Man, in The Portable
Renaissance Reader, ed. James Bruce Ross and Mary Martin McLaughlin (New York: Penguin
Books, 1953) pp. 476–9.
John Calvin, ‘Predestination and Free Will’, in The Portable Renaissance Reader,ed. James
Bruce Ross and Mary Martin McLaughlin (New York: Penguin Books,1953) pp. 704–11.
Baldassare Castiglione, ‘Longing for Beauty’ and ‘Invocation of Love’, in Book 4 of The
Courtier, ‘Love and Beauty’, tr. George Bull (Harmondsworth: Penguin, rpt. 1983) pp. 324– 8,
330–5.
Philip Sidney, An Apology for Poetry, ed. Forrest G. Robinson (Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill,
1970) pp. 13–18.
Paper-2
Minor-General Psychology
Course Credits: 6
Learning Outcomes
2. Developing skills for applying psychological knowledge to real life situations so as to improve
interpersonal interactions and adjustment in life.
Course Content
Unit 1:
Theories of intelligence: Spearman ‘g’ theory, Sternberg and Gardner; Emotional intelligence;
References:
Ciccarelli , S. K & Meyer, G.E (2008). Psychology (South Asian Edition). New Delhi: Pearson
Feldman.S.R. (2009).Essentials of understanding psychology ( 7th Ed.) New Delhi : Tata McGraw Hill.
Michael ,W., Passer, Smith,R.E. (2007). Psychology The science of mind and Behavior. New
Delhi:Tata McGraw-Hill
Paper-3
Course Credits: 4
Learning Outcomes
convey their ideas in English using simple and acceptable English in writing
understand to recognize and draft different types of writing – e.g. classroom notes,
summaries, reports, exploratory and descriptive paragraphs, substantiating etc describe a
diagram or elaborate information contained in a graph, chart, table etc
write a review of a book or a movie
write a report on an academic or cultural event that takes place in a college or university for
a journal or a newspaper
Course Contents
2.2. Study Skills including note making, note taking, information transfer, reviewing etc.
Suggested Readings
Liz Hamp-Lyons and Ben Heasley, Study writing: A Course in Writing Skills for Academic Purposes
(Cambridge: CUP, 2006).
Renu Gupta, A Course in Academic Writing (New Delhi: Orient BlackSwan, 2010).
Ilona Leki, Academic Writing: Exploring Processes and Strategies (New York: CUP, 2nd edn, 1998).
Gerald Graff and Cathy Birkenstein, They Say/I Say: The Moves That Matter in Academic Writing
(New York: Norton, 2009).
Course Credits: 4
Learning Objectives:
The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the theory, fundamentals and tools of
communication and to develop in them vital communication skills which should be integral to
personal, social and professional interactions.
1.1 Vocabulary Building: Suffix, Prefix, Synonyms, Antonyms, Homophones, Homonyms and one-
word substitution.
1.2. Basic Grammar: Noun, Pronoun, Adjective, Verb, Adverb, Prepositions, Articles, Time and Tense
2.2. Language of Communication: Verbal and Non-verbal (Spoken and Written) Personal, Social and
Business Barriers and Strategies Intra-personal, Inter-personal and Group communication
3. Speaking Skills:
Monologue
Dialogue
Group Discussion
Interview
Public Speech
Close Reading
Comprehension
Summary
Paraphrasing
5. Writing Skills:
Documenting,
Report Writing,
Making notes,
Letter writing
Recommended Readings:
4. Language through Literature (forthcoming) ed. Dr. Gauri Mishra, Dr Ranjana Kaul, Dr Brati Biswas
Learning Outcomes :
1. Prepare for various competitive exams by developing their English language competence.
2. Promote their comprehension skills being exposed to a variety of texts and their interpretations
It is hoped that after studying this course, students will find a difference in their personal and
professional interactions.
PAPER 1:
Type - Major
Course Credits: 6
Learning Outcomes :
historically situate classical European, i.e., Greek and Latin literary cultures and their
socio-political-cultural contexts engage with classical literary traditions of Europe from the
beginning till the 5th
century AD grasp the evolution of the concept of classic and classical in the European
literary
thinking and its reception over a period of time appreciate classical literature of Europe and
pursue their interests in it
examine different ways of reading and using literary texts across a wide range of classical
authors, genres and periods with comparative perspectives
develop ability to pursue research in the field of classic
develop academic and practical skills in terms of communication and presentation and also
learn about human and literary values of classical period
Course Content
1.Classical Drama:
3. Classical Tragedy
4. Classical Poetry
5.Classical Comedy
Suggested Readings
Homer, The Illiad. Tr. E.V. Rieu. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1985.
Sophocles, Oedipus the King. Tr. Robert Fagles in Sophocles: The Three Theban Plays.
Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1984.
Richard Rutherford, Classical Literature: A Concise History. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing, 2005.
Paper -2
Type-Minor
Community Psychology
Course Credits: 6
Learning Outcomes
2. Developing an appreciation of the core values that guide community psychology and facilitate
community functions.
4. Community programme for child and maternal health, for physically challenged and elderly
people in the Indian context, through case studies
Course Content
4.1 Need and process of community organization and building for health promotion programming
4.2 Community programme for child and maternal health, for physical challenged and old age in the
Indian context.
5.2 Case studies of community intervention programs by the governmental and nongovernmental
organizations in Indian context such as, rural panchayat programs, children’s education, citizen right,
self- help group, social accounting.
Suggestive readings:
Banerjee, A., Banerji, R., Duflo, E., Glenneske, R., & Khenani, S. (2006) Can Information
Campaign start local participation and improve outcomes? A study of primary education in
Uttar Pradesh, India, World Bank Policy Research, Working Paper No.3967
Fetterman, D.M., Kaftarian, S.J. & Wandersman, A (Eds)(1996) Empowerment Evaluation,
New Delhi : Sage Publication.
Kloos B. Hill, J Thomas, Wandersman A, Elias M.J. & Dalton J.H. (2012). Community
Psychology: Linking Individuals and Communities, Wadsworth Cengage Learning.
McKenzie, J. F. Pinger, R. R. & Kotecki, J. E. (2005). An introduction to community health.
United States: Jones and Bartlett Publishers.
Misra, G. (Ed). (2010) Psychology in India. Indian Council of Social Science Research. Dorling
Kindersley (India) Pvt Ltd. Pearson Education
Poland, B. D., Green, L.W. & Rootman, I.(2000) Setting for Health Promotion: Linking Theory
and Practice, Sage Publication, New Delhi
PAPER- 3:
Course Credits: 4
Learning Outcomes
develop the professional ability to communicate information clearly and effectively in all
kinds of environment and contexts.
demonstrate practical skills of various types of media writing, reviews, reports,
programmes and discussions demonstrate their familiarity with the new media, its
techniques, practices of socialmedia and hypermedia.
critically analyze the ways in which the media reflects, represents and influences the
contemporary world and identify avenues for a career in print and electronic media.
Course Content
3. Advertisement
1. Types of advertisements
2. Advertising ethics
4. Media Writing
c. Editing articles
Suggested Readings
Bernet, John R, Mass Communication, an Introduction. New Jersey: Prantice Hall, 1989.
Stanley J. Baran and Davis, Mass Communication Theory: Foundations, Ferment and Future.
Boston: Wadsworth Cengage Learning, 2012.
Katherine Miller, Communication theories: Perspectives, Processes and Contexts. New York:
McGraw Hill, 2004.
Michael Ruffner and Michael Burgoon, Interpersonal Communication. New York & London: Holt,
Rinehart and Winston1981.
Kevin Williams, Understanding Media Theory. London & New York: Bloomsbury, 2015.
V.S. Gupta, Communication and Development. New Delhi: Concept Publication, 2000.
Paper -4
Environment Studies
Course Credits: 4
Learning Outcomes
Introduction to Ecology
What is an ecosystem?
Energy flow in an ecosystem: food chains, food webs and ecological succession.
• Land resources and landuse change; Land degradation, soil erosion and desertification.
• Deforestation: Causes and impacts due to mining, dam building on environment, forests,
biodiversity and tribal populations.
• Water : Use and over-exploitation of surface and ground water, floods, droughts, conflicts over
water (international & inter-state).
• Energy resources : Renewable and non renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy
sources, growing energy needs, case studies. (8 lectures)
Biogeographic zones of India; Biodiversity patterns and global biodiversity hot spots
• Ecosystem and biodiversity services: Ecological, economic, social, ethical, aesthetic and
Informational value.
• Environmental pollution : types, causes, effects and controls; Air, water, soil and noise
pollution • Nuclear hazards and human health risks
• Climate change, global warming, ozone layer depletion, acid rain and impacts on human
communities and agriculture 2/2
• Environment Laws: Environment Protection Act; Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act;
Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act; Wildlife Protection Act; Forest Conservation Act.
International agreements: Montreal and Kyoto protocols and Convention on Biological Diversity
(CBD).
• Nature reserves, tribal populations and rights, and human wildlife conflicts in Indian context.
• Environmental ethics: Role of Indian and other religions and cultures in environmental
conservation.
• Environmental communication and public awareness, case studies (e.g., CNG vehicles in Delhi).
Suggested Readings:
3. Gleeson, B. and Low, N. (eds.) 1999. Global Ethics and Environment, London, Routledge.
4. Gleick, P. H. 1993. Water in Crisis. Pacific Institute for Studies in Dev., Environment & Security.
Stockholm Env. Institute, Oxford Univ. Press.
5. Groom, Martha J., Gary K. Meffe, and Carl Ronald Carroll. Principles of Conservation Biology.
Sunderland: Sinauer Associates, 2006.
6. Grumbine, R. Edward, and Pandit, M.K. 2013. Threats from India’s Himalaya dams. Science,
339: 36-37.
7. McCully, P. 1996. Rivers no more: the environmental effects of dams (pp. 29-64). Zed Books.
8. McNeill, John R. 2000. Something New Under the Sun: An Environmental History of the
Twentieth Century.
9. Odum, E.P., Odum, H.T. & Andrews, J. 1971. Fundamentals of Ecology. Philadelphia:
Saunders.
10. Pepper, I.L., Gerba, C.P. & Brusseau, M.L. 2011. Environmental and Pollution Science.
Academic Press.
11. Rao, M.N. & Datta, A.K. 1987. Waste Water Treatment. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt.
Ltd.
12. Raven, P.H., Hassenzahl, D.M. & Berg, L.R. 2012. Environment. 8th edition. John Wiley &
Sons.
13. Rosencranz, A., Divan, S., & Noble, M. L. 2001. Environmental law and policy in India. Tripathi
1992.
14. Sengupta, R. 2003. Ecology and economics: An approach to sustainable development. OUP.
15. Singh, J.S., Singh, S.P. and Gupta, S.R. 2014. Ecology, Environmental Science and
Conservation. S. Chand Publishing, New Delhi.
16. Sodhi, N.S., Gibson, L. & Raven, P.H. (eds). 2013. Conservation Biology: Voices from the
Tropics. John Wiley & Sons.
17. Thapar, V. 1998. Land of the Tiger: A Natural History of the Indian Subcontinent.
19. Wilson, E. O. 2006. The Creation: An appeal to save life on earth. New York: Norton.
20. World Commission on Environment and Development. 1987. Our Common Future. Oxford
University Press
AWADHESH PRATAP SINGH UNIVERSITY,
REWA (M.P.)
Syllabus
B.A. Course
PHILOSOPHY
Scheme of Examination / ijh{kk ;kstuk
Semester - I
Sr. No. Paper Name Paper Scheme of Marks Total
No. Theory Min. Sessional Min.
1. Foundation Course FC-I 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name - Hindi Bhasha ¼fgUnh Hkk"kk ½
2. Philosophy (Hons.) Course H-I 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name - Indian Philosophy - I ¼Hkkjrh; n'kZu&I)
3. Philosophy (Hons.) Course H-II 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name - Western Philosophy-I (ik'pkR; n'kZu &I)
4. Ancient Indian History, Culture & Archaeology S-I 70 25 30 11 100
(Subsidiary) Course
Paper Name - Ancient Indian History (izkphu Hkkjrh; bfrgkl½
Semester - II
Sr. No. Paper & Paper Name Paper Scheme of Marks Total
No. Theory Min. Sessional Min.
1. Foundation Course FC-II 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name - English Language
2. Philosophy (Hons.) Course H-III 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name - Indian Philosophy -II (Hkkjrh; n'kZu&II)
3. Philosophy (Hons.) Course H-IV 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name - Western Philosophy-II (ik'pkR; n'kZu &II)
4. Ancient Indian History, Culture & Archaeology S-II 70 25 30 11 100
(Subsidiary) Course
Paper Name - Fundamentals of Ancient Archaeology
¼izkphu iqjkrÙo ds ewy rRo½
Semester - III
Sr. No. Paper & Paper Name Paper Scheme of Marks Total
No. Theory Min. Sessional Min.
1. Foundation Course FC-III 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name - Environmental Studies (i;kZoj.k v/;;u½
2. Philosophy (Hons.) Course H-V 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name - Philosophy of Religion - I (/keZ&n'kZu & I)
3. Philosophy (Hons.) Course H-VI 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name - Logic (rdZ'kkL= ½
4. Ancient Indian History, Culture & Archaeology S-III 70 25 30 11 100
(Subsidiary) Course
Paper Name - Ancient Indian Culture (izkphu Hkkjrh; laLÑfr½
Semester - IV
Sr. No. Paper & Paper Name Paper Scheme of Marks Total
No. Theory Min. Sessional Min.
1. Foundation Course FC-IV 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name - Basic of Computer and Information Technology
(dEI;wVj ,oa lwpuk rduhdh ds vk/kkj½
2. Philosophy (Hons.) Course H-VII 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name - Philosophy of Religion-II (/keZ&n'kZu&II)
3. Philosophy (Hons.) Course H-VIII 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name - Social - Philosophy (lekt &n'kZu ½
4. Ancient Indian History, Culture & Archaeology S-IV 70 25 30 11 100
(Subsidiary) Course
Paper Name - Ancient Indian Religion and Philosophy
¼izkphu Hkkjrh; /keZ ,oa n'kZu½
Semester - V
Sr. No. Paper & Paper Name Paper Scheme of Marks Total
No. Theory Min. Sessional Min.
1. Philosophy (Hons.) Course H-IX 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name - Contemporary Indian Philosophy ¼ledkyhu
Hkkjrh; n'kZu½
2. Philosophy (Hons.) Course H-X 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name - Contemporary Western Philosophy ¼ledkyhu
ik'pkR; n'kZu½
3. Philosophy (Hons.) Course H-XI 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name - Ethics (uhfr'kkL=½
4. Project / H-XII 100 36 - - 100
Semester - VI
Sr. No. Paper & Paper Name Paper Scheme of Marks Total
No. Theory Min. Sessional Min.
1. Philosophy (Hons.) Course H-XIII 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name -Yoga Darshan ¼;ksx n'kZu½
2. Philosophy (Hons.) Course H-XIV 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name -Indian Religion ¼Hkkjrh; /keZ ½
3. Philosophy (Hons.) Course H-XV 70 25 30 11 100
Paper Name - Vedanta (osnkUr½
4. Comprehensive Viva / H-XVI 100 36 - - 100
B.A. (Hons.) Philosophy /
Semester - I / I
Unit I / I
Nature of Darśana, Distinction between Darśana and Philosophy, Classification of Indian Philosophy,
Characteristics of Indian Philosophy.
n'kZu dk Lo:i] n'kZu ,oa fQykWlQh esa Hksn] Hkkjrh; n'kZu dk oxhZdj.k] Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh fo'ks"krk,¡ A
Unit II / II
Introduction to the Vedas. Upanishads Brahman and Ātman, Bhagavadgītā: Jñānayoga, Karmayoga and
Bhaktiyoga.
osn&ifjp;] mifu"kn~& czá ,oa vkRek] Hkxon~xhrk&Kku;ksx] deZ;ksx vkSj HkfDr;ksxA
Suggested Readings :
1. MkW- pUnz/kj 'kekZ] Hkkjrh; n'kZu vykspu vkSj vuq'khyu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh 1995
2. MkW- ch-,u- flag ,oa MkW- vk'kk flag] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] LVwMs.V~l Ýs.M~l ,.M dEiuh] dk'kh fgUnw fo'ofo|ky; ekxZ
yadk] okjk.klh&5] 1996
3. izk-s gjsUnz izlkn flUgk] Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh :ijs[kk] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1963
4. cynso mik/;k;] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] 'kkjnk efUnj okjk.klh] 1997
5. uUn fd'kksj nsojkt] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] mÙkj izn's k fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] y[kuÅ] 1975
6. Dutta & Chatterjee, An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, University of Calcutta, 1968.
7. M. Hiriyanna, Outlines of Indian Philosophy, George Allen and Unwin, Lodon-1932.
B.A. (Hons.) Philosophy /
Semester - I / I
Paper - H-II
Max. Marks - 70
Min. Marks - 25
Western Philosophy-I / I
UNIT-I / -I
Nature of Western Philosophy, Greek Philosophy - The ultimate principles in Ionic and Pythagorean
schools.
ik'pkR; n'kZu dk Lo:i] xzhd n'kZu & vk;ksfud ,oa ikbFkkxksjl lEiznk; esa ije rÙo dk fl)kUrA
UNIT-II / -II
Being in Eleatic School, Heraclites - Doctrine of Becoming, Empedocles - Doctrine of Elements,
Anaxagoras - Doctrine of Nous, Atomic theories of Leucippus and Democritus, Main principles of
Sophists.
bfy,fVd lEiznk; esa lÙkk] gsjsDykbVl & ifj.kke dk fl)kUr] ,EisMksDyht & rÙo dk fl)kUr] ,usDtsxksjl & ije
foKku dk fl)kUr] Y;wflil vkSj fMekWfØVl dk ijek.kq fl)kUr] lks fQLV lEiznk; ds izeq[k fu;eA
UNIT-III / -III
The Socratic Method, Plato’s Theory of Knowledge, Doctrine of Ideas.
lqdjkrh; i)fr] IysVks dk Kku fl)kUr] foKkuoknA
UNIT-IV / -IV
Aristotle - Criticism of Theory of Ideas, Causality, Matter and form.
vjLrw & foKkuokn dh vkykspuk] dkj.krk fl)kUr] nzO; ,oa vkdkjA
UNIT-V / -V
St. Augustine - Theory of Knowledge, The Problem of Evil, Thomas Aquinas’s view of God, Distinction
between Faith and Reason.
lar vkWxLVkbu & Kku fl)kUr] v'kqHk dh leL;k] FkkWel ,Dohul dk bZ'oj fopkj] vkLFkk ,oa rdZ esa HksnA
Suggested Readings
1. pUnz/kj 'kekZ] ik'pkR; n'kZu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1997
2. MkW- ch-,u- flag] ik'pkR; n'kZu] LVw.MsV~l Ýs.M~l ,.M dEiuh] okjk.klh] 1973
3. ;kdwc elhg] ik'pkR; n'kZu dk leh{kkRed bfrgkl] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] ubZ fnYyh] 2005
4. txnh'k lgk; JhokLro] vk/kqfud ik'pkR; n'kZu dk oSKkfud bfrgkl] iqLrd LFkku] xksj[kiqj] 1973
5. Will Durant, A story of Philosophy, Simon & Schuster, 1926 & Pocket Books, New York, 2006
6. Bertand Russell, A History of Western Philosophy, Union paper Backs, London, 1987
7. Frank Thilly, History of Western Philosophy, Central Book Depot, Allahabad, 1975
8. W.T Stace, .: A Critical History of Greek Philosophy Macmillan, New Delhi, 1985
9. Y. Masih, - A Critical History of Western Philosophy, Motilal Banarasidas, Delhi, 1994
B.A. (Hons.) Philosophy /
Semester - II / II
Paper -H-III Max. Marks - 70
Min. Marks - 25
Indian Philosophy-II / II
UNIT-I / -I
Sāńkhya - Satkāryavāda, Puruşa, Prakriti, Theory of Evolution, Kaivalya.
lka[; & lRdk;Zokn] iq:"k] izÑfr] fodklokn ds fl)kUr] dSoY;A
UNIT-II / -II
Nyāya - Pramānas - Pratyaksha, Anuman, Shabda, Upamana, Proofs for the Existence of God.
U;k; & izek.k & izR;{k] vuqeku] 'kCn] mieku] bZ'oj dh lÙkk flf) gsrq rdZA
UNIT-III / -III
Vaiśeshika: Padārthas, Atomism, Mīmāmsā - Dharma, Apūrva.
oS'ksf"kd & inkFkZ] ijek.kqokn] ehekalk & /keZ] viwoZA
UNIT-IV / -IV
Advaita Vedānta: Brahman, Māyā, Mukti.
v}SrosnkUr & czá] ek;k] eqfDrA
UNIT-V / -V
Viśişţādvaita - Brahman, Mukti, Satkhyativada.
fof'k"Vk}Sr & czá] eqfDr] lR[;kfrokn~A
Suggested Readings :
1- MkW- pUnz/kj 'kekZ] Hkkjrh; n'kZu vykspu vkSj vuq'khyu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh 1995
2- MkW- ch-,u- flag ,oa MkW- vk'kk flag] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] LVwMs.V~l Ýs.M~l ,.M dEiuh] dk'kh fgUnw fo'ofo|ky; ekxZ
yadk] okjk.klh&5] 1996
3- izk-s gjsUnz izlkn flUgk] Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh :ijs[kk] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1963
4- cynso mik/;k;] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] 'kkjnk efUnj okjk.klh] 1997
5- uUn fd'kksj nsojkt] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] mÙkj izns'k fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] y[kuÅ] 1975
6- Dutta & Chatterjee, An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, University of Calcutta, 1968
7- M. Hiriyanna, Outlines of Indian Philosophy, George Allen and Unwin, Lodon-1932
B.A. (Hons.) Philosophy /
Semester - II / II
UNIT-I / -I
Descartes - concept of substance, Method of doubt, Cogito Ergo sum, Mind-Body Problem. Spinoza -
Refutation of Descartes conception of Substance, Concept of Substance, Attribute and Mode, Pantheism.
nsdkrZ & nzO; dh vo/kkj.kk] lUnsg i)fr] eSa lksprk gw¡] blfy, eSa gw¡] eu&'kjhj dh leL;k] fLiukstk & nsdkrZ ds nzO;
dh vo/kkj.kk dk [k.Mu] nzO; dh vo/kkj.kk] xq.k vkSj i;kZ;] losZ'ojoknA
[ UNIT-II / -II
Leibnit - Theory of Monads, Pre-Established Harmony, John Locke - Refutation of Innate Ideas,
Substance, Primary and Secondary Qualities.
ykbCuhRt & fpn.kqokn] iwoZLFkkfir lkeatL; dk fl)kUr] tkWu ykWd & tUetkr izR;;ksa dk [k.Mu] nzO;] ewy xq.k ,oa
mixq.kA
UNIT-III / -III
George Berkeley - Refutation of Materialism, Esse Est Percipi and Subjective Idealism.
tkWtZ cdZys & tM+ nzO; dk [k.Mu] lÙkk vuqHkoewyd gS] vkRefu"B izR;;oknA
UNIT-IV / -IV
David Hume - Culmination of Empiricism, Refutation of Metaphysical Entities and Causality, Skepticism.
MsfoM áwe & vuqHkookn dh ijkdk"Bk] rfÙod lÙkkvksa ,oa dkj.krk dk [k.Mu] lansgoknA
UNIT-V / -V
Immanual Kant - Criticism, Space and Time, Hegel - Dialectic Method, Absolute.
bekU;q,y dkUV & leh{kkokn] ns'k vkSj dky] gsxy & }U}kRed rdZ] ijerÙoA
Suggested Readings
UNIT-I / -I
UNIT-III / -III
Concept of God, Theism, Deism, Pantheism.
bZ'oj dh vo/kkj.kk] bZ'ojokn] dsoyfufeÙks'ojokn] losZ'ojoknA
UNIT-IV / -IV
Polytheism, Monotheism, God and Absolute.
vusds'ojokn] ,ds'ojokn] bZ'oj ,oa ijerÙo]
UNIT-V / -V
The arguments to prove the existence of God - Ontological, Cosmological, Teleological and Moral
arguments.
bZ'oj dh lÙkk flf) gsrq izek.k & lÙkkewyd] fo'oewyd] iz;kstuewyd vkSj uSfrd rdZA
Suggested Readings:
1. ºn; ukjk;.k feJ] /keZ n'kZu ifjp;] 'ks[kj izdk'ku] bykgkckn] 2000
2. ;k- elhg] /keZ n'kZu izkP; o ik'pkR;] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] iVuk] 1973
3. MkW- gjsUnz izlkn flUgk] /keZ&n'kZu dh :i&js[kk] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] 1962
4. D.M. Edwards, Philosophy of Religion, Progressive publisher, Calcutta, 1968
5. John Caird, An Introduction to the Philosophy of Religion, Chatterjee and Co., Calcutta, 1956
6. S.N. Dasgupta, Religions and The Rational outlook, Motilal Banarasidass, Delhi, 1974.
B.A. (Hons.) Philosophy /
Semester - III / III
Paper -H-VI Max. Marks - 70
Min. Marks - 25
Logic /
UNIT-I / -I
Nature of Logic, Propositions, Induction and Deduction, Truth and Validity.
rdZ'kkL= dk Lo:i] rdZokD;] fuxeu vkSj vkxeu] lR;rk ,oa oS/krkA
UNIT-II / -II
Categorical Propositions and Classes, Quality, Quantity and Distribution of Terms, Traditional Square of
Opposition, Immediate Inference.
fu:ikf/kd rdZokD; vkSj oxZ] xq.k] ifjek.k ,oa inksa dh O;kfIr] ijEijkxr fojks/k oxZ] vO;ofgr vuqekuA
UNIT-III / -III
Standard form of Categorical Syllogism, Venn-Diagram Technique for Testing Syllogism, Rules and
Fallacies.
fu:ikf/kd U;k; okD; dk ekud :i] U;k; okD; ds ijh{k.k gsrq osu vkjs[k i)fr] fu;e vkSj nks"kA
UNIT-IV/ -IV
Symbolic Logic, Testing arguments by Truth Table Method, Relation between Truth functions.
izrhdkRed rdZ'kkL=] lR;rk lkj.kh fof/k }kjk ;qfDr;ksa dk ijh{k.k] lR;rk Qyuksa ds chp lEcU/kA
UNIT-V / -V
Inductive Reasoning and Probability, Simple Enumeration and Analogy. Mill’s Inductive Methods.
vkxeukRed rdZ vkSj lEHkkO;rk] ljy x.kuk vkSj lkE;kuqeku] fey dh vkxeukRed fof/k;k¡A
Suggested Readings
1. ';kefd'kksj lsB ,oa uhfyek feJ] rdZ'kkL=] yksd Hkkjrh] bykgkckn] 2004
2. dksih ,oa dksgsu] rdZ'kkL= % ,d ifjp;] Introduction to Logic dk fgUnh vuqokn] laxe yky ik.Ms; ,oa
xksj[kukFk feJ] ,f'k;k cqd dEiuh] bykgkckn] 2002
3. jkT;Jh vxzoky] rdZ'kkL=] e/;izns'k fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] Hkksiky]
4. Copi & Cohen : Introduction to Logic, 11th Edition, Pearson Education Inc, 2002
5. Cohen and Nagel : Introduction to Logic & Scientific Method, Allied Publishers Ltd., New
Delhi, 1990
B.A. (Hons.) Philosophy /
Semester - IV / IV
Paper -H-VII Max. Marks - 70
Min. Marks - 25
Philosophy of Religion - II / - II
UNIT-I / -I
Nature of Religious knowledge, Nature of Religious Faith, An Introduction of Religious Language.
/kkfeZd Kku dk Lo:i] /kkfeZd fo'okl dk Lo:i] /kkfeZd Hkk"kk dk ifjp;A
UNIT-II / -II
Faith, Reason, Revelation and its Validity, Mystic Experience.
vkLFkk] rdZ] nSoh; izdk'kuk vkSj budh oS/krk] jgL;kuqHkwfrA
UNIT-III / -III
Nature and Kinds of Evil, The Problem of Evil and its Solution.
v'kqHk dk Lo:i ,oa izdkj] v'kqHk dh leL;k ,oa bldk lek/kkuA
UNIT-IV / -IV
Mysticism and its Characteristics, Nature of Religious Tolerance, Nature of Conversion.
jgL;okn ,oa mldh fo'ks"krk,¡] /kkfeZd lfg".kqrk dk Lo:i] /keZ ifjorZu dk Lo:iA
UNIT-V / -V
Nature of Immortality, Proof of Immortality, Kinds of Immortality, Arguments against Immortality.
vejRo dk Lo:i] vejRo ds izek.k] vejRo ds izdkj] vejRo ds fo:) ;qfDr;k¡A
Suggested Readings
1- ºn; ukjk;.k feJ] /keZ n'kZu ifjp;] 'ks[kj izdk'ku] bykgkckn] 2000
2- ;k- elhg] /keZ n'kZu izkP; o ik'pkR;] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] iVuk] 1973
3- MkW- gjsUnz izlkn flUgk] /keZ&n'kZu dh :i&js[kk] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] 1962
4- D.M. Edwards, Philosophy of Religion, Progressive publisher, Calcutta, 1968
5- John Caird, An Introduction to the Philosophy of Religion, Chatterjee and Co., Calcutta, 1956
6- S.N. Dasgupta, Religions and The Rational outlook, Motilal Banarasidass, Delhi, 1974.
B.A. (Hons.) Philosophy /
Semester - IV / IV
UNIT-IV / -IV
Mahatma Gandhi - Sarvodaya, Satyagrah, Concept of Ramrajya, Varnavyavastha, Doctrine of
Trusteeship.
egkRek xk¡/kh & loksZn;] lR;kxzg] jkejkT; dh vo/kkj.kk] o.kZO;oLFkk] U;kl dk fl)kUrA
UNIT-V / -V
Dr. B.R. Ambedkar - Social thought, Neo-Buddhism. Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru - Humanism, Socialism,
Secularism.
MkW- ch-vkj- vEcsMdj & lkekftd fpUru] uo&ckS)okn] ia- tokgjyky usg: & ekuookn] lektokn] /keZfujis{krkoknA
Suggested Readings
1- clUr dqekj yky] ledkyhu Hkkjrh; n'kZu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1963
2- MkW- ,- voLFkh ,oa MkW- vkj-ds- voLFkh] Hkkjrh; jktuhfrd fpUru] fjlpZ ifCyds'kUl] t;iqj]
3- MkW- txnh'klgk; JhokLro] lekt&n'kZu dh Hkwfedk] fo'ofo|ky; izdk'ku] okjk.klh] 1999
4- MkW- ân; ukjk;.k feJ] lekt n'kZu lS)kafrd ,oa leL;kRed foospu] 'ks[kj izdk'ku] bykgkckn] 2003
5- ch-,u- flag] lekt n'kZu ,oa jktuhfr n'kZu] vk'kk izdk'ku] okjk.klh] 1990
6- Krishna Saya, Social Philosophy: Past and Future, Indian Institute of Advanced Studies, 1978.
B.A. (Hons.) Philosophy /
Semester - V / V
UNIT-II / -II
R.N. Tagore - Reality, Māyā, Soul, Humanism, Problem of Evil.
jchUnzukFk VSxksj & lr~] ek;k] vkRek] ekuookn] v'kqHk dh leL;kA
UNIT-III / -III
Mahatma Gandhi - Truth, Non-violence, Means and End, Decentralisation.
egkRek xk¡/kh & lR;] vfgalk] lk/ku vkSj lk/;] fodsUnzhdj.kA
UNIT-IV / -IV
Sri Aurobindo - Absolute, Supermind, Involution, Evolution, Integral Yoga .
Jh vjfoUn & ijerÙo] vfrekul] vorj.k] fodklokn] lexz;ksxA
UNIT-V / -V
Acharya Vinoba Bhave - Life Sketch, Sarvodaya, Bhoodan movement.
vkpk;Z fouksck Hkkos & thou ifjp;] loksZn;] Hkwnku vkUnksyuA
Suggested Readings:
1- mes'k pUnz nqcs] Jh vjfoUn ,oa czsMys dk ijerÙookn] uUn fd'kksj ,.M cznlZ] okjk.klhA
2- y{eh lDlsuk] ledkyhu Hkkjrh; n”kZu] mÙkj izns”k fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] y[kuÅ] 1974
3- Mh-,- xaxk/kj] loZsifYy jk/kkd`".ku~ dk /keZ ,oa n'kZu] dyk izdk'ku] okjk.klhA
4- ch-ds- yky] ledkyhu Hkkjrh; n'kZu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh 2009
5- V.S. Narvane, Modern Indian Thought (Hindi & English), Asia Publishing House, Bombay, 1964.
6- R.S. Srivastava, Contemporary Indian Philosophy, Munshi Ram Manohar Lal, Delhi, 1965.
B.A. (Hons.) Philosophy /
Semester - V / V
Paper -H-X
Max. Marks - 70
Min. Marks - 25
Contemporary Western Philosophy /
UNIT-I / -I
F. H. Bradley - Appearance, Primary and Secondary Qualities, Substantive and Adjective, Relation and
Quality, Causation, Appearance and Reality.
,Q-,p- cszMys & vkHkkl] izkFkfed vkSj xkS.k xq.k] nzO;rk ,oa fo'ks"k.krk] lEcU/k vkSj xq.k] dkj.krk] vkHkkl ,oa lr~A
UNIT-II / -II
Pragmatism - C.S. Pierce’s theory of meaning, William James’ Radical Empiricism, Conception of
Reality and Theory of Truth, John Dewey’s Instrumentalism.
mi;ksfxrkokn & lh-,l- ilZ dk vFkZ fl)kUr] fofy;e tsEl & mRdV vuqHkookn] lÙkk&fopkj ,oa lR;rk&fl)kUr]
tkWu fMoh dk midj.koknA
UNIT-III / -III
Marxism - Dialectical Materialism, Theory of Value (Labour Theory of Value and Theory of Surplus
Value), Class-Conflict, Communism,
ekDlZokn & }UnkRed HkkSfrdokn] ewY; dk fl)kUr] ¼ewY; dk Je fl)kUr vkSj vfrfjDr ewY; dk fl)kUr½] oxZ&la?k"kZ]
lkE;oknA
UNIT-IV / -IV
Bertrand Russell - Logical Atomism, Theory of Description, Theory of Types.
cVsZaM jlsy & rkfdZd v.kqokn] fooj.k dk fl)kUr] izk:i fl)kUrA
UNIT-V / -V
Introduction of Existentialism, Jean Paul Sartre - Existence Precedes Essence, Bad Faith.
vfLrRookn dk ifjp;] tka iky lk=Z & vfLrRo Hkko ls igys gS] vkRe&izoapukA
Suggested Readings
1- ch-ds- yky] ledkyhu ik'pkR; n'kZu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh 2009
2- y{eh lDlsuk] ledkyhu ik'pkR; n'kZu] mÙkj izns'k fgUnh laLFkku] y[kuÅ] 1991
3- fuR;kuUn feJ] ledkyhu ik'pkR; n'kZu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 2006
4- Dutta, D. M., Chief currents of contemporary Philosophy, The University of Calcutta, 1970
5- Pass more, J., Hundred years of philosophy (Hindi Translation by C.M. Sharma), Hindi Prakashan Vibhaga
Rajasthan Vishwavidyalay, Jaipur, 1966
6- F.H., Bradely, Appearance and Reality, Oxford University Press, Oxford, London, New York, 1969
B.A. (Hons.) Philosophy /
Semester - V / V
Paper -H-XI Max. Marks - 70
Min. Marks - 25
Ethics /
UNIT-I / -I
Nature and scope of Ethics. Ethical Concepts - Good, Right, Duty, Value, Postulates of Morality, Nature
of Moral Judgment.
uhfr'kkL= dk Lo:i vkSj {ks=] uSfrd vo/kkj.kk & 'kqHk] mfpr] drO;Z] ewY;] uSfrdrk dh iwoZ ekU;rk,¡] uSfrd fu.kZ; dk
Lo:iA
UNIT-II / -II
Psychological and Ethical Hedonism, Utilitarianism of Bentham and J.S. Mill.
euksoSKkfud vkSj uSfrd lq[kokn] csUFke vkSj ts-,l- fey dk mi;ksfxrkoknA
UNIT-III / -III
Perfectionism, Kant’s moral Law and Good will.
iw.kZrkokn] dk.V dk uSfrd fu;e vkSj 'kqHk ladYiA
UNIT-IV / -IV
Reward and punishment, Theory of Punishment - Retributive, Detterent, Reformative, Idealistic.
iqjLdkj ,oa n.M] n.M ds fl)kUr & izfrQyukRed] izfrjks/kkRed] lq/kkjkRed] vkn'kZoknhA
UNIT-V / -V
Conception of Purusārtha - Dharma, Artha, Kama and Moksha,Vedic Concept of Rita And Rina.
iqj"kkFkZ dh vo/kkj.kk & /keZ] vFkZ] dke vkSj eks{k] _r vkSj _.k dh oSfnd vo/kkj.kkA
Suggested Readings
1- MkW- fuR;kuan feJ] uhfr”kkL= ¼fl)kUr rFkk iz;ksx½] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 2005
2- MkW- osn izdk”k oekZ] uhfr”kkL= ds ewy fl)kUr] ,ykbM ifCyds'ku] fnYyh] 1977
3- MkW- v”kksd dqekj oekZ] uhfr”kkL= ds fl)kUr] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1977
4- laxeyky ik.Ms;] uhfr”kkL= dk losZ{k.k] lsUVªy ifCyf”kax gkÅl] bykgkckn] 2005
5- MkW- fnokdj ikBd ] Hkkjrh; uhfr”kkL=] fcgkj fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] iVuk] 1974
6- S.K. Maitra, Ethics of Hindus, University of Calcutta, 1978
B.A. (Hons.) Philosophy /
Semester - V / V
Paper - H - XII Max. Marks - 100
Min. Marks - 36
Project /
The Project will be based on the Syllabi of Philosophy Included in Five Semester of B.A. (Hons.)
Philosophy.
ch-,- ¼vkWulZ½ n'kZu'kkL= ds ikWp lsesLVj esa fu/kkZfjr ikB~;Øe ij ifj;kstuk dk;Z vk/kkfjr gksxkA
B.A. (Hons.) Philosophy /
Semester - VI / VI
UNIT-I / -I
Meaning of Yoga, Nature of Citta, Cittabhumi - Kshipta, Moodha, Vikshipta, Ekagra, Niruddha.
;ksx dk vFkZ] fpÙk dk Lo:i] fpÙkHkwfe;k¡& f{kIr] ew<+] fof{kIr] ,dkxz] fu:)A
UNIT-II / -II
Nature and Forms of Cittavŗttis - Pramana, Viparyaya, Vikalpa, Nidra, Smriti.
fpÙko`fÙk dk Lo:i ,oa izdkj & izek.k] foi;Z;] fodYi] funzk] Le`frA
UNIT-III / -III
Method of Cittavrttinirodha - Abhyāsa-Vairāgya, Kriyāyoga, Nature and Kinds of Samadhi.
fpÙko`fÙkfujks/k ds mik; & vH;kl&oSjkX;] fØ;k&;ksx] lekf/k dk Lo:i ,oa izdkjA
UNIT-IV / -IV
Eight Fold Yoga (Astāngayoga) - Yama, Niyama, Asana, Pranayama, Pratyahar, Dharana, Dhyan,
Samadhi.
v"Vkax&;ksx & ;e] fu;e] vklu] izk.kk;ke] izR;kgkj] /kkj.kk] /;ku] lekf/kA
UNIT-V / -V
Nature and kinds of Kleśa - Avidya, Raga, Dvesha, Asmita, Abhinivesha, Nature of God, Kaivalya.
Dys'k dk Lo:i ,oa izdkj & vfo|k] jkx] }s"k] vfLerk] vfHkfuos'k] bZ'oj dk Lo:i] dSoY;A
Suggested Readings
1- lqjs'kpUnz] JhokLro] ikraty ;ksx n'kZu] pkS[kEHkk lqjHkkjrh izdk'ku] okjk.klh] 2013
2- Lokeh czãyhu eqfu] ikraty ;ksx n'kZu] pkS[kEck laLÑr fljht] okjk.klh] 1970-
3- Lokeh gfjgjkuUn vkj;Zud] Hkk"korh] lka[; ;ksx n'kZu] pkS[kEck laLÑr fljht] okjk.klh] 1970
4- S. N. Dasgupta, Yoga Philosophy in Relation to other systems of Indian Thought, MLBD, 1974 .
5- S.N. Dasgupta, History of Indian Philosophy, Vol.V, Cambridge, 1922.
B.A. (Hons.) Philosophy /
Semester - VI / VI
Paper -H-XIV Max. Marks - 70
Min. Marks - 25
Indian Religion /
UNIT-I / -I
Hinduism - A General Introduction of Veda, Upanişad, smriti and Purānas.
fgUnw /keZ & osn] mifu"kn~] Le`fr ,oa iqjk.k dk lkekU; ifjp;A
UNIT-II / -II
Purusārtha, Varnavyastha and Ashramavyastha.
iq#"kkFkZ] o.kZO;oLFkk vkSj vkJe O;oLFkkA
UNIT-III / -III
Jainism - Mahavira's life, Triratna, Svetāmbra-Digambara, Anuvrata-Mahāvrata.
tSu /keZ & egkohj dk thou ifjp;] f=jRu] 'osrkEcj&fnxEcj] v.kqozr&egkozrA
UNIT-IV / -IV
Buddhism - Buddha’s Life, Hinayāna, Mahāyāna, Ideal of Bodhisattva, Arhat, Nirvāna.
ckS) /keZ & cq) dk thou ifjp;] ghu;ku] egk;ku] cksf/klRo dk vkn'kZ] vgZr~] fuokZ.kA
UNIT-V / -V
Sikhism - History, Life of Guru Nanaka,. Mūlamantra, Ethics and Social aspects of Sikhism.
flD[k /keZ & bfrgkl] xq:ukud dk thou ifjp;] ewyea=] flD[k /keZ dk uSfrd ,oa lkekftd n`f"Vdks.kA
Suggested Readings
1. MkW- gjsUnz izlkn flUgk] /keZ n'kZu dh :ijs[kk] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1962
2. MkW- JhdkUr feJ] Hkkjrh; uhfr'kkL=] jk/kk ifCyds'ku] vkxjk] 2018
3. MkW- cynso mik/;k;] vk;Z laLd`fr] 'kkjnk eafnj] 1945
4. Jodh Singh, The Religious Philosophy of Guru Nanak, Motilal Banarasi Das, New Delhi-1983 .
5. D.S. Sharma, Hinduism Through the Ages, Bhāratīya Vidya Bhawan, 1973
6. J. Jaini, Outlines of Jainism, Cambridge, 1940.
7. E. George, Buddhism, its Essence and Development, Philosophical Library, 1954.
B.A. (Hons.) Philosophy /
Semester - VI / VI
Paper -H-XV Max. Marks - 70
Min. Marks - 25
Vedanta Philosophy /
UNIT-I / -I
Gounapadacharya - Ajativada, AtmaTattvavada, Ashparshayoga.
xkSM+iknkpk;Z & vtkfrokn] vkRerÙookn] vLi'kZ;ksxA
UNIT-II / -II
Acharya Shamkara - Adhyasa, Vivartavada, Nature of Atman, Nature of Jivan-mukti.
vkpk;Z 'kadj & v/;kl] foorZokn] vkRek dk Lo:i] thou&eqfDr dk Lo:iA
UNIT-III / -III
Ramanujacharya - Meaning of Vishishtadvaita, Bondage and Liberation, Nature and Forms of
Devotion.
jkekuqtkpk;Z & fof'k"Vk}Sr dk vFkZ] cU/ku vkSj eks{k] HkfDr dk Lo:i ,oa izdkjA
UNIT-IV / -IV
Madhavacharya - Meaning of Dvaitvada, Nimbarkacharya - Meaning of Dvaitadvaitavada,
Vallabhacharcya - Meaning of Shuddhadvaitavada, Chaitanya Mahaprabhu - Meaning of
Achintyabhedabhedavada.
e/okpk;Z & }Srokn dk vFkZ] fuEckdkZpk;Z & }Srk}Srokn dk vFkZ] oYyHkkpk;Z & 'kq)k}Srokn dk vFkZ] pSrU; egkizHkq
& vfpUR;HksnkHksnokn dk vFkZA
UNIT-V / -V
Swami Vivekanda - Theory of Maya, Practical Vedanta, Mahatma Gandhi - Sarvadharma Sambhava, Dr.
S. Radhakrishnan - Nature of Absolute.
Lokeh foosdkuUn & ek;k fl)kUr] O;ogkfjd osnkUr] egkRek xk¡/kh & loZ/keZ leHkko] MkW- ,l- jk/kkÑ".ku~ & ije lr~
dk Lo:iA
Suggested Readings
1- MkW- pUnz/kj 'kekZ] Hkkjrh; n'kZu vykspu vkSj vuq'khyu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh 1995
2- MkW- ch-,u- flag ,oa MkW- vk'kk flag] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] LVwMs.V~l Ýs.M~l ,.M dEiuh dk'kh fgUnw fo'ofo|ky; ekxZ
yadk] okjk.klh&5] 1996
3- ch-ds- yky] ledkyhu Hkkjrh; n'kZu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh 2009
4- izk-s gjsUnz izlkn flUgk] Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh :ijs[kk] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1963
5- y{eh lDlsuk] ledkyhu Hkkjrh; n”kZu] mÙkj izns”k fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] y[kuÅ] 1974
6- Dutta & Chatterjee, An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, University of Calcutta, 1968
7- M. Hiriyanna, Outlines of Indian Philosophy, George Allen and Unwin, Lodon,1932
8- Dutta & Chatterjee, An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, University of Calcutta, 1968
B.A. (Hons.) Philosophy /
Semester - VI / VI
Paper - H-XVI Max. Marks - 100
Min. Marks - 36
Comprehensive Viva /
Paper - FC- I
Max. Marks -70
Min. Marks -25
Foundation Course / vk/kkj ikB~;Øe
fgUnh dh lkekU; izo`fÙk;k¡] okD; jpuk ,oa izdkj ¼jpuk rFkk vFkZ ds vk/kkj ij½] fgUnh dh O;kdjf.kd dksfV;k¡ & fyax]
iq#"k] opu] dkjd] i{k] dky] o`fÙk vkSj okP;] fgUnh ds okXHkkxA
fgUnh okD; foU;kl ,oa vaxzsth okD; foU;kl esa ewyHkwr varj] lksnkgj.k iz;ksxA fgUnh vuqokn dh izfof/k ,oa izfØ;kA
vuqokn ds lkekU; fl)kar] izfof/k ,oa izfØ;kA fgUnh vuqokn dh leL;k,¡A
ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyh dh ifjHkk"kk ,oa fu;e] ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnksa ds mnkgj.k & iz'kklfud] foKku] okf.kT; ,oa ekufodh
ds ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCn o muds fgUnh vuqoknA
fgUnh dh O;kogkfjd fLFkfr] laokn dh fo'ks"krk,¡A vPNs laokn ds xq.k] fgUnh esa y;] vuqrku ,oa cyk?kkr dk lksnkgj.k
ifjp;A
lapkj ek/;eksa esa fgUnh&iz;ksx dh fLFkfr] vkdk'kok.kh] nwjn'kZu] rFkk i=&if=dkvksa esa fgUnh dk O;kogkfjd iz;ksx]
leL;k,¡ ,oa lek/kkuA
UNIT-I
Noun - Definition, Kinds of Noun, Functions of Noun, Number, Gender, Case and Common errors in
use of Nouns. Framing of sentences using Nouns. Pronoun - Definition, Kind of Pronoun, Functions of
Pronoun, Number, Gender, Case and Common errors in use of Pronouns. Framing of sentences using
Pronouns. One word Substitution, Synonyms and Antonyms.
UNIT-II
Tenses and their types, Prepositions, Verbs, Articles, Adverb, function of Adverb, Framing the sentence
using Adverb.
UNIT-III
Adjective - Definition of Adjective, Kinds of Adjective, Degree of an Adjective, Common Error in Use
of Adjective. Framing of sentences using Adjectives, Words often Confused, Framing of sentences with
pairs of confusing words, Correction of sentences.
UNIT-IV
Letter Writing, Translation of the passage from Hindi to English
UNIT-V
Suggested Readings
1. P.C. Wren and H. Martin, High School English Grammar and Composition.
2. G. Yule, Oxford Practice Grammar Book.
3. L. Walker, Basic English Composition by Bonnie.
4. Advanced English Grammar by Martin Hewings.
B.A. (Hons) Philosophy /
Semester - III / III
Environment - Definition, Scope and Importance, Environment in Indian Culture, Public Awareness for
Environmental safety.
i;kZoj.k & ifjHkk"kk] {ks= ,oa egRo] Hkkjrh; laLÑfr esa i;kZoj.k] i;kZoj.k lqj{kk gsrq tutkx:drkA
Suggested Readings
MkW- ohjsUnz flag ;kno] Hkkjrh; laLÑfr esa i;kZoj.k fpUru ds fofo/k vk;ke] vksex
s k ifCyds'kUl] ubZ fnYyh]
2010
2- MkW- n;k 'kadj f=ikBh] i;kZoj.k v/;;u] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 2005
3- Mh-,l- f=ikBh] i;kZoj.k psruk ¼lEikfnr½] 1997
4- P.D. Sharma- Elements of Ecology, 1988
B.A. (Hons) Philosophy /
semester - Iv / Iv
Paper - FC-IV
Max. Marks -70
Min. Marks -25
Unit I / -I
History - Definition, Scope and Importance, History and Sociology, History and Political Science.
bfrgkl & ifjHkk"kk] {ks= ,oa egRo] bfrgkl ,oa lekt'kkL=] bfrgkl ,oa jktuhfr'kkL=A
Unit II / -II
Source of Ancient Indian History - Religious Literature (Hindu Literature, Bouddha Literature and Jain
Literature), Historical Scriptures (Mahakavya, Kautilya's Arthashastra, Banbhatta's Harshcharita.)
izkphu Hkkjrh; bfrgkl ds lzksr & /kkfeZd lkfgR; ¼fgUnw lkfgR;] ckS) lkfgR; ,oa tSu lkfgR;½] ,sfrgkfld xzUFk
¼egkdkO;] dkSfVY; dk vFkZ'kkL=] ck.kHkV~V dk g"kZpfjr½
Unit IV / -IV
Foreign Sources - Megasthenes, Fahien, Hsuan Tsang, Alberuni.
fons'kh lzksr & esxLFkuht] Qkáku] g~osulkax] vyc:uhA
Unit V / -V
Pottery - Northern Black Polished Ware (NBP), Painted Grey Ware (PGW), Black and Red Ware.
e`nHkk.M & mÙkjh Ñ".kekftZr ik= ijEijk] fpf=r /kwlj e`n~Hkk.M ijEijk] Ñ".kyksfgr ik= ijEijkA
Suggested Readings
Unit I / -I
General Introduction of Stone age in India, Definition of Pre-history Age Paleo Fithic age (Son Vally,
Narmada Vally).
Hkkjr esa ik"kk.k dky dk lkekU; ifjp;] izkd~ bfrgkl dky dh ifjHkk"kk] iqjkik"kk.k dky ¼lksu?kkVh] ueZnk?kkVh½
Unit II / -II
Harappa Civilization - Origin, Development, Main Characteristics, Couse of Degration.
gM+Iik lH;rk & mn~Hko] fodkl] eq[; fo'ks"krk,¡] iru ds dkj.kA
Unit III / -III
Meaning, Definition and Scope of Archaeology, History of Archaeology in India.
iqjkrÙo dk vFkZ] ifjHkk"kk ,oa {ks=] Hkkjr esa iqjkrÙo dk bfrgklA
Unit IV / -IV
Introduction of Rock Art of India, Rock Art of Vindya Rigion (Morhana, Gaddi, Dharkundi, Deor
Kothar).
Hkkjr dh 'kSy fp=dyk dk ifjp;] foU/; dh 'kSy fp=dyk ¼eksjguk] xM~Mh] /kkjdq.M+h] nsmj dksBkj½A
Unit V/ -V
Tools Techniques and Use, Conservation and Preservation of Archaeological Materials.
midj.k fuekZ.k izfof/k ,oa mi;ksx] iqjkrkfÙod lkekfxz;ksa dk laj{k.k ,oa ifjj{k.kA
Suggested Readings
Unit I / -I
Unit IV / -IV
Marriage - Objective and Kinds (Brahma, Daiva, Arsha, Prajapatya, Asura, Gandharva, Rakshasa and
Paishacha).
fookg & mÌs'; ,oa izdkj ¼czkã] nSo] vk"kZ] izktkiR;] vklqj] xka/koZ] jk{kl ,oa iS'kkp½A
Unit V / V
Panchamahayajna - Brahmayajna, Pitriyajna, Devayajna, Bhutyajna and Nriyajna, Rinatrya -Devarina,
Rishirina and Pitririna, Concept of Family.
iap egk;K & czã;K] fir`;K] nso;K] Hkwr;K ,oa u`;K] _.k=; & nso_.k] _f"k_.k ,oa fir`_.k] ifjokj dh
vo/kkj.kkA
Suggested Readings
Unit I / -I
Concept of Religion, Vedic Religion, Concept and Importance of Yajna, Characteristics of Vedic
Religion.
/keZ dh vo/kkj.kk] oSfnd /keZ] ;K dh vo/kkj.kk ,oa egRo] oSfnd /keZ dh fof'k"Vrk,¡A
Unit II / -II
Shaiva Dharma - Sampradaya and Characteristics, Vaishnava Dharma - Origin, Development and
Characteristics, Shakta Dharma - Characteristics.
'kSo /keZ & lEiznk; ,oa fo'ks"krk,¡] oS".ko /keZ & mn~Hko] fodkl ,oa fo'ks"krk,¡] 'kkDr /keZ & fo'ks"krk,¡A
Unit IV / -IV
Characteristics of Indian Philosophy, An Introduction of Charvaka, Samkhya, Yoga Philosophy.
Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh fo'ks"krk,¡] pkokZd] lka[;] ;ksx dk lkekU; ifjp;A
Unit V / -V
An Introduction of Nyaya, Vaisheshika, Mimamsa and Vedanta Philosophy .
U;k;] oS'ksf"kd] ehekalk ,oa osnkUr n'kZu dk lkekU; ifjp;A
Suggested Readings
MkW- JhdkUr feJ] Hkkjrh; uhfr'kkL=] vk'kk ifCyf'kax dEiuh] vkxjk] 2018
oklqnso'kj.k vxzoky] Hkkjrh; dyk] okjk.klh 1977
gfjnkl HkV~Vkpk;Z] n dYpjy gsfjVst vkWQ bf.M;k]
ih- ds- HkV~Vkpk;Z] ßfgLVksfjdy T;kWxzkQh vkWQ e/;izns'k Qzzke vyhZ fjdkMZß] fnYyh 1977-
egs'kpUnz JhokLro] tSu /keZ ,oa n'kZu
,-,l] vYVsdj] oS".ko] 'kSo ,oa 'kkDr /keZ
th-lh- ik.Ms;] ckS) /keZ dk bfrgkl
V.S. Pathak- Shavim.
B.A. (Honours) Psychology
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
EXAMINATION SCHEME
S.No. Paper Name External Internal Total
Assessment Assessment Max.
Max. Min. Max. Min. Marks
Semester - I
1. Paper - I Hindi Language / fgUnh Hkk"kk 70 25 30 11 100
bdkbZ & 1
fgUnh dh lkekU; izo`fRr;kWa] okD; jpuk ,oa izdkj ¼jpuk rFkk vFkZ
ds vk/kkj ij½ fgUnh dh O;kdjf.kd dksfV;kWa & fyax] iq:"k] opu]
dkjd] i{k] dky] o`fŸk vkSj okP;] fgUnh ds okXHkkxA
bdkbZ & 2
fgUnh okD; foU;kl ,oa vxzsth okD; foU;kl esa ewyHkwr varj]
lksnkgj.k iz;ksxA fgUnh vuqokn dh izfof/k ,oa izfØ;kA vuqokn ds
lkekU; fl)kar] izfof/k ,oa izfØ;kA fgUnh vuqokn dh leL;k,WA
bdkbZ & 3
ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyh dh ifjHkk"kk ,oa fu;e] ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnksa ds
mnkgj.k & iz'kklfud] foKku] okf.kT; ,oa ekufodh ds ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCn
o muds fgUnh vuqoknA
bdkbZ & 4
fgUnh dh O;kogkfjd fLFkfr] laokn dh fo'ks"krk,WaA vPNs laokn ds
xq.k] fgUnh esa y;] vuqrku ,oa cyk?kkr dk lksnkgj.k ifjp;A
bdkbZ & 5
lapkj ek/;eksa esa fgUnh&iz;ksx dh fLFkfr] vkdk'kok.kh] nwjn'kZu
rFkk i=&if=dkvksa esa fgUnh dk O;kogkfjd iz;ksx] leL;k,Wa ,oa
lek/kkuA
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: I
Subject: Psychology Paper – II Basic Psychological Processes
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Definition and Goals of Psychology, Theoretical approaches to study of
psychology- Biological, Psychodynamic, Cognitive, Behavioural, and Humanistic (general idea),
Methods- Experimental, Correlational, Observation and Case study.
Unit II
ATTENTION & PERCEPTION: Attention: Nature Determinants, Span and division of
attention. Perception: Perceptual process, perceptual organization, Perceptual constancy and
illusion.
Unit III
LEARNING: Learning, Meaning and process, Basic learning theories - Classical & Operant
conditioning, Trial and Error, Insight, Verbal learning- Methods and Determinants, Transfer of
training.
Unit IV
Memory: Stages of memory: Encoding, storage and retrieval processes; Sensory-Memory,
Short-Term memory (STM) and Long-term memory (LTM).
Unit V
Motivation and Emotion
a) Motivation: Concept and Characteristics of motivational behavior. Types of motives. Need
hierarchy model.
b) Emotion: Definition and nature. Physiological changes in emotion. Cannon-Bard theory,
James-Lange theory.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Zimbarodo, P.G. & Gerrig, R.J. (2010). Psychology and Life. Delhi: Allyn & Bacon.
2. Baron, R.A., “Psychology: The Essential Science” (1995), New York: Allyn & Bacon.
3. Ciccarelli, S.K. & Meyer, G.E. (2008). Psychology (South Asian Ed.) Newdelhi: Pearson
Longman.
4. Passer, M.W. & Smith, R.E. (2007). Psychology: The Science of Mind and Behavior. (3rd
Edition). Newdelhi: Tata Mcgraw Hill.
5. Comer & Gould. (2011). Psychology around us. Wiley India.
6. Bernstein, Roy, Clarke-Stewart; “Psychology”; 3rd edition.
7. Atkinson & Atkinson (1990) : Introduction to Psychology.
8. Dr. D. Sinha. Samanya Manovigyan. Rupa, Vranasi.
9. L.B. Tripathi. Adhunik Samanya Vigyan.
10. Singh, A.K. Uchattar Samanya Manovigyan. Motilal Banarsi Das, Varanasi.
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: I
Subject: Psychology Paper – III Psychopathology
Unit I
Introduction: Concept and characteristics of normality and abnormality, Difference between
normal and abnormal behaviour, Classification of disorders, Models of abnormal behaviour:
Psychodynamic, Behavioural, Cognitive & Humanistic.
Unit II
Psychoneurotic Disorders Anxiety, Phobia & its types, Obsessive - compulsive disorder,
Difference between Psychoneurosis and Psychosis.
Unit III
Psychotic Disorders: Schizophrenia & its types. Mood Disorders: Symptoms and etiology of
mood disorders. Bipolar Affective Disorder.
Unit IV
Personality Disorders: Personality Disorders: Types, Cousal Factors and Treatment, Anti-
Social Personality, Disorders due to Alcohol and Substance Use.
Unit V
Cognitive Disorders: Nature of cognitive disorder, Aging, Amnestic disorders, Delirium,
Dementia, Dementia of Alzheimer's type or DAT.
Books Recommended:
1. Sarason & Sarason, "Abnormal Psychology" (10th Edition). Pearson.
2. Carson Butcher & Mineka, “Abnormal Psychology & Modern Life” (10th Edition). Pearson.
3. Davidson & Neale (1990), “Abnormal Psychology” (7th Edition)
4. Korchin S.J. (1986), "Modern Clinical Psychology"
5. Lamm, A (1997); “Introduction to Psychopathology”
6. Oltman and Emery - Abnormal Psychology
7. Colman - Abnormal Psychology
8. A.K. Singh – “Asamanya Manovigyan” Motilal Banarsidas, Varanasi.
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: I
Subject: Psychology Paper – IV Subsidiary (Sociology) Introduction to Sociology
Unit I
The Meaning, Nature & Scope of Sociology, Sociological Perspective, Sociology & Other Social
Sciences, Scientific and Humanistic Orientations to Sociological Studies.
Unit II
Basic Concepts: Society, Community, Institution, Association, Social Group, Social Structure &
Function, Status and Role.
Unit III
Individual & Society: Socialization, Culture, Relation between individual and Society, Social
Control: Folkways, Customs, Mores and Social Values.
Unit IV
Social Stratification: Meaning, Characteristics & Forms: Caste, Class, Power and Social
Mobility.
Unit V
Social Change: Meaning, factors, theories, forms, impact of modernization & Globalization.
Recommended Readings:
1. Jayaram, N. 1998, Introductory Sociology: Madras: Macmillan, India.
2. egktu /keZohj] egktu deys'k] foosd lekt'kkL= dh izkFkfed vo/kkj.kk,a izdk'ku 7 ;w-,-
tokgj uxj fnYyh
3- Johnson, Harry M. 1995, Sociology: A Systematic Introduction, New Delhi: Allied Publisher.
4. Schaefer, Richard T. and Robert P. Lamm. 1999, Sociology, New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
5. Abraham, M. Francis, 2006, Contemporary Sociology: An Introduction to Concepts &
Theories, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
6. Kuppuswamy, B. 1972, Social Change in India, New Delhi: Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd.
7. Davis, Kingsley. 2004, Human Society, New Delhi: Surjeet Publications.
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: II
Subject: Psychology Paper – V English Language / vaxzsth Hkk"kk
Unit I
Noun: Definition, Kinds of Noun, Functions of Noun, Number, Gender, Case and common
errors in use of Nouns. Framing of sentences using nouns
Pronoun: Definition, Kinds of Pronoun, Functions of Pronoun, Number, Gender, Case and
common errors in use of Pronouns. Framing of sentences using pronouns.
One word Substitution
Synonyms and antonyms
Unit II
Tenses and their types Prepositions, Verbs, Articles, Adverb function of Adverb Framing the
sentence using Adverb.
Unit III
Adjective: Definition of Adjective, Kinds of Adjective, Degree of an Adjective, Common Errors
in Use of Adjectives. Framing of sentences using adjectives.
Words Often Confused, Framing of sentences with pairs of confusing words.
Correction of sentences
Unit IV
Letter Writing
Translation of the passage from Hindi to English
Unit V
Comprehension of unseen passage
Translation of a passage from English to Hindi
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: II
Subject: Psychology Paper – VI PsychologicalStatistics
Unit I
Statistics and Measurement: Meaning, Types and Application of Statistics in Psychology,
Nature and types of Psychological data, Measurement, Nature and Types.
Unit II
Frequency Distribution: Drawing of frequency distribution; Graphical representation of
grouped data- Bar diagram, histogram, frequency polygon & ogive curve.
Unit III
Measures of Central Tendency: Characteristics, Computation and Application-Mean, Median
and Mode.
Unit IV
Measures of Variability: Concept of variability; Range, Average Deviation and Quartile
Deviation; Standard Deviation, Concept and Characteristics of Normal Probability Curve;
Deviation from NPC – Skewness and Kurtosis.
Unit V
Correlation and Level of Significance: The Concept of correlation- Linear and non-linear
correlation; Pearson’s Product-Moment Correlation; Spearman’s Rank-order Correlation, t-test
chi-square
Book Recommended:
1. Broota, K.D (1992), Experimental Design in Behavioural Research, New Delhi: Wiley Eastern.
2. Siegel, S. (1994), Nonparametric Statistics, N.Y.
3. Kerlinger F.N., (1983), Foundations of Behavioural Research, New York; Surjeet Publication
4. Garret, H.E. Psychology and Statistics
5. Singh A.K., Psychology and Measurement and Research Methods in Behavioral Sciences , Bharti
Bhawan Publication New Delhi
6. Mun, Psychological Statistics
7. Aron & Aron, Statistics for Psychology, (6th Edition)
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: II
Subject: Psychology Paper – VII Human Development
Unit I
Introduction: Concept of Human development, Laws and Principles, Methods of studying
development.
Unit II
Theories and Foundations of Human Development: Theories of Development: Freud, Erikson
and Maslow.
Unit III
Physical & Motor Development: Childhood, adolescence, adulthood and old age.
Unit IV
Social Development (Infancy to Adolescence): Meaning, Gender role typing, Play interest and
activities. Socialization - Nature and agents of Socialization.
Unit V
Moral and Emotional Development: In context of childhood, adolescence, adulthood: Kohlberg
& Piaget’s view on moral development. Problems of adolescence and old age.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Berk, L.E. (2004): Child Development (6th Ed.) Pearson.
2. Schaffer & Kipp (2009): Developmental Psychology. Wadsworth Publishing.
3. Siegler (2009) : Developmental Psychology. Wadsworth Publishing.
4. Hurlock (2001) Developmental Psychology. McGraw Hill.
5. Brodizinsky, D.M.; Gormly A.V. & Ambron, S.R. (1986): Life Span Human Development,
New Delhi, CBS Publisher.
6. Heatherington, E.M. & Parks, R.D. (1986): Child Psychology, New York: McGraw Hill.
7. Santrock, J.W. (1999): Life Span Development, New York: McGraw Hill.
8. Srivastava, A.K. (1998): Child Development: An Indian Prospective, New Delhi: NCERT.
9. Grewal, J.S. (2004): Early Childhood Education (1st Ed.)
10. Papaliya (2014) : Developmental Psychology. McGraw Hill.
11. Brodizinsky, D.M.; Gormly A.V. & Ambron, S.R. (1986): Life Span Human Development,
Newdelhi, CBS Publisher.
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: II
Subject: Psychology Paper – VIII Subsidiary (Sociology) Society in India
Unit I
The Structure and Composition of Indian Society
Demographical Profile-Villages, Towns, Cities, Rural-Urban Linkages, Tribes, Dalits, Women
and Minorities.
Unit II
Cultural and Ethnic Diversity
Historically Embedded Diversities in Respect of Language, Caste, Religious Beliefs and
Practices, Cultural Patterns.
Unit III
Social Institutions, Continuity & Change
Caste, Kinship, Marriage, Religion.
Unit IV
The Challenges to Social Integration
National Integration, Secularism, Communalism, Regionalism, Displacement.
Unit V
Family: Nature, Types Functions, Recent Changes in the Family, Theory regarding the origin of
family.
Recommended Readings
1. Singer,Milton and Barnard S. Cohen., , Structure and Change in Indian Society (eds.), Aldine
Publishing Co., Chicago. 1968.
2. Singh, Yogendra, Modernization of Indian Tradition, Rawat Publication, Jaipur.
3. Srinivas, M.N., Caste in Modern India, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1962.
4. Srinivas, M.N., Social Change in Modern India, Orient Longman, Hyderabad, 1972.
5. Bose N.K., Culture and Society in India, Asia Publishing House, Bombay, 1967.
6. Bose N.K. Structure of Hindu Society, New Delhi, 1975.
7. Dubey S.C., Society in India, National Book Trust, New Delhi, 1990,
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: III
Subject: Psychology Paper – IX Environmental Studies
Unit I
Basic concept of ecosystem:
Definition of Ecology and Ecosystem
Structure of Ecosystem: producer, consumer and decomposer
Function: energy flow in ecosystem, food chain, food web and ecological pyramids
Unit II
Natural Resources and its Exploitation:
Definition
Different types of natural resources - Uses and over exploitation and associated
problems(Forest, Water, Food, Mineral, Energy, Land)
Unit III
Biodiversity and its conservation:
Introduction
Definition
Levels of Biodiversity - Genetic, Species and Ecosystem Diversity
Biographical classification of India
Value of Biodiversity - Consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and
option value
Unit IV
Pollution of the Environment:
Definition
Causes, Effects and control measures of Air, Water, Soil, Noise, Thermal and Nuclear
Hazard
Types of pollutants
Climate change, Acid rain, Global Warming, Ozone layer depletion and Greenhouse
Effect.
Unit V
Social issue and the Environment:
Urban Problems related to energy
Water conservation:
o Rain water harvesting
o Water shed management
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: III
Subject: Psychology Paper – X Social Psychology
Unit I
Introduction: Nature, goals, approaches to the study and scope of social psychology; methods of
social psychology-experimental, correlational, and cross-cultural research.
Unit II
Social Perception & Cognition: Perceiving ourselves and others, self-concept, self-esteem,
Attribution Theory: Kelley, Jones, Davis and Weiner.
Unit III
Attitudes: Nature and Component of attitudes; Formation of attitudes. Attitude Change; Balance
Theory and Cognitive Dissonance Theory. Persuasive communication, Meaning and Factors
affecting.
Unit IV
Prejudice and Discrimination: Nature and Function of prejudice and discrimination;
Acquisition and Reduction of prejudice and discrimination. Stereotypes: Their types and effects.
Unit V
Groups: Group structure, its function: Norms and Conformity, Leadership: Meaning and
Function of a leader.
Recommended Books:
1. Brehm & Kassin S.M. (1993): Social Psychology
2. Lindzly & Aranson (1985): Handbook of Social Psychology; Vol: I & III, NDV Amerind.
3. Myers, D.G. (1988): Social Psychology, N.Y. McGraw Hill
4. Misra, G (1989): Applied Social Psychology
5. Secord K. Beckman: Social Psychology
6. Janak Pandey: Psychology in India
7. Baron & Byrne: Social Psychology
8. Hussein, Akbar, Social Psychology, Pearson.
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: III
Subject: Psychology Paper – XI Psychological Assessment
Unit I
Human Assessment: Historical Background, Nature and Scope of Human Assessment,
Psychological Scaling: Types of Measurement Scales: nominal, ordinal, interval and ratio.
Unit II
Psychological Test Construction: Steps in test construction, Item writing, Item analysis;
Reliability; Validity and Development of Norms.
Unit III
Questionnaire Design: Types of questions, framing questions, pre-testing, errors and biases in
questionnaire data.
Unit IV
Psychological Tests: Intelligence Tests: Individual – Group, Verbal – Non verbal (Binet-Simon,
Wechsler. Intelligence Scale, Adult Form)
Unit V
Assessment of Personality: Psychometric Test: 16 PF test, MMPI, Projective Tests – Rorschach
and TAT. Differentiate between Psychometric and Projective Test.
Readings:
1. Anastasi, A. (1997): Psychological Testing, New York: MacMillan Co.
2. Ciminero, A.R. (Eds.) (1986): Handbook of Behavioural Assessment, New York: John
Wiley.
3. Kerlinger, F.N. (1983): Foundations of Behavioural Research, New York: Surjeet
Publications.
4. Freeman, F.S. (1972): Theory and Practice of Psychological Testing: New Delhi: Oxford &
IBH
5. Arun Kumar Singh (2003): Tests, Measurements and Research Methods in Behavioural
sciences.
6. Kaplan (2009): Psychological Testing. Wadsworth Publishing.
7. Gregory (2013): Psychological Testing. Pearson.
8. Vippin Asthana (2016): Psychological Testing. Vinod Pustak Mandir, Agrawal
Publications.
9. Aiken (2003): Psychological Testing and Assessment. Boston Allyn and Bacon.
10. Rammurti,P.V. (2014) Introduction to psychological measurement, PHI .
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: III
Subject: Psychology Paper – XII Indian Society – Issues and Problems
Unit I
Structural: Poverty, Casteism, Gender inequality, illiteracy and Disparity in education.
Unit II
Familial: Dowry, Domestic Violence, Divorce, Intra and Inter generational conflicts, problems
of elderly.
Unit III
Developmental: Regional Disparities, Displacement, Ecological degradation and Environmental
Pollution, Consumerism, Crisis of Values.
Unit IV
Disorganization: Social Movement, Corruption, Drug Addiction, Suicide.
Kinship and Marriage: Meaning Types, functions of Kinship; Nature, types and theories of
marriage
Unit V
Tribal Society: Nature and Characteristics, Distinction between Caste and Tribe, Classification
of Indian Tribes. Marriage and Sex in Tribal Society.
Recommended Readings:
1. Beteille Andre, 1974, Social Inequality, OUP, New Delhi.
2. Beteille Andre, 1992, Backward Classes in Contemporary India, OUP, New Delhi.
3. Bemnan, G.D., 1979, Caste and Other Inequalities: Essays in Inequalities, Meerut Folfiore
Institute.
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: IV
Subject: Psychology Paper – XIII
Introduction to Computers, MS-Office and Internet
Unit I
Introduction to Computers: Computer system characteristics and capabilities, types of
computers, Introduction to IBM PC, Input Devices, Keyboard, Scanner and Mouse, Output
Devices Impact and nonimpact printers, DMP, inkjet, Laser Printers, Storage Devices, Floppy
Disks, Hard disk, CD-ROM, Introduction to Windows XP. Control Panel & Accessories.
Unit II
Windows-Operating System: Operating system and operating environment, Graphic user
interface, Documents, Drives, My Computer, Setting: Control Panel & control switches, taskbar
& printers, Display properties: Background and screensaver; Recycle bin, Icon & icon creation.
Shortcut to programs, basic of folder and files, concept of CUT, COPY, PASTE; Clipboard,
Window Explorer, Paint and word pad facility.
Unit III
MS-WORD: Introduction to MS-OFFICE & MS-WORD, Concept of File Toolbar & active
window, formatted output: Font & Font size, page setup, alignment, bold, italic & underline,
Paint and word pad facility.
Unit IV
MS Excel: Introduction to MS Excel, concept of file, charts, macros, forms, spreadsheet, cell
toolbar and active window, row, column, Expressions and formulas, Data manipulation, filtering
of data, use of financials and statistical functions.
Unit V
Power Point: Elementary idea of Power Point, Presentation in Power Point, Presentation type,
output, presentation style, presentation option, On Screen presentation, view Slides, Rehearse
Timing, Different types of Slides & Slides making, Setup shows.
Internet: Introduction of Internet, History, Advantages & Disadvantages, Uses, Browsers,
Search Engine, Using Internet.
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: IV
Subject: Psychology Paper – XIV Counselling Psychology
Unit I
Counselling: Meaning, Purpose and goals of counselling. Characteristics of Counsellor.
Counselling Process: Counselling relationship, rapport establishment, Counselling Interview:
Steps & Techniques.
Unit II
Theories and Techniques of Counselling: Psychodynamic Approach: Freudian. Behaviour
approach: Operant Conditioning and Behaviour Modification. Humanistic Approach: Client
Centered Approach.
Unit III
Counselling Application: Family Counselling, Marital Counselling, Counselling in School,
Career Counselling, Group Counselling.
Unit IV
Counselling for Alcoholics and Drug Abuser, Crisis intervention, Biological Therapy,
Pharmacotherapy.
Unit V
Assessment in Educational Counselling and guidance: Purpose and types of test. Ability and
aptitude, Attitude and Interest, Interpretation of Tests in Counselling situation.
Readings:
1. Belkin G.S. (1988): Introduction to Counselling, W.G., Brown Publishers
2. Nelson J. (1982): The Theory and Practice of Counselling Psychology, New York Holt
Rinehart & Wlinston
3. Udupa K.N. (1985): Stress and its Management by Yoga, Delhi, Motilal Banarsi Das
4. Windy, D. (1988): Counselling in Action, New York, Saga Publication.
5. Gelso & Pretz: Counselling Psychology
6. S. Narayanan & Rao: Counselling Psychology
7. Baumgardner, S.R. and Crothers, M.K. (2011), Positive Psychology, Pearson Publishers.
8. Patter & Patterson: Counselling Process
9. Gladding: Counselling Psychology
10. Gelso & Pretz: Counselling Psychology
11. Corey: Counselling Psychology
12. Seligmen & Reichenberg (2014), Theories of Counselling and Psychotherapy: Systems,
Strategies and Skill, PHI Publications
13. BELKIN, G.S. (1998), Introduction to Counselling (3th Ed.) Iowa: W.C. Brown
14. Burnard, P. (2009), Counselling Skills Training: Book of Activities, Viva Books, New Delhi
15. Capuzzi, D. & Gross, D.R. (2007), Counselling and Psychotherapy: T heories and
Interventions (4th Ed.) New Delhi, Pearson
16. Harold L Hackney & Janine M. Bernard (2012), Professional Counseling: A Process Guide
to Helping, Pearson.
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: IV
Subject: Psychology Paper – XV Organisational Behaviour
Unit I
Historical Perspective of OB: A brief historical contribution of Taylor and McGregor. Meaning
and scope of OB, Models of OB, Human relations.
Unit II
Person in Organization: Personality: Definition and measurement, Motivation concept,
meaning and theories - Maslow, Herzberg, and Vroom.
Unit III
Nature and types of leaderships in organization. Contingency X and Y theory and Path-Goal
theory.
Unit IV
Communication in Organization: Nature, Communication Process model. Functions of
Communication, Major Barrier to Affective Communication.
Unit V
Organisational Effectiveness- Nature and Elements, Approaches to organisational
effectiveness, Determinants of organisational effectiveness.
Suggested Readings:
1. Robbins S.P. (2000): Organizational Behaviour: Concepts, Controversies & Application, 7th
Ed., New Delhi
2. Pfeffer J. (1994): Competitive Advantage through People - Unleashing the Power of Work
Force, Boston: Harward Business Scholl Press
3. Dunnette M.D. & Hough, LM. (1992): Handbook of Industrial and Organizational
Psychology, 2nd Ed., Palo Alto Consulting Psycho Press
4. Cummings L, Staw B.M. (Editors) (1999): Research in Organization Behavioural,
Greenwich, CTI AI Press
5. Keith & Davis, Organizational Behaviour
6. Luthans, Organizational Behaviour
7. Greenberg, J. &Baron, R.A. (2007), Behaviour in Organizations (9th Ed.), India: Dorling
Kindersley
8. Griffin, R.W. & Moorhead, G. (2009), Organizational Behaviour: Managing People &
Organizations, New Delhi, Biztantra Publishers
9. Landy, F.J. & CONTE, J.M. (2007), Work in the 21st century: An Introduction to Industrial
and Organizational Psychology, New York, Wiley Blackwell
10. Pareek, U. (2010), Understanding Organizational Behavior, Oxford: Oxford University Press
11. Prakash, A. (2011), Organizational Behaviour (12th Ed.), New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India
12. Schermerhorn, J.R., Hunt, J.G. & Osborn, R.N. (2008) Organizational Behaviour (10th Ed)
New Delhi: Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.
13. Singh, K. (2010), Organizational Behaviour: Texts & Cases, India: Dorling Kindersley
14. Sinha, J.B.P. (2008), Culture and Organizational Behaviour, New Delhi: Sage
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: IV
Subject: Psychology Paper – XVI Subsidiary (Sociology) Rural and Urban Sociology
Unit I
Rural & Urban Sociology: Meaning, Subject- matter, Scope & Importance.
Unit II
Major Studies in Rural & Urban Society in India, Agrarian Economy and relations.
Unit III
Rural Problems: Poverty, Migration, Landless Labour, bondage labour.
Unit IV
Urban Problems: Migration, Slums, Crime Against women, Unemployment.
Unit V
Planned Change for Rural Society: Community Development Programmes. Panchayat Raj
System, Local Self Govt.
Recommended Readings:
1. Berch, Berberogue, (Ed.), 1992, Class, State and Development in India, New Delhi: Sage
Publications.
2. Desai, A.R.(ed.). 1977, Rural Sociology in India, Bombay: Popular Prakashan.
3. Mencher, J.P., 1983, Social Anthropology of Peasantry, Part-III, OUP.
4. Radhakrishnan, P., 1989, Peasant Struggles: Land Reforms and Social Change in Malabar
1836 -1982, New Delhi: Sage Publications.
5. Beteille, Andre, 1971, Caste, Class and Power, London: University of California Press.
6. Merriott, Mckim, 1955, Village India, Chicago University Press.
7. Srinivas, M.N., 1955, India’s Villages, New Delhi: Asia Publishing House.
8. Srinivas, M.N., 1962, Caste in Modern India and Other Essays, New Delhi: Asia Publishing
House.
9. Srinivas, M.N., 1976, The Rememberd Village, Delhi: Oxford University Press.
10 Bailey, F.G., 1959, Caste in Economic Frontier, Bombay: Oxford University Press.
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: V
Subject: Psychology Paper – XVII Clinical Psychology
Unit I
Meaning and nature of Clinical Psychology, Scope and Function of Clinical Psychology,
Problems of Clinical Psychology, Training and Education of Clinical Psychologists.
Unit II
Model of Clinical Psychology: Psychodynamic model, Behavioural model, Phenomenological
model, Interpersonal model, An Integrative viewpoint towards different models.
Unit III
Clinical Intervention: Psychotherapy, Nature and Goals of Psychotherapy, Types of
Psychotherapy, Models of Psychotherapy.
Unit IV
Different Therapies: Psychodynamic Therapy, Behavioural Therapy, Client Centred Therapy.
Unit V
Group Therapy, Family Therapy, Marital Therapy, Evaluation of Psychotherapy.
Readings:
1. Korchin Sheldon, J. (1988) Modern Clinical Psychology: Principles of Intervention in the
Clinical and Community, SBS Publications Distributors.
2. Singh, A.K. mPprj uSnkfud euksfoKku] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: V
Subject: Psychology Paper – XVIII Personality Psychology
Unit I
Nature and Characteristics of Personality, Integration and Disintegration of Personality,
Determinants of Personality, Development of Personality.
Unit II
Assessment of Personality, Observation, Personality inventory, Interview, Projective Technique-
TAT and Rorschach.
Unit III
Psychoanalytical Theory of Personality, Erik Erikson: Psychosocial Theory of Personality, A
Comparative study of Freud and Erikson's Theories of Personality.
Unit IV
Allport: Trait Theory of Personality, Carl Rogers: Phenomenological Theory of Personality.
Unit V
Skinner: Behaviouristic learning theory of Personality, Albert Bandura: Social learning Theory
of Personality.
Readings:
1. Liebert, R.M. and Spiegler, M.D. Personality, strategies and issues, practice Grove crliformia
2. Hall, C.S. and Lindlzey, G. (1978) Theories of Personality 3rd Ed, Newyork: J.Willey
3. Singh, A.K., O;fDrRo euksfoKku] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: V
Subject: Psychology Paper – XIX Community Psychology
Unit I
Introduction: Definition of community psychology; historical development and Perspectives of
Community psychology.
Unit II
Core Values: Individual and family wellness; sense of community; respect for human diversity;
social justice; empowerment and citizen participation; collaboration and community strengths.
Unit III
Health Promotion: Concept of Community Mental Health, Concept of Prevention, Methods of
Community Intervention and Change, Crisis Intervention, Method of Consultation: Types and
Phases.
Unit IV
Community Programme for: Child and maternal health, physical challenged and old age in the
Indian context, Mental Health Education.
Unit V
Interventions: Practice of Mental Health Education, Service of Non Professionals: Problems in
Use of non professionals, Community health programme in India.
Readings:
1. Banerjee, A., Banerjee, R., Duflo, E., Glenneske, R., and Khenani, S. (2006) Can Information
Campaign start local participation and improve outcomes ? A study of primary education in
Uttar Pradesh, India, World Bank Policy Research, Working Paper No. 3967.
2. Fetterman, D.M., Kaftarian, S.J. and Wandrsman, A (Eds) (1996) Empowerment Evaluation,
New Delhi: Sage Publication.
3. Kloos, B. Hill, J. Thomas, Wandersman A., Elias M.J. and Dalton, J.H. (2012) Community
Psychology: Linking Individuals and Communities, Wadsworth Cengage Learning.
4. McKenzie, J.F. Pinger, R.R. and Kotecki, J.E. (2005) An introduction to community health,
United States, Jones and Bartlett Publishers.
5. Mishra, G. (Ed). (2010) Psychology in India. Indian Council of Social Science Research.
Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt Ltd. Pearson Education.
6. Poland, B.D., Green, L.W. and Rootman, I (2000) Setting for Health Promotion: Linking
Theory and Practice, Sage Publication, New Delhi. DSE-PSY-05 CULTURAL
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: V
Subject: Psychology Paper – XX Project and Viva Voce
Each student has to conduct a project in an agency/institution/organization and then after submit
the project report which would be evaluated and Viva-Voce would be conducted.
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: VI
Subject: Psychology Paper – XXI Educational Psychology
Unit I
Introduction to Educational Psychology, Nature, scope and relevance of Educational Psychology,
Conceptual and Theoretical perspectives in Educational Psychology: Theories of learning:
Pavlov's, Thorndike's, Skinners.
Unit II
Human Diversity and Education, Characteristics of Individual Differences, Areas and Causes of
Individual Differences.
Unit III
Intelligence: Nature and Characteristics, Kinds, Factors influencing intelligence, Creativity:
Nature, Characteristics, Types and Dimensions.
Unit IV
Effective Teaching and Classroom Management, Characteristics of Effective Teachers, Teaching
Methods, Deductive Method, Inductive Method, Kinder Garten, Montessori, Lecture and
Explaining.
Unit V
Exceptionality and Special Education, Conceptualizing Exceptionality: Categorization,
Education and Adjustment of Backward children, Problem children, Delinquents and
Disadvantaged children.
Readings:
1. Lahey, R.B. Graham, J.E., (2000) An Introduction to Educational Psychology, 6th Ed., Tata
MGraw Hill Publishers, New Delhi.
2. Slavin, R., (2008) Educational psychology: Theory into practice, (9th ed.).
3. Allyn and Bacon, Santrock John W., (2010) Educational Psychology, Inwin Professional
Publishers, Delhi.
4. Woolfolk Anita (2004) Educational Psychology, 9th Edition.
5. Alyyn and Bacon, Boston, Woolfolk Anita and woolfolk Hoy Anita (2008) Educational
Psychology, Pearson.
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: VI
Subject: Psychology Paper – XXII Applied Psychology
Unit I
(a) Meaning, concept and Scope/branches of Applied Psychology.
(b) Educational Psychology: Meaning, Scope of Educational Psychology: Creativity,
Characteristics of Effective teachers; Intervention and Special Education for various forms of
exceptional children.
Unit II
Industrial Psychology: Meaning and Scope of Industrial Psychology, Psychology of Advertising;
Consumer Behaviour; Job Analysis, Personnel Selection; Work environment.
Unit III
Environmental Psychology: Meaning, General Orientation, Concept of Crowding; Effect of high
density on Human, Eliminating the causes and effects of crowding.
Unit IV
Sports Psychology: Nature of Sports Psychology: Motivation, Skills and Performance; Cognitive
and Social psychological dimensions of individual and team sports; Training/Coaching
techniques; Role of Sports Psychologists.
Unit V
Military Psychology: Nature and scope of Military Psychology; Selection and training of
military personnel; Assessment of Psychomotor, Interest, Aptitude and personality; Morale and
Motivation.
Books Recommended:
1. A.P. Singh, Applied Psychology, Pearson
2. Gayle Brewer (2011), Media Psychology, Palgrave, McMillan
3. Arnold, D.L.U. & Nation, J.R. (1989), Sports Psychology, Chicago, Nalson Hall
4. Mohan, J. (1996), Recent Advances in Sports Psychology, New Delhi
5. Bell, P. Greene, T., Fisher, J., & Baum, A. (2001), Environmental Psychology, NY, Harcourt
Brace
6. Gifford, R. (2007), Environmental Psychology - Principles and Practice, Optimal Books
7. Bartol, C.R. & Bartol, A.M. (2004), Introduction to Forensic Psychology, Thousand Oaks,
Sage Publications
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: VI
Subject: Psychology Paper – XXIII Psychological Research Methods
Unit I
Science and Psychological Research
Nature of Science, Characteristics of the scientific method, Nature, characteristics and types of
psychological research: Basic vs Applied Research, Theoretical vs Empirical Research,
Quantitative vs Qualitative research.
Unit II
Variables:
Meaning, Definitions, Types (Independent, Dependent, Extraneous) and Control of Variables,
Some Importance considerations in Selection of Variable.
Unit III
Introduction to Experimental Research
Nature and Characteristics, Method of manipulating independent variables, Types of
Experimental Research, Types of Experiment.
Unit IV
Non Experimental Research
Nature and Characteristics, Distinction between Experimental and non-experimental Research,
Types of non-experimental Research, Limitations of non experimental Research.
Unit V
Research Design
Nature and characteristics, Purpose of Research Design, Types of Research Design, Advantage
and disadvantage of Experimental design.
Readings:
1. Anastasi A. (1988): Psychological Testing, New York, MacMillan Publication.
2. Minium E.W., King B.M., & Bear G. (1993): Statistical Reasoning in Psychology and
Education. New York; John Wiley.
3. Kerlinger F.N., (1983): Foundations of Behavioural Research, New York, Surjeet Publication.
4. Freeman F.S., (1972), Theory and Practice of Psychological Testing, New Delhi, Oxford and
IBH.
5. Helode, R., Psychological Research Methods
6. Kirk, C., Research in Psychology
7. Broota, K.D., Experimental Designs
Department of Psychology
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.A. (Honours): Semester: VI
Subject: Psychology Paper – XXIV Practical and Viva Voce
1. Intelligence Test
2. Personality Test
3. Interest Test
4. Anxiety Test
5. Value Test
6. Stress Test
7. Adjustment Test
8. Achievement Test
9. Motivation Test
10. Morale Test
BACHELOR OF ARTS (B.A.) PHILOSOPHY
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
(As per NEP 2020 & CBCS Ordinance 14 A)
2nd Year
SEMESTER – III
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
301 Western Philosophy -I Major Core 60 40 100 6
302 Political History of Ancient North India Minor Core 60 40 100 6
303 Gandhian Philosophy* GE 60 40 100 4
304 Basic of Computer and Information Technology SE (FC) 60 40 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 400 20
CUMULATIVE TOTAL 400 20
SEMESTER – IV
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
401 Western Philosophy-II Major Core 60 40 100 6
402 Political History of Ancient South India Minor Core 60 40 100 6
403 Philosophy of Education * GE 60 40 100 4
404 Moral Values and Personality SE (FC) 60 40 100 4
Development
SEMESTER TOTAL 400 20
CUMULATIVE TOTAL 800 40
bl ikB~;dze dk mís’; fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks xzhd n’kZu ds egRoiw.kZ nk’kZfudksa ds fl)kUrksa ls ifjfpr djkuk
gSA
Objective The objective of teaching of this course would be able to familiarize the students with the
philosophical theories and tenets of very important Greek Thinkers.
fo"k; O;k[;ku dh la[;k
-I 18 ?k.Vs
1. ik'pkR; n'kZu dk Lo:i
2. xzhd n'kZu dk Lo:i
3. e/;dkyhu n'kZu dk Lo:i
4. vk/kqfud n'kZu dk Lo:i
Unit-I Western Philosophy 18 Hours
1. Nature of Western Philosophy
2. Nature of Greek Philosophy
3. Nature of Medieval Philosophy
4. Nature of Modern Philosophy
-II 18 ?k.Vs
1. vk;ksfud lEiznk; ¼Fksyht] ,usfDtes.Mj ,oa ,usfDtesuht½
2. ikbFkkxksjl
3. bfy;kbZ lEiznk; ¼tsuksQsuht] ikesZukbMht] tsuks ,oa esfyll½]
gsjDs ykbVl ,oa ,EisMksDyht
4. Y;wflil vkSj fMekWfØVl] ,usDtksxksjl ,oa izkVs kxksjl
Unit-II Greek Philosophy 18 Hours
1. Ionic School- (Thales, Anaximander and Anaximanies)
2. Pythagoras
3. Eleatic School (Zenophanes, Parmemides, Zeno and
Melisus), Hereclitus and Empedocles
4. Leusipus and Democritus, Anaxagoras and Protagoras
-III 18 ?k.Vs
1. lqdjkr dh i)fr ,oa uhfr ehekalk
2. IysVks&Kku ehekalk
3. IysVks&foKkuokn] foKku dh fo'ks"krk,¡] foKku vkSj oLrq esa lEcU/k
4. IysVks&ije 'kqHk dk foKku
Unit-III Socrates and Plato 18 Hours
1. Socratic Methods and Ethics
2. Plato-Epistemology
3. Plato- Idealism, Characteristics of Idea, Relation in Ideas and
Objects
4. Plato-Idia of the Good
-IV vjLrw 18 ?k.Vs
foKkuokn dh vykspuk
dkj.krk fl)kUr] nzO; ,oa vkdkj
uSfrd ln~xq.k&Lo:i ,oa fo'ks"krk,¡
e/;eekxZ dk fl)kUr ,oa fo'ks"krk,¡
Unit-IV Aristotle 18 Hours
1. Criticism of Idealism
2. Theory of Causality, Matter and Form
3. Moral Virtues-Nature and Characteristics
4. Doctrine of Middle-path and Characteristics
-V e/;;qxhu n'kZu 18 ?k.Vs
e/;;qxhu n'kZu dh fo'ks"krk,¡
lar vkWxLVkbu& Kku fl)kUr ,oa v'kqHk dh leL;k
lar ,UlsYe& bZ'oj vfLrRo ds fy, izek.k
FkkWel ,Dohul& bZ'oj fopkj] vkLFkk ,oa rdZ esa Hksn
Unit-V Medieval Philosophy 18 Hours
Characteristics of Medieval Philosophy
Saint Augustine - Theory of Knowledge and Problem
of Evil
Saint Anselm- Argument for Existence of God
Thomas Aquinas- Thought of God, Difference in Faith
and Reason
Suggested 1- pUnz/kj 'kekZ] ik'pkR; n'kZu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1997
2- MkW- ch-,u- flag] ik'pkR; n'kZu] LVw.MsV~l Ýs.M~l ,.M dEiuh]
Readings :
okjk.klh] 1973
3- ;kdwc elhg] ik'pkR; n'kZu dk leh{kkRed bfrgkl] eksrhyky
cukjlhnkl] ubZ fnYyh] 2005
4- txnh'k lgk; JhokLro] vk/kqfud ik'pkR; n'kZu dk oSKkfud
bfrgkl] iqLrd LFkku] xksj[kiqj] 1973
5- Frank Thilly, History of Western Philosophy, Central Book Depot,
Allahabad, 1975
6- Stace, W.T., A Critical History of Greek Philosophy Macmillan,
New Delhi, 1985
7- Masih, Y., A Critical History of Western Philosophy, Motilal
Banarasidas, Delhi, 1994
;g ikB~;dze fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks xzhd n’kZu ds lHkh fl)kUrksa dks le>us esa lgk;d gksxkA
Outcomes This course will help the students to understand all kinds of theories of Greek Philosophy.
/B.A. Programme (Philosophy)
bl ikB~;Øe dk mÌs'; fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks izkphu mŸkj Hkkjr ds jktuSfrd bfrgkl ls ifjfpr djkuk gSA
Objective The objective of this course is to teach the students the political history of Ancient North India.
-I 18 ?k.Vs
"kksM"k egktuin
izeq[k x.kjkT;
ex/k lkezkT; & g;Zd oa'k ¼fcfEclkj] vtkr'k=q] mnkf;u½]
f'k'kqukx oa'k ¼dkyk'kksd½] uUn oa'k ¼egkiãuUn] /kukUn½
fldUnj dk vkdze.k rFkk mldk izHkko] >sye dk ;q)
Unit-I Period of Shodash Mahajanapada and Magadh Empire 18 Hours
1. Shodasha Mahajanapada
2. Major Republics
3. Magadh Empire - Haryak Dynasty (Bimbisara,
Ajatashatru, Udayina), Shishunaga Dynasty
(Kalashoka), Nanda Dynasty (Mahapadmananda,
Dhanananda)
4. Alexender's Invasion and it’s Effect, Battle of Jhelum
-II 18 ?k.Vs
pUnzxqIr ekS;Z & thou ifjp;] miyfC/k;k¡
v'kksd & thou ifjp;] dfyax dk ;q) ,oa ifj.kke] /kEe uhfr
dkSfVY; vFkZ'kkL= & ,d laf{kIr ifjp;] jkT; dk lIrkax
fl)kUr
ekS;Zdky & 'kkLku O;oLFkk
Unit-II Mourya Period 18 Hours
Chandragupta Mourya - Life Sketch, Achievements
Ashoka - Life Sketch, Kalinga's War and result,
Dhamma Policy
Kautilya's Arthashastra - A Brief Introduction,
Saptanga Theory of State
Mourya Period - Administration
-III 18 ?k.Vs
'kqax oa'k & iq";fe= 'kqax
'kqax oa'k & laLd`fr] dyk ,oa LFkkiR;
dq"kk.k jktoa'k & dfu"d dk 'kklu izcU/k
xqIr dky ds mn; ds iwoZ Hkkjr dh jktuSfrd n'kk
Unit-III Post Mourya Period 18 Hours
Shunga Dynasty - Pushyamitra Shunga
Shunga Dynasty - Culture, Art and Architecture
Kushana Dynasty - Administration of Kanishka
India before the rise of the Gupta Period
-IV 18 ?k.Vs
pUnzxqIr izFke & jktuSfrd miyfC/k;k¡
leqnzxqIr & jktuSfrd miyfC/k;k¡
pUnzxqIr f}rh; *fodzekfnR;* ,oa dqekjxqIr izFke
xqIr lkezkT; ds iru ds dkj.k
Unit-IV Gupta Period 18 Hours
Chndragupta I - Political Achievements
Samudragupta - Political Achievements
Chandragupta II 'Vikramaditya' and Kumargupta I
Causes of Downfall of Gupta Empire
-V 18 ?k.Vs
o/kZu oa'k dh mRifŸk ,oa fodkl
xqtZj&izfrgkj] ukxHkV~V ,oa fefgjHkkst
'kkdEHkjh dk pgeku oa'k & foxzgjkt prqFkZ]
i`Fohjkt r`rh;
dYpqjh jktoa'k & 'kadjx.k] xkaxs;nso ,oa
y{ehd.kZ
Unit-V Harsha and Rajputa Dynasty 18 Hours
Origin and Development of Vardhana Dynasty
Gurjar-Pratihara, Nagbhatta and Mihirbhoj
Chahman Dynesty of Shakambhari –
Vigraharaj IV, Prithviraj III
Kalchuri Dynasty - Shankargana,
Gangeyadeo and Laxmikarna
Suggested foeypUnz ik.Ms;] izkphu Hkkjr dk bfrgkl] lsUVªy ifCyf'kax gkml] bykgkckn] 2016
Readings : t;'kadj feJ] izkphu Hkkjr dk lkekftd bfrgkl] fcgkj fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] 1974
ds-lh- JhokLro] izkphu Hkkjrh; bfrgkl ,oa laLÑfr] ;wukbVsM cqd fMiks] 2000
izk-s egs'k pUnz JhokLro] izkphu Hkkjr dk bfrgkl ¼iwoZ&,sfrgkfld dky ls 320 bZ- rd½
f'kokad izdk'ku] ubZ fnYyh] 2020
jksfeyk Fkkij] Hkkjr dk bfrgkl] jktdey izdk'ku] ubZ fnYyh] 2000
Prof. Mahesh Chandra Shrivastava - Ancient History of Indian, Manisha Publication,
Delhi, 2018
fo|kFkhZ ikB~;Øe ds v/;;uksijkUr izkphu mŸkj Hkkjr ds jktuSfrd bfrgkl ls ifjfpr gksdj orZeku
jktuSfrd O;oLFkk dk rqyukRed v/;;u dj ldsaxsA
Outcomes This Course will encourage the students for comparative study in political history of
Ancient North India and Modern Political system.
/ B.A. Programme (Philosophy)
Gandhian Philosophy
;g ikBîØe xkaèkh ds thou vkSj fopkjksa ij dsafær gSA ;g thou ds lHkh egRoiw.kZ eqíksa ds ckjs esa muds fopkjksa
dks Li'kZ djrk gSA blesa 'kkfey fo"k; xkaèkhokn dh nk'kZfud i`"BHkwfe] xkaèkhokn dh èkkfeZd i`"BHkwfe] xkaèkh ds
nk'kZfud fopkj] xkaèkh ds vkfFkZd fopkj vkfn gSaA
Objective This course focuses on the life and thoughts of Gandhi. It touches upon his ideas regarding all
important issues of life. The topics that it covers is Philosophical background of Gandhism,
Religious background of Gandhism, Philosophical thoughts of Gandhi, economic thoughts of
Gandhi and so on.
-I 12 ?k.Vs
1- thou ifjp;
2- fofHkUu /keksZa@erksa dk izHkko
3- xk¡/khokn dk iz;kstu
4- xk¡/khokn dh izklafxdrk
Unit-I Gandhi ji 12 Hours
Life sketch
Influence of Different Religions/Thoughts
Purpose of Gandhism
Relevance of Gandhism
-II 12 ?k.Vs
jkejkT;
o.kZO;oLFkk
Lons'kh
loksZn;
Unit-II Social Thoghts 12 Hours
1. Ramrajya
2. Varna-vyavastha
3. Swadeshi
4. Sarvodaya.
-III 12 ?k.Vs
fodsUnzhdj.k
xzkeh.k Lojkt
jkT; foghu iztkrU=
lR;kxzg
Unit-III Political Thoughts 12 Hours
Decentralization
Village Swaraj
Stateless Democracy
Satyagrah
-IV 12 ?k.Vs
e'khuh ;qx dk fojks/k
xzkeh.k dqVhj m|ksx
U;kl dk fl)kUr
vkfFkZd lektokn
Unit-IV Economic Thoughts 12 Hours
Resist Machine Era
Rural Cottage Industries
Doctrine of Trusteeship
Economic Socialism
-V /kkfeZd ,oa nk'kZfud fpUru 12 ?k.Vs
loZ/keZ leHkko
lk/ku vkSj lk/;
lR; ,oa bZ'oj
,dkn'kozr
Unit-V Religious and Philosophical Thoughts 12 Hours
Sarvadharmasamabhava
Means and Ends
Truth and God
Ekadashvrata
Suggested 1- clUr dqekj yky] ledkyhu Hkkjrh; n'kZu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1993
Readings : 2- uUn fd'kksj nsojkt] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] mÙkj izn's k fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] y[kuÅ] 1975
3- y{eh lDlsuk] ledkyhu Hkkjrh; n'kZu] mŸkj izns'k fgUnh laLFkku] y[kuÅ] 2002
4- MkW- ,- voLFkh ,oa MkW- vkj- ds- voLFkh] Hkkjrh; jktuhfrd fpUru] fjlpZ ifCyds'kUl] t;iqj]
2001
5- N. K. Bose, Studies in Gandhism, Second Edition, Indian Association Publishing Co. Calcutta, 1947
6- D. M. Dutta, The Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi, University of Calcutta, 1968
7- M. K. Gandhi, An Autobiography or the Story of my Experiments with Truth, Navajivan Pub.
House, Ahmedabad, 1948
;g ikB~;Øe fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks la{ksi esa xkaèkhokn dks tkuus esa enn djsxk vkSj mUgsa bl {ks= esa vkxs ds vè;;u ds
fy, çsfjr djsxkA
Outcomes It will help students know Gandhism in a nutshell an induce them for further study in this field.
/B.A. Programme (Philosophy)
III/ Semester - III
Skill Enhancement - S.E. (FC) -304
Credits- 04
Max. Marks - 60
Basic of Computer and Information Technology Min. Marks -
bl ikB~;dze dk mís’; fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks dEI;wVj rFkk lwpuk rduhdh ds izkjfEHkd Kku ls ifjfpr
djkuk gSA
Objective The objective of this course is to teach the students the basic knowledge of Computer and
Information Technology.
-I 12 ?k.Vs
1- bfrgkl] dEI;wVj dh ihf<+;k¡] fo'ks"krk,¡] {kerk vkSj lhek,¡
2- dEI;wVj dk oxhZdj.k] fMftVy dEI;wVj ds izdkj] gkMZos;j]
lkW¶Vos;j] lkW¶Vos;j ds izdkj
3- dEI;wVj Hkk"kkvksa dh ihf<+;k¡] mPpLrjh; ,oa fuEuLrjh; Hkk"kk,¡
4- VªkUlysVj ds izdkj] dEI;wVj flLVe ds ?kVd
Unit-I Computer 12 Hours
History, Generations of Computer, Characteristics,
Capabilities and Limitations
Classification of Computers, types of Digital computer
Hardware, Software, Types of software
Generations of Computer languages, High and low level
languages
Types of Translator, Components of Computer System
-II 12 ?k.Vs
fofHkUu buiqV@vkmViqV fMokbl dk ifjp;
dh&cksMZ] ekÅl] ,e-vkbZ-lh-vkj-] vks-lh-vkj-] vks-,e-vkj-] ckjdksM]
LdSuj
oh-Mh-;w-IykWVj] bEiSDV vkSj ukWu&bEiSDV fizUVj
LVksjst bdkbZ & fcV~l ,oa ckbV~l] izk;ejh ,oa lsds.Mjh eseksfjt
Unit-II Introduction of devices 12 Hours
1. Introduction of various input/output devices
2. Keyboard, Mouse, MICR, OCR, OMR, Barcode, Scanner
3. VDU, Plotter, Impact and Nonimpact printers
4. Storage units - Bits and Bytes, Primary and Secondary
Memories
-III 12 ?k.Vs
1- foUMkst % ifjp;] foaMkst MsLdVkWi
2- LVkVZ cVu] VkLdckj] izksxzke rFkk foaMkst ds chp fLop djuk]
Qkby eSust djuk] QksYMlZ ,oa vkWCtsDV~l
3- foaMkst ,DlIyksjj] 'kkWVZ&dV cukuk] dUVªksy iSuy] foUMkst
,lsljht % isUV] cz'k] oMZ iSM
4- foaMkst dks dLVekbt djuk] bUVjusV ,DlIyksjj
Unit-III Windows 12 Hours
1- Windows : Introduction, windows desktop
2- Start button, taskbar, switching between programs and
windows, managing files, folders and objects
3- Windows explorer, creating shortcuts, control panel,
windows accessories : paint, brush, word pad
4- Windows customizing, Internet Explorer
-IV 12 ?k.Vs
1- gsMj] QqVj] ,UMuksV~l] QqVuksV~l] VSCl] VscYl
2- lkWfVZax ds lkFk dk;Z djuk] xzkfQDl ds lkFk dk;Z djuk &
xzkfQDl bEiksZfVax
3- MªkWbZax vkWCtsDV~l] VsDLV MªkWbZax ¼oMZ vkVZ½] Mªkbax vkCtsDV dk
iz;ksx djds fiDpj jksVsfVax ,oa vkWCtsDV ¶yhihax
4- Lisfyax vkSj xzkej psdj] vkWVks djsDV] vkWVks VsDLV] fdz,fVax
VscYl] esyetZ
Unit-IV MS WORD 12 Hours
Headers, Footers, Endnotes, Footnotes, tabs, tables
Working with sorting, Working with graphics-Importing
graphics
Drawing objects, Text in Drawings (Word Art), Pictures
using Drawing objects, Rotating and Flipping Objects
Spelling and Grammar Checker, Auto Correct, Auto Text,
Creating Tables, Mailmerge
-V 12 ?k.Vs
izstsUVs'ku cukuk] vkWVks dWVsUV fotkMZ] ,fMfVax LykbM~~l
ikWoj IokbaV esa VsDLV ds lkFk dke djuk] QkWjesfVax ,oa ,ykbfuax
VsDLV] ikWoj IokbaV esa xzkfQDl ds lkFk dk;Z djuk
best bEiksVZ djuk ,oa ikWoj IokbaV esa MªkWbax] vkWxuZ kbts'kuy pkVZ rS;kj
djuk
ikWoj IokbaV izstsuVs'ku esa fDyi vkVZ ,oa fiDpj QksVkst+ bUlVZ djuk]
ikWoj IokbaV esa ,Dly pkVZ~l] oMZ ls Vscy bUlVZ djuk
Unit-V MS POWERPOINT 12 Hours
Creating presentations, Auto content wizard, editing slides
Working with Text in Power Point, Formatting and Aligning
Text, Working with graphics in Power Point
Importing images and drawing in power point, creating
organizational charts
Inserting clip arts & picture/photos in Power Point Presentation,
Excel Charts in Power Point, Inserting Table from Word
Outcomes The students, after their study, will be able to work on Computer.
/ B.A. Programme (Philosophy)
IV/Semester - IV
Major Core -401
Credits- 06
II Max. Marks - 60
Western Philosophy-II Min. Marks -
Objective The objective of this course is to teach the students the principles of modern western thinkers
i.e. Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz, Locke, Berkeley and Hume.
-I 18 ?k.Vs
1- e/;;qx dh leh{kk ,oa vk/kqfud ;qx dh fo'ks"krk,¡
2- iqutkZxj.k
3- /kkfeZd vkUnksyu ,oa ekuorkokn
4- vk/kqfud n'kZu dh /kkjk,¡ & cqf)okn ,oa vuqHkookn
Unit-I Modern Era 18 Hours
1. Criticism of Medieval Era and characteristics of modern Era
2. Renaissance
3. Religious Movement and Humanism
4. Thought of Modern Era - Rationalism and Empiricism
-II 18 ?k.Vs
1- nsdkrZ & nzO; dh vo/kkj.kk] lUnsg i)fr] eSa lksprk gw¡] blfy,
eSa gw¡] eu&'kjhj dh leL;k
2- fLiukstk & nsdkrZ ds nzO; dh vo/kkj.kk dk [k.Mu] nzO; dh
vo/kkj.kk] xq.k vkSj i;kZ;
3- fLiukstk & losZ'ojokn] lekukarjokn
4- ykbCuhRt & fpn~.kqokn] iwoZLFkkfir lkeatL; dk fl)kUr
Unit-II Rationalism 18 Hours
1. Descartes - Concept of Substances, Method of Doubt, I think
therefore I am (Cogeto Ergo Sum), Problem of Mind and
Body
2. Spinoza - Refutation of Concept of Substance of Descartes,
Concept of substance, Attributs and Modes
3. Spinoza - Pantheism, Parallelism
4. Leibnitz - Monadology, Theory of Pre-Established Harmony
-III 18 ?k.Vs
1- TkkWu ykWd & tUetkr izR;;ksa dk [k.Mu] nzO;] ewyxq.k ,oa
mixq.k
2- tkWtZ cdZys & tM+ nzO; dk [k.Mu] lÙkk vuqHkoewyd gS]
vkRefu"B izR;;okn
3- MsfoM áwe & vuqHkookn dh ijkdk"Bk] rkfÙod lÙkkvksa ,oa
dkj.krk dk [k.Mu
4- MsfoM áwe & lansgokn
Unit-III Empiricism 18 Hours
1. John Locke - Refutation of Innate Ideas, Substance, Primary
and Secondary Qualities
2. George Berkeley - Refutation of Materialism, Esse Est
Percipi, Subjective Idealism
3. David Hume - Extreme of Empiricism, Refutation of
Metaphysical existence and Causality
4. David Hume -Skepticism
-IV 18 ?k.Vs
1- bekU;q,y dkUV & leh{kkokn
2- ns'k vkSj dky
3- la'ys"k.kkRed izkxuqHkfod fu.kZ;
4- vKs;okn
Unit-IV Criticism 18 Hours
1. Immanual Kant - Criticism
2. Space and Time
3. Apriori synthetic Judgment
4. Agnosticism
-V 18 ?k.Vs
1- fujis{k izR;;okn
2- dkj.k vkSj rdZ
3- }U} U;k;
4- vkRek dk izR;;
Unit-V Philosophy of George Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel 18 Hours
1. Absolute Idealism
2. Cause and Reason
3. Dialectics
4. Idea of Mind
Suggested pUnz/kj 'kekZ] ik'pkR; n'kZu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1997
Readings : MkW- ch-,u- flag] ik'pkR; n'kZu] LVw.MsV~l Ýs.M~l ,.M dEiuh] okjk.klh] 1973
;kdwc elhg] ik'pkR; n'kZu dk leh{kkRed bfrgkl] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] ubZ fnYyh] 2005
txnh'k lgk; JhokLro] vk/kqfud ik'pkR; n'kZu dk oSKkfud bfrgkl] iqLrd LFkku] xksj[kiqj]
1973
Frank Thilly, History of Western Philosophy, Central Book Depot, Allahabad, 1975
Stace, W.T.: A Critical History of Greek Philosophy Macmillan, New Delhi, 1985
Masih, Y. - A Critical History of Western Philosophy, Motilal Banarasidas, Delhi, 1994
ifjyfC/k ;g ikB~;Øe vk/kqfud ik’pkR; nk’kZfud fl)kUrksa dks le>us esa lgk;d gksxkA
Outcomes This course will help to students understanding the principles of Modern western Philosophers.
/B.A. Programme (Philosophy)
IV Semester - IV
Miner Core -402
Credits- 06
Max. Marks - 60
Political History of Ancient South India Min. Marks -
bl ikB~;Øe dk mÌs'; fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks izkphu nf{k.k Hkkjr ds jktuSfrd bfrgkl ls ifjfpr djkuk gSA
Objective The objective of this course is to teach the students the political history of Ancient South India.
-I 18 ?k.Vs
laxe lkfgR;
2- pksy] psj] ik.M~; jktoa'k
3- laxe;qx & laLd`fr ,oa lkekftd n'kk
4- laxe ;qx & jktuSfrd ,oa 'kklu O;oLFkk
Unit-I Sangam Period 18 Hours
1. Sangam Literature
2. Chol, Cher, Pandya Dynasty
3. Sangam Period - Culture and Social Condition
4. Sangam Period - Polytical and Administrative System
-II 18 ?k.Vs
1. okrkih dk pkyqD; jktoa'k
2. dY;k.kh dk pkyqD; jktoa'k
3. osaxh dk pkyqD; jktoa'k
4. pkyqD;dkyhu jktuSfrd ,oa 'kklu O;oLFkk
Unit-II Chalukya Dynasty 18 Hours
1. Chalukya Dynasty of Vatapi
2. Chalukya Dynasty of Kalyani
3. Chalukya Dynasty of Vengi
4. Chalukya Period - Political and Administrative System
-III 18 ?k.Vs
1- lk/ku] mRifŸk ,oa ewy LFkku
2- fofHkUu jk"VªdwV 'kk[kk,¡
3- ekU;[ksV dk jk"VªdwV jktoa'k
4- jk"VªdwVdkyhu jktuSfrd ,oa 'kklu O;oLFkk
Unit-III Rashtrakuta Dynasty 18 Hours
1. Source, Origin and Place
2. Various Branches of Rashtrakuta
3. Rashtrakuta Dynasty of Manyakheta
4. Rashtrakuta Period - Political and Administrative
System
-IV 18 ?k.Vs
1- lk/ku] mRifŸk ,oa ewy LFkku
2- dkaph ds iYyo 'kkld
3- iYyo dky & laLd`fr] dyk ,oa LFkkiR;
4- iYyo dky & jktuSfrd ,oa 'kklu O;oLFkk
Unit-IV Pallava Period 18 Hours
1. Source, Origin and Place
2. Pallava Ruler of Kanchi
3. Pallava Period - Culture, Art and Architecture
4. Pallava Period - Political and Administrative System
-V 18 ?k.Vs
1. lk/ku ,oa izkjfEHkd bfrgkl
2. pksy jkT; dk Lo:i
3. pksy dky & laLd`fr] dyk ,oa LFkkiR;
4. pksy dky & jktuSfrd ,oa xzke iz'kklu
Unit-V Chola Dynasty 18 Hours
IV / Semester - IV
/ Generic Elective (G.E.) - 403
Credits- 04
Max. Marks - 60
Philosophy of Education Min. Marks -
bl ikB~;Øe dk mÌs’; fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks f’k{kk n’kZu dh vo/kkj.kk ls ifjfpr djkuk gSA
Objective -
The objective of this course is to teach the students the Concept of Education philosophy.
-I 12 ?k.Vs
f'k{kk n'kZu & Lo:i] {ks= ,oa dk;Z
f'k{kk dk Lo:i
f'k{kk ds izdkj
f’k{kk ,oa n’kZu
Unit-I Philosophy of Education 12 Hours
Philosophy of Education - Nature, Scope and
Function
Nature of Education
Types of Education
Education and Philosophy
-II 12 ?k.Vs
mifu"kn~ n'kZu & lkekU; ifjp;
mifu"kn~ n'kZu ds ewy fl)kUr
mifu"kn~ n'kZu vkSj f'k{kk
f'k{kk n'kZu ds :i esa mifu"kn~ n'kZu dk ewY;kadu
Unit-II Upnishad Darshan and Education 12 Hours
Objective - The objective of this course is to teach the students the moral values for their personality
development.
-I 12 ?k.Vs
ewY; dk vFkZ
ewY;ksa dk oxhZdj.k
uSfrd ewY; dh vo/kkj.kk
uSfrd ewY;ksa dk egRo
Unit-I Values 12 Hours
1. Meaning of values
2. Classification of values
3. Concept of Moral values
4. Importance of Moral values
-II 12 ?k.Vs
1- pfj= dk vFkZ vkSj ifjHkk"kk
2- mÙke pfj= & fuekZ.k dk lk/ku
3- mÙke pfj= ds y{k.k
4- pfj= fuekZ.k esa f'k{kk dh Hkwfedk
Unit-II Character Building 12 Hours
Yama
Niyama
Karmayoga
Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam
-IV 12 ?k.Vs
vuq'kklu
le;&izca/ku
fu;fer fnup;kZ
ldkjkRed fpUru
Unit-IV Habits 12 Hours
Discipline
Time Management
Regular routine
Positive thinking
-V 12 ?k.Vs
O;fDrRo dh vo/kkj.kk
2- O;fDrRo fodkl dk vFkZ
O;fDrRo fodkl ,oa pfj=
O;fDrRo fodkl esa uSfrd ewY;ksa dh Hkwfedk
Unit-V Personality Development 12 Hours
Concept of Personality
Meaning of Personality Development
Personality Development and Character
Role of Moral values in Personality Development
Suggested Lokeh foosdkuUn] O;fDrRo dk lEiw.kZ fodkl] izdk’kd jkeÑ".k eB] ukxiqj] 2006
Readings :
MkW-,e-,- csx] O;fDrRo fodkl ,oa fu[kkj] e/; izns’k fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] Hkksiky] 1997
cStukFk flag] O;fDrxr vkSj lkeqnkf;d fodkl] fczfV’k cqd fMiks] gtjrxat y[kuÅ] 1961
v#.k lkxj] f'k"Vkpkj ,oa O;fDrRo fodkl] vkuUn] oh ,.M ,l ifCy’klZ] ubZ fnYyh] 2017
MkW- lqjs’kpUnz 'kekZ] O;fDrRo fodkl vkSj Hkxon~xhrk] eatqy ifCyf’kax gkml] Hkksiky] 2016
izk-s lekuh _tqizKk] O;fDrRo fodkl vkSj ;ksx] tSu fo’o Hkkjrh cqd LVksj] jktLFkku] 2015
vftr ukjk;.k f=ikBh] uSfrd vkSj ekuoh; ewY;] izfrJqfr izdk’ku] dydÙkk] 2017
Barun K. Mitra, Personality Development and soft skills, Oxford University Press, 2016
ifjyfC/k bl ikB~;dze ds v/;;u ds mijkar fo|kFkhZ ln~x.q kksa ls ;qDr gksdj lekt ds csgrjh ds fy, dk;Z dj
ldsaxsA
Outcomes On the basis of this course the students will be able to work for betterment of their
society.
BACHELOR OF ARTS (B.A.) PHILOSOPHY
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
(As per NEP 2020 & CBCS Ordinance 14 A)
1st Year
SEMESTER – I
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
101 Indian Philosophy-I Major Core 60 40 100 6
102 Ancient Indian History, Culture and Archaeology Minor Core 60 40 100 6
103 Philosophy of Shri Ramcharitamanas* GE 60 40 100 4
104 Hindi Bhasha AE (FC) 60 40 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 400 20
CUMULATIVE TOTAL 400 20
SEMESTER – II
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
201 Indian Philosophy-II Major Core 60 40 100 6
202 Indian Culture Minor Core 60 40 100 6
203 Philosophy of Gita* GE 60 40 100 4
204 Environmental Studies AE (FC) 60 40 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 400 20
CUMULATIVE TOTAL 800 40
I/ Semester - I
Major Core -101
Credits- 06
I Max. Marks - 60
Indian Philosophy-I Min. Marks -
bl ikB~;Øe dk mÌs'; fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks n'kZu dk Lo:i] oSfnd ,oa voSfnd n'kZuksa ;Fkk] mifu"kn~]
pkokZd] tSu vkSj ckS) n'kZuksa ds rÙoehekalh; ,oa Kkuehekalh; vo/kkj.kkvksa ds lkFk&lkFk muds
vk/kkjHkwr fl)kUrksa ls ifjfpr djkuk gSA
Objective The objective of this course is to teach and train the students the nature of philosophy, the metaphysical
and epistemological concepts of Indian Philosophy, and the concepts that belong to the Classical and
Heterodox systems of Indian Philosophy, delving deep into the basics and fundamentals of Upanishads,
Charvaka, Jaina and Buddhist Philosophy.
-I 18 ?k.Vs
1. n'kZu dk Lo:i
2. n'kZu ,oa fQykWlQh esa Hksn
3. Hkkjrh; n'kZu dk oxhZdj.k
4. Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh fo'ks"krk,¡
Unit-I Philosophy 18 Hours
1. Nature of Philosophy
2. Distinction between Darśana and Philosophy
3. Classification of Indian Philosophy
4. Characteristics of Indian Philosophy
-II 18 ?k.Vs
1. mifu"kn~ esa czá vkSj vkRek dk Lo:i
2. Hkxon~xhrk esa Kku;ksx
3. Hkxon~xhrk esa deZ;ksx
4. Hkxon~xhrk esa HkfDr;ksx
Unit-II Upanishads & Gita 18 Hours
1. Introduction
2. Metaphysics
3. Epistemology
4. Ethics
-IV 18 ?k.Vs
ifjp;
vusdkUrokn
L;k}kn
dSoY;
Unit-IV Jainism 18 Hours
Introduction
Anekāntavāda
Syādavāda
Kaivalya
-V 18 ?k.Vs
ifjp;
pkj vk;Z lR;
vukReokn
{kf.kdokn
Unit-V Buddhism 18 Hours
Introduction
Four Noble Truths
Anātmavāda (No-soul theory)
Theory of Momentariness
Suggested 1- MkW- pUnz/kj 'kekZ] Hkkjrh; n'kZu vykspu vkSj vuq'khyu] eksrhyky
cukjlhnkl] fnYyh 1995
Readings :
2- MkW- ch-,u- flag ,oa MkW- vk'kk flag] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] LVwMs.V~l Ýs.M~l
,.M dEiuh] dk'kh fgUnw fo'ofo|ky; ekxZ yadk] okjk.klh&5] 1996
3- izk-s gjsUnz izlkn flUgk] Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh :ijs[kk] eksrhyky
cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1963
4- cynso mik/;k;] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] 'kkjnk efUnj izdk'ku] okjk.klh] 1997
5- uUn fd'kksj nsojkt] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] mÙkj izns'k fgUnh laLFkku] y[kuÅ]
1976
6- Dutta & Chatterjee, An Introduction to Indian Philosophy,
University of Calcutta, 1968.
7- M. Hiriyanna, Outlines of Indian Philosophy, George Allen
and Unwin, Lodon-1932.
fo|kFkhZ ikB~;Øe ds v/;;uksijkUr Hkkjrh; nk'kZfud lEiznk;ksa ds izfr fo'ys"k.kkRed ,oa rqyukRed
n`f"V ls ifjiw.kZ gksaxsA fo|kFkhZ gekjs izkphu _f"k;ksa ds Kku vkSj laLÑfr ls ifjfpr gksaxs rFkk muds
fpUru dk {ks= foLr`r gksxkA
Outcomes This Course will help the students to evaluate each system of Indian Philosophy in critical and comparative
light. Through this course, students will come to know philosophical and rich cultural wisdom of our ancient
thinkers.
/B.A. Programme (Philosophy)
Semester - I
Miner Core -102
Credits- 06
Max. Marks - 60
Ancient Indian History, Culture and Archaeology Min. Marks -
bl ikB~;Øe dk mÌs'; fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks izkphu Hkkjrh; bfrgkl] laLÑfr ,oa iqjkrÙo dh vo/kkj.kk ls
ifjfpr djkrs gq;s mlds lzksr] oxhZdj.k ,oa dyk ls ifjfpr djkuk gSA
Objective The objective of this course is to teach the students the fundamental concepts of the Ancient Indian History,
Culture and Archaeology. It will deal with the sources and classifications of these concepts and touch upon
their artful aspects.
-I 18 ?k.Vs
izkphu Hkkjrh; bfrgkl&Lo:i
laLÑfr&Lo:i
iqjkrÙo&Lo:i
Unit-I Ancient Indian History, Culture and Archaeology 18 Hours
Nature of Ancient Indian History
Nature of Culture
Nature of Archaeology
-II 18 ?k.Vs
iqjkrkfÙod
lkfgfR;d
fons'kh ;kf=;ksa ds fooj.k ¼esxLFkuht] Qkáku] ºosulkax]
bfRlax] vyc#uh½
Unit-II Sources of Ancient Indian History 18 Hours
Archaeological
Literary
Description of foreign travelers (Megasthenes, Fahien,
Huansang, Itsing, Alberuni)
-III 18 ?k.Vs
izkxSfrgkfld dky
vk|Sfrgkfld dky
,sfrgkfld dky
Unit-III Classification of Ancient Indian History 18 Hours
Pre Historic
Proto Historic
Historical
-IV 18 ?k.Vs
LFkkiR; dyk ¼lSU/ko uxj ;kstuk] Lrwi] efUnj&ukxj 'kSyh½
ewfrZdyk ¼n'kkorkj] f'ko dh lkSE; ewfrZ;k¡½
fp=dyk ¼vtUrk ,oa ,yksjk½
Unit-IV Ancient Indian Art 18 Hours
Architecture (Indus town planning, Stoop, Temple-
Nagara Art )
Sculpture (Dashavatar, Soumya Murties of Lord
Shiva)
Painting (Ajanta and Alora)
-V 18 ?k.Vs
f'k{kk ds izeq[k mÌs';
f'k{kk i)fr
izfl) fo'ofo|ky; ¼r{kf'kyk] ukyank] oyHkh ,oa foØef'kyk½
Unit-V Education in Ancient India 18 Hours
I / Semester - I
Generic Elective (G.E.) - 103
Credits- 04
Max. Marks - 60
Min. Marks -
Philosophy of Shri Ramcharitamanas
fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks Jhjkepfjrekul esa of.kZr uSfrd o vk/;kfRed ewY;ksa ls ifjfpr djkdj muds vuq:i thou
'kSyh fodflr djuk ikB~;Øe dk izeq[k mÌs'; gSA
Objective This course aims at inculcating in the students the values and ethos mentioned in the
Shri Ramcharitmanas.
-I 12 ?k.Vs
1- Jhjkepfjrekul
2- xksLokeh rqylhnkl
3- jkek;.k
Unit-I Introduction 12 Hours
Shri Ramcharitamanas
Goswami Tulsidas
Ramayana
-II 12 ?k.Vs
y{e.k&xhrk ¼v;ks/;k dk.M 91&93-2½
jke&xhrk ¼vj.; dk.M 13-5&16½
foHkh"k.k&xhrk ¼yadk dk.M 79&80½
Unit-II Gita 12 Hours
Social Harmony
Vanity of Untouchability
Importance of charity
-IV 12 ?k.Vs
isM+&ikS/kksa dk lEeku
i'kq&i{kh dk lEeku
unh&ioZr dk lEeku
Unit-IV Environment in Manas 12 Hours
I/ Semester - I
vk/kkj ikB~;Øe@Ability Enhancement - (A.E.) -104
Credits- 04
fgUnh Hkk"kk Max. Marks - 60
Min. Marks -
Hindi Language
izLrqr iz”u&i= dk mÌs'; fo|kfFkZ;ksa esa fgUnh O;kdj.k rFkk Hkk"kk dk Kku djkrs gq, izfr;ksxh
ijh{kkvksa gsrq rS;kj djuk gSA
-I 12 ?k.Vs
Hkk"kk dk Lo:i
O;kdj.k dk vFkZ
o.kZ ,oa 'kCn
lkFkZd 'kCnksa ds Hksn
-II 12 ?k.Vs
laKk
fyax
opu
dkjd
-III 12 ?k.Vs
loZuke
fo'ks"k.k
fØ;k
dky ,oa okP;
-IV 12 ?k.Vs
laf/k
lekl
milxZ
izR;;
-V 12 ?k.Vs
i= ys[ku
iYyou
la{ksi.k
yksdksfDr&eqgkojs
1- fgUnh O;kdj.k ,oa jpuk] e/;izns'k fgUnh xzUFk vdneh] Hkksiky] 2013
2- MkW- f'koewfrZ 'kekZ] lkekU; fgUnh] 'kkjnk iqLrd Hkou] bykgkckn] laLdj.k 2005
3- Hkk"kk foKku fgUnh Hkk"kk vkSj fyfi] jkefd'kksj 'kekZ] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] bykgkckn] 2007
4- MkW- izHkk O;kSgkj] MkW- e/kq tSu] MkW- j?kqohj izlkn xksLokeh] MkW- ukFkwjke jkBkSj] fgUnh O;kdj.k
,oa jpuk] e/;izns'k fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] Hkksiky] 2013
jk"Vª Hkk"kk fgUnh dk Kku fo|kfFkZ;ksa esa lkaLÑfrd psruk vkSj jk"Vªh; Hkkouk dk fodkl djsxkA
/ B.A. Programme (Philosophy)
II/Semester - II
Major Core -201
Credits- 06
II Max. Marks - 60
Indian Philosophy-II Min. Marks -
Hkkjrh; n'kZu ds vkfLrd lEiznk; dh vo/kkj.kkvksa ,oa fl)kUrksa ds lEcU/k esa fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks f'kf{kr
djuk ikB~;Øe dk eq[; mÌs'; gSA
Objective The objective of this course is to teach the students the concepts and ideas of Orthodox systems of Indian
Philosophy.
-I 18 ?k.Vs
1- lRdk;Zokn
2- iq#"k
3- izÑfr
4- fodklokn ds fl)kUr
5- dSoY;
Unit-I Sāńkhya Philosophy 18 Hours
1. Satkāryavāda
2. Puruşa
3. Prakriti
4. Theory of Evolution
5. Kaivalya.
-II 18 ?k.Vs
1- izR;{k
2- vuqeku
3- 'kCn
4- mieku
5- bZ'oj dh lÙkk flf) gsrq rdZ
Unit-II Nyāya Philosophy 18 Hours
1. Pratyaksha
2. Anuman
3. Shabda
4. Upamana
5. Proofs for the Existence of God
-III 18 ?k.Vs
1- inkFkZ ¼oS'ksf"kd½
2- ijek.kqokn ¼oS'ksf"kd½
3- /keZ ¼ehekalk½
4- viwoZ ¼ehekalk½
5- Lor% izkek.;okn ¼ehekalk½
Unit-III Vaiśeshika and Mīmāmsā Philosophy 18 Hours
1. Padārthas (Vaiheshika)
2. Atomism (Vaiheshika)
3. Dharma (Mimamsa)
4. Apūrva (Mimamsa)
5. Swatah Pramanyavada (Mimamsa)
-IV 18 ?k.Vs
1- czá
2- ek;k
3- tho
4- bZ'oj
5- eqfDr
Unit-IV Advaita Vedānta 18 Hours
1. Brahman
2. Māyā
3. Jiva
4. Ishwar
5. Mukti
-V 18 ?k.Vs
1- czá
2- fpr~
3- vfpr~
4- eqfDr
5- lR[;kfrokn~
Unit-V Viśişţādvaita 18 Hours
1. Brahman
2. Chit
3. Achit
4. Mukti
5. Satkhyativada
Suggested 1- MkW- pUnz/kj 'kekZ] Hkkjrh; n'kZu vykspu vkSj vuq'khyu] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh 1995
2- MkW- ch-,u- flag ,oa MkW- vk'kk flag] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] LVwMs.V~l Ýs.M~l ,.M dEiuh] dk'kh fgUnw
Readings :
fo'ofo|ky; ekxZ yadk] okjk.klh&5] 1996
3- izk-s gjsUnz izlkn flUgk] Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh :ijs[kk] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1963
4- cynso mik/;k;] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] 'kkjnk efUnj okjk.klh] 1997
5- uUn fd'kksj nsojkt] Hkkjrh; n'kZu] mÙkj izn's k fgUnh laLFkku] y[kuÅ] 1976
6- Dutta & Chatterjee, An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, University of Calcutta, 1968
7- M. Hiriyanna, Outlines of Indian Philosophy, George Allen and Unwin, Lodon-1932
ifjyfC/k fo|kFkhZ vfLrd n'kZuksa ds fl)kUrksa ls ifjfpr gksdj thou thus dh vusd fof/k;ksa o 'kSfy;ksa ls ifjfpr gksaxs]
ftlls muds O;fDrRo dk lexz fodkl gks ldsxkA
Outcomes Through this course the students will be introduced to the differents concepts and styles of Orthodox
systems. They will be able to have personality development.
/ B.A. Programme (Philosophy)
II /Semester - II
Miner Core -202
Credits- 06
Max. Marks - 60
Indian Culture Min. Marks -
fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks Hkkjrh; laLÑfr ds fo"k; esa f'kf{kr djuk bl ikB~;Øe dk izeq[k mÌs'; gSA o.kZO;oLFkk] laLdkj
vkfn vo/kkj.kk,¡ Hkkjrh; laLÑfr ds LrEHk gSaA bl ikB~;Øe ds ek/;e ls fo|kFkhZ bu lkaLÑfrd vo/kkj.kkvksa
dks le>saxAs
Objective Varnavyavastha, Purushartha, Sanskar etc. are consider to be the pillars of Indian Culture. The objective of
this course is to teach the students the values and ethos of Indian culture.
-I 18 ?k.Vs
1. laLÑfr dh vo/kkj.kk
2. Hkkjrh; laLÑfr dh fo'ks"krk,¡
3. olq/kSo dqVqEcde~ dh vo/kkj.kk
4. /keZ dk vFkZ
Unit-I Culture 18 Hours
1. Concept of culture
2. Characteristics of Indian Culture
3. Concept of Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam
4. Meaning of Dharma
-II 18 ?k.Vs
czkã.k
{kf=;
oS';
'kwnz
Unit-II Varnavyavastha 18 Hours
Brahman
Kshatriya
Vaishya
Shudra
-III 18 ?k.Vs
czãp;Z
x`gLFk
okuizLFk
laU;kl
Unit-III Ashramvyavastha 18 Hours
Brahmacharya
Grihastha
Vanaprastha
Sannyas
-IV 18 ?k.Vs
/keZ
vFkZ
dke
eks{k
Unit-IV Purushartha Vyavastha 18 Hours
Dharma
Artha
Kama
Moksha
-V 18 ?k.Vs
vFkZ
mÌs';
izdkj
lkekftd egRo
Unit-V Marriage 18 Hours
Meaning
Objectives
Kinds
Social Importance
Suggested MkW- JhdkUr feJ] Hkkjrh; uhfr'kkL=] vk'kk ifCyf'kax dEiuh] vkxjk] 2018
Readings : t;'kadj feJ] izkphu Hkkjr dk lkekftd bfrgkl] fcgkj fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] 1974
ds-lh- JhokLro] izkphu Hkkjrh; bfrgkl ,oa laLÑfr] ;wukb+VsM cqd fMiks] 2000
foeyk nsoh jk;] osn dkyhu lekt ,oa laLÑfr] dyk izdk'ku] okjk.klh] 2001
ch-,u- ywfu;k] Hkkjrh; lH;rk rFkk laLÑfr dk fodkl] y{ehukjk;.k vxzoky] vkxjk] 2001
MkW- ân; ukjk;.k feJ] lekt n'kZu lS)kfUrd ,oa leL;kRed foospu] 'ks[kj izdk'ku]
bykgkckn] 2003
bl ikB~;Øe ds ek/;e ls fo|kFkhZ izkphu Hkkjrh; laLÑfr] lekt] ifjokj vkfn ds lEcU/k esa xgu ,oa foLr`r
Kku ls ;qDr gksaxsA
Outcomes This course will help the students to have wide and deep knowledge of ancient Indian society,
Indian family, Indian marriage systems and so on and so forth.
/ B.A. Programme (Philosophy)
II / Semester - II
/ Generic Elective (G.E.) - 203
Credits- 04
Max. Marks - 60
Philosophy of Gita Min. Marks -
izLrqr ikB~;Øe dk mÌs'; fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks Jhen~Hkxon~xhrk ds izeq[k yksdksidkjd fl)kUrksa ls ifjfpr djkuk
g]S ftlls fo|kFkhZ vius rFkk lekt ds vU; yksxksa ds thou esa mRiUu }U}ksa ds lek/kku esa lgk;d gks ldsaA
Objective - This course aims at getting students acquainted with beneficent principles of the
Shrimad Bhagvadgita, so that the students may be able to solve the problems of their
life and their society.
-I 12 ?k.Vs
Jhen~Hkxon~xhrk
;ksxs'oj JhÑ".k
vtqZu
Unit-I Introduction 12 Hours
Shrimadbhagvadgita
Yogeshwar Shrikrishna
Arjun
-II 12 ?k.Vs
vtqZu fo"kkn~ dk dkj.k
ekuo thou ds }a}
ekuo ds fy, xhrk dh lkFkZdrk
Unit-II Arjun's Sorrow and Dialectic of Human 12 Hours
Karmayoga
Jnanayoga
Bhaktiyoga
-IV 12 ?k.Vs
y{k.k
O;ogkj
ekuo dk mPpÙke vkn'kZ
Unit-IV Sthitaprajna 12 Hours
Symbol
Behaviour
Highest Ideal of Human
-V 12 ?k.Vs
lÙpxq.k dk izHkko
jtksxq.k dk izHkko
reksxq.k dk izHkko
Unit-V Guna 12 Hours
Impact of Sattvaguna
Impact of Rajoguna
Impact of Tamoguna
Suggested Jhen~Hkoxn~xhrk] xhrkizsl xksj[kiqj] la- 2073
Readings : xhrk jgL;] deZ;ksx'kkL=] vpZuk ifCyds'ku] fnYyh] 2006
HkfDrosnkUr izHkqikn] Hkxon~xhrk % ;Fkk:i] HkfDr osnkUr cqd VªLV
MkW- lkxjey tSu] tSu] ckS) ,oa xhrk dk lk/kuk ekxZ] jktLFkku] izk-Hkk-l- t;iqj] 1998
MkW- lkxjey tSu] tSu] ckS) ,oa xhrk ds vkpkj n'kZuksa dk rqyukRed v/;;u] jktLFkku]
izk-Hkk-l- t;iqj] 1998
MkW- lR;izdk'k vxzoky] ekul ,oa xhrk -----yksdeaxy xqftrk] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl]
fnYyh] 1998
v#.k] vuklDr ;ksxh JhÑ".k] fo'oHkkjrh ifCyds'kUl] ubZ fnYyh 2006
R.R. Verma, The Bhagwat Gita,
Jhen~Hkxon~xhrk ds mins'kksa ls ;qDr fo|kFkhZ Lo;a ds thou rFkk lekt esa mRiUu leL;kvksa dk ;Fkksfpr
lek/kku izLrqr djus esa l{ke gks ldsaxsA
Outcomes - On the basis of this course the students will be able to handle different kinds of
situations of life and their society.
/ B.A. Programme (Philosophy)
II /Semester - II
Ability Enhancement- (A.E.) -204 Credits- 04
Max. Marks - 60
Min. Marks -
(Environmental Studies)
izLrqr ikB~;Øe dk mÌs'; fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks i;kZoj.k dh vo/kkj.kk] Lo:i] {ks= ds lkFk&lkFk i;kZoj.k
ls lEcfU/kr fo"k;ksa ls ifjfpr djkuk gSA
Objective - This course aims at getting the students acquainted with the concept of environment,
its nature, scope and different kinds of issues related environment.
-I 12 ?k.Vs
Lo:i
{ks=
egRo
Hkkjrh; laLÑfr esa i;kZoj.kh; fpUru
Unit-I Environment 12 Hours
Nature
Scope
Importance
Environmental thoughts in Indian Culture
-II 12 ?k.Vs
ok;qe.My
tye.My
LFkye.My
tSo e.My
Unit-II Components of Environment 12 Hours
Atmosphere
Hydrosphere
Lithosphere
Biosphere
-III 12 ?k.Vs
ikfjfLFkfrd ra= &lajpuk] dk;Z ,oa izdkj
ikfjfLFkfrd ra=&laj{k.k ,oa iquZLFkkiu
tSofofo/krk ,oa mldk laj{k.k
eq[; ck;kse
Unit-III Eco-System and Biodiversity 12 Hours
-IV 12 ?k.Vs
Hkw&laLkk/ku
ty&lalk/ku
ÅtkZ&laLkk/ku
leL;k ,oa fuokj.k
Unit-IV Natural Resources and Associated Problems 12 Hours
Land
Water
Energy
Problems and Solution
-V 12 ?k.Vs
iznw"k.k ds izdkj
fu;a=.k ds mik;
izcU/k ,oa mlls tqM+h leL;k,¡
i;kZoj.k lqj{kk gsrq tutkx:drk
Unit-V Environmental Pollution and Management 12 Hours
Types of Pollution
Ways to Control
Management and Associated Problems
Public Awareness for Environmental safety
Suggested MkW- ohjsUnz flag ;kno] Hkkjrh; laLÑfr esa i;kZoj.k fpUru ds fofo/k vk;ke] vksex
s k ifCyds'kUl]
ubZ fnYyh] 2010
Readings :
2- MkW- n;k 'kadj f=ikBh] i;kZoj.k v/;;u] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 2005
3- Mh-,l- f=ikBh] i;kZoj.k psruk ¼lEikfnr½] 1997
4- P.D. Sharma- Elements of Ecology, 1988
ifjyfC/k bl ikB~;dze ds v/;;u ds mijkar fo|kFkhZ i;kZoj.k ls lEcfU/kr fofHkUu leL;kvksa ds lek/kku esa lgk;d
gks ldsaxsA
Outcomes This course will enable students to tackle different kinds of environment issues.
Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA)
Full-Time Eight Semester Programme
The BBA Programme structure is divided into eight semesters that spreads over four years. The
Courses are classified as major core courses, minor core courses, discipline centric electives,
generic electives, ability enhancement and skill enhancement. The semesters include Major Core
Courses on Management Process and Organisation Behaviour, Financial Management,
Marketing Management, Human Resource Management, Production Management, Management
Information System, Strategic Management and International Business to develop multi-
disciplinary foundation and whet the critical thinking, analytical ability and problem solving skills
of the participants. This will develop integrative foundation by imparting an understanding of
managerial skills in all functional areas, mathematics & statistics applicable in business, human
behaviour at work and various aspects of global environment. Minor Core Courses on Basics of
Economics, Quantitative techniques, Financial Accounting & Tally, Business Laws, Research
Methodology and Operation Research have been incorporated to build a holistic approach and
strong foundation of the participants by demonstrating knowledge of facts, research related skills
and principles in the field of managing operations legally in the business. Discipline Centric
Elective Courses (DCE) on Finance, HR and Marketing as elective areas of specialisation to
ensure better employability by updating their multi-professional skills has also been included.
Besides, the programme also embraces courses for Skill Enhancement (SE) of the participants
like Computers for Management, Communication Skills and Personality Development &
Character Building to ameliorate the professional skills of the participants and prepare them to fit
suitably into their field of work. The Ability Enhancement (AE) courses like English Language
and Environmental Studies have been incorporated with the intention to develop the language
proficiency through interactions embedded in meaningful contexts and to impart knowledge on
natural processes to sustain life has been included. Generic Elective Courses (GEC) on Business
Environment, Start-ups & Entrepreneurship, Indian Ethos for Effective Management and Digital
Marketing to adequately equip them with market and business related skills imperative for
creating and sustaining viable business in the fast changing business environment. Case studies,
class presentations, assignments & Co-curricular activities are intrinsic part of the programme to
give practical exposure to the participants regarding local, regional, national & global
developments in the field of business management. The programme structure also includes
dissertation and comprehensive viva voice to gauge student’s skills to execute the learned
concepts into practice and examine their comprehension and conception ability. This curriculum
of BBA aims to provide enriched educational experience to the participants by upgrading their
stock of knowledge, skills and attitude and equipping them for a bright professional life in a
complex and rapid changing business landscape.
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (BBA)
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
(As per NEP 2020 & CBCS Ordinance 14 A)
1st Year
SEMESTER – I
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
101 Management Process & Organisation Major Core 60 40 100 6
Behaviour
102 Basics of Economics Minor Core 60 40 100 6
103 Business Environment* GE 60 40 100 4
104 English Language AE 60 40 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 400 20
CUMULATIVE TOTAL 400 20
SEMESTER – II
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
201 Financial Management Major Core 60 40 100 6
202 Quantitative Techniques Minor Core 60 40 100 6
203 Start-ups & Entrepreneurship* GE 60 40 100 4
204 Environmental Studies AE 60 40 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 400 20
CUMULATIVE TOTAL 800 40
SEMESTER – III
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
301 Marketing Management Major Core 60 40 100 6
302 Financial Accounting & Tally Minor Core 60 40 100 6
303 Indian Ethos for Effective Management GE 60 40 100 4
304 Computers for Management SE 60 40 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 400 20
CUMULATIVE TOTAL 1200 60
SEMESTER – IV
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
401 Human Resources Management Major Core 60 40 100 6
402 Business Laws Minor Core 60 40 100 6
403 Digital Marketing* GE 60 40 100 4
404 Communication Skills SE 60 40 100 4
SEMESTER TOTAL 400 20
CUMULATIVE TOTAL 1600 80
SEMESTER – V
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
SEMESTER – VI
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
SEMESTER – VII
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
SEMESTER – VIII
Course Code & Name Course Theory Internal Maximum Credits
Type Paper Assessment Marks
SYLLABUS
Session: 2021-22
101: MANAGEMENT PROCESS & ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
Course Objective:
To help the students to acquire basic knowledge in concepts and theory of Principles of
Management and to familiarize the students with basic management concepts and behavioural
processes in the organization.
Course Contents:
UNIT - II Planning: Process, types and Significance, Objective, strategies and Policies, MBO.
Planning for start –ups, Organizing: nature and purpose of organizing, Concepts of departments,
line and staff relationship, Types of organisational structures.
UNIT - III Direction: Principles and techniques. Leadership: Concept, Theories and Styles;
Qualities of a good leader. Motivation: Types & Significance. Controlling: the system and
process of controlling, Control techniques. Coordination as an essence of management;
UNIT - V Group Dynamics- Group Formation, Nature of groups, Reasons for joining Groups,
Functions of group within organisation, Stress Management- Meaning, Cause, Effect and Coping
Strategies for Stress
Outcome:
Business Environment and Domain Knowledge
This course will enable participants to understand the basic concepts, principles and process of
management. They will be acquainted with the functions, responsibilities of managers along with
understanding of how people behave under different conditions and why they behave as they do.
Participants would be able to integrate the learning in handling managerial jobs at several levels
in the organisation and evaluate most optimal solution to the problems by gaining better
understanding on the complexities associated with management of group behaviour in the
organisation.
Suggested Readings:
1. Rovwer J.C. & Daniel L., Management principles & Practice, John Wile & Sons.
2. Koontz D and Welhrich, Management, International Student Edition, Tokyo 1980.
3. Agrawal R.D., Organisation & Management MC Graw Hill, New Delhi 1982.
4. Newman and Warran, The Process of Management: Concepts, Behaviour and Practices, PHI.
5. Shekcharan Uma, Organisational Behaviour, Text & Cases, New Delhi THM, 1989.
List of Cases, Recent Articles and Specific References will be announced in the Class Room at
the time of launching of the course.
102: BASICS OF ECONOMICS
Course Objective:
The course aims to acquaint students with basic fundamentals of microeconomic theory. It will
enhance the skills of students in tabular and graphic interpretation of the economic concepts and
theory in decision making of a firm and its application in management.
Course Contents:
UNIT - II Concept of Demand & supply, Concept of Market Equilibrium, Elasticity Of Demand
& supply, Shift in demand& supply curve. Utility Analysis, Marginal Concept Of Utility.
Indifference Curve Analysis: Assumptions, Properties Of IC. Consumer’s Equilibrium:
Maximising Satisfaction.
UNIT - III National Income: Estimates and analysis, Measures of National Income, GNP, NNP,
GDP, DPI and HDI. Business Cycles: Phases, Govt. Policies and Impact on Society.
UNIT - IV Market: Different Types Of Market, Market Structure: Main Features, Perfect
Competitions: Main Features, Price Determination in Perfectly Competitive Firm
UNIT - V Theory of firm: Profit maximization and Sales maximization; Balance of trade and
Balance of payment; Production Theory: Short term and long term production functions.
Outcome:
Business Environment and Domain Knowledge
This course will acquaint the participants with role of economics in business management. Their
understands of concepts of various market structures, demand and supply functions, demand
forecasting and different pricing techniques will enable them to take optimum decisions in their
business under different market conditions.
Suggested Readings:
List of Cases, Recent Articles and Specific References will be announced in the Class Room at
the time of launching of the course.
103: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Course Objectives:
The aim of this paper is to acquaint students with environmental factors and their relevance in the
business and to expose them to the latest changes in the economic scene of the country as well as
the global business scenario.
Course Contents:
UNIT - IV Culture Environment: Introduction, Role & Effect of Culture on Business, Social
Responsibility of Business Organizations. Material & Non–Material Culture. VUCA (Volatility
Un-Certainty Complexity and Ambiguity)
UNIT - V Global market, pros & cons of global market, world trade organization, joint ventures,
and international trade barriers
Outcome:
Business Environment and Domain Knowledge
This course will acquaint the participants with different constituents of environment and their
impact on the business operations. The participants will be able to gain an understanding of
various micro and macro factors in the environment and how an entity works in a business
environment.
Suggested Readings:
1. Aswathappa, K Business Environment for Strategic Management
2. Duttand Sundaram, Indian Economy
3. Mishra and Puri, Indian Economy
4. Cherunilam Francis, Business Environment
List of Cases, Recent Articles and Specific References will be announced in the Class Room at
the time of launching of the course.
104: ENGLISH LANGUAGE
Course Objective: The objectives of the course are to improve the competence of the student’s
basic language skills and to acquaint student with working official English Language.
Course Contents:
I. Language content:
A. Structural Items:
i. Simple, Compound and Complex Sentences.
ii. Co-ordinate clauses (with, but or, neither-no, Otherwise or else)
iii. Sub-ordinate clauses- Noun clauses- as subject object and complement. Relative clauses,
(restrictive and non-restrictive clauses) Adverb Clauses (open and hypothetical,
conditional: with because, though, where, so, that, as long as, as soon as)
iv. Comparative clauses (as+ adjective / adverb + as no sooner ....that)
B. Tense:
i. Simple present, Progressive and present perfect
ii. Simple past, progressive and past perfect
iii. Indication of futurity
C. The passive (Simple present and past, Present and perfect and to infinitive structure)
D. Reported speech
i. Declarative sentences
ii. Imperatives
iii. Interrogative-wh-questions, yes/no questions
iv. Exclamatory sentences.
E. Modals (Will, shall, would, ought, to have to/have got to, can-could, may-might and
need)
F. Verb Structures (infinitive and gerundial)
G. Linking devices
Note: The above language item will be introduced to express the following
communicative functions:
a. Seeking and imparting information
b. Expressing attitudes-intellectual and emotional
c. Persuasion and discussion etc.
II Reading Comprehension: Adequate practice should be provided in reading with understanding
through graded materials prescribed in the text book. Attempt should also be made to expand the
learner’s vocabulary.
III Writing Skills: Graded practice should be provided in the basic skills of composition. The
following forms of composition should be practiced.
a) Paragraph writing (150 words)
b) Letter Writing (both formal and informal)
IV Speaking: Contextualized vocabulary teaching and oral work should be used to strengthen the
learner’s acquirement of the sound distinction, stress and intonation in English.
Outcome: This course will hone reading, writing and over all communication skills of the
participants which is very basic and imperative for almost all kind of management jobs in the
organisation. The graduates are expected to understand the process of communicating and
interpreting the human experiences through literary representation using historical context and
disciplinary methodologies.
201: FINANACIAL MANAGEMENT
Course Objective:
The objective is to enable students to understand the basic concepts of Financial Management
and the role of Financial Management in decision-making.
Course Contents:
UNIT - II Ratio analysis, Meaning Interpretations of ratios, classification of ratio, funds flow and
cash flow analysis.
UNIT - III Capital structure, source of capital, leverage: financial and operating, optimum
Capital structure, Theories of Capital structure, Factors influencing Capital structure.
Capitalization: over capitalization analysis, under capitalization.
UNIT - V Dividend decision of the firm, dividend payment and valuation of Firm’s dividend
policy, Determinants of dividend policy & Types of dividend policy.
Outcome:
Business Environment and Domain Knowledge
The Graduates will acquire the knowledge on allocation and management of financial resources
which will help them to deal with day to day working capital decisions, major capital investment
decisions and raising long term finances.
Suggested Readings:
1. Van Horne, James C, Financial Decision Making Engle Cliffs, New Jersey, Prentice Hall Inc.
2. Bhalla V.K., Financial Management and Policy, New Delhi.
List of Cases, Recent Articles and Specific References will be announced in the Class Room at
the time of launching of the course.
202: QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES
Course Objective:
The objective of the course is to provide elementary knowledge of the concepts of Quantitative
Techniques and their application in business field.
Course Contents:
UNIT - I Linear Equation and Calculus: Equation in two variable, solution to Linear Equation,
Linear Equalities and Inequalities, Graphical solution; Differential Calculus and Integral Calculus:
Optimization using calculus, logarithms
UNIT - II Matrices: Introduction, Types and Properties of matrices: Addition, subtraction and
multiplication, Cofactor, Ad joint, Transpose, Inverse
.
UNIT - III Introduction to Statistics: Definition of statistics, scope of statistics, limitations of
statistics, Types of data: Primary and Secondary data, Methods of collecting primary data,
Construction of frequency distribution
UNIT - IV Measures of central tendency: Measures of central tendency: Mean Median Mode (all
for grouped and ungrouped data). Mean deviation, Standard Deviation, Skewness.
Outcome:
Critical thinking, Business Analysis, Problem Solving and Innovative Solutions
The participants will be able to learn basics of mathematics and statistics applicable in business
which will help them to translate a problem in the real business into simple mathematical model to
allow easier understanding and aid in problem solving. This will also hone the critical thinking,
analytical skills and problem solving ability of the graduates.
Suggested Readings:
1. Levin Rechard I : Statistics for Management
2. Gupta, C.B. : An Introduction to Statistics.
3. Gupta. S.C : Fundamentals of Statistics.
4. Elhance, D.N : Fundamentals of Statistics.
5. Ray & Sharma : Statistics.
6. Raghavchari, C. : Business Mathematics.
List of Cases, Recent Articles and Specific References will be announced in the Class Room at the
time of launching of the course.
203: STARTUPS & ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Course Objective:
The objective of the course is to familiarize participants with various concepts used in the process
of entrepreneurship and start ups.
Course Contents:
UNIT - I Concept and Nature of Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurial Trait, Types and Significance,
Role and Importance of entrepreneur in economic growth.
UNIT - IV Establishing Entrepreneur System, Search for Business Idea, Sources of Ideas, Idea
Processing, Input requirement.
UNIT - V Sources and Criteria of Financing, fixed and Working capital assessment, technical
assistance, Marketing assistance, Sickness of units and Remedial assistance.
Outcome:
Developing Social Responsiveness and Leadership-
This course will create an understanding related to the tools necessary to create sustainable and
viable businesses. The graduates will be able to generate innovative ideas and exploit market
opportunities by turning them into a feasible business plan. They are expected to reciprocate to
the requirements of the society by creating unique solutions to the market problems.
Suggested Readings:
1. Desai Vasant, Small Scale Industrial Industries & Entrepreneurship
2. Shukla M.B., Entrepreneurship & Business Management
3. Gupta C.B., Entrepreneurship Development in India
List of Cases, Recent Articles and Specific References will be announced in the Class Room at
the time of launching of the course.
204: ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
Course Objective:
The aim of this course is to provide basic knowledge of environment and familiarize them with its
management.
Course Contents:
UNIT - II Ecosystem-What is an ecosystem? Structure: food chains, food webs and function of
ecosystem: Energy flow in an ecosystem, nutrient cycle and ecological succession, Ecological
Interactions.
UNIT - III Biodiversity - a. Levels of biological diversity: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity;
Bio geographic zones of India; Biodiversity patterns and global biodiversity hot spots b. India as a
mega-biodiversity nation; Endangered and endemic species of India c. Threats to biodiversity: Habitat
loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts, biological invasions;
Outcome:
The course will install an in-depth knowledge on natural process essential to sustain life and govern
economy. This will develop the critical thinking and analytical ability among the participants to
strategize for environmental protection and conservation of biodiversity. The graduates are
expected to develop empathy for different life forms and appreciate the ecological linkages within
web of life.
Suggested Readings:
1. Basu, M. and Xavier, S., Fundamentals of Environmental Studies, Cambridge University Press.
2. Mitra, A. K and Chakraborty, R., Introduction to Environmental Studies, Book Syndicate.
3. Enger E. and Smith B., Environmental Science: A Study of Interrelationships, McGraw-Hill Higher
Education.
4. Basu, R.N, Environment, University of Calcutta.
List of Cases, Recent Articles and Specific References will be announced in the Class Room at
the time of launching of the course.
CURRICULUM FRAMEWORK:
TWO-YEAR B.P.ED. PROGRAMME
(If the University or affiliating body is following choice based credit system, (CBCS) as approved and
Circulated by the UGC, the credit hours given in the following curriculum framework need to be
considered along with the hours of teaching mentioned for each paper/ activity / course)
(If the University oraffiliatingbody isyet to adopt CBCS, only the hours of teaching mentioned for each
paper/ activity / course will be considered, the credit in teaching hours may be ignored)
Preamble: Bachelor of Physical Education (B. P. Ed.) two years (Four Semesters Choice Based
Credit System) programme is a professional programme meant for preparing teachers of physical
education in classes VI to X and for conducting physical education and sports activities in
classes XI and XII.
B. P. Ed. programme shall be designed to integrate the study of childhood, social context
of Physical Education, subject knowledge, pedagogical knowledge, aim of Physical Education
and communication skills. The programme comprises of compulsory and optional theory as well
as practical courses and compulsory school internship.
R.B.P.Ed. 1.Eligibility
Intake, Eligibility and Admission Procedure as per the NCTE norms and standards
R. B.P.Ed. 2. Duration:
The B.P.Ed programme shall be of a duration of two academic years,that is, four
semesters. However, the students shall be permitted to complete the programme requirements
within a maximum of three years from the date of admission to the programme.
R. B.P.Ed. 3. The CBCS System:
All Programmes shall run on Choice Based Credit System (CBCS). It is an instructional
package developed to suit the needs of students, to keep pace with the developments in higher
education and the quality assurance expected of it in the light of liberalization and globalization
in higher education.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 3
R. B.P.Ed 4. Course:
The term course usually referred to, as ‘papers’ is a component of a programme. All
courses need not carry the same weight. The courses should define learning objectives and
learning outcomes. A course may be designed to comprise Lectures/ tutorials/laboratory work/
field work/ outreach activities/ project work/ vocational training/viva/ seminars/ term
papers/assignments/ presentations/ self-study etc. or a combination of some of these.
R. B.P.Ed. 5. Courses of Programme:
The B.P.Ed. Programme consists of a number of courses, the term ‘Course’ applied to
indicate a logical part of subject matter of the programme and is invariably equivalent to the
subject matter of a “paper” in the conventional sense. The following are the various categories of
courses suggested for the B.P.Ed. Programme.
Theory:
Core Course:
Elective Course:
Practicum:
Teaching Practices:
R. B.P.Ed.6. Semesters:
An academic year is divided into two semesters. Each semester will consist of 17-20
weeks of academic work equivalent to 100 actual teaching days. The odd semester may be
scheduled from May/June to November/Decemberand even semester from November /
December to May/June. The institution shall work for a minimum of 36 working hours in a week
(five or six days a week).
R. B.P.Ed.7. Working days:
There shall be at least 200 working days per year exclusive of admission and examination
processes etc.
R. B.P.Ed 8. Credits:
The term 'Credit' refers to a unit by which the programme is measured. It determines the
number of hours of instructions required per week. One credit is equivalent to one hour of
teaching (lecture or tutorial) or one and half / two hours of practical work/field work per
week.The term 'Credit' refers to the weight given to a course, usually in relation to the
instructional hours assigned to it. The total minimum credits, required for completing a B.P.Ed.
Programme is 90 credits and for each semester 20 credits.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 4
9 Research Project 4
Students can earn maximum 06 Bonus credits in each semester by his/her participation in the
above mentioned activities duly certified by the Head of the institution / Department. This Bonus
credit will be used only to compensate loss of credits in academic activities.
R. B.P.Ed. 9. Examinations:
i. There shall be examinations at the end of each semester, for first semester in the month of
November /December: for second semester in the month of May / June. A candidate who
does not pass the examination in any course(s) shall be permitted to appear in such failed
course(s) in the subsequent examinations to be held in November /December or May /
June.
ii. A candidate should get enrolled /registered for the first semester examination. If
enrollment/registration is not possible owing to shortage of attendance beyond
condonation limit / rules prescribed OR belated joining OR on medical grounds, such
candidates are not permitted to proceed to the next semester. Such candidates shall redo
the semester in the subsequent term of that semester as a regular student; however, a
student of first semester shall be admitted in the second semester, if he/she has
successfully kept the term in first semester.
R. B.P.Ed 10 Condonation:
Student must have 75% of attendance in each course for appearing the examination.
Students who have 74% to 65% of attendance shall apply for condonation in the prescribed form
with the prescribed fee. Students who have 64% to 50% of attendance shall apply for
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 5
condonation in prescribed form with the prescribed fee along with the Medical Certificate.
Students who have below 50% of attendance are not eligible to appear for the examination.
R. B.P.Ed 11. Pattern of Question Papers:
Question Papers shall have five questions corresponding to four units of each theory
course.
B.P.Ed.: Format of Question Paper for 4 Units.
Each question paper shall have five questions. The pattern will be as follows:
Question No. Description Marks
1 Answer in detail (Long Question)
Or
15
Answer in detail (Long Question)
(Form Unit 1)
2 Answer in detail (Long Question)
Or
15
Answer in detail (Long Question)
(Form Unit 2)
3 Answer in detail (Long Question)
Or
15
Answer in detail (Long Question)
(Form Unit 3)
4 Write short notes: any two out of four
15
(Form Unit 4)
5 M.C.Q. Type Questions (10 out of 12 Que.)
10
(3 Questions. from each unit)
Total 70
R. B.P.Ed. 12. Evaluation:
The performance of a student in each course is evaluated in terms of percentage of marks
with a provision for conversion to grade point. Evaluation for each course shall be done by a
continuous internal assessment (CIA) by the concerned course teacher as well as by end semester
examination and will be consolidated at the end of course. The components for continuous
internal assessment are;
One Test 15 Marks
Seminar / Quiz 5 Marks
Assignments 5 Marks
Attendance 5 Marks
Total 30 Marks
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 6
∑
=
Where Ci is the Credit earned for the course is in any semester; Gi is the Grade point
obtained by the student for the course i and n number of courses obtained in that semester;
is SGPA of semester j and N number of semester. Thus CGPA is average of SGPA of all
the semesters starting from the first semester to the current semester.
R. B.P.Ed. 15. Classification of Final Results:
For the purpose of declaring a candidate to have qualified for the Degree of Bachelor of
Physical Education in the First class / Second class / Pass class or First class with Distinction, the
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 7
marks and the corresponding CGPA earned by the candidate in Core Courses will be the
criterion. It is further provided that the candidate should have scored the First / Second Class
separately in both the grand total and end Semester (External) examinations.
R. B.P.Ed.16. Award of the B.P.Ed. Degree:
A candidate shall be eligible for the award of the degree of the B.P.Ed. only if he/she has
earned the minimum required credit including Bonus Credits of the programme prescribed
above.
R. B.P.Ed.17. Letter Grades and Grade Points:
i. Two methods-relative grading or absolute grading– have been in vogue for awarding
grades in a course. The relative grading is based on the distribution (usually normal
distribution) of marks obtained by all the students in the course and the grades are
awarded based on a cut-off mark or percentile. Under the absolute grading, the marks are
converted to grades based on pre-determined class intervals. To implement the following
grading system, the colleges and universities can use any one of the above methods.
ii. The grades for each course would be decided on the basis of the percentage marks
obtained at the end-semester external and internal examinations as per following table:
Percentage Grade Latter Description Classification of final result
Point Grade
85 & above 8.5-10.0 O Outstanding
+ First class with Distinction
70-84.99 7.0-8.49 A Excellent
60-69.99 6.0-6.99 A Very Good First Class
55-59.99 5.5-5.99 B+ Good Higher Second Class
50-54.99 5.0-5.49 B Above Average Second Class
40-49.99 4.0-4.99 C Average Pass Class
Below 40 0.0 F Fail/ Dropped Dropped
0 AB Absent
SEMESTER-2
Courses No. Credit Marks out of 100 (%) Grade Grade Point Credit Grade point
CC-201 4 76 A+ 7.6 30.4
CC-202 4 64 A 6.4 25.6
CC-203 4 59 B+ 5.9 23.6
EC-201/EC-202 4 80 A+ 8 32
PC-201 4 49 C 4.9 19.6
PC-202 4 64 A 6.4 25.6
PC-203 4 55 B+ 5.5 22
TP - 201 4 72 A+ 7.2 28.8
32 207.6
SGPA Sem. II = 6.4875
At the end of Semester-2
Total SGPA for two Semesters = 12.85
Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) = 12.85/2 = 6.425
CGPA = 6.66875, Grade = A, Class = First Class
SEMESTER-3
Courses No. Credit Marks out of 100 (%) Grade Grade Point Credit Grade point
CC-301 4 64 A 6.4 25.6
CC-302 4 64 A 6.4 25.6
CC-303 4 59 B+ 5.9 23.6
EC-301/EC-302 4 81 A+ 8.1 32.4
PC-301 4 49 C 4.9 19.6
PC-302 4 64 A 6.4 25.6
PC-303 4 68 A 6.8 27.2
TP - 301 4 75 A+ 7.5 30
32 209.6
SGPA Sem. III = 6.55
At the end of Semester-3
Total SGPA for three Semesters = 19.4
Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) = 19.4/3 = 6.466667
CGPA = 6.66875, Grade = A, Class = First Class
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 10
SEMESTER-4
Courses No. Credit Marks out of 100 (%) Grade Grade Point Credit Grade point
CC-401 4 83 A+ 8.3 33.2
CC-402 4 76 A+ 7.6 30.4
CC-403 4 59 B+ 5.9 23.6
EC-401/EC-402 4 81 A+ 8.1 32.4
PC-401 4 49 C 4.9 19.6
PC-402 4 78 A+ 7.8 31.2
TP-401 4 81 A+ 8.1 32.4
TP-402 4 75 A+ 7.5 30
32 232.8
SGPA Sem. IV = 7.275
At the end of Semester-4
Total SGPA for all the four semesters = 26.675
Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) = 26.675 /4 = 6.66875
CGPA = 6.66875, Grade = A, Class = First Class
Note:
(1) SGPA is calculated only if the candidate passes in all the courses i.e. get minimum C grade in
all the courses.
(2) CGPA is calculated only when the candidate passes in all the courses of all the previous and
current semesters.
(3)The cumulative grade point average will be calculated as the average of the SGPA of all the
semesters continuously, as shown above.
(4)For the award of the class, CGPA shall be calculated on the basis of:
(a) Marks of each Semester EndAssesment And
(b) Marks of each Semester Continuous Internal Assessment for each course. The final
Class for B.P.Ed. Degree shall be awarded on the basis of last CGPA (grade) fromall theone to
four semester examinations.
R. B.P.Ed.19. Grievance Redressal Committee:
The college/department shall form a Grievance Redressal Committee for each course in
each college/department with the course teacher / Principal / Director and the HOD of the faculty
as the members. This Committee shall solve all grievances of the students.
R. B.P.Ed.20. Revision of Syllabi:
1. Syllabi of every course should be revised according to the NCTE.
2. Revised Syllabi of each semester should be implemented in a sequential way.
3. In courses, where units / topics related to governmental provisions, regulations or laws,
that change to accommodate the latest developments, changes or corrections are to be
made consequentially as recommended by the Academic Council.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 11
4. All formalities for revisions in the syllabi should be completed before the end of the
semester for implementation of the revised syllabi in the next academic year.
5. During every revision, up to twenty percent of the syllabi of each course should be
changed so as to ensure the appearance of the students who have studied the old
(unrevised) syllabi without any difficulties in the examinations of revised syllabi.
6. In case, the syllabus of any course is carried forward without any revision, it shall also be
counted as revised in the revised syllabi.
Semester - I
PartA:TheoreticalCourse
Course TitleofthePapers Total Credit Internal External Total
Code Hours Marks Marks Marks
CoreCourse
CC-101 History, Principles and
foundation of Physical 4 4 30 70 100
Education
CC-102 Anatomy and Physiology 4 4 30 70 100
CC-103 Health Education and 4 4 30 70 100
Environmental Studies
Elective Course (Anyone)
EC-101 Olympic Movement
4 4 30 70 100
EC-102 Officiating and Coaching
Part–B PracticalCourse
PC-101 Track and Field (Running 6 4 30 70 100
Events)
PC-102 Swimming/Gymnastics/ 6 4 30 70 100
Shooting
PC-103 Indigenous Sports:
Kabaddi / Malkhambh/ 6 4 30 70 100
lezim / March past
PC - 104 Mass Demonstration
Activities:
Kho-Kho / dumbbells / 6 4 30 70 100
tipri / wands / hoop
/umbrella
Total 40 32 240 560 800
Note: Total Number of hours required to earn 4 credits foreach Theory Course are 68-80
hours per semester whereas 102-120 hours foreach Practicum Course.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 12
Semester - II
PartA:TheoreticalCourse
Course TitleofthePapers Total Credit Internal External Total
Code Hours Marks Marks Marks
CoreCourse
CC-201 Yoga Education 4 4 30 70 100
CC-202 Educational Technology
and Methods of Teaching 4 4 30 70 100
in Physical Education
CC-203 Organization and 4 4 30 70 100
Administration
Elective Course (Anyone)
EC-201 Contemporary issues in
physical education,
fitness and wellness 4 4 30 70 100
EC-202 Sports Nutrition and
Weight Management
Part–B PracticalCourse
PC-201 Track and Field 6 4 30 70 100
(Jumping Events)
PC-202 Yoga/Aerobics/ 6 4 30 70 100
Gymnastics/ Swimming
PC-203 Racket Sports:
Badminton/ Table Tennis/ 6 4 30 70 100
Squash/ Tennis
Part – C Teaching Practices
TP - 201 Teaching Practices
(05lessons in class room 6 4 30 70 100
teaching and 05 lessons in
outdoor activities)
Total 40 32 240 560 800
Note: Total Number of hours required to earn 4 credits foreach Theory Course are 68-80
hours per semester whereas 102-120 hours for each Practicum Course.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 13
Semester - III
PartA:TheoreticalCourse
Course TitleofthePapers Total Credit Internal External Total
Code Hours Marks Marks Marks
CoreCourse
CC-301 Sports Training 4 4 30 70 100
CC-302 Computer Applications in 4 4 30 70 100
Physical Education
CC-303 Sports Psychology and 4 4 30 70 100
Sociology
Elective Course (Anyone)
EC-301 Sports Medicine,
Physiotherapy and 4 4 30 70 100
Rehabilitation
EC-302 Curriculum Design
Part–B PracticalCourse
PC-301 Track and Field 6 4 30 70 100
(Throwing Events)
PC-302 Combative Sports:
Martial Art/ Karate/ Judo/
Fencing/ Boxing/ 6 4 30 70 100
Taekwondo/ Wrestling
(Any two out of these)
PC-303 Team Games: Baseball/
Cricket/ Football/ Hockey/
Softball/ Volleyball/ 6 4 30 70 100
Handball/ Basketball/
Netball (Any two of these)
Part – C Teaching Practices
Teaching Practice:
(Teaching Lesson Plans for
Racket Sport/ Team
TP - 301 Games/Indigenous Sports) 6 4 30 70 100
(out of 10 lessons 5
internal and 5 external at
practicing school)
Total 40 32 240 560 800
Note: Total Number of hours required to earn 4 credits foreach Theory Course are 68-80
hours per semester whereas 102-120 hours for each Practicum Course.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 14
Semester - IV
PartA:TheoreticalCourse
Course TitleofthePapers Total Credit Internal External Total
Code Hours Marks Marks Marks
CoreCourse
CC-401 Measurement and
Evaluation in Physical 4 4 30 70 100
Education
CC-402 Kinesiology and 4 4 30 70 100
Biomechanics
CC-403 Research and Statistics in 4 4 30 70 100
Physical Education
Elective Course (Anyone)
EC-401 Theory of sports and
game 4 4 30 70 100
EC-402 Sports Management
Part–B PracticalCourse
PC-401 Track and Field /
Swimming / Gymnastics 6 4 30 70 100
(Any one out of three)
PC-402 Kabaddi/ Kho-Kho/
Baseball/ Cricket/
Football/Hockey/Softball/
Volleyball/ Handball/
Basketball/ Netball/ 6 4 30 70 100
Badminton/ Table Tennis/
Squash/ Tennis
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
SEMESTER - I
Paper Subject Internal External Total
Marks
THEORY (400)
CC-101 History, Principles and foundation of Physical 30 70 100
Education
CC-102 Anatomy and Physiology 30 70 100
CC-103 Health Education and Environmental Studies 30 70 100
EC- Olympic Movement/Officiating and Coaching 30 70 100
101/102 (Elective)
PRACTICAL (400)
PC-101 Track and Field (Running Events) 30 70 100
PC-102 Swimming/Gymnastics/Shooting 30 70 100
PC-103 Indigenous Sports: Kabaddi/ Malkhambh/ lezim / 30 70 100
March past
(Any of one out of these)
PC-104 Mass Demonstration Activities: Kho-Kho / dumbbells / 30 70 100
tipri / wands / hoop /umbrella
(Any one out of these)
Total 240 560 800
SEMESTER -II
SEMESTER –III
Paper Subject Internal External Total
Marks
THEORY (400)
CC-301 Sports Training 30 70 100
CC-302 Computer Applications in Physical Education 30 70 100
CC-303 Sports Psychology and Sociology 30 70 100
EC- Sports Medicine, Physiotherapy and 30 70 100
301/302 Rehabilitation/Curriculum Design (Elective)
PRACTICAL (300)
PC-301 Track and Field (Throwing Events) 30 70 100
PC-302 Combative Sports : Martial Art, Karate, Judo, Fencing, 30 70 100
Boxing, Taekwondo, Wrestling (Any two out of these)
PC-303 Team Games: Baseball, Cricket, Football, Hockey, 30 70 100
Softball, Volleyball, Handball, Basketball, Netball
(Any two of these)
TEACHING PRACTICE (100)
TP-301 Teaching Practice (Teaching Lesson Plans for Racket 30 70 100
Sport/ Team Games/Indigenous Sports)
Total 240 560 800
SEMESTER -IV
Paper Subject Internal External Total
Marks
THEORY (400)
CC-401 Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Education 30 70 100
CC-402 Kinesiology and Biomechanics 30 70 100
CC-403 Research and Statistics in Physical Education 30 70 100
EC- Theory of sports and games(Specifically sports and 30 70 100
401/402 games specialization)/Sports Management (Elective)
PRACTICAL (200)
PC-401 Track and Field/Swimming /Gymnastics 30 70 100
(Any of one out of these)
PC-402 Kabaddi/ Kho-Kho/ Baseball/ Cricket/ 30 70 100
Football/Hockey/Softball/ Volleyball/ Handball/
Basketball/ Netball/ Badminton/ Table Tennis/ Squash/
Tennis (Any of one out of these)
TEACHING PRACTICE (200)
TP-401 Sports Specialization: Coaching lessons Plans 30 70 100
Track and Field/Swimming /Gymnastics
(Any of one out of these)
TP-402 Game specialization Coaching lessons: Kabaddi/ Kho- 30 70 100
Kho/ Baseball/ Cricket/Football/Hockey /Softball/
Volleyball/ Handball/ Basketball/ Netball/ Badminton/
Table Tennis/ Squash/ Tennis (Any of one out of these)
Total 240 560 800
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 17
Semester – I
Theory Courses
CC-101 HISTORY, PRINCIPLES AND FOUNDATION OF PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
Unit – 1: Introduction
o Meaning, Definition and Scope of Physical Education
o Aims and Objective of Physical Education
o Importance of Physical Education in present era.
o Misconceptions about Physical Education.
o Relationship of Physical Education with General Education.
o Physical Education as an Art and Science.
Unit- 2 – Historical Development of Physical Education in India
o Indus Valley Civilization Period. (3250 BC – 2500 BC)
o Vedic Period (2500 BC – 600 BC)
o Early Hindu Period (600 BC – 320 AD) and Later Hindu Period (320 AD – 1000 AD)
o Medieval Period (1000 AD – 1757 AD)
o British Period (Before 1947)
o Physical Education in India (After 1947)
o Contribution of Akhadas and Vyayamshals
o Y.M.C.A. and its contributions.
Unit- 3- Foundation of Physical Education
o Philosophical foundation:
o Idealism, Pragmatism, Naturalism, Realism, Humanism, Existentialism and Indian
Philosophy and Culture.
o Fitness and wellness movement in the contemporary perspectives
o Sports for all and its role in the maintenance and promotion of fitness.
Unit-4- Principles of Physical Education
o Biological
§ Growth and development
§ Age and gender characteristics
§ Body Types
§ Anthropometric differences
o Psychological
§ Learning types, learning curve
§ Laws and principles of learning
§ Attitude, interest, cognition, emotions and sentiments
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 18
o Sociological
§ Society and culture
§ Social acceptance and recognition
§ Leadership
§ Social integration and cohesiveness
References:
Bucher, C. A. (n.d.) Foundation of physical education. St. Louis: The C.V. Mosby Co.
Deshpande, S. H. (2014). Physical Education in Ancient India. Amravati: Degree college of
Physical education.
Mohan, V. M. (1969). Principles of physical education. Delhi: Metropolitan Book Dep.
Nixon, E. E. & Cozen, F.W. (1969). An introduction to physical education. Philadelphia:
W.B. Saunders Co.
Obertuffer, (1970). Delbert physical education. New York: Harper & Brothers Publisher.
Sharman, J. R. (1964). Introduction to physical education. New York: A.S. Barnes & Co.
William, J. F. (1964). The principles of physical education. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders Co.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 19
Semester I
Theory Courses
CC-102 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
UNIT-I
o Brief Introduction of Anatomy and physiology in the field of Physical Education.
o Introduction of Cell and Tissue.
o The arrangement of the skeleton – Function - of the skeleton – Ribs and Vertebral
column and the extremities – joints of the body and their types
o Gender differences in the skeleton.
o Types of muscles.
UNIT-II
o Blood and circulatory system: Constituents of blood and their function –Blood groups
and blood transfusion, clotting of blood, the structure of the heart-properties of the heart
muscle, circulation of blood, cardiac cycle, blood pressure, Lymph and Lymphatic
circulation. Cardiac output.
o The Respiratory system: The Respiratory passage – the lungs and their structure and
exchange of gases in the lungs, mechanism of respiration (internal and external
respiration) lung capacity, tidal volume.
o The Digestive system: structure and functions of the digestive system, Digestive organs,
Metabolism,
o The Excretory system: Structure and functions of the kidneys and the skin.
o The Endocrine glands: Functions of glands pituitary, Thyroid, Parathyroid. Adrenal,
Pancreatic and the sex glands.
o Nervous systems: Function of the Autonomic nervous system and Central nervous
system. Reflex Action,
o Sense organs: A brief account of the structure and functions of the Eye and Ear.
UNIT-III
O Definition of physiology and its importance in the field of physical education and sports.
o Structure, Composition, Properties and functions of skeletal muscles.
o Nerve control of muscular activity:
o Neuromuscular junction
o Transmission of nerve impulse across it.
o Fuel for muscular activity
o Role of oxygen- physical training, oxygen debt, second wind, vital capacity.
UNIT-IV
o Effect of exercise and training on cardiovascular system.
o Effect of exercise and training on respiratory system.
o Effect of exercise and training on muscular system
o Physiological concept of physical fitness, warming up, conditioning and fatigue.
o Basic concept of balanced diet – Diet before, during and after competition.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 20
References:
Gupta, A. P. (2010). Anatomy and physiology. Agra: SumitPrakashan.
Gupta, M. and Gupta, M. C. (1980). Body and anatomical science. Delhi: Swaran Printing Press.
Guyton, A.C. (1996). Textbook of Medical Physiology, 9th edition. Philadelphia: W.B.
Saunders.
Karpovich, P. V. (n.d.). Philosophy of muscular activity. London: W.B. Saunders Co.
Lamb, G. S. (1982). Essentials of exercise physiology. Delhi: Surjeet Publication.
Moorthy, A. M. (2014). Anatomy physiology and health education.Karaikudi: Madalayam
Publications.
Morehouse, L. E. & Miller, J. (1967). Physiology of exercise. St. Louis: The C.V. Mosby Co.
Pearce, E. C. (1962). Anatomy and physiology for nurses. London: Faber & Faber Ltd.
Sharma, R. D. (1979). Health and physical education, Gupta Prakashan.
Singh, S. (1979). Anatomy of physiology and health education. Ropar: Jeet Publications.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 21
Semester I
Theory courses
CC-103 HEALTH EDUCATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
Unit – I Health Education
o Concept, Dimensions, Spectrum and Determinants of Health
o Definition of Health, Health Education, Health Instruction, Health Supervision
o Aim, objective and Principles of Health Education
o Health Service and guidance instruction in personal hygiene
Unit – II Health Problems in India
o Communicable and Non Communicable Diseases
o Obesity, Malnutrition, Adulteration in food, Environmental sanitation, Explosive
Population,
o Personal and Environmental Hygiene for schools
o Objective of school health service, Role of health education in schools
o Health Services – Care of skin, Nails, Eye health service, Nutritional service, Health
appraisal, Health record, Healthful school environment, first- aid and emergency care etc.
Unit – III Environmental Science
o Definition, Scope, Need and Importance of environmental studies.
o Concept of environmental education, Historical background of environmental education,
o Celebration of various days in relation with environment.
o Plastic recycling & probation of plastic bag / cover.
o Role of school in environmental conservation and sustainable development.
Unit – IVNatural Resources and related environmental issues:
o Water resources, food resources and Land resources
o Definition, effects and control measures of:
o Air Pollution, Water Pollution, Soil Pollution, Noise Pollution, Thermal Pollution
o Management of environment and Govt. policies , Role of pollution control board.
References:
Agrawal, K.C. (2001). Environmental biology.Bikaner: Nidhi publishers Ltd.
Frank, H. &Walter, H., (1976). Turners school health education. Saint Louis: The C.V.
Mosby Company.
Nemir, A. (n.d.). The school health education. New York:Harber and Brothers.
Odum, E.P. (1971). Fundamental of ecology. U.S.A.: W.B. Saunders Co.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 22
Semester – I
Theory courses
EC-101 OLYMPIC MOVEMENT (ELECTIVE)
Semester – I
Theory courses
EC-102 OFFICIATING AND COACHING (Elective)
Unit- I: Introduction of Officiating and coaching
Semester – II
Theory Courses
Semester – II
Theory Courses
CC-202 EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY AND METHODS OF TEACHING N
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Unit – I Introduction
o Education and Education Technology- Meaning and Definitions
o Types of Education- Formal, Informal and Non- Formal education.
o Educative Process
o Importance of Devices and Methods of Teaching.
Unit – II Teaching Technique
o Teaching Technique – Lecture method, Command method, Demonstration method,
Imitation method, project method etc.
o Teaching Procedure – Whole method, whole – part – whole method, part – whole
method.
o Presentation Technique – Personal and technical preparation
o Command- Meaning, Types and its uses in different situations.
Unit – III Teaching Aids
o Teaching Aids – Meaning, Importance and its criteria for selecting teaching aids.
o Teaching aids – Audio aids, Visual aids, Audio – visual aids, Verbal, Chalk board,
Charts, Model, Slide projector, Motion picture etc
o Team Teaching – Meaning, Principles and advantage of team teaching.
o Difference between Teaching Methods and Teaching Aid.
Unit – IV Lesson Planning and Teaching Innovations
o Lesson Planning – Meaning, Type and principles of lesson plan.
o General and specific lesson plan.
o Micro Teaching – Meaning, Types and steps of micro teaching.
o Simulation Teaching - Meaning, Types and steps of simulation teaching.
Reference:
Bhardwaj, A. (2003). New media of educational planning.New Delhi:Sarup of Sons.
Bhatia,& Bhatia,(1959). The principles and methods of teaching.New Delhi: Doaba House.
Kochar, S.K. (1982). Methods and techniques of teaching.New Delhi: Sterling Publishers
Pvt. Ltd.
Sampath, K.,Pannirselvam, A. &Santhanam, S. (1981). Introduction to educational
technology.New Delhi: Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd.
Walia, J.S. (1999). Principles and methods of education.Jullandhar:Paul Publishers.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 26
Semester – II
Theory Courses
CC-203 ORGANZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN PHYSICAL EUCATION
Unit – I: Organization and administration
o Meaning and importance of Organization and Administration in physical education
o Qualification and Responsibilities of Physical Education teacher and pupil leader
o Planning and their basic principles,
o Program planning: Meaning, Importance, Principles of program planning in physical
education.
o Functions of Planning, organizing, staffing, directing, communicating, co-ordination,
controlling, evaluating and innovating.
Unit- II: Office Management, Record, Register & Budget
o Office Management: Meaning, definition, functions and kinds of office management
o Records and Registers: Maintenance of attendance Register, stock register, cash register,
physical efficiency record, Medical examination Record.
o Budget: Meaning, Importance of Budget making,
o Criteria of a good Budget, Sources of Income, Expenditure, Preparation of Budget.
Unit-III: Facilities, & Time-Table Management
o Facilities and equipment management: Types of facilities Infrastructure-indoor, out door.
o Care of school building, Gymnasium, swimming pool, Play fields, Play grounds
o Equipment: Need, importance, purchase, care and maintenance.
o Time Table Management: Meaning, Need, Importance and Factor affecting time table.
Unit-IV:Competition Organization
o Importance of Tournament,
o Types of Tournament and its organization structure - Knock-out Tournaments, League or
Round Robin Tournaments, Combination Tournament and challenge Tournament.
o Organization structure of Athletic Meet
o Sports Event Intramurals & Extramural Tournament planning
References:
Sharma, V.M. & Tiwari, R.H.: (1979). Teaching Methods in Physical Education. Amaravati:
Shakti Publication.
Thomas, J. P.(1967). Organization & administration of Physical Education. Madras:
Gyanodayal Press.
Tirunarayanan, C. &Hariharan, S. (1969). Methods in Physical Education.Karaikudi: South
India Press.
Voltmer, E. F. &Esslinger, A. A. (1979).The organization and administration of Physical
Education. New York: Prentice Hall Inc.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 28
Semester – II
Theory Courses
EC-201 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION, FITNESS AND
WELLNESS (ELECTIVE)
Unit – I Concept of Physical Education and Fitness
o Definition, Aims and Objectives of Physical Education, fitness and Wellness
o Importance and Scope of fitness and wellness
o Modern concept of Physical fitness and Wellness
o Physical Education and its Relevance in Inter Disciplinary Context.
Unit – II Fitness, Wellness and Lifestyle
o Fitness – Types of Fitness and Components of Fitness
o Understanding of Wellness
o Modern Lifestyle and Hypo kinetic Diseases – Prevention and Management
o Physical Activity and Health Benefits
Unit – III Principles of Exercise Program
o Means of Fitness development – aerobic and anaerobic exercises
o Exercises and Heart rate Zones for various aerobic exercise intensities
o Concept of free weight Vs Machine, Sets and Repetition etc
o Concept of designing different fitness training program for different age group.
Unit – IV Safety Education and Fitness Promotion
o Health and Safety in Daily Life
o First Aid and Emergency Care
o Common Injuries and their Management
o Modern Life Style and Hypo-kinetic Disease –Prevention and Management
References:
Difiore, J.(1998). Complete guide to postnatal fitness. London: A & C Black,.
Giam, C.K & The, K.C. (1994). Sport medicine exercise and fitness. Singapore: P.G. Medical
Book.
Mcglynn, G., (1993). Dynamics of fitness. Madison: W.C.B Brown.
Sharkey, B. J.(1990). Physiology of fitness, Human Kinetics Book.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 29
Semester II
Theory courses
EC-202 SPORTS NUTRITION AND WEIGHT MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE)
Unit – I Introduction to Sports Nutrition
o Meaning and Definition of Sports Nutrition
o Basic Nutrition guidelines
o Role of nutrition in sports
o Factor to consider for developing nutrition plan
Unit – II Nutrients: Ingestion to energy metabolism
o Carbohydrates, Protein, Fat – Meaning, classification and its function
o Role of carbohydrates, Fat and protein during exercise
o Vitamins, Minerals, Water – Meaning, classification and its function
o Role of hydration during exercise, water balance, Nutrition – daily caloric requirement
and expenditure.
Unit – III Nutrition and Weight Management
o Meaning of weight management Concept of weight management in modern era Factor
affecting weight management and values of weight management
o Concept of BMI (Body mass index), Obesity and its hazard, Myth of Spot reduction,
Dieting versus exercise for weight control, Common Myths about Weight Loss
o Obesity – Definition, meaning and types of obesity,
o Health Risks Associated with Obesity, Obesity - Causes and Solutions for Overcoming
Obesity.
o Nutrition – Daily calorie intake and expenditure, Determination of desirable body weight
o Balanced diet for Indian School Children, Maintaining a Healthy Lifestyle
o Weight management program for sporty child, Role of diet and exercise in weight
management, Design diet plan and exercise schedule for weight gain and loss
References:
Butryn, M.L., Phelan, S., &Hill, J. O.(2007). Consistent self-monitoring of weight: a key
component of successful weight loss maintenance.Obesity(Silver Spring). 15(12), 3091-
3096.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 30
Chu, S.Y. & Kim, L. J. (2007). Maternal obesity and risk of stillbirth: a metaanalysis. Am J
ObstetGynecol, 197(3), 223-228.
DeMaria, E. J. (2007). Bariatric surgery for morbid obesity. N Engl J Med,356(21), 2176-2183.
Dixon, J.B., O'Brien, P.E., Playfair, J. (n.d.). Adjustable gastric banding and conventional
therapy for type 2 diabetes: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 299(3), 316-323.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 31
Semester – III
Theory Courses
CC-301 SPORTS TRAINING
Unit – I Introduction to Sports Training
o Meaning and Definition of Sports Training
o Aim and Objective of Sports Training
o Principles of Sports Training
o System of Sports Training – Basic Performance, Good Performance and High
Performance Training
Unit – II Training Components
o Strength – Mean and Methods of Strength Development
o Speed – Mean and Methods of Speed Development
o Endurance - Mean and Methods of Endurance Development
o Coordination – Mean and Methods of coordination Development
o Flexibility – Mean and Methods of Flexibility Development
Unit – III Training Process
o Training Load- Definition and Types of Training Load
o Principles of Intensity and Volume of stimulus
o Technical Training – Meaning and Methods of Technique Training
o Tactical Training – Meaning and Methods of Tactical Training
Unit – IV Training programming and planning
o Periodization – Meaning and types of Periodization
o Aim and Content of Periods – Preparatory, Competition, Transitional etc.
o Planning – Training session
o Talent Identification and Development
Reference:
Semester III
Theory Courses
CC-302 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Unit – I: Introduction to Computer
o Meaning, need and importance of information and communication technology (ICT).
Application of Computers in Physical Education
o Components of computer, input and output device
o Application software used in Physical Education and sports
Unit – II: MS Word
o Introduction to MS Word
o Creating, saving and opening a document
o Formatting Editing features Drawing table ,
o page setup, paragraph alignment, spelling and grammar check printing option, inserting
page number, graph, footnote and notes
Unit – III: MS Excel
o Introduction to MS Excel
o Creating, saving and opening spreadsheet
o creating formulas
o Format and editing features adjusting columns width and row height understanding
charts.
Unit – IV: MS Power Point
o Introduction to MS Power Point
o Creating, saving and opening a ppt. file
o format and editing features slide show , design , inserting slide number
o picture ,graph ,table
o Preparation of Power point presentations
Referances:
Irtegov, D. (2004). Operating system fundamentals. Firewall Media.
Marilyn, M.& Roberta, B.(n.d.).Computers in your future. 2nd edition, India: Prentice Hall.
Milke, M.(2007). Absolute beginner’s guide to computer basics. Pearson Education Asia.
Sinha, P. K. & Sinha, P. (n.d.).Computer fundamentals. 4th edition, BPB Publication.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 33
Semester – III
Theory Courses
CC-303 SPORTS PSYCHOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY
Unit -I: introduction
o Meaning, Importance and scope of Educational and Sports Psychology
o General characteristics of Various Stages of growth and development
o Types and nature of individual differences; Factors responsible -Heredity
And environment
o Psycho-sociological aspects of Human behavior in relation to physical education and
sports
Unit-II: Sports Psychology
o Nature of learning, theories of learning, Laws of learning,
o Plateau in Learning; & transfer of training
o Meaning and definition of personality, characteristics of personality,
o Dimension of personality, Personality and Sports performance
o Nature of motivation: Factors influencing motivation; Motivation and techniques and its
impact on sports performance.
o Mental Preparation Strategies: Attention focus, Self- talk, Relaxation, Imaginary.
o Aggression and Sports, Meaning and nature of anxiety, Kinds of anxiety
o Meaning and nature of stress; Types of stress, Anxiety, Stress, Arousal and their effects
on sports performance
Unit-III: Relation between Social Science and Physical Education.
o Orthodoxy, customs, Tradition and Physical Education.
o Festivals and Physical Education.
o Socialization through Physical Education.
o Social Group life, Social conglomeration and Social group, Primary group and Remote
group.
Unit-4 Culture : Meaning and Importance.
o Features of culture,
o Importance of culture.
o Effects of culture on people life style.
o Different methods of studying Observation/ Inspection method, Questionnaire method,
Interview method
References:
Ball, D. W. & Loy, J. W. (1975).Sport and social order; Contribution to the sociology of
sport.London: Addison Wesley Publishing Co., Inc.
Blair, J.& Simpson, R.(1962). Educational psychology, New York:McMillan Co.
Cratty, B. J.(1968). Psychology and physical activity. Eaglewood Cliffs. Prentice Hall.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 34
Kamlesh, M.L. (1998). Psychology inphysical education and sport. New Delhi:Metropolitan
Book Co.
Loy, J. W., Kenyon, G. S. & McPherson, B. D. (1978). Sport and social system. London:
Addison Wesley Publishing Company Inc.
Loy, J. W., Kenyon, G. S. & McPherson, B. D. (1981).Sports culture and society.Philadelphia:
Lea &Febiger.
Mathur, S.S., (1962). Educational psychology. Agra.VinodPustakMandir.
Skinnner, C. E., (1984.). Education psychology. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India.
William, F. O.&Meyer, F. N. (1979). A handbook of sociology. New Delhi: Eurasia Publishing
House Pvt Ltd.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 35
Semester – III
Theory Courses
EC-301 SPORTS MEDICINE, PHYSIOTHERAPY AND REHANLITATION
(ELECTIVE)
Unit-I: - Sports Medicine:
o Sports Medicine: Meaning, Definition, Aims, Objectives, Modern Concepts and
Importance.
o Athletes Care and Rehabilitation: Contribution of Physical Education Teachers and
Coaches.
o Need and Importance of the study of sports injuries in the field of Physical Education
o Prevention of injuries in sports – Common sports injuries – Diagnosis –
o First Aid - Treatment - Laceration – Blisters – Contusion - Strain – Sprain – Fracture –
Dislocation and Cramps – Bandages – Types of Bandages – trapping and supports.
Unit-II: Physiotherapy
o Definition – Guiding principles of physiotherapy, Importance of physiotherapy,
Introduction and demonstration of treatments - Electrotherapy – infrared rays –
Ultraviolet rays –short wave diathermy – ultrasonic rays.
Unit-III: Hydrotherapy:
o Introduction and demonstration of treatments of Cry therapy, Thermo therapy, Contrast
Bath, Whirlpool Bath – Steam Bath – Sauna Bath – Hot Water Fomentation – Massage:
History of Massage – Classification of Manipulation (Swedish System) physiological
Effect of Massage.
Unit-IV: Therapeutic Exercise:
o Definition and Scope – Principles of Therapeutic Exercise – Classification, Effects and
uses of Therapeutic exercise – passive Movements (Relaxed, Forced and passive -
stretching) – active movements (concentric, Eccentric and static) application of the
therapeutic exercise: Free Mobility Exercise – Shoulder, Elbow – Wrist and Finger Joints
– Hips, Knee, ankle and Foot joints – Trunk. Head and Neck exercises.
References:
Christine, M. D., (1999). Physiology of sports and exercise.USA: Human Kinetics.
Conley, M. (2000). Bioenergetics of exercise training. In T.R. Baechle, & R.W. Earle, (Eds.),
Essentials of Strength Training and Conditioning (pp. 73-90). Champaign, IL: Human
Kinetics.
David, R. M. (2005).Drugs in sports, (4th Ed). Routledge Taylor and Francis Group.
Hunter, M. D. (1979). A dictionary for physical educators. In H. M. Borrow & R. McGee,
(Eds.), A Practical approach to measurement in Physical Education (pp. 573-74).
Philadelphia: Lea &Febiger.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 36
Jeyaprakash, C. S., Sports Medicine, J.P. Brothers Pub., New Delhi, 2003.
Khanna, G.L., (1990). Exercise physiology & sports medicine. Delhi:Lucky Enterprises.
Mathew, D.K. & Fox, E.L, (1971). Physiological basis of physical education and athletics.
Philadelphia:W.B. Saunders Co.
Pandey, P.K., (1987). Outline of sports medicine, New Delhi: J.P. Brothers Pub.
Williams, J. G. P. (1962). Sports medicine. London: Edward Arnold Ltd.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 37
Semester – III
Theory Courses
EC-302 CURRICULUM DESIGN (Elective)
UNIT-I Modern concept of the curriculum
o Need and importance of curriculum, Need and importance of curriculum development,
the role of the teacher in curriculum development.
o Factors affecting curriculum - Social factors - Personnel qualifications - Climatic
consideration - Equipment and facilities -Time suitability of hours.
o National and Professional policies, Research finding
UNIT-IIBasic Guide line for curriculum construction; contest (selection and expansion).
o Focalization
o Socialization
o Individualization
o Sequence and operation
o Steps in curriculum construction.
UNIT-IIICurriculum-Old and new concepts, Mechanics of curriculum planning.
o Basic principles of curriculum construction.
o Curriculum Design, Meaning, Importance and factors affecting curriculum design.
o Principles of Curriculum design according to the needs of the students and state and
national level policies.
o Role of Teachers
Cowell, C.C. & Hazelton, H.W. (1965). Curriculum designs in physical education.
Englewood Cliffs: N.J. prentice Hall Inc.
Larson, L.A. (n.d.). Curriculum foundation in physical education. Englewood Cliffs: N.J.
Prentice Hall Inc.
Underwood, G. L. (1983). The physical education curriculum in secondary school: planning
and implementation.England: Taylor and Francis Ltd.
Willgoose, C.E. (1979). Curriculum in physical education. 3rd Ed. Englewood Cliffs.: N.J.
Prentice Hall, Inc.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 39
Semester – IV
Theory Courses
CC-401 MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Unit- IIntroduction to Test & Measurement & Evaluation
o Meaning of Test & Measurement & Evaluation in Physical Education
o Need & Importance of Test & Measurement & Evaluation in Physical Education
o Principles of Evaluation
Unit- IICriteria; ClassificationandAdministration of test
o Criteria of good Test
o Criteria of tests, scientific authenticity (reliability, objectivity, validity and availability of
norms)
o Type and classification of Test
o Administration of test, advance preparation – Duties during testing – Duties after testing.
Unit- III Physical Fitness Tests
o AAHPER youth fitness test
o National physical Fitness Test
o Indiana Motor Fitness Test
o JCR test
o U.S Army Physical Fitness Test
Unit- IV Sports Skill Tests
o Lockhart and McPherson badminton test
o Johnson basketball test
o McDonald soccer test
o S.A.I volleyball test
o S.A.I Hockey test
References:
Bangsbo, J. (1994). Fitness training in football: A scientific approach. Bagsvaerd, Denmark:
Ho+Storm.
Kansal, D.K. (1996). Test and measurement in sports and physical education. New Delhi:
D.V.S. Publications.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 40
Pheasant, S. (1996). Body space: anthropometry, ergonomics and design of work. Taylor &
Francis, New York.
Phillips, D. A., &Hornak, J. E. (1979). Measurement and evaluation in physical education. New
York: John Willey and Sons.
Sodhi, H.S., & Sidhu, L.S. (1984). Physique and selection of sports- a kinanthropometric study.
Patiala: Punjab Publishing House.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 41
Semester – IV
Theory Courses
CC-402 KINESIOLOGY AND BIOMECHANICS
Unit – I Introduction to Kinesiology and Sports Biomechanics
o Meaning and Definition of Kinesiology and Sports Biomechanics
o Importance of Kinesiology and Sports Biomechanics to Physical Education Teacher,
Athletes and Sports Coaches.
o Terminology of Fundamental Movements
o Fundamental concepts of following terms – Axes and Planes, Centre of Gravity,
Equilibrium, Line of Gravity
Unit – II Fundamental Concept of Anatomy and Physiology
o Classification of Joints and Muscles
o Types of Muscle Contractions
o Posture – Meaning, Types and Importance of good posture.
o Fundamental concepts of following terms- Angle of Pull, All or None Law, Reciprocal
Innovation
Unit – III Mechanical Concepts
o Force - Meaning, definition, types and its application to sports activities
o Lever - Meaning, definition, types and its application to human body.
o Newton’s Laws of Motion – Meaning, definition and its application to sports activities.
o Projectile – Factors influencing projectile trajectory.
Unit – IV Kinematics and Kinetics of Human Movement
o Linear Kinematics – Distance and Displacement, speed and velocity, Acceleration
o Angular kinematics – Angular Distance and Displacement, Angular Speed and velocity,
Angular Acceleration.
o Linear Kinetics – Inertia, Mass, Momentum, Friction.
o Angular Kinetics – Moment of inertia ,Couple, Stability.
Reference:
Bunn, J. W. (1972).Scientific principles of coaching. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall
Inc.
Hay, J. G. & Reid, J. G.(1982).The anatomical and mechanical basis of human motion.
Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: prentice Hall Inc.
Hay, J. G. & Reid, J. G.(1988).Anatomy, mechanics and human motion. Englewood Cliffs,
N.J.: prentice Hall Inc.
Hay, J. G. (1970).The biomechanics of sports techniques. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice
Hall, Inc.
Simonian, C.(1911).Fundamentalsof sport biomechanics. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice
Hall Inc.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 42
Semester – IV
Theory Courses
CC-403 RESEARCH AND STATISTICS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Unit-I Introduction to Research
o Definition of Research
o Need and importance of Research in Physical Education and Sports.
o Scope of Research in Physical Education & Sports.
o Classification of Research
o Research Problem, Meaning of the term, Location and criteria of Selection of Problem,
Formulation of a Research Problem, Limitations and Delimitations.
Unit-II Survey of Related Literature
o Need for surveying related literature.
o Literature Sources, Library Reading
o Research Proposal, Meaning and Significance of Research Proposal.
o Preparation of Research proposal / project.
o Research Report: A group project is to be undertaken by a small batch of students under
the supervision of a teacher, wherein it is expected to survey school facilities of physical
education, health assessment programme evaluation, fitness status of the students, staff
and other stakeholders etc. and submit the report to the institution.
Unit-III Basics of Statistical Analysis
o Statistics: Meaning, Definition, Nature and Importance
o Class Intervals: Raw Score, Continuous and Discrete Series, Class Distribution,
Construction of Tables
o Graphical Presentation of Class Distribution: Histogram, Frequency Polygon, Frequency
Curve. Cumulative Frequency Polygon, Ogive, Pie Diagram
Unit- IVStatistical Models in Physical Education and Sports
o Measures of Central Tendency: Mean, Median and Mode-Meaning, Definition,
Importance, Advantages, Disadvantages and Calculation from Group and Ungrouped
data
o Measures of Variability: Meaning, importance, computing from group and ungroup data
o Percentiles and Quartiles: Meaning, importance, computing from group and ungroup data
References:
Best, J.W. (1963). Research in education. U.S.A.: Prentice Hall.
Bompa, T. O. &Haff, G. G. (2009). Periodization: theory and methodology of training, 5th ed.
Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Brown, L. E., &Ferrigno, V. A. (2005). Training for speed, agility and quickness, 2nd ed.
Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 43
Brown, L.E. & Miller, J., (2005). How the training work. In: Training Speed, Agility, and
Quickness. Brown, L.E. &Ferrigno, V.A &Ferrigno, V.A., eds. Champaign, IL: Human
Kinetics.
Carl, E. K., & Daniel, D. A. (1969). Modern principles of athletes training. St. Louis: St. Louis’s
Mosby Company.
Clark, H. H., & Clark, D. H. (1975). Research process in physical education. Englewood cliffs,
New Jersey: Prentice Hall, Inc.
Garrett, H.E. (1981). Statistics in psychology and education. New York: VakilsFeffer and Simon
Ltd.
Oyster, C. K., Hanten, W. P., & Llorens, L. A. (1987). Introduction to research: A guide for the
health science professional. Landon: J.B. Lippincott Company.
Thomas, J.R., & Nelson J.K. (2005). Research method in physical activity. U.S.A: Champaign,
IL: Human Kinetics Books.
Thomas, J.R., Nelson, J.K. & Silverman, S.J. (2011). Research method in physical activity.
U.S.A: Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics Books.
Uppal, A. K. (1990). Physical fitness: how to develop. New Delhi: Friends Publication.
Semester – IV
Theory Courses
EC-401 THEORY OF SPORTS AND GAMES (ELECTIVE)
UNIT-IINTRODUCTION
General Introduction of speciliazed games and sports–
o Athletics,
o Badminton,
o Basketball,
o Cricket,
o Football,
o Gymnastic,
o Hockey,
o Handball,
o Kabaddi,
o Kho-Kho,
o Tennis,
o Volleyball and
o Yoga.
Each game or sports to be dealt under the following heads
o History and development of the Game and Sports
o Ground preparation, dimensions and marking
o Standard equipment and their specifications
o Ethics of sports and sportsmanship
UNIT-II Scientific Principles of coaching: (particular sports and game specific)
Semester – IV
Theory Courses
Unit-III
o Sports Management in Schools, colleges and Universities.
o Factors affecting planning
o Planning a school or college sports programme.
o Directing of school or college sports programme.
o Controlling a school, college and university sports programme.
· Developing performance standard
· Establishing a reporting system
· Evaluation
· The reward/punishment system
Unit-IV
o Financial management in Physical Education & sports in schools, Colleges and
Universities.
o Budget – Importance, Criteria of good budget,
o Steps of Budget making
o Principles of budgeting
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 47
REFERENCES:
Ashton, D. (1968).Administration of physical education for women.New York: The Ronal Press
Cl.
Bucher, C.A. Administration of physical education and athletic programme. 7th Edition, St.
Louis: The C.V. Mosby Co.
Daughtrey, G. & Woods, J.B. (1976). Physical education and intramural programmes,
organisation and administration. Philadelphia U.S.A. : W.B. Sounders Cp.
Earl, F. Z,& Gary, W. B. (1963).Management competency development in sports and physical
education. Philadelphia: W. Lea and Febiger.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 48
Part – B
Practical Courses
Semester – I
PC - 101
Track and Field:
Running Event
o Starting techniques: Standing start, Crouch start and its variations, Proper use of blocks.
o Finishing Techniques: Run, Through, Forward lunging, Shoulder Shrug
o Ground Marking, Rules and Officiating
o Hurdles:
· Fundamental Skills- Starting, Clearance and Landing Techniques.
· Types of Hurdles
· Ground Marking and Officiating.
Relays: Fundamental Skills
o Lathi-Two counts exercises, Four Count exercises, eight count exercises, sixteen count
exercises.
o GhatiLezuim-AathAawaaz, Bethakawaaz, AagePaon, Aagekadam, Do pherawaaz, Chau
pherawaaz, Kadamtaal, Pavitra, Uchhakpavitra, Kadampavitra.
o Mass P.T. Exercises-Two count, four count and eight count exercises.
o Hindustani Lezuim-Char Awaaz, EkJagah, AantiLagaav, Pavitra, Do Rukh, Chau Rukh,
Chau rukhbethak, Momiya.
o Drill and Marching
o Malkhamb-Salaami, Hold, Saadiudi, Bagaludi, Dashrangudi, Bagliudi, Veludi, Soydoro,
Phirki, Padmasana, T.Balance, Pataka, Landing.
o Rope Malkhamb-Salaami, PadmasanaChadh, Katibandh1-2, Sadiadhi, Rikebpakkad,
Rikebpagniadhi, Kamaradhi, Nakkikasadhi, Kamaradhi, Nakkikasadhi, Urubandhtedhi,
Sadibagli, Do hatibagli, Kamarbandhbagli, nakkikasbagli, Dashrang, Hanuman pakad,
Gurupakkad, various padmasana, Landing.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 50
PC - 104
Kho Kho:
Semester – II
PC – 201
PC – 202
Gymnastics:
o Parallel Bar:
o Mount from one bar
o Straddle walking on parallel bars.
o Single and double step walk
o Perfect swing
o Shoulder stand on one bar and roll forward.
o Roll side
o Shoulder stand
o Front on back vault to the side(dismount)
o Horizontal /Single Bar:
o Grip
o Swings
o Fundamental Elements
o Dismount
o Uneven Parallal Bar:
o Grip
o Swings
o Fundamental Elements
o Dismount
PC – 202
Yoga:
o Surya Namaskara,
o Pranayams
o Corrective Asanas
o Kriyas
o Asanas
· Sitting
· Standing
· Laying Prone Position,
· Laying Spine Position
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 52
PC – 202
Swimming:
o Fundamental skills
o Swimm with the ball
o Passing
o Catching
o Shooting
o Goal keeping
o Rules of the games and responsibility of officials
Introduction of Diving sports.
PC - 203
o Grips- Eastern Forehand grip and Backhand grip, Western grip, Continental grip,
Chopper grip.
o Stance and Footwork.
o Basic Ground strokes- Forehand drive, Backhand drive.
o Basic service.
o Basic Volley.
o Over-head Volley.
o Chop
o Tactics – Defensive, attacking in game
o Rules and their interpretations and duties of officials.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 54
Semester – III
PC – 301
o Player stance
o Stance - Right hand stance, left hand stance.
o Footwork – Attack, defense.
o Punches – Jab, cross, hook, upper cut, combinations.
o Defense slip – bob and weave, parry/block, cover up, clinch, counter attack
o Tactics – Toe to toe, counter attack, fighting in close, feinting
o Rules and their interpretations and duties of officials.
PC – 302
PC – 302
PC – 302
PC 303
o Baseball : slider, fast pitch, curve ball, drop ball, rise ball, change up, knuckle ball, screw
ball,
o Softball: windmill, sling shot,
o starting position: wind up, set.
o Fielding –
o Catching: basics to catch fly hits, rolling hits,
o Throwing: over arm, side arm.
o Base running –
o Base running: single, double, triple, home run,
o Sliding: bent leg slide, hook slide, head first slide.
PC – 303
PC 303
o Techniques of getting free: dodge and sprint; sudden sprint; sprint and stop; sprinting
with change of speed.
o Defending: marking the player; marking the ball; blocking; inside the circle; outside the
circle (that is, defending the circle edge against the pass in).
o Intercepting: pass; shot.
o The toss-up.
o Role of individual players
o Rules and their interpretations and duties of officials.
PC 303
Volleyball: Fundamental Skills
o Players Stance-Receiving the ball and passing to the team mates,
o The Volley (Over head pass),
o The Dig(Under hand pass).
o Service-Under Arm Service, Side Arm Service, Tennis Service, Round Arm Service.
o Rules and their interpretations and duties of officials.
PC - 303
Hand Ball:
o Fundamental Skills-Catching, Throwing, Ball Control, Goal Throws-Jump Shot, Centre
Shot, Dive Shot, Reverse Shot, Dribbling-High and Low, Attack and Counter Attack,
Simple Counter Attack, Counter Attack from two wings and centre, Blocking, Goal
keeping, Defense.
o Rules and their interpretations and duties of officials.
PC – 303
Basket ball: Fundamental Skills
o Player stance and ball handling
o Passing-Two Hand chest pass, Two hand Bounce Pass, One Hand Base ball pass, Side
Arm Pass, Over Head pass, Hook Pass.
o Receiving-Two Hand receiving, One hand receiving, Receiving in stationary position,
Receiving while jumping, Receiving while running.
o Dribbling-How to start dribble, How to drop dribble, High dribble, Low dribble, Reverse
dribble, Rolling dribble.
o Shooting-Layup shot and its variations, one hand set shot, One hand jump shot, Hook
shot, Free throw.
o Rebounding-Defensive rebound, Offensive rebound, Knock out, Rebound Organization.
o Individual Defensive-Guarding the man with the ball and without the ball.
o Pivoting.
o Rules and their interpretations and duties of the officials.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 60
(4 internal lesson at prcticing school and 1 final external lesson on the students of
practicing school as a games specialization of any discipline mentioned above.)
Note: Where ever details of any activities are not mentioned, it is expected to elaborate skills by
the competent bodies of local Universities.
2 years B.P.Ed Curriculum | 61
EXAMINATION SCHEME
Ist Year
S.No. Paper Name Theory Internal Total Max. Credits
Assessment Marks
Max. Min. Max. Min.
Semester - I
1. Paper - 101 (Major Core) Foundations of Social Work 60 21 40 20 100 6
2. Paper – 102 (Minor Core) Psychology and Social Work 60 21 40 20 100 6
3. Paper – 103 (Generic Elective (GE)* Introduction to 60 21 40 20 100 4
Contemporary Indian Society
4. Paper – 104 (Ability Enhancement Course) (AEC) Hindi 60 21 40 20 100 4
Language
Semester Total 400 20
Cumulative Total 400 20
Semester - II
1. Paper - 201 (Major Core) Social Case Work 60 21 40 20 100 6
2. Paper – 202 (Minor Core) Social Science Concepts and 60 21 40 20 100 6
Social Work
3. Paper – 203 (Generic Elective (GE)* Community 60 21 40 20 100 4
Psychology
4. Paper – 204 (Ability Enhancement Course) (AEC) 60 21 40 20 100 4
Environmental Studies
Semester Total 400 20
Cumulative Total 800 40
* Students may choose this course as a Generic Elective or may choose a Generic Elective Course offered
in other UTDs at the same level or may choose offered by MOOCs through SWAYAM.
The student will be awarded Certificate in Bachelor of Social Work (CBSW) on successful completion
of first year.
Department of Social Work
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.S.W. Semester: I
Subject: Paper - 101 (Major Core) Foundations of Social Work
Course Objectives
1. To understand history and evolution of social work profession, both in India and the
West.
2. To develop insights into the origin and development of ideologies and approaches to
social change.
3. To develop Skills to understand contemporary reality in its historical contest.
4. To understand of Gandhian Philosophy.
Learning Outcomes
1. Able to understand social work as a profession.
2. Able to understand various ideologies of social work.
3. Able to demonstrate awareness of values and ethics of the social work profession.
Unit - I
An Introduction to Social Work
1. Social Work: Concept, Meaning, Definition and Objectives
2. Social Work: Nature, Scope and Functions
3. Emergence of Social Work: UK, USA, India
Unit - II
Gandhian Philosophy of Social Work
1. Gandhian Philosophy of Social Work
2. Salient Features of Gandhian Thought
3. Gandhian Values and Concept of help
Unit - III
Values and Ethics in Social Work Practice
1. Assumptions and Values of the Social Work
2. Codes of Ethics
3. Principles of Social Work
Unit - IV
Social Work Profession in India
1. Profession: Meaning Definition and Attributes
2. Professionalization of Social Work in India
3. Issues and Challenges before Social Work Profession
Unit - V
Approaches and Ideologies
1. Professional v/s Voluntary Approaches to Social Work
2. Ideology of Action Groups and Social Movements
3. Generalist Approach Groups and Social Movements
Key Words: Social Work, Values and Ethics, Philosophy, Professional Attributes and
Social Work Practice.
References:
Annie Pullen-Sansfacon (2003), The Ethical Foundations of Social Work, Stephen Cowden
Routledge.
Banks, S. (1995), Ethics and Values in Social Work: Practical Social Work Series,
London: Macmillan Press Ltd.
Compton, B.R. (1980), Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Work. Illinois: The
Dorsey Press.
Desai, Murli, (2006), Ideologies and Social Work: Historical and Contemporary Analyses,
Rawat Publication, New Delhi.
Friedlander, Walter A. (1977) Concepts and Methods of Social Work, New Delhi: Prentice
Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
Heun, Linda R., Heun, Richard E. (2001) Developing Skills for Human Interaction,
London: Charles E. Merrill Co.
Jacob, K.K. (Ed.) (1994) Social Work Education in India - Retrospect and Prospect
Udaipur, Himansu Publications.
Joseph, Sherry (Ed.) (2000) Social Work: In the Third Millennium (Some Concerns and
Challenges), Sriniketan, Department of Social Work, Visva-Bharati.
National Association of Social Workers. (2008) Coce of Ethics of the National Association
of Social Workers. Washington, D.C.: NASW Press.
O' Hagan, Kieran, Kingsley, Jessica (2003) Competence in Social Work Practice - A
Practical Guide for Professionals, London.
Reamer and Fredric (2005) Social Work Values and Ethics, New Delhi: Rawat Publication.
Singh, D.K. and Bhartiya, A.K. (2010) Social Work: Concept and Methods. Lucknow:
New Royal Book Company.
Skidmore, Rex A. (1982), Introduction to Social Work, New Jersey, Thackeray, Milton G.
Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs.
Surendra Singh (Chief Editor). (2012): Encyclopedia of Social Work in India. Lucknow:
New Royal Book Company.
Department of Social Work
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.S.W. Semester: I
Subject: Paper – 102 (Minor Core) Psychology and Social Work
Course Objectives
1. To understand psychological concepts and its relevance to Social Work.
2. To understand determinants and processes of Personality Development.
3. To understand the basic concepts and processes in social psychology and its relevance to
Social Work.
4. To understand Social Attitudes and Social Cognition.
5. To understand Psycho-Social Behaviour.
Learning Outcomes
1. Able to understand psychological concepts and its relevance to Social Work.
2. Able to understand determinants and processes of personality development.
3. Able to understand the basic concepts and processes in social psychology and its
relevance to Social Work.
4. Able to understand social attitudes and social cognition.
5. Able to understand psycho-social behaviour.
Unit - I
Introduction to Psychology
1. Psychology Concept, Definition and Relevance to Social Work.
2. Motivation and Learning: Meaning and Definition of Learning, Concept and Factors,
Affecting Motivation.
3. Emotion and Intelligence: Concept, Factors, Affecting Emotion and Intelligence.
Unit - II
Human Growth and Personality
1. Human Growth and Development Meaning and Stages.
2. Personality: Concept and Determinants.
3. Theories of Personality, Freud, B.F. Skinner and Carl Rogers.
Unit - III
Introduction to Social Psychology
1. Social Psychology: Concept, Definition and Relevance to Social Work.
2. Group: Concept Meaning and Definition Influence of Groups on Individual Behaviour.
3. Social Influence and Interpersonal Attraction: Definitions Features and Factors.
Unit - IV
Social Attitude and Social Cognition
1. Social Attitude: Meaning, Definition Features and Formation.
2. Perception, Social Perception - Meaning and Concept, Self Concept and Self Esteem.
3. Social Cognition: Definition Feature, Stereotypes and Prejudices.
Unit - V
Collective Behaviour
1. Collective Behaviour: Characteristics and Dynamics.
2. Leadership: Meaning, Definition, Traits and Functions.
3. Public Opinion and Propaganda.
Reference:
Atkinson, R. L., Atkinson, R. C., Smith, E. E., Bem, D. J. and Hilgard, E. R. (2013).
Introduction to Psychology. New York: H. B. J. Inc.
Baron, R.A. and Byron, D. (1998). Social Psychology. New Delhi: Prentice Hal.
Dandapani, S. (2005). General Psychology. Hyderabad: Neel Kamal Publications.
Elizabeth, H. (1968). Development Psychology. New York: Mc Graw Hill.
Feldman, R.S. (1985). Social Psychology: Theories, Research and Applications. New
York: McGraw hill.
Feldman, R.S. (1997). Understanding Psychology. New Delhi: Mc Graw Hill.
Hall, C.S. Lindzey, G. and Cambell J.B. (2004). Theories of Personalities. New York:
Wiley M.
Kuppuswamy, B. (1972). Elements of Social Psychology. New York: Asian Publishing
House.
Morgan, C.T., King, R.A. Weisz, J.R., Schopler, J. (2001). Introduction to Psychology.
New Delhi: Tata McGraw and Hill.
Myers, D.G. (2005). Social Psychology (8th ed.). New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co.
Ltd.
Department of Social Work
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.S.W. Semester: I
Subject: Paper – 103 (Generic Elective (GE)* Introduction to Contemporary
Indian Society
Course Objectives
1. To understand History evolution of Indian Society.
2. To understand basic Various Concept of Society.
3. To understand Skills to understand Concept of Social System.
4. To understand essential Elements of Society.
Learning Outcomes
1. Able to understand Indian Society.
2. Able to understand Various Social Groups and Institution.
3. Able to demonstrate Awareness of Social System and Elements of Society.
Unit - I
Conceptual Perspectives of Society
1. Society: Meaning, Definition, Nature, Types, Function
2. Historical Development of Society: Vaidic Period, Mughal Periods, Modern Period.
3. Demographic Profile of Indian Society.
4. Theories of Society.
Unit - II
Basic Understanding of Social Groups and Social Institutions
1. Social Group: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics, Importance.
2. Types of Group: Primary Group, Secondary Group, Reference Group.
3. Social Institution: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics, Importance.
4. Social Institutions: Family, Marriage, Education, Religion, Property.
Unit - III
Units of Society
1. Social Norms: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics and its Role in Society.
2. Classification of Social Norms: Culture, Traditions, Folkways, Customs, Mores.
3. Community: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics and Importance.
Unit - IV
Concepts of Social System
1. Social Stratification: Concept, Importance and Forms.
2. Status and Roles: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics, Importance.
3. Caste, Class, Race, Social Mobility: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics and its Role in
Society.
4. Social Structure: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics.
5. Social System: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics, Structure and Funtion.
Unit - V
Essential Elements of Society
1. Social Process: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics, Importance.
2. Forms of Social Process: Cooperation, Accommodation, Assimilation, Competition and
Conflict.
3. Social Control, Concept, Means and Types.
4. Social Change: Meaning, Definition, Characteristics, Types.
5. Socialization, Sanskretization, Westernization, Modernization, Globalization, Liberalization
Privatization.
6. State Meaning, Element, Role and Functions.
7. Concept of Welfare State and Present Trend of Democracy.
Keywords/Tags: Society, Social Group, Social Institutions. Community, Social Organization,
Social Structure, Social System, Social Stratification, Social Control, Social Change.
Reference:
Ahuja Ram: Social problems in India (Jaipur, Rawat Publication 1992)
Bhusan, Vidya and Sachdev (2006) An introduction to sociology. Allahabad, KitabMahal.
Davis, K: ManavSamaj (Allahabad: Kitab Mahal-1973)
Gupta, M.L.: SamajShastra (Agra: SahityaBhavan Publication, 2021)
Harry. M, Johns (1993) Sociology: A systematic introduction. Chennai: Allied
Publications
Horton, P.S. and Hunt, C.L., (2005) Sociology, New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill
Johnson, H.M.: Sociology A Systematic Introduction (Bombay: Allied Publishers)
Mac Iver and Page: Society- An Introductory Analysis (London-Mac Millen 1955)
Madan, G.R.: Indian Social problem, Vol. 1 and 2
Shankar, Rao CN: Sociuology (S Chand and Company, New Delhi 2006)
2. Suggestive digital platforms web links
1. http://www.egyankosh.ac.in/handle/123456789/17065
2. http://www.ignouhelp.in/ignou-bsw-study-material/
3. http://www.rahul-edr.org/pdf/Self-Learning-Materials/Course-2.pdf
4. http://egyankosh.ac.in/handle/123456789/2418
5. https://www.slideshare.net/DrJBalamuruganiPhD/social-stratification-30789892
6. https://www.yourarticlelibrary.com/sociology/social-processes-the-meaning-types-
characteristics-of-social-processes/8545
7. http://cmcldp.org/userfiles/Book%20-%20 Introduction%20to%20social%20work(2).pdf
Department of Social Work
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.S.W. Semester: I
Subject: Paper – 104 (Ability Enhancement Course) (AEC) Hindi Language
ikB~;Øe dk mnn~s';&
1- bl v/;;u ds mijkar vki Hkk"kkvksa esa 'kCn oxksZ vkSj O;kdjf.kd
dksfV;ksa esa foHksn dh fLFkfr;ksa ls ifjfpr gksxsaA
2- ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyh ds ifjHkk"kkvksa dh tkudkjh izkIr djsxsaA
dkslZ vf/kxe miyfC/k ¼yfuZx vkmVde½
1- mRd`"V lkfgfR;d ikBksa ds v/;;u ls :fp dk fodkl djukA
2- fgUnh Hkk"kk dk O;ogkfjd KkuA
3- Hkk"kk&KkuA
4- lkekU; 'kCnkoyh vkSj fo'ks"k 'kCnkoyh ds v/;;u }kjk Hkk"kk
,oa laLd`fr cks/k dk fodkl djukA
5- fof'k"V 'kCnkoyh ¼cht 'kCn@dh oMZ½ ls ifjfpr djokrs gq,
cks/k ds Lrj dks fodflr djukA
6- izfr;ksxh ijh{kkvksa gsrq rS;kj djukA
7- vfHkO;fDr {kerk dk fodkl
bdkbZ & 1
fgUnh dh O;kdjf.kd dksfV;kWa& fyax] iq:"k] opu]
'kCn oxZ& laKk] loZuke] fo'ks"k.k] fØ;k fo'ks"k.k] laca/k lwpkd]
leqPp; cks/kd] foLe;kfncks/kdA
bdkbZ & 2
ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyh & ifjHkk"kk ,oa fu;e]
ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnksa ds mnkgj.k & iz'kklfud] foKku] okf.kT; ,oa
ekufodh ds ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCn o muds fgUnhA
bdkbZ & 3
izsepUnz& ifjp;] ikB% 'krjat ds f[kykM+h]
O;ax& 'kjn tks'kh& tho ij lokj bfYy;kA
bdkbZ & 4
i;kZ;okph 'kCn]
foykse 'kCn]
vusd 'kCn ds fy, ,d 'kCn]
bdkbZ & 5
i= ys[ku]
fuca/k ys[ku ,oa vifBr x|ka'k
lkj fcUnq& izsepUnz 'krjat ds f[kykM+h] fgUnh O;kdj.kA
lUnHkZ iqLrdsa&
1- izsepUnz & ekuljksoj [k.M 3
2- fgUnh Kku dks'k
3- bUVj usV lkexz& VSx esa mYysf[kr
4- iz;kstu ewyd fgUnh
Department of Social Work
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.S.W. Semester: II
Subject: Paper - 201 (Major Core) Social Case Work
Course Objectives
1. To understand the individual, family and their problems and the social contextual factors
affecting them
2. To understand Social Casework as a method of Social Work practice
3. To gain knowledge about the basic concepts, tools, techniques, processes and Skills of
working with individuals
4. To develop an understanding of application of case work in diverse settings
Learning Outcomes
1. Able to demonstrate familiarity with Casework processes, tools and techniques and their
application in Professional Social Work Practice.
2. Able to develop skills of Observation, Listening, Interviewing and Home Visits, Rapport
Building, Resource Mobilization and Recording.
Unit - I
Introduction to Social Casework
1. Social Casework: Concept, Nature, Scope, Objectives and Importance
2. Historical Development of Social Casework
3. Components of Social Casework (Person, Place, Problem and Process)
4. Principles of Social Casework
Unit - II
Understanding Individuals and Problems
1. Individual: Nature and Needs
2. Problems Faced by Individuals and Families
3. Concept of Social Role, Functioning and Coping
Unit - III
Tools, Techniques and Skills of Social Casework
1. Casework Relationship, Use of Authority and Advocacy
2. Communication: Observation, Listening, Interviewing and Home Visits
3. Rapport Building and Resource Mobilization
4. Recording in Casework
Unit - IV
Approaches and Process of Social Casework
1. Task Centered Approach.
2. Social Psychological Approach.
3. Problem Solving Approach and Integrated approach.
4. Phases of Casework Process: Study, Assessment, Intervention, Termination, Evaluation and
Follow-up.
Unit - V
Casework Practice in Different Setting
1. Medical, School.
2. Elderly care Homes.
3. Correctional and Rehabilitation Centres.
Key Words: Social Casework, Skills in Social Casework, Process and Approaches.
References:
Aptekar, Herbert (1955) The Dynamics of Casework and Counselling, New York:
Houghton Mifflin Co.
Beistek, F.P. (1957). The Casework Relationship. Chicago: Loyola University Press.
Fisher, J.(1978). Effective Casework Practice: an Eclectic Approach, New York: McGraw
Hill.
Fuster, J.M. (2005). Personal Counselling, Better Yourself Books, Mumbai, Eleventh
Edition.
Hamilton, G. (1956): Theory and Practice of Social Casework. New York: Columbia
University Press.
Hamilton, Gordon (2013) The Theory and Practice of Social Case Work, Rawat
Publication, New Delhi
Keats, Daphne (2002) Interviewing – A Practical Guide for Students and Professionals,
New Delhi: Viva Books Pvt.Ltd.
Mathew, G. (1992): An Introduction to Social Casework. Bombay: Tata Institute of Social
Sciences.
Pearlman, H H. (1957). Social Case Work: a Problem Solving Process. Chicago:
University of Chicago.
Rameshwari Devi, Ravi Prakash (2004) Social Work Methods, Practics and Perspectives
(Models of Casework Practice), Vol. II, Ch.3, Jaipur : Mangal Deep Publication.
Richmond, Mary (1970) Social Diagnosis, New York : Free Press
Sainsbury, Eric. (1970). Social Diagnosis in Casework. London: Routledge and Kegan
Paul.
Skidmore, R.A. andThakhary, M.G. (1982): Introduction to Social Work. New Jersey:
Prentice Hall.
Timms, N. (1964): Social Casework: Principles and Practice. London: Routledge and
Kegan Paul.
Timms, N. (1972): Recording in Social Work. London: Routlege and Kegan Paul.
Upadhayay, R K. (2003). Social Case Work: A therapeutic approach. Jaipur: Rawat
Publications.
Werner, H.D. (1965): A Rational Approach to Social Casework. New York: Association
Press.
Younghusband, E. (1966): New Development in Casework. London: George Allen and
Unwin.
Department of Social Work
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.S.W. Semester: II
Subject: Paper - 202 (Minor Core) Social Science Concepts and Social Work
Course Objectives
1. To understand basic sociological concepts and notions of society.
2. To know the basic concepts of economics and structure of economy.
3. To understand the political framework for social welfare
Learning Outcomes
1. Able to understand the basic sociological concepts and notions of society.
2. Able to know the basic concept of economics and structure of economy.
3. Able to explore the knowledge about political framework in the context of social welfare.
Unit - I
Introduction to Sociological Concepts
1. Society, Man and Society and its Relationships.
2. Caste, Class, Power and Authority.
3. Social Values, Norms, Customs, Mores and Culture.
Unit - II
Social Group and Process
1. Social Groups: Primary, Secondary and Reference.
2. Social Institutions: Family, Marriage and Religion.
3. Social Process: Concept, Importance and Types.
Unit - III
Notions of Society
1. Social Change: Concept, Characteristics and Factors.
2. Social Control: Concept, Importance and Agencies.
3. Socialization: Concept, Importance and Agencies.
Unit - IV
Basics of Economics
1. Micro: Demand and Supply, Cost, Production, Revenue and Market.
2. Macro: National Income, Inflation, Money and Banking.
3. Economic System: Capitalist, Socialist and Mixed.
Unit - V
Introduction to Political Concepts
1. State: Origin, Concept and its Organs.
2. Concepts of Welfare State.
3. Fundamental Rights, Directive Principles of State Policy.
Key Words: Society, Social Institution, Economic System and Welfare State.
References:
Ahuja ,Ram (1997) Social Problem in India, Rawat Publishers, Jaipur.
Ali, A.F. Iman (1992) Social Stratification Among Muslim-Hindu Community, New Delhi
: Commonwealth Publishers.
Bhusan, Vidya & Sachdeva, D. R. (2000) An Introduction to Sociology, Allahabad : Kitab
Mahal.
Crawford, K. (2004). Social Work and human development: Transforming Social Work
practice. Exeter: Learning Matters.
Flippo, Osella and Katy, Gardner (2003) Contraventions to Indian Sociology, Migration
Modernity and Social Transformation in South Asia, New Delhi : Sage Publication.
Gandhi P. Jagadish (1982) Indian Economy – Some Issues, Institute of Social Sciences and
Research, Vellore.
Koutsoyiannis (2008), Modern Micro Economics, 2nd Edition, London: Macmillan Press
Ltd.
M.Adhikari, Managerial: Economics.
Mahajan, G. (Ed.). (1998). Democracy, Difference and Social Justice. New Delhi:
Cambridge University Press.
Mohanty, Manoranjan (2004) Class, Caste, Gender – Readings in Indian Government and
Politics, New Delhi: Sage Publication.
Singh, Yogendra (1997) Social Stratification & Change in India, New Delhi: Manohar
Publication.
Srinivas, M.N. (1991) Indian Social Structure. New Delhi: Hindustan Publishing House.
Stroup, H.H. (1960). Social Work Education – An Introduction to the Field. New Delhi:
Urasia Publishing.
Department of Social Work
A.P.S. University, Rewa (M.P.)
B.S.W. Semester: II
Subject: Paper - 203 (Generic Elective (GE)* Community Psychology
Course Objectives
1. To understand the meaning and concept of Community Psychology.
2. To develop disciplinary knowledge, Experimental learning and critical thinking.
3. To understand social dynamics and community health problems.
Learning Outcomes
1. Understanding the role of Psychology in community development.
2. Developing an appreciation of the core values that guide Community Psychology and
facilitate community functions.
3. Developing insights with respect to health promotion programs in communities,
community programme for child and maternal health, for physically challenged and
elderly people in the Indian context through case studies.
Unit - I
Introduction
1. Community Psychology-Definition, Types of communities- locality based and relational:
2. Models: Ecological level analysis of community, conceptual level model.
3. Historical development and Perspective of Community Psychology.
Unit – II
Core Values of Community Psychology
1. Individual and Family wellness: Sense of Community: Respect for Human Diversity,:
Social Justice :Empowerment and Citizen Participation: Collaboration and Community
Strengths.
2. Community Functions- Learning, Socialization, and Supportive Functions.
Unit – III
Community as setting for health promotion
1. Concept of community mental health,
2. Concept of prevention
3. Need and Process of community organisation and building for health promotion
programming.
4. Maternal health, for physical challenged and old age in Indian context.
Unit – IV
Community Programme for:
1. Child and Maternal health, for physical challenged and old age in Indian context.
2. Mental health education
Unit – V
Interventions for Community Development and Empowerment:
1. Concept and Practice for community development and Empowerment
2. Case studies of community intervention programs by the governmental and non-
governmental organizations in Indian context such as, rural panchayat programs,
children’s education, citizen right, self- help group, social accounting.
1
BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY SEM-7
Paper Name PAPER CATEGORY CREDIT
C11 Enzymology MAJOR 06
DSE4 Bioethics & Bio-safety DSE 04
C12 Research Methodology Minor 04
Field Project & Training 3 06
(…………………………………)
ABBREVATION:
CC- CORE COURSE (MAJOR/MINOR) DSE- DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE
SEC- SKILL ENHANCMENT COURSE AECC-ABILITY ENHANCMENT COMPULSORY COURSE
GEC- GENERIC ELECTIVE COURSE
2
s.no. Class Paper Category Credit
BT-101 BSc Biotechnology 1st Cell Biology MAJOR 06
Unit-1
Introduction, Scope and Importance, History of Cytology. Prokaryotic cell, Eukaryotic cell
(Plant and Animal Cell). Structure of cell wall.
Plasma membrane: structure and functions (simple diffusion, facilitated diffusion, active
transport, endocytosis, pinocytosis, phagocytois, and exocytosis).
Unit-2
Structure and functions of mitochondria, chloroplast, Structure and functions of Endoplasmic
reticulum, Endoplasmic reticulum targeting proteins, protein folding and processing in ER,
Targeting of lysosomal protein. Structure and function of Golgi complex, Protein
Glycosylation within the Golgi. Structure and functions of Ribosome. Lysosome and
Inracellular digestion.
Unit-3
The nucleus and nucleolus. structure and classification of Chromosomes. Chromosome
structure and its types. Lampbrush and Polytene Chromosomes. Cellular reproduction:
Cell cycle- mitosis and meiosis.
Unit-4
Cell Motility and Shape I: Structure and function of microfilaments and Intermediate
Filaments. Molecular Mechanisms of Cell-Cell Adhesions. Extracellular Matrix of animals,
Cell signaling. Introduction and application of stem cells.
Unit-5
General introduction of Cancer, Apoptosis and necrosis.
Techniques in cell biology: chromosomal banding techniques. Principles and applications
of light microscope and electron microscope (Scanning and transmission). Karyotyping and
Idiogram.
3
s.no. Class Paper Category Credit
BT-102 BSc Biotechnology 1st Animal Diversity -1 Minor 06
Paper-2nd (BT-102)
Animal Diversity -1
Unit-1
Unit-3
Helminthes- Type study of Liver Fluke.Nematodes and diseases.
Annelida- Type study of earthworm , metamerism.Type Study of Hirudinaria.
Structure and significance of Trochophore larva.
Unit-4
Arthropoda- Type study of Prawn.Types study of Periplanata.
Larval forms of Crustacea.
Insect as Vectors of human diseases.
Unit-5
Mollusca- Type study of Pila
Echinodermata- External features and water vascular system of Star fish. Larval forms of
Echinoderms.
4
s.no. Class Paper Category Credit
BT-103 BSc Biotechnology 1st Chemistry -1 GEC 04
Paper- 3rd
Chemistry -1
Unit-1
Atomic Structure: Idea of de Broglie matter wave, Heisenberg uncertainty principle, atomic
orbital’s, Quantum numbers, shapes of s, p, d orbitals, Trends in periodic table and applications
in predicting and explaining the physical and chemical behaviors. Atomic radii, ionic radii,
ionization energy, electron affinity and electro negativity.
Unit-2
Chemical Bonding: Valence bond theory and its limitations ,directional characteristics of
covalent bond, various types of hybridization and shapes of simple inorganic molecules and ions,
Valence shell electron pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory, homonuclear and heteronuclear (CO and
NO) diatomic molecules, Weak interactions, Hydrogen bonding, van der Waal forces.
Unit-3
s - Block elements: Comparative study, diagonal relationships, salient features of Hydrides,
Solvation and complexation tendencies. p- Block elements: Comparative study of groups 13–17
elements, compounds like hydrides, oxides, halides of group 13-16, basic properties of halogens,
inter halogens and polyhalides. d- blocks elements: First transition series -Properties of the
elements of the first transition series, stability of their oxidation states, coordination number.
Second and Third transition series – General characteristics, comparative treatments with their
3d- analogues in respect of ionic radii, oxidation state and magnetic property.
Unit-4
Thermodynamics- Principles, Kirchhoff’s equation, calculation of w, q, ΔU, ΔH, The Hender-
Hasselbatch equation, of thermodynamics, Enthalpy, Second law of thermodynamics, Entropy
free energy, chemical equilibrium, law of mass sction, Le chatlier’s principles.
Different States: Structural differences between - solids, liquids and gases. Intermolecular forces,
Definition of space lattice, unit cell. Bragg’s equation. crystal structure of NaCl, KCl and CsCl,
Ideal and non ideal solutions, methods of expressing concentration of solutions, Acid-Base
concept.
Unit-5
Chemical kinetics & its scope, Rate of reaction, factors influencing the rate of reactions, zero
order, second order, pseudo order, half life & mean life, various theories of chemical kinetics,
Arrhenious equation & catalysis.
Solution, ideal & non ideal solution, Different methods of concentration expression, raoult’s law
5
S.No. Class Paper Category Credit
BT-104 BSc Biotechnology 1st English AECC 04
English Communication
2. Language of Communication:
Verbal and Non-verbal (Spoken and Written)
Personal, Social and Business Barriers and Strategies
Intra-personal, Inter-personal and Group communication
3. Speaking Skills:
Monologue
Dialogue
Group Discussion
Effective Communication/ Mis- Communication
Interview
Public Speech
5. Writing Skills
Documenting
Report Writing
Making notes
Letter writing
Ranjana Kaul,
6
BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY SEM-2
Unit-2
Sex linked inheritance: X linkage, sex linkage in man, color blindness, Hemophilia
(Bleeder’s disease) and other genetic diseases.
Characteristics of X linked inheritance.
Y linked inheritance in Man, Inheritance of X-Y linked Genes. Human genetics
(pedigree analysis, karyotypes and genetic disorder).
Unit-3
Structure of prokaryotic and eukaryotic genomes. Molecular basis of life.
Nucleic acids as genetic material.Structure of DNA and its alternative forms.
Structure and Types of RNA. DNA replication in prokaryotes (enzymology and process)
Unit-4
Prokaryotic gene expression: Prokaryotic
transcription, Genetic code
Prokaryotic translation. Regulation of gene expression: Operon concept (Lac and Trp
operon)
Unit-5
DNA recombination: molecular mechanisms
Mutation (point mutation, frame shift mutation) chromosomal aberration and DNA
repair.Oncogenes and Tumor Suppressor Genes: Properties and Significance
Insertion elements and transposons.
7
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CATEGORY CREDIT
BT-202 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY SEM-2 Animal Diversity -2 MINOR 06
Animal Diversity -2
Unit-1
Origin of Chordates Classification of phylum Chordata upto orders according to Parker and
Haswell (Latest edition).
Hemichordata – External features and affinities of
Balanoglossus.Urochordata – Type study of Herdmania.
Cephalochordata – Type study of Amphioxus. Affinities of Amphioxus.
Unit-2
Comparative account of limb bones and girdles of vertebrates (Amphibia, Reptiles, Birds
andMammals).
Comparative account of digestive system. Comparative account of
respiratory system. Comparative account of aortic arches and
heart.Comparative account of brain
Placentation in mammals.
Unit-3
Unit-4 Aquaculture
Prawn culture: Culture of fresh water prawn, methods of prawn fishing ,preservation and
processing ofprawns.
Pearl culture and pear industry. Major carp culture : Management of ponds , preservation and
processing of fishes.Maintenance of Aquarium.
Unit-5
Economic Entomology
Sericulture: Species of silkworm, life history of Bombyx mori, Sericulture Industry in
India. Apiculture – Life cycle of the species methods of bee keeping, products of bees,
enemies of bees.Lac culture: Lifecycle, and association with the host plant.
Biological control of insect pests.
8
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CATEGORY CREDIT
BT-203 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY SEM-2 Chemistry -2 GEC 04
Chemistry -2
(Basics of Organic Chemistry)
Unit-1
Structure of Organic compounds, bond length, bond angle, Hydrogen bond, Resonance,
Electronic effects, inductive, Mesomeric, Electromeric & Hyperconjugation.
Nucleophiles and Electrophiles, Reaction intermediates Carbonium ions, Carbanions,
Free radicals and Carbenes, Homolytic fission and Heterolytic fission.
Unit-2
Introduction, Nomenclature, Isomerism, Preparation and General Properties of Aliphatic
hydrocarbons, Alkanes, Alkenes and Alkynes, Cycloalkanes,
Unit-3
Introduction, Nomenclature, Preperation and general properties of Alcohols, Phenols,
Aldehydeand Ketones. Aromaticity.
Unit-4
Carbohydrates(monosaccarides, diasaccarides and polysaccharides) : classification and
general properties, Glucose and fructose (open chain and cyclic structure), Overview of
primary, secondary, tertiary and Quaternary structure of proteins. Introduction,
glycerides, synthetic detergents, Introduction, classification of amino acids
Unit-5
Stereochemistry: Simple molecules , Hybridization, conformation & configuration,
Geometricalisomerism, optical isomerism, Chirality, Enantiomers and optical activity
9
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CATEGORY CREDIT
BT-204 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY SEM-2 Environmental Studies AECC 04
Environmental Studies
Unit 4- Definition of environmental pollution, causes, effects, & control measures of air,
water, soil, marines, thermal & noise pollution. Climate Change: global warming, acid
rain, ozone layerdepletion & nuclear accidents. Solid Waste management: causes, effect
& control measures of urban & industrial wastes. Role of an individual in prevention of
pollution.
10
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT- 301 BSc. Bio-analytical Tools MAJOR 06
BIOTECHNOLOGY
SEM-3
Bio-analytical Tools
Unit-1
Unit-2
Spectroscopic Technique:Principle and its applications- UV, visible and
Fluorescencespectroscopy,X-ray Diffraction, Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR)
Unit-3
Unit - 4
1Centrifugation Technique,
Electrophoresis of DNA, proteins and
enzymes.Southern, northern and
western blotting
Unit-5
DNA Fingerprinting
(VNTR) PCR and its
different variations.
DNA sequencing
11
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT- 302 BSc. Plant Biotechnology MINOR 06
BIOTECHNOLOGY
SEM-3
Plant Biotechnology
UNIT I
Plant Tissue Culture: Basic aspects of plant biotechnology (History, application, scope and importance),
laboratory and culture media for plant tissue culture, cell Culture and its applications.
Clonal Propagation and Protoplast Culture: Micro propagation, Somaclonal Variation, Production anduses
of Haploids, Protoplast isolation, Regeneration of plant, Somatic Hybridization
UNIT II
Gene Transfer in Plants: Vectors of gene transfer (Plasmids, Agrobacterium and Virus vector) Transformation
technique (Agrobacterium mediated gene transfer, DNA mediated gene transfer (DMGT) Removal of selected
Marker Genes from Transgenic Plants, Regulatory sequences of induced genes.
Transgenic Plant resistance against Stress: Development of herbicide resistant transgenic plant,
Development of insect resistant transgenic plant, Transgenic plant resistance against virus, bacterial and
fungal pathogens, transgenic plant resistance against abiotic stress.
UNIT III
Genetically Modified Crops and Floricultural Plants: Transgenic plants with improved crop
productivity, Transgenic plants with improved nutritional quality, Transgenic plants for Floriculture.
Molecular Farming:
Transgenic Plants for Value Added Specialty Crops, Transgenic Plants for Edible Vaccines, Transgenic
Plants for Antibodies and Transgenic Plants for Biopharmaceuticals
UNIT IV
Transgenic Plants for Biosafety: Biosafety regulations of Transgenic Crops, Commercialization of Transgenic
plants, quality modifications of plants (Modification of starch quality, modification and futureof oil quality
and modification of seed protein quality).
Choloroplast Engineering: plants Engineering of Chloroplast Genome, Transformation of choloroplast
genome in higher plants, Transplastomic Plants and its applications (in Tabacco, Patato, Rice, Tomato etc.)
UNIT V
Construction of Molecular Maps: Preparation of Genetic Maps, (cereals, millets, sugarcane, cotton,
Soyabean, Pea, Sunflower, etc.), Molecular genetics maps of high density plants, Uses of molecular genetics
maps.
Genomics: Microcllinearity in DNA Sequences of Small Genomic Regions, Thale cress genome, Rice (Oryza
Sativa).
12
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT- 303 BSc. Biochemistry & GEC 04
BIOTECHNOLOGY Metabolism
SEM-3
The foundation of biochemistry: Biochemical organization of Cell, Intra and inter molecular
forces electrostatic interactions and Hydrogen bonding interaction, Vander Waals and
Hydrophobic interactions, Disulphide bridges, Role of water and weak interactions,
Chemical foundations of Biology- pH, pK, acids, bases, buffers, weak bonds & Covalent
bonds.
Unit-2
13
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT- 304 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY Industrial Fermentation SEC 04
SEM-3
Industrial Fermentation
UNIT I
Isolation and Culture of microorganisms: History, scope and importance of industrial biotechnology, isolation,
screening, culture and preservation of microorganism, strain improvement.
Fermentation Technology: Bioreactor design, and operation types of fermenters, Fermentation media, Batch.
Fed batch, continuous culture system, Insitu recovery of products.
UNIT II
Alcohol and acid Production: Industrial production of alcoholic beverages vinegar, Ethanol, organic acids,
Amino acids and Antibiotics.
Enzyme Production: Properties and types of enzymes, Enzymes production, types and application,
immobilization of Enzymes, Enzyme/protein Engineering, industrial processing: (Down stream processing,
recovery, extraction and purification of fermentation products).
UNIT III
Dairy Industry: Fermented foods cheese production, use of enzymes in food industry, processing of milkand
dairy products (Pasteurized milk, sterilized milk, cream and butter), enzymes in fruit juice and brewing
industries (Fruit Juice and Wines, Beer), single cell protein.
Polymer and colloid production: Microbial and algal polysaccharides and polyesters production, (Production
of Hydrocolloids and polyhdroxyalkonoides) Mass culture technique for algae, primary and secondary
metabolites of microorganism and plants.
UNIT IV
Drug Discovery and Designing: History and molecular aspects of drug discovery, drug discovery in cancer,
microbial genomics for new antibiotics, drug designing.
Metabolic engineering: Cloning and expression of heterologous genes, molecular breeding of Bio synthetic
pathways, metabolomics and metabolic engineering, limitations in metabolic engineering.
UNIT V
Fuel biotechnology: Concept scope and importance of bio-fuels, bio-ethanol, bio-diesel, bio-hydrogen and
biogas. Bio-pesticides: Microbial insecticides (Types Production and uses) Bio-pesticides (Types production and
uses) principles and objectives of integrated nutrient management, biofertilizer
14
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT- 401 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY Immunology Major 06
SEM-4
Immunology
UNIT I
Immunity and Immune response: Innate immune and characteristics of adaptive immune
Responses, Hematopoiesis. Anatomical organization of Immune System: Primary Lymphoid
Organs, Secondary Lymphoid Organs, Cell of immune system: Mononuclear cells and granulocyte,
Antigen presenting cells, lymphocytes and their subsets.
UNIT II
Inflammation: its mediator and the process, cell-adhesion molecules and their role in Inflammation,
role of anaphylatoxins, granulocyte in inflammatory process.
Major histocompatibility systems:
UNIT III
UNIT IV
UNIT V
Autoimmunity and Immunodeficiency SyndromeVaccines: Active and passive immunization.
Immunotechniques: Immunodifusion, Immunoprecipitation, ELISA, RIA.
15
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT- 402 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY General Microbiology & Minor 06
SEM-4
Physiology
UNIT II
Cultivation and Maintenance of microorganisms: Nutritional categories of micro-
organisms (autotrophs, hetrotrophs, chemotrophs ), methods of isolation, Purification and
preservation.
UNIT III
Microbial growth: Growth curve, Generation time, synchronous batch and continuous
culture,measurement of growth and factors affecting growth of bacteria.
Microbial Metabolism: Metabolic pathways, amphi-catabolic and biosynthetic pathways
Bacterial Reproduction: Transformation, Transduction and Conjugation. Endospores
andsporulation in bacteria.
UNIT IV
Control of Microorganisms: By physical, chemical and chemotherapeutic Agents
Water Microbiology: Bacterial pollutants of water, coliforms and non coliforms. Sewage
composition and its disposal.
Food Microbiology: Important microorganism in food Microbiology: Moulds, Yeasts,
bacteria. Major food born infections and intoxications, Preservation of various types of
foods. Fermented Foods.
Unit V
16
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT- 403 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY Biotechnology & Human GEC 04
SEM-4 Welfare
UNIT I
Industry: protein engineering; enzyme and polysaccharide synthesis, activity and secretion,
alcohol and antibiotic formation.
UNIT II
Agriculture: N2 fixation: transfer of pest resistance genes to plants; interaction between
plants and microbes; qualitative improvement of livestock.
UNIT III
Environments: e.g. chlorinated and non-chlorinated organ pollutant degradation;
degradation of hydrocarbons and agricultural wastes, stress management, development of
biodegradable polymers such as PHB.
UNIT IV
Forensic science: e.g. solving violent crimes such as murder and rape; solving claims of
paternityand theft etc. using various methods of DNA finger printing.
UNIT V
Health: e.g. development of non-toxic therapeutic agents, recombinant live vaccines, gene
therapy, diagnostics, monoclonal in E.coli, human genome project.
17
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT- 404 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY Molecular Diagnostics GEC 04
SEM-4
MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS
UNIT I
Enzyme Immunoassays:
Comparison of enzymes available for enzyme immunoassays, conjugation of enzymes.
Solid phases used in enzyme immunoassays. Homogeneous and heterogeneous enzyme
immunoassays. Enzyme immunoassays after immuno blotting. Enzyme immuno
histochemical techniques. Use of polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies in enzymes immuno
assays.
Applications of enzyme immunoassays in diagnostic microbiology
UNIT II
Molecular methods in clinical microbiology:
Applications of PCR, RFLP, Nuclear hybridization methods, Single nucleotide
polymorphism and plasmid finger printing in clinical microbiology
Laboratory tests in chemotherapy:
Susceptibility tests: Micro-dilution and macro-dilution broth procedures. Susceptibility
tests:Diffusion test procedures. Susceptibility tests: Tests for bactericidal activity.
Automated procedures for antimicrobial susceptibility tests.
UNIT III
Automation in microbial diagnosis, rapid diagnostic approach including technical
purificationand standardization of antigen and specific antibodies. Concepts and methods
in idiotypes. Antiidiotypes and molecular mimicry and receptors. Epitope design and
applications. Immunodiagnostic tests. Immuno florescence. Radioimmunoassay.
UNIT IV
GLC, HPLC, Electron microscopy, flowcytometry and cell
sorting.Transgenic animals.
Unit V:
18
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT- 501 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY Recombinant DNA Technology Major 06
SEM-5
UNIT I
Molecular tools and applications- restriction enzymes, ligases, polymerases, alkaline
phosphatase. Gene Recombination and Gene transfer: Transformation, Episomes, Plasmids
and other cloning vectors (Bacteriophage-derived vectors, artificial chromosomes),
Microinjection, Electroporation, Ultrasonication, Principle and applications of Polymerase
chain reaction (PCR), primer-design, and RT- (Reverse transcription) PCR.
UNIT II
Restriction and modification system, restriction mapping. Southern and Northern
hybridization. Preparation and comparison of Genomic and cDNA library, screening of
recombinants, reverse transcription,. Genome mapping, DNA fingerprinting, Applications
of Genetic Engineering Genetic engineering in animals: Production and applications of
transgenic mice, role of ES cells in gene targeting in mice, Therapeutic products produced
by genetic engineering-blood proteins, human hormones, immune modulators and vaccines
(one example each).
UNIT III
Random and site-directed mutagenesis: Primer extension and PCR based methods of site
directed mutagenesis, Random mutagenesis, Gene shuffling, production of chimeric
proteins, Protein engineering concepts and examples (any two).
UNIT IV
UNIT V
19
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT- 502 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY Environmental Biotechnology DSE 04
SEM-5
Environmental Biotechnology
UNIT I
UNIT II
Environmental Monitoring: Methods for sampling & measurement of air pollution,
methods for sampling & measurement of water pollution, methods for sampling &
measurement of soil pollution, permissible limits & indices for pollution.
Environmental Pollution & Control: sources, effects & control of air pollution, noise
pollution, thermal pollution, water pollution, soil & solid waste pollution.
UNIT III
Bioremediation: Bio-remediation of inorganic & organic pollutants, bioremediation of
xenobiotics, phytoremediation.
Solid & liquid waste Treatment: Microbial treatment of solid waste, liquid waste
(Example sewage) waste water treatment, biotechnology for enhanced oil recovery.
UNIT IV
Clean Technology: Integrated pest management, biopolymer production & bioplastic
technology, biotechnology for energy (production of biofule, biogas, microbial
hydrogen).
Bio-fertilizers: vermin compost, green manure, use of microbes for improving soil fertility.
UNIT V
Restoration Technology: Reforestation through micro-propagation, Soil restoration,
Lake Restoration, Biodiversity conservation.
Biosensor and Bio-reporter Technology: Principle types and application of biosensor,
bio- reporter (Reporter Gene System).
20
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT- 503 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY Animal Biotechnology SEC 04
SEM-5
Animal Biotechnology
UNIT I
Animal cell and tissue culture: History and scope of animal biotechnology and
genomics, advantage and Laboratory Facilities for Cell and Tissue Culture, Substrate,
Culture Media and Procedures for Cell and Tissue Culture, Primary cell Culture and Cell
Lines,
Stem Cells: Introduction, Origin, Types and functions of Stem Cells, Therapeutics,
cloning for embryonic stem cells, Stem Cell Therapy.
UNIT II
Organ/Embryo Culture: Primary Tissue Explanation Techniques, Organ Culture,
Embryo Culture.
Cell and Tissue engineering: Approaches and Bio-Materials for tissue engineering,
Tissue engineering of skin (Skin Graft), Engineering of Bone Crafts and Artificial Nerve
Crafts, Future Limitations and Possibilities of Tissue Engineering.
UNIT III
In Vitro Fertilization and Embryo Transfer: In Vitro Fertilization in Human, Embryo
Transfer (ET) in Humans, Super Ovulation and Embryo Transfer in Farm Animals (e.g.
Cow).
Cloning of Animals: Method, Types and utility of cloning animals, Cloning for
Production of Transgenic Animals, Human Cloning and Ethical issues and Risk.
UNIT IV
Transgenic Animals: Gene Transfer or Transfection (Transfection of embryo,
unfertilized eggs, culture of mammalian cells), Transgenic Animals, Cryopreservation.
UNIT V
Molecular Maps: Genetic Maps Using Molecular Markers, Cytogenetic Maps Using
Molecular Markers, Physical Maps Using Molecular Markers.
Genomics and Proteomics: Human Genome project, Progressing Genomic Research
(Drosophila, Mouse, Rat, Chimpanzee), Integrated Genomic Maps and Linkage
Disequilibrium, Maps of the Future, Introduction types and application of proteomics.
21
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT- 601 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY Developmental Biology Major 06
SEM-6
DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
22
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT- 602 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY Forensic Science DSE 04
SEM-6
FORENSIC SCIENCE
Unit I
Introduction and principles of forensic science, forensic science laboratory and its
organization and service, tools and techniques in forensic science, branches of forensic
science, causes of crime, role of modus operandi in criminal investigation. Classification
of injuries and their medico-legal aspects, method of assessing various types of deaths.
Unit II
Classification of fire arms and explosives, introduction to internal, external and terminal
ballistics. Chemical evidence for explosives. General and individual characteristics of
handwriting, examination and comparison of handwritings and analysis of ink various
samples.
Unit III
Unit IV
Principle of DNA fingerprinting, application of DNA profiling in forensic medicine,
Investigation Tools, eDiscovery, Evidence Preservation, Search and Seizure of Computers,
Introduction to Cyber security.
23
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT- 603 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY Medical Microbiology DSE 04
SEM-6
MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY
UNIT I
Introduction: Normal microflora of human body, nosocomial infections, carriers, septic
shock, septicemia, pathogenicity, virulence factors, toxins, biosafety levels.
Morphology, pathogenesis, symptoms, laboratory diagnosis, preventive measures and
chemotherapy of gram positive bacteria: S.aureus, S.pyogenes, B.anthracis, C.perferinges,
C.tetani, C.botulinum, C.diphtheriae M.tuberculosis, M. leprae.
UNIT II
UNIT III
UNIT IV
24
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT-701 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY SEM-7 Enzymology MAJOR 06
ENZYMOLOGY
UNIT - I
UNIT – II
Two substrate reactions (Random, ordered and ping-pong mechanism) Enzyme inhibition types of
inhibition, determination of Ki, suicide inhibitor.
Mechanism of enzyme action: General mechanistic principle, factors associated with catalytic
efficiency: proximity, orientation, distortion of strain, acid-base, nucleophilic and covalent catalysis.
Techniques for studying mechanisms of action, chemical modification of active site groups, specific
examples-: chymotrypsin, Iysozyme, GPDH, aldolase, RNase, Carboxypeptidase and alcohol
dehydrogenase.
Enzyme regulation: Product inhibition, feed backcontrol, covalent modification.
UNIT – III
Allosteric enzymes with special reference to aspartate transcarbomylase and phosphofructokinase.
Qualitative description of concerted and sequential models. Negative co- operativity and half site
reactivity. Enzyme - Enzyme interaction, Protein ligand binding, measurements analysis of binding
isotherm, cooperativity, Hill and scatchard plots, kinetics of allosteric enzymes. Isoenzymes– multiple
forms of enzymes with special reference to lactate dehydrogenase. Multienzyme complexes. Ribozymes.
Multifunctional enzyme-eg Fatty Acid synthase.
UNIT – IV
Enzyme Technology: Methods for large scale production of enzymes.
Immobilized enzyme and their comparison with soluble enzymes, Methods for immobilization of
enzymes. Immobilized enzyme reactors. Application of Immobilized and soluble enzyme in health and
industry. Application to fundamental studies of biochemistry. Enzyme electrodes.
Thermal stability and catalytic efficiency of enzyme, site directed mutagenesis and enzyme engineering–
selected examples, Delivery system for protein pharmaceuticals, structure function relationship in
enzymes, structural motifs and enzyme evolution.
Methods for protein sequencing. Methods for analysis of secondary and tertiary structures of enzymes.
Protein folding invitro & invivo.
25
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT-702 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY SEM-7 Bioethics & Bio-safety DSE 04
UNIT-I
Introduction to Indian Patent Law. World Trade Organization and its related intellectual
property provisions. Intellectual/Industrial property and its legal protection in research,
design and development. Patenting in Biotechnology, economic, ethical and depository
considerations.
UNIT II
Entrepreneurship: Selection of a product, line, design and development processes,
economics on material and energy requirement, stock the product and release the same for
making etc. The basic regulations of excise: Demand for a given product, feasibility of its
production under given constraints of raw material, energy input, financial situations export
potential etc.
UNIT III
Bioethics – Necessity of Bioethics, different paradigms of Bioethics – National &
International. Ethical issues against the molecular technologies.
UNIT IV
Biosafety– Introduction to biosafety and health hazards concerning biotechnology.
Introduction to the concept of containment level and Good Laboratory Practices (GLP) and
Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP).
26
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CATEGORY CREDIT
BT-703 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY SEM-7 Research Methodology Minor 04
Research Methodology
Unit 1.
Identification and defining of the Research Problem:
Familiarization of research areas; Review of literature using appropriate resources – reviews,
research papers, books and patents; Use of tools for searching literature through electronic
databases; Defining a research problem.
Unit 2.
Experimental Approaches and Methodology
Experimental designs to address the research problem; different experimental strategies;
Finalization of experimental design; Tools and techniques to execute experiments; Means to
validate and analyze data;
Unit 3.
Ethics in Biological Research
Guidelines for Biosafety and Bioethics; Institutional Biosafety Committee – Handling of
Genetically modified organisms, Institutional Human and Animal Ethics Committee - compliance,
concerns and approval
Unit 4.
Presentation, Publication and Protection of Research Data.
Skills for scientific writing and research presentation – Term paper, Research project, Research
report, Thesis, Research article and Review; Organization of the research document in to
different sections (Introduction, Methodology, Results, Discussion, and Summary and
Conclusions, Bibliography); Use of electronic tools for bibliographic formatting and checking
Plagiarism; Oral presentation skills; Patents and Intellectual property rights
Unit 5.
Statistical analysis and Biosafety in research
Safety practices and disposal of Bio-waste in the laboratory; Radioactivity and safety precautions;
Handling and disposal of flammable and hazardous chemicals.
Use of statistical tools for analyzing the significance and interpretation of the data; Methods of
recording observations and documentation
27
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT-801 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY SEM-8 Medical Biotechnology MAJOR 06
Medical Biotechnology
UNIT I
UNIT 1I
Gene therapy: Definition and types of Gene therapy, Initial success and future of Gene
therapy, Vectors and other delivery system of gene therapy, Target tissue for gene
therapy system, Gene therapy of genetic diseases(Neurological Disorders, Cystic
Fibrosis),Gene therapy of Acquire diseases(Infectious Diseases, Cardiovascular
diseases, cancer), Nanobiotechnology for drug targeting and gene therapy.
UNIT III
Pharmaceutical Biotechnology: Drug development, drug manufacturing processes,
manufacturing processes of antiviral drugs, drug designing, Novel drug delivery
systems, Antimicrobial drugs.
Pharmacogenetics: Pharmacogenetics and personalized medicine, genetics and
genomics in medical practice, use of SNPs in pharmocogenomics.
UNIT IV
Genetic Engineering: Genetic and recombinant vaccines; Edible vaccines production
of therapeutic proteins; Genetic engineering for production of Factor VIII, tissue
plasminogen activator, Interferon.
Tissue Engineering: Tissue engineering of skin and cartilage and their applications,
properties and types of stem cells, culture and applications of stem cells, Transplant
rejection, Intellectual property issues in using human embryonic stem cells.
UNIT V
Biological Database : Introduction, History and applications of Bio-Informatics,
Sequences and Nomenclature (DNA sequences, Amino acid sequences of proteins,
Types of sequences in nucleotide sequence database), Database and search tool
(FASTA, BLASTA Nucleotide sequence database, protein database), GCG: The
Wisconsin pacakage of sequence analysis programe, Detection of genes, Protein
structure prediction, Large scale Bio-informatics genome projects.
28
S.No. CLASS PAPER NAME PAPER CREDIT
CATEGORY
BT-802 BSc. BIOTECHNOLOGY SEM-8 Biostatistics & Bioinformatics MINOR 04
UNIT I
Types of Data, Collection of data; Primary & Secondary data, Classification and Graphical
representation of Statistical data. Measures of central tendency and Dispersion. Measures
of Skewness and Kurtosis.
UNIT II
Probability classical & axiomatic definition of probability, Theorems on total and
compound probability), Elementary ideas of Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions.
UNIT III
Methods of sampling, confidence level, critical region, testing of hypothesis and standard
error, large sample test and small sample test. Problems on test of significance, t-test,
chi-square testfor goodness of fit and analysis of variance (ANOVA)
UNIT IV
Correlation and Regression. Emphasis on examples from Biological Sciences.
UNIT V
Sequence and Phylogeny analysis, Detecting Open Reading Frames, Outline of sequence
Assembly, Mutation/Substitution Matrices, Pairwise Alignments, Introduction to BLAST,
usingit on the web, Interpreting results, Multiple Sequence Alignment, Phylogenetic Analysis,
Sequence Similarity Searches-BLAST,FASTA, Data Submission.
29